Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutMiami 21 Final SubmissionTHIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP" ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T IE ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. The following document contains two versions of the Miami 21 Code. The first, watermarked "As Adopted" is the final version as adopted by the City Commission on October 22, 2009. The second, watermarked "Presented on Second Reading, 10-22-09" is shown immediately after the first and reflects the documents as was presented on second reading on October 22, 2009 prior to the adoption of the Miami 21 Code. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 CODE 2009 e)6 0 .:1 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 1� E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 TABLE OF CONTENTS PREAMBLE ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND USES 1.1 Definitions of Building Function: Uses 1.2 Definitions of Terms 1.3 Definition of Signs ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2.A Miami 21 Atlas 2.1 Purpose and Intent 2.2 Applicability ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES 3.1 Transect Zones 3.2 Phasing 3.3 Lots and Frontages 3.4 Density and Intensity Iculations 3.5 Measureme o ight 3.6 Off -S ar nd Loading Standards 3.7 Fence a Is 3.8 Thoroug res 3.9 Special Area Plans 3.10 Historic Preservation Standards 3.11 Waterfront Standards 3.12 Area Design Guidelines 3.13 Sustainability 3.14 Public Benefits Program 1 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 4. STANDARDS AND TABLES TABLE 1 Transect Zone Descriptions TABLE 2 Miami 21 Summary TABLE 3 Building Function: Uses TABLE 4 Density, Intensity and Parking TABLE 5 Parking and Loading TABLE 6 Frontages TABLE 7 Civic Space TABLE 8 Definitions Illustrated DIAGRAM 9 Residential Density Increase Areas DIAGRAM 10 Area Specific Illustrations DIAGRAM 11 Transit Oriented Development -TOD TABLE 12 Design Review Criteria ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES 5.1 Generally 5.2 Natural Transect Zone (T1 Abb- 5.3 Sub -Urban Transec �ral Transect Zones (T2) (Reserved) 5.4 General Urban TransZones (T4) 5.5 Urban Center nsect"Zones (T5) 5.6 Urba ore s t Zones (T6) 5.7 Civic a es (CS) and Civic Institution Zones (CI) 5.8 Civic In tutions - Health District Zones (CI -HD) 5.9 District Zones (D1 and D2) 5.10 Waterfront Industrial District Zones (D3) I: THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS 6.1 Intent and Exclusions TABLE 13 Supplemental Regulations 6.2 Community Residences and Similar Homes/Facilities 6.3 Commercial Uses 6.4 Infrastructure and Utilities 6.5 Sign Standards ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES DIAGRAM 14 Permitting Process 7.1 Procedures 7.2 Nonconformities: Structures; Uses; Lots; lksx m ovements ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES 8.1 Applicability: General Descri n 8.2 Drawing: The Thoroughfar cro the Transect 8.3 Specific Thoroughfacribed Table A Public Frontages Table B Public Front Gene I 8.4 Illustr ons ks APPENDICES A. Neighborhood Conservation Districts (NCD) B. Waterfront Design Guidelines C. Midtown Overlay District D. Miami WorldCenter 3 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T, E ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. 4 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TUT1ON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 PREAMBLE HOW TO USE THE MIAMI 21 CODE The following information explains how the Miami 21 Code ("Miami 21 Code" or "the Code") is organized and may best be used. This "how to" information is advisory only, and is not part of the Code adopted by the City Commission. Organization The Miami 21 Code establishes standards and procedures for new development or redevelopment in the City. It also adopts the Miami 21 Atlas, which acts as the official Zoning Atlas of the City and is filed in the City Clerk's office. The Miami 21Aeras designates a Transect Zone for all lands within the City. V The Code is organized such that the parts interrelate and often list of Articles and sections in the Table of Contents shows the organization of the Code. Article 1. Definitions of Terms and Uses deft definitions of building function uses, definitions of Article 2. General Provisions contains including its intent and purpose and the that guide the Code. It also contains inforr rules of construction, calculations, aha Article 3. General to Zones related to Density and Inten: Calculations, Height, off-str Frontages, Speciala P11 Benefits Program. VQ mowed together. The and overall Rh the Code in three sections: nitions of signs. !tion on'%he legal framework of the Code, nsect principles for settlement patterns the applicability of the Code which specifies ne boundaries. the Transect Zones as the structure for requirements ps guidance for phasing, Lots and Frontages, Density and Loading, Sustainability, public Thoroughfares and c Preservation, Waterfront Standards and the Public Article 4. Standards Nables illustrates the components of the Code such as Intensity and parking requirements pe Transect Zone. Article 4 Table 3 sets out the Uses allowed in the various Transect Zones, and the type of permit required for the Use, whether administrative (Warrant) or by public hearing (Exception). It also includes corresponding definitions, as well as descriptions of different Frontage types and Civic Space types by Transect Zone. Article 5. Specific to Zones establishes the Transect Zones and the regulations that apply within each Transect Zone. Uses and development standards for each Transect are specified including Building Disposition, Building Configuration, Building Function and Density, parking and architectural, landscape and ambient standards. Diagrams and tables accompany the text in this Article. Article 6. Supplemental Regulations sets forth regulations that apply to specific Uses in addition to the general regulations and Transect regulations set forth in other Articles. These uses include, for example, Piers, docks, and boats; Home Office; Ancillary Units, Community THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Residences; Adult Daycare; Child Daycare; Auto -Related Uses; helicopter landing sites; Open Air Retail; and Adult Entertainment . Sign standards are also included here. Article 7. Procedures and Nonconformities sets out the rules for applying the Code and addressing conflicts. This Article contains the regulations for the further development of Nonconforming Uses and structures - those existing Uses and structures that upon passage of the Code will not conform to the new regulations. It details the zoning processes by which Development and redevelopment will be permitted by the City, including administrative permits and permits requiring public hearings. It also establishes general criteria by which administrative permits and public hearing permits will be reviewed. Article 8. Thoroughfares sets forth guidelines and definitions for public Thoroughfares, as well as a catalogue of Thoroughfares appropriate to various Transect Zones. Instructions for Navigating the Articles To determine the regulations of the Code applicable to a site, ^7e sTconsult both the Miami 21 Code and the Miami 21 Atlas. The Miami 21 Atlas A Transect Zones for all properties in the City. The Miami 21 Code sets forth theft r _ reach Transect Zone. The first step is to refer to the Miami 21 Atlas to find t oc on of the site. The Atlas will show the Transect Zone that is applied to the site. T be found in the office of the City Clerk and the Planning Department. The second step is to refer to the Miami 21 ode the relevant regulations associated with the Transect Zone for the site. Begin b in a general Transect Zone regulations set forth in Article 3. Next, use Article 4 to d r e building function uses and other requirements allowed by each Transect and det I ine whether the application is allowed By Right, by administrative review or by public hearing process. Article 5 will then determine the Building Disposition and Configuratio uctures on the property in each particular Transect Zone, as well as other standar suc a hitectural and environmental standards. Finally, consult the Supplemental Regul e 6 for additional requirements which may be applicable to certain Uses. Determining which Pro8bdures Apply In order to build or redevelop property, a City zoning approval is required. Article 7, Section 7.1, describes the various types of permits that may apply to the application and the process that will be required in order to obtain the particular permit. Consult the subsections in this Article that describe how an application is initiated, how an application is processed, the criteria for review, and what other parts of the Code apply. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT• ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.1 Definitions of Building Function: Uses 1.2 Definitions of Terms 1.3 Definitions of Signs 1.1 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. 1.2 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�IIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 1.1 DEFINITIONS OF BUILDING FUNCTION: USES (Article 4, Table 3) a. RESIDENTIAL This category is intended to encompass land use functions predominantly of permanent housing. Single -Family Residence: Detached Building used as permanent residence by a single housekeeping unit. The term is general, applying to all detached house types. Also known as Principal Dwelling Unit. Community Residence: A "resident", for the purpose of a Community Residence, may include any persons as defined in the following statutes: _ • A disabled adult or frail elder as defined in section 429.65 (8) (9), Florida Statutes • A physically disabled or handicapped person as defined i n 760.22(7), Florida Statutes • A developmentally disabled person as defined in sectio Florida Statutes • A non -dangerous mentally ill person as defined in ti 9 455(18), Florida Statutes; or • A child as defined in section 39.01(12), Florida (a) A Dwelling Unit of six or fewer residents tha efinition in section 419.001, Florida Statutes for a "community residential h e" f su si - or (b) A Dwelling Unit licensed to serve clien a Department of Children and Families, which provides a living environment f sev to fourteen unrelated residents who operate as the functional equivalent 011 ing such supervision and care by supportive staff as may be necessary t physical, emotional and social needs of the residents, as defined in section 4 01, Florida Statutes; or (c) An adult family -care home as defi d in section 429.65, Florida Statutes, which provides a full-time, family -type livi r ngement, in a private home, under which a person who owns or rents the hom rove , board, and personal care on a 24-hour basis, for no more than five disable 0 1 elders who are not relatives. See Article 6. Ancillary Unit: A Dwelling Unit sharing ownership and utility connections with a Principal Building and contained on the same Lot. An Ancillary Unit may be attached by a Backbuilding or detached from the Principal Building, and unit shall not count towards maximum Density calculations. Also known as an Accessory Unit or Ancillary Dwelling Unit. Two Family -Housing: Two (2) Dwelling Units sharing a detached Building, each Dwelling Unit of which provides a residence for a single housekeeping unit. Also known as a duplex. Multi -Family Housing: A Building or portion thereof, containing three or more Dwelling Units where each unit has direct access to the outside or to a common hall. A multifamily Structure where Dwelling Units are available for lease or rent for less than one month shall be considered Lodging. 1.3 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Dormitory: A Building used principally for sleeping accommodations for students or staff related to an educational institution or place of employment. Home Office: A space within a Dwelling Unit devoted to a non -retail business activity belonging to the resident thereof that is clearly secondary in Use to the residence, that does not alter the exterior of the property or affect the residential character of the Neighborhood, and that meets all legal requirements of the business. See Article 6. Live -Work: A Dwelling Unit that contains a commercial or office component which is limited to a maximum fifty percent (50%) of the Dwelling Unit area. See Article 6. Work -Live: A mixed -Use unit that contains a commercial, office or light industrial component. The work component exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the Dwelling Unit area. See Article 6. b. LODGING This category is intended to encompass land Use i6apt edominantly of sleeping accommodations occupied on a rental basis for limited p s e. These are measured in terms of lodging units: a lodging unit is a furnished minimum two hundred (200) square feet that includes sanitary facilities, and that inc a limited kitchen facilities. Bed & Breakfast: A group of lodging u . n to c ten (10) units that may provide services for dining, meeting and recreation. Inn: A group of lodging units not to cee a -five (25) units that may provide services for dining, meeting and recreation. Hotel: A group of lodging units exceeng twenty-five (25) units that may provide services for dining, meeting and recreatio c. OFFICE This category is intende to encompass land Use functions predominantly related to business, professions, service or government. Office: A Building or portion thereof used for conducting a business, profession, service, or government. Such facilities may include, but are not limited to, offices of attorneys, engineers, architects, physicians, dentists, accountants, financial institutions, real estate companies, insurance companies, financial planners, or corporate offices, and exclude manufacturing activities. V THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�iE ENCS OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 d. COMMERCIAL This category is intended to encompass land Use functions of retail, service, entertainment or recreational establishments and supporting office. Auto -Related Commercial Establishment: A place of business serving auto -related needs including, but not limited to: car rental, car wash, gas station, mechanic offering minor repairs, retail sales such as auto parts, tire store, indoor car sales. Uses not included: major mechanical work; body work; painting; steam cleaning; welding; outdoor car sales; storage of automobiles not in operating condition; commercial parking Lot or commercial garage; or any work involving undue noise, glare, fumes or smoke, all of which are considered auto -related industrial activities. See Article 6. Entertainment Establishment: A place of business serving the arbusement and recreational needs of the community. Such facilities may include, but not limited cinemas, billiard parlors, teen clubs, dance halls, or video arcades. Uses not included: E rtai` # ent Establishment, adult. Entertainment Establishment, Adult: A place of busi IIs, rents, leases, trades, barters, operates on commission or fee, purveys, offers only to or for adults products, goods of any nature, images, reproductio acts ies, opportunities for experiences or encounters, moving or still pictures, entertain sement distinguished by purpose and emphasis on matters depicting, descr'N rela g any means of communication from one (1) person to another to "specified se I i es" or "specified anatomical areas" as herein defined. An adult entertainment or ul rvice establishment is not open to the public generally but only to one (1) or mor ass f t public, excluding any person under eighteen (18) years of age. It is the intent ion that determination as to whether or not a specific establishment or activity falls ' in e context of regulation in this Code shall be based upon the activity therein conducted or oposed to be conducted as set out above and in these regulations shall not depen on the name or title of the establishment used or proposed. Thus, the terms "adult book 'adult massage parlor," "adult motion picture theater," "adult private dancing," an It a service" are encompassed within this definition of "adult entertainment or ser the term "adult entertainment or adult services" is not to be deemed limited by the nciation of specific activities listed before. See Article 6. Food Service Establishment: A place of business dedicated to the preparation and sale of food and beverage for immediate consumption on or off site. Alcohol Service Establishment: A place of business selling alcoholic beverages for consumption on the premises, and where the sale of food may be incidental to the sale of such beverages. This includes any establishment in receipt of a valid alcoholic beverage license from the state which permits the sale for consumption on the premises of alcoholic beverages as a Use. Alcohol beverage service establishments may include, but are not limited to: bars, taverns, cocktail lounges, nightclubs or supper clubs. General Commercial: A place of business providing the sale and display of goods or sale of services directly to the consumer, with goods available for immediate purchase and removal from the premises by the purchaser. General commercial goods include, but are not limited to, clothing, food, furniture, pharmaceuticals, books, art objects and the like. General commercial 1.5 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 services include, but are not limited to, barber shops; beauty salons; travel agencies; fortune tellers; retail dry cleaning; express delivery service; health spas and fitness studios; photo studios; Funeral Homes; Animal Clinics; repair service establishments, Employment Office; and the like. General Commercial services exclude: Auto -Related or Marine -Related Establishments; Commercial Storage Facilities, Pawn Shops, and the like. Marine -Related Commercial Establishment: A place of business serving marine -related needs including but not limited to: boat repairs, boat storage, boat servicing, boat rentals; or a place of business provides marine -related retail including but not limited to: bait and tackle stores, boat sales, and marine supplies stores. Uses not included are all industrial vessel paint and body work; and industrial major engine work or overhaul, all of which are considered marine -related industrial activities. Open Air Retail: A retail sales establishment operated substantial) the open air including, but not limited to: farmers market, Flea Markets, and the like. Uses luded are: car sales, equipment sales, boats sales, and home and garden supplies and e ipm . See Article 6. v Place of Assembly: A commercial facility for public as ding, but not limited to: arenas, auditoriums, conference facilities, convention crs, ibition halls, major sports facilities, theaters and performing arts centers, and the�l� Recreational Estab requiring equipment include, but is not lirr gyms or sports room: e. CIVIC This category is inti oriented purposes or and culture, educatio ,ig group entry or ng alleys, leisure activities, often activity fees. This may commercial golf facility, ns predominantly of community - fit organizations dedicated to arts ie like. Community Facility: on -commercial facility established primarily for the benefit and service of the general public of tW community in which it is located. Such facilities include, but are not limited to: community centers; City of Miami NET offices; and cultural facilities, such as libraries and museums. Recreational Facility: A non-commercial facility, primarily an open space, serving the recreation needs of the general public. This may include but is not limited to: golf courses, parks, camping facilities, playfields and playgrounds. Religious Facility: A facility used for regular organized religious worship and related activities. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 f. CIVIL SUPPORT This category is intended to encompass land uses predominantly supportive of other urban Uses and functions. Community Support Facility: A facility providing basic services, for the benefit and service of the population of the community in which it is located. Such facilities may include but are not limited to: police and Fire Stations, Extended Care Facilities, Nursing Homes, convalescent homes, Continuing Care Facility, and Assisted Living Facility or Adult Daycare Center as defined by Chapter 429, Florida Statutes. See Article 6. Infrastructure and Utilities: A facility or Structure related to the provision of roads, water and sewer lines, electrical, telephone and cable transmission, an all other utilities and communication systems necessary to the functioning of a community. ee Article 6. Major Facility: A large facility of an institutional nature including t no �mited to Hospitals, public health and social service facilities, research facilities, �� , ' icial Buildings, Jails, Detention Facilities, work camps, cemeteries,n� Ambulance Services, Pharmaceutical Laboratories, or the like. v Marina: A facility for storage, servicing, fueling, be g, securing of boats. The Use does not include marine -related industrial activities. Public Parking: A parking facility available era public for parking motor vehicles, including parking lots or garages. Rescue Mission: A facility proval assistance to individuals in need; such assistance to individuals may includ porary shelter, food services provisions, counseling, instruction, medical services, and othe cidental services. Transit Facility: A facility p accommodations by public, private, or nonprofit entities for the conveyance of s r ne place to another by means of a transportation system, including but not limit terminal, railroad station, freight terminal, airport, helistop or seaport. g. EDUCATIONAL This category is intended to encompass land Use functions connected with providing education, training, or care of children and students of all ages. Childcare: A facility where six (6) or more children are cared for on a part-time basis by day or by night including after-school care. The term does not include community based residential facilities, Family Care Homes, foster homes, group homes, rehabilitation or detention centers, orphanages, or other places operating primarily for remedial care. See Article 6. College / University: A facility for post -secondary education that grants associate, bachelor, master or doctoral degrees, and may include research functions or professional schools. 1.7 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Elementary School: A facility offering instruction at the elementary school level Learning Center: A facility offering to students training, tutoring or instruction in subjects such as languages, music, fine arts or dance. This may include provision of electronic testing and distance learning. Middle / High School: A facility offering instruction at the middle or high school level. Pre -School: A facility offering care and instruction of children who are pre -elementary school age. Research Facility: A facility for research and development that does human testing, animal husbandry, incinerators, heavy equipment, fabrication, processing, or sale of products. Any facility involvi husbandry, and the use of incinerators shall be considered a Major F Special Training / Vo, such as secretarial, p design, fine arts, mu: training and education h. INDUSTRIAL This category is inter activity involving mangy bulk storage, trucking needs. Residential Us limited work -live Uses. Auto -Related Industr repair or maintenance„ and body work; major outdoor vehicle sales, includes auto relatec not involve the use of mass manufacturing, uman testing, animal establishment category. es or occupations ncture, massage, ,ification excludes ith a business or I, warehousing or )rimarily industrial ^cial marinas, and ;sociated with the I equipment; paint or wrecking yard; ice facilities. This cial auto related Manufacturing and Processing: A facility primarily engaged in the manufacturing, processing, repair or assembly of goods. Premises may include retail or wholesale sales. Marine -Related Industrial Establishment: A facility conducting activities associated with the construction, repair, and operation, storage, loading and unloading of boats, and other activities the primary purpose of which is to facilitate the maritime industry. All work on vessels which exceed eight (8) feet in width; all vessel paint and body work; and major engine work or overhaul, shall all be considered marine -related industrial activity including but not limited to shipping, boatyards, marinas commercial fishing, container yards and tug boat basins. Products and Services: A public or private facility providing industrial and other services to individuals or businesses. This includes but is not limited to Laundry / Dry Cleaning Plants; Im. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUB STIT>JTION TO OFFICINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT 11IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 metal, machine or welding shops. This also includes special services such as Pawn Shops, Pharmaceutical Laboratories, Animal Kennels, Government Maintenance Facilities, Hiring Halls / Labor Pools, and Solid Waste Facilities. See Article 6. Storage and Distribution: A facility providing long-term or short-term storage, selling or distribution of merchandise. This includes but is not limited to: container yards; crating, packing and shipping service; heavy equipment sales, service and storage; storage, warehousing or distribution establishments; Public Storage Facilities or Commercial Storage Facilities; or outdoor storage of building materials. See Article 6. f�7 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 1.2 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS This section provides definitions for terms in this Code that are technical in nature or that might not be otherwise reflect a common usage of the word. If a term is not defined in this Article, then the Zoning Administrator shall determine the correct definition of the term. Abutting: To reach or touch; to touch at the end or be contiguous with; join at a border or boundary; terminate on. Abutting properties include properties across a street or alley. Accessory Unit: See Ancillary Unit, in Section 1.1, Residential Use Accessory Structure: An Accessory Structure is a Structure customarily incidental and subordinate to the Principal Structure and, unless otherwise specificaly provided, located on the same premises. "On the same premises" shall be construed as mea on the same Lot or on a contiguous Lot in the same ownership. Where a Building is attach he Principal Building, it shall be considered part thereof, and not an Accessory Structure. Adaptive Use: Rehabilitation or renovation of existing B o ny Use(s) other than the present Use. Adult: An adult is a person eighteen (18) years of ag r of Adult Daycare: A facility which provides li -tec basis by day or evening, but not overni family/employee occupying the premises. h homes, nursing home facilities or . tituti Community Support Facility) and A 1pd%idN and basic services on a part-time t e () or more adults other than the 'm does not include community residential the aged. See Section 1.1 (Civil Support, Affordable / Workforce Housing: established by the City's Community Development Department. See Article 3, S n 3.14 Albedo: The ratio of fle y a surface. Alcohol Service Esta ment: See Section 1.1, Commercial Use. Allee: A regularly spaced and aligned row of trees usually planted along a Thoroughfare or Pedestrian Passage. Alley: A Thoroughfare (not officially designated as a street) designated by a recorded plat, deed, or legal instrument, to be a secondary means of vehicular access to the rear or side of properties otherwise Abutting a street; an Alley may connect to a vehicular driveway located to the rear of Lots providing access to outbuildings, service areas and parking, and containing utility Easements. Alterations, Structural: Structural alterations are any change, removal, replacement, reinforcement or addition of beams, ceiling and floor joists, reinforced concrete floor slabs (except those on fill), load bearing partitions, columns, exterior walls, stairways, roofs, corridors or other structural materials used in a Building that support the said beams, ceiling and floor joists, load bearing partitions, columns, exterior walls, stairways, roofs, or structural materials 1.10 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT 1" 1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 used in the Building or Structure. The term is applicable to any Building or Structure or any part thereof, whether or not permanent or temporary shoring is used during construction and whether or not additions to or rebuilding of the major portion of an existing building are being accomplished. Ambulance Service: A facility which provides emergency medical transportation or paramedical emergency or trauma care en route to an extended care or medical facility. See Section 1.1 (Civil Support, Major Facility). Animal Clinic: A facility which provides medical and surgical care for animals and does not include boarding facilities for healthy animals, but may allow overnight boarding for sick animals, in a completely enclosed building. See Section 1.1 (Commercial, General Commercial). Animal Kennel: A facility which provides boarding services for ei Section 1.1 (Industrial, Products and Services). Antennas, miscellaneous: Any roof -mounted Structure reception of radar, radio, television, or telephone comma family residential television antennas, amateur radio ark microwave antennas. A Arcade: A covered pedestrian way within a bui floor, which may provide access to shops aLQQg i Architectural Features: Prominent or sig Architectural Style: The charE period or school of architecture. Atlas, Miami 21: The atlas Atrium: An indoor, A Function or Use and I occupants of the Buildi or more animals. See owthe transmission or uding traditional single - lite earth stations and I the side of a Building at the first re sides. See Article 4, Table 6. or elements of a Building or Structure. detail of Buildings from a particular historical r the Miami 21 Code. Phose height exceeds one Story and which does not contain a marily as a circulation or informal gathering space serving all Auto -Related Commercial Establishment: See Section 1.1. Commercial Use Auto -Related Industrial Establishment: See Section 1.1, Industrial Use Average Sidewalk Elevation: The average of the record profile grade elevation of each of the streets Abutting a development, as determined and on file with the City of Miami Public Works Department. Awning: A movable roof -like Structure, cantilevered or otherwise entirely supported from a Building, used to shade or screen windows or doors. Backbuilding: A single -story Structure with a maximum width of twelve (12) feet connecting a Principal Building to an Outbuilding. See Article 4, Table 8, Diagram C. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Balcony: An unenclosed habitable Structure cantilevered from a Facade or Building Elevation Base Building Line: The officially mapped street lines. Lines so established may fall within the boundaries of Lots and shall be used instead of the Lot lines adjacent to the streets in determining the Layers and Setbacks. Bed and Breakfast: See Section 1.1, Lodging Use Bicycle Lane: A lane dedicated for bicycle use demarcated by striping or otherwise separated from vehicle lanes. Bicycle Rack Space: Parking space for any two wheel alternative mode of transportation including: bicycle, scooter, motorcycle, Segway®, etc. _ Bicycle Route: A Thoroughfare designated for shared use of bicyclesautomobiles. Block: The aggregate of private Lots, passages, rear lanes aiRie perimeter of which abuts Thoroughfares. '4 Block Face: The aggregate of all the Building Facade a of a block. The Block Face provides the context for establishing architectural har ny. Botanical Garden: A garden of collected g win pla e-Nblished for the benefit of the Public to serve as an educational, recreational or sclkokofer. Bonus Capacity: The additionalIdin a ity awarded for participation in the Public Benefits Program, as defined in Arti 3.14 Brownfield: An area having been LVd primarily as an industrial or commercial site with Ne perceived or actual presence/nviron entally hazardous substance. Buffer: An area of ITS cluQWlandscaping, berms, walls, Fences, and Building Setbacks, which is located betw nJlWWses of different characters and is intended to mitigate negative impacts of the one inteV Use on a residential or vacant parcel. Buildable Area: The portion of a Lot remaining after required Setbacks have been provided. Buildings may be placed in any part of the Buildable area, but limitations on percent of the Lot which may be covered by Buildings may require Open Space within the buildable area. Building: Any Structure having a solid roof intended for shelter or enclosing of persons, animals, chattels, property, equipment or a process of any kind or nature, excluding freestanding tents, freestanding awnings, and cabanas and screened enclosures. Building Capacity: See Floor Area. Building Code: The State of Florida Building Code. Building Configuration: The form of a Building, based on its massing, Private Frontage, and Height. 1.12 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Building Disposition: The placement of a Building on its Lot. Building Function: The Uses accommodated by a Building and its Lot. Functions are categorized as Restricted, Limited, or Open, according to the Intensity of the Use. Building Height: The vertical extent of a Building measured in Stories. Building Permit: The permit required for new construction and additions pursuant to the City Code. Build -to line: A line established within a given Lot indicating where the outer edge of a Structure must be located. By Right: A use allowed pursuant to zoning review and appro&-tted Building Permit or issuance of a Certificate of Use under Article 7, Section 7.1.2.1. Peres. v Canopy: A fixed -roofed Structure which provides shade r o and is in whole or in part self-supporting with open sides. Capacity: See Floor Area. Car Shelter: A Structure made of canvas, lu um9off ilar materials, or any combination thereof, on movable framing for the shade te (1)or two (2) private passenger vehicles. Carport: A portion of a Principal resRiing or a Building accessory to a residential Use designed to be used for shelter of mo ehi es, unenclosed at the vehicular entry side and for an area at least equal to twenty perc (20%) of the area of the outer surface of walls, which might otherwise be construc longi entire remaining perimeter. Where enclosure exceeds this amount, the shelter shaIQW strued to be a garage. Certificate of Occup cefined by the Florida Building Code. Certificate of Use: An o icial City document verifying that a particular Use is in compliance with applicable sections of this Miami 21 Code pursuant to the requirements of Article IV, Section 2- 207 of the City Code and Section 7.1.2.1 of this Code. City: The City of Miami, Florida. City Code: The Code of Ordinances of the City of Miami. City Commission: The City Commission of the City of Miami. Civic: Uses held in private or public ownership but functioning for community purposes such as religious, cultural, environmental, or educational uses. See Section 1.1. Civic Building: A Building designed specifically for a Civic Function. 1.13 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Civic Institution (Cl): A zone with uses primarily dedicated to Functioning for community purposes such as, cultural, educational, environmental, governmental, public transit, public parking and religious facilities. See Section 1.1. Civic Space (CS): A zone with mainly outdoor area dedicated for functioning for community purposes. Civic Space Types: Open Space defined by the combination of certain physical constants including the relationship between their intended Use, their size, their landscaping and their enfronting Buildings. See Article 4, Table 7. Civic Zone: See Article 4, Table 1 Civil Support Uses: See Section 1.1 Code: The Miami 21 Code. May also be referred to herein as this Ce. v College / University: See Section 1.1, Education Use Commercial Storage Facility: A facility providing forRe of office furnishings, archive records and general personal property of busineencies and professionals. Such personal property is limited to furniture and other oods and retail merchandise to be sold at nearby establishments. Storage . he y nt or any property that may be deemed hazardous, such as property w able, combustible, explosive or dangerous is prohibited. See Section 1.1 ( m cia and Distribution). Commercial Vehicle: A Commerc lis any vehicle designed, intended or used for transportation of people, goods, or , n including private passenger vehicles and trailers for private nonprofit transport of goods boats. Common Lawn: Se Community Facility e 7. .1, Civic Use. Community Garden: Aouping of garden plots available for small-scale cultivation, generally to residents of apartments and other dwelling types without private gardens. Community gardens should accommodate individual storage sheds. Community Residence: See Section 1.1, Residential Use. Community Support Facility: See Section 1.1, Civil Support Use. Comprehensive Plan: The Miami Comprehensive Neighborhood Plan. Configuration: The form of a building based on its massing, Private Frontage and Height. Construction, Actual: The placing of construction materials in a permanent position and fastened in a permanent manner; except that, where demolition, excavation, or removal of an existing Structure has been substantially begun preparatory to new construction, such 1.14 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 excavation, demolition, or removal shall be deemed to be actual construction, provided that work shall be Continuously carried on without interruption, except for just cause, until the completion of the new construction involved. Context: Surroundings made up of the particular combination of elements that create specific character in the area. Continuously: As defined with reference to Actual Construction defined herein, continuously shall mean that work is underway for at least fifty percent (50%) of the working days (Monday through Friday, national holidays excluded) since construction began. See also Construction, Actual. Corridor: A lineal geographic system incorporating transportation or Greenways. Courtyard: Open Space, partially defined by walls or Buildings as r ed by this Code. See Article 4, Table 7. v CPTED: Crime Prevention through Environmental Design Curb: The edge of the vehicular pavement detailed i concrete or stone element, or flush with a swale. Density: The number of Dwelling Units within a'stan bard measure of land area, usually given as units per acre. Design Speed: The velocity at which a Thoroughfare is designed for vehicular use. Development: Development shall ha a meaning given it in section 380.04, Florida Statutes. Development Capacity: segj bor Are . Director: Unless of a s4/I�ied, the term "Director" shall mean the Director of the Department of Planni f ity. Disposition: The placeilpnt of a Building on its Lot. See Article 4, Table 8. District (D): A zone intended to accommodate Uses which because of their specialized performance, Scale or impact should not be incorporated into the Neighborhood structure. Dock: See Pier Dormitory: See Section 1.1, Residential Use. Drive-through / Drive-in Facility: A place of business including drive-through banks or teller windows, drive-through eating and drinking establishments, drive-through windows at liquor or other stores, or at laundry and dry cleaning agencies, car washes, and similar facilities, but excludes automotive service stations. See Article 6. 1.15 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Driveway: A vehicular lane within a Lot, usually leading to a garage or carport. A Driveway in the First Layer may be used for parking if it is less than the width allowed in the applicable transect, above which dimension it becomes subject to the constraints of a parking lot. Dwelling Unit: Residence of a single housekeeping unit. See Article 6. Easement: A legal instrument, in a form approved by the City Attorney and recorded in the county records, that allows access through real property of the conveyor. Educational Use: See Section 1.1. Elementary School: See Section 1.1, Educational Use. Elevation, Building: An exterior wall of a Building not along a Front Line (See Facade). Elevation, Floor: Height of floor level. Eligible Historic Resource: Archeological sites, indi a c resources, contributing Buildings within a historic district, as qualified under ChaptJ&3 City Code. v Employment Office: A place of business, other n a iring hall or labor pool, offering individual job recruitment by specification of . tions and conduct of individual interviews by placement specialists onsite m et t b specifications. See Section 1.1 (Commercial, General Commercial). Encroachment: Building element p issi wi required Setback. Enfront: To place an element along . Line, as in "Porches enfront the street." Entertainment Establishme� SeeJontage tion 1.1, Commercial Use. Entertainment Esta Entrance, Principal It: See Section 1.1, Commercial Use. t of access of pedestrians into a Building. Established Setback Afea: A defined area wherein the Setbacks provided by the Transect designation are superseded by those originally adopted for a special district under Ordinance 11000, and which continue and are listed in Article 3, Section 3.3.6 of this Miami 21 Code. The boundaries of Established Setback Areas are illustrated on Article 4, Diagram 10. Extended Care Facility or Nursing Home: An institution which is licensed by the State of Florida to provide health care or medical supervision for twenty-four (24) or more consecutive hours for three (3) or more persons not related to the governing authority by blood, marriage or adoption. See Section 1.1 (Civil Support, Community Support Facility) and Article 6. Exception: Permit approved pursuant to the requirements of Article 7. Facade: The exterior wall of a Building that is set along a Frontage Line. (See Elevation, Building). 1.16 THIS DOCUNIENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP OFFICINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T IE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Family Care Home: A family care home is an occupied residence, registered and licensed by the State of Florida, where five (5) or fewer preschool children from more than one (1) unrelated family receive care on a regular part-time basis by day or by night and which receives a payment, fee, or grant for any of the children receiving care, whether or not operated for profit. See Section 1.1 (Residential, Community Residence) and Article 6. Fence: A permeable metal or wooden wall, independent of a Building, located along a Frontage line. See Article 4, Table 6. FEMA: Federal Emergency Management Agency. Fire Station: A Building housing fire equipment and firefighters. See Section 1.1 (Civil Support, Community Support Facility). Flea Market: An Open Area or Building used for occasional or individual sellers for limited periods of time. See Section 1.1 (C^ Floating Structure: A floating barge -like entity which is not primarily used as a means of tr provides services typically associated with a S The term "Floating Structure" includes, but is place of business, office, hotel or motel, es storage or parking facility, mining platfor represented as such. Floating Structures, s definition of the term "vessel" prov' d in c also excluded from the definition o shall not, in and of itself, preclude n i with or sale of goods by en Air Retail). odations built thereon, ansporRr�: %*ater, but serves purposes or tructer improvement to real property. no each entity used as a residence, t rannge, clubhouse, meeting facility, dragline, or similar facility or entity ned herein, are expressly excluded from the ti 327.02(27), Florida Statutes (1989), and is asure craft." Incidental movement upon water from classification as a Floating Structure. A Floating Structure is expressly includ as a type of tangible personal property (from section 192.001 (17), Florida Statu1989)). See illustration included with Ordinance No. 10932, adopted October 24, 1991. 0 Floorplate: The total outdoor Floor Area of any given Story of a Building, measured to the exterior of the waV5r balcony. Floor Area: The floor area within the inside perimeter of the outside walls of the Building including hallways, stairs, closets, thickness of walls, columns and other features, and parking and loading areas, and excluding only interior Atria and open air spaces such as exterior corridors, Porches, balconies and roof areas. Also means Building or Development Capacity. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR): The multiplier applied to the Lot Area that determines the maximum Floor Area allowed above grade in a given Transect Zone. Food Service Establishment: See Section 1.1, Commercial Use. Forecourt: See Article 4, Table 6. Frontage: The area between a Building Facade and the vehicular lanes of a Thoroughfare or the pavement of a Pedestrian Passage. 1.17 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Frontage, Principal: That Frontage facing the public space such as a Thoroughfare of higher pedestrian importance (i.e., traffic volume, number of lanes, etc.). Frontage, Private: The Layer between the Frontage Line and the Principal Building Facade. The Structures and landscaping within the Private Frontage may be held to specific standards regarding the depth of the setback and the combination of architectural elements such as Fences, Stoops, Porches and Galleries. Frontage, Public: The area between the curb of the vehicular lanes and the Frontage Line. Elements of the Public Frontage include the curb, Sidewalk, planter, street tree, streetlight, street furniture, etc. Frontage, Secondary: That Frontage facing the public space such lesser pedestrian importance (i.e., traffic volume, number of lanes, E Frontage Line: Property Line or Base Building Line Abutting Thoroughfare, whether at the front, rear, or side of a Lo define the public realm and are therefore more regulated other Lot Lines. A Function: The land Use allowed on property Funeral Home: A facility licensed by the dead including embalming facilities, and rr ceremonies connected with burial owswma Gallery: A covered pedestrian area provide access along one or more sid Garden: See Article 4, T General Commercia General Urban Zone: Thoroughfare that is of offe, such as a Plaza or rallel to Frontage Lines itions that coincide with d�bntaining suitable storage room for the provide rooms for the display of the dead or e Section 1.1 (General Commercial). yin -Wig the side of a Building on any floor, which may See Article 4, Table 7. on 1.1, Commercial Use. Government Maintenance Facilities: Building, land, or Structure designed and intended to be used in the routine upkeep and repair of government owned or leased equipment. See Section 1.1 (Civil Support, Products and Services). Green: See Article 4, Table 7. Green Corridor: See Greenway. Green Space: An Open Space outdoors, at grade, unroofed, landscaped and free of impervious surfaces. See Article 4, Table 7. Greenway: An Open Space Corridor in largely natural condition which may include paths for bicycles and pedestrians. 1.18 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Habitable Rooms: Rooms designed and used for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, or working or combinations thereof. Bathrooms, toilet compartments, closets, halls, storage rooms, laundry and utility spaces, basement recreation rooms, and similar areas are not considered Habitable Rooms. Habitable Space: Building space which Use involves human presence with direct view of the enfronting streets or public or private Open Space, excluding Parking Garages, self-service storage facilities, warehouses, and display windows separated from retail activity. Height: See Building Height. Hiring Hall / Labor Pool: A place of business providing employment services for laborers. 141, Such services generally involve short term hiring of unskilled ma I help, with little or no qualifications required, or the need of individual interviews by pnt specialists. See Section 1.1 (Industrial, Products and Services). Historic Preservation Ordinance: An Ordinance cod' 'e ter 23 of the City Code dedicated to the preservation of the City of Miami's Histori o nd historic resources as a significant goal in the City's overall vision for its future. Historic Property: See Eligible Historic Resourc Home Occupation: See Home Office. Home Office: See Section 1. 1, Re tial e. Hospital: An institution having an ap ria license or certificate of need issued by the State of Florida and providing primary hea , medical, or surgical care to persons suffering from illness, disease, injury, def y or normal mental conditions; and may include related accessory facilities such as ries, outpatient or training facilities. See Section 1.1 (Civil Support, Major Facili Hotel: See Section 1.1, ?dgi*ng Use. House Barge / Houseboat: A Floating Structure used as a residence. A vessel, a private pleasure craft, consisting of a hull and superstructure supported in the water by integral flotation devices, not suitable for rough water, and designed and manufactured to be self-propelled. See Article 6. Housing for the Elderly: Housing development for residents aged fifty five (55) and over. Industrial Use: See Section 1.1. Infill: A development project within existing urban fabric, on a vacant site within a built-up area. Infrastructure and Utilities: See Section 1.1, Civil Support. 1.19 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Inn: See Section 1.1, Lodging Use. Inside Turning Radius: The curved edge of a Thoroughfare at an intersection, measured at the inside edge of the vehicular tracking. The smaller the Turning Radius, the smaller the pedestrian crossing distance and the more slowly the vehicle is forced to make the turn. Intensity: The magnitude of development measured by Floor Lot Ratio permitted in the Restricted, Limited and Open categories of a Transect Zone. Jail / Detention Facilities: A Building designated by law or regularly used for the confinement of persons held in lawful custody. See Section 1.1 (Civil Support, Major Facility). Large Scale Retail: A retail or wholesale business occupying more than 55,000 square feet of Floor Area with a regional market area, including but not limited to tail or wholesale sales, membership warehouse clubs, discount stores and department stor Article 6. Laundry / Dry Cleaning Plant: An establishment providinry cleaning, dyeing, pressing, or special similar services, not open to or for th�f the general public. See Section 1.1 (Industrial, Products and Services). v Layer: A range of depth of a Lot within which cert ele nts are permitted as regulated in this Code. See Article 4, Table 8, Diagram D. Layer, First: The area of a Lot comprised ce between the Base Building Line and the required Setback including the Private on Layer, Second: That portion of the Building which Enfronts the Thorouc First Layer which includes that portion of the Layer, Third: That portionq e Lot Orat is not within the First and Second Layer and is least visible from the Thorouahfar Learning Center: Se%Sjffl0W1.1, Educational Use. LEED: Leadership in Er1%rgy and Environmental Design. Light Court: See Article 4, Table 6. Liner: A Building or part of a Building with Habitable Space specifically designed to enfront a public space, masking a function without capacity to monitor public space, such as a parking lot, Parking Garage or storage facility. Live -Work: See Section 1.1, Residential Uses Loading Space: An area in which goods and products are moved on and off a vehicle, including the stall or berth and the apron or maneuvering room incidental thereto. Lodging Use: See Section 1.1 1.20 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO OFFICINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Lodging Unit: Attached or semidetached living quarters comprised of furnished room(s) of approximately two hundred (200) gross square feet or more in area, including sanitary facilities but with only limited kitchen facilities, if any; not qualifying as a Dwelling Unit or efficiency apartment; occupied by transients on a rental or lease basis for limited periods of time. Lot: A Lot is any individual Lot, tract or parcel of land, intended as a single Building site or unit, having an assigned number or numbers, letter or letters, or other name through which it may be identified for development purposes. A Lot may also be any combination of Lots, tracts, parcels or other areas of land established by acceptable legal joinder, delineated by a closed boundary and assigned a number, letter or other name through which it may be identified, intended as a single unit for development purposes. Lot Area: Lot area shall be the area within the Lot Property Lines excluding any portions of street rights-of-way or other required dedications. Lot, Conforming: A parcel of land meeting the requirements of is C as to dimensions (width, depth, or area) and access. Lot, Corner: A Lot or parcel of land Abutting two o e Thoroughfares at their intersection, or two (2) parts of the same Thoroughfa an interior angle of less than one hundred thirty-five (135) degrees. Lot Coverage: The area of the Lot occu- 'ed y a u 'ngs, excluding Structures such as decks, pools, and trellises. Lot, Interior: A Lot Abutting only o 1) o fare. Lot, Nonconforming: A parcel of Ian h ensions or access not meeting minimum requirements of this Code. See Article Section 7.2.1. Am Lot, Through: A Lot otha Corner Lot, and with Frontage on more than one (1) Thoroughfare; Alleys of nsidered for purposes of this definition. Lot Line: The boundar at legally and geometrically demarcates a Lot. Lot Width: The length of the narrowest dimension Frontage Line of a Lot. Low Income Housing: As established by the City's Community Development Department. Major Facility: See Section 1.1, Civil Support Use. Major Recreational Equipment: Vehicles including travel trailers, pickup campers, converted trucks or buses, motorized homes, tent campers, tents, or other short-term housing or shelter arrangements and devices, boats and boat trailers, combinations thereof, and other similar equipment, and trailers, cases, and boxes for transporting recreational equipment, whether occupied by such equipment or not. Manufacturing and Processing: See Section 1.1, Industrial Use. 1.21 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Marina: See Section 1.1, Civil Support Use. Marine -related Industrial Facility: See Section 1.1, Industrial Use. Marine -related Commercial Establishment: See Section 1.1, Commercial Use. Market Rate Housing: As established by the City's Community Development Department. Middle / High -School: See Section 1.1, Educational Use. Mitigation: Measures taken to eliminate, minimize, or compensate for damages from development activity. Multi -Family Housing: See Section 1.1, Residential Use. Natural Features: Physical characteristics of a property that are noan de. v Natural Zone or T1 Zone: See Article 4, Table 1. Navigable Waterway: The navigable part of a Ovate a ly located with respect to the theoretical axis of the waterway (or the axis of the i ove hannel of the Miami River) which provides a throughway or access aisle for manne s Neighborhood: An urbanized area that is p idential. A Neighborhood shall be based upon a partial or entire Standard Pedestr n he physical center of the Neighborhood should be located at an important tr inte cti associated with a Civic or Commercial use. Neighborhood Conservation Distri C : A zoning overlay district. See Section 3.12. NET: City of Miami's Neighb od En ncement Team. Nonconforming Lot Ar i , Section 7.2.1. Nonconforming Site I rovements: See Article 7, Section 7.2.1. Nonconforming Structure: See Article 7, Section 7.2.1. Nonconforming Use: See Article 7, Section 7.2.1. Nursing Home or Extended Care Facility: An institution which is licensed by the State of Florida to provide health care or medical supervision for twenty-four (24) or more consecutive hours for three (3) or more persons not related to the governing authority by blood, marriage or adoption. See Section 1.1 (Civil Support, Community Support Facility) and Article 6. Office: See Section 1.1, Office Use. Office Use: See Section 1.1. Open Air Retail: See Section 1.1, Commercial Use. 1.22 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Open Space: Any parcel or area of land or water essentially unimproved by permanent Buildings and open to the sky; such space shall be reserved for public or private Use. Open Spaces may include Parks, Greens, Squares, Courtyards, Gardens, Playgrounds, paseos (when designed predominantly for pedestrians), and pedestrian paths or associated landscaped areas. Outbuilding: A Building, usually located towards the rear of the same Lot as a Principal Building. It is sometimes connected to the Principal Building by a Backbuilding. Park: A tract of land designated and used by the public for active and passive recreation. See Article 4, Table 7. Also known as Public Park. Parking Area: Any area designed and used for parking motor veh s including parking lots and garages, driveways, garages serving residential Uses, and Thor res. Parking Garage or Parking Structure: A Structure contai ar parking, including mechanical parking systems. V ' Parking, Off-site: Spaces provided for vehicles and ditloside of the boundaries of the Lots to be served. �[ Parking, Off-street: Any land area desigd d u d� parking motor vehicles including parking lots and garages, driveways and ga e g residential uses, but excluding areas of Thoroughfares. See Articles 3 and 4. Parking, Tandem: The placement oti%Jg, "ee behind the other as opposed to side by side. Parking, Underground: Parking in w�h the ceiling or roof of the top level does not rise above any adjoining public Sidewal Pawnshop: Establiis provide loans upon delivery of personal goods or other chattel as security an a same items as a secondhand retail service. See Section 1.1 (Industrial, Products an ervices). Pedestal: In T6 Zones, t at portion of a Building up to the eighth Story. Also known as podium. Pedestrian Orientation: The characteristics of an area where the location and access to Buildings, types of Uses permitted on the street level, and storefront design relate to the needs of persons traveling on foot. Pedestrian Passage: A public Open Space restricted to pedestrian Use and limited vehicular access that connects Thoroughfares, Plazas, Alleys, garages and other public Use spaces. See Article 4, Table 7. Pedestrian Shed: An area, approximately circular, that is centered on a common destination. A Pedestrian Shed is applied to determine the approximate size of a Neighborhood. A Standard Pedestrian Shed is one-quarter (1/4) mile radius, about the distance of a five-minute walk at a leisurely pace. A Linear Pedestrian Shed is elongated to follow a commercial corridor, 1.23 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 measuring one-quarter ('/4) mile out from the center line of the corridor. It has been shown that provided with a pedestrian environment, most people will walk this distance rather than drive. The outline of the shed must be refined according to actual site conditions, particularly along Thoroughfares. The common destination should have the present or future capacity to accommodate Transect Zones successional in Density to its surroundings. A Long Pedestrian Shed is one-half (1/2) mile radius, and may be used for mapping a Transit Oriented Development (TOD) when transit is present or proposed. (Sometimes called a "walkshed" or "walkable catchment"). Personal Wireless Service Facility (PWSF): A facility for the provision of personal wireless services, as defined by the federal Telecommunications Act of 1996. A PWSF is any facility for the transmission or reception of personal wireless services, which may consist of an antenna array, transmission cables, equipment shelter or Building, access road6we�)j mount, and a guy system. Such facilities may include "monopole" or "lattice tower" Structures. See Section 1.1, (Civil Support, Infrastructure and Utilities), and Article 6. Pharmaceutical Laboratories: Pharmaceutical laboratorietes equipped and intended for the testing of pharmaceutical products, partic I r ects on the human body. Such research primarily entails the evaluation of the abs o ination, bioavailability and pharmacodynamics of medications administered to re icipants. Due to the standard protocols associated with such research, test su is st remain on-site for prolonged periods including overnight stays. See Section 1.j� Products and Services). Pier: A platform extending from shore overalillts to secure and protect vessels or allow pedestrian access to extend over water. S A e . Place of Assembly: See Section 1.4fLial Use. Planter: The element of the public str tscape which accommodates street trees. Planters may be continuous or individual awlfter Playground: See A 1a *# Plaza: See Article 4, T e 7. Porch: An open air room appended to a facing Frontages. Porte-cochere: See Carport. Building, with floor and roof but no walls on the sides Pre -School: See Section 1.1, Educational Use. Primary -Secondary Grid: Thoroughfare designations appearing on a plan adopted under this Code or a Special Area Plan. See Article 3, Section 3.9. Principal Building: A Structure used to enclose or house the primary Use(s) located on a Lot; or the main Building on a Lot, usually located toward the front. Principal Dwelling Unit: See Single -Family Residence. 1.24 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP OFFICINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Product and Services: See Section 1.1, Industrial Uses. Property Line: Demarcation of private property ownership. Public: Facilities or land owned or operated by a governmental organization. Public Benefits Program: See Article 3, Section 3.14. Public Parking: See Section 1.1, Civil Support Use. Public Storage Facilities: An establishment containing separate, secured self -storage areas or lockers used for the temporary storage of household items and seasonal or recreational vehicles, small boats, trailers etc. These facilities cater primaril the needs of nearby residents. See Section 1.1 (Industrial, Storage and Distribution) and 6. Recreational Establishment: See Section 1.1, Commercial U . V Recreational Facility: See Section 1.1, Civic Use. Religious Facility: See Section 1.1, Civic Use. Research Facility: See Section 1.1, Educ 'onpUseq.Rescue Mission: See Section 1.1,Civil S po Residential Use: See Section 1.1. `ltp0 Retail Frontage Line: Frontage Lines designated on a Special Area Plan that require the ground level to be available f2Mtail UsLff. Right -of -Way, Publi t la feId in trust by the City between the base building lines, including the sidewalk, w parkway area, and the roadway, street and highway. Rowhouse: A Dwelling`Init that shares a party wall with another Dwelling Unit of the same type. Rural Zone or T2 Zone: See Article 4, Table 1. Scale: The spatial relationship among Structures along a street or block front, including height, bulk and yard relationships. Scale also refers to the proportional relationship of the size of parts to one another and to the human figure. Screening: Visually shielding or obscuring one Structure or Use from another by a Liner Building, fencing, wall, or densely planted vegetation. Secondary Grid: See Primary -Secondary Grid. 1.25 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO OFFICINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Setback: The distance from the Base Building Line to the point where a Building may be constructed. This area must be maintained clear of permanent Structures with the exception of encroachments described in each Transect Zone. Shared Parking Standards: An accounting for parking spaces that are available to more than one function. Shopfront: See Article 4, Table 6. Sidewalk: The paved layer of the Public Frontage dedicated exclusively to pedestrian activity. Single -Family Residence: See Section 1.1, Residential Use. Solid Waste Facility: Facility for the disposition of unwanted orrded material including garbage with insufficient liquid content to be free flowing. See Sect (Industrial, Products and Services). v Special Area Plan: See Article 3, Section 3.9. Special Training Facility / Vocational: See Section 1j4wAWL nal Use. Specified Anatomical Areas: Those areas of body, less than completely and opaquely covered, which consist of: (a) f al gen Is pubic region; (b) male or female buttocks, anus, anal cleft, or cleavage; (c) f r st below a point immediately above the top of the areola; or (d) human male ge als a discernibly turgid state. See Section 1.1 (Commercial, Entertainment Establi ent, ul . Specified Sexual Activities: Thos ivi s which, when described, displayed, exhibited, simulated, or depicted by whatsoever edium in an adult entertainment service establishment: (a) show the human genital a stat of sexual stimulation, or being aroused to a state of sexual stimulation, (b) show human masturbation, human sexual intercourse, or sodomy; or sexual acts betum and animals; (c) show one (d) human being fondling or touching erotically theVe pubic area, buttock, anus, or female breast of another human being. See Section 1.mmercial Entertainment Establishment, Adult). Square: See Article 4, Table 7. Stall / Berth: The space where vehicles are placed for parking or loading or unloading operations. Stoop: A small stair, landing or ramp connecting a Building entrance to the Sidewalk. Also See Article 4, Table 6. Storage and Distribution: See Section 1.1, Industrial Use. Story: A level within a Building by which Height is measured. 1.26 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Streetscape: The urban element that establishes the major part of the public realm. The streetscape is composed of Thoroughfares (travel lanes for vehicles and bicycles, parking lanes for cars, and Sidewalks or paths for pedestrians) as well as the amenities of the Public Frontages (street trees and plantings, benches, streetlights, paving, street furniture, etc.), and the visible Private Frontages (Building Facades and Building Elevations, Porches, yards, Fences, etc.). Streetscreen: A freestanding wall required in certain Transect Zones built along the Frontage Line, or coplanar with the Facade, often for the purpose of masking a parking lot from the Thoroughfare. See Article 4, Table 8. Structure: A Structure is anything constructed or erected, the use of which requires fixed location on the ground or attachment to something having fixed loca ion on the ground or on or below the surface of the ground or water. Sub -Urban Zone or T3 Zone: See Article 4, Table 1. Terminated Vista: A location at the axial conclusion of a rf e. A Building located at a Terminated Vista designated on a Special Area Plan is r e e designed in response to the axis. Terrace: See Article 4, Table 6. Thoroughfare: A vehicular way incorporaXvenes and parking lanes within aright -of - way as part of an interconnected network fedestrian, and bicycle mobility. Tower: In T6 Zones that portion of extends above the Pedestal. Towing Service: Establishment wh provides for the removal and temporary storage of vehicles but does not includg/�sposal, ermanent disassembly, salvage or accessory storage of inoperable vehicles. �^ Townhouse: See Ro Transect: A system of ordering human habitats in a range from the most natural to the most urban. Transect Zones describe the physical character of place at any Scale, according to the Density and Intensity of land use and urbanism. Transect Zone (T -Zone): The identification of areas of varying Density whose character is determined by the requirements for Use, Height, Setback and the form of Building and the form of the enfronting public streetscape. The elements are determined by their location on the Transect scale. The T -Zones are: T1 Natural, T2 Rural, T3 Sub -Urban, T4 Urban General, T5 Urban Center, and T6 Urban Core, CS Civic Space, Cl Civic Institutional, CI -HD Civic Institution - Health District, D1 Work Place, D2 Industrial and D3 Waterfront Industrial. Within T3 through T6 Zones are additional categories, Restricted (R), Limited (L) and Open (0), and each category shall also be considered a T -Zone. Transit Corridor: A mass transit route with designated transit vehicle(s) operating at an average 10 minute or less headway Monday thru Friday between the hours of lam thru 7pm 1.27 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 and includes designated transit stop locations. Multiple transit routes or types of transit vehicles may not be added cumulatively under this definition for the purpose of parking reductions. Transit Facility: See Section 1.1, Civil Support Use. Transit Oriented Development (TOD): A designation established by the City in order to support and promote the use of public transit, involving an area of approximately one-half (1/2) mile radius, with a convergence of modes of transit, or a train station. Transition Line: A horizontal line spanning the full width of a Facade, expressed by a material change or by a continuous horizontal articulation such as a cornice or a balcony. Transmission Towers: Freestanding Structures intended for the s pport of antennas used in the reception and relay of radar, radio, cellular, television or telephon mmunications. Travel Trailer / Recreational Vehicle: A vehicular, portable S ctu built on a chassis, designed to be used as a temporary dwelling for travel, recrea ation purposes. This includes pickup campers, converted trucks, converted �Illls� rted automobiles, tent or pop -out campers, tents, or other short-term housing or sh a ments. v Two -Family Residence: See Section 1.1, Residenti se. Type: A category determined by Functiodi osi d configuration, including size or extent, such as Thoroughfare types, Civic Sp� etc. Unity of Title: A written agreemeecand between a property owner and the City whereby the property owner for a sp i deration by the City agrees that the Lots and or parcels of land constituting the Buil site shall not be conveyed, mortgaged and or leased separate and apart from each other a that they shall be held together as one (1) tract. Such Unity of Title shall be record the PiRblic Records of Dade County, Florida and shall run with the land and shall be bindin e property owner(s), their successors and assigns. Urban Center Zone o,�p: See Article 4, Table 1. Urban Core Zone or T61%one: See Article 4, Table 1. Urban Design: Form, in terms of both beauty and function, of urban areas. Urban design is concerned with the location, mass, and design of various urban components and combines elements of urban planning, architecture, landscape architecture, and traffic engineering. Urban Form: The spatial arrangement of a particular environment, as defined by the connectivity of built mass and form, the natural environment, and the movement of persons, goods and information within. Use: The purpose or activity for which land, water or Buildings are designed, arranged, or intended, or for which land or Buildings are occupied or maintained. USGBC: United States Green Building Council. 1.28 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP OFFICINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Variance: Permit approved pursuant to the requirements of Article 7 Vehicle Rental Facility: An establishment where motor vehicles are kept and maintained for lease, where such vehicles are dropped off or picked up and where customers complete all transactions necessary for the short term lease of such vehicles. See Article 6. Verge: The space between the Sidewalk and the Curb. Vessel: Any watercraft, power -driven or not, mobile or stationary, surface, subsurface or hydrofoil, including but not limited to ships, boats, houseboats, air boats, and sea planes, but excluding Floating Structures. Vessel, Commercial: A vessel built, altered, or used for the principal purpose of engaging in water -related commercial activity, including but not limited to charter"boats, fishing boats, cruise ships, and freighters. /04%, Vessel, Private Pleasure Craft: A vessel which is private recreational purposes. Private pleasure craft do not inc vessels. For regulatory purposes, private pleasure craft ar Under sixteen (16) feet in length; Major: Sixteen (16) craft may or may not contain facilities qualifying the esi r such facilities, Use within the City limits shall be� S 4,applicable regulations. rAF leased primarily for LOrrorcial, official, or scientific RviAto two (2) classes: Minor: j►/er in length. Private pleasure Jal Use. Where they do contain provided in this Code and other View Corridor: An axial view terminating cff al%L05l or historical feature. Visibility, Material impediment toraching trial obstruction to visibility that would result in concealment of a child more thanone-half (2 1/2) feet in height approaching an intersection, or would conceal an aautomotive vehicle or cyclist from such a child. In determining whether a rialnt exists to visibility, the speed, direction, and duration of movement to poifiLaMential collision or contact shall be considered. Visibility Triangle: ST& 6PIN*&4, Table 8. Waiver: Permit approve%pursuant to the requirements of Article 7. Warrant: Permit approved pursuant to the requirements of Article 7. Workforce Housing: See Article 3, Section 3.14. Work -Live: See Section 1.1, Residential Use. 1.29 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 1.3 DEFINITIONS OF SIGNS Notwithstanding definitions in this Code referring to Lot Frontage, for the purpose of regulating the number of Signs, the term "fronting on a street," "street frontage," or "frontage" shall be construed as adjacent to a street, whether at the front, rear, or side of a Lot. Except as otherwise provided, any Sign bearing advertising matter shall be considered an Advertising Sign for the purposes of this Code. For purposes of this Code, and notwithstanding the definition of Structure generally applicable in this Code, any trailer or other vehicle, and any other device which is readily movable and designed or used primarily for the display of Signs shall be construed to be a Sign Structure, and any Signs thereon shall be limited in area, number, location, and other characteristics in accordance with general regulations and regulations applying i� the Transect in which displayed. Blank Masking: A plain strip, bearing no advertising matter a Changeable Copy Sign: means. Marquee: A permanent, roofed Struc that projects over a public right-of-way. Media Tower: A Structure that n, display system, utilizing signage, message media within the Southey Outdoor Advertising Business space on a lease or rental b i advertising related to the pr i business use of a sit b.e Advertising Sign shall of a sign. in the field or by remote and supported by a Building and 01Rig tower and a kinetic illuminated media her forms of animated illuminated visual West Redevelopment Area. THWbusiness Use of providing outdoor displays or display br general advertising and not primarily or necessarily for on which erected. Such use shall be considered a separate insing, and conformance of the permitted use of the Outdoor i independently. Outdoor Advertising n: Sign where the sign copy does not pertain to the use of the property, a product sold, or the sale or lease of the property on which Sign is displayed and which does not identify the place of business as purveyor of the merchandise or services advertised on the Sign. Any Outdoor Advertising Sign located on a site is considered a separate business use of that site and conformance of the permitted use of the Outdoor Advertising Sign shall be considered independently. Sign: Any identification, description, illustration, or device, illuminated or non -illuminated, that is visible from a public right-of-way or is located on private property and visible to the public and which directs attention to a product, place, activity, person, institution, business, message or solicitation, including any permanently installed or situated merchandise, with the exception of window displays, and any letter, numeral, character, figure, emblem, painting, banner, pennant, placard, or temporary Sign designed to advertise, identify or convey information. The following are specifically excluded from this definition of "Sign:" 1.30 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 • Governmental Signs and legal notices. • Signs not visible beyond the boundaries of the Lot or parcel upon which they are located, or from any public right-of-way. • Signs displayed within the interior of a Building which are not visible from the exterior of the Building. • National flags and flags of political subdivisions. • Weather flags. • Address numbers, provided they do not exceed two square feet in area. • Signs located in the public right-of-way which shall be governed by Chapter 54 of the City Code. Sign, Address: Signs limited in subject matter to the street number or postal address of the property, the names of occupants, the name of the property, as appropriate to the circumstances, any matter permissible in the form of notice, directi or warning Signs, as defined below. Names of occupants may include indications as t he rofessions, but any Sign bearing advertising matter shall be construed to be an Adv ' i Si , as defined below. Sign, Advertising: Signs intended to promote the sale s r services, or to promote attendance at events or attractions. v Sign, Animated: Any Sign or part of a Sign whiiiA%qiment hysical position by any movement, or rotation, or which gives the visual impression or rotation. Sign, Revolving or or turns, or has ex revolutions per min air. Sign, Banner: A S (1) or both ends att; banners, they shall Sign, Canopy, or Avg on the valance of an opening on a Facade. Ign is an Animated Sign, which revolves r turn, at a speed greater than six (6) an or propelled by the force of wind or ended from a pole or poles, or with one Vhere Signs are composed of strings of ner Signs. -Awoign painted, stamped, perforated, stitched or otherwise applied eyelid or other protrusion above or around a window, door or other Sign, Construction: A temporary Sign erected on the premises on which construction is taking place, during the period of such construction, indicating the names of individuals or entities associated with, participating in or having a role or interest with respect to the project. Notable features of the project under construction may be included in construction signs by way of text or images. Sign, Development: Onsite Signs announcing features of proposed developments, or developments either completed or in process of completion. Sign, Flashing: A Sign which gives the effect of intermittent movement, or which changes to give more than one (1) visual effect. 1.31 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�IE ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Sign, Ground or Freestanding: Any non-movable Sign not affixed to a Building, a self supporting Sign. Ground Signs shall be construed as including Signs mounted on poles or posts in the ground, signs on fences, Signs on walls other than the walls of Buildings, Signs on Sign vehicles, portable Signs for placement on the ground (A -frame, inverted T -frame and the like), Signs on or suspended from tethered balloons or other tethered airborne devices, and Signs created by landscaping. Sign, Hanging: A projecting Sign suspended vertically from and supported by the underside of a canopy, marquee, awning or from a bracket or other device extending from a Structure. Sign, Historic: See Chapter 23 of City Code. Sign, Home Office: A Sign containing only the name and occupation of a permitted home office. Sign, Identification: A Sign limited to the name, address and nu r o Building, institution or person and to the activity carried on in the Building oo a occupation of the p erson. Sign, Illuminated: A Sign illuminated in any manner lighting making the Sign visible is incidental to gen( shall not be construed to be an Illuminated Sign. ,aq Sign, Indirectly Illuminated: A Sign illum or by backlighting from a source not withi1 the form of gooseneck lamps, spot) s, of automobile headlights for an image Up Illuminated Signs. Sign, Internally internally, and de i�ial light source. Where artificial ill enation of the premises, the Sign Worily by light directed toward or across it ,ces of illumination for such Signs may be in 'us tubing. Reflectorized Signs depending on darkness shall be construed to be Indirectly staining its own source of artificial light visibility during periods of darkness. Sign, Notice, Directi Warning: For the special purposes of this Code, and in the interest of protecting Ii and property, notice, directional, and warning Signs are defined as Signs limited to providi notice concerning posting of property against trespass, directing deliveries or indicating location of entrances, exits and parking on private property, indicating location of buried utilities, warning against hazardous conditions, prohibiting salesmen, peddlers, or agents, and the like. Sign, Offsite: A Sign depicting or conveying either commercial or noncommercial messages, or combinations thereof, and not related to the uses or premises on which erected. Sign, Onsite: A Sign depicting or conveying either commercial or non-commercial messages, or combinations thereof, which are directly related to the uses or premises on which erected. Sign, Pennant or Streamer: Pennant or Streamer Signs, or Signs made up of strings of pennants, or composed of ribbons or streamers, and suspended over open premises or attached to Buildings. 1.32 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Sign, Portable: A Sign, not permanently affixed to a Building, Structure or the ground. Sign, Projecting: A Sign wholly or partially attached to a Building or other Structure and which projects more than twelve (12) inches from its surface. Sign, Real Estate: Signs used solely for the purpose of offering the property on which they are displayed for sale, rent, lease, or inspection or indicating that the property has been sold, rented, or leased. Such Signs shall be non -illuminated and limited in content to the name of the owner or agent, an address or telephone number for contact, and an indication of the area and general classification of the property. Real Estate Signs are distinguished in these regulations from other forms of Advertising Signs and are permitted in certain districts and locations from which other forms of Advertising Signs are excluded. Sign, Roof: A Sign affixed in any manner to the roof of a Building,o Sign mounted in whole or in part on the wall of the Building and extending above the eave a pitched roof or the roof line (or parapet line, if a parapet exists) of a flat roof. Sign, Temporary: A Sign or advertising display intended�o�b p yed for a limited and brief period of time as regulated by the City Code and this Cod v Sign, vehicle: A trailer, automobile, truck, or hic used primarily for the display of Signs (rather than with Sign display incidental to ��other hicle for transportation). Sign, Wall or Flat: A Sign painted on the parallel to the face of a Building, and suppcd Sign, Window: A Sign painted, att� window which is visible, wholly or in Fa Building, or attached to, and erected out its length by such Building. CTed in any manner to the interior or exterior of a e public right-of-way. Sign Structure: A Structurehe dist lay or support of Signs. Signs, Area Of: Th ace of a Sign shall be computed as including the entire area within a parallelogram ri circle, semicircle or other regular geometric figure, including all of the elements of the tter displayed, but not including blank masking (a plain strip, bearing no advertising matter a nd the edge of a sign), frames, display of identification or licensing officially required by any governmental body, or structural elements outside the Sign surface and bearing no advertising matter. In the case of Signs mounted back-to-back or angled away from each other, the surface area of each Sign shall be computed. In the case of cylindrical Signs, Signs in the shape of cubes, or other Signs, which are substantially three-dimensional with respect to their display surfaces, the entire display surface or surfaces shall be included in computations of area. In the case of embellishments (display portions of Signs extending outside the general display area), surface area extending outside the general display area and bearing advertising material shall be computed separately as part of the total surface area of the Sign. Signs, Number Of: For the purpose of determining the number of Signs, a Sign shall be considered to be a single display surface or display device containing elements organized, related, and composed to form a unit. Where matter is displayed in a random manner without organized relationship of units or where there is a reasonable doubt about relationship of 1.33 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO OFFICINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 elements, each element shall be considered to be a single Sign. Where Sign surfaces are intended to be read from different directions (as in the case of Signs back-to-back or angled from each other), each surface shall be considered to be a single Sign. 1.34 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2.A Miami 21 Atlas 2.1 Purpose and Intent 2.2 Applicability THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 2.A MIAMI 21 ATLAS The Official Miami 21 Atlas is maintained in the Office of the City Clerk. a 3: 11.2 PROPOSEDATLAS 71 NATURAL T3 5U5-UR8AN Tf GENERAL URBAN T5 URBAN CENTER 768' URBAN CORE TB -17' URBAN CORE - TP 26' URBAN CORE - WW URBAN GORE - 76.18' URSAN CORE ® T64W URBAN CORE - MW' URBAN CORE B1 WORK PLACE OQ INDUSTRIAL R3 MARINE CS GMC SPACEWARK$ - CI WC INSTITUTION CWD CWM NSTITUTION- HEALTH DISTRICT R • RESTRIOTEO L-LIMREB O -OPEN THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 2.1 PURPOSE AND INTENT 2.1.1 Title and Purpose a. This Code shall be known as the Miami 21 Code of the City of Miami, Florida. This Code is declared to be in accord with the Miami Comprehensive Neighborhood Plan, as required by the Local Government Comprehensive Planning and Land Development Regulation Act, Section 163.3161 et seq., Florida Statutes (the "Comprehensive Plan"). A primary purpose of this Code is to implement the Comprehensive Plan. b. It is further the purpose of the Miami 21 Code to promote the public health, safety, morals, convenience, comfort, amenities, pro Arity, and general welfare of the City and to provide a wholesome, serviceable, attractive community, including without limitation protection of the environ ent, nservation of land, energy and natural resources; improved mobili icient use of public funds; greater health benefits of a pedestriKe, en ; historic preservation; provision of recreational and open spaces;n sprawl; and improvement of the built environment and human habit c. To further the goals and objectives of Co prehensive Plan and the purpose of this Code, the City is divided in s ones ("T -Zones") of such number, characteristics, area, comm "" ty p ose, adaptability, or use as will accomplish the goals and obi e Comprehensive Plan and this Code. 2.1.2 Intent The Miami 21 Cod is inte ed to advance the interests of both conservation and development wh r onding to the existing conditions of the City, its regional context, a is n al atures, infrastructure and Buildings. a. The con ati goals include: 1. Preserving Neighborhoods, Historical Resources and the natural environment 2. Improving the relationship between low Density Residential neighborhoods and adjacent Commercial Corridors with appropriate transitions of Density and Height following the theory of the Transect 3. Increasing access to the natural environment through the Baywalk, the Riverwalk, the north -south Greenway, and new Parks 4. Conserving energy and reducing carbon dioxide emissions through improved Thoroughfare connectedness to encourage walkability, bicycling and transit use 5. Increasing tree canopy 6. Encouraging green Buildings 11.3 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 b. The development goals include: 1. Maintaining the future growth capacity of the City core to ensure its preeminence as the transit -oriented, pedestrian -friendly focus for the region's economic, civic and cultural activities 2. Rebuilding the City's commercial Corridors to function as Mixed -Use, transit - oriented, walkable centers for adjacent Residential Neighborhoods 3. Ensuring that private Development contributes to increased infrastructure capacity, and through building embellishes a pedestrian -friendly public realm of highest ambient quality 4. Establishing a rational process for succession6grth'areas identified for density and growth 2.1.3 Transect Principles So The Miami 21 Code is intended to encou e t evolution of a settlement pattern based on the organizational principle sect. The Transect is defined as a geographical cross-section that e as u e of environments. Applied to the human or the built environmen ect is used to identify and organize a continuum of the physical envir men nging from the least to the most urban. Transect planning creat c . .ated, integrated and harmonious environments, based on the arrangeme f all the components to support locational character. Within the range of urban contexts, each different type of location, called a Transect Zone, has devet Function, Intensity and Disposition appropriate to the location, a inte s he details of the corresponding public realm. To ensure this integration 1 Code controls development on Lots as well as establishes guidelines e tailing of public right-of-way. For example, narrow streets with open swale ind their place in neighborhoods of suburban character, while wide streets with e lined sidewalks accompany Commercial Development in more intense urban areas. The Transect encourages the making of places that build on historic character and that evolve over time. This evolution, with the principles enumerated below guiding growth or reduction in Density and Intensity, is called succession. Successional change emerges from a vision of the larger urban context and appropriate transitions across Transect Zones. The City of Miami's urban context is comprised of a series of Neighborhoods, Corridors, urban centers, and Districts, each with its own arrangement of Transect Zones. In all cases the goal of transit -oriented, pedestrian -friendly, Mixed -Use urbanism shall guide the arrangement of Transect Zones, Thoroughfares, Buildings and landscape. The specific design of each component should be appropriate to its Transect Zone, as provided in this Code. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT 1-1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Transect Zones are sequential in Intensity: successional zoning changes shall only be permitted sequentially and respecting transitions across Abutting Transect Zones as provided in Article 7. Transect Zones manifest a range of responses to natural and urban conditions. As described in Article 5, Transect Zones T1, T2 and T3, the least urban, emphasize the presence of the natural environments. Transect Zones T4, T5 and T6, D1, D2 and D3 prioritize the built environment. Specific to Natural (T1), Rural (T2) and Sub -Urban (T3) Zones, impermeable surface shall be minimized and confined to the ratio of Lot Coverage by Building specified in Article 5. To the extent not inconsistent with applicable state or federal law, storm water management on Thoroughfares may be accompli ed through retention and percolation, channeled by curbside swales, or throughu round storm drainage channeled by raised curbs. Specific to General Urban (T4), Urban Center the extent not inconsistent with applicable sta urbanized areas should transition to take pre except Parks, recreation and natural f Thoroughfares and Lots shall be impleme drainage channeled by raised curbs h required on the individual Lots. a eab Lot Coverage by Building specifi 5 (T5Oer rMn Core (T6) Zones, to r law, the continuity of the e e the natural environment, L orm water management on d p arily through underground storm shall be no retention or detention E ce shall be confined to the ratio of and Article 8. v- 2.1.3.1 The City - Guiding Princ I a. The City should retain it atural infrastructure and visual character derived from its location an^Ljote, including topography, landscape and coastline. b. Growtli11A-TIV4WaLe@Would encourage Infill and redevelopment. c. New Devopment should be structured to reinforce a pattern of Neighborhoods and urban enters, focusing growth at transit nodes rather than along Corridors. d. Transportation Corridors should be planned and reserved in coordination with land Use. e. Green Corridors should be encouraged and developed to enhance and connect the urbanized areas. The City should include a framework of transit, pedestrian, and bicycle systems that provide alternatives to automobile use. g. A diversity of land use should be distributed throughout the City to enable a variety of economic activity, workplace, residence, recreation and civic activity. h. Affordable and Workforce Housing should be distributed throughout the City to match job opportunities and to avoid concentrations of poverty. 11.5 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T 1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 The City should expand and enhance transit opportunities and connections throughout the City. 2.1.3.2 The Community - Guiding Principles a. Neighborhoods and urban centers should be the preferred pattern of Development and Transect Zones emphasizing single use should be the exception. b. Neighborhoods and Urban centers should be compact, pedestrian -oriented and Mixed -Use. Density and Intensity of Use should relate to degree of transit service. c. The ordinary activities of daily living should occur wit w ing distance of most dwellings, allowing independence to those who cly� &v d. Interconnected networks of Thoroughfare Wb4designed to disperse and reduce the length of automobile trips and t e u e walking and bicycling. e. A range of Open Space, including Pa S ares and Playgrounds, should be distributed within Neighborhoods nters. f. Appropriate building Densi nd uses should occur within walking distance of transit stops. f. Civic, Institutional an C rcial activity should be embedded in Mixed -Use urban centers, not isol in remote single -use complexes. g. Schools should be located to enable children to walk or bicycle safely to school. New schools should not be located on primary Thoroughfares. h. Within Neighborhoods, a range of housing types and price levels should accommodate diverse ages and incomes. 2.1.3.3 The Block and the Building - Guiding Principles a. Buildings and landscaping should contribute to the physical definition of Thoroughfares as civic places. b. Development should adequately accommodate vehicles while respecting the pedestrian and the spatial form of public space. c. The design of Thoroughfares and Buildings should reinforce safe environments, but not at the expense of accessibility. Designs should incorporate principles of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED). d. Architecture and landscape design should grow from local climate, topography, history, and building practice. W THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN ,AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 e. Buildings should allow their inhabitants to experience the geography and climate through energy efficient design. Civic Buildings and public gathering places should be located to reinforce community identity and support self-government. g. Civic Buildings should be distinctive and appropriate to a role more important than the other Buildings that constitute the fabric of the City. Preservation and renewal of historic resources should be facilitated to affirm the continuity of the community. i. Harmonious and orderly change and Development urban areas should be enabled through a form -based zoning code that guides regulates change. 2.2 APPLICABILITY 2.2.1 Generally So 2.2.1.1 This Code replaces the Zoning Ord' he City of Miami, also known as Ordinance 11000 except that cti 6 -27 Midtown Special District" is hereby retained and incorpor endix C hereto and all provisions of Ordinance 11000 referred to i Sec 627 shall be applied to Midtown Special District, providing howev e SD -27 Special District the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board and c related to appeals thereto set out by this Miami 21 Code shall replace the ing Board and procedures related to appeals thereto in Ordinance 11000. Furthermo S 616.3, "Miami WorldCenter" is hereby retained and incorporat ix D hereto and all provisions of Ordinance 11000 referred to in Section all be applied to Miami WorldCenter, providing however that within the mi WorldCenter the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board and rocedures re ted to a eals thereto set out b this Miami 21 ode shall re lace the p pp Y C p Zoning Board and procedures related to appeals thereto in Ordinance 11000. 2.2.1.2 Miami 21 Atlas a. The Miami 21 Atlas is the official Zoning Atlas for the City of Miami. The boundaries of all Transect Zones and the Transect designation are shown on the series of map sheets that compose the Miami 21 Atlas. The Miami 21 Atlas may be supplemented by additional layers or separate maps to the Atlas sheets, where the scale generally applicable to the Atlas sheets does not adequately show the details of boundaries or designations necessary to the particular area. b. The Miami 21 Atlas, together with all adopted explanatory and supplemental material shown therein, is hereby adopted by reference and shall be part of this Code. The Official Zoning Atlas as adopted by Ordinance 11000 for the same area is hereby repealed. 11.7 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T1�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 2.2.1.3 2.2.2 2.2.3 c. The Miami 21 Atlas, and any amendments thereto, shall be maintained in the office of the City Clerk, and a certified copy of the Miami 21 Atlas shall be maintained at the Planning Department. Each Atlas sheet or supplemental element thereto shall be authenticated by the signature of the Mayor of the City, attested by the signature of the City Clerk of the City, and shall bear the seal of the City. d. Any proposed amendment to the Miami 21 Atlas shall be identified by reference to the Atlas sheet or supplement involved, in addition to a legal description of the property or such other information as is required to make specific the application of the amendment. Any unauthorized changes to the Miami 21 Atlas shall be considered a violation of this Code and punishable as provided by law. This Code affects all lands, water, Structures, Uses, and of the City of Miami shown on the Miami a water shall be used or occupied, no lan Structure, land or part thereof shall be d Transect regulations in which it is located an Miami 21 Code. Conflicts Where the requirements of this of any law, statute, rule, imposing the higher stan d This Code does property owner regulationset covenants, private parte �d' iftncies within the area 0'Id' , Structure, land or ided and no Building, )t in conformity with the licable regulations in this Code vary with the applicable requirements lance, or code, the most restrictive or that rogalor affect any Easements, covenants, deed restrictions, ion rules, or agreements between private parties. Where the this Code are more restrictive than such Easements, ns, homeowner association rL ions of this Code shall govern. Pending Actions and Development Approvals or agreements between The effective date of this Miami 21 Code shall not affect nor prevent the prosecution of any action pending at the time of the effective date of this Code, which action is to enforce Ordinance 11000, or the conditions of any development order adopted under Ordinance 11000. The conditions of a development approval under Ordinance 11000 shall continue in full force and effect unless a new approval is obtained, at which time the development shall come into conformance with these regulations if required under Article 7, Section 7.2 "Nonconformities" of this Code. W. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 2.2.4 Rules of Construction 2.2.4.1 In their interpretation and application, the provisions of this Miami 21 Code shall be the minimum requirements or maximum limitations, as the case may be, adopted for the promotion of the public health, safety, morals or general welfare. 2.2.4.2 The following general rules of construction shall apply to the text of this Code: a. Headings. Section and subsection headings shall not be deemed to govern, limit, modify, or in any manner affect the scope, meaning, or intent of any provision of the Miami 21 Code. b. Illustrations. In case of any difference of meaning or lication between the text of any provision and any illustration, the text shall cont unless the intent of the Code is clearly otherwise. c. Terminology: Shall, may and should. "Shall" s a mandatory and not permissive. "May" is permissive. "Should is and identifies guidance provided by the City Commission in the img _ n of these regulations. d. Tenses and numbers. Words used in tl%prejpnt tense include the future, words used in the singular include the plplural includes the singular, unless the context clearly indicates ticntr� IN e. Conjunctions. Unless theitontft clearly indicates otherwise, the following conjunctions shall berme follows: 1. "And" indicates thatyconnected items or provisions shall apply. 2. "Or" indicates that tnoconnected items or provisions may apply singly or in any comb' 3. "Ei r/or' c es that the connected items or provisions shall apply singly bu ation. Gender. a of the masculine gender includes the feminine gender and use of the femini gender includes the masculine. g. Any act authorized by this Code to be carried out by a specific official or agency of the City is impliedly authorized to be carried out by a designee of that official or agency. Any reference to federal laws, Florida Statutes, Florida Administrative Code, Miami -Dade County Code, or any other official code shall be construed to be a reference to the most recent enactment of the particular law, and shall include any amendments to it as may be adopted from time to time. Capitalized terms in Articles 2 - 8 refer to Article 1 Definitions. WO THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 2.2.4.3 Calculations a. Rounding. Where cumulative requirements or limitations are to be computed for purposes of this Code, fractions shall be carried forward in the summation, and the total rounded to the nearest whole number, subject to existing minimum Lot sizes and maximum Densities or Intensities of development required by the regulations of this Miami 21 Code. b. Time. The time within which an act is to be done shall be computed by excluding the first and including the last day, except that if the last day is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, that day shall be excluded. 2.2.5 Transect Zone Boundaries 2.2.5.1 2.2.5.2 Except as otherwise specifically provided, a Transect Transect boundaries in the Miami 21 Atlas indicates Transect Zone extend throughout the whole areas c Except as provided in Section 2.2.E indicated for an area in the Miami 21 as for the most restrictive Abutting Z( City Commission. 2.2.5.3 Where uncertainty exiE other areas delineated rules shall apply: a. Boundaries in&u rights- way,VOPEE they a e* name shown within ins pertaining to the the boundary line. Bisect Zone designation is not shall be construed to be zoned ive action shall be taken by the Transect Zone, or Atlas, the following as approximately following the centerlines of streets, alleys, ,ments shall be construed as following such centerlines as Boundari indicated as approximately following boundaries of Thoroughfares, public orVprivate Property Lines, Rights -Of -Way, or Easements shall be construed as following such boundaries. Provided, however, that where such boundaries are so located with relation to other opposing boundaries as to leave such areas without apparent zoning designation, such boundaries shall be construed as running to the centerlines of the areas remaining. c. Boundaries indicated as approximately following mean high water lines or centerlines of streams, canals, lakes, bays, or other bodies of water shall be construed as following such mean high water lines or centerlines. In the case of a change in mean high water line, the boundary shall be construed as moving with the change. d. Where variation of the actual location from the mapped location would change the zoning status of a Lot or parcel, the boundary shall be interpreted so as to avoid the change. 11.10 THIS DOCUMENT I8 A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 2.2.5.4 2.2.5.5 2.2.5.6 2.2.5.7 2.2.5.8 e. In the event of vacation, the boundary shall be construed as remaining in its location, except where ownership of the vacated property is divided other than at the center, in which case the boundary shall be construed as moving with the ownership. Boundaries indicated as approximately following City limits shall be construed as following such City limits. Where property previously within the City is removed from its limits, the zoning boundaries involved shall be construed as moving to conform to the change in City limits. Where property previously located outside the City is annexed, zoning boundaries shall not be construed as moving with City limits. In such cases, the City may receive and process permit applications for the property, but no permit shall be issued until the City Commission shall have rezoned the property to establish its zoning status and the permit is found to be in accord with the zoning. Boundaries indicated as entering any bodyof b not continuing to intersection with other Transect boundaries or with a its, shall be construed as extending in the direction in which they ent y water to intersection with other zoning boundaries or with the City limits. Boundaries indicated as approximate lines or centerlines of bodies !X extensions of such features. i� Where distances are nc they shall be determined Where be Lots shall or extensions of mean high water construed as being parallel to or IWlly indicated on any map in the Miami 21 Atlas, rence to the scale of the map. f within a parcel of land comprising more than one Lot, the separately according to the assigned Transect Zone. THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT• ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. 11.12 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 TABLE OF CONTENTS 3.1 Transect Zones 3.2 Phasing 3.3 Lots and Frontages 3.4 Density Calculations 3.5 Measurement of Height 3.6 Off -Street Parking and Loading Standards 3.7 Fences and Walls 3.8 Thoroughfares 3.9 Special Area Plans 3.10 Historic Preservation Standards 3.11 Waterfront Standards 3.12 Design Guidelines and Neighborhood Conservatio t 3.13 Sustainability 3.14 Public Benefits Program THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. 111.2 THIS DOCUMENT I S A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN ,AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES 3.1 TRANSECT ZONES 3.1.1 The Miami 21 Code Transect Zones are described in Article 4, Table 1 and include the standards summarized in Article 4, Table 2 and further described in Article 5. They range in Function and Density from low -Density, primarily residential areas to high Density Mixed -Use areas, across the Transect, with zones identified as T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, CS, Cl, CI -HD, D1, D2 and D3 and all R, L, O and T6 subcategories. 3.2 PHASING All development shall conform to this Code regardless of phas Each phase of a development project shall conform to this Code in its entirety 3.3 LOTS AND FRONTAGES 3.3.1 Lots assembled into one ownership within on r e one may be developed as a single Lot. Lots assembled into one ownershi at compass more than one Transect Zone shall be developed according to t e ding Transect regulation for each Lot. In such cases, there shall bZ t sfe of nsity or Intensity of Development Capacity between Transect Zonesare assembled into one ownership, the side or rear Setbacks sharing thee Line may be eliminated. Lot assembly shall require a Unity -of -Title ac e City Attorney. Contiguous Lots in one ownership, as of the effective a is Code, may be developed as one Lot in excess of the maximum Lot size. T4 is adjacent to T5 or T6 Lots may provide parking for adjacent Lot uses, and sh follow all other T4 requirements including Liner requirements. Acce ch parking shall be provided only through the T40, T5 or T6 Lot. 3.3.2 In Transect Z T6, Cl, CS, D1, D2, and D3, buildable sites shall Enfront a vehicular Thoro fare or a Pedestrian Passage, with at least one Principal Frontage. 3.3.3 Lots facing Thoroughfares on more than one (1) side shall have designated Principal Frontage(s) and may have Secondary Frontage(s). Unless otherwise designated by a Special Area Plan, a Principal Frontage shall be that facing the Thoroughfare of higher pedestrian importance or intensity (i.e., traffic volume, number of lanes, etc.), as determined by the Planning Department upon request by the Zoning Administrator. a. If two Thoroughfares are of equal importance each Frontage shall be considered a Principal Frontage. Lots with two or more Frontages may consider other non -fronting Property Lines as sides. b. Lots shall have at least one (1) Principal Frontage, except waterfront Lots shall have at least two (2) Principal Frontages, one of which shall be the waterfront and shall conform to Waterfront Setback Standards. For Waterfront Setbacks, see Section 3.11. 111.3 THIS DOCUIVIENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Where an existing lot of record is located adjacent to a Thoroughfare in a manner that creates an irregular Frontage such that the side or rear yards cannot be determined as with a regular lot, the Zoning Administrator shall determine, by Waiver, the yard and setbacks for the lot as fits the circumstances of the case. In addition to general Waiver requirements, the Zoning Administrator shall consider the minimum dimensions and methods of measurement as generally required for either a side or rear yard in the transect, determining which shall apply by the relation of the portion of the lot on which the yard is to be located to the adjoining lot, with due regard to the orientation of structures and buildable areas on each lot. 3.3.4 For the purposes of this Code, Lots are divided into Layers which control Development on the Lot. 3.3.5 Where the property to be developed abuts an existing Building, a Waiver may be granted so that the proposed Building matches the dominant Setback of the block and its Context. 3.3.6 For new Buildings in Established Setbacks Areas, the Established Setback shall be maintained. (See also Article 4, Diagram 10) Galleries and, Arcades may be permitted within the First Layer in Established Setback Ar as,' d shall not encroach the Public Right -of -Way except by Special Area Plan. Established Setback Areas include: a. Brickell Financial 1. Boundary: All properties n B ell Avenue between SE 15th Road and the Miami River. Brickell Avenue Set :Thirty (30) feet, Side and Rear: Fifteen (15) feet; 2. Boundary: Jftropertii s bounded by SE 1 st Avenue to the west, SE 8th Street to the nort ne Bay to the east and SE 15th Road to the south. Inte d Rear Setback: fifteen (15) feet b. Biscayne ulevard 1. Bounda y: All properties along the west side of Biscayne Boulevard from NE 7th Street to NE 12th Street and both sides of Biscayne Boulevard from NE 12th Street to N E 17th Street. Setback Adjacent to Biscayne Boulevard: Fifteen (15) feet 2. Boundary: Biscayne Boulevard from NE 17th Street to Interstate 195. Setback Adjacent to Biscayne Boulevard: Zero (0) feet with Gallery c. Design District 1. Boundary: All properties bounded on the east by Biscayne Boulevard; on the south by NE 36th Street; on the west by North Miami Avenue; and on the north by NE 40th Street. Frontage Setback: Zero (0) feet HE, THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 d. 27th Avenue Coconut Grove 1. Boundary: The west side of 27th Avenue from SW 281h Terrace to South Dixie Highway. e. f I h 271" Avenue Frontage Setback: Twenty-five (25) feet 2. Boundary: The north side of SW 281h Terrace between South Dixie Highway and SW 271h Avenue. SW 28'h Terrace Frontage Setback: Fifteen (15) feet 3. Boundary: Bird Avenue between Mary Street and Aviation Avenue; Lincoln Avenue between SW 271h Avenue and Darwin Street; the north Side of Abaco Avenue from SW 271h Avenue to Washington Street; the south Side of Aviation Avenue from SW 27th Avenue to Swanson Avenue. Frontage Setback on all streets except SW 27�"Ave e: en (15') feet 9th Street Promenade 1. Boundary: All properties Adjacent to N th a between NW 2nd Avenue and North Miami Avenue. 40 �♦ NW 91" Street Frontage Setback: Tigertail Avenue 1. Boundary: All properties Mary Street and Aviation Tigertail Avenue (as ancillary Use), the underlying Tr must be set ck-a South E 1. Boui McF (25) feet east side of Tigertail Avenue between Cie hundred feet (100) except, Residential Uses developed in accordance with Setback provisions of Zone. Parking structures lined by Residential Uses im of fifty (50) feet from Tigertail Avenue. properties on the northern side of South Bayshore Drive from Road to Aviation Avenue. South Bayshore Drive Setback: Thirty (30) feet 2. Boundary: All properties on the northern side of South Bayshore Drive from Aviation Avenue to SW 171h Avenue. South Bayshore Drive Setback: Eighty (80) feet Coral Way 1. Boundary: Coral Way from the western City limits (SW 371h Avenue) to SW 1s' Court. Coral Way Setback: Zero (0) feet with Gallery 111.5 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 L 8th Street 1. Boundary: All properties Adjacent to SW 8th Street between SW 27th Avenue and SW 1St Court. SW 81" Street Setback: Zero (0) feet with Gallery j. 22nd Avenue 1. Boundary: 22nd Avenue from NW 1St Street to SW 8th Street. J. 22 Id Ave Setback: Zero (0) feet with Arcade Central Coconut Grove 1. Boundary: • All properties Adjacent to Grand Avenue between Margaret Street and Mary Street. • All properties Adjacent to Commodore Plaza betw' Grand Avenue and Main Highway • All properties Adjacent to Fuller Street b nd Avenue and Main Highway. • All properties Adjacent to Main Highw t n Charles Avenue to Grand Avenue. 10 • All properties Adjacent to McFa a ad between Grand Avenue and South Bayshore Drive. • All properties Adjacent V inia tre between Oak Avenue and Grand Avenue. • All properties Ad'acent FI a Avenue between Virginia Street and Mary Street. • All properties A a o Rice Street between Oak Avenue and Florida Avenue. • All propels on t west side of Mary Street between Oak Avenue and Grand Pffeawk the south side of Oak Avenue between Matilda Street and we Setback (on the streets listed above): Five (5) feet. 3.4 DENSITY AND INTENSITY CALCULATIONS 3.4.1 Lot Area is used for purposes of Density and Intensity calculation. 3.4.2 Density shall be calculated in terms of units as specified by Article 4, Tables 3 and 4. The referenced tables provide the maximum allowable Densities. Intensity shall be calculated in terms of Floor Lot Ratio. The buildable Density or Intensity on any particular site will be affected by other regulations in this Code and thus the stated maximums of this Miami 21 Code may exceed the actual Capacity that a site can sustain when other regulations of this Code are applied to the site. The inability to reach the maximum Density or Intensity because of the necessity to conform to the other regulations of this Code shall not constitute hardship for purposes of a Variance. 11. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 3.4.3 Lodging Units shall be considered as equivalent to one-half (0.50) of a Dwelling Unit. 3.4.4 The allowable Transect Zone Density may be increased as provided by the Future Land Use Element of the Miami Comprehensive Plan (Residential Density Increase Areas), as illustrated in Article 4, Diagram 9. 3.5 MEASUREMENT OF HEIGHT 3.5.1 Unless otherwise specified herein, the Height of Buildings shall be measured in Stories. The height of Fences and walls shall be measured in feet. The Height of Buildings, Fences and walls shall be measured from the Average Sidewalk Elevation or, where no sidewalk exists, the average of the record profile grade elev tion of the street Abutting the Principal Frontage of the Building, as determined by the P Works Department. In the event that the base flood elevation, as established by is higher than the sidewalk or grade elevations, the Height of the first Story but t th ight of Fences and walls shall be measured from the base flood elevation. A 3.5.2 A Story is a Habitable level within a Building of a rikaftraWburteen (14) feet in Height from finished floor to finished floor. Baseme t considered Stories for the purposes of determining Building Height. A gr d le I retail Story may exceed this limit up to a total height of twenty-five (25) fee oor level exceeding fourteen (14) feet, or twenty-five (25) feet at grou le I r il, all be counted as two (2) Stories. Where the first two stories are retail, r ombined Height shall not exceed thirty- nine (39) feet and the first floor s II a minimum of fourteen (14) feet in Height. Mezzanines may not excee irty- ee ercent (33%) of the Habitable Space Floor Area. Mezzanines extending -three percent (33%) of the Floor Area shall be counted as an additional floor. fight of a Parking Structure concealed by a Liner may be equal to the Height of t Liner; this may result in a Liner Story concealing more than one level of ParkiWW 3.5.3 Except as spe pr�bd herein, the Height limitations of this Code shall not apply to any roof St t r housing elevators, stairways, tanks, ventilating fans, solar energy collector or similar equipment required to operate and maintain the Building (provided that su Structures shall not cover more than twenty percent (20%) of roof area for T4 and T ); nor to church spires, steeples, belfries, monuments, water towers, flagpoles, vents, or similar Structures, which may be allowed to exceed the maximum Height by Waiver; nor to fire or parapet walls, which shall not extend more than five (5) feet above the maximum Height in T4 and T5 and ten (10) feet in T6 and Districts. 3.5.4 No Building or other Structure shall be located in a manner or built to a Height which constitutes a hazard to aviation or creates hazards to persons or property by reason of unusual exposure to aviation hazards. In addition to Height limitations established by this Code, limitations established by the Miami -Dade County Height Zoning Ordinance as stated in Article 37 of the Code of Miami -Dade County (Miami International Airport) shall apply to Heights of Buildings and Structures. 111.7 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 A letter authorizing clearance from the Miami -Dade Aviation Department or the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) may be required by the Zoning Administrator prior to the issuance of any Building permit. Construction of an Educational facility within the delineated Miami International Airport Critical Approach Area as defined by the Miami -Dade County Code shall only be granted by Exception. Construction of such facility is subject to the approval by the Miami -Dade County Aviation Department or any other agencies authorized by law to approve the construction. 3.5.5 Height limitations for Properties Abutting and in Proximity to National Historic Landmarks a. All properties designated a National Historic Landm HL) which include a Designed Landscape that is an integral part of th doc ented significance supporting the NHL designation shall be protecte imitations throughout the entire Civic Institution zoned property h NHL is a part, so as to protect the Designed Landscape from th o y adverse effects of an undertaking that may diminish the integrit L property's location, design, setting, materials, workmanship, associ on qualities that qualified it for NHL designation. Examples of adverse a diminish the integrity of the NHL property include those which: us hys struction of or damage to all or part of the NHL property; or change er o the NHL property's use or physical features within the NHL prope 's tting that contribute to its historic significance; or introduce visual, at he or dible elements that diminish the integrity of the NHL property's sig i ric features; or alter the NHL property in a way that is not consistent th federal standards for the treatment of historic properties and applica guidelines, as published by the United States Department of t terior. b. The hei str s throughout the entire Civic Institution zoned property of which th N a part shall not exceed that established by a six (6) degree vertical pl which is measured beginning from the ground floor elevation of the principal hi ric building at the fagade that overlooks the Designed Landscape, which plane shall extend in a one hundred eighty (180) degree arc facing the Designed Landscape and measured at grade from the midpoint of the building fagade. The ground floor elevation shall be measured according to the 1929 N.G.V.D. of Mean Sea Level supplied by the City of Miami. Structures existing on affected properties at the time of the effective date of this Miami 21 Code shall not be considered nonconforming structures. C. Should the height limitations for structures located in such Civic Institution zoned property as of the effective date of this Miami 21 Code be more restrictive than that created by this section, the most restrictive height shall apply. In the event of a rezoning of all or part of the Civic Institution property, either by successional zoning or by Special Area Plan, the height limitations specified in this Section 3.5.5 shall be incorporated in all subsequent rezonings. W. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 BEEN AT -11`-IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 d. For purposes of this Section 3.5.5., the following definitions shall apply: Designed Landscape is one or more of the following: • a landscape that has significance as a design or work of art; • a landscape consciously designed and laid out by a master gardener, landscape architect, architect, or horticulturalist to a design principle, or an owner or other amateur using a recognized style or tradition in response or reaction to a recognized style or tradition; • a landscape having a historical association with a significant person, trend, event, etc. in landscape gardening or landscape architecture; or • a landscape having a significant relationship to the theory or practice of landscape architecture. 2. National Historic Landmark is a nationally significant hi ric place designated by the Secretary of the Interior because it possesses e p al value or quality in illustrating or interpreting the heritage of the United to nd defined in Title 36, Section 65.3 of the Code of Federal RegulafOeation, 3.5.6 See Chapter 23 of the City Code, titled Histori for regulations and additional height requirements. 3.6 OFF-STREET PARKING AND LOA GGTAA S 3.6.1 Off-street Parking Standards a. Off-street Parking requir a the individual Transect Zones shall be as set forth in Article 4, Table 4. b. Off-street Parkin nsions and Shared Parking (mixed-use) reduction table shall be as set f rth in Table 5. c. Required Adaptive Reuses may be reduced or exempted by Waiver for properties to ted in a Community Redevelopment Area, or in areas where a Parking Trust Fund h been established, or for historic sites and contributing Structures within designated historic districts. d. Parking reductions shall not be cumulative except in T6-36, T6-48, T6-60 and T6-80. Parking reductions shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the total Off-street Parking required, except for Residential components of projects within one thousand (1,000) feet of Metrorail or Metromover. 3.6.2 Off-street Parking Driveway Standards [RESERVED] 3.6.3 Additional Off-street Parking Regulations General performance standards for Off-street Parking facilities: UK THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 a. Parking shall be implemented so as to provide safe and convenient access to and from public Thoroughfares which include movement lanes and Public Frontages. b. Vehicular access through Residential properties for nonresidential Uses shall be prohibited. Off-street Parking spaces shall be located with sufficient room for safe and convenient parking without infringing on any public Thoroughfare or sidewalk. d. Off-street Parking spaces whose locations require that cars back into movement lanes shall only be permissible in T3 and T4 zones. Backing into Alleys shall be permissible in all Transect Zones. e. Off-street Parking or loading area shall not be use r the sale, repair, or dismantling of any vehicle or equipment, or for storage of als or supplies. f. Parking or storage of commercial trucks, buses, v lers; trailers or semi- trailers for freight, cargo; or the like shall not b d any T3, T4. T5 -R or T6 - R Zone. g. Inoperable vehicles shall be stored only in ora facilities or other approved places where they are completely concealed fjiew. h. Except in connection withpermit ontihuing construction on the premises, construction equipment such as ar oving machines, excavators, cranes, and the like shall only be allowe 1, a 3, as allowed by this Code. i. All Off-street Parking sh m y with applicable regulations related to lighting, paving, and drainage inc ing the Miami -Dade County Code and the Florida Building Code. j. Specific a ay t aside for Tandem Parking. Tandem Parking in all Transect Zones, exc t T4, shall be used only by a valet parking operator. k. Parking faciliNs on adjoining Lots may share access points, driveways and parking subject to a recorded covenant running with the property on which the facilities are located, by process of Waiver. 3.6.4 Calculation of Off-street Parking requirements related to number of seats. Where parking requirements relate to number of seats and seating is in the form of undivided pews, benches, or the like, twenty (20) lineal inches shall be construed to be equal to one (1) seat. Where Parking requirements relate to movable seating in auditoriums and other assembly rooms, ten (10) square feet of Floor Area shall be construed to be equal to one (1) seat except where otherwise specified. Net floor area shall be the actual area occupied by seating and related aisles, and shall not include accessory unoccupied areas or the thickness of walls. 111.10 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T� E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 3.6.5 Valet Parking Off-street Parking facilities maintained with valet parking shall be allowed generally, provided that the minimum Off-street Parking requirements of this Code are satisfied and that an attendant shall remain on duty during business hours or as long as the Principal Building is occupied. 3.6.6 Parking Management Plan Parking allowed off-site through a parking management plan agreement with the City of Miami Parking Authority shall be as set forth in Chapter 35 of the City Code. Within areas under a parking management plan, outdoor reas, including the public right-of-way, which are regularly used for display and sales, s dining areas, shall be calculated as part of the establishment's total floor area and omply with Off -Street parking requirements. 3.6.7 Off-street Parking Reductions by Use a. Parking reductions for Elderly Housing. Housing for the Elderly, in homes or institutions for tl Homes. relatio ulation, i whi primarily > not to be construed as convalescent or Nursing 2. Off-street Parking sp 46 req err is in connection with Housing for the Elderly conforming to the re r state or federal programs may be reduced by Waiver to a maximum a parking space per every two (2) dwelling units. 3. The applicant II sub t plans which demonstrate how the remaining parking will be acco ed in the event that the housing becomes market rate housi ome ww in the future. The follo g criteria shall apply: (a) Applicant shall submit written certification from the applicable state or federal agency in charge of the program. (b) Off-street Parking reduction shall be permitted upon a finding by the Planning Director that, in view of location of such housing, the economic status of anticipated occupants, and other pertinent considerations as specified in the permit, there will be adequate Off-street Parking for occupants, visitors, and staff. (c) The premises shall be used as Housing for the Elderly, subject to the exceptions and limitations set forth in (a) above, until the parking requirements for a different Use have been met. b. Parking Reduction for Low -Income Housing THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT -1[-IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 1. Off-street Parking requirements in connection with housing for low income families and individuals may be reduced by process of Exception only up to fifty percent (50%) of the spaces generally required. Housing for low-income families and individuals shall be qualified by the City of Miami Department of Community Development. 2. The applicant shall submit plans which demonstrate how the remaining parking may be accommodated in the event that the housing becomes market rate housing at some time in the future. 3. The following criteria shall apply: (a) (b) (c) (d) 3.6.8 Deferral of The project shall otherwise conform to the requ programs for this purpose. , requirements is justified in viE occupancy and the economic c parking problems resulting from facilities in the Neighborhood,a The Board shall, as pa notice and review for V its plan to prov the that traffic and MRIM require such pro nts of state or federal for Exception, shall uion in Off-street Parking and type of prospective involved, and that traffic and i will not unduly burden traffic W. Exception, specify that the City, upon iay later require that the applicant implement iunt of required parking if it is demonstrated ns together with impact on the Neighborhood �rmit Ms been issued, the premises shall not be used other Yve ome Housing, subject to the Exception and limitations set , unless and until any parking requirements and all other or limitations of this Code have been met. et Parking Standards a. Deferral of portions of total required parking improvements in phased projects Parking requirements shall be met as set forth by this Code and built concurrently with approved improvements generating said requirement. Provision of parking should not in part or in whole be deferred for future implementation. Further, phased projects shall be approved subject to provision of required parking for each component phase to be provided concurrently with the phase generating said requirement; however deferrals may be granted by Exception as specified below. b. Deferral period, revocation of permit; notice of revocation. A deferral may be allowed for up to five (5) years without provision for renewal except upon application for a new Exception. 111.12 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 3.6.9 Off-street Loading Requirements a. Off-street vehicular loading shall be required for all T5, T6, CS, Cl, CI -HD and D zones, as shown in Article 4, Table 5 and shall require no more than three (3) turning movements. 3.7. FENCES AND WALLS 3.7.1 General For all Commercial and Industrial Uses, a six-foot (6) solid masonry wall shall be provided along all property lines which adjoin T3, T4 -R, T5 -R T6 -R. 3.7.2 Prohibited on Fences and walls 3.8 3.8.1 a. Q The use of broken glass, projecting nails, z wire, spikes or similar materials on walls and Fences is prohibited in a ones. Barbed wire Fences, or use of barbed wirVea ,he top of a fence or wall, shall be permissible only in D1, D2 and D3, snenr proval by Waiver upon making a written finding that its use and < ac sonably necessary to the safety, welfare and security of the propeCORL THOROUGHFARES General Principles a. Thoroughfares traffic ander b. Thoroughfal The lanes m Frontages co led for use by vehicular, transit, bicycle, and pedestrian ss to Lots and Open Spaces. nsist of lanes for vehicles, transit, bicycles and Public Frontages. lave a variety of widths for movement and parking. The Public ute to the character of Transect Zones. They may include swales, Sidewalks, curbing, Planters, bicycle paths and street trees. See Article 4, Tables 6 and 8. c. Thoroughfares should be designed in context with the urban form and desired design speed of the Transect Zones through which they pass. The Public Frontages that pass from one Transect Zone to another should be adjusted accordingly. d. Bicycles are a sustainable and viable mode of transportation and recreation in the City of Miami. Bicycle use of Thoroughfares should be as follows: Bicycles and vehicles may share use of lanes on all Thoroughfares. Thoroughfares that have sufficient paving width to accommodate bicyclists' safety should include dedicated Bicycle Lanes. Greenways, waterfront walks and other Civic Spaces should include Bicycle usage . 111.13 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 e. A City-wide bicycle plan may designate an interconnected network serving bicyclists with a series of marked routes that include Bicycle Lanes as well as Bicycle Routes that give bicycles priority, such as those Thoroughfares which parallel major corridors or include major corridors which can be reconfigured to limit conflicts between vehicles and bicycles. Pedestrian comfort should be a primary consideration of Thoroughfare design and dimensions. Design conflict between vehicular, bicycle and pedestrian movement should be decided in favor of the pedestrian. 3.8.2 Thoroughfares a. The guidelines for Thoroughfares are as described in Q The Thoroughfare network should be designed Blocks not exceeding an average perimeter length measured as the sum of Lot Frontage Lines allowed; instead, traffic calming designs shout and speed. �\ All Thoroughfares should terminate de -sacs should be permittedI: Thoroughfares that provide View d. In T5 and T6 Zones, single paving and Ianc 3.8.3 Public Frontages a. Public Frontag within Tra b. Within the be as provide ennectivity, defining rThe length shall be closings should not be to control traffic volume ughfares, to form a network. Cul- orted by natural site conditions. all not be vacated. Re Frontages should be coordinated with a provided in Article 4, Table 6 and Article 8. be designed as shown in Article 4, Table 6 and allocated specified in Article 4, Table 2. is Frontages, the arrangement of street trees and street lights should in Article 8. The Public Frontage in Transect Zones T1, T2 and T3 should include trees of various species, and may include low maintenance understory landscape. The introduced landscape should consist primarily of native species requiring minimal irrigation, fertilization and maintenance. d. The Public Frontage in Transect Zones T4, T5, T6 and D1 should include trees planted in a regularly -spaced Atlee of single or alternated species with shade canopies of a height that, at maturity, clears the first Story. The introduced landscape should consist primarily of durable species tolerant of soil compaction. 111.14 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 3.8.4 Vision Clearance 3.8.4.1 Intent; "Material Impediment to Visibility" construed. It is the intent of these regulations to provide protection from traffic hazards at intersections for automotive vehicles and their passengers, and for cyclists and pedestrians, including small children. Given this intent, the phrase "Material Impediment to Visibility," as used here, is to be construed as any material obstruction to Visibility which would result in concealment of a child over two and one-half (2 1/2) feet in height approaching an intersection, or would conceal an approaching automotive vehicle or cyclist from such a child. In determinations as to whether or not there is Material Impediment to Visibility, the speed, direction, and duration of movement to point of potential collision or contact shall be considered. _ Adjacent to Thoroughfares, nothing shall be erected, plaanted, or allowed to grow in such a manner as to form a Material Impedime to ibility between the heights of two and one-half (2 1/2) feet and ten (10) he street grade level within Visibility Triangles described below:1Z a. At Thoroughfare intersections with Building c Visibility Triangles shall be maintained incl a an area bounded by the first twenty-five (25) feet along the inter es of the right-of-way (or Base Building Line) projected where ou ed, line running across the Lot and connecting the ends of such twe Ines. See Article 4, Table 8. b. At intersections of drive wit ho ghfares with Building Setbacks: Visibility Triangles shall d to include an area bounded by the first ten (10) feet along the inters g e ges of the Base Building Line and the driveway, projected where rounded, a line running across any intervening right-of-way and the Lot and conneaft the a ds of such ten -foot lines. See Article 4, Table 8. c. At Thorou int uOtions with Buildings with no Setbacks: Visibility T n all be maintained to include an area bounded by the first ten (10) feet al the intersecting edges of the Base Building Line, projected where rounded, an line running across the Lot and connecting the ends of such ten -foot lines. See Article 4, Table 8. d. At intersections of driveways with Thoroughfares with no Building Setbacks: Visibility triangles shall be maintained to include an area bounded by the first five (5) feet along the intersecting edges of the Base Building Line and driveway, projected where rounded, and a line running across any intervening right-of-way and the Lot and connecting the ends of such five-foot lines. See Article 4, Table 8. e. At all Thoroughfare intersections: Visibility Triangles shall be maintained to include an area bounded by the first ten (10) feet along the intersecting edges of the Base Building Line, projected where rounded, and a line running across the Lot and connecting the ends of such ten -foot lines. See Article 4, Table 8. 111.15 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�'E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 3.8.4.2. Variances prohibited. No Variances from the provisions of Section 3.8.4 are permitted. 3.9 SPECIAL AREA PLANS The purpose of a Special Area Plan is to allow parcels greater than nine (9) Abutting acres in size to be master planned so as to allow greater integration of public improvements and Infrastructure, and greater flexibility so as to result in higher or specialized quality building and Streetscape design within the Special Area Plan. The purpose of a Special Area Plan further is to encourage a assembly and master planning of parcels greater than nine (9) Abutting acres 4atructure; n order to provide greater integration of public and private improvements a to enable Thoroughfare connectivity; to encourage a variety of ghts, massing and Streetscape design, and to provide high quality nts, all in order to further the intent of this Code expressed in Article 2. 3.9.1 General a. The single or multiple owner(s) b ing o ies in excess of nine (9) acres may apply for a rezoning to a Special b. A Special Area Plan sh eitions�to ov by the process of rezoning with or without Transect changes. c. A Special Area Plan shallhoroughfares, Transect Zones and Civic Space Types, with appr to traAbutting areas. Guidelines for Thoroughfares and Public Front y be adjusted to the particular circumstances of the Special Area Plan d. A Special Area Plan shall include a map of the Thoroughfares and Transect Zones, and the standards that deviate from the requirements of Article 5. e. A Special Area Plan shall assign at least five percent (5%) of its aggregated Lot Area to a Civic Space Type. Civic Building sites are to be located within or adjacent to Civic Space Types or at the axial termination of significant Thoroughfares. The developer shall be responsible for constructing the public improvements within the Special Area Plan, including but not limited to the Civic Space Types and Thoroughfares. f. Development within the Special Area Plan shall be pursuant to a recorded development agreement that will establish the allocation of Thoroughfares and Civic Space Types and Building Area among the Building sites, and the creation and retention of the public benefits. 111.16 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Unless a Building is specifically approved as part of the Special Area Plan, any Building shall be reviewed by the Planning Director, after referral to and recommendation from the CRC for conformance to the Plan, prior to issuance of the Building Permit. h. A Special Area Plan may include: F, 9 A differentiation of the Thoroughfares as a Primary -Grid (A -Grid) and a Secondary -Grid (B -Grid). Buildings along the A -Grid shall be held to the highest standard of this Code in support of pedestrian activity. Buildings along the B -Grid may be more readily considered for automobile -oriented standards allowing surface parking lots, unlined parking decks, and drive-throughs. The Frontages assigned to the B -Grid shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) of the total length within a Special Area Plan. For Frontages on the B -Cd. parking areas may be allowed in the Second Layer. �� Retail Frontage requiring that a Building level along the entire length of the Front; be no less than seventy percent (70%) gl Awning overlapping the sidewalk as gen first floor should be confined to Retaq Layer. AMAL Gallery or Arcade Frontage, over the sidewalk, either ce Arcade Frontage matig co Table 6. Gallery or Open Space requirem . 4. Build -to -lines 5. A Te archit C. bffrcial Use at sidewalk iercial Use Building shall ass and provided with an in Article 4, Table 6. The ie depth of the Second of a Building provide a permanent cover or supported by columns. The Gallery or ith a Retail Frontage as shown in Article 4, within the First Layer may apply towards Transect Zone Setback requirement. location, requiring that the Building be provided with n of a Type and character that responds to the location. A Pedestrian Passage, requiring a minimum ten (10) foot wide pedestrian access be reserved between Buildings. 7. A preservation plan acceptable to the Historic and Environmental Preservation Board for any historic resources in the area of the Special Area Plan. 8. Area Design Guidelines. 9. A parking management program that enables shared parking among public and private Uses. 10. Flexible allocation of development capacity and Height, excluding Density on individual sites within the Special Area Plan shall be allowed so long as the capacity or Height distribution does not result in development that is out of Scale or character with the surrounding area, and provides for appropriate transitions. 111.17 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 3.10 HISTORIC PRESERVATION STANDARDS See Chapter 23 of the City Code, titled Historic Preservation, for regulations and additional height requirements. 3.11 WATERFRONT STANDARDS In addition to the Miami City Charter requirements, the following Setback, walkways and waterfront standards shall apply to all waterfront properties within the City of Miami, except as modifications to these standards may be approved by the City Commission pursuant to the City Charter. All Miami riverfront properties shall include water -related use ss all Transect Zones except T3. a. Waterfront Setbacks 1. Waterfront Setbacks shall be a minim 0) feet measured from the mean high water line provided along w nt, except where the depth of the Lot is less than two -hundred ( t e Setback shall be a minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) of he h, d except for T3, T4 -R, D1, D2 and D3 Transect Zones where i ' u Se ack of twenty (20) feet shall be provided, except where the a Lot is less than eighty (80) feet the Setback shall be a mi imum tw y -five percent (25%) of the Lot depth. These requirements shall n arine Related Industrial Establishments along the Miami River. Wi rithaa 2 and D3 Transect Zones facilities may span across man-made sliptructure to conduct marine -related commercial and industrial arj6vities. 2. SideVfo3, k a equal in aggregate to at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the ge of each Lot based on average Lot Width, to allow View Corrien rom ground to sky and to allow public access to the waterfront; excepT4-R, D1, D2 and D3 Transect Zones. b. Waterfront Walkways Design Standards: Waterfront walkways shall be designed and constructed within the waterfront Setbacks in accordance with these Waterfront Walkway Design Standards and should remain open to public access during all times, but at a minimum, shall remain open to the public between 6am through 10pm. Waterfront walkways are not required within Transect Zones T3, T4 -R, D1, D2 and D3 unless the site is a new Commercial retail, Office or restaurant Use. 2. Waterfront walkways shall feel public, meet all Americans with Disabilities Act (A.D.A.) requirements throughout the entire length of the waterfront walkway and provide unobstructed visual access to the water. 111.18 THIS DOCUMENT I3 A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TI- E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 3. Waterfront walkways shall connect to abutting public walkways, neighboring walkways, and Open Space at a consistent A.D.A. compliant width and grade to allow clear pedestrian circulation along the water's edge. 4. The waterfront walkway surface shall remain at a constant elevation and be accessible to handicapped persons throughout the entire length of the waterfront walkway. Walkways should have a slight grade away from the bulkhead edge for stormwater retention within the transition zone. 5. The total width of a waterfront walkway shall be a minimum of twenty-five (25) feet and built to the standards and guidelines outlined in Waterfront Design Guidelines, on Appendix B. 3.12 DESIGN GUIDELINES AND NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERV DISTRICTS 3.12.1 Design Guidelines This section lists additional guidelines defining to protect and promote Neighborhood or area character, which m fined through the Planning Department. In the areas for which guide s ve been adopted, any proposed building shall be reviewed by the Planni rior to the issuance of a building permit. 4, MILK Boulevard Streetscapepenit' flTiMaster Plan and Fagade Standards Southeast/Overtown Pa WRedevelopment Plan Miami River Greenwaygn Standards Grand Avenue Vision Pla Coral Way Beautification Little Haiti - Fren reole ards Offstreet Parkin&Dlaoftn Standards and Guidelines OMNI C 3.12.2 Neighborhood a. Intent Performing Arts & Media Entertainment District ervation Districts (NCD) A Neighborhood Conservation District (NCD) is an overlay zoning district that is intended to preserve unique and distinctive neighborhoods that exhibit a certain defined character worthy of protection, such as physical features, design characteristics, and recognized cultural or historical identity. The Neighborhood Conservation District provides additional regulations or design guidelines for new construction, major alterations and additions to existing Buildings, in order to protect, enhance and perpetuate the value of the neighborhood conservation area. It is further intended that such districts and the regulations adopted for them shall be in accord with, and promote the Miami Comprehensive Neighborhood Plan. 111.19 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUB STITU11ON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 b. Purposes The purposes of creating a Neighborhood Conservation District, singularly or in combination, are to: 2 3. Protect neighborhoods that have distinguishable architectural character but that do not qualify for historic district status because of the loss of the original fabric through attrition and new development, although the neighborhood still maintains a considerable number of non-contiguous traditional structures that retain some characteristics that reflect their historical origins. Identify structures within the district that, while possess significant character reflecting a Ty construction important to Miami's past. Demolitio subject to review prior to receiving a demolition PE Protect areas that have a distinctive character. Protect and promote the canopy that defines the South Florida to the neighborhood. Protect remairy as exposed bluffs, natural rock ou,% springs. 'J� not historically designated, )e, period or method of *6f such structures will be 4. Identify and celebrate t 1W%1yyborhoods whose citizens have brought a• ni cu tura) perspective to which deserve recognition and protection. ic, or environmental vegetation and tree ,es particular identity nental features such itural sinkholes, and immigrant or emigre a neighborhood and 5. Protect and promote specialized commercial areas with distinct character, such as antique, arts', outdoor markets, or design districts, and assist in their economicb'ali,2ati and enhancement. Designatio es The NCD sh a designated by process of rezoning, and shall be initiated by an applicant who mits the following to the Planning Department: A description of the proposed boundaries of the NCD; 2. A description of the distinctive features of the district which are sought to be protected and preserved; 3. A list of all property owners within the boundaries of the proposed district; 4. Evidence that demonstrates that at least fifty-one (51) percent of the owners within the proposed boundary support the initiation of the NCD rezoning. The Planning Director shall prepare a recommended conservation plan and any proposed regulations and/or design guidelines as provided in paragraph d. below. The PZAB shall consider the recommendations and provide its recommendations to the 111.20 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T1�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 City Commission. In addition, the City shall conduct at least one workshop regarding the proposed NCD during the consideration of the rezoning, and notification of the workshop shall be sent by first class mail to all property owners located within the proposed boundaries of the district, as shown on the tax roll, at least thirty days prior to the workshop. The City Commission upon designation of the NCD shall adopt the conservation plan and any requisite regulations for the NCD, and the Zoning Atlas shall be amended to show the district boundaries of the NCD. Amendments to any NCD adopted under this Code shall be adopted pursuant to this Code. d. Recommendation for Neighborhood Conservation District designation The Planning Department shall prepare a recommendation for the designation of each NCD. Each recommendation shall identify the proposed rezning by the specific name created for the NCD and shall contain the following informat� 2 0 Is A statement of the purposes of the N interest involved and the objectives to I and any special regulations for the distq of the district which may be recommend The boundaries of the NCD map and a general land desc An explanation of the requirements for the NCI substantial public he conservation plan , or within any subareas if any, including a meet the intent and A conservation pg and describing the distinctive characteristics of\gWelinpes district, with appropriate maps and any design or regulations recommended tc e. NCD Land neighborhood and graphics, promote the the di rict. Regulations may require rezoning to different han those existing at the time of designation, additional andards, additional overlay zoning processes, or the like, as purposes of the specific NCD. ent Regulations The requirements of this Code shall be effective in the NCD except as modified by the regulations of the conservation plan adopted by the City Commission upon designation of the NCD.. The ordinance designating the NCD shall be referenced in this Code, with any specific regulations and design guidelines of the NCD adopted by reference to this Code and maintained in the Planning Department. The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board and procedures related to appeals thereto set out by this Miami 21 Code shall replace the Zoning Board and procedures related to appeals thereto in Ordinance 11000. f. NCD -1 Coral Gate Neighborhood Conservation District 111.21 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 The Coral Gate NCD -1, originally adopted by Ord. No. 12413, on September 25, 2003, is hereby amended and codified in Appendix A.1 to this Code. g. NCD -2 Village West Island and Charles Avenue Neighborhood Conservation District The Village West Island and Charles Avenue NCD -2 incorporates and amends: 1. The Charles Avenue NCD -2, originally adopted by Ord. No. 12417, September 25, 2003, and repealed and reenacted by Ord. No. 12651, adopted January 27, 2005; 2. SD -28, the Village West Ordinance, adopted by Ord. No. 12651, January 27, 2005; 3. Portions of SD -2 adopted by Ord. No. 12651, adopted%nary 27, 2005; 4. Portions of the Coconut Grove NCD -3, origin opted by Ord. No. 12672, September 24, 2005. The Village West Island and Charles Avenue reby adopted and codified in Appendix A.2 to this Code. h. NCD -3 Coconut Grove Neighborh&od qUnsd%alft District The Coconut Grove NCD -3 incorpdratds.and amends: 1. The Coconut Grove NCD -8, originally adopted by Ord. No. 12672, September 24, 2005; 2. Portions of SD -2, originally adopted by Ord. No. 12651, January 27, 2005; and 3. SD 18, origi pted by Ord. No. 10863, March 28, 1991; and 4. SD 18. ly adopted by Ord. No. 11240, March 27, 1995. The Coconut G ve NCD is hereby adopted and codified in Appendix A.3 to this Code. 3.13 SUSTAINABILITY 3.13.1 General a. Landscape requirements are as required in the Miami -Dade County Landscape Ordinance and the City of Miami Tree Protection regulations of Chapter 17 of the City Code, except that where this Code is more restrictive than the Tree Protection regulations or the Landscape Ordinance, this Code shall apply. b. All new Buildings of more than 50,000 square feet of Habitable Rooms and Habitable Space in the T5, T6, Cl and CS zones shall be at a minimum certified as Silver by the United States Green Building Council (USGBC) Leadership in Energy and 111.22 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 C. Environmental Design (LEED) standards or equivalent standards adopted or approved by the City. At the time of permit application, the owner shall post a performance bond in a form acceptable to the City of Miami. The amount of the required performance bond shall be calculated as follows: 1. Two percent (2%) of the total cost of construction for a 50,000 — 100,000 square foot Building. E 14 Three percent (3%) of the total cost of construction for a 100,001 — 200,000 square foot Building. Four percent (4%) of the total cost of construction for any Building greater than 200,000 square feet. _ The performance bond shall be forfeited to the City inDent that the Building does not meet the verification requirements for LEED er tification. The City will draw down on the bond funds if LEEDAP s not been achieved and accepted by the City within one yeaance of the Certificate of Occupancy for the Building. Funds thatble to the City from the forfeiture of the performance bond shall Miami 21 Public Benefits Trust Fund established by this Code. The preservation of Natural Fe re of I h as trees, vegetation, geological, and other characteristics and ation of features of archaeological significance are declared to be t u is interest. Said preservation may justify the relaxation of Setba or uir Off-street Parking by Waiver. The Zoning Administrator shall deter n trees, vegetation, geological and other natural characteristic, or archaeol I tures are in the Buildable Area of the Site and not in Setback areas required f the development of the site. 3.14 PUBLIC BE The intent of thYrublic Benefits Program established in this section is to allow bonus Building Height Vd FLR in T6 Zones and bonus Building Height in D1 Zones in exchange for the developer's contribution to specified programs that provide benefits to the public. 3.14.1 The bonus Height and FLR shall be permitted if the proposed Development contributes toward the specified public benefits, above that which is otherwise required by this Code, in the amount and in the manner as set forth herein. The bonus shall not be available to properties in a T6 Zone if the property abuts a T3 Zone or in a T6-8 Zone if the property abuts a CS Zone. 1. T6-8: eight Story maximum, bonus to twelve (12) Stories, FLR 5; bonus of twenty-five percent (25%) 2. T6-12: twelve (12) Story maximum, bonus to twenty (20) Stories, FLR 8, bonus of thirty percent (30%) 111.23 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 3. T6-24: twenty-four (24) Story maximum, bonus to forty-eight (48) Stories, FLR 7, bonus of thirty percent (30%) 4. T6 -36a: thirty-six (36) Story maximum, bonus to sixty (60) Stories, FLR 12, bonus of forty percent (40%) 5. T6 -36b: thirty-six (36) Story maximum, bonus up to sixty (60) Stories, FLR 22, bonus of forty percent (40%) 6. T6 -48a: forty eight (48) Story maximum, bonus up to eighty (80) Stories, FLR 11, bonus of fifty percent (50%) 7. T6 -48b: forty eight (48) Story maximum, bonus up to eighty (80) Stories, FLR 18, bonus of fifty percent (50%) 8. T6 -60a: sixty (60) Story maximum, bonus up to unlimited Stories, FLR 11, bonus of fifty percent (50%) 9. T6 -60b: sixty (60) Story maximum, bonus up to unlimi d Stories, FLR 18, bonus of fifty percent (50%) 10. T6-80: eighty (80) Story maximum, bonus to unlimite St o s, FLR 24; bonus of fifty percent (50%). Transect Zone Heights are fully described in Articl In addition, certain other bonuses may be provi d ws: 10. An additional Story in a T5 zone U D1 zone, for an equivalent square footage of Affordable/ Work z6 ousi a described in Section 3.14.4. This shall not be applicable to pro ting T3 zones. 11. In T6 zones, additi ei nd FLR for LEED certified Silver, Gold or Platinum Buildings as in Section 3.14.4. 12. An additional Story in ark zone for development of a Brownfield as described in Section 3.14. 13. In T6 nal Height and FLR for development that donates a Civic Space o Civil Support Use area to the City of Miami as described in Section 4.4. 3.14.2 Upon providing a binding commitment for the specified public benefits as provided in Section 3.14.3 below, the proposed development project shall be allowed to build within the restrictions of the specific Transect Zone, up to the bonus Height and FLR as established in this Section. The only square footage allowed above the maximum Height is that achieved through the bonus program. 3.14.3 The proposed bonus Height and FLR shall be permitted in exchange for contribution to the City for the following public benefits: affordable/workforce housing, Public Parks and Open Space, Green Buildings, Brownfields, and Civic Space or Civil Support space. The City shall establish a Miami 21 Public Benefits Trust Fund for the cash contributions for Affordable/ Workforce Housing, Public Parks and Open Space, and Green Building certification shortfall penalty made under this section. The City Commission, upon the manager's recommendation, shall annually decide the allocation of funds from the Trust 111.24 THIS DOCUIhIIENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Fund collected under this section. All cash contributions thus allocated by the Commission to support affordable/ workforce housing shall be deposited in the Affordable Housing Trust Fund for expenditures pursuant to the guidelines adopted by the City Commission. All cash contributions thus allocated by the Commission to support Parks and Open Space shall be deposited in the Parks and Open Space Trust Fund, set forth in Chapter 62 of the City Code, to be expended in accordance with the guidelines outlined therein. a. Definitions 1. Affordable/ Workforce Housing shall mean: housing available to families which meet the qualifications as established by the City Community Development Department. 2. Public Parks and Open Space shall mean: OpenSpa ting the standards of Article 4, Table 7 of this Code. 3. Green Building shall mean a Building y he United States Green Building Council (USGBC) as Silver, Gold o t ated. 4. Brownfield shall mean: a site within thJ&CityVat is subject to a Brownfield Site Rehabilitation Agreement (BSRA) tween the property owner and the City Department of Economi - ev op n . 3.14.4 For the purposes of the public bene s p ram, the following criteria shall apply: a. Affordable/ Workforce H si development project in a T6 zone may provide any of the following or co , do thereof: 1. Affordable/wc ce hou%ing on site of the development. For each square foot of affordable/wo housing (including pertaining shared space such as parking and ci n) 40ided on site, the development shall be allowed two square feet ofarea up to the bonus Height and FLR as described in Section 3.14.1. 2. Affordable/Workforce housing off-site. For each square foot of affordable /workforce housing (including pertaining shared space such as parking and circulation) provided off site, in a location within the City approved by the City Manager, the development shall be allowed an equivalent square footage of additional area up to the bonus Height and FLR as described in Section 3.14.1. No additional allowance is given for the purchase of the site. 3. Trust Fund contributions. For a cash contribution to the Miami 21 Public Benefit Trust Fund, the development shall be allowed additional Floor Area up to the bonus Height and FLR described in Section 3.14.1. The cash contribution shall be determined based on a percentage of the market value of the per square foot price being charged for units at projects within the market area where the proposed project seeking the bonus is located. The calculation assumes a land value per saleable or rentable square foot within market area to equate to 111.25 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 between 10 (ten) to 15 (fifteen) percent of market area's weighted average sales price per square foot. The cash contributions shall be adjusted on an annual basis to reflect market conditions effective October 1 st of every year. b. Public Parks and Open Space. The development project in a T6 zone may provide any of the following or combination thereof: Public Park or Open Space provided through purchase and in an area of need identified by the City Parks and Open Space Master Plan and the City's Parks Department. For each square foot of dedicated public Park or Open Space provided, the development shall be allowed two times the development Floor Area of provided land up to the bonus Height and FLR as described in Section 3.14.1. The Open Space may be a Park, Green or `Square, as more fully described in Article 4, Table 7 of this Code. 2. Public Open Space provided on-site in a location an f a P6ign to be approved by the Planning Director. For each square foot nuwwu public Park or Open Space provided, the development shall a n equivalent amount of development Floor Area up to the bonus H t R as described in Section 3.14.1. The project shall maintain the equirements of the Transect Zone. The Open Space may be ou ard, Plaza, or Thoroughfare or Pedestrian Passage through the s' g two (2) Thoroughfares, such as a segment of the Baywalk orLEC ree a ee Article 4, Table 7. 3. Trust Fund contribution. For c contribution to the Miami 21 Public Benefits Trust Fund, the dev en o' shall be allowed additional Floor Area up to the bonus Height anYseingg a ribed in Section 3.14.1. The cash contribution shall be determined d* a percentage of the market value of the per square foot price beinged for units at projects within the market area where the proposed ect the bonus is located. The calculation assumes a land value p le or rentable square foot within market area to equate to betwe ten 5 (fifteen) percent of market area's weighted average sales price p foot. The cash contributions shall be adjusted on an annual basis to ect market conditions effective October 1 st of every year. Historic Preservation. Bonus Floor Area to the maximum bonus Height and FLR as described in Section 3.14.1 shall be allowed for additional square footage qualified under the city Transfer of Development Rights program established in Chapter 23, City Code. d. Green Building. In a T6 zone, additional Height and FLR shall be allowed for Buildings certified by the U.S. Green Building Council as follows: 1. Silver: For Buildings under 50,000 sf, 2.0% of the floor lot ratio (FLR) 2. Gold: 4.0% of the Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 3. Platinum: 13.0% of the Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 111.26 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Note: Standards equivalent to the USGBC, as adopted by the City, may alternatively apply. If at the time the first Certificate of Occupancy is issued for the Building that received a public benefits bonus for a Green Building, the anticipated LEED certification has not been achieved, then the owner shall post a performance bond in a form acceptable to the City of Miami. The performance bond shall be determined based on the value of land per square foot of Building in the area of the City in which the proposed project is located, which may be adjusted from time to time based on market conditions. The methodology for determining the value of land per square foot of Building shall be maintained in the Planning Department. The City will draw down on the bond funds if LEED certification has not been achieved and accepted by the City within one year of the City issuance of the C rtificate of Occupancy for the Building. Funds that become available to the City m the forfeiture of the performance bond shall be placed in the Miami 21 Benefits Trust Fund established by this Code. e. Brownfields. One additional Story of Height sh�l ted for redevelopment on a Brownfield Site as defined herein. v f. Civic space and Civil Support space. For de opment project in a T6 zone that donates a Civic space or Civil Sup on site to the City of Miami, an additional two square feet of ar fo ac q e foot of donated space, up to the bonus Height and FLR, shall be a%i 3.14.5 No Building permit shallissult f�bonus Height and FLR until the Zoning Administrator has certified c e ith the provisions of this section, upon referral and assurance of compliance a licable departments. Certification shall be made only after a certified check h been deposited and cleared to the Miami 21 Public Benefits Trust Fund for no cash contributions, a binding commitment has been approved by the nager. The cash contribution shall be nonrefundable. 111.27 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. 111.28 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. STANDARDS & TABLES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUB STITU11ON TO OFFICINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT Tji.E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE 1 Transect Zone Descriptions TABLE 2 Miami 21 Summary TABLE 3 Building Function: Uses TABLE 4 Density, Intensity and Parking TABLE 5 Building Function: Parking and Loading TABLE 6 Frontages TABLE 7 Civic Space Types TABLE 8 Definitions Illustrated DIAGRAM 9 Residential Density Increase Areas DIAGRAM 10 Area Specific Illustrations 6 DIAGRAM 11 Transit Oriented Development -TOD TABLE 12 Design Review Criteria Checklist Ivi MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. STANDARDS & TABLES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. IV2 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END Of THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 4. TABLE 1 TRANSECT ZONE DESCRIPTIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THE NATURAL ZONE consists of lands approximat- ing a wilderness condition, permanently set aside for conservation in an essentially natural state. THE RURALZONE consistsoflandsin open orcultivated state or sparsely settled. These include woodland, grassland and agricultural land. THE SUB -URBAN ZONE consists of low -Density areas, primarily comprised of Single -Family and Two Family residential units with relatively deep Setbacks, Streetscapes with swales, and with or without Side- walks. Blocks may be large and the roads may be of irregular geometry to accommodate natural and historic conditions. THE GENERAL URBAN ZONE consists of Mixed -Use but primarily residential urban fabric with a range of Building types including rowhouses, small apartment Buildings, and bungalow courts. Setbacks are short with an urban Streetscape of wide Sidewalksand trees in planters. Thoroughfares typically define medium- sized blocks. THE URBAN CENTERZONE consists of higher De Mixed -Use Building types that accommodate retail office Uses, rowhouses and apartments. A network small blocks has Thoroughfares with wide Sidewalks, steady street tree planting and Buildin close to the Frontages with frequent doors and i THE URBAN CORE ZONE c ol'We highest Density and greatest variety of es, including Civic Buildings of regional importance. network of small blocks has Thoroughfares with wide Sidewalks, with steady tree planting and Buildings set close to the Frontage with frequent doors and windows. THE CIVIC ZONE consists of public use space and facilities that may contrast in use to their surroundings while reflecting adjacent Setbacks and landscape. THE DISTRICT ZONE consists of the least regulated Building and accommodates commercial and industrial Uses of a scale and with a Streetscape that facilitate vehicular access. A. l�ggg�g ! a, - 0,02 an c C °g���-?jam y9p O a -U J �v� € € € °n- ♦ j 66 �O o (MAI �000�_Dr.J. °gong- ° 88pO ggg ggpOg 000^ °°° °° °°° A. l�ggg�g (D ID o JK gg3 ° 3Y ♦ M_ - e C °g���-?jam y9p O a . c PU �v� € € € I=._ � - M__ M_ DOORS' e C °g���-?jam �, ° O a PU �v� 0 ° l g°og ♦ j 66 �O o (MAI " °gong- ° 88pO ggg ggpOg 000^ °°° °° °°° ff I=._ � - M__ M_ DOORS' e C °g���-?jam �, ° O a 0 ° l g°og ♦ j 66 �O o (MAI " °gong- ° 88pO ggg l0000 6gg�0 . ° IV3 , DOORS' C °g���-?jam �, ° O a 0 ° l g°og ♦ j 66 �O o (MAI " °gong- ° 88pO ggg l0000 6gg�0 . ° IV3 r DOORS' Q0 .1 . l�°° °° 000p (D °°g . � .°J/: r i 0 ° l g°og ♦ j 66 �O o (MAI " °gong- ° 0 - IV3 r DOORS' v00 J O a <Q" ' 3 0 ° l g°og ♦ j 66 �O o r' °gong- ° 0 - l0000 6gg�0 . ° IV3 ' <Q" ' 3 0 66 �O o °gong- ° 0 - °°° °° °°° ff IV3 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T� E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 I nT neeIIPATIoN ARTICLE 4. TABLE 2 MIAMI 21 SUMMARY R U R A L I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ■ I ism 11w im NATURAL— N.NALZO.E SUB-URBANZONE r.E.ERAL URBAN ZONE URBAN CENTER ZONE URBANCORE ZONES a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. 1,400 s.f. - 20,000 s.f. - 1,200 s.f. - 40,000 s.f.** 5,000 sf. min 40,000 s.f. max.** 5,000 sf. min. 70,000 s.f. max.- 5,000 sf. min. 100,000 s.f.max. b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. 16 ft. min / 50 ft. min.** 16 ft. min / 50 ft. min.** ft. min. 50 ft. min. 50 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 50% max. 1st Floor 30% max. 2nd Floor for T3 R & TX only 60% max. 80% max. 8 80% max.** 80% max. - d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.`* 60% min. 70 8 70% min. 7 70% min. e. Frontage at front Setback 50% min. f. Green I Open Space Requirements 25% Lot Area min. 15% Lot Area min. 10° of reaAge %Lot Area min. 10% Lot Area min. 10% Lot Area min. g. Density 9-18 du/acre max.** 36 du/acre max. 65 d ax. 0 du /acre * 150 du /acre * 150 du /acre Run nlNn SFTNAM a. Principal Front 20 ft. min. 10 ft.min. 10 ft. 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. oft. mi 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. c. Side 5 ft. min.** 0 ft. min. / 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.`* d. Rear 20 ft. min. in. 0 ft. 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.`* nIITNIIn mNr; SFTNACK a. Principal Front 20 ft. min. in. 2 max. 3 max. 2 min. b. Secondary Front c. Side a. Common Lawn 10 ft. min.in. Ar 5 ft. min. ft. min. jjnAn. permitted prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited b. Porch & Fence d. Rear permitted 5 ft. min. prohibited prohibited prohibited PRIVATE FRONTAGES 2 max. 3 max. 2 min. 2 min. a. Common Lawn rmitted permitted prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited b. Porch & Fence permi permitted prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. 2 max. permitted prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited d. Forecourt p permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted e. Stoop hibited permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted f. Shopfront prohibited permitted (T4 L, T40) permitted( T5 L, T50) permittedJ6-8L, T6A 0) permittedJ6-12L, T6-120) permitted(T6-24 L, T6-240) g. Gallery prohibited prohibited permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** h. Arcade prohibited prohibited I permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** BUILDING HEIGHT IStoriesl a. Principal Building 2 max. 3 max. 2 min. 2 min. 2 min. 2 min. 5 max. 8 max. 12 max. 24 max. b. Outbuilding 2 max. 2 max. c. Benefit Height 4 max.** 8 max.** 24 max.** Abutting T6, T5 & T4 only PUBLIC FRONTAGES (deleted) Or as modified in Diagram 9 ** Note: Refer to Article 5 for Specific Transect Zone Regulations IVA THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUB ST1TUT10N TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT Ti1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 2 MIAMI 21 SUMMARY I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I U R B A N D I S T R I C T S CIVIC IR 5,000 s.f. min. 10,000 s.f. min. 10,000 s.f. min. ' 1 1 URBAN CORE -ES -ORN -E LOT OCCUPATION 5,000 s.f. min. 10,000 s.f. min. 10,000 s.f. min. 50 ft. min. a. Lot Area 5,000 sf. min. 5,000 sf. min. 5,000 sf. min. 5,000 sf. min. b. Lot width 100 ft. min. 100 ft. min. 100 ft. min. 100 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 80% max.** 80% max.** 80% max.** 80% max.** d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) a.12 or b.22 a.11 or b.18 a.11 or b.18 24 e. Frontage at front Setback 70% min. 70% min. 70% min. 70% min. f. Open Space Requirements 10% Lot Area min. 10% Lot Area min. 10% Lot Area min. 10% Lot Area min. g. Density 150 du /acre * 150 du /acre * 150 du /acre * 150 du /acre BUILDING SETBACK permitted permitted permitted permitted 5,000 s.f. min. 5,000 s.f. min. 10,000 s.f. min. 10,000 s.f. min. 50 ft. min. 0 ft. min. 100 ft. min. 50 ft. min. 80% max max 90% max 80% max 10 ft. min. ML 10 ft. min. 8 None I 110WO None None Lo Ar i % Lot Area min. 5% Lot Area min. 10% Lot Area min. 1M9pr. OWL 0 ft. min.** In.** 0 ft. min.** 150 du /acre* 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** d Rear 0 ft. min.** a. Principal Front 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. prohibited 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. 10 10 ft. min. prohibited 5 ft. min. 10 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. prohibited 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. 10 ft. 5 ft. min. prohibited 5 ft. min. 10 ft. min. c. Side 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** permitted 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** In.** 0 ft. min.** d. Forecourt 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** d Rear 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** permitted 0 ft. min.** ft. min 0 0 ft. min.** permitted 0 ft. min.** I ft. min.** OUTBUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front b. Secondary Front c. Side d. Rear PRIVATE FRONTAGES a. Common Lawn prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited permitted b. Porch & Fence prohibited prohibited rohibdad prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. prohibited prohibited prohibited permitted permitted permitted permitted d. Forecourt permitted per Deruid& permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted e. Stoop permitted permi rmitted permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted f. Shopfront permitted (T6-36 L, T6-360) permitt , T6AS o) permitted (T6-60 L, T6-60 0) permitted (T6-80 L, T6-80 0) permitted permitted permitted permitted g. Gallery permitted ** permitted permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** h. Arcade permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** BUILDING HEIGHT IStoriesl a. Principal Building 2 min. 2 min. 2 min. 2 min. none none none 1 min. 36 max. 48 max. 60 max. 80 max. 8 max. 8 max. 8 max. As regulated by F.A.A. b. Outbuilding c. Benefit Height 24 max.** 32 max.** unlimited unlimited ** 2 max.** Abutting T6, T5 & T4 only Or as modified in Diagram 9 ** Note: Refer to Article 5 for Specific Transect Zone Regulations IV5 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBST€TUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 DENSITY (UNITS PER ACRE) RESIDENTIAL SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE COMMUNITY RESIDENCE ANCILLARY UNIT TWO FAMILY RESIDENCE MULTI FAMILY HOUSING DORMITORY HOME OFFICE LIVE - WORK WORK- LIVE LODGING BED & BREAKFAST INN HOTEL OFFICE OFFICE COMMERCIAL AUTO -RELATED COMMERCIAL ESTAB. ENTERTAINMENT ESTABLISHMENT ENTERTAINMENT ESTAB. - ADULT FOOD SERVICE ESTABLISHMENT ALCOHOL BEVERAGE SERVICE ESTAB. GENERAL COMMERCIAL MARINE RELATED COMMERCIAL ESTAB. OPEN AIR RETAIL PLACE OF ASSEMBLY RECREATIONAL ESTABLISHMENT CIVIC COMMUNITY FACILITY RECREATIONAL FACILITY RELIGIOUS FACILITY CIVIL SUPPORT COMMUNITY SUPPORT FACILITY INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES MAJOR FACILITY MARINA PUBLIC PARKING RESCUE MISSION TRANSIT FACILITIES EDUCATIONAL CHILDCARE COLLEGE / UNIVERSITY ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LEARNING CENTER MIDDLE/ HIGH SCHOOL PRE-SCHOOL RESEARCH FACILITY SPECIAL TRAINING /VOCATIONAL INDUSTRIAL AUTO -RELATED INDUSTRIAL ESTBL. MANUFACTURING AND PROCESSING MARINE RELATED INDUSTRIAL ESTBL. PRODUCTS AND SERVICES STORAGE/ DISTRIBUTION FACILITY ARTICLE 4. TABLE 3 BUILDING FUNCTION: USES T3 T4 T5 T6 C D SUB -URBAN URBAN GENERAL URBAN CENTER URBAN CORE CIVIC DISTRICTS R L O R L O R L O R L O CS CI CI -HD man mmm mmm mom ®�� =orAlft%:_M=1o©o MM' 4I►100 _-_ W ©►l,_©© --- --- --- _-M' ©1 Im �,�Q M©© ©©� --- --- _-M Imm �� �► _ �■©©©© MMM! =1MMMMM o©© MMM MMS --- �-� --- --_ --- --_ --1 O _-- --- --_ --M _©© ©©© ©©© --- _-- --- --_ --- --- ©©© ©©© ©©© --- _-- -©© -©© --- _-- --- _-- --- _-- --- _-- --- _-- --- _-- --- --_ --_ --_ --_ --_ --_ --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- R Allowed By Right WAllowed By Warrant: Administrative Process - CRC (Coordinated Review Committee) E Allowed By Exception: Public Hearing - granted by PZAB (Planning, Zoning & Appeals Board) Boxes with no designation signify Use prohibited. 18 NIA NIA R R R R R W R R R R R R R W R R W R R W R R R R R W R R W R R W R R R R R R W R R W W R W E E E R R R R R W E W W R R W E E E E E E R R W R R W R R W R R W R R R R R W R R W Uses maybe further modified by Supplemental Regulations, State Regulations, or other provisions of this Code. Additional densities in some T6 zones are illustrated in Diagram 9. ** AZ: Density of lowest Abutting Zone IV.6 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING T3 - SUB -URBAN ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 9 UNITS PER ACRE 9 UNITS PER ACRE 78 UNITS PER ACRE RESIDENTIAL Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: • Minimum of 2 parking spaces per principal Dwelling • All Dwelling Units shall be under single ownership Minimum of 2 parking spaces per principal Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 2 parking spaces per principal Dwelling Unit. • Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum of 1 parking space Unit. Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum of 1 parking space per staff member and 1 space per residents. Minimum of 1 parking space per Ancillary Dwelling per staff member and 1 space per residents. Community Residence - Minimum of 1 parking space per Unit. Community Residence - Minimum of 1 parking space staff member in addition to the parking required for the . Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum of 1 parking space per staff member in addition to the parking required for principal Dwelling Unit. per staff member and 1 space per 4 residents. the Dwelling Units. Community Residence - Minimum of 1 parking space per staff member in addition to the parking required for the Dwelling Units. CIVIC Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- sembly use. sembly use. sembly use. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for of exhibition or recreation area, and parking sp Lof exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for other Uses as required. other Uses as required. Yr Uses as required. CIVIL SUPPORT Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Civil Support Uses are permis s lis 3. Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet • Minimum of 1 parkings r e 8 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet of Civil Support Use. of Civil Support Use. of Civil Support Use. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parka ace fo very 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- sembly uses. sembly uses. sembly uses. EDUCATIONAL Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Educ al are issible as listed in Table 3. Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 3 parking spaces forevery 1,000 square feet(ducatio a spaces forevery 1,000 square feet • Minimum of3parking spaces forevery1,000square feet of Educational Use. se. of Educational Use. 5� P THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 T4 - GENERAL URBAN ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE RESIDENTIAL Residential Uses are permissibleas listed in Table 3, limited Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: by compliance with: by compliance with: Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per principal Dwelling Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per principal Dwelling • Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per principal Dwelling Unit. Unit. Unit. Ancillary Dwelling - Minimum of 1 parking space per • Ancillary Dwelling - Minimum of 1 parking space per • Ancillary Dwelling - Minimum of 1 parking space per ancillary dwelling unit. ancillary dwelling unit. ancillary dwelling unit. Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum of 1 parking space • Live -work - Work component shall provide parking as • Live -work - Work component shall provide parking as per staff member and 1 space per 4 residents. required by non-residential use in addition to parking required by non-residential use in addition to parking Community Residence -Minimumof1parkingspaceper required for the Dwelling Units. required for the Dwelling Unit. staff member in addition to the parking required for the • Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum of 1 parking space • Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum of 1 parking space Dwelling Units. per staff member and 1 space per4 residents. per staff member and 1 space per residents. Community Residence- Minimum of 1 parking space per • Community Residence- Minimum of 1 parking space per staff member in addition to the parking required for the staff member in addition to the packing required for the Dwelling Units. Dwelling Units. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 v lar • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. LODGING See City Code, Chapter 23. Lodging Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, ited L g Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with prcompliance with: Minimum of 1 parking space or eve to S. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 2 lodging units. Minimum of 1 additional vie in ce f very • Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every 5 lodging units. 5 lodging units. Parking requirement uc rding to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared parking sta d, Artic Tab a 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bi cle Spec revery 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaGesreq spaces required. OFFICE Offic le as listed in Table 3, limited Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited b mp wi by compliance with: first S of the Principal Building and ancillary • Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square Office and Commercial Uses shall be less feet of office use. n o wilding floor area total. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the i um of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. feet of office use. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular Parking requirement may be reduced according to the spaces required. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. COMMERCIAL Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: The first Story of the Principal Building and ancillary • A maximum area of 4,000 square feet per establish - Building and Office and Commercial Uses shall be less ment. than 50% Building floor area total. Food establishments of a maximum seating capacity A maximum area of 4,000 square feet per establish- of 40 patrons. ment. Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet Food establishments of a maximum seating capacity of commercial use. of 40 patrons. Minimum of one Bike space for every 20 vehicular spaces Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet required (before any reductions). of commercial use. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. IV.8 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T' 1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED T4 - GENERAL URBAN ZONE DENSITY(UPA) 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE CIVIC Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- sembly use. sembly use. sembly use. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for other Uses as required. other Uses as required. other Uses as required. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. spaces required. Parking for civic uses may be provided off-site within a • Parking for civic uses may be provided off-site within a distance of 1,000 feet. distance of 1,000 feet. CIVIL SUPPORT Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed inTable 3. Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet of Civil Support Use. of Civil Support Use. of Civil Support Use. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- •Adult Daycare - Mini mum of 1 spaceperstaffine MinimumofoneBike space forevery20vehicular spaces sembly use. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats required (before any reductions). sembly use. ult Daycare- Minimum of 1 space per staff member. Parking requirement may be reduced accordin the imum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as - Shared parking standard, Article 4, T mbly use. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack ace for a ve ular • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the spaces required. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. EDUCATIONAL Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Educational Us a ibl listed in Table 3. Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet -Mi imumo arkin ce very 1,000 square feet •Minimum of3parking spaces for every 1,000square feet of Educational Use. cati I Use. of Educational Use. Childcare Facilities- Minimum of 1 space per staff mmum of 1 space per staff Childcare Facilities- Minimum of 1 space per staff member. mber. member. ing re ment may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the S ng standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. m of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. P� IV.9 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T)HE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 T5 - URBAN CENTER ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 65 UNITS PERACRE 65 UNITS PERACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE RESIDENTIAL Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited Residential Uses are permissibleas listed in Table 3, limited Residential Uses are permissibleas listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: by compliance with: by compliance with: Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every 10 Dwelling Units. 10 Dwelling Units. 10 Dwelling Units. Ancillary Dwelling - Minimum of 1 parking space per • Ancillary Dwelling - Minimum of 1 parking space per • Ancillary Dwelling - Minimum of 1 parking space per ancillary unit in addition to the parking required for the ancillary unit in addition to the parking required for the ancillary unit in addition to the parking required for the principal dwelling unit. principal dwelling unit. principal dwelling unit. Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum 1 space per staff • Live -work - Work component shall provide parking as • Live -work - Work component shall provide parking as member and 1 space per 4 residents. required by the non-residential use in addition to parking required by the non-residential use in addition to parking Community Residence- Minimum of 1 parking space per required for the Dwelling Unit. required for the Dwelling Unit. staff member in addition to the parking required for the • Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum 1 space per staff • Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum 1 space per staff principal Dwelling Unit(s). member and 1 space per 4 residents. member and 1 space per 4 residents. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Community Residence- Minimum of 1 parking space per Community Residence- Minimum of 1 parking space per Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. staff member in addition to the parking required for the staff member in addition to the parking required for the Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space forevery 20 vehicular principal Dwelling Unit(s). principal Dwelling Unit(s). spaces required. Parking requirement may be reduced acordin e c • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vgcu inimumof1Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site spaces required. esrequiredis within 500 feet of T3.Parking ratio may be reduced within % arking ratio maybe reduced within % mile radius of Loading - See A title 4, Table 5 and within '/< mile radius of a Transiorri TOD and within %mile radius of a Transit Corridor by wh site percent (30%) by process&ownjor thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when is within 500 feet of T3. site is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provide ease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet by ppt when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet o is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See le le 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 LODGING Lodging Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Lo Use a permi ble as ed in Table 3. Lodging Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 2 lodging units. f space for every 2 lodging units. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 2 lodging units. Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every nimum dditional visitor parking space for every Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every 10 lodging units. in Is. 10 lodging units. Parking requirement may be reduced accord to rkin quirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space forevery 20 ve ar Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space forevery 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduced / mile radius of Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radius of Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radius of TOD and within % mile radius a T orridor by TOD and within''/, mile radius of a Transit Corridor by TOD and within 1/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30°/ by proses er, pt when thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 site is within 500 feet of T3. site is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be pr ed b p or lease offsite • Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet by p f Wai r, except when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, le 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 OFFICE Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: by compliance with: The first and second Story of the Principal Building and • Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square Office and Commercial Uses shall be less than 25% feet of office use. Building floor area total. • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. feet of office use. • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular Parking requirement may be reduced according to the spaces required. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty spaces required. percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD is within 500 feet of T3. and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 IV.10 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 T5 - URBAN CENTER ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PERACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE COMMERCIAL Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: The first and second Story of the Principal Building and • A maximum area of 55,000 square feet per establish - Office and Commercial Uses shall be less than 25% ment. Building floor area total. Minimum of 3 parking spaces forevery 1,000 square feet A maximum area of 55,000 square feet per establish- of commercial use, except for Public Storage Facilities, ment. minimum 1 parking space for every 2,000 square feet. Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the feet of commercial use. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space forevery 20 vehicular Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. spaces required. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space forevery 20 vehicular • Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD spaces required. and within '/. mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site and within '/. mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty is within 500 feet of T3. percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site • Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite is within 500 feet of T3. within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site Parking may be provided by ownership or lease o is within 500 feet of T3. within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except si oading - See Article 4, Table 5 is within 500 feet of T3. mercial Auto -related, Drive-Thru or Drive -In Facili- Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 s - See Article 6. CIVIC Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by Civic Uses are permissible as n li d by Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: compliance with: compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking r eats of as- e Minimumof1 parking space for every 5 seats of assembly sembly uses. sembly uses. uses. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking e for ry 1,000 square feet Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for of exhibitio do d parking spaces for of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for other Uses as required. o er Use requi other Uses as required. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Pa re ment be re ced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. rki d, Article 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular imum o icycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. s re d. spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile rade arks o maybe reduced within % mile radiusofTOD • Parking ratio maybe reduced within % mile radiusofTOD and within'/. mile radius of a Transit Corridor thi thin Y. mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within'/. mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except w percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownor lease of Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet by process of except when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Art ble 5 • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 CIVIL SUPPORT Civil Support Uses are Wissible as listed in Table 3, Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance wit limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1000 square feet Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1000 square feet of Civil Support Use. of Civil Support Use. of Civil Support Use. Minimumof1parking space for every 5seats ofassembly Minimumof1parking space forevery 5seats ofassembly Minimumof1parking space for every 5seats ofassembly use. use. use. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips of marine • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips of marine • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips of marine use. use. use. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Adult Daycare- Minimum of 1 space per staff member. • Adult Daycare- Minimum of 1 space per staff member. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. spaces required. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD spaces required. spaces required. and within % mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site . Parkmg ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD '/. • Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD '/. is within 500 feet of T3. and within mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite • Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 IV.11 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED T5 - URBAN CENTER ZONE DENSRY(UPA) 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE EDUCATIONAL Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: Minimum of2 parking spaces forevery 1,000 square feet • Minimum of2 parking spaces forevery 1,000 square feet • Minimum of2 parking spaces forevery 1,000 square feet of Educational Use. of Educational Use. of Educational Use. Childcare Facilities- Minimum of 1 space per staff Childcare Facilities - Minimum of 1 space per staff Childcare Facilities - Minimum of 1 space per staff member. member. member. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduced within% mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within%mile radius ofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within%mile radius ofTOD and within % mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within % mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading- Refer to Article 4, Table 5 IV.12 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 150 UNITS PER ACRE * 150 UNITS PER ACRE * 150 —1,000 UNITS PER ACRE * RESIDENTIAL Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every • Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every 10 Dwelling Units. 10 Dwelling Units. 10 Dwelling Units. Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum 1 space per staff • Live -work - Work component shall provide parking as • Live -work - Work component shall provide parking as member and 1 space per 4 residents. required by the non-residential use in addition to parking required by the non-residential use in addition to parking Community Residence - Minimum of 1 parking space per required for the Dwelling Unit. required for the Dwelling Unit. staff member in addition to the parking required for the • Adult Family -Care Homes- Minimum 1 space per staff • Adult Family -Care Homes- Minimum 1 space per staff principal Dwelling Unit(s). member and 1 space per 4 residents. member and 1 space per 4 residents. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Community Residence- Minimum of 1 parking space per • Community Residence- Minimum of 1 parking space per shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. staff member in addition to the parking required for the staff member in addition to the parking required for the Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular principal Dwelling Unit(s). principal Dwelling Unit(s). spaces required. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. and within '/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when T6 is spaces required. spaces required. within 500 feet of T3. • Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radius 0 Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD In T6-60 & T6-80, parking for residential Uses located and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor irty d within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty within 1,000 feet of a Metrorail or Metromover station percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except wh T6 is ent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when T6 is shall not be required. within 500 feet of T3. i in 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite • In T6-60 & T6-80, parking for reside al U ate • In T6-60 & T6-80, parking for residential Uses located within 1,000feetby process ofWaiver, exceptwhen site within 1,000 feet of a Met it er tion within 1,000 feet of a Metrorail or Metromover station is within 500 feet of T3. shall not be required. shall not be required. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Parking may be provide own or lease offsite • Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet by pr ive , pt when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet o is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See e , Ie 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 LODGING Lodging Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Lo ing Us re per ible sted in Table 3. Lodging Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 2 lodging units. arking ace for very 2 lodging units. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 2 lodging units. Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every • 1 al visitor parking space for every Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every 10 lodging units. s. 15 lodging units. Parking requirement may be reduced accor the rement may be reduced according to the !!!1ZM • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Ing standard, Article 4, Table 5. shared packing standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 c m of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. spaces required. Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radiusof Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radiusofTOD and within '/4 mile radius of a Tr orridor by th and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of er, t when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be owner ease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1,000 feetb oce r, except when site within 1,000feetby process of Waiver, exceptwhen site within 1,000feetby process ofWaiver, exceptwhen site is within 500 feet of is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article ble 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 OFFICE Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. by compliance with: • Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square The Building area allowed for office use on each lot is feet of office use. Iimitedtofour StoriesofthePrincipal Buildingand Office In T6-24, T6-36 and T6-48, a minimum of 1 parking and Commercial Uses shall be less than 25% of Building space for every 800 square feet of office use shall be floor area total. provided Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square •In T6-60andT6-80,aminimumof1parking space forevery feet of office use. 1,000 square feet of office use shall be provided In T6-24, T6-36 and T6-48 a minimum of 1 parking • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the space for every 800 square feet of office use shall be shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. provided In T6-60andT6-80,aminimumof1parkingspaceforevery Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space forevery 20 vehicular 1,000 square feet of office use shall be provided spaces required. r Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radiusofTOD Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table and within //4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular is within 500 feet of T3. spaces required. • Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radiusofTOD within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver,exceptwhensite and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty is within 500 feet of T3. percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site . Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. * Or as modified in Diagram 9 IV.13 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 150 UNITS PER ACRE * 150 UNITS PER ACRE * 150 UNITS PER ACRE * COMMERCIAL Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: • Commercial establishments limited to a maximum area • The Building area allowed for Commercial Use on each • A maximum area of 55,000 square feet per establish - of 4,000 square feet each and shall be less than 25% lot is limited to two Stones of the Principal Building and ment. building floor area total. Office and Commercial Uses shall be less than 25% of Minimum of 3 parking spacesforevery 1,000 square feet -The Building area allowed forcommercial useon each lotis Building floor area total. of commercial use, except for Public Storage Facilities, limited to the first two Stories of the Principal Building. • A maximum area of 55,000 square feet per establish- minimum 1 parking space for every 2,000 square feet. Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet ment. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the of commercial use. Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the feet of commercial use. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the spaces required. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Auto-related-Drive-ThruorDrive-In Facilities - See Article spaces required. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular 6. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radius of TOD Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except w site within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or leas within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except n site 'thin 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. -See Article 4, Table 5 7ading Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 CIVIC Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by Civic Uses are permissible as I TabIRWited by Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: compliance with: compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking spaceforevery 5 seatsofassembly • Minimum of 1 par pace very 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as - uses. sembly uses. sembly uses. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet • Minimum o a ery 1,000 square feet Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces forxse hibiti or recre ar rid parking spaces for of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for other Uses as required. o require other Uses as required. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • P ui ay be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. ared p standard, Article 4, Table 5. shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 241A&ular um o icycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spa ired. spaces required. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 ratio maybe reduced within % mile radius ofTOD • Parking ratio maybe reduced within % mile radius of TOD and within '/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is is within 500 feet of T3. within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 CIVIL SUPPORT Civil Support Uses are issible as listed in Table 3, Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance wit limited by compliance with:. limited by compliance with:. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1000 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1000 square feet of Civil Support Use, or of Civil Support Use. of Civil Support Use. Minimum of 1 parking spaceforevery 5 seatsofassembly Minimum of 1 parking spaceforevery 5 seatsofassembly Minimumof1parking space for every 5seatsofassembly use, or use. use. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips of marine Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips of marine Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips of marine use, or use. use. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Adult Daycare - Minimum of 1 space per staff member. • Adult Daycare - Minimum of 1 space per staff member. shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. spaces required. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD spaces required. spaces required. and within 1/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site . Parkmg ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD '/< • Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radius ofTOD '/< is within 500 feet of T3. and within mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 is within 500 feet of T3. within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Please refer to Diagram 9 IV14 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 150 UNITS PERACRE * 150 UNTS PERACRE * 150 UNITS PERACRE * EDUCATIONAL Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with:. limited by compliance with: Minimum of2 parking spacesforevery 1,000 square feet Minimum of2 parking spacesforevery 1,000 square feet Minimum of 2 parking spaces forevery 1,000 square feet of Educational Use. of Educational Use. of Educational Use. Childcare Facilities - Minimum of 1 space per staff Childcare Facilities - Minimum of 1 space per staff Childcare Facilities - Minimum of 1 space per staff member. member. member. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduced within% mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within%mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within%mile radius ofTOD and within % mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 IV.15 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 C - civic DENSITY(UPA) N/A DENSITY OF ABUTTING ZONE 150 UNITS PER ACRE RESIDENTIAL All intensity, parking and loading regulations to match that Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet of the most restrictive Abutting zone. compliance with: of Residential Use. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Density and all intensity, parking and loading regulations • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. to match that of the most restrictive Abutting zone. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space forevery 20 vehicular spaces required. LODGING Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet of Residential Use. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 OFFICE Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square of Office Use. feet of Office Use. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Min i mu m of one Bike space for every 20 vehicular spaces required (before any reductions). Parking ratio may be reduced according to the shared parking standard. Parking may be provided offsite in Cl, D, T5 or T in 500 feet through a parking management plan/zone. COMMERCIAL Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in le 3, nimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of com- limited by compliance with: mmercial Use. mercial space. • Building area allowed for Commercial a ading - See Article 4, Table 5 Minimumofone Bike space for every 20 vehicular spaces shall be less than 25% Building floor at required (before any reductions). Minimum of 3 parking space e 0 sf om- Parking ratio may be reduced according to the shared mercial space parking standard. Minimum of 1 parking s ve s in a Major Loading - See Article 4, Table 5. Sports Facility Loading needs, including maneuvering, shall be accom- ' Minimumofone Bikes forev 20 vehicular spaces modated on site. required (be e P ing ra may be uce ording to the shared P a st rd. o reduced for Major Sports Facility thin 1m a Metrorail, Metromover Station, ormass it facil up to 10%. oa ee Article 4, Table 5 g needs, including maneuvering, shall be accom- modated on site. CIVIC Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet Minimumof1parking space fore eatsofassem ly Minimumof1parking space forevery5seatsofassembly of Civic Use. uses. uses. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Minimumof1par fexhibition • Minimumof1parkingspaceforevery1,000sfofexhibition or recreation spasp r other Uses or recreation space, and parking spaces for other Uses as required. as required. ?eforevery1000 Minimum of 1 parkin every staff member for Minimum of 1 parking space for every staff member for recreational uses. recreational uses. Minimum of 1 parking every 500 sf of Building Minimum of 1 parking space for every 500 sf of Building area for recreational uses. area for recreational uses. Minimumofone Bike space for every 20 vehicular spaces •MinimumofoneBike space for every 20vehicular spaces required (before any reductions). required (before any reductions). Parking may be provided offsite in Cl, D, T5 or T6 within Parking may be provided offsite in Cl, D, T5 or T6 within 500 feet through a parking management plan/zone. 500 feet through a parking management plan/zone. CIVIL SUPPORT Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: of Civil Support Use. For Civil Support, a minimum of 1 parking space forevery For Civil Support, a minimum of 1 parking space forevery •Loading-SeeArticle4,Table5 1,000 sf. 1,000 A For Marine Uses, a minimum oft parking space forevery For Assembly uses, a minimum of 1 parking space for 5 slips. every 5 seats. For Marine Uses, a minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips. Adult Daycare - Minimum of 1 space per staff member and 1 space for owner. EDUCATIONAL Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: of Educational Use. Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 educational space educational space Minimumofone Bike space for every 20 vehicular spaces •Childcare Facilities -Minimumof1space per staff member required (before any reductions). and 1 space for owner. Minimum of one Bike space for every 20 veh icu lar spaces required (before any reductions). IV.16 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED D - DISTRICT DENSITY(UPA) 18 UNITS PER ACRE N/A NIA RESIDENTIAL Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking space per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radius of TOD and within 1/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 LODGING Lodging Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking space for every 2 lodging units. Mini mum of 1 additional parking space forevery 10 lodging units for visitors. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site tip is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 404" n9 OFFICE Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited Of ar able as listed in Table 3, limited Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: b mplia ith: by compliance with: Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1 sf of • um parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of office space. of5 office space. Parking requirement may be reduced accordin t requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehi r • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. Parking ratio may be reducedwi % iusofTOD spaces required. •Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radius ofTOD spaces required. •Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radius ofTOD and within '/, mile adius of a or r by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) b of Waiver when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet 3. is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be pro owne ip or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet and i ansect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of Waiver. Waiver. Waiver. Loading - See Article 4, le 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 COMMERCIAL Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of com- • Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of com- • Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of com- mercial space. mercial space. mercial space. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduced within 1/2 mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radiusofTOD and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within % mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Drive-Thru or Drive -In Facilities - Refer to Article 6. Drive-Thru or Drive -In Facilities - Refer to Article 6. Drive-Thru or Drive -In Facilities - Refer to Article 6. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of Waiver. Waiver. Waiver. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 IV.17 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED D - DISTRICT DENSITY(UPA) 18 UNITSPERACRE NIA NIA CIVIC Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: compliance with: compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- sembly uses. sembly uses. sembly uses. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf of exhibi- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf of exhibi- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf of exhibi- tion or recreation space, and parking spaces for other tion or recreation space, and parking spaces for other tion or recreation space, and parking spaces for other Uses as required. Uses as required. Uses as required. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduced within% mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within%mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within%mile radiusofTOD and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by pro of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of Waiver. Waiver. Waiver. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 oading - See Article 4, Table 5 CIVIL SUPPORT Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Civil Support Uses are permissible as I ait Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: united by compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf. of Civil • Minimum of 1 parking spac e sf. iviI • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf. of Civil Support Use. Support Use. Support Use. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement m du rding to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Stan , A Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle k Spec r every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces requ spaces required. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats for as- 'mum 1 parkin ac every 5 seats for as- •Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats for as- sembly uses. s us sembly uses. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips for marine 1 pace for every 5 slips for marine • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips for marine Uses. es. Uses. Adult Daycare - Minimum of 1 space per sta er. Dayc Minimum of 1 space per staff member. • Adult Daycare - Minimum of 1 space per staff member. • Parking ratio maybe reduced within/2 mile radi f kin io maybe reduced within/2 mile radiusofTOD • Parking ratio maybe reduced within/2 mile radiusofTOD and within '/, mile radius of a Transit Corridor thi thin % mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except wh a percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by own or lease o Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite • Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet and in Transe one process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of Waiver. Waiver. Waiver. Loading - See A44J46.1e Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 EDUCATIONAL Educational Uses are Bible listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: Minimum of 2 parking ces for every 1,000 sf of Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of educational Use. educational Use. educational Use. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. spaces required. Childcare Facilities- Minimum of 1 space per staff •Parking ratio may bereduced within%mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within%mile radiusofTOD member. and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty Parking ratio may be reduced within/2 mile radiusofTOD percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite is within 500 feet of T3. within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Waiver. Waiver. within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Waiver. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 IV18 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED D - DISTRICT DENSITY(UPA) 18 UNITS PERACRE NIA N/A INDUSTRIAL Industrial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited Industrial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited Industrial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: by compliance with: by compliance with: Please refer to Article 6 for additional specific require- • Please refer to Article 6 for additional specific require- • Please refer to Article 6 for additional specific require- ments. ments. ments. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf of Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf of Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf of Industrial Use. Industrial Use. Industrial Use. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radius ofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radius ofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radius ofTOD and within % mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (309/6) by process of Waiver, except when site is percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. within 500 feet of T3. within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite • Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite • Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of Waiver. Waiver. Waiver. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 IV.19 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 5 BUILDING FUNCTION: PARKING AND LOADING AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 SHARED PARKING STANDARDS SHARING FACTOR The shared Parking Standards Table provides the method for calculating shared parking for buildings with more than one Use type. It refers to the parking requirements that appear in Table 4. Function with Function The parking required for any two Functions on a Lot is calculated by dividing the number of spaces RESIDENTIAL RESIDENTIAL required by the lesser of the two uses by the appropriate factor from this Table and adding the result to LODGING LODGING the greater use parking requirement. For instance: for a building with a Residential Use requiring 100 spaces and a Commercial Use requir- OFFICE 1 OFFICE in 20 spaces, the 20 spaces divided b the sharing factor of 1.2 would reduce the total requirement to 1.1 1.1 9 P P Y 9 q COMMERCIAL 1.4 1 1.4 COMMERCIAL 100 plus 16 spaces. For uses not indicated in this chart on a mixed use lot a sharing factor of 1.1 shall 12 ^ 1.7.17 '12 be allowed. Additional sharing is allowed by Warrant. OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS ANGLE OF PARKING ACCESS AISLE WIDTH ONE WAY ONE WAY TRAFFIC TRAFFIC SINGLE LOADED DOUBLE LOADED TWO WAY TRAFFIC DOUBLE LOADED 90 23 ft 23 ft 23 ft 60 12.8 ft 11.8 ft 19.3 ft 45 10.8 ft 9.5 ft 18.5 ft Parallel loft loft 20 ft Standard stall: 8.5 ft x 18 ft minimum LOADING BERTH STANDARDS I T5, T6, CS, CI -HD & Cl • Driveways shall have a minimum of 10 feet ved width of a one-way drive and 20 feet for a two-way drive for parking area providing 10 or more s • Pedestrian entrances shall be at least 3 fe rom s driveway or access aisle. • Allowable slopes, paving, and draina e as Florid ilding Code. • Off-street Parking facilities shall h a ical clearance of 7 feet. Where such a facility is to be used by trucks or IoU ml um clearance shall be 12 feet Residential and 15 feet Commercial and Industrial ik • Ingress vehicular con vic be located so as to provide a minimum driveway of 20 feet in length between th sJB g e and dispenser.• For landscapingre parking lots, refer to Miami -Dade County Landscape Ordinance and the City of sHung Guides and Standards. I NOTES RESIDENTIAL* From 25,000 sf to 500,000 sf Berth Types Berth Size Loading Berths Residential*: 240 sf =10 ftx 20 ftx 12 ft 420 sf 1 per first 100 units Commercial**: 420 sf = 12 ft x 35 ft x 15 ft 240 sf 1 per each additional"?Or Industrial***: 660 sf 12 ft x 55 ft x 15 ft fraction of 100. Greater than 500,000 sf - - -- - - - - *Residential loading berths shall be set back Berth Size Loadin a distance equal to their length. 660 sf first 100 1 Commercial berth maybe substituted by 240 sf 1 p i conal 100 units or 2 Residential berths n of *** 1 Industrial berth may be substituted by 2 Commercial berths. LODGING From 25,000 sf to P#000 sf From 25,000 sf to 500,000 sf Berth Size Loading Berths Berth Size Loading Berths 420 sf 1 per 300 rooms 420 sf 1 per 300 rooms 240 sf 1 per 100 rooms 240 sf 1 per 100 rooms Greater than 500,000 sf Greater than 500,000 sf Berth Size Loading Berths Berth Size Loading Berths 660 sf 1 per 300 rooms 660 sf 1 per 300 rooms 240 sf 1 per 100 rooms 240 sf 1 per 100 rooms OFFICE From 25,000 sf to 500,000 sf From 25,000 sf to 500,000 sf COMMERCIAL** Berth Size Loading Berths Area Berth Size Loading Berths Area INDUSTRIAL*** 420 sf 1st 25Ksf-50Ksf 420 sf 1st 25Ksf- 50Ksf 420 sf 2nd 50Ksf-100Ksf 420 sf 2nd 501(sf-1001(sf 420 sf 3rd 100Ksf-250Ksf 420 sf 3rd 100Ksf- 250Ksf 420 sf 4th 250K sf- 500K sf 420 sf 4th 250K sf- 500K sf Greater than 500,000 sf Greater than 500,000 sf Berth Size Loading Berths Area Berth Size Loading Berths Area 660 sf 1 / 500K sf 660 sf 1 / 500K sf IV.20 MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 4. TABLE 6 FRONTAGES SECTION PLAN LOT I R.O.W. LOT R.O.W. PRIVATE 0-- .4 PUBLIC PRIVATE o. .4 PUBLIC Frontage Frontage Frontage Frontage a. Common Lawn: a Frontage wherein the Fagade is set back sub- stantially from the Frontage Line. The front yard created remains unfenced and isvisually continuouswith adjacentyards, supporting a common landscape. The Setback can be densely landscaped to buffer from higher speed Thoroughfares. b. Porch & Fence: a Frontage wherein the Fagade is set back from the Frontage Line with an attached Porch permitted to encroach. A jjm fence at the Frontage Line maintains the demarcation of the yard ]III while not blocking view into the front yard. i c. Terrace or Light Court: a Frontage wherein the Fagade is setback from the Frontage Line by an elevated terrace or a sunken light court. This type buffers residential use from urban sidewalks and removes the private yard from public encroachment. The raised terrace is suitable for outdoor cafes. d. Forecourt: a Frontage wherein a portion of the Fagade is close to the Frontage Line with a portion set back. The forecourt with a large tree offers visual and environmental variety to the urban Streetscape. The Forecourt may accommodate a / vehicular drop off. it e. Stoop: a Frontage wherein the Fagade is aligned c rnded Frontage Line with the first Story elevated from the sufficiently to secure privacy for the windows. The ent usually an exterior stair and landing. This is recom for ground -floor Residential Use. T4 T5 T6 T3 T4 T5 Shopfront: a Frontage wherein th agade is aligned close to the Frontage Line with the Building ent a at sidewalk grade. This type is conventional for retail Use. It has substantial glazing at the sidewalk level and an Awning that may overhang the sidewalk. • g. Gallery: a Frontage wherein the Fagade is aligned close to the Frontage Line with an attached cantilevered or a lightweight colonnade overlapping the sidewalk. This type is conventional for M retail Use. The Gallery shall be no less than 15' feetwide and may overlap the whole width of the sidewalk to within 2 feet of the curb. 1 Permitted by Special Area Plan. h. Arcade: a Frontage wherein the Fagade includes a colonnade that 1 overlaps the sidewalk, while the Fagade at sidewalk level remains at the Frontage Line. This type is conventional for retail Use. The arcade shall be no less than 15' feet wide and may overlap the whole width of the sidewalk to within 2 feet of the curb. Permitted by Special Area Plan. IV.21 MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END Of THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 4. TABLE 7 CIVIC SPACE TYPES This table describes the standards for areas zoned as Civic Space (CS) and for Public Parks and Open Space provided by the Public Benefits Program. Civic Space Types should be at the ground level, landscaped and/or paved, open to the sky and shall be open to the public. Civic Space Types may be publicly or privately owned. Open Space requirements for each zone are described in Article 5. a. Park: A natural preserve available for unstructured and structured recreation programs. A Park may be independent of surrounding Building Frontages. Its landscape may be naturalistic and consist of paths and trails, meadows, woodland, sports fields and open shelters. Parks may be Conservation Areas, preserving natural conditions and their size may vary. b. Green: An Open Space, available for unstructured recreation programs. A Green may be spatially defined by landscaping rather than Building Frontages. Its landscape shall consist of lawn and trees, naturalistically disposed. The minimum size shall be one acre and the maximum shall be 4 acres. U m 0O M c. Square: An Open Space available for unstructured recreation programs and civic purposes. A L au square is spatially defined by Building Frontages with streets on at least one Frontage. Its land m scape shall consist of pavement, lawns and trees, formally disposed. Squares shall be Io t the intersection of important Thoroughfares. The minimum size shall be 1/3 acre and them m shall be 2 acres. ' r d. Plaza: An Open Space available for civic purposes and programmed activibe La spatially defined by Building Frontages and may include street Fronta Its I dscap all ist (�J000% primarily of pavementand trees. Plazas shall be located atthe intersectio t oughfares. O O The minimum size shall be 1/8 acre and the maximum shall be 2 ac O - O 00000 171 1 e. Courtyard / Garden: An Open Space spatially defined byIngs and street walls, and visually accessible on one side to the street. T)11111111� f. Playground: An Open Space designe d equipped for the recreation of children. A Playground shall be fenced and may include an open Iter. Playgrounds shall be interspersed within residential areas and may be placed within a Block. Playgrounds may be included within Parks and Greens. There shall be no minimum or maximum size. g. Pedestrian Passage: An Open Space connecting other public spaces, that is restricted to pedes- trian use and limited vehicular access, of a minimum width of 20 feet. Building walls enfronting a Pedestrian Passage shall have frequent doors and windows. In T6-36, T6-48, T6-60 and T6-80, a Pedestrian Passage may be roofed. h. Community Garden: A grouping of garden plots available for small-scale cultivation, generally to residents of apartments and other dwelling types without private gardens. Community gardens should accommodate individual storage sheds. IV22 ft F � T4 T5 MINT6 T3 T4 T5 T6 THUS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TjHE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 4. TABLE 8 DEFINITIONS ILLUSTRATED AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 a. THOROUGHFARE & FRONTAGES Building Private I Public Vehicular Lanes Public I Private Building Frontage Frontage Frontage Frontage Private Lot b. TURNING RADIUS Thoroughfare (R.O.W.) c. BUILDING DISPOSITION r------------T-----...� I I ❑ I I I 3 I I I I I I I I I I I J m I I I � I I I I I _ _._.l._._._._._._.J 1 -Radius at the Curb 2 -Effective Turning Radius d. LOT LAYERS 3^ Layer 2'° Layer 1r Layer f. SETBACK DESIGNATIONS �_._._. L._._. r------ T — — — 1 -Front Setback i 3 i 2 i I I I 2 -Side Setback I I I 3 -Rear Setback I I I I I I 2 4 i I 1i I 214 I I I I I I I i 1 i 1 i L._._. .------- ._._._. ._._.J IV.23 e. FRONTAGE & LOT LINES Private Lot 1- Principal Building 2- Backbuilding 3- Outbuilding F------T------1-Frontage Line 5i 2 -Lot Line i 4 i 4 i 3-Fagades 4 -Elevations I I I 12 11 5-Streetscreen i 4 4 i 4 3 i I i i i 3 i 3 i �._._.J g. VISIBILITY TRIANGLE ! 1. i 25 0 011 j ! 1 25-0" 10'-0" Fig 1. Fig 2. Fig 3. AtThoroughfareinter-At intersections of At Thoroughfare in - sections with Building driveways with Thor- tersections with no Setbacks oughfare with no Building Setbacks Building Setbacks MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. DIAGRAM 9 RESIDENTIAL DENSITY INCREASE AREAS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 REFER TO MIAMI COMPREHENSIVE NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN IV.24 A S U B S Tl TMJ T10 N TO ORIGINAL CAN BE )F THIS DOCUMENT. OMNI 500 units/acre SEOPW 300 units/acre CBD 1,000 units/acre RIVER QUADRANT 500 units/acre LITTLE HAVANA 200 units/acre BRICKELL 500 units/acre THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Carel Way Bled Awnue Grand Avenue ❑NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICT 1 NCD 1 CORAL GATE NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICT 2 NCD 2 VILLAGE WEST ISLAND AND CHARLES AVENUE F-1NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICT 3 NCD 3 COCONUT GROVE ❑ MIDTOWN ❑ MIAMI WORLD CENTER Note: The Official Miami 21 Area Specific Illustrations Diagram is maintained in the Office of the City Clerk. ARTICLE 4. DIAGRAM 10 AREA SPECIFIC ILLUSTRATIONS IV.32 7181 StBot 62nd Street 64th Street Julia Tv la Gaua y 1-195 Rn®d e� ESTABLISHED SETBACK AREAS See Article 3, Section 3.3.6 a. Brickell Financial b. Biscayne Boulevard c. Design District d. SW 27th Avenue Coconut Grove e. 9th Street Promenade f. Tigertail Avenue g. South Bayshore Drive h. Coral Way i. 8th Street j. 22nd Avenue k. Coconut Grove MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. DIAGRAM 11 TRANSIT ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT - TOD AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Coral ILI —A ■ � ■ � N N � �3 N I Q IF c c ■ N 1 _- ��--_-..� Flo. \■ -- I` � � ■ �:a�o�kll r i . =1 \ r � \ sr2 \ q� l , I k v 1 / I I -- ® MIAMI ® INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT BUS ROUTES STREETCAR �I HEALTH DISTRICT CIRCULATOR Coral ILI —A ■ � ■ � N N � �3 N I Q IF c c ■ N 1 _- ��--_-..� Flo. \■ -- I` � � ■ �:a�o�kll r i . =1 \ r � \ sr2 \ q� l , I k v 1 / I I -- ® METRORAIL ® FUTURE METRORAIL METROMOVER BUS ROUTES STREETCAR HEALTH DISTRICT CIRCULATOR HEALTH DISTRICT STOPS FUTURE TRANSIT SHEDS 1/2 MILE TRANSIT SHED 1/4 MILE PEDESTRIAN SHED Note: The Official Miami 21 TOD Diagram is maintained in the Office of the City Clerk. IV26 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 12 DESIGN REVIEW CRITERIA BUILDING DISPOSITION • Respond to the physical context taking into consideration natural features, existing urban form and Transect Zone intentions. • For Buildings on Corner Lots, design Fagades to acknowledge all Frontages. • For modifications of nonconforming Structures. Gee Article 7, Section 7.2 for specific regulations. • Create transitions in Height and mass with Abutting properties and Transect Zones. BUILDING CONFIGURATION • Articulate the Building Fagade vertically and horizontally in intervals appropriate to the existing Neighborhood and Transect Zone. • Articulate the Building Fagade at street level to recognize pedestrian continuity and interest, and at upper levels to recognize long views of Buildings. • Use architectural styles and details (such as roof lines and fenestration), colors and materials derivative from surrounding area. • Design Fagades that respond primarily to human scale. • Promote pedestrian interaction. • Design all walls as active Fagades, with doors and windows; when not possible, embellish walls with architectural treatment. • Provide usable Open Space that allows for visible and convenient pedestrian access from the public sidewalk. • Building sites should locate service elements, such as trash dumpsters, utility meters, loading docks, backflow rev rs, si se connections and electrical, plumbing, mechanical and communications equipment away from a street front. All service elements shall be situat a om view to the street and adjacent proper- ties. BUILDING FUNCTION & DENSITY • Respond to the Neighborhood context and Transect Zone. PARKING STANDARDS • Minimize the impact of automobile parking and driveways on the pedestri6vi,nt a adj t properties, especially T3 areas. For pedestrian and vehicular safety minimize conflict points such as thendriveways and curb cuts. Minimize off-street parking adjacent to a thoroughfare front and where poparking behind the Building. Design landscaping or surface parking areas as buffers betw • Screen parking garage structures with Habitable Space. Wher a ace is not provided, architectural treatments and landscaping shall screen the garage structure. LANDSCAPESTANDARDS • Preserve existing vegetation and/or geological fe ver possible. • Reinforce Transect Zone intention by i and nd hardscape elements. • Use landscaping to enhance Building de c ity of Streetscape. • Use landscape material, such as plantings, Ilises, pavers, screen walls, planters and similar features, to enhance building design and continuity of streetscape. • Provide landscaping that screens undesirabl elements, such as surface parking lots, and that enhances open space and architecture. SIGN STANDARDS • Provide signage appropriate for the scale and character of the project and immediate Neighborhood. • Provide functional and aesthetic signage identifying Building addresses at the entrance(s)- AMBIENT STANDARDS • Provide lighting appropriate to the Building and landscape design in a manner that coordinates with signage and street lighting. • Orient outdoor lighting to minimize glare to the public realm and adjacent properties. • Protect residential areas from excessive noise, fumes, odors, commercial vehicle intrusion, traffic conflicts and the spillover effect of light. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUB STITU11ON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. IV.v MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. STANDARDS & TABLES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. IV.28 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TUT1ON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. TABLE OF CONTENTS 5.1 Generally 5.2 Natural Transect Zones (T1) and Rural Transect Zones (T2) 5.3 Sub -Urban Transect Zones (T3) 5.4 General Urban Transect Zones (T4) 5.5 Urban Center Transect Zones (T5) 5.6 Urban Core Transect Zones (T6) 5.7 Civic Space Zones (CS) and Civic Institution Zones (CI) 5.8 Civic Institution Zones- Health District (CI -HD) 5.9 District Zones (D1 and D2) 5.10 Waterfront Industrial District Zones (D3) Soo V.1 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED-OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. V.2 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 5.1 GENERALLY 5.1.1 This Article sets forth the standards applicable to development within each Transect Zone that are specific to: • Building Disposition • Building Configuration • Building Function and Density • Parking Standards • Architectural Standards • Landscape Standards • Ambient Standards V.3 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.2 NATURAL TRANSECT ZONES (T1) AND RURAL TRANSECT ZONES (T2) 5.2.1. Natural Transect Zones (T1) A Natural Transect (T1) Zone is a zone for environmental conservation. a. A T1 Zone is to be left in an essentially natural state. Modification of the natural conditions shall be according to Local, State and Federal guidelines. Public access to T1 areas may be limited if it presents a threat to wildlife and plant life within the areas. b. In a T1 Zone, improvements shall serve solely to protect natural elements. Any paved, graveled, mulched, boardwalk or otherwiseroved surface or any habitable, enclosed or air conditioned space shall be k�to the minimum scale necessary to fulfill its purpose. Such improvements screened or glassed enclosures, pathways, fenci facilities, parking areas, etc. may be allowed by pr and improvements which reinforce the natural finding that there is no negative effect to vii potential environmental impacts to be prove t c. One Dwelling Unit per five (5) acres a '0 5.2.2. Rural Transect Zones (T2) — (RES RV';Zl� VA 'udgVbut not limited to: e ses, lighting, toilet ception. Only activities all be allowed and upon a lent based on a study of icant. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 1�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 5.3 SUB -URBAN TRANSECT ZONES (T3) 5.3.1 Building Disposition (T3) a. Newly platted Lots shall be dimensioned according to Illustration 5.3 b. Lot Coverage by Building shall not exceed that shown in Illustration 5.3. c. A Building shall be disposed in relation to the boundaries of its Lot according to Illustration 5.3. d. In Zone T3 -R, one Principal Building consisting of one Dwelling Unit at the Frontage may be built on each Lot as shown in Article 4, Table 8. Zone T3 -L one Principal Building consisting of one Dwelling Unit at the Frontage a ne Outbuilding may be built on each Lot. The Outbuilding shall be separated fr Irincipal Building by a minimum of ten (10) feet. A Backbuilding may co a incipal Building and the Outbuilding. In Zone T3-0, one Principal Bui i fisting of two Dwelling Units at the Frontage may be built on each Lot n Illustration 5.3. e. Setbacks for Principal Buildings shall be n Illustration 5.3. Setbacks may otherwise be adjusted by Waiver by no mo ha en percent (10%). f. Facades shall be built parallel t r titin r cipal Frontage Line or parallel to the tangent of a curved Principal ne. g. Setbacks for Outbuildin b hown in Illustration 5.3. 5.3.2 Building Configuration (T3) a. Development with' to Frontages shall comply with Article 4, Tables 2 and 6 and Illustration 3. F - and T3 -L, second story lot coverage shall not exceed thirty percent (3 0 . b. Encroachme shall be allowed as follows: At the First Layer, stairs may encroach up to eight (8) eet of the depth of the Setback. Open Porches shall be at a minimum seven (7) feet deep and may encroach up to eight (8) feet of the depth of the Setback. At the First Layer, cantilevered portions of Awnings, balconies, bay windows and roofs shall be a maximum three (3) feet deep and may encroach up to three (3) feet of the depth of the Setback. Other cantilevered portions of the Building shall maintain the required Setback. At the Second and Third Layers, Awnings, balconies, bay windows, chimneys, roofs and stairs may encroach up to fifty percent (50%) of the depth of the Side Setback or three (3) feet, whichever is less. At the Third Layer, Awnings and canopies may encroach up to fifty percent (50%) of the depth of the Rear Setback. c. Unroofed screen enclosures shall be located within the Second or Third Layer only and shall have a five (5) foot minimum side and rear Setback. V.5 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.3.3 5.3.4 d. All outdoor storage, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, and communications equipment and appurtenant enclosures, shall be located within the Second or Third Layer and concealed from view from any Frontage. These shall not be allowed as Encroachments. e. Building Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Article 4, Table 2 and be as shown in Illustration 5.3. The first -floor elevation of a Principal Building shall be a maximum of two and a half (2.5) feet above grade. A flat roof shall be a maximum of two Stories and twenty-five (25) feet. A pitched roof shall be a maximum of twenty-five (25) feet to the eave and shall not exceed ten (10) feet overall Height above the second Story. Mechanical equipment on a roof shall be enclosed by parapets of the minimum Height necessary to conceal it, and a maximum Height of"Iree and a half (3.5) feet. At the roof, other ornamental Building features may exteh up to three and a half (3.5) feet above the maximum Building Height. Roof decks shall, be permitted at the maximum Height. Trellises may extend above the maximum Height up to eight (8) feet. Extensions above the maximum Height up to fourrhundred (400) square feet for either a stair enclosure or ornamental purp s _ b' permitted by process of Waiver. All extensions including attics shall x d ten (10) feet above the second Story. g. Fences and walls may be located following maximum Height. Hei c half (3.5) feet within the First La with or without masonry posts s&aII Third Layers, fences Building Function & Densi a Building: Article 4, Table 3 supplem cluding the Frontage Line to the nce an alts shall not exceed three and a aluminum or iron picket and post fences ,exceed five (5) feet. Within the Second and exceed eight (8) feet o the Functions, Densities, and Intensities described in Ilustration 5.3. Certain Functions as shown in Article 4, I by Warrant or Exception. Consult Article 6 for any b. Religious FadMties requiring additional Height or relief from parking requirements and frontage requirements may be permitted by process of Exception. Parking Standards (T3) a. Vehicular parking shall be required as shown in Article 4, Tables 4 and 5. b. Parking may be accessed by an Alley when such is available. Covered parking and garages and at least fifty percent (50%) of required parking shall be located within the Second and Third Layers as shown in Article 4, Table 8; in T3 -R and T3 -L a maximum thirty percent (30%) of the width of the Facade may be covered parking or garage. In T3-0 covered parking and garages shall be a maximum sixty percent (60%) of the width of the fagade. Covered parking and garages shall align with or be set back from the Facade. Driveways and drop-offs including parking may be located within the First Layer. V.6 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES ►_VIT_1Biel 21aBlois] to] =3:1C d. The maximum width at the Property Line of a driveway on a Frontage shall be twelve (12) feet for T3 -R and T3 -L and twenty (20) feet for T3-O.Two separate driveways on one Lot shall have a minimum separation of twenty (20) feet in T3 -R and T3 -L only. e. Tandem Parking on site is encouraged. 5.3.5 Architectural Standards (T3) 5.3.6 a. Only permanent Structures shall be allowed. Temporary Structures such as mobile homes, construction trailers, travel trailers, recreational vehicles, and other temporary Structures shall not be allowed except as per City Code. b. Roof materials should be light-colored, high Albedo or a planted surface. Landscape Standards (T3) a. A minimum of one shade tree shall be planted within feet of Frontage Line. (01 At the First Layer, pavement shall be limited be limited to thirty percent (30%) of the ar to sixty percent (60%) of the area; a pavement shall be limited to sixty perc/ATQ Green Space shall be a minim 5.3.7 Ambient Standards (T3) a. Noise regulations shall be Q r for each fifty (50) 1ooswImpervious pavement shall W ous pavement shall be limited tion of pervious and impervious the Lot area in the First Layer. (25%) of the Lot area. ished in the City Code. Average lighting levels measured at the Building Frontage shall not exceed one (1 foot-candle. 0) Lighting of Building and Open Space of First and Second Layers shall be compatible with street lighting of Abutting public spaces. V.7 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES ►_Vlv_1Biel 21aBlois] to] =3:1C l l THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.8 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.3 SUB -URBAN TRANSECT ZONES (T3) BUILDING DISPOSITION LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 50% max. first floor 30%max. second floor (T3 R & T3 L only) d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) NIA e. Frontage at front Setback N/A f. Green Space Requirements 25% Lot Area min. g. Density T3 R=9 du/acre max.; T3 L=9 dulacre max.; T3 0=18 du/acre max. BUILDING SETBACK permitted a. Principal Front 20 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. c. Side 5 ft. min., 20%Lot Width total min. d. Rear 20 ft. min. OUTBUILDING SETBACK (T3 L ONLY) a. Principal Front 20 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. 4 c. Side 5 ft. min. d. Rear 5 ft. min. BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn permitted b. Porch & Fence permitted c. Terrace or L.C. prohib AIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIN, _40f d. Forecourt prohibit! e. Stoop prohibited f. Shopfront prohibited g. Gallery prohibited h. Arcade prohibited BUILDING HEIGHT a. Principal Building 2 Stories and 25 ft. to eave max. b. Outbuilding 2 Stories and 25 ft. to eave max. PARKING Facade Width T3 R &T3 L 30%max. T3 0 60% max. BUILDING PLACEMENT r � 113' min. 1st Corner Lot Law 20' min. min. 2nd & 3rd �i Interior Lot � i 29 min. � I I 181 21d 3rd Layer Layer Layer 1sl Law 2nd & 3rd Layer PARKING PLACEMENT (COVERED AND STRUCTURED PARKING) i Law 1st 2nd & 3rd Layer BUILDING HEIGHT MaK. ----s 2----s Max Heigh 2 ; 2 Height t 1 i MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SU6ST>TU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. SEEN AT VE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. V.10 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 5.4 GENERAL URBAN TRANSECT ZONES (T4) 5.4.1 Building Disposition (T4) a. Newly platted Lots shall be dimensioned according to Illustration 5.4. b. Lot Coverage by any Building shall not exceed that shown in Illustration 5.4. c. A Building shall be disposed in relation to the boundaries of its Lot according to Illustration 5.4. d. One Principal Building at the Frontage, and one Outbuilding to the rear of the Principal Building, may be built on each Lot as shown ,in Article 4, Table 8. The Outbuilding shall be separated from the Principal Buildin y a minimum of ten (10) feet. e. Setbacks for Principal Buildings shall be as shown n 5.4. Setbacks may otherwise be adjusted by Waiver by no more t e 0%). f. Facades shall be built parallel to a recti i I Frontage Line or parallel to the tangent of a curved Principal Frontag ne, r a minimum fifty percent (50%) of its length. g. The Setbacks for Outbuildings sh wn in Illustration 5.4. 5.4.2 Building Configuration (T a. Development within PrivatagFrontages shall comply with Article 4, Tables 2 and 6 and Illustration 5.4. AM N b. Encroachments allowed as follows: At the First Layer, stairs may encroach upto fifty nt ( of the depth of the Setback. Open Porches shall be at a minimums a feet deep and may encroach up to fifty percent (50%) of the depth of thetback. At the First Layer, Cantilevered portions of Awnings, balconies, bay windows d roofs shall be at a maximum three (3) feet deep and may encroach up to thirty percent (30%) of the depth of the Setback. Other cantilevered portions of the Building shall maintain the required Setbacks. At the Second and Third Layers, Awnings, balconies, bay windows, chimneys, roofs, and stairs may encroach up to fifty percent (50%) of the depth of the Setback or three (3) feet, whichever is less. At the Third Layer, Awnings and canopies may encroach up to fifty percent (50%) of the depth of the Setback. c. Unroofed screen enclosures shall be located within the Second or Third Layer only and shall have a five (5) feet minimum side and rear Setback. d. All outdoor storage, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, and communications equipment and appurtenant enclosures, shall be within the Second or Third Layer and concealed from view from any Frontage or sidewalk by liner buildings, walls, Streetscreens, or opaque gates. These shall not be allowed as Encroachments. V.11 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES ►_Vfl/_1Biel 29aBlois] to] =3:1C l l e. Loading and service entries shall be at the Third Layer and shall be accessed from Alleys when available. When a Lot has only Principal Frontages, vehicular entries, Loading Docks and service areas shall be at the Third Layer and shall be permitted on Principal Frontages only by process of Waiver. f. Building Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Article 4, Table 2 and be as shown in Illustration 5.4. The first -floor Elevation of a Principal Building shall be at average Sidewalk grade; a first -floor Residential or Lodging Function should be at a minimum Height of two (2) feet and a maximum Height of three and a half (3.5) feet for privacy reasons or as regulated by FEMA, whichever is higher. g. Mechanical equipment on a roof shall be enclosed by parapets of the minimum Height necessary to conceal it, and a maximum He i9 t of five (5) feet. Other ornamental Building features may extend up to five (5) et above the maximum Building Height. Roof decks shall be permitted up to the um Height. Trellises may extend above the maximum Height up to eight (8) et. tensions above the maximum Height for a stair enclosure or ornament f up to four hundred (400) square feet shall be permitted by proces�pf� . r' h. Fences, walls and hedges may be located ge Line as shown in Article 4, Table 6. Fences and walls shall be a ma um eight of three and a half (3.5) feet at the First Layer, except aluminum t and post fences with or without masonry posts shall not excee ive ) f thin the Second and Third Layers, fences and walls shall be a maxi of eight (8) feet. i. All ground floor and roof util inf tructure and mechanical equipment shall be concealed from public At a Building Frontage, all equipment such as backflow preventers, sia co nections, and the like shall be placed within the line of the Facade or be d the Streetscreen. On the roof, a screen wall shall conceal all equip t exc t antennas from lateral view. Exhaust air fans and louvers may be n the Fagade only on Secondary Frontages above the first Floor. 5.4.3 Building Funct 8, Density (T4) a. Buildings in T4 shall conform to the Functions, Densities, and Intensities described in Article 4, Tables 3 and 4 and Illustration 5.4. Certain functions as shown in Article 4, Table 3 shall require approval by Warrant or Exception. Consult Article 6 for any supplemental use regulations. 5.4.4 Parking Standards (T4) a. Vehicular parking shall be required as shown in Article 4, Tables 4 and 5. b. Parking may be accessed by an Alley when available. V.12 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T`1E ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.4.5 5.4.6 c. Surface parking lots, covered parking and garages shall be located within the Second and Third Layers as illustrated in Article 4, Table 8. Surface parking lots, garages, Loading space and service areas shall be masked from the Frontage by a Liner Building or Streetscreen as specified in Illustration 5.4. A maximum thirty percent (30%) of the width of the Facade may be surface parking, covered parking or garage, which shall align with or be set back from the Facade. Driveways and drop- offs including parking may be located within the First Layer. d. Underground parking may extend into the Second and First Layers only if it is fully underground and does not require raising the first -floor elevation of the First and Second Layers above that of the Sidewalk. Ramps to underground parking shall be within the Second and Third Layers. e. The maximum width at the Property Line of a driveway on rontage shall be twelve (12) feet. Shared driveway width combining ingress and shall be a maximum width of twenty (20) feet at the Property Line and may a roa into Setbacks. Two separate driveways on one Lot shall have a minimu of twenty (20) feet. f. Tandem Parking on site should be encouraged. g. Shared Parking shall be calculated accord' to icle 4, Table 5. h. In T4 -L and T4-0 a minimum on (1) cN rack space shall be provided for every twenty (20) vehicular parkin s.Jhd may be in the Private Frontage. Architectural Standards (T t%%� a. Only permanent structures shall be allowed. Temporary Structures such as mobile homes, construction trailers;'°travel trailers, recreational vehicles and other temporary structures shall nobolm allowed except as per City Code. b. The Facaq clear glass screens sh FTqWFrontages shall be detailed as storefronts and glazed with *ian seventy percent (70%) of the Sidewalk level Story. Security seventy percent (70%) open. Roof materials should be light-colored, high -Albedo or a planted surface. Landscape Standards (T4) a. A minimum of ten percent (10%) of the Lot Area in the First Layer shall be Green Space. b. In the First Layer, pavement shall be limited as follows: impervious pavement shall be limited to forty percent (40%) of the area and pervious pavement shall be limited to fifty percent (50%) of the area; a combination of pervious and impervious pavement shall be limited to fifty percent (50%) of the lot area in the First Layer. c. Open Space shall be a minimum fifteen percent (15%) of the Lot Area. V.13 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.4.7 Ambient Standards (T4) a. Noise regulation shall be as established by the City Code. b. Average lighting levels measured at the Building Frontage shall not exceed 2.0 fc (foot-candles). c. Lighting of Building and Open Space of First and Second Layers shall be compatible with street lighting of Abutting public spaces. d. The lighting fixtures of exposed rooftop parking shall be concealed by a parapet wall and shall not be seen from surrounding streets. 6 V.14 THIS DOCUMENTIS A, SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.4 GENERAL URBAN TRANSECT ZONES (T4) BUILDING DISPOSITION LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area - With rear vehicular access 5,000 s.f. min.; 20,000 s.f. max. 1,400 s.f. min.; 20,000 s.f max. b. Lot Width - With rear vehicular access 50 ft. min. 16 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 60%max. d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) NIA e. Frontage at front Setback 50%min. f. Open Space Requirements 15%Lot Area min. g. Density 36 dulacre max. BUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front 10 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. c. Side 0 ft. or 5 ft. min. Abutting a Setback d. Rear 20 ft. min. OUTBUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front b. Secondary Front c. Side d. Rear BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE 30 ft. min. 10 ft. min. 0 ft. or 5 ft. min. Abutting a Setback 5 ft. min. A a. Common Lawn permitted b. Porch & Fence permitted c. Terrace or L. C. 41111111111mded d. Forecourt e. Stoop pe �tted f. Shopfront pe ed (T4 L &T4 0 only) g. Gallery prohibited h. Arcade prohibited BUILDING HEIGHT a. Principal Building 3 Stories max. b. Outbuilding 2 Stories max. BUILDING PLACEMENT SeCprrdar�Fmn1 __ —_ _ _ _ _ _ i 10'min . ,i It Caner Lot i d min. 5 min. 2nd & 3rd , Layer --- — ,------------------- VY min. 20 min. i i Interior Lot 5 min. — — — — — — — — — y min. "i 20' min. in. H� H 01 1st 2nd 3rd Dyer Layer Layer V.15 1st 2nd $rd Leyer Layer Layer PARKING PLACEMENT let Layer 2nd & 3rd Layer 10' min. 1st Corner Lot Wmin. i Layer rt�x 8 min.Layer 3rd - T --i _ ------ -- Interior Lot i — — mm. — _. I 5' min_ i a 2p mac min. i a 1st 2nd 3rd Layer Layer Leyer BUILDING HEIGHT i I i Max -/---s Heigh 3 ,^ \ ---- MML 2 2 Height i 1 1 i THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP UP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.5 URBAN CENTER TRANSECT ZONES (T5) 5.5.1 Building Disposition (T5) a. Newly platted Lots shall be dimensioned according to Illustration 5.5. b. Lot coverage by any Building shall not exceed that shown in Illustration 5.5. c. Buildings shall be disposed in relation to the boundaries of their Lots according to Illustration 5.5. d. Buildings shall have their principal pedestrian entrances Courtyard at the Second Layer. e. f For the minimum Height, facades shall be built parallel along a minimum of seventy percent (70%) of its shown in Illustration 5.5. In the absence of i Frontage Line, a Streetscreen shall be built c a parking and service areas. �\ At the first Story, Facades along a windows; pedestrian entrances 4ial (75) feet. Vehicular entries shall o g. Setbacks for Buildings s developed abuts an exi: dominant setback of the h. a Frontage Line or from a cipal Frontage Line the Setback Line as ng the remainder of the i the Fagade to conceal e shall have frequent doors and 11�maximum spacing of seventy-five imum spacing of sixty (60) feet. Ph in Illustration 5.5. Where the property to be a Waiver may be granted so as to match the context. For sites with thr undredFand forty (340) feet Frontage length or more, a cross - block passages rovided as follows: If the Frontage Line of a site is at any th point mor r ndred and forty (340) feet from a Thoroughfare intersection, the Buildin vide a cross Block Pedestrian Passage as a public easement. If the Front Line of a site is at any point six hundred and fifty (650) feet from a Thoroughfare tersection, a vehicular cross Block passage shall be provided as a public easement. i. Maximum Lot size as shown in Illustration 5.5 may be increased by Exception for Uses that serve the Neighborhood. 5.5.2 Building Configuration (T5) a. Development within Private Frontages shall comply with Article 4, Tables 2 and 6 and Illustration 5.5. V.17 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 b. Encroachments shall be as follows: At the First Layer, cantilevered Awnings and entry canopies may encroach up to one hundred percent (100%) of the depth of the Setback; except as may be further allowed by Chapter 54 of the City Code; above the first Story, cantilevered balconies, bay windows, roofs and Facade components promoting energy efficiency such as shading and Screening devices that are non - accessible, may encroach a maximum of three (3) feet into the Setback. Other cantilevered portions of the Building shall maintain the required Setback. At the Second and Third Layers, no encroachments are permitted. c. Galleries and Arcades shall be a minimum fifteen (15) feet deep and may encroach up to one hundred percent (100%) of the depth of the Setback by process of a Special Area Plan. d. Screen enclosures shall be located within the Second or ird Layer only and shall have a five (5) feet minimum side and rear Setback when ng T3 or T4. e. Loading and service entries shall be within the ThZood shall be accessed from Alleys when available and otherwise fro&teo'e'ry Frontage. When Lots have only Principal Frontages, vehicular entrspaces and service areas shall be permitted on Principal Frontages orss of Waiver. f. All outdoor storage, electrical, posh'sl echanical, and communications equipment and appurtenant en sur ocated within the Second or Third Layer and concealed from viewontage or sidewalk by Liner Buildings, walls, Streetscreens, or op ue These shall not be allowed as Encroachments. g. Building Heights shall be Rin Stories and shall conform to Article 4, Table 2 and be as shown in Illustration 5.5. The first floor elevation shall be at average Sidewalk grade. jolkrst floorResidential or Lodging Function should be raised a minimum of two ( nd a maximum of three and a half (3.5) feet above average Sidewalk g one Story Structures shall be considered conforming and may be en h. Mechanical ipment on a roof shall be enclosed by parapets of the minimum Height necessary to conceal it, and a maximum Height of five (5) feet. Other ornamental Building features may extend up to ten (10) feet above the maximum Building Height. Roof decks shall be permitted up to the maximum Height. Trellises may extend above the maximum Height up to eight (8) feet. Extensions above the maximum Height for stair, elevator and mechanical enclosures or ornamental purposes only shall be permitted by process of Waiver. i. All ground floor and roof top utility infrastructure and mechanical equipment shall be concealed from public view. At the Building Frontage, all equipment such as backflow preventers, siamese connections, and the like shall be placed within the line of the Facade or behind the Streetscreen. On the roof, a screen wall shall conceal all equipment except antennas from lateral view. Exhaust air fans and louvers may be allowed on the Fagade only on Secondary Frontages above the first floor. V.18 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 Streetscreens shall be between three and a half (3.5) and eight (8) feet in Height and constructed of a material matching the adjacent building Fagade or of masonry, wrought iron or aluminum. The Streetscreen may be replaced by a hedge or fence. Streetscreens shall have openings no larger than necessary to allow automobile and pedestrian access. Streetscreens shall be located co -planar with the Building Facade Line. Streetscreens more than three (3) feet high shall be fifty percent (50%) permeable or articulated to avoid blank walls. k. Within the Second and Third Layers, fences and walls shall not exceed a Height of eight (8) feet. 5.5.3 Building Function & Density (T5) a. Buildings in T5 shall conform to the Functions, Densities, and ;Intensities described in Article 4, Tables 3 and 4 and Illustration 5.5. Certain Fun' `'ons "` shown in Article 4, Table 3 shall require approval by Warrant or Exc suit Article 6 for any supplemental use regulations. 5.5.4 Parking Standards (T5) a. Vehicular parking and loading s 5. b. On -street parking avail; shall be counted toward v �Ib e s shown in Article 4, Tables 4 and FFrontage Lines that correspond to each Lot quirement of the Building on the Lot. c. Parking should be access by an Alley. Parking shall be accessed from the Secondary Front when vailable. Where Lots have only Principal Frontages, parking may be a from the Principal Frontages. d. All parkin i drop-off drives and porte-cocheres, open parking areas, covered par g, garages, Loading space and service areas shall be located within the Third La r and shall be masked from the Frontage by a Liner Building or Streetscreen as illustrated in Article 4, Table 8. Underground parking may extend into the Second and First Layers only if it is fully underground and does not require raising first -floor elevation of the First and Second Layers above that of the Sidewalk. Ramps to underground parking shall be only within the Second and Third Layers. Above ground parking may extend into the Second Layer a maximum of fifty percent (50%) of the length or Height of the Secondary Frontage. Surface parking may extend into the Second Layer a maximum of twenty five percent (25%) of the length of the Primary Frontage up to a maximum of fifty (50) feet. e. The vehicular entrance of a parking lot or garage on a Frontage shall be no wider than twenty-five (25) feet and the minimum distance between vehicular entrances shall be sixty (60) feet, unless approved by Waiver. f. Pedestrian entrances to all parking lots and parking structures shall be directly from a Frontage Line. Underground parking structures should be entered by pedestrians directly from a Principal Building. V.19 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 g. Buildings mixing Uses shall provide parking for each Use. Shared Parking shall be calculated according to Article 4, Table 5. 5.5.5 Architectural Standards (T5) a. Only permanent Structures shall be allowed. Temporary Structures such as mobile homes, construction trailers, travel trailers, recreational vehicles and other temporary Structures shall not be allowed except as per City Code and this Code. b. The Facades on Retail Frontages shall be detailed as storefronts and glazed with clear glass no less than seventy percent (70%) of the sidewalk -level Story. Security screens shall be seventy percent (70%) open. c. Roof materials should be light-colored, high Albedo ora 0 me urface. A The Facade of a parking garage that is not coq be screened to conceal all internal elements su lighting. Ramping should be internalized shall be prohibited. The exposed top leve f I maximum of sixty percent (60%) with limited to, a vined pergola or retr to ca a. a Habitable Liner shall s'Tkafbing pipes, fans, ducts and possible. Exposed spandrels ng Structures shall be covered a tucing Structure such as, but not de Structure. 5.5.6 Landscape Standards (T5) a. The First Layer as shown in Article 4, Table 8 shall be paved and landscaped to match and extend the enfroring Public Frontage as shown in Article 8, Table C. b. Open Space shmini♦♦mum of ten percent (10%) of the Lot Area. Unpaved Green Sp �alqlainimum five percent (5%) of the Lot Area. 5.5.7 Ambient Stand s (T5) a. Noise regulations shall be as established in the City Code. b. Average lighting levels measured at the Building Frontage shall not exceed 5.0 fc (foot-candles). Lighting of Building and contingent Open Spaces shall be compatible with street lighting of Abutting public spaces as illustrated in Article 8. Interior garage lighting fixtures shall not be visible from streets. d. The lighting fixtures of exposed rooftop parking shall be concealed by a parapet wall and shall not be seen from surrounding streets. V.20 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.5 URBAN CENTER TRANSECT ZONES (T5) BUILDING DISPOSITION LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area - With rear vehicular access 5,000 s.f. min.; 40,000 s.f. max. 1,200 s.f. min.; 40,000 s.f. max. b. Lot Width -Withrearvehicularaccess 50 ft. min. 16 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 80%max. d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) NIA e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. g. Density 65 du/acre max. BUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front 10 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. c. Side 0 ft. min. d. Rear 0 ft. min. e. Abutting Side or Rear T4 6 ft. min. Abutting Side or Rear T3 10%of Lot depth** min.1'through god Story 26 ft. min. above 2' Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. prohibited d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop permitted f. Shopfront permitted (T5 L & g. Gallery permi Specie h. Arcade permitt y sw BUILDING HEIGHT a. Min. Height 2 Stories b. Max. Height 5 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height 1 Story Abutting D1 in Corner Lot Interior Lot Corner Lot Interior Lot V.21 BUILDING PLACEMENT $ernroary_Front_._ _. i 117 min ----- 10' min. i mi �i ._. 0' mi RI 1st lid Layer Layer PARKING PLAC mr- 3rd Layer Tet Layer t7 min_1112rx1 & 3rd Layer a min. m, I I i 1st 60% Mm Layer 2nd & 3rd C min Layer I d min. op aid 3rd Layer layer BUILDING HEIGHT Max. Benefit Height BM � __5 T___________________T___ 4i i i I i 10 31 Min. Height i 2 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR D1 Max. Height 5 4 ; I i 3 Min. Haight 1 2 i I 1 Q min ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR LL ZONES EXCEPT T4 AND T3 I 54210%01 2G' min. 4 3 2 Orrin. �** 1 ! 1 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T4 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T3 -10% of Lot depth for tots more than 120' deep IT min for Lots less than 120' deep THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.22 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6) 5.6.1 Building Disposition (T6) a. Newly platted Lots shall be dimensioned according to Illustration 5.6. b. Lot coverage by any Building shall not exceed that shown in Illustration 5.6. c. Buildings shall be disposed in relation to the boundaries of their Lots according to Illustration 5.6. d. Buildings shall have their principal pedestrian entrances on a Frontage Line or from a courtyard at the Second Layer. e. For the minimum Height, Facades shall be built parall to t Principal Frontage Line along a minimum of seventy percent (70%) of ' the Setback Line as shown in Illustration 5.6. In the absence of I a ng the remainder of the Frontage Line, a Streetscreen shall be built I ith the Fagade to shield parking and service areas. In the caseof three (3) Principal Frontages meeting at Thoroughfare intersections, t Bu ing corner may recede from the designated Setback up to twenty perc the Lot length. f. At the first Story, Facades alon a Line shall have frequent doors and windows; pedestrian entrances a ccur at a maximum spacing of seventy five (75) feet. Vehicular entri hall cu a minimum spacing of sixty (60) feet unless approved by Waiver. g. Setbacks for Buildings shal a as shown in Illustration 5.6. Where the property to be developed abuts xisting uilding, a Waiver may be granted so as to match the dominant setbac block and its context. Frontage Setbacks above the eighth floor for L vin a (1) dimension measuring one hundred (100) feet or less may be a i f zero (0) feet by Waiver. For T6-36, T6-48, T6-60 and T6-80, the Frontag etbacks above the eighth floor shall not be required for a Frontage facing a Civi Space or a Right -of -Way seventy (70) feet or greater in width. At property lines Abutting a lower Transect Zone the Setbacks shall reflect the transition as shown in Illustration 5.6. h. Above the eighth floor, minimum building spacing is sixty (60) feet, except that where the Building abuts T5, the sixty (60) feet required spacing shall be above the fifth floor. For T6-24, T6-36, T6-48, T6-60 and T6-80 Lots having one dimension one hundred (100) feet or less, side and rear Setbacks above the eighth floor may be reduced to a minimum of twenty (20) feet by Waiver. For T6-36, T6-48, T6-60 and T6-80 above the eighth floor in the Second Layer, at a setback of ten (10) feet, an additional two stories of habitable space may extend a maximum sixty percent (60%) of the length of the street Frontages. For T6-24, T6-36, T6-48, T6-60 and T6-80 above the eighth floor an additional six feet of non -habitable space may be allowed without additional setback to accommodate depth of swimming pools, landscaping, transfer beams, and other structural and mechanical systems. V.23 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMIENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 For sites with three hundred and forty (340) feet Frontage length or more, a cross - Block passage shall be provided as follows: If the Frontage Line of a site is at any point more than three hundred and forty (340) feet from a Thoroughfare intersection, the Building shall provide a cross -Block Pedestrian Passage as a recorded public Easement. If the Frontage Line of a site is at any point six hundred and fifty (650) feet from a Thoroughfare intersection, a vehicular cross -Block passage shall be provided as a recorded public Easement. Such a cross -Block Pedestrian Passage may be covered above the first floor by a maximum of twenty-five percent (25%) of its length with Structures connecting Buildings, such as a terrace, pedestrian bridge or vehicular bridge. In T6-36, T6-48, T6-60 and T6-80 a Pedestrian Passage may be roofed and shall be lined with frequent doors and windows. j. Maximum Lot size as shown in Illustration 5.6 may be i creased by Exception for Uses that serve the Neighborhood. 5.6.2 Building Configuration (T6) a. Development within Private Frontages shall c ly Article 4, Tables 2 and 6 and Illustration 5.6. b. Above the eighth floor, the Building Flet nsions shall be limited as follows: 1. 15,000 square feet maximum tial Uses in T6-8, T6-12 and T6-24 2. 18,000 square feet maximuVfoesidential Uses in T6-36, T6-48, T6-60 and T6-80 3. 30,000 square feet m immercial Uses and for parking 4. 180 feet maximum len or esidential Uses 5. 215 feet maximum leng for Commercial Uses Encroachments as follows: At the First Layer, cantilevered Awnings and entry can ay oach up to one hundred percent (100%) of the depth of the Setback, e e ay be further allowed by Chapter 54 of the City Code. Above the first Sto cantilevered balconies, bay windows, and roofs may encroach up to three (3) feet the depth of the Setback. Other cantilevered portions of the Building shall maintain the required Setback. At the Second Layer no Encroachments are permitted, except that Facade components promoting energy efficiency such as shading and Screening devices that are non -accessible may encroach a maximum of three (3) feet. d. Galleries and Arcades shall be minimum fifteen (15) feet deep, shall encroach one hundred percent (100%) of the depth of the Setback and shall overlap the whole width of the Sidewalk to within two (2) feet of the curb. Permitted by process of a Special Area Plan. e. All outdoor storage, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, and communications equipment and appurtenant enclosures shall be located within the Second or Third Layer and concealed from view from any Frontage or Sidewalk by Liner Buildings, walls, Streetscreens, or opaque gates. These shall not be allowed as Encroachments. V.24 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 Loading and service entries shall be within the Third Layer and shall be accessed from Alleys when available, and otherwise from the Secondary Frontage. Loading spaces and service areas shall be internal to the building. Where Lots have only Principal Frontages, vehicular entries, Loading Docks and service areas shall be permitted on Principal Frontages by Waiver g. Building Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Article 4, Table 2 and be allocated as required in Illustration 5.6. First -floor elevation shall be at average Sidewalk grade. A first level Residential Function or Lodging Function should be raised a minimum of two (2) feet and a maximum of three and a half (3.5) feet above average Sidewalk grade. Existing one Story Structures shall be considered conforming and may be enlarged. h. Mechanical equipment on a roof shall be enclosed by rapets of the minimum Height necessary to conceal it, and a maximum Heig en (10) feet. Other ornamental Building features may extend up to ten (10) t a e maximum height for T6-8 and T6-12 There shall be no limitatio ental element and mechanical equipment extensions above max' g for T6-24, T6-36, T6-48, T6-60 and T6-80. Roof decks shall be pe to to the maximum Height. Trellises may extend above the maximum H fourteen (14) feet. Extensions above the maximum Height for stair, vat and mechanical enclosures or ornamental purposes only, shall be peocess of Waiver. All ground floor and roof top utili fifure and mechanical equipment shall be concealed from public view. At t b ing Frontage, all equipment such as backflow preventers, siamese co tion an a like shall be placed within the line of the Facade or behind the e . On the roof a screen wall shall conceal all equipment except antenn m teral view. Exhaust air fans and louvers may be allowed on the Fagade onl n the Secondary Frontages above the first floor. Streetscreens or %shall be between three and a half (3.5) and eight (8) feet in Height an stru of a material matching the adjacent building Fagade or of masonry, n or aluminum. The Streetscreen may be replaced by a hedge. Streetscree hall have openings no larger than necessary to allow automobile and pedestrian a ss. Streetscreens shall be located coplanar with the Building Facade Line. Streetscreens over three (3) feet high shall be fifty percent (50%) permeable or articulated to avoid blank walls. Within the Second and Third Layers, fences and walls shall not exceed a Height of eight (8) feet. I. The ground floor along all Frontages shall contain Habitable Space. 5.6.3 Building Function & Density (T6) a. Buildings in T6 shall conform to the Functions, Densities, and Intensities described in Article 4, Tables 3 and 4 and Illustration 5.6. Certain Functions as shown in Article 4, Table 3 shall require approval by Warrant or Exception. Consult Article 6 for any supplemental regulations. V.25 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 b. The calculation of the FLR shall not apply to that portion of the building that is entirely below base flood elevation. 5.6.4 Parking Standards (T6) a. Vehicular parking and loading shall be required as shown in Article 4, Tables 4 and 5. b. On -street parking available along the Frontage Lines that correspond to each Lot shall be counted toward the parking requirement of the Building on the Lot. c. Parking should be accessed by an Alley. Parking shall be accessed from the Secondary Frontage when available. Where Lots have only Principal Frontages, parking may be accessed from the Principal Frontages. d. Primary Frontage. All parking, including drop-off drives nd rte-cocheres, open parking areas, covered parking, garages, Loading S ervice areas shall be located within the Third Layer and shall be o the Frontage by a Liner Building or Streetscreen as illustrated in Articl T Parking may extend into the Second Layer above the Second (2) sto , ' r, if an art or glass treatment, of a design to be approved by the Plannin ire r, with the recommendation of the Urban Development Review Board, i 1 r one hundred (100%) percent of that portion of the Pedestal Fa de. urf king may extend into the Second Layer a maximum of twenty five /o) o the length of the Primary Frontage up to a maximum of fifty (50) fe e. Secondary Frontage. Al pen parking areas, covered parking, garages, Loading Spaces and sery rea shall be located in the Third Layer and shall be masked from the Frontage a Liner Building or Streetscreen for a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of ength f the frontage or height of the pedestal. Above ground Parking may ext the Second Layer beyond fifty percent (50%) of the length of the fro r h of the Pedestal, by Waiver, if an art or glass treatment of a design to d by the Planning Director is provided for that portion of the pedestal fac e. f. Underground parking may extend into the Second and First Layers only if it is fully underground and does not require raising the first -floor elevation of the First and Second Layers above that of the sidewalk. Ramps to underground parking shall be within the Second or Third Layers. g. The vehicular entrance of a parking Lot or garage on a Frontage shall be no wider than thirty (30) feet and the minimum distance between vehicular entrances shall be sixty (60) feet, unless approved by Waiver. Pedestrian entrances to all parking Lots and parking structures shall be directly from a Frontage Line. Underground parking structures should be entered by pedestrians directly from a Principal Building. i. Buildings mixing uses shall provide parking for each Use. Shared Parking shall be calculated according to Article 4, Table 5. V.26 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN 'BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT 1�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.6.5 Architectural Standards (T6) a. Only permanent structures shall be allowed. Temporary structures such as mobile homes, construction trailers, travel trailers, recreational vehicles and other temporary structures shall not be allowed except as per City Code and this code. b. The Facades on Retail Frontages shall be detailed as storefronts and glazed with clear glass no less than seventy percent (70%) of the sidewalk -level Story. Security screens shall be seventy percent (70%) open. c. Roof materials should be light-colored, high Albedo or a planted surface. d. The Fagade of a parking garage that is not concealed beh a Habitable Liner and all Elevations shall be screened to conceal all internal ele such as plumbing pipes, fans, ducts and lighting. Ramping should be intern ' ed erever possible. Exposed spandrels shall be prohibited. The expose parking structures shall be covered a minimum of sixty percent (6�°(�� ade producing structure such as, but not limited to, a vined pergola or r1t nvas shade structure. 5.6.6 Landscape Standards (T6) a. The First Layer as shown in i match the Public Frontage as s b. Open Space shall be a nig (10%) of the Open Space :)9v e8 Shall be paved and landscaped to le 8. r'p'ercent (10%) of the total Lot area. Ten percent n Second or Third Layer shall be landscaped. 5.6.7 Ambient Standards a. Noise regu io II be as established in the City Code. b. Average ligh levels measured at the Building Frontage shall not exceed 20 fc (foot-candles). Lighting of building and contingent Open Spaces shall be compatible with street lighting of Abutting public spaces as illustrated in Article 8. Interior garage lighting fixtures shall not be visible from streets. d. The lighting fixtures of exposed rooftop parking shall be concealed by a parapet wall and shall not be seen from surrounding streets. V.27 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.28 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-8) BUILDING DISPOSITION LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min.; 40,000 s.f. max. b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above I Story -1-8 Stories 80%max. - Above 811 Story 15,000 sq. ft. max. Floorplate for Residential & Lodging 30,000 sq. ft. max. Floorplate for Office & Commercial d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 5125%additional Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. g. Density 150 dulacre max. BUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 81" Story I Secondary Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above I Story c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above I Story d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 811 Story e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 0 ft. min. 1'through 5" Story 10 ft. min. 61 through 611 Story 30 ft. min. above 811 Story Abutting Side or Rear T4 6 ft. min. 15'through 5'1 Story 26 ft. min. above 5t1 Story Abutting Side or Rear T3 10%of Lot depth"'"' mI through 2" ory 26 ft. min. 31 through 511 Story 46 ft. min. above 5t1 Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited I Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. prohibited d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop permitted f. Shopfront permitted (T6-8 L &T6-8 0 only) g. Gallery permitted by Special Area Plan h. Arcade permitted by Special Area Plan BUILDING HEIGHT a. Min. Height 2 Stories I Max. Height 8 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height 4 Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 " Or as modified in Diagram 9 BUILDING PLACEMENT PARKING PLACEMENT �I I SWMdW Fmnt_. _. _. _. _. _. _. Samndary Front r _.— —. — — --- --1 tat r — — — — ---------1 191 29, min. 10'min. LeyEr LayR 23 nin. I 2nd&3Po 1 2nd&3rd Layer i layer I 10' min, Or min. o 4 O'min. i i I 29 min.25' min.i i 1 I i Sly min. i i i I 15min. 30 min. _ 9 n1n. i _ 6'min. I all 3rd Lam LffffLaff 1st 2nd ani La)r law Layer MCMI j -- --- --J Wri i_ r ----J 3r min. i X10 — --� --� 19 i Mi 8 ! 8 i 1 T 7 10 min. 6 I6 i 5 5 4 14 3 i3 Min. i HII&I 2 Cr min. 2 Urnin. i 1 1 RBUTT NG SI BE OR REAR ALL ZONE S EXCEP T T5,T4AND T3 ABUTTING SIDE OR RERR T5 I i 1 12 I 10 9 B e I 1 7 26 Inn. 1 7 46' min. ! 6 6 I 5 5 26' min. 4 4 i3 i i i3 i i 1 2 IT min. 0 1 2 10%d Lot depth*" ABUTTNG SIDE OR REAIST4 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T3 "10% of Lot depth for Lots more than 120' deep 6' min for Lot& lass than 120' deep V.29 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E ENCS OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.30 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-12) BUILDING DISPOSITION LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min.; 70,000 s.f. max. b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above EIh Story -1-8 Stories 80%max. - Above 811 Story 15,000 sq. ft. max. Floorplate for Residen- tial & Lodging 30,000 sq. ft. max. Floorplate for Office & Commercial d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 8130%additional Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. g. Density 150 du/acre max. BUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 811 Story b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 81h Story c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above EIh Story d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 8'h Story e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 0 ft. min.; permitted 10 ft. min. 6th through 811 Story permitted (T6-12 L & T6-12 0 only) 30 ft. min. above 811 Story Abutting Side or Rear T4 6 ft. min. 1" through 511 Story permitted by Special Area Plan 26 ft. min. 611 through 811 Story 30 ft. min. above 811 Story Abutting Side or Rear T3 10%of Lot depth"'"' min.151through 2n S 26 ft. min. 3'' through 511 Story 46 ft. min. above 511 Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. prohibited d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop permitted f. Shopfront permitted (T6-12 L & T6-12 0 only) g. Gallery permitted by Special Area Plan h. Arcade permitted by Special Area Plan BUILDING HEIGHT a. Min. Height 2 Stories b. Max. Height 12 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height 8 Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 " Or as modified in Diagram 9 BUILDING PLACEMENT 7 Seoordary Fnri—. ----- ----- 21 min. .—.-2dmn. ldmin. ' DI 4 10 min. or min 10 4 20' min, P 30' min. 30 min. PARKING PLACEMENT 25'min. 50%max. i i i I o min. 25' min. i I I 15'min. �II let 2nd 3rd 191 2rd 3rd Layer Layer Layer Layer Layer Layer BUILDING HEIGHT MX 'era HebM ­!i L---------1-------- M IT — --- - -------------1 ---- —---- — 9 3d min. a 7 6 i 5 4 3 Mn. HB�M ! 2 i 1 ABUTTING SIDE OR REARALLZONES EXCEPT T5, T4 AND 13 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T4 V.31 I 2emin. i 9 min. ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T5 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR 73 -10% of Lot depth for Lots more then 120' deep 6' min for Lots less than 120' deep 1Layff i 2nd & 3rd Lam THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.32 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-24) BUILDING DISPOSITION LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min.; 100,000 s.f. max. b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 811 Story -1-8 Stories 80%max. - Above 8' Story 15,000 sq. ft. max. Floorplate for Residential & Lodging 30,000 sq. ft. max. Floorplate for Office & Commercial d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 7130%additional Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. g. Density 150 dulacre max. * BUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above Stn Story I Secondary Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above Stn Story c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 811 Story d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 811 Story e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 Oft. min. 111 through 511 Story 10 ft. min. 6'" through 81" Story 30 ft. min. above 811 Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited AOM I Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. prohibited d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop permitted f. Shopfront permitted (T6-24 L &T6-24 0 only) g. Gallery permitted by Special Area Plan I Arcade permitted by Special Area Plan BUILDING HEIGHT a. Min. Height 2 Stories I Max. Height 24 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height 24 Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 * Or as modified in Diagram 9 BUILDING PLACEMENT PARKING PLACEMENT Sermde�r Ftp?_._ ....... — 20 min. 10 minLam . ll 1 2nd &3rd Leger 11 i 10 Min. 0 min. oq i i i 20 min. 30 min. i i I I 30mh. i _ (min. e� EI Ler 2nd3rd Lap Layer Lam ` BUILDING HEIGHT I ii Max i�— — ---- ,,ej IIIA 41 FleigM �_L___ —— — ---- — — -------L-- MMc 24 ---- - --- ------ J r _-------- ----------------- 1 --_ -__. V I 12 11 Min. 10 8 1, 30 min. 0 min. ABUTTING SIDE OR PEAR ALL ZONES EXCEPT T5, T4 AND T3 V.33 1st 2rd 3rd Layer Lam Layer I40 25 / r I24 I ------------- -l_ 12 11 j 10 9 30 min. & i I i 7 10 mid I 6 5 4 3 2 0 mirt, 1 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR 75 1 Lam 2nd & 3d Lam THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.34 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T' iE END of THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-36) BUILDING DISPOSITION LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. b. Lot Width 100 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story -1-8 Stories 80%max. - Above 81" Story 18,000 sq. ft. max. Floorplate for Resi- dential & Lodging 30,000 sq. ft. max. Floorplate for Office & Commercial d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) T6 -36a: 12 140% additional Public Benefit T6 -36b: 22 140% additional Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. g. Density 150 dulacre max. " BUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 8" Story b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 8t" Story c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 0 ft. min. 1' through 5" Story 10 ft. min. 6'h through 8'"Story 30 ft. min. above 8'h Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. prohibited d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop permitted f. Shopfront permitted (T6-36 L & T6-36 0 only) g. Gallery permitted by Special Area Plan h. Arcade permitted by Special Area Plan BUILDING HEIGHT a. Min. Height 2 Stories b. Max. Height 36 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height 24 Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 " Or as modified in Diagram 9 BUILDING PLACEMENT 2a mh i 10 rnin. U min. i 20' min, i i 30' rrin. i i 30'rrin. 1st Layer 1i 2nd & 3rdLaw list 2nd 3rd ` Layer Layer Layer BUILDING HEIGHT -- MM j ABUTTING SIDE ORREARALLZONES EXCEPTT5, T4AND T3 V.35 PARKING PLACEMENT list 2nd 3rd Layer taper La" 36 V 12 i 11 10 i i 3 30 min. 7 10' mh. 1 6 5 4 3 2 9 rrin. 1 AB UTTING S IDE OR REAR 75 1 Law 2nd &3rd Layer THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES ►_Vlv_1Biel 29aBlois] to] =3:1C l l THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. 1Owle THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-48) BUILDING DISPOSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT PARKING PLACEMENT LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. b. Lot Width 100 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 8" Story 1-8 Stories 80%max. Above 8'h Story 18,000 sq. ft. max. Floorplate for Resi- dential &Lodging 30,000 sq. ft. max. Floorplate for Office & Commercial d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) T6 -48a: 11150% additional Public Benefit T6 -481b: 18 150% additional Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. g. Density 150 du/acre max. * a. Principal Front 10 ft. min., 20 ft. min. above 8"Story b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 8"Story c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 8" Story d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 8" Story e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 0 ft. min. 1s'through 51" Story 10 ft. min. 61h through B'"Story 30 ft. min. above 81" Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence c. Terrace or L.C. prohibited prohibited d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop permitted f. Shopfront permitted (T6-48 L & T6-48 0 only) g. Gallery pennitted by Special Area Plan h. Arcade permitted by Special Area Plan BUILDING HEIGHT a. Min. Height 2 Stories b. Max. Height 48 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height 32 Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 * Or as modified in Diagram 9 tst 2nd 3rd Layer Layer Law � BUILDING HEIGHT I Max '�--- _I V.37 H►t 1• 1st - 2nd ani Layer Leyer Layer Ist LOW 2nd & 3rd Layer THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.38 THIS DOCUMENT I S A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-60) BUILDING DISPOSITION LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. b. Lot Width 100 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage prohibited -1-8 Stories 80%max. - Above 8'" Story 18,000 sq. ft. max. floorplate for Residential & Lodging 30,000 sq. ft. max. floorplate for Office & Commercial d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) T6 -60a: 11150%additional Public Benefit T6 -60b: 18150%additional Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10% Lot Area min. g. Density 150 dulacre max. " BUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 8"Story b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 8"Story c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 8" Story d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 0 ft. min. 111 through 511 Story 10 ft. min. 61" through 81" Story 30 ft. min. above 81" Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L. C. prohibited d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop permitted f. Shopfront permitted (T6-6V T6-6 T6-60 0 only) g. Gallery permitted by Special Area Plan h. Arcade permitted by Special Area Plan BUILDING HEIGHT 4 a. Min. Height 2 Stories b. Max. Height Min. 60 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height Helgh unlimited Stories Abutting all Transect a min. + II Zones except T3 " Or as modified in Diagram 9 IEel ». IaNIaIII 20 min. 10 min. 29 min. Illi, 30' min. 11U' mn. tier 2rd 63rd 0' min, I.: La Lad 3rd Layer Layer Layer BUILDING HEIGHT max i ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR ALL ZONES EXCEPT T5, T4 AND 13 V.39 PARKING PLACEMENT SemMery FmrA_._._. _ r._._. ._._._._._._._._._.� let I Law ll 29 min. 5036 max jlid 63rd Layer V In. -44 25' min. Illi i 15' mh. ill I ei _ umin. ;alll � II 181 2nd 3rd Layer Layer Layer -----� Ili UnlinRed i M V n 4 12 11 3 Min. 3U min. I 13 Helgh 2 a min. + II 1 e ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR ALL ZONES EXCEPT T5, T4 AND 13 V.39 PARKING PLACEMENT SemMery FmrA_._._. _ r._._. ._._._._._._._._._.� let I Law ll 29 min. 5036 max jlid 63rd Layer V In. -44 25' min. Illi i 15' mh. ill I ei _ umin. ;alll � II 181 2nd 3rd Layer Layer Layer -----� Ili UnlinRed i M V n ------------- 12 11 10 3U min. I 13 i B 'i 7 1p' mirt e l 5 a 2 0' min. 1 ABUTTING SIDE OR REART5 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.40 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-80) BUILDING DISPOSITION LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. b. Lot Width 100 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 0 ft. min.; 30ft. min. above 8"Story -1-8 Stories 80%max. - Above 8'h Story 18,000 sq. ft. max. floorplate for Residential & Lodging 30,000 sq. ft. max. floorplate for Office & Commercial d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 24150%additional Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. g. Density 150 du/acre max. w BUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 8t" Story b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 8" Story c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30ft. min. above 8"Story d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 8"Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. prohibited d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop permitted f. Shopfront permittedL &T - on g. Gallery permitted b eci an h. Arcade permitted by SVal Area Plan BUILDING HEIGHT 1 a. Min. Height 2 Stories b. Max. Height 80 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height unlimited Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 " Or as modified in Diagram 9 BUILDING PLACEMENT PARKING PLACEMENT I Secoftnt _ _ _ _ -- --- 2d min. 1dmn.i User i 2nd & 3rd i Leper i i 1d In. 0, Mir i 2U min. 30 min. 30 min. 1 a 2nd Layer Layer Layer BUILDING i HEIGHT MBx I I BaQJrt�i�r---X --- .i Heigh I i 12 11 10 I 9 3d min. a I 7 r a it 5 4 Win. 3 Height, 2 d min. 1 ABUTTNG SIDE OR REAR ALL ZONES EXCEPT T5, T4 AND T3 V.41 let 29m1n. 8D% ma aid&3M 0. Min. 29 min. 19 mh. ret 2nd 3rd Lei LO+ LEM THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.42 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT 1' 1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.7 CIVIC SPACE ZONES (CS) AND CIVIC INSTITUTION ZONES (CI) 5.7.1 Civic Space Zones (CS) 5.7.1.1 Development in a Civic Space Zone should have a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of its perimeter enfronting a Thoroughfare. Civic Space sites shall be entered directly from a Thoroughfare. 5.7.1.2 Development in Civic Space Zones shall be consistent with the standards in Article 4, Tables 3, 4, and 7. 5.7.1.3 5.7.1.4 5.7.1.5 One or more Buildings may be built in each Civic Space. exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the lot area of support the principal use of the Civic Space. In Civic Spaces, Buildings shall conform Abutting Transect Zone, except as shown Spaces Master Plan. Other adjustments to process of Exception. 10 All Community facility and Recreatio operated only. A, 5.7.2 Civic Institution Zones 5.7.2.1 5.7.2.2 Development in a Civic Institution enfronting a Thoroughfare and Thoroughfare. 0W 10 Developi Article 4, 5.7.2.3 A Civic I i uilding floor area shall not Civic Space, and shall kiff the most restrictive iami's Parks and Public is shall be approved by shall be government owned or one shall have a minimum of one (1) Frontage should have its primary entrance from a ion Zones shall be consistent with the standards in e one (1) or more Buildings. 5.7.2.4 Civic Institution Development shall be permitted by process of Exception and shall conform to the following regulations: a. Any property located within a Cl Zone may be developed according to the regulations of the most restrictive Abutting Transect Zone with all Frontage Setbacks considered a minimum. b. Development in a Cl Zone shall follow the regulations of the Abutting Transect Zone, except that Height restrictions shall be as follows: 1. A Cl Zone entirely Abutting T3 shall be developed to no more than the maximum Height allowed by T4. 2. A Cl Zone predominantly Abutting T3 or T4, shall be developed to no more than the maximum Height allowed by T5. V.43 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 3. A Cl Zone predominantly Abutting T5, T6-8, D1, D2 or D3, shall be developed to no more than the maximum Height of T6-8. 4. A Cl Zone entirely Abutting T6-8 or higher, may conform to the maximum Height of any higher Abutting Transect Zone. c. A Cl Zone may seek higher than Abutting successional Transect Zoning through the process of Special Area Plan. d. Adjustments to Building Disposition Requirements, with the exception of Setbacks, shall be allowed by process of Waiver. 5.7.2.5 The expansion of any existing Civic Institution Use by less than twenty percent (20%) may be permitted By Right. 5.7.2.6 In the event that a Civic Institution Zone ceases to be usL`orns,�f Civic Institution Uses, it shall be developed either in accordance with the regul the most restrictive Abutting Transect Zone or by process of rezoningthe limitations of the Comprehensive Plan. '09 ';Zl� V.44 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.8 CIVIC INSTITUTION ZONES — HEALTH DISTRICT (CI -HD) a. All Development in the CI -HD zone for a structure that exceeds ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00) in cost and affects the Scale of the street or block front, or that affects the location, relocation or enlargement of vehicular ways or parking areas outside public Rights -of -Way shall be approved by Warrant except that any Development exceeding the following thresholds shall be approved by Exception. Development involving in excess of five hundred thousand (500,000) square feet of Floor Area excluding parking and loading. 2. For hospital buildings, any development in 1xcess of eight hundred thousand (800,000) square feet of Floor Area exc ing parking and loading. 3. Any single use or combination of uses requirin r p osing to provide in excess of a net increase of one thousand ( eet parking spaces. 5.8.1 Building Disposition (CI -HD) a. Newly platted Lots shall be dimensi ding to Illustration 5.8. b. Lot coverage by any Building I t ee that shown in Illustration 5.8. c. Buildings shall be dis sed i ela to the boundaries of their Lots according to Illustration 5.8. A Cl- ve more than one building. Principal pedestrian en vehicular entrances on s 0 e. It is rel f. It is rec frequent nces shall generally be along Principal Frontages and ets of less intensity. Facades be built parallel to the Principal Frontage Line. the first Story, Facades along a Frontage Line have dows. g. Setbacks for Buildings shall be as shown in Illustration 5.8. Frontage Setbacks may be adjusted to conform to the dominant Setback of the existing neighborhood or existing thoroughfare Frontage Setbacks by Waiver. h. It is recommended that above the eighth floor, minimum Building spacing be sixty (60) feet. Public access to public plazas and walkways shall be provided and pedestrian walkway connections shall be provided between parallel public streets. V.45 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUPORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END ° OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES ►_VIT_1Biel 29aBlois] to] =3:1C 5.8.2 Building Configuration (CI -HD) a. Development within Private Frontages shall comply with Article 4, Tables 2 and 6 and Illustration 5.8. b. It is recommended that above the eighth floor, the Building Floorplate dimensions be limited as follows: 1. 15,000 square feet maximum for Residential Uses 2. 30,000 square feet maximum for Commercial Uses and for parking 3. 180 feet maximum length for Residential Uses 4. 215 feet maximum length for Commercial Uses Civil Support and Educational Uses within the CI -HD Transect Zone shall have no maximum Floorplate dimensions. c. Encroachments may be as follows: At the First Laye%cany Wvered Awnings and entry canopies may encroach up to one hundre 00%) of the depth of the Setback, except as may be further alld pter 54 of the City Code. Above the first Story, cantilevered portions a s, bay windows, and roofs may encroach up to three (3) feet of the e Setback. Other cantilevered portions of the Building shall maintain re 'red Setback. At the Second Layer no encroachments are permitted t fagade components promoting energy efficiency such as ha ng creening devices that are non - accessible may encroach a mn hree (3) feet. d. It is recommended t Gall6s Pfd Arcades be a minimum of fifteen (15) feet deep. e. It is recommended that II ground floor and rooftop utility infrastructure, outdoor storage, ele49%es plum ing, mechanical, and communications equipment and appurtenant be concealed from view from any Frontage or Sidewalk. f. It is red that Loading space and service areas be internal to the building lWituated and screened from view to the street and adjacent properties. g. Building Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Article 4, Table 2 and be allocated as required in Illustration 5.8. First -Floor Elevation should be at average Sidewalk grade. 5.8.3 Building Function & Density (CI -HD) a. Buildings in CI -HD shall conform to the Functions, Densities, and Intensities described in Article 4, Tables 3 and 4 and Illustration 5.8. Consult Article 6 for any supplemental regulations. b. Uses additional to those listed in Article IV, Table 3 are allowed only if they are customarily accessory and clearly incidental to the university, hospital, research facility or governmentally owned facilities within the CI -HD Transect Zone. These accessory uses need not occur in Ancillary structures but can occur throughout the zone. These accessory uses include, but are not limited to, storage facilities; V.46 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 laundry or cleaning facilities; incinerator facilities; and other uses related to the operation of the university, hospital, research facility or governmentally owned facilities of the zone. c. The calculation of the FLR shall not apply to that portion of the Building that is entirely below base flood elevation. 5.8.4 Parking Standards (CI -HD) a. Vehicular parking and loading shall be required as shown in Article 4, Table 4 and loading shall be required as shown in Article 4, Table 5. All parking spaces available throughout the district under a single ownership or as a shared component between more than one owner shal1y,be applicable towards satisfaction of the parking requirements. The computation of parking requirements for n rl�hall be calculated as follows: 1. The Floor Area of all Buildings, ex ing, within the Zone shall be added to that of the proposed stru e. 2. The ratio shown in Articles, T I(b a 4VhV*be applied to the resulting figure to obtain the total number of k s ces required within the Zone. 3. The total numbe arces within the Zone shall be deducted from the total number arking spaces. The result shall be the number of parking spaces u be provided in connection with the new structure. 4. All hand' ed pa ing spaces available throughout the Zone shall be counted i ction of the handicapped requirements for all Buildings. b. Warran f ings that share parking shall be approved only if the owner or owners tinuously maintain, on file with the Planning Department, a master plan desi ating: the location and number of all present and future parking spaces, together with the location and floor area of all present and proposed Buildings; the location and number of access drives to public streets; internal and merging traffic and circulation; the painted or curbed separation of vehicular and pedestrian traffic; and the arrangement and circulation of parking areas. Materials to be submitted with applications for Warrants shall include such site plans, landscaping plans, Building elevations, surveys, and such reports and surveys detailing: 1. Hourly/Daily parking utilization throughout the district; 2. Direction of approach; 3. Vehicle Occupancy; 4. Ridership surveys; V.47 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5. Shuttle bus/taxi utilization; and 6. Metrorail/Metrobus utilization. c. On -street parking available throughout the District shall not be counted toward the parking requirement of the Building on the Lot. d. Parking should be accessed from the Secondary Frontage when available. Where Lots have only Principal Frontages, parking may be accessed from the Principal Frontages. e. It is recommended that Offstreet parking and loading be within enclosed structures which shall either be underground or, if aboveground, shall be designed to provide a minimal visual impact, well in rated with the principal structures. Unenclosed vehicular parking and Ioadin location visible from a public street shall be appropriately screened from s oun g rights-of-way. f. It is recommended that the vehicular entr e rking Lot or garage on a Frontage be no wider than thirty (30) feet inimum distance between vehicular entrances should be sixty (60) 5.8.5 Architectural Standards (CI -H a. Temporary structures shall al e as per City Code. b. It is recommended "-Facades on Retail Frontages be detailed as storefronts and glazed c r glass no less than seventy percent (70%) of the Sidewalk -level Story. c. It is recomm at Roof materials be light-colored, high Albedo or a planted surfac d. It is recommended that the Fagade of a parking garage that is not concealed behind a °Habitable Liner be screened to conceal all internal elements such as plumbing pipes, fans, ducts and lighting. It is recommended that Ramping be internalized wherever possible. e. Rooftop parking or mechanical equipment and utility service areas visible from nearby Buildings shall be screened with landscape or architectural materials. 5.8.6 Landscape Standards (CI -HD) a. The First Layer as shown in Article 4, Table 8 shall be paved and landscaped to match the Public Frontage as shown in Article 8. b. Open Space shall be a minimum ten percent (10%) of the total Lot area. V.48 THIS DOCUMENT I S A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.8.7 Ambient Standards (CI -HD) a. Noise regulations shall be as established in the City Code. b. It is recommended that lighting of building and contingent Open Spaces be compatible with street lighting of Abutting public spaces as illustrated in Article 8. Interior garage lighting fixtures should not be visible from streets. c. It is recommended that the lighting fixtures of exposed rooftop parking be concealed by a parapet wall and should not be seen from surrounding streets. V.49 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.50 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.8 CIVIC INSTITUTION ZONE - HEALTH DISTRICT (CI -HD) BUILDING DISPOSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area 10,000 s.f. min. SeccniFmm b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. 2p min. 10 min. T lir c. Lot Coverage 80%max. 23rd d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 8 4 10 min. amn. III q e. Frontage at front Setback NIA 20' min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. 3o'min. g. Density 150 du/acre max. W min. BUILDING SETBACK Cr min. a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 8<"Story * �i'CN I Secondary Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 8T' Story * c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story * W d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story * lagerLayer * Setbacks above the eighth (81") Story are encouraged, not required. B N I BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE AA— a. Common Lawn permitted b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. permitted d. Forecourt permitted --------------- ------------ e. Stoop permitted 9 37 min. f. Shopfront permitted S g. Gallery permitted 7 6 h. Arcade permitted 5 BUILDING HEIGHT 4 i 3 a. Min. Height o 2 l7mlr Min. I b. Max. Height I As ulated bythe F.A.A. Height i ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR ALL ZONES EXCEPT 15, T4 ANN T3 V.51 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.52 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.9 DISTRICT ZONES (D1 and D2) 5.9.1 Building Disposition (D) a. Newly platted Lots shall be dimensioned according to Illustration 5.9. b. Lot coverage by Buildings shall not exceed that shown in Illustration 5.9. c. A Building shall be disposed in relation to the boundaries of its Lot according to Illustration 5.9. d. One or more Buildings may be built on each Lot as sh wn in Illustration 5.9. e. Setbacks for Buildings shall be as shown in Article 4, and Illustration 5.9. 5.9.2 Building Configuration (D) a. Development within Private Frontages ly with Tables 2 and 6 and Illustration 5.9. b. Encroachments shall be as f ow . At t Layer, cantilevered Awnings and entry canopies may encroach un red percent (100%) of the depth of the Setback, except as ma a her allowed by Chapter 54 of the City Code; cantilevered portions bal 'es ay windows, and roofs shall be a maximum three (3) feet deep a ach up to a three (3) feet depth of the Setback. Other cantilevered po o he Building shall maintain the required Setback. At the Second Layer Encroachments are permitted except that Fagade components p oting e ergy efficiency such as shading and screening devices that are non- le may encroach a maximum of three (3) feet. c. Galleri cades shall be a minimum fifteen (15) feet deep and may encroac p to one hundred percent (100%) of the depth of the Setback and may be requir as a part of a Special Area Plan. d. All storage, utility and infrastructure elements including service areas, Loading space, transformers, telephone boxes, garbage cans, dumpsters, condensers, meters, backflow preventers, siamese connections and the like shall be located within the Second or Third Layer and concealed from view from any Frontage or sidewalk by Streetscreens, and opaque gates. Loading and service entries shall be accessed from Alleys when available. e. Vehicular entries, Loading space and service areas shall be permitted on Principal Frontages. f. Building Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Article 4, Table 2 and be allocated as required in Illustration 5.9. Industrial uses requiring additional Height in D2 may be permitted by Waiver, subject to the Planning Director's agreement that the applicant has demonstrated that the use specifically requires the proposed Height. V.53 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T-�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 g. Flat roofs shall be enclosed by parapets of a minimum Height required to conceal mechanical equipment. Other ornamental Building features may extend up to three and a half (3.5) feet above the maximum Building Height. Roof decks shall be permitted up to the maximum Height. Trellises may extend above the maximum Height up to eight (8) feet. Extensions above the maximum Height for stair, elevator and mechanical enclosures or ornamental purposes only shall be permitted by process of Waiver. h. Streetscreens shall be between three and a half (3.5) and eight (8) feet in Height. The Streetscreen may be replaced by a hedge or fence. Streetscreens shall have openings no larger than necessary to allow automobile and pedestrian access. 5.9.3 Building Function & Density (D) a. Buildings in Districts shall conform to the Funities, and Intensities described in Article 4, Tables 3 and 4 and I r � and Article 6. 5.9.4 Parking Standards (D) a. Vehicular parking shall be re(ire(ffas s�wn in Article 4, Tables 4 and 5. b. On -street parking available n e-F'rontage Lines that correspond to each Lot shall be counted tow the ki requirement of the Building on the Lot. c. All parking, including n rking areas, covered parking, garages, loading docks and service area hall be masked from the Frontage by a Streetscreen as illustrated in 4, Ta le 8. Underground parking may extend into the Second and First La if it is fully underground and does not require raising the first-flcj%&ya i the First and Second Layers above that of the Sidewalk. d. BuildingVhixing uses shall provide parking required for each use. Shared Parking s II be calculated according to Article 4, Table 5. 5.9.5 Architectural Standards (D) a. Temporary structures shall be permitted only as per City Code. b. Roof materials should be light-colored, high Albedo or a planted surface. 5.9.6 Landscape Standards (D) a. The First Layer as shown in Article 4, Table 6 shall be paved and landscaped to match the Public Frontage as shown in Article 8, Table C. b. Unpaved Open Space shall be a minimum five percent (5%) of the Lot Area. V.54 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.9.7 Ambient Standards (D) a. Noise regulations shall be as established in the City Code. b. Average lighting levels measured at the Building Frontage shall not exceed 1.0 fc (foot-candles). c. Lighting of Building and Abutting Open Spaces shall be compatible with street lighting of Abutting public spaces as illustrated in Article 8. Interior garage lighting fixtures shall not be visible from streets. d. The lighting fixtures of exposed rooftop parking shall be concealed by a parapet wall and shall not be seen from surrounding streets. Soo V.55 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.9 DISTRICT ZONES - WORK PLACE (D1) BUILDING DISPOSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. SecondaryFrom----- - - ----- - , 1st 10'min. Lam b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. ComerLd� 2nd &3rd 10' min. c. Lot Coverage 80%max - — - --- --I -------_---------_ -- T d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) NIA I Neria Lot — 0 min, e. Frontage at front Setback None I f. Open Space Requirements 5%Lot Area min. �._ min. BUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front 10 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. c. Side 0 ft. min. d. Rear 0 ft. min. e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 Oft. min. 1� through 5'h Story 10 ft. min. above 511 Story 30 ft. min. above 611 Story Abutting Side or Rear T4 6 ft. min. 111 through 311 Story 26 ft. min. above 311 Story Abutting Side or Rear T3 10%of Lot depth** min.1' through 2 n Story 26 ft. min. above 311 Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. pennitted d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop pe f. Shopfront g. Gallery peon d permitt ySpecialAreaPlan h. Arcade peimitte Special Area Plan BUILDING HEIGHT SIDE OR REM ALL ZONES EXCEPT T5,T4AND T3 a. Min. Height None b. Max. Height 8 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height 2 Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 V.57 15 t 2nd 3rd layer lever layer PARKING PLACEMENT i�_+ 1st Lam 2nd&3rd i Laff )11�DlWEIGHT Benda ISI FleigK Max Hepht it — �-------------------- i 9 i I 7 r-- 0--------- 9 i 7 9 I B 1( 4 4 3 3 2 0' min. 01 2 1 1 ABUTTING SIDE OR REM ALL ZONES EXCEPT T5,T4AND T3 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T5 ABUTTI NG SI DE OR REAR T4 ABUTT NG SI DE OR REAR T3 "10% of Lot depth for Lobe more than 120' deep 6' min for tots less then 120' deep THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.58 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.9 DISTRICT ZONES - INDUSTRIAL (D2) BUILDING DISPOSITION LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 90%max. d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) WA e. Frontage at front Setback None f. Open Space Requirements 5% Lot Area min. g. Density WA BUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front 10 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 5 ft. min. c. Side 0 ft. min. d. Rear 0 ft. min. e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 0 ft. min. 111 through 51" Story 10 ft min. above 5" Story 30 ft. min. above b6" Story Abutting Side or Rear T4 6 ft. min. 11' through 3" Story 26 ft. min. above 3'd Story Abutting Side or Rear T3 10% of Lot depth** min.111 through 2nd Story 26 ft. min. above 3'd Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE Comer Lot Interior Lot BUILDING PLACEMENT 4►4 r• 1st 2nd 3rd AN layer layer nAnl/min nl AnrhArAIT Ft ager td &3rd W a. Common Lawn prohibited :Y b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. permitted d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop permitted f. Shopfront permitted g. Gallery permitted by Iial Area Plan h. Arcade permitted by SpTial Area Plan BUILDING HEIGHT a. Min. Height None b. Max. Height 8 Stories max. c. Max. Benefit Height WA V.59 ABUTTING SIDE OR REARALL ZONES EXCEPT T5, T4 AND T3 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T5 7 i B 28 min. 8 26 min 5 5 4 '�, 4 2 g min. 2 10%of Lot depth• ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T4 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T3 "10% of Lot depth for Lola more then 120' deep 6' min for Lots less then 120' deep THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. M .11 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT 1�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 5.10 WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT ZONES (D3) 5.10.1 Building Disposition (D3) a. Newly platted Lots shall be dimensioned according to Illustration 5.10. b. Lot coverage by Building shall not exceed that shown in Illustration 5.10. c. A Building shall be disposed in relation to the boundaries of its Lot according to Illustration 5.10. d. One or more Buildings may be built on each Lot as sh wn in Illustration 5.10. e. Setbacks for Buildings shall be as shown in Article ble 2 and Illustration 5.10. 5.10.2 Building Configuration (D3) a. Development within Private Frontages ly with Tables 2 and 6 and f ch un red percent (100%) of the depth of maintain the require ba . At the Second Layer no encroachments are permitted except that ade components promoting energy efficiency such as shading and (ening devices that are non -accessible may Encroach a maximum of feet. c. Galleri cades shall be a minimum fifteen (15) feet deep and may encroac p to one hundred percent (100%) of the depth of the Setback and may be requir as a part of a Special Area Plan. Illustration 5.10. b. Encroachments shall be as entry canopies may encroach the Setback, except as ma e her allowed by Chapter 54 of the City Code; cantilevered balconi ay d ,and roofs may encroach up to a three (3) feet depth of the S ow . At t Layer, cantilevered Awnings and er cantilevered portions of the Building shall d. Except for the Waterfront Frontage, all storage, utility and infrastructure elements including service areas, Loading space, transformers, telephone boxes, garbage cans, dumpsters, condensers, meters, backflow preventers, siamese connections and the like shall be located within the Second or Third Layer and concealed from view from any Frontage or Sidewalk by Streetscreens, and opaque gates. Loading and service entries shall be accessed from Alleys when available. e. Vehicular entries, Loading space and service areas shall be permitted on Principal Frontages. V.61 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 f. Building Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Article 4, Table 2 and be allocated as required in Illustration 5.10. Industrial uses requiring additional Height in D3 may be permitted by Waiver, subject to the Planning Director's agreement that the applicant has demonstrated that the use specifically requires the proposed Height. g. Mechanical equipment on a roof shall be enclosed by parapets of a minimum Height required to conceal mechanical equipment. Other ornamental Building features may extend above the maximum Building Height. Roof decks shall be permitted up to the maximum Height. Trellises may extend above the maximum Height up to eight (8) feet. Extensions above the maximum Height for stair, elevator and mechanical enclosures or ornamental purposes only shall be permitted by process of Waiver. h. Streetscreens shall be between three and a half (3.5) ght (8) feet in Height. The Streetscreen may be replaced by a hedge or fen . St tscreens shall have openings no larger than necessary to allow auto; edestrian access. i. Parking, loading, service, utility, and storagFI reftmOd uses shall be screened from view of abutting zoning districts ( tL11W4j#D1 and D2 Zones), including shade trees spaced a minimum of thi (30 et on center. Screening shall not be required along the waterfront. 5.10.3 Building Function & Density (D a. Buildings in District II c to the Functions, Densities, and Intensities described in Article 4, a and 4 and Illustration 5.10 and Article 6. 5.10.4 Parking Standar^D3) a. VehicdJFVA&Lin9d#raII be required as shown in Article 4, Tables 4 and 5. b. On-streearking available along the Frontage Lines that correspond to each Lot shall be c nted toward the parking requirement of the Building on the Lot. c. All parking, including open parking areas, covered parking, garages, Loading spaces and service areas shall be masked from the Frontage by a Streetscreen as illustrated in Article 4, Table 8. Underground parking may extend into the Second and First Layers only if it is fully underground and does not require raising the first -floor elevation of the First and Second Layers above that of the Sidewalk. d. Buildings mixing uses shall provide parking required for each Use. Shared Parking shall be calculated according to Article 4, Table 5. 5.10.5 Architectural Standards (D3) a. Temporary structures shall be permitted only as per City Code. V.62 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 b. Roof materials should be light-colored, high Albedo or a planted surface. 5.10.6 Landscape Standards (D3) a. The First Layer as shown in Article 4, Table 6 shall be paved and landscaped to match the Public Frontage as shown in Article 8, Table C. b. Unpaved green space shall be a minimum five percent (5%) of the total Lot Area. 5.10.7 Ambient Standards (D3) a. Noise regulations shall be as established in the City C de. b. Average lighting levels measured at the Building Fro g all not exceed 1.0 fc (foot-candles). c. Lighting of Building and Abutting Open S al a compatible with street lighting of Abutting public spaces as illustra a 8. Interior garage lighting fixtures shall not be visible from streets. d. The lighting fixtures of exposed ro g shall be concealed by a parapet wall and shall not be seen fr s oun g eets. V.63 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TLI11ON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TjIiE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.64 MIAMI 21 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T -IE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.10 DISTRICT ZONES - WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL (D3) BUILDING DISPOSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT LOT OCCUPATION d. Rear a. Lot Area 10,000 s.f. min. b. Lot Width Sacondary I mra— _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ tat 100 ft. min. i 6min. Layer c. Lot Coverage 90%max. Corner Lot ymin. 2nd &3rd a mIn. Layer d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) — ------------- I `--------------------- - NIA — — -T-- —-------,,%' ----------------------- -- e. Frontage at front Setback None l d InleriorLrn L — min. f. Open Space Requirements 5%Lot Area min.; g. Density NIA EL_ 6min. BUILDING SETBACK * HLN 0 1st L Sod a. Principal Front 5 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 5 ft. min. c. Side 0 ft. min. or abutting zone d. Rear 0 ft. min. or abutting zone e. Abutting Side & Rear T5 & T6 10 ft. min. 111 through 61" Story 30 ft. min. above 6'h Story Abutting Side & Rear T4 6 ft. min. 11' through V Story 26 ft. min. above 31 Story Abutting Side & Rear T3 6 ft. min. 11 through V Story 26 ft. min. above 3'r' Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. pen-nitted d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop pennitt permitte f. Shopfront g. Gallery permitted Vecial Area Plan In. Arcade pen-nitted bycial Area Plan BUILDING HEIGHT a. Min. Height None b. Max. Height 8 Stories max. c. Max. Benefit Height NIA ,Please see Article 3, Section 3.11 for additional Waterfront Setbacks regulations. lH" lays layer PARKING PLACEMENT SecondaryFroM_._._ _._ 1st g Layer CanerLot� 6min. in. 2nd &3rd _ =T - -------- --- _- J; ____ _______________ __ Layer 0' min. Interior Lot �2 .a 0' min. �i 1st 3rd r layer Layer NG HEIGHT ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR RLLZONES EXCEPT T6, T5, T4 AND T3 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T5 AND T6 I I I I I I i I i I 8 i B i i I i I 7 7 6 26' min. ! 6 26 min. i I i I 5 5 4 4 j min. `- I7 2 2 B min. �r ABUTTNGSIDE ORREART4 ABUTTNGSIDEORPEAR T3 V.65 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END Of THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. OWN THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T} E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 TABLE OF CONTENTS 6.1 Intent and Exclusions TABLE 13 Supplemental Regulations 6.2 Community Residences and Similar Homes/Facilities 6.3 Commercial Uses 6.4 Infrastructure and Utilities 6.5 Sign Standards VIA THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS V1.2 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TSE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6.1 INTENT AND EXCLUSIONS The supplemental regulations of this article apply to the specific uses listed below within the broader Use categories identified in Article 4, Table 3 and Article 5. These regulations supplement other standards listed elsewhere in this code. No permit or Certificate of Use may be granted for any Use, unless the Use complies with the requirements of these supplemental regulations and any other applicable stan- dards of the Miami 21 Code. Specifically excluded from all Transect Zones in the City are stockyards, slaughterhouses, wrecking yards, rag shops, cement plants, paper factories, ammunition plants, fireworks manufacturing, house barges, refining, smelting, forging, and unattended donation collection bins. The regulations of Article 6, Table 13 are arranged by Transect Zo nd in the same order in which they appear in Article 4, Table 3. These regulations may be further pp ented by Article 6, Sections 6.2 to 6.5. V1.3 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 T3 - SUB -URBAN ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 9 UNITS PER ACRE 9 UNITS PER ACRE 18 UNITS PER ACRE DWELLING UNIT Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. ANCILLARY UNIT Maximum size of unit 450 square feet excluding Prohibited as a third unit. garage. Shall only be used as Single -Family Residence dwelling. May only be rented if the principal dwelling owner is in residence on site. Unit Structure shall be architecturally harmonious with the Principal Building. Any Facade abutting another property shall provide only clerestory windows along that corresponding Facade. BOATS Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and hous s Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats HOUSEBOAT or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for th or house barges shall not be allowed except for those specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Or ce ecifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance HOUSE BARGE #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. 32, adopted October 24, 1991. BOAT HOUSE Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet I , 1 h. Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. BOAT SLIP Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% Maximum coverage of Ovate Tont ck: a Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% DOCKS Extension of docksor Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension of docks or into Bi yne Bay are limited Extension of docksor Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited to 35 feet . Further extension of docks or Piers into to 35 feet. t docks or Piers into to 35 feet. Further extension of docks or Piers into PIERS Biscayne Bay not allowed. Bi ayne B not all Biscayne Bay not allowed. Extension of docksor Piers into other waterways limited Ex n o cks or s into o er waterways limited Extension of docks or Piers into other waterways limited to 10 feet or 10% of waterway width, whichever is less. to r erway width, whichever is less. to 10 feet or 10% of waterway width, whichever is less. No further extensions alllowed. rthe nsions alllowed. No further extensions alllowed. Only private pleasure craft may be docked or red. rivate asure craft may be docked or moored. Only private pleasure craft may be docked or moored. Dock/ Pier Setbacks: 10 feet from any u IlIl Setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting Dock/ Pier Setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting property PRIOYproperty Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting propert Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in exces Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of 3 ton capacity, commercial ves mmercial b 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat ramps, and commercial hauling d fue ramps, and commercial hauling and fueling. ramps, and commercial hauling and fueling. COMMUNITY Subject to the req ecti Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES 1-6 RESIDENTS COMMUNITY Prohibited within 500 feet of any T3 -R or T3 -L. RESIDENCES Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. 7-14 RESIDENTS ADULT FAMILY Prohibited within 1000 feet of another such residence. Prohibited within 1000 feet of another such residence. Prohibited within 1000 feet of another such residence. CARE HOME Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. 1 -5 -RESIDENTS VIA THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T) -IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED) AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 T3 - SUB -URBAN ZONE DENSITY(UPA) 9 UNITS PER ACRE 9 UNITS PER ACRE 18 UNITS PER ACRE HOME OFFICE Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county properly records. Home Occupations limited to individual tutoring, non - amplified individual instrument instruction, authors and composers; artists, designers, seamstresses, tailors, and uses similar in impact. Office uses, excluding medical and dental offices. Maximum of one client at a time. PERSONAL WIRELESS FACILITY Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county properly records. Home Occupations limited to individual tutoring, non - amplified individual instrument instruction, authors and composers,artists, designers, seamstresses, tailors, and uses similar in impact. Office uses, excluding medical and dental offices. Maximum of one client at a time. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county properly records. Home Occupations limited to individual tutoring, non - amplified individual instrument instruction, authors and composers, artists, designers, seamstresses, tailors, and uses similar in impact. Office uses, excluding medical and dental offices. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum of two staff members, one of which must reside on premises. reside on premises. reside on premises. Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable to normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the property. Certificate of Use required. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. Certificate of Use required. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. VI.5 Certificate of Use required. to the requirements of Section 6.4. THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T' 1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 T4 - GENERAL URBAN ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE DWELLING UNIT Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. or house barges shall not be allowed except for those One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. BOATS Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats DOCKS or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those HOUSEBOAT specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance HOUSE BARGE #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. BOAT HOUSE Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. BOAT SLIP Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% DOCKS Extension of docks or Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension of docks or Piers into Biscayne Bay are li ,ted Extension of docks or Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited to 35 feet. Further extension of docks or Piers into to 35 feet. Further extension of docks or Pie o to 35 feet. Further extension of docks or Piers into PIERS Biscayne Bay not allowed. Biscayne Bay not allowed. BiscayneBay not allowed. Extension of docks or Piers into other waterways limited Extension of docks or Piers into other waterway ited ens,on of docks or Piers into other waterways limited to 10 feet or 10% of waterway width, whichever is less. to 10 feet or 10% of waterway width, whichever ess. feet or 10%of waterway width, whichever is less. No further extensions alllowed. No further extensions alllowed. further extens,ons alllowed. Only private pleasure craft may be docked or moored on Only private pleasure craft may be do d or on Only private pleasure craft may be docked or moored on property adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. property adjacent to T3 -R, T property adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. Dock/ Pier Setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting Dock/ Pier Setbacks: 10 0 tting Dock/ Pier Setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting property property property Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. Vessel setback: 5 fe om an utti roperty. Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of Prohibited uses or ap Hance davits in excess of Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat 3 ton capacaijAllyAker Is, commercial boat 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat ramps, and commercial hauling and fueling. ra s, and mmer au nd fueling. ramps, and commercial hauling and fueling. COMMUNITY Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. e ents of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES 1-6 RESIDENTS COMMUNITY Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subl ct to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES 7-14 RESIDENTS ADULT FAMILY Subject to the requiLe, I Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. CAREHOME 1-5 RESIDENTS VI -6 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEM AT T)1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED) AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 T4 - GENERAL URBAN ZONE DENSITY(UPA) 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE HOME OFFICE Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%of the size of Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%of the size of Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. Home Occupations limited to individual tutoring; non- Home Occupations limited to individual tutoring; non- Home Occupations limited to individual tutoring, non - amplified individual instrument instruction, authors and amplified individual instrument instruction, authors and amplified individual instrument instruction, authors and composers; artists, designers, seamstresses, tailors, and composers, artists, designers, seamstresses, tailors, and composers, artists, designers, seamstresses, tailors, and uses similar in impact. Office uses, excluding medical uses similar in impact. Office uses, excluding medical uses similar in impact. Office uses, excluding medical and dental offices. and dental offices. and dental offices. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum of two staff members, one of which must reside on premises. reside on premises. reside on premises. Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable to normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the property. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. LIVE WORK Shall be located within ground floor and Liner un located within ground floor and Liner units. Maximum size of work occupation she aum >11,be size of work occupation shall not exceed 50% of the size of the Dwelling Unit uof the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. property records. Live Work occupations Iimi th allo in Live Work occupations limited to those allowed in Transect Zone. Transect Zone. No equipment or proce us ch creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates undue noise, vibratio re, fu orodors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable to normal senses off t operty. to normal senses off the property. Certificate of d. Certificate of Use required. BED AND BREAKFAST Subject to City Code Chapter 23. ADULT DAYCARE Fo ts: For 6 to 9 adultsN^ : Of 350 sq feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 350 sq feet of indoor activity area. PERSONAL WIRELESS Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. SERVICE FACILITY CHILDCARE For 6 to 10 childre For 6 to 10 children maximum. For 6 to 10 children maximum. Minimum of 200 sq of i y area. Minimum of 200 sq feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 200 sq feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 450 sq fe utdoor play area. Minimum of 450 sq feet of outdoor play area. Minimum of 450 sq feet of outdoor play area. VI.7 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TI1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 T5 - URBAN CENTER ZONE DENSITY(UPA) 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE DWELLING UNIT Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. or house barges shall not be allowed except for those One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. BOATS Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats DOCKS or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those HOUSEBOAT specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance HOUSE BARGE #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. BOAT HOUSE Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. BOAT SLIP Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% DOCKS Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are lim docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited to 35 feet However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum to 35 feet However, by Exceptiona 600 feet m feet Howeverby Exception a 600 feet maximum PIERS extension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may extension of docks and Piers into Biscayneysion $tension of docksand Piers into Biscayne Bay may be allowed. be allowed. lowed.Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is Extension of docks and Piers into o wa a nsion of docks and Piers into other waterways is limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, limited to 10f eat or 10 ofe widt f t at ay, limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of whichever is less. However, e p to /o of whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of waterway width may be approved, subject to approval waterway width may be app ubI roval waterway width may be approved, subject to approval from all applicable agencies. from all applicable agen from all applicable agencies. Only private pleasurecrafts may be docked or moored on Only private pleasur ft may oc or moored on Only private pleasure craft may be docked or moored on property adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. property adjacent to T4 -R, -R, T6 -R. property adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. Dock / Pier Setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting Dock / Pier s: from any Abutting Dock / Pier Setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting property party property Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. Ve set 5 fee m any butting property. Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of P se urtenances: davits in excess of Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat on cap commercial vessels, commercial boat 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat amps, and commercial hauling and fueling. 'IV 411 r s, and mercial hauling and fueling. ramps, and commercial hauling and fueling. COMMUNITY Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. STW to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES 1-6 RESIDENTS COMMUNITY Subject to the requirements ofcti Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES Al 7-14 RESIDENTS ADULT FAMILY Subject to the requiresof Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. CARE HOME 1-5 RESIDENTS HOME OFFICE Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%ofthesize of Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%ofthesize of Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%ofthesize of the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. Home Office occupations limited to individual tutoring, Home Office occupations limited to individual tutoring, Home Office occupations limited to individual tutoring, non -amplified individual instrument instruction, authors non -amplified individual instrument instruction, authors non -amplified individual instrument instruction, authors andcomposers; artists ; designers; seamstresses, tailors; andcomposers; artists ; designers; seamstresses, tailors; andcomposers; artists ; designers; seamstresses, tailors; Office uses, excluding medical and dental offices. Office uses, excluding medical and dental offices. Office uses, excluding medical and dental offices. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum of two staff members, one of which must reside on premises. reside on premises. reside on premises. Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable to normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the property. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. VI -8 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED T5 - URBAN CENTER ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE LIVE WORK Shall be located within ground floor and Liner units. Shall be located within ground floor and Liner units. Maximum size of work occupation shall not exceed Maximum size of work occupation shall not exceed 50% of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county 50% of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. property records. Live Work occupations limited to those allowed in Live Work occupations limited to those allowed in Transect Zone. Transect Zone. No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable to normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the property. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. AUTO RELATED Car Wash: COMMERCIAL Subject to City Code Chapter 23 Self-service, semiautomatic, and automatic dragline shall provide for each of the first 3 wash stalls, 3 parking reservoir spaces before and 3 after. Beyond 3 stalls, 1 parking reservoir spaces before and 2 after each stall. Custom hand car wash shall provide for each wash stall, arkmg reservoir space before each stall and 1 after, additional parking spaces. e (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by Waiver. Gas Stations: Subject to City Code Chapter 23 Principal Frontage access may be allowed. Frontage requirement may be reduced maximum 30%by Waiver. Building Facade may be a colonnade. All vending machines shall be located indoors. Only vehicles awaiting service, permitted rental vehicles and staff vehicles parked while working shall be allowed. All repairs, change of tires, greasing/lubricating shall be conducted within building. Outdoor display of products incidental to normal refueling is prohibited closer to the street than pump islands. Outdoor display or storage of tires is prohibited. Vehicle Rental Facilities: In addition to the parking requirements in Article 4 Table 4 for lease or rental passenger vehicle facilities there shall be 10 parking spaces provided for first 10,000 square feet of Floor Area and 1 space for each additional 500 square feet. In addition to the parking requirements in Article 4 Table 4 for lease or rental cargo vehicle facilities 1 parking space per staff member and 1 space for each 8 vehicles stored on the premises. All access to site shall be from a County designated primary arterial road. Building designated forcustomer service must be located where it is easily accessible from site access point. All transactions must be conducted indoors. All vehicle storage areas must be lighted without causing spillover onto Abutting properties. On-site vehicle service must be conducted indoors and is limited to minor repairs and maintenance. DRIVE-THROUGH AND Reservoir parking spaces shall be required as follows: DRIVE-IN One (1) at window, three (3) before service window, one (1) after service window. One (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by Waiver. VI -9 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED T5 - URBAN CENTER ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE PUBLIC STORAGE The maximum size of any individual storage rental space shall be 400 square feet FACILITY Controlled access and adequate security surveillance shall be provided throughout facility. Any boat or vehicle stored in these facilities shall not exceed an overall length of 25 feet and shall be stored within a completely enclosed and ventilated Structure. Hours of operation shall be limited to 6:00 am to 10:00 pm and shall be reviewed as part of Warrant process. OPEN AIR RETAIL Access to site must be from a major Thoroughfare. Access to site must be from a major Thoroughfare. Distance separation of any Open Air Retail shall be a Distance separation of any Open Air Retail shall be a minimum of 75 feet measured from any property within minimum of 75 feet measured from any property within T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. Operation limited to weekends and legal holiday r aOperation limited to weekends and legal holidays for a maximum of 3 consecutive days between the hou maximum of 3 consecutive days between the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. Provision of paving striping for stalls and king ision of paving striping for stalls and parking spaces. es. Provision of onsite restroom facilities. rovision of onsite restroom facilities. ADULT DAYCARE For 6 to 9 adults: For 6 to 9 adults: Minimum of 350 square do y area. Minimum of 350 square feet of indoor activity area. For 10 or more adults: Minimum of 35 square feet of indoor activity area per adu It. COMMUNITY SUPPORT Assisted Living Facilities: Allowed by Exception and are n s: Allowed by Exception and are Assisted Living Facilities: Allowed by Exception and are FACILITY subject to the following additional requirements: lowing additional requirements: subject to the following additional requirements: Maximum number of residents 50. Se4cttmol r of residents 50. Maximum number of residents 50. Minimum distance requirement of 2,500 feet w stance requirement of 2,500 feet between Minimum distance requirement of 2,500 feet between proposed facility and another existing facility. FqMWd facility and another existing facility. proposed facility and another existing facility. Minimum distance requirement of 1,000 feet be n Minimum distance requirement of 1,000 feet between Minimum distance requirement of 1,000 feet between proposed Facility or Assisted Living Facility and an proposed facility and any T3 or T4 -R Zone. proposed facility and any T3 or T4 -R Zone. or T4 -R Zone. PERSONAL WIRELESS Subject to the reqof Sectio Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. SERVICE FACILITY CHILDCARE dr For 6 to 10 children: For 6 to 10 children: For 6 to 10 children: Minimum of 200 square of indoor activity area. Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. For 11 or more children: For 11 or more children: For 11 or more children: Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area per Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area per Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area per child, child, child, Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per child. child. child. Minimum of 1 drop off parking space for every 10 Minimum of 1 drop off parking space for every 10 Minimum of 1 drop off parking space for every 10 children. Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet children. Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet children. Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet of arterial road. of arterial road. of arterial road. V1.10 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 —1,000 UNITS PER ACRE* DWELLING UNIT Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. or house barges shall not be allowed except for those One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. BOATS Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats HOUSEBOAT or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those PIERS specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance HOUSE BARGE #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. BOAT HOUSE Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feethigh. BOAT SLIP Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% DOCKS Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited PIERS to 35 feet However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum to 35 feet However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum to 35 feet However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum extension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may extension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may extension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may be allowed. be allowed. be allowed. Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 1 of whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of waterway width may be approved, subject to approval waterway width may be approved, subject to appr waterway width may be approved, subject to approval from all applicable agencies. from all applicable agencies. om all applicable agencies. Only private pleasure craft may be docked or moored on Only private pleasure craft may be docked or mo on rivate pleasure craft may be docked or moored on property Adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. property Adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. p rty Adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. Dock/ Pier setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting Dock/ Pier setbacks: 10 feet fro ny ttin ock/ Pier setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting property property property Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. ttin Vessel setback: 5 feet from a !s, Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of 3 Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of Prohibited uses or appurt eits n excess of toncapacity, commercial vessels, commercial boatramps, 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat 3 ton capacity, comm ercial boat and commercial hauling and fueling. ramps, and commercial hauling and fueling. ramps, and commer auling a fueling. COMMUNITY Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the e on 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES V 1 -6 -RESIDENTS COMMUNITY Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Sc re ents of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES 7 -14 -RESIDENTS ADULT FAMILY Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. CARE HOME 1 -5 -RESIDENTS HOME OFFICE Shall be located wholly within Dw nit. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Maximum size of home office II n d 25% of Maximum size of home office shall not exceed 25% of Maximum size of home office shall not exceed 25% of the size of the Dw g Unit be cou property the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county property the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. records. records. Home Office occup ns Ii ividual tutoring, Home Office occupations limited to individual tutoring, Home Office occupations limited to individual tutoring, non -amplified individ ument i struction, authors non -amplified individual instrument instruction, authors non -amplified individual instrument instruction, authors andcomposers;artists; igners,seamstresses ; tai lors; andcomposers; artists ; designers; seamstresses, tailors, and composers, artists, designers, seamstresses, tailors, and usessimilarinimpac ficeuses, excluding and uses similarinimpact. Officeuses,excluding medical and uses similarin impact. Office uses, excluding medical and dental offices. and dental offices. and dental offices. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum oftwostaff members, one ofwhichmust reside reside on premises. reside on premises. on premises. Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates unduenoise,vibration, glare, fumes, or odors detectable undue noise,vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise,vibration, glare, fumes, or odors detectable to normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the property. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. * Or as modified in Article 4, Diagram 9 V1. 11 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T� E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 —1,000 UNITS PER ACRE * LIVE WORK Shall be located within ground floor and Liner Units. Shall be located within ground floor and Liner Units. Maximum size of work occupation shall not exceed Maximum size of work occupation shall not exceed 50% of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county 50% of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. property records. Live Work occupations limited to those allowed in Live Work occupations limited to those allowed in Transect Zone. Transect Zone. No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates undue noise,vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare,fumes, or odors detectable to normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the property. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. AUTO RELATED Car Wash: Car Wash: COMMERCIAL Self-service, semiautomatic, and automatic dragline Subject to City Code Chapter 23 shall provide for each of the first 3 wash stalls, 3 parking Self-service, semiautomatic, and automatic dragline reservoir spaces before and 3 after. Beyond 3 stalls, 1 shall provide for each ofthe first 3 wash stalls, 3 parking parking reservoir spaces before and 2 after each stall. reservoir spaces before and 3 after. Beyond 3 stalls, 1 Custom hand car wash shall provide foreach wash stall, parking reservoir spaces before and 2 after each stall. 1 parking reservoir space before each stall and fter, Custom hand carwash shall provide foreach wash stall, and 5 additional parking spaces. 1 parking reservoir space before each stall and 1 after, One (1) reservoir parking space may be redu and5 additional parking spaces. Waiver. (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by Gas Stations: Principal Frontage access may be all d. Iver. Gas Stations: Frontage requirement may e um /o by Subject to City Code Chapter 23 Waiver. Building Facade ma col Principal Frontage access may be allowed. All vending machines s Io i doors. Trash Frontage requirement maybe reduced maximum 30% by facilities shall be cc e e clo nd shielded Waiver. Building Facade may be a colonnade. from Primary Front Only v les awaiting service, permitted rentalvehic dsta ehicles parked while All vending machines shall be located indoors. Trash working sh e . airs, change of tires, facilities shall be completely enclosed and shielded asing/I icating Ib ducted within building. from Primary Frontages. Onlyvehicles awaiting service, ordiofprod sinci Ito normal refueling is permitted rental vehicles and staff vehicles parked while pr c reetthanpumpislands. Outdoor working shall be allowed. All repairs, change of tires, ay ra tires is prohibited. greasing/lubricating shall be conducted within building. Re Outdoor display of products incidental to norma Irefueling cle acilities: s prohibited closer to the street than pump islands. In the parking requirements in Article 4 Table Outdoor display or storage of tires is prohibited. lease or rental passenger vehicle facilities there Vehicle Rental Facilities: sh e 10 parking spaces provided for first 10,000 square feet of Floor Area and 1 space for each additional In addition to the parking requirements in Article 4 Table 500 square feet. 4 for lease or rental passenger vehicle facilities there In addition to the parking requirements in Article 4 Table shall be 10 parking spaces provided for first 10,000 feetofFloorAreaand1 spaceforeach additional 4 for lease or rental cargo vehicle facilities 1 parking 500 sq 500 square feet. space per staff and 1 space for each 8 vehicles stored on the premises. In addition to the parking requirements in Article 4 Table All access to site shall be from a County designated 4 for lease or rental cargo vehicle facilities 1 parking primary arterial road. space per staff and 1 space for each 8 vehicles stored on the premises. Building designated for customer service mustbe located All access to site shall be from a County designated where it is easily accessible from site access point. primary arterial road. All transactions must be conducted indoors. Building designated for customer service mustbe located All vehicle storage areas must be lighted without causing where it is easily accessible from site access point. spillover onto Abutting properties. All transactions must be conducted indoors. On-site vehicle service must be conducted indoors and All vehicle storage areas mustbe lighted without causing is limited to minor repairs and maintenance. spillover onto Abutting properties. On-site vehicle service must be conducted indoors and is limited to minor repairs and maintenance. DRIVE-THROUGH AND Reservoir parking spaces shall be required as follows: DRIVE-IN One (1) at window, three (3) before service window, one (1) after service window. One (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by Waiver. LARGE SCALE RETAIL Subject to the requirements of Section 6.3. * Or as modified in Article 4, Diagram 9 V1.12 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150-1,000 UNITS PERACRE * PUBLIC STORAGE Subject to the following additional requirements: FACILITY The maximum size of any individual storage rental space shall be 400 square feet Controlled access and adequate security surveillance shall be provided throughout facility. Any boat or vehicle stored in these facilities shall not exceed an overall length of 25 feet and shall be stored within an enclosed and ventilated Structure. Hours of operation shall be limited to 6:00 am to 10:00 pm. OPEN AIR RETAIL Subject to the following additional requirements: Subject to the following additional requirements: Access to site must be from a major Thoroughfare. Access to site must be from a major Thoroughfare. Distance separation of any Open Air Retail shall be a Distance separation of any Open Air Retail shall be a minimum of 75 feet measured from any property within minimum of 75 feet measured from any property within T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. Operation limited to weekends and legal holidayfora Operation limited to weekends and legal holidays for a maximum of 3 consecutive days between the h of maximum of 3 consecutive days between the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. Provision ofpaving striping for stalls and parking aces.ovisionofpaving striping for stalls and parking spaces. Provision of onsite restroom facilities. ision of onsite restroom facilities. ADULT DAYCARE Allowed by Warrant per Article 4 Tabl Ilowed by Warrant per Article 4 Table 3. For 6 to 9 adults: For 6 to 9 adults: Minimum of 350 square feet or Minimum of 350 square feet of indoor activity area. For 10 or more adults: Minimum of 35 square feet of indoor activity area per adult. COMMUNITY SUPPORT Assisted Living Facilities: Allowed by Exception -and are Assisted L g Fac d by Exception and are Assisted Living Facilities: Allowed by Exception -and are FACILITY subject to the following additional requirements: to followin dditio equirements: %Ckt subject to the following additional requirements: Minimum distance requirement of 2,500 feet between di irement of 2,500 feet between Minimum distance requirement of 2,500 feet between proposed facility and another existing facility. pose ility and another existing facility. proposed facility and another existing facility. Minimum distance requirement of 1,000 fee etween mum d ce requirement of 1,000 feet between Minimum distance requirement of 1,000 feet between proposed Facility and any T3 or T4 R Zone. pr ility and any T3 or T4 -R Zone. proposed facility and any T3 or T4 -R Zone. 0 PERSONAL WIRELESS Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4.Subject 7 to the requirements of Section 6.4. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. SERVICE FACILITY HELICOPTER LANDING Helicopter landing sites as regulated by federal and state Helicopter landing sites as regulated by federal and state Helicopter landing sites as regulated byfederal and state law maybe permitted by Warrant subject to the following law maybe permitted by Warrant subject to the following law maybe permitted by Warrant subject to the following SITE additional requirements: additional requirements: additional requirements: Mayon ly be used forthe Ian ding and takeoff of helicopters Mayon ly be used forthe Ian ding and takeoff of helicopters Mayonlybeusedforthe landing and takeoffofhelicopters dropping off and picking up passengers and cargo, and dropping off and picking up passengers and cargo, and dropping off and picking up passengers and cargo, and may not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or may not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or may not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or storage of helicopters. storage of helicopters. storage of helicopters. Unless used for emergency operations (police, fire, and Unless used for emergency operations (police, fire, and Unless used for emergency operations (police, fire, hospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to hospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to and hospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted Monday through Friday from 9:00 AM to 5 PM on parcels Monday through Friday from 9:00 AM to 5 PM on parcels to Monday through Friday from 9:00 AM to 5 PM on Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R. Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R. parcels Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R. Ground level sites shall be located away from Buildings, Ground level sites shall be located away from Buildings, Ground level sites shall be located away from Buildings, trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible air turbulence. air turbulence. air turbulence. Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level sites in congested areas. sites in congested areas. sites in congested areas. * Or as modified in Article 4, Diagram 9 VI -13 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE DENSITY (UPA) 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 —1,000 UNITS PER ACRE CHILDCARE For 6 to 10 children: For 6 to 10 children: For 6 to 10 children: Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. For 11 or more children: For 11 or more children: For 11 or more children: Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area per Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area per Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area child, child, per child, Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per child. child. child. Minimum of 1 drop off parking space for every 10 Minimum of 1 drop off parking space for every 10 Minimum of 1 drop off parking space for every 10 children. Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet children. Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet children. Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet of arterial road. of arterial road. of arterial road. VI.14 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 DENSITY(UPA) N/A DENSITY OF ABUTTING ZONE 150 UNITS PER ACRE C - civic BOATS Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats HOUSEBOAT or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance HOUSE BARGE #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. DOCKS Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited PIERS to 35 feet. However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum to 35 feet. However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum to 35 feet. However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum extension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may extension of docks and piers into Biscayne Bay may extension of docks and piers into Biscayne Bay may be allowed. be allowed. be allowed. Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10%of waterfront width may be approved, subject to approval waterfront width may be approved, subject to approval waterfront width may be approved, subject to approval from all applicable agencies. from all applicable agencies. from all applicable agencies. OPEN AIR RETAIL Subject to the following additional requirements: Subject to the following additional requirements: Subject to the requirements of Section 6.3.4 Access to site must be from a major Thoroughfare. Access to site must be from a major Thoroughfare. Distance separation of any open air retail shall be a Distance separation of any Open Air Retail shall be a minimum of 75 feet measured from any property within minimum of 75 feet measured from any property ithin T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. Operation limited to weekends and legal holidays for a Operation limited to weekends and legal holiday maximum of 3 consecutive days between the hours of maximum of 3 consecutive days between the rs of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. Provision of paving striping for stalls and parking Provision of paving striping for st a spaces. spaces. Provision of on-site restroom facilities. Provision of on-site restroo es. ADULT DAYCARE For 6 to 9 adults: For 6 to 9 adults: Minimum of 350 squa ee oo ity area. Minimum of 350 square feet of indoor activity area. For 10 or more adu For 10 or more adults: Minimum of fe or activity area per Minimum of 35 square feet of indoor activity area per t. adult. COMMUNITY SUPPORT As v Allowed by Exception and are FACILITY lec fo g additional requirements: um requirement of 1000 feet between %6JINtycand any T3 or T4 -R Zone. PERSONAL WIRELESS Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. t to the requirements of Section 6.4. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. SERVICE FACILITY HELICOPTER LANDING Helicopter landing sites as regulated by federal and Helicopter landing sites as regulated by federal and state Helicopter landing sites as regulated by federal and state SITE law maybe permitted by Warran t to the follow g law maybe permitted by Warrant subject to the following law may be permitted by Warrant subject to the following additional requirements: additional requirements: additional requirements: Mayonly)ausedf landing eoff elicopters May only beused forthelanding and takeoffofhelicopters Mayonly be usedforthe landing and takeoffofhelicopters dropping off and ssen cargo, and dropping off and picking up passengers and cargo, and dropping off and picking up passengers and cargo, and may not include fu , re term parking or may not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or may not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or storage of helicopte storage of helicopters. storage of helicopters. Unless used for emer y operations (police, fire, and Unless used for emergency operations (police, fire, and Unless used for emergency operations (police, fire, and hospital) landings and eoffs shall be restricted to hospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to hospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to Monday through Fridayfr m9:00AMto5PMonparcels Monday through Friday from 9:00 AM to 5 PM on parcels Monday through Friday from 9:00 AM to 5 PM on parcels Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R Zones. Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R Zones. Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R Zones. Ground level sites shall be located away from Buildings, Ground level sites shall be located away from Buildings, Ground level sites shall be located away from Buildings, trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible air turbulence. air turbulence. air turbulence. Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level sites in congested areas. sites in congested areas. sites in congested areas. CHILDCARE For 6 to 10 children: For 6 to 10 children: Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. For 11 or more children: For 11 or more children: Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area per Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area per child. child. Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per child. child. Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet of arterial Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet of arterial road. road. MAJOR SPORTS Modifications in Setbacks up to a maximum of fifty percent FACILITY (50%) of the required Setbacks may be approved by Waiver when Liner Uses are provided along parking Structures. Commercial Uses may exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the Building area by Warrant. VI.15 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 DENSITY(UPA) 18 UNITS PER ACRE N/A N/A D - DISTRICT BOATS Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats HOUSEBOAT or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those HOUSE BARGE specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. DOCKS Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited PIERS to 35 feet. However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum to 35 feet. However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum to 35 feet. However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum extension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may extension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may extension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may be allowed. be allowed. be allowed. Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of waterway width may be approved, subject to approval waterway width may be approved, subject to approval waterway width may be approved, subject to approval from all applicable agencies. from all applicable agencies. from all applicable agencies. WORK LIVE Maximum size of Dwelling shall not exceed 50% of the size of the Structure based on the total size of the Structure. Certificate of Use required. AUTO RELATED Car Wash: Car Wash: ar Wash: INDUSTRIAL Self-service, semiautomatic, and automatic dragline shall Self-service, semiautomatic, and automatic dragli hall arvice,semiautomatic, and automatic dragline shall provide for each ofthe first 3 wash stalls, 3 parking reser- provide for each ofthe first 3 wash stalls, 3 g vide for eachofthe first 3wash stalls, 3parking reser- voir spaces before and 3 after. Beyond 3 stalls, 1 parking voirspaces before and 3after.Beyond r oirspaces beforeand 3after. Beyond 3stalls, 1parking reservoir spaces before and 2 after each stall. reservoir space before and 2 fter ea st reservoir space before and 2 after each stall. Custom hand car wash shall provide for each wash stall, Custom hand car wash shall p a to we tall, Custom hand car wash shall provide for each wash stall, 1 parking reservoir space before each stall and 1 after, 1 parking reservoir space bef a sta after, 1 parking reservoir space before each stall and 1 after, and 5 additional parking spaces. and 5 additional parkin% and 5 additional parking spaces. One (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by One (1) reservoir g spac ay be reduced by One (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by Waiver. Waiver. Waiver. Gas Stations: Gas Station Principal Frontage Access may be allowed. al F tage Acc ma Ilowed. Frontage requirement maybe reduced maximum 30%by Fr eq y be reduced maximum 30% by Waiver. Building Facade may be a colonnade. ver. ing cade may be a colonnade. All vending machines shall be located indoor . Trash ending hines shall be located indoors. Trash facilities shall be completely enclosed an fa be completely enclosed and shielded from Primary Frontages. Only vehicles awaitin rui rimaryFrontages. Only vehicles awaiting service, permitted rental vehicles and staff vehicles park hi p drentalvehiclesandstaffvehiclesparkedwhile working shall be allowed. All repairs, change o working shall be allowed. All repairs, change of tires, greasing/lubricating shall be conducted within bui greasing/lubricating shall be conducted within building. Outdoor display of products inciden to normal ref Outdoor display of products incidental to normal refuel- ing is prohibited closer to the str n pump islan s. ing is prohibited closer to the street than pump islands. Outdoor display or storage oft s is d. Outdoor display or storage of tires is prohibited. Vehicle Rental F Vehicle Rental Facilities: Inadditiontothepa gr is rticle4Table4 In addition to the parking requirements in Article 4 Table for lease or rental pa n e cilities there shall 4 for lease or rental passenger vehicle facilities there be 10 parking space ided for first 10,000 square shall be 10 parking spaces provided for first 10,000 feet of Floor Area and ace for each additional 500 square feetof Floor Area and 1 space foreach additional square feet. 500 square feet. In addition to the parking requirements in Article 4 Table In addition to the parking requirements in Article 4 Table 4 for lease or rental cargo vehicle facilities 1 parking 4 for lease or rental cargo vehicle facilities 1 parking space per staff and 1 space for each 8 vehicles stored space per staff and 1 space for each 8 vehicles stored on the premises. on the premises. All access to site must be from a County designated All access to site must be from a County designated primary arterial road. primary arterial road. Building designated forcustomer service mustbe located Building designated forcustomer service mustbe located where it is easily accessible from site access point. where it is easily accessible from site access point. All transactions must be conducted indoors. All transactions must be conducted indoors. All vehicle storage areas must be lighted without causing All vehicle storage areas must be lighted without causing spillover onto Abutting properties. spillover onto Abutting properties. On-site vehicle service must be conducted indoors and On-site vehicle service must be conducted indoors and is limited to minor repairs and maintenance. is limited to minor repairs and maintenance. VI.16 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 D - DISTRICT DENSITY(UPA) 18 UNITS PER ACRE N/A NIA ADULT ENTERTAINMENT Adult Entertainment Establishments are regulated with Adult Entertainment Establishments are regulated with ESTABLISHMENT the intent to minimize deleterious secondary effects on the intent to minimize deleterious secondary effects on the Neighborhood. Such deleterious effects may include, the Neighborhood. Such deleterious effects may include, but are not limited to, depreciation ofvalues of nearby and but are not limited to, depreciation of values of nearby adjacent properties, deterioration in appearance of the and adjacent properties, deterioration in appearance of areas in which they are located, production of a skid row the areas in which they are located, production of a skid type of atmosphere, increased crime and health safety row type of atmosphere, increased crime and health concerns, discouragementof Residential Usesin the area, safety concerns, discouragement of Residential Uses and creation of an erotically suggestive atmosphere on in the area, and creation of an erotically suggestive public ways used by minors. atmosphere on public ways used by minors. Additional Regulations: Additional Regulations: A minimum distanceof 1,000feetshall be requiredfrom A minimum distanceof 1,000 feet shall be required from anypublicpark,school, or property zoned for Residential anypublicpark,school, or property zoned for Residential Use; including such public park or school properties Use, including such public park or school properties outside City limits or properties zoned residential by the outside City limits or properties zoned residential by the external jurisdiction. external jurisdiction. The distance shall be measured from the front door of The distance shall be measured from the front door of the proposed Adult Entertainment Establishment the the proposed Adult Entertainment Establishment to the closest property line of the protected Use. closest property line of the protected use. Any application shall be accompanied by a ny application shall be accompanied by a survey certified by a land surveyor registered in the to of fled by a land surveyor registered in the State of Florida showing compliance with all minimum di ce a showing compliance with all minimum distance requirements. quirements. Discontinued or abandoned uIt Ent ai t ab- Discontinued or abandoned Adult Entertainment Estab- lishments may not resume th nti quire nts lishments may not resume the use until all requirements of this Code and the City Co at. of this Code and the City Code are met. No Variances shall be No Variances shall be permitted. DRNE-THROUGH AND Reservoir parking spaces shall be required as follows: Reservoir parking s s shall b quired as follows: Reservoir parking spaces shall be required as follows: DRIVE-IN Minimum reservoir parking spaces required shall be 1 Minimum res ar required shall be 1 Minimum reservoir parking spaces required shall be 1 space at window, 3 spaces before service window, and space at wit es re service window, and space at window, 3 spaces before service window, and 1 space after service window. 1 ce aft service 1 space after service window. One (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by On as g space may be reduced by One (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by Waiver. er. b wed by Warrant subject to the Waiver. May be allowed by Warrant subject to the uiremen Article 6, Section 6.3. requirements of Article 6, Section 6.3. LARGE SCALE RETAIL Subject to the requirements of Section 6.3. Su requirements of Section 6.3. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.3. OPEN AIR RETAIL Access to site must be from a major Thoroughf Ac to site must be from a major Thoroughfare. Access to site must be from a major Thoroughfare. Distance separation of any Open Air Retail shat a Distance separation of any Open Air Retail shall be a Distance separation of any Open Air Retail shall be a minimum of 75 feet measured from any property minimum of 75 feet measured from any property within minimum of 75 feet measured from any property within T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zones. T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zones. T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zones. Provision of paving striping st d parking Provision of paving striping for stalls and parking Provision of paving striping for stalls and parking spaces. spaces. spaces. Provision of on-si facilitie Provision of on-site restroom facilities. Provision of on-site restroom facilities. ADULT DAYCARE For 6 to 9 adults: For 6 to 9 adults: For 6 to 9 adults: f indoor activity area. Minimum of 350 squa(fef Minimum of 350 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 350 square feet of indoor activity area. For 10 or more adults: For 10 or more adults: For 10 or more adults: Minimum of 35 square ndoor activity area per Minimum of 35 square feet of indoor activity area per Minimum of 35 square feet of indoor activity area per adult. adult. adult. COMMUNITY SUPPORT Residential Facilities not allowed. Residential Facilities not allowed. Residential Facilities not allowed. FACILITY PERSONAL WIRELESS Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. SERVICE FACILITY HELICOPTER LANDING Helicopter landing sites as regulated by federal and state Helicopter landing sites as regulated by federal and state Helicopter landing sites as regulated by federal and state SITE law may be permitted by Warrant subjectto the following law may be permitted by Warrant subject to the following law may be permitted by Warrant subject to the following additional requirements: additional requirements: additional requirements: Mayon ly be usedforthe landing and takeoff of helicopters Mayonlybeusedforthe landing and takeoffofhelicopters MayonlybeusedfortheIan ding and takeoff ofhelicopters dropping off and picking up passengers and cargo, and dropping off and picking up passengers and cargo, and dropping off and picking up passengers and cargo, and may not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or may not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or may not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or storage of helicopters. storage of helicopters. storage of helicopters. Unless used for emergency operations (police, fire, and Unless used for emergency operations (police, fire, and Unless used for emergency operations (police, fire, and hospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to hospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to hospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to Monday through Friday from 9:00 AM to 5 PM on parcels Monday through Friday from 9:00 AM to 5 PM on parcels Monday through Friday from 9:00 AM to 5 PM on parcels Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R Zones. Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R. Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R. Ground level sites shall be located away from Buildings, Ground level sites shall be located away from Buildings, Ground level sites shall be located away from Buildings, trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible air turbulence. air turbulence. air turbulence. Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level sites in congested areas. sites in congested areas. sites in congested areas. VI -17 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN ATT E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 D - DISTRICT DENSITY(UPA) 18 UNITS PERACRE NIA NIA CHILDCARE For 6 to 10 children: Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. For 11 or more children: Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area per child, Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per child. Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet of arterial road. INDUSTRIAL USES It is intendedthattheprovision oflndustrialProducts and It is intendedthatthe provision of Industrial Products and It is intendedthattheprovision oflndustrialProducts and Services be permissible, as appropriate, within the D1 Services be permissible within the D2 Zone. The heavier Services be permissible within the D3 Zone. The heavier Zone. The D1 Zone allows limited Residential Usesandis Industrial Uses are limited to the D2 Zone. Industrial Uses are limited to the D2 Zone. generally intended to contain light industrial Uses. The D3 Zone allows all Industrial activities such as The D1 Zone generally allows Industrial, Commercial manufacturing, processing, assembly, auto -related and Office activities which serve the needs of other and storage activities and restricts activities generating businesses, may require extensive loading facilities and adverse impacts such as such as excessive amounts of often benefit from proximity to Industrial areas. This noise, fumes, illumination and hazardous wastes. This Zone also includes the following Uses: wholesaling, Zone shall generally be located where directly served by warehousing, light assemblage and distribution and ajor transportation facilities and shall be buffered from minor repairs and fabrication ofmaterials andequipment. idential areas. Residential Use is limited. This type of Zone specifically excludes the following activities: Any uses that involve the manufacturing processing generation or storage of materials that constitute a physical or health hazard in quantities in excess of those found in the Florida Building Code, Section 307 — High - Hazard Group H. CONTAINERYARDS Container yards and 3Wilitiesfor the outdoor storage, Containeryards and any facilities for the outdoorstorage, Container yards and any facilities for the outdoor storage, stacking and procesIL of containers intended for stacking and processing of containers intended for stacking and processing of containers intended for shipment. Permissible by E)ception. shipment. Permissible only by Exception. shipment. Permissible only by Exception. No more than 3 containers shall be stacked vertically No more than 3 containers shall be stacked vertically No more than 3 containers shall be stacked vertically A 10 to 15 foot high wall Setback a minimum of 10 feet •A10to15foot high wall Setback aminimum of10feetfrom •A10to15foothigh wall Setback aminimum of10feetfrom from the Property Line must surround the property. the Property Line must surround the property. the Property Line must surround the property. All Setback yards must be appropriately landscaped. All Setback yards must be appropriately landscaped. All Setback yards must be appropriately landscaped. Security floodlights must be shielded or deflected from • Security floodlights must be shielded or deflected from • Security floodlights must be shielded or deflected from surrounding Residential neighborhoods so as to prevent surrounding Residential neighborhoods so as to prevent surrounding Residential neighborhoods so as to prevent light spillover. light spillover. light spillover. Allcraneoperations are limitedtodaylight hours between All crane operations are limited to daylight hours between •All crane operations are limited todaylight hours between 8:00 am and 6:00 pm. 8:00 am and 6:00 pm. 8:00 am and 6:00 pm. Appropriate measures are required to minimize any • Appropriate measures are required to minimize any • Appropriate measures are required to minimize any adverse effect of use including noise generation; dust; adverse effect of use including noise generation; dust, adverse effect of use including noise generation; dust; vibrations, street capacity and maneuverability, traffic vibrations, street capacity and maneuverability; traffic vibrations, street capacity and maneuverability,trafficand and negative visual impact. and negative visual impact. negative visual impact. VI.18 MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. V1.19 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUB STITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS 6.2 COMMUNITY RESIDENCES AND SIMILAR HOMES/FACILITIES The purpose of a Community Residence is to integrate its residents into the community; over concentra- tion of such facilities within a Neighborhood causes the area to lose its character, thereby defeating the purpose of locating Community Residences in the Neighborhood. A Zoning verification shall be required in order to confirm State established distance requirements outlined in this section. All such facilities shall be required to provide a signed and sealed survey to the Office of Zoning which demonstrates that the distance limitations required below pursuant to state statutes are met. Failure to comply with this requirement will deem the facility in non-compliance with state and City regulations. To the extent applicable by state law, location of a facility may be denied if it results in an over concen- tration of Community Residences in proximity to the site selected such that the nature and character of the Neighborhood would be substantially altered. Any facility exceeding the thresholds outlined in this section shall refer to the requirements of Community Support Facility. 6.2.1 Community Residence Standards LOCATION T3-R,L&OIT4-R,L&OIT5-R,L&OIT6-R,L&O LOCATION Community Residences of six (6) or fewer residents shall not be located within a radiu -t d (1jb) feet of another. STANDARDS Distance shall be measured from nearest point of property IineProperty Line of propox nmr7dWidence to nearest point of property IineProperty Line of existing Community Residence within a T3 -R orT3-L property. Homes of six (6) or fewer residents which otherwise meetthe definition ofacom reside I home shall bedeemeda single-family residence dwelling anda non -Commercial useUse, for the purpose of this Codecode. Homes of six (6) or fewer residents therwis eat the definition of a community residential home shall be allowed in T3, T4, T5 or T6, , provided that such homes shall not be located within a radiu th00) feet of another existing such home with six or fewer residents. Such homes with six (6) or fewer residents shall not be required to comply with th ifica ro sof this section; provided that, prior to licensure, the sponsoring agency provides the Office of Zoning with the most recently published data iled the lice ng a that identifies all community residential homes within the jurisdictional limits of the City in order to show that no other community residential h is a ra of one- housand (1,000) feet of the proposed home with six (6) or fewer residents. At the time of home occupancy, the sponsoring agency must notif f ice of Zoning that the home is licensed by the licensing entity. PARKING See Article 3 and Article 4, Table 4 and Table 5. LOCATION T3-R,L&01 T4-R,L&01 T5-R,L&01T6 IWO LOCATION Prohibited in all T3 - R and L and within five-hundr 500) feet thereof. STANDARDS Community Residences servici n 7 to fourteen (14) residents shall not be located within a radius of twelve -hundred (1,200) feet of another. Distance shall be measured fr int of Property Line of proposed Community Residence to nearest point of Property Line of existing Community Residence or T3 -R or T3 -L. When a site for a is ome servicing seven (7) to fourteen (14) residents or similar assisted living facility has been selected by a sponsoring agency in an area that allows mule a y shall notify the Planning Director in writing and include in such notice the specific address of the site, the residential licensing category, the number of reside community support requirements of the program. Such notice shall also contain a statement from the licensing entity indicating the licensing ?ndthe status of the proposedd living facility or community residential home and specifying how the home meets applicable licensing criteria for the safe care and supervision of the clients in the homsponsoring agency shall also provide to the City the most recently published data compiled from the licensing entities that identifies all assisted living facilities, adult family -care homes, or community residential homes within the jurisdictional limits of the City. The Office of Zoning shall review the notification of the sponsoring agency in accordance with Transect regulations. - Pursuant to such review by the Planning Department, the City may: 1.Determine that the siting of the assisted living facility or community residential home is in accordance with this code and approve the siting. If the siting is approved, the sponsoring agency may establish the home at the site selected. 2. Fail to respond within sixty (60) days. If the City fails to respond within such time, the sponsoring agency may establish the home at the site selected. 3. Deny the siting of the home. • The City shall not deny the siting of an assisted living facility or community residential home unless the City establishes that the siting of the home at the site selected: 1. Does not otherwise conform to regulations of this code applicable to other multifamily uses in the area. 2. Does not meet applicable licensing criteria established and determined by the licensing entity, including requirements that the home be located to assure the safe care and supervision of all clients in the home. 3. Would result in such a concentration of community residential homes, assisted living facilities, and adult family -care in the area in proximity to the site selected, or would result in a combination of such homes with other residences in the community, such that the nature and character of the area would be substantially altered. A home that is located within a radius of twelve -hundred (1,200) feet of anotherexisting community residential home in a multifamily zone shall be an over concentration of such homes that substantially alters the nature and character of the area. A home that is located within a radius of five -hundred (500) feet of a property designated T3R or T& substantially alters the nature and character of the area. 4. All distance requirements in this section shall be measured from the nearest point of the existing home or property designated T3 -R or T3 -L to the nearest point of the proposed home. If agreed to by both the City and the sponsoring agency, a conflict may be resolved through informal mediation. The City shall arrange for the services of an independent mediator or may utilize the dispute resolution process established by a regional planning council pursuant to Fla. Stat. s. 186.509. Mediation shall be concluded within forty- five (45) days of a request therefore. The resolution of any issue through the mediation process shall not alter any person's right to a judicial determination of any issue if that person is entitled to such a determination under statutory or common law. PARKING See Article 3 and Article 4, Table 4 and Table 5. V120 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6.2.2 Adult Family -Care Homes Standards LOCATION T3-R,L&OIT4-R,L&OIT5-R,L&OIT6-R,L&O LOCATION Adult Family -Care Homes of five (5) or fewer residents shall not be located within a radius of one -thousand (1,000) feet of another. STANDARDS Distance shall be measured from nearest point of Property Line of proposed Community Residence to nearest point of Property Line of existing Community Residence. PARKING See Article 3 and Article 4, Table 4 and Table 5. 6.3 COMMERCIAL USES 6.3.1 Large Scale Retail Any single retail establishment exceeding the sizes and conditionsthe Transect in which it is located shall be subject to the requirements of a Special Area Plan. V LOCATION By Exception in T6-0 and shall be located only on Lots having Frontage on one (1) or more arter g egress to the Lot must be provided from these arterials and not from secondary roads or collectors. The Lots shall also be served and be readSacces le b I ive transportation systems. By Warrant in D1 By Right in D2. Section 6.3.1 "Additional Requirements' shall not apply. LOT SIZE As required by Transect Zone RENTALAREA Minimum: 55,000 square feet LIMITATIONS Maximum: 100,000 square feet REQUIREMENTS WHEN A minimum of one (1) shade tree with a minimum Height 12 II be planted at twenty-five (25) feet on center along the perimeter of the wall ABUTTING A MORE Additional landscaping in the form of shrubs and Buffer t mated all also be required. RESTRICTIVE TRANSECT PARKING d in a dition it shall be provided onsite within an enclosed Structure All required Parking shall conform to TransecYbncealed Parking Structures and parked vehicles shall from exterior street view and may only be located within the Third Layer ADDITIONAL At ground level: Habitable uch as Liners to conceal Parking Structures or Parking Areas, must be provided for at least sixty-five (65%) percent of linear street REQUIREMENTS Frontages. Second floor le itableSpace suc Liners to conceal Parking Structure, with a combination of architectural articulation for all linear street Frontages shall be required, however, in no e He Space Liners be less than forty percent (40%) of all linear street Frontages. Third floor level a Ie Space such as Liners to conceal Parking Structure, with a combination of architectural articulation for all linear street Frontages shall be permitted; how , in no case will the Habitable Space Liners be less than twenty-five percent (25%) of all linear street Frontages. 0 6.3.2 Vending Carts in Open Air Retail Within open space, or partially open space, the following uses may be permitted pursuant to the War- rant process: 1. Outdoor dining areas; 2. Display and sale of the following items from vending carts: (a) Flowers, plants and shrubs; vegetables, produce, citrus or other unpackaged foods, not requiring refrigeration or further preparation, subject to applicable state health regulations; and (b) Arts and Crafts. Within open space, or partially open space, display and sale of other merchandise or food products allowed to be sold generally within the district, and subject to the restrictions set forth herein, may be permitted by Exception. V1.21 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 However, no Warrant or Exception shall be granted allowing existing uses to expand their retail activity or to display their merchandise into existing open or partially open space. All exhibits, displays and sales of items from vending carts shall be subject to the following limitations: 1. All such carts shall be located completely within private property, or, on undedicated right-of-way with an approved agreement specifying terms of removal upon required dedication; 2. Prior to the approval of any vending cart, a master site plan shall be submitted for review and approval; said master plan shall specify the locations and approximate footprints of all future carts; 3. The merchandise and method of display shall reflect and complement the existing mix of uses within the district and shall be consistent with the unique phy,�sicaI layout, cultural traditions and historic character of the neighborhood. 4. There shall be no more than 1 (one) cart per each thirt -fi (35 near feet of street frontage except that, within courtyards, there may be more upo o 1 e with the distance separation requirements specified below; 5. All such carts shall conform with the followin c itations unless an alternate proposal is justified due to existing established pedes n p erns or other special site conditions: (a) All carts, whether located withi o lete a sed plazas or courtyards, or within linear building frontage setbacks, shall e d from each other by a minimum of ten (10) feet and from any adjacent perman t st tures by a minimum of five (5) feet; (i.e. there shall be a minimum five (5) f r surrounding all such carts); (b) All carts located within lin r building frontage setbacks shall be setback from any adjacent public right-of-way a mi um of fifteen (15) feet. 6. Total signa hall i ed to eight (8) square feet in area, however no individual sign may exceed four et in area and there shall be no more than 2 signs per cart; 7. Lighting shall limited to task lighting as necessary for the conduct of business; 8. All vending carts shall be limited to a maximum size of forty (40) square feet in area and shall not exceed a maximum height of ten (10) feet; 9. All vending carts shall be securely anchored during business hours, however, they must have wheels in order to enable them to be removed within 24 hours in case of an emergency. Deviations from these standards may be approved by the Planning, Zoning, andAppeals Board pursuant to an Exception Permit upon finding that the requested modifications are justified due to one or more of the following special conditions: 1. Established pedestrian flow patterns, 2. Existing landscape features 3. Governmental action which creates a peculiar configuration on the subject property. VI.22 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP" ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T -IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6.3.3 Biscayne Boulevard Open Air Markets Properties with frontage along Biscayne Boulevard between NE 51st Street and NE 77th Street within the Biscayne Boulevard MiMo Historic District, by process of Warrant may conduct open air markets subject to the following: a. Open air markets shall be defined as outdoor farmer's markets or craft markets, where only hand- made crafts, fresh fruits and vegetables, prepared raw foods and drinks derived from fresh fruits and vegetables are sold. b. The outdoor market must be located on a parcel of no less than fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet of lot area. c. The display area of the outdoor market shall be limited to no m an sixty-five percent (65%) of the parcel area. d. All display tables and other such materials must b v the end of the permitted time of operation. e. The outdoor market display area shall be set ba o I s than twenty-five (25) feet from any abut- ting T-3 transect. f. Outdoor markets may operate only be urs of 8:00 a. m. and 8:00 p.m. on Saturdays or Sundays only. g. No outdoor market may be Ioca than one thousand five hundred (1,500) feet from another outdoor market. 6.3.4 Health District Outdoor green markeare permitted within the CI -HD Transect Zone after mandatory referral to the district NET AdministraFor and subject to all of the following conditions, regulations, and limitations. In addition to these requirements, an operational plan and vendor guidelines shall be required at the time of application: a. Only handmade crafts, live plants and flowers, fresh fruits and vegetables, honey and pollen prod- ucts, cheeses, jams and jellies, baked goods, prepared foods and drinks derived from fresh fruits and vegetables, soaps, and candles may be sold on any outdoor green market within this district. b. Outdoor green markets must be located within an improved site which shall consist of developed open space or plaza of no less than twenty -thousand (20,000) square feet. Outdoor markets may not be located within parking lots or structures. c. Outdoor green markets may not be located closer than one thousand five hundred (1,500) feet from another outdoor green market. V1.23 THIS DQCUMENTIS A SUB STITUT10N TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 d. Outdoor green market vending activities must take place on private property; vending within the right-of-way and obstruction of the right of way is not permissible under this section of the zoning code. e. Outdoor green markets may operate once a week only based on a pre -determined weekday. The green market permit shall include the day of the week and location for said permit. f. The applicant shall submit, at the time of application, the selected week date and location for the outdoor green market. g. The hours of operation shall be from 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m h. Outdoor green markets shall have a minimum of 12 vendors i. Each vendor shall conduct business within a 10'x shall be removed at the end of each market dayj covered with a green table skirt. r green movable canopy which within the canopy area shall be j. All vending activity must be conducte ith a v ddW canopy area which shall be kept in clean and good condition at all times. Broke a arty canopies shall not be allowed. k. All garbage and trash shall bethe market site and disposed as required by law at the end of each market day. X_7� v' I. The market area shall ed and left in a sanitary condition at the end of each market day. m. All signs shall be i for approval as part of the application. n. Noisemaking or flashing devices shall not be allowed. 6.3.5 Central Coconut Grove Green Market [RESERVED] V1.24 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT 1�1IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6.4 6.4.1 INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES Personal Wireless Service Facilities (PWSF) The purpose and intent of these performance standards for the location, siting and design of PWSF are to: • Allow for alternative types of PWSF in locations pursuant to these standards. • Encourage the use of existing structures not originally built as antenna mounts such as roof- tops, utility poles, and church steeples for deploying PWSF. Discourage new PWSF mounts where co -location and mounts on existing structures are possible; • Expedite the review process for applications choosing the least intrusive alternative of deploy- ing PWSF as permitted by these standards; • Encourage users of mounts to locate, site and design th in a way that minimizes the ad- verse visual impact of the mounts and associated equip • To promote compatibility of PWSF with surrounding land es, protect the attractiveness, health, safety, general welfare, and property values_ unity. Collocation a. Collocation of antennae, equipmentQ(1 and ancillary facilities ("facilities") on exist- ing towers as specified on FS 1a) or on other structures as specified in FS 365.172(12)(a)1.b, shall be all subject to the land development regulations in effect at the time of the initial P SF cement approval, when the collocation: • Does not increase the ght of the tower or other structure, as applicable, to which the facilities are to be attac d; and • Does not incr a ground space area approved in the site plan; and • Cons i an e, equipment enclosures, and ancillary facilities that conform to the Ian d d 1 t regulations applied to the initial facilities placed on tower, and the tower supporti the facilities. However, the land development regulations at the time of the col- location a Iication (other than regulation of the number of collocations) maybe applied to the facilities if they do not conflict with land development regulations applied to the initial PWSF; and • Is not located within a historic building, structure, site, object, or district, except for the collocation on existing towers. b. If only a portion of the collocation does not meet the requirements specified above, where all other portions of the collocation meet the requirements, that portion of the collocation may be allowed subject to a Warrant or Exception, as applicable. Further, HEP approval shall be required if applicable, except for collocation on existing towers. c. By right and to allow collocation, an existing tower may be structurally modified, or may be replaced with a monopole tower, or an existing camouflaged tower may be replaced with a like - V1.25 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 camouflaged tower, if the overall height of the modified or replaced tower is not increased. 2. Replacement or Modification Replacement of or modification to PWSF, except for a tower, shall be as of right when, as reason- ably determined by the City: • The resulting PWSF is not readily discernibly different in size, type and appearance when viewed from ground level from surrounding properties, or • The replacement or modification of equipment is not visible from surrounding proper- ties. 3. New Placement and Substantial Modifications T3 By Exception subject to conditions and limitations. T4 By Exception subject to conditions and limitations. ALL OTHER By Exception subject to conditions and limitations, including min. distance requirement from any T3 or T4 designated Zone mea nearest property line of PWSF site to the property line of the n 484 zoned as T3 or T4. Illi T3 35 feet FsIct to conditions and limitations. subject to conditions and limitations. subject to conditions and limitations. 35 feet 1 13 feet T4 1 60 feet 1 20 felk 1 35 feet 1 13 feet ALL OTHER 100 feet single carrier 0 feet 125 feet multipl 35 feet 13 feet ADDITIONAL leo wer facilities shall be designed to include All freestandingYconuration. • The mount shall not be visible from the ground from a distance of 600 feet; REQUIREMENTS sufficient landsco screen the proposed facility from any adjacent Screening from ground view may be provided by a parapet or some other right-of-ways. Slandscape shall include trees, shrubs and ground type wall or Screening. cover in a tiered • No part of the mount shall be located closer than eight (8) feet to any • All freestanding monopole or tower facilities shall be designed to power line. accommodate up to three co -locations of other antennas by future carriers. , Mounts may not exceed three (3) separate areas per rooftop Any applicant of new device shall show proof that co -location to existing devices serving the area is not available. STANDARDS In the event that a specific facility cannot comply with the standards set forth above, an application for modifications as to such standards shall only be permissible by Exception. Such applications shall be accepted upon compliance with the following: • The applicant for each such facility shall submit a justification report prepared by an engineer qualified in the technological aspects (such as a "radio frequency [RF] engineer") as to why the facility must be modified in terms of height or location, such report shall be accompanied with a review fee as set forth in Chapter 62 of the City Code. • The applicant for each such facility shall include, as part of the application, line of sight studies that depict the three dimensional view of such facility from all adjacent right-of-ways; photo montages shall be considered an acceptable form of line of sight studies. • The applicant for each such facility shall include, as part of the application, a mitigation plan that depicts proposed Buffering and Screening of such facility from all adjacent right-of-ways; such mitigation plan shall be in compliance with the criteria and standards set forth for PWSF applications unless the relief being sought is from one or more of such standards. • For any such facility that is proposed to be located within a property zoned T3, T4 -R, T5 -R or T6 -R, the mitigation plan shall be required to either conceal, camouflage or disguise the proposed facility, or if possible, replace a monopole or tower structure with a series of short mounts that are camouflaged within the area so as to reduce the negative visual impact of a possible larger structure. VI26 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6.4.1.1 Personal Wireless Service Facilities (PWSF) Procedures PROCEDURES An application is deemed submitted or re -submitted on the date it is received by the City. • The City shall notify the applicant in writing that the application is not complete and in compliance with regulations for administrative purposes within 20 days after the application is submitted, or after additional information resubmitted. Collocation Applications: • A building permit shall be granted or denied no later than 45 business days after the date the application is determined to be properly completed. Other wireless facility applications: • Other applications shall be granted or denied no later than 90 business days after the date the application is determined to be properly completed. If a properly completed application is not granted or denied within the timeframe set forth above, the application shall be deemed automatically approved and the applicant may proceed with the placement of the facility, as set forth in FS 365.172( 12) (d), unless: • the timeframe is voluntarily extended by the applicant, or • the City's procedures generally applicable to all other similar types of applications require Ci ommission action, in which case the City Commission must act on the application at its next regularly scheduled meeting, or • an extension is required because of a declared local, state of federal emergency that dir y affe dministration of all permitting activities 6.4.1.2 Personal Wireless Service Facilities (PWSF) Definiti DEFINITIONS Camouflage shall mean a way of designing or installing and mountirRWPVVSFWt creates the effect that the PWSF is part of its surroundings. Carrier shall mean a company licensed by the Federal Comm s ion (FCC) that provides wireless services. A tower builder or owner is not a carrier unless licensed to provide personal wireless se es. Co -location shall mean the use of a common moun%�Io tor mor irele arriers. Conceal shall mean to enclose a PWSF within a n �31WMWfeature resulting in the facility being either invisible or made part of the feature enclosing it. Design shall mean the appearance ofP suchals, color and shape. Disguise shall mean to design a PWS a other than a PWSF. Landscape Buffer shall mean an area o pin parating two (2) distinct land uses or a land use and a public right-of-way, which acts to soften or mitigate the effects of one use on anoth can be considered a form of camouflage. Lattice Tower shall mean a type of mount th onsists of multiple legs and cross -bracing of structural steel. Mitigation shall mean thebotfl-supporting r elimination of visual impacts by the use of one or more methods, including concealment, camouflage and disguise. Monopole sh one tymount consisting of a single shaft of wood, steel or concrete and antennas at the top or along the shaft. Mount shall mea uc or surface to which antennas are attached. Personal Wireless rvice Facility (PWSF) shall mean any a facility for the provision of personal wireless services, as defined by Section 704 of the Telecommunications t of 1996. A PWSF is any facility for the transmission or reception of personal wireless services, which may consist of an antenna array, transmission ca es, equipment shelter or Building, access road, mount, and a guy system. Such facilities may include "monopole" or "lattice tower (tower)" structures. Radio Frequency (RF) engineer shall mean someone with a background in electrical engineering or microwave engineering who specializes in the study of radio frequencies. Screening shall mean visually shielding or obscuring one Abutting nearby Structure or use from another by fencing, walls, berms, or densely planted vegetation. Screening can be considered a form of camouflage. Short Mounts shall mean alternatives to monopoles or lattice towers, such as masts or poles. For example, two (2) poles or three (3) masts might be an alternative to one lattice tower. Standards shall mean guidelines or measures provided in this section by which acceptability is determined. PWSF shall be measured by standards for visibility and safety. This code generally regulates these facilities on three levels: location (where the facility can go), siting (how the facility is placed within its setting) and design (what the facility looks like). Tower shall mean a mount constructed for the primary purpose of supporting antennas and other PWSF components. Visual impact shall mean a modification or change that could be incompatible with Scale, form, texture, or color of the existing natural or man-made landscape. VI27 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6.5 . SIGN STANDARDS 6.5.1 GENERALLY 6.5.1.1 The purpose of the Sign regulations in this section is to provide a comprehensive system of regula- tions for Signs visible from the public right-of-way and to provide a set of standards that is designed to optimize communication and quality of Signs while protecting the public and the aesthetic character of the City. 6.5.1.2 It is further intended that these regulations: a. Promote the effectiveness of Signs by preventing their over-nc ation, improper placement, deterioration and excessive size and number. O' b. Regulate and control Sign structures inorder to r e�6tect and promote the public, health, safety and general welfare of the residents it Miami and prevent property damage and personal injury from Signs that are im r rly nstructed or poorly maintained. c. Promote the free flow of traffic ant estrians and motorists from injury and property damage caused by, or which ma be k..or partially attributable to, cluttered, distracting, or illegal signage. Control and reduce visual crrand blight. 'Aw CJ e Prevent an reasonable, quality, aesth and do busin nity appearance from the unrestricted use of Signs by providing a nprehensive and enforceable set of regulations that will foster a high ,ironment for the City of Miami, enhancing it as a place to live, visit f. Assure that public benefits derived from expenditures of public funds for the improvement and beautification of streets and other public Structures and spaces shall be protected by exercising reasonable control over the character and design of Sign structures. g. Address the business community's need for adequate business identification and advertising communication by improving the readability, and therefore, the effectiveness of Signs by prevent- ing their improper placement, over -concentration, excessive Height, area and bulk. h. Coordinate the placement and physical dimensions of Signs within the different Transects. Protect property values, the local economy, and the quality of life by preserving and enhancing the appearance of the Streetscapes that affects the image of the City of Miami. vl.2s THIS DCCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Acknowledge the differing design concerns and needs for Signs in certain specialized areas such as tourist areas. k. Require that Signs are properly maintained for safety and visual appearance. Provide cost recovery measures supporting the administration and enforcement of these regula- tions. m. Protect non -Commercial speech such that any Sign allowed herein may contain, in lieu of any other message or copy, any lawful non -Commercial message, so long as said Sign complies with the size, Height, Area and other requirements of these regulations. n. Provide no more restrictions on speech than necessary to iment the purpose and intent of this section. o. These regulations are specifically intended to be !evetPXbj,*ch that if any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of these regulations ion held to be invalid or unconsti- tutional by the decision of any court of compe tion, the decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions of these ula ns. 0 6.5.1.3 Applicability Z , These regulations apply to all Signseis ose Signs located in the public right-of-way, within the City whether or not a permit or other apprquired, unless otherwise specifically regulated. In addition, special permits which may e beeved under Ordinance 11000 may also contain conditions that regulate Signs on cEe n erties. No Signs or advertising devices of any kind or nature shall be erected or maintai n a r ises or affixed to the inside or outside of any Structure to be visible from the public righ ept as specifically permitted in or excepted by these regulations. 6.5.1.4 Permit Required; Signs Exempted from Permit Requirements Except for classes of Signs exempted from permit requirements as specified below, all Signs shall require permits. The following types of Signs, and change of copy of Signs, are exempted from permit requirements because such Signs are needed in order to convey messages to protect lives, give direction, identify public access ways, and protect civil rights. Such Signs shall comply with size and location requirements as set forth in these regulations for the specific Transect in which they are to be located. a. Address, notice, and directional Signs, warning Signs. No Sign permit shall be required for ad - V1.29 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS dress, notice, and directional Signs or warning Signs except as otherwise required in this sec- tion. b. Cornerstones, memorials, or tablets. Due to their historic or civic significance to the community, no Sign permit is required for cornerstones, memorials, or tablets when part of any masonry surface or constructed of bronze or other incombustible and durable material; such Signs shall be limited to identification and date of construction of Buildings, persons present at dedication or involved in Development or construction, or significant historical events relating to the premises or development. c. U. S. Mail delivery receptacles. No Sign permit shall be required for delivery receptacles for U.S. mail which have been approved for use by postal authorities. 0 e 0 Symbolic flags, award flags, house flags. No Sign permit sha award, or house flags, limited in number to one (1) for each first fifty (50) feet or less of street Frontage and one (1 adjacent to a street. Window Signs. In Residential Zones, Signs p square foot in Area, limited to one such Sign aired for display of symbolic, on or establishment for the (-foot increment of Lot Line rMindow area that do not exceed one (1) idential Unit, shall not require a permit. Change of copy. No Sign permit s 1Y4hLp,&ired for routine change of copy on a Sign, the customary use of which invo embellishments, providing beyond permissible limits. t copy, any lawful non-Commdl Area and other requirements non-exempt categ No Sign perm other vehicles Area tand periodic changes, or for the relocation of Sign ' does not result in increase of total Area of the Sign owed herein may contain, in lieu of any other message or sage, so long as said Sign complies with the size, Height, the City. Where change in copy changes the type of Sign to a a Sign permit shall be required. FN%0�_ required for display of Signs on automobiles, trucks, buses, trailers, or en used for normal purposes of transportation. h. No Sign permit shall be required for display of decorative flags, bunting, and other decorations related to holidays, or for community -wide celebrations, conventions, or commemorations in non -Residential Zones when authorized by the City commission. Such Signs shall be removed within thirty (30) days of such events. Real Estate Signs. No Sign permit shall be required for Real Estate Signs displayed on private property: 1. In non -Residential Zones, not exceeding fifteen (15) square feet in Sign surface Area; or 2. In Residential Zones, not exceeding one (1) square foot in Sign surface Area. Such Real Estate Signs shall be removed within thirty (30) days of the sale or rental of the property. V1.30 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT IrIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Political election Signs. No Sign permit shall be required for political election Signs displayed on private property: 1. In non -Residential Zones, not exceeding fifteen (15) square feet in aggregate of Sign surface Area; or 2. In Residential Zones, not exceeding four (4) square feet in aggregate of Sign surface Area. Such political election Signs shall be removed within thirty (30) days of the election period. 6.5.1.5 General Requirements The following general requirements and limitations shall apply with and to Signs, in addition to provi- sions appearing elsewhere in this code. No Variance from these provi s is permitted unless otherwise provided herein. a. Any Sign allowed herein may contain, in lieu of r essage or copy, any lawful non - Commercial message, so long as said Sign co the size, Height, Area and other requirements of this code and the City Code. b. Limitations on false and misleadin Si . I e unlawful to post any Sign that is false or misleading. c. No Sign adjacent to a T3, 5- 6-R zone shall be illuminated or Flashing unless such Signs are specifically autho a regulations for the Transect in which erected. Whether or not illuminated or Flashing S s are authorized generally within a zone, no Flashing Sign shall be permitted within one hundr (100) feet of any portion of property in a Residential district, as measured along tho str-eet.Frontage on the same side of the street, or as measured in a straight line to property ;,cross the'street, if the flashing element of such Sign is directly visible from the Residential property involved. d. Revolving or Whirling Signs and pennant or streamer Signs are hereby prohibited unless such Signs are specifically authorized by the regulations for the Zone in which erected. e. Signs of historic significance. Any Sign determined to be of historic significance by the Historic and Environmental Preservation Board, through resolution that makes findings according to the Chapter 23 of the City Code, may be exempted by Warrant from any Sign limitation imposed by this code. The placement of said Sign may be as approved according to the considerations and standards of Warrant approval, as the criteria in Chapter 23. f. Variances for Height on freestanding outdoor Advertising Signs may be granted by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, pursuant to the limitations set forth in this code and upon compliance with the following: 1. An application for a Height Variance for a freestanding outdoor Advertising Sign may only be V1.31 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS submitted, and accepted by the City, if the Height Variance is necessary due to a government action which renders the Sign not visible from the roadway(s) which it was intended to be viewed from; said government action will only be considered a justification for the requested Variance if the action occurs after the Sign has been legally erected under the provisions of the zoning ordinance in effect at the time the Sign was built. A legally erected Sign that was legally constructed and not in compliance with the Height provisions of the Zoning Ordinance may notjustify the noncompliant Height as hardship for a Variance request; only a subsequent government action, which physically impedes the visibility of a Sign, will be considered a valid justification; 2. Any application for a Height Variance for a freestanding outdoor Advertising Sign must be accompanied by line of sight studies from the roadway(s) which such Sign is intended to be viewed from; and 3. A finding must be made that the Variance be requested is imum Variance necessary to make such Sign visible from the roadway(s) which such ' n i tended to be viewed from. 4. In addition, this section shall not apply to any conforming status. g. All Temporary Signs shall comply with the re rem nts of Chapter 62 of the City Code. h. All Signs shall comply with the vision standards of this code. A Warrant shall be require t�liiAfiment of community or Neighborhood bulletin boards, including kiosks in districts issible, but no Sign permits shall be required for posting of notices thereon. Size and I ation standards shall be asset forth in the districts where permis- sible. Subject to ap al by t officer or agent designated by the City Manager, such bulletin boards or kiosks m , _ ... ected on public property. Conditions of the Warrant shall include as- signment of responsibility for erection or maintenance, and provision for removal if not properly maintained. 6.5.1.6 Fees The fees prescribed in the City Code must be paid to the City of Miami for each Sign installation for which a permit is required by this code and must be paid before any such permit is issued, as provided for herein. Fees for Sign permits for each Sign erected, installed, affixed, structurally or electrically altered or relocated shall be determined in accordance with the fee schedule established by resolution of the City Commission or set forth in the City Code. 6.5.1.7 Removal of Signs a. In addition to removal required for nonconforming Signs in this code, the following rules, require- ments, and limitations shall apply with regard to any order for removal, repair, or replacement of V1.32 THIS DOCUMENT I5 A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT TSE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 certain Signs, as indicated below. 1. If such Signs are otherwise lawfully permitted, except for the condition or circumstance lead- ing to an order issued by any official City or County Board with applicable jurisdiction in ac- cordance with the applicable provisions of the City Code, the Florida Building Code or this code, the order shall require repair or replacement within a stated time, not to exceed ninety (60) days from the date of the order, or removal prior to the expiration of such period. 2. If such Signs are nonconforming under the terms of this code by reason of character or lo- cation or the Use with which associated, or exceed, in combination with other Signs on the premises, limitations on number or Area of Signs, the order shall require any nonconforming Signs to be removed or made to conform within a stated time, not to exceed ninety (60) days from the date of the order. 3. Any order issued by an official City or County Board ju iction may be appealed in accordance with the review procedures set forth in le sections of the City Code, Florida Building Code or this code, as applica e. b. Decrepit or dilapidated Signs; treatment of su 1. Signs found to be decrepit or dil ida d ( t or not determined to be unsafe as provided in the Florida Building Code) she ed, repaired, or replaced if otherwise lawful. 2. Structural members ofding supports, shall be covered, painted, or designed in such a manner as to b unobtrusive. 3. The building offi issue a written notice to the responsible party in charge of any Sign found to uns written notice shall specify the dangerous conditions of the Sign, list any Sign r the immediate abatement of the unsafe conditions, and require either the repair m al of the Sign within the time specified in the notice by the responsible party. The b 'ding official shall serve this notice on the responsible party in accordance with the Florida ilding Code and the responsible party may seek review of such decisions in accordance with such section. 4. Signs advertising establishments, commodities, or services previously associated with the premises on which erected, but no longer there or otherwise bearing other obsolete matter, shall be removed within thirty (30) days from the time such activity ceases. 5. The City may issue a written notice to the responsible party in charge of any Sign found to be advertising establishments, commodities, or services no longer on premises or are otherwise obsolete. The written notice shall specify the obsolete conditions of the Sign, list any Sign violation, order the immediate abatement of the obsolete condition, and require the removal of the Sign within the time specified in the notice by the responsible party. The City shall serve this notice on the responsible party in accordance with Chapter 2, Article X of the City Code and the responsible party may seek review of such decision in accordance with the provisions contained therein. V1.33 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6.5.1.8 Outdoor Advertising Signs ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS a. All new freestanding outdoor Advertising Signs are prohibited. Signs used in the conduct of the outdoor advertising business shall be regulated pursuant to the restrictions set forth in this code and restricted as follows in T Zones in which they are permitted. b. The Area of an outdoor Advertising Sign shall not exceed seven hundred fifty (750) square feet, for each surface, including embellishments, if any. Embellishments include the display portions of the Sign extending outside the general display area. Total area of embellishments, including portions falling within or superimposed on the general display area, shall not exceed one hun- dred (100) square feet. No embellishment shall extend more than five (5) feet above the top of the Sign structure, or two (2) feet beyond the sides or below the bottom of the Sign structure. Embellishments shall be included in any limitations affectin minimum clearance or maximum Height of Signs, permitted projections, or distance from any ucture or Lot or street line. c. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) above, o rtising Signs may be erected, constructed, altered, maintained or relocated with',six u sixty (660) feet but no nearer than two hundred (200) feet of any limited access high g expressways as established by the State of Florida or any of its political subdiv s, vided that such Sign faces are parallel to or at an angle of not greater than thirty ( de es with the centerline of any such limited access highway and face away from suc 1. No outdoor Advertising Sign wh mited access highway including expressways as established by the Statetoflorito a ater degree than permitted in herein shall be erected, constructed, altered, m, ced or relocated within six hundred sixty (660) feet of any such highways, incssways, easterly of 1-95 and southerly of 36th Street. 2. OutdoorAdverti which face sucl replaced lines, or th access highV, political subcMi ns, a maximum often (10) in number, including those presently in place, , access highways may be erected, constructed, altered, maintained, Wt ithin two hundred (200) feet of the westerly side of 1-95 right-of-way of the easterly side of 1-95 which lies north of 36th Street, or of any limited including expressways as established by the State of Florida or any of its ms, westerly of 1-95; or which lie easterly of 1-95 and north of 36th Street, after City commission approval, and subject to the following conditions: (a) An outdoor Advertising Sign structure approved pursuant to this section shall be spaced a minimum of one thousand five hundred (1500) feet from another such Advertising structure on the same side of a limited access highway including expressways facing in the same direction. (b) The Height of the structure shall not exceed a Height of fifty (50) feet measured from the crown of the main traveled road, and in no instance shall exceed a maximum Height of sixty-five (65) feet measured from the crown of the nearest adjacent or arterial street. (c) The Sign structure shall be of unipod construction with pantone matching color system PMS180U reddish brown or PMS463U dark brown or similar color, and with only two (2) V1.34 THUS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Sign faces back to back at a maximum horizontal angle of thirty (30) degrees from each other. (d) No flashing, blinking or mechanical devices shall be utilized as a part of the outdoor Ad- vertising Sign. (e) Sign Area, embellishments and projections shall be as set forth in paragraph 6.8.1.8. b. above. d. OutdoorAdvertising Signs shall be spaced a minimum of one thousand (1,000) feet from another Sign, or an approved location, on the same side of a federal -aid primary highway. e. All outdoor advertising sites shall be appropriately landscaped as follows: One (1) shade tree for the first five hundred (500) square feet of site area and one (1) side shade tree for each additional one thousand (1,000) square feet or portion thereof of site area; the remainder of the site area shall be landscaped with equal portions of hedges and/or,shrubs and living ground cover. Said landscaping shall be provided with irrigation and be maintained in perpetuity. Any Sign permit issued pursuant to the code shall be subject to revocation,' subsequent to a public hearing by the City commission, should City inspectors find that the subject site is not being maintained according to approved landscaping plans or being kept in an unclean or unsightly manner. f. Notwithstanding any provision of this Code to, the contrary, permits for outdoor advertising signs may be issued pursuant to a SettlemertAgreement authorized by Resolution passed by the City Commission, in conjunction with the settlement of related litigation, which expressly authorizes issuance of such permits for said outdoor advertising signs, and then only under the terms and conditions of settlement aqreVtints that result in a net reduction in the party to the settlement's number of outdoor advertisincigns located in the City of Miami. Ob V 6.5.2 TRANSECT SPECIFI RDS 6.5.2.1 Generally a. Criteria. In the review and approval of Signs, the City shall ensure compliance with all applicable sections of the Florida Building Code and ensure that the Signs comply with the zoning regula- tions of this code including: 1. The size and Area of the Signs comply with the specifications set forth for the type of Sign and the Zone in which the Sign is to be located; and, 2. The Signs comply with location standards on the subject property or Structure as specified herein. V1.35 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6.5.2.2 T3 and T4 -R a. For each Dwelling Unit the following is permitted: 1. Address Signs, not to exceed one (1) for each Dwelling Unit or other Use for each Lot Line adjacent to a street, or two (2) square feet in Area, except as provided below. 2. Window Signs which do not exceed one (1) square foot in Area limited to one such Sign per Residential Unit. 3 Notice, directional and warning Signs, not to exceed one (1) for each Dwelling Unit or other Use for each Lot Line adjacent to a street, or two (2) squar feet in Area, provided that, where such Signs are combined with address Signs, maximum t Area shall not exceed three (3) square feet. Such Signs, if freestanding, shall not exce (3) feet in Height, be closer than ten (10) feet to any adjacent Lot, or be closer than o ( eet to any street line. Such Signs shall not be illuminated. �1_ 4. For Home Office, one Sign not to exceed b. For other uses: 2 In connection with subdivisions, one (1) permanent idenjio Such Signs shall not be m perimeter wall or Building I. placed subordinatejr and h%rT 01 foot in Area. [eve'l%ments, Neighborhoods or similar areas. Nottoexceed or ten (10) square feet in Area, per principal entrance. W or internally illuminated. Such Signs may be located on a iigns should respect the architecture of the Building and be niously to the Structure. In conne ith wfous facilities. A wall Sign for the name of the religious facility, not ex- ceeding t t quare feet in Area shall be permitted. In addition, a freestanding Sign for name of reli us facility and schedule of services shall be allowed provided that the maximum size of such n shall be fifteen (15) square feet in Area; an increase up to forty (40) square feet for such a Sign shall be permissible if the Sign is located on a street with a right-of-way greater than fifty (50) feet and the facility has a Setback in excess of thirty (30) feet. 3. In connection with elementary, middle or high school. A wall Sign for the name of the school, not exceeding twenty (20) square feet in Area shall be permitted. In addition, a freestanding Sign for name of the school and schedule of school events shall be allowed provided that the maximum size of such Sign shall be fifteen (15) square feet in Area. An increase up to forty (40) square feet for such a Sign shall be permissible if the Sign is located on a street with a right-of-way greater than fifty (50) feet and the facility has a Setback in excess of thirty (30) feet. V1.36 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6.5.2.3 T4 -L and T4-0 a. For each Dwelling Unit, the following is permitted: Address Signs, not to exceed one (1) for each Dwelling Unit or other Use for each Lot Line adjacent to a street, or two (2) square feet in Area, except as provided below. 2. Window Signs which do not exceed one (1) square foot in Area limited to one such Sign per Dwelling Unit. 3. Notice, directional and warning Signs, not to exceed one (1) for each Dwelling Unit or other Use for each Lot Line adjacent to a street, or two (2) squar feet in Area, provided that, where such Signs are combined with address Signs, maximum t Area shall not exceed three (3) square feet. Such Signs, if freestanding, shall not excee (3) feet in Height, be closer than ten (10) feet to any adjacent Lot, or be closer than o ( eet to any street line. Such Signs shall not be illuminated. 4. For Home Office, one Sign not to exceed o re foot in Area. b. For other uses: 1. In connection with subdivisions, eve ments, Neighborhoods or similar areas. Nottoexceed one (1) permanent Iden tion or ten (10) square feet in Area, per principal entrance. Such Signs shall not be i m or internally illuminated. Such Signs may be located on a perimeter wall or Building I. Signs should respect the architecture of the Building and be placed subordinate!y and h moniously to the Structure. 2. In conne ith mous facilities. A wall Sign for the name of the religious facility, not exceeding w 0) square feet in Area shall be permitted. In addition a freestanding Sign for na of religious facility and schedule of services shall be allowed provided that the maximum si of such Sign shall be fifteen (15) square feet in Area. An increase up to forty (40) square feet for such a Sign shall be permissible if the Sign is located on a street with a right-of-way greater than fifty (50) feet and the facility has a Setback in excess of thirty (30) feet. 3. In connection with elementary, middle or high school. A wall Sign for the name of the school, not exceeding twenty (20) square feet in Area shall be permitted. In addition, a freestanding Sign for name of the school and schedule of school events shall be allowed provided that the maximum size of such Sign shall be fifteen (15) square feet in Area. An increase up to forty (40) square feet for such a Sign shall be permissible if the Sign is located on a street with a right-of-way greater than fifty (50) feet and the facility has a Setback in excess of thirty (30) feet. 4. In connection with other uses allowed within the Transect and not listed, no more than one (1) square foot per linear foot of Frontage of the establishment. V1.37 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T)iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6.5.2.4 T5 -R and T6 -R a. For Residential Uses, the following are permitted: Address Signs, not to exceed one (1) for each Dwelling Unit or other Use for each Lot Line adjacent to a street, or two (2) square feet in Area, except as provided below. 2. Window Signs which do not exceed one (1) square foot in Area limited to one such Sign per Residential Unit. 3 Building address, notice, directional or warning Signs for each Lot Line adjacent to a street, one (1) wall Sign not exceeding an Area of one-half squa a foot for each linear foot of street Frontage, up to a maximum of forty (40) square feet in A or one (1) Projecting Sign with combined surface Area not exceeding one-half square fo ch linear foot of street Front- age, up to a maximum of forty (40) square feet in Area: d (1) address or directional Sign, not exceeding an Area of ten (10) square fe dress or directional, notice or warning Sign, if freestanding, shall not be clo, ix ) feet to any adjacent Lot Line or be closer than two (2) feet to any street line. 4. For Home Office, one Sign not to b. For other Uses: 2 In connectionwith subdivicic one (1) permanent ident Such Signs shall not be iI perimeter wall or Building placed subordinqpll� and h vel ments, Neighborhoods or similar areas. Nottoexceed or ten (10) square feet in Area, per principal entrance. t or internally illuminated. Such Signs may be located on a Signs should respect the architecture of the Building and be miously to the Structure. In connecrign gious facilities. A wall Sign for the name of the religious facility, not ex- ceeding tuare feet in Area shall be permitted. In addition, a freestanding Sign for name of ry and schedule of services shall be allowed provided that the maximum size of sube fifteen (15) square feet in Area. An increase up to forty (40) square feet for such a Sign shall be permissible if the Sign is located on a street with a right-of-way greater than fifty (50) feet and the facility has a Setback in excess of thirty (30) feet. 3 In connection with elementary, middle or high school. A wall Sign for the name of the school, not exceeding twenty (20) square feet in Area shall be permitted. In addition, a freestanding Sign for name of the school and schedule of school events shall be allowed provided that the maximum size of such Sign shall be fifteen (15) square feet in Area. An increase up to forty (40) square feet for such a Sign shall be permissible if the Sign is located on a street with a right-of-way greater than fifty (50) feet and the facility has a Setback in excess of thirty (30) feet. V1.38 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6.5.2.5 T5 -L, T5-0, T6 -L, T6-0, D1 and D2 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS Except as otherwise provided, the following Signs are permitted and may be illuminated but shall not be Animated or flashing. a For a single establishment within a Building: 2 3 Wall Signs. When a single establishment takes up an entire Building, wall Signs shall be limited to one and one half (1 1/2) square feet of Sign Area for each lineal foot of wall fronting on a street; there shall be no more than one wall Sign for each one hundred fifty (150) linear feet along a street Frontage, with no more than three (3) total on any wall. Walls that do not have street Frontage may contain no more than one wall Sign each, not to exceed fifty (50) square feet in Area, but aggregate Area shall be included 4W part of aggregate wall Sign Area as limited herein. WindowSigns. Painted orattached, which shall not area of the window in which placed. Number o but aggregate area shall be included as part o Projecting Signs. Shall be limi surfaces, neither of which sha permissible Sign Area may be ii from the face of the Building is more than two (2) and I ha at least three (3), but no % -0,3 included as part of aggre �Rfy percent (20%) of the glassed 6 not limited by these regulations, wall Sign Area, as limited above. kO structure with no more than two (2) Sign square feet in Sign Area; however, such hty (80) square feet where maximum projection eet or less; sixty (60) square feet where projection is e ) feet; and forty (40) square feet where projection is n our (4) feet. The aggregate Area of such Signs shall be Sign Area, as limited above. Ground/FreestanQgns. Shall be limited to one (1) Sign structure with no more than two (2) Sign es, r of which shall exceed forty (40) square feet in Sign Area, for each establish 'nt ach one hundred (100) feet of street Frontage. Permitted Sign Area may be cumulat but no Sign surface shall exceed one hundred (100) square feet. Maximum Height limita n shall be twenty (20) feet including embellishments, measured from the crown of the nearest adjacent local or arterial street, and not including limited access highways or expressways, provided, however, that the Zoning Administrator may increase the measurement of the crown by up to five (5) feet to accommodate unusual or undulating site conditions. 5. Directional Signs. May be combined with address Signs but shall bear no advertising matter, and may be erected to guide to entrances, exits, or Parking Areas. Not more than one (1) such Sign, not exceeding five (5) square feet in Area, shall be erected per entrance, exit, or Parking Area. b. For a single Building with more than one establishment opening up to the outdoors: 1. Wall Signs. The Building in which the establishments are located shall be allowed one (1) wall Sign, limited to a Building Identification Sign, not exceeding fifty (50) square feet in Area, for each face of the Building oriented toward the street, In addition, each individual establish - V1.39 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ment within a Building that has a separate entrance to the outdoors (available to the general public, whether on the ground floor or on an upper level), and a minimum Frontage of twenty (20) linear feet to the outdoors, shall be allowed the following Signs: • A wall Sign not to exceed one (1) square foot in Area for each linear foot of Frontage of the establishment. • Window Signs not to exceed twenty percent (20%) of the glass area of the window or glass door in which placed; such Window Signs may be painted or attached. The number of such Signs is not limited by these regulations, but aggregate Area shall be included as part of aggregate wall Sign Area, as limited above. • An Awning Sign, limited to the skirt or bottom edge of tJIIIIAwning; letters, emblems, logos or symbols not to exceed six (6) inches in Height. • A hanging (as in under an Awning or similar Strur of to exceed three (3) square feet in Area. 2. Window Signs. Painted or attached, w sh ot exceed twenty percent (20%) of the glassed area of the window in which ber of such Signs is not limited by these regulations, but aggregate Are h be I d as part of aggregate wall Sign Area, as limited above. 3. Projecting Signs. Shall e�6ne (1) Sign structure with no more than two (2) Sign surfaces, neither of whic ceed forty (40) square feet in Sign Area; however, such permissible Sign Area ma ncreased to eighty (80) square feet where maximum projection from the face of t 'i TS two (2) feet or less; sixty (60) square feet where projection is more than two ( ss than three (3) feet; and forty (40) square feet where projection is at least t 3), t more than four (4) feet. The aggregate Area of such Signs shall be included p ggregate wall Sign Area, as limited above. 4. Ground or fr standing Signs. Shall be limited to one (1) Sign structure with no more than two (2) Sign surfaces, neither of which shall exceed forty (40) square feet in Sign Area for each establishment or for each one hundred (100) feet of street Frontage. Permitted Sign Area may be cumulative, but no Sign surface shall exceed one hundred (100) square feet. Maximum Height limitation shall be twenty (20) feet including embellishments, measured from the crown of the nearest adjacent local or arterial street, not including limited access highways or expressways, provided, however, that the Zoning Administrator may increase the measurement of the crown by up to five (5) feet to accommodate unusual or undulating site conditions. 5. Directional Signs. May be combined with address Signs but shall bear no advertising matter, and may be erected to guide to entrances, exits, or Parking Areas. Not more than one (1) such Sign, not exceeding five (5) square feet in Area, shall be erected per entrance, exit, or Parking Area. VIAO THIS DGCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 c. For outdoor advertising business Signs. Outdoor advertising business Signs shall be permitted as accessory Uses to principal Commercial Uses, and such Signs shall further be limited as follows: Signs shall be wall mounted only on side walls of the existing principal Commercial Structure and shall not be freestanding; 2. Signs shall be limited to one Sign per Structure only; 3. Sign Area shall be limited to no greater than thirty-two (32) square feet; 4. Permissible Sign Area may only be utilized on a Commeial Structure which has the allow- able thirty-two (32) square feet of Sign Area unused from t otal permissible wall Sign Area for the Structure in question (not counting the twenty (20 qu feet of wall Signs allowable per establishment); and 5. Such Signs may either be painted or mounted bject wall. 6.5.2.6 CI Except as otherwise provided, the followi permitted and may be illuminated but shall not be Animated or flashing. a. Directional Signs, which m e combined with address Signs but shall bear no advertising matter, and may be erected t uide to entrances, exits, or Parking Areas, but shall not exceed five (5) square feet^fface rea. b. Ground or frrntwo Signs, to the extent allowed, shall be limited to one (1) Sign structure with no mor(2) Sign surfaces, neither of which shall exceed forty (40) square feet in Sign Areatreet Frontage of each establishment or for each fifty (50) feet of street Frontage. Permitted Sign Area may be cumulative for establishments with more than one hun- dred and fifty (150) feet of street Frontage, but in such cases, no Sign surface shall exceed one hundred (100) square feet in Area. Maximum Height limitation shall be twenty (20) feet including embellishments, measured from the crown of the nearest adjacent local or arterial street, not including limited access highways or expressways, provided. c. For a single establishment within a Building: When a single establishment takes up an entire Building, wall Signs shall be limited to one and one half (1 1/2) square feet of Sign Area for each lineal foot of wall fronting on a street. There shall be no more than one wall Sign for each one hundred and fifty (150) linear feet along a street Frontage, with no more than three (3) total on any wall. Walls that do not have street Frontage may contain no more than one wall Sign each, not to exceed fifty (50) square feet in Area for each Sign, but ag- gregate area shall be included as part of aggregate wall Sign Area as limited herein. V1.41 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 d. For a single Building with more than one establishment opening up to the outdoors: 2 Wall Signs for a single Building with more than one ground floor establishment: each individual establishment on the ground floor, with ground floor street Frontage and separate entrances on the ground floor that open toward such street Frontages, shall be allowed the following Signs: • A wall Sign not to exceed one (1) square foot in Area for each linear foot of Frontage of the establishment; • Window Signs not to exceed twenty percent (20%) percent of the glass Area of the win- dow or glass door in which placed; such Window Sig ay be painted or attached. The number of such Signs is not limited by these regul but aggregate Area shall be included as part of aggregate wall Sign Area, as limi d y A • An Awning Sign, limited to the skirt or be or symbols not to exceed six (6) inches • A hanging (as in under an Awning feet in Area. Window Signs, painted Area of the window in wl but aggregate Area shall 3. Projecting Si with no nuse in Sign A limited abo 6.5.2.7 CS Awning; letters, emblems, logos cture) Sign not to exceed three (3) square d, all not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the glassed umber of such Signs is not limited by these regulations, I d as part of aggregate wall Sign Area, as limited above. than under Awning Signs) shall be limited to one (1) Sign structure 5) Sign surfaces, neither of which shall exceed forty (40) square feet agate Area shall be included as part of aggregate wall Sign Area, as Permanent Signs shall be permissible subject to the limitations below: a. Except as provided below for regional parks, all park signs shall be limited to only the name of the facility, identification of other Uses within the facility and directional Signs; and all such park Signs shall be allowed subject to obtaining a Warrant. b. Criteria: • Location of Signs: Location of Park Identification Signs shall comply with the visibility clearance standards as set forth in Article 3. Signs for identification of other Uses within the Park shall be V1.42 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6.5.3 located directly on, or adjacent to, where such Uses are located. Size: There shall be no limitation as to the size of Park Identification Signs, however, such Signs shall not exceed a reasonable size to identify the Park to the population it is intended to serve. Neighborhood Parks Signs shall be unobtrusive and non -illuminated, while regional Park Signs may be larger and contain sufficient illumination to read the Park Sign from adjacent rights-of- way. In addition, regional parks shall also be allowed commercial sponsorship messages not to exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total sign area of he principal park identifications sign; and such commercial messages must be incorporated in the park sign and may not be displayed on their own. • For other Uses within a Park, Identification Signs may be allowed subject to obtaining a Warrant in order to determine whether the location, size and design of the Sign structure(s) is compatible with the character of the Park in which located. Limitations on Signs Above a Height of Fifty (50) Fe de Except as otherwise provided in a specific Transe on th following regulations shall apply to all Signs above a Height of fifty (50) feet above gra a. Signs shall be limited to the identif' Building or the name of one (1) major tenant of the Building occupying more than ive cent (5%) of the gross leasable Building Floor Area. Not more than two (2) Sig B on two (2) separate Building Facades shall be permit- ted. b. Signs shall consist^ ofindi idual letters or a graphic logotype. No graphic embellishments such as borders or unds shall be permitted. c. The maximu ight of a letter shall be as indicated in the table below. any portion of a Sign over fifty (50) feet but less than two hundred (200) feet 4 FEET above grade any portion of a Sign over two hundred (200) feet but less than three hundred 6 FEET (300) feet above grade any portion of a Sign over three hundred (300) feet but less than four hundred 8 FEET (400) feet above grade any portion of a Sign over four hundred (400) feet above grade 6 FEET d. The maximum height of a logo may exceed the maximum letter height by up to fifty percent (50%) if its width does not exceed its height. When text and a graphic logotype are combined in an integrated fashion to form a seal or emblem representative of an institution or corporation, V1.43 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT --IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 and when this emblem is to serve as the principal means of Building identification, the following regulations shall apply. any portion of a Sign over fifty (50) feet but less than two hundred (200) feet 200 SQ. FT above grade any portion of a Sign over two hundred (200) feet but less than three hundred 300 SQ. FT (300) feet above grade. any portion of a Sign over three hundred (300) feet but less than four hundred 400 SQ. FT (400) feet above grade any portion of a Sign over four hundred (400) feet above grade 500 SQ. FT e. The maximum length of the Sign shall not exceed eighty per 80%) of the width of the Build- ing wall upon which it is placed, as measured at the heigh f th ign. The Sign shall consist of not more than one (1) horizontal line of letters orsy it is determined that two (2) lines of lettering would be more compatible with pe:B' I esign. The total length of the two (2) lines of lettering, end-to-end, if permitted, shat t eighty percent (80%) of the width of the Building wall. f. No Variance from maximum size of lett t length of Sign or number of Signs shall be granted. g. All Sign permits shall be reviewed se on the following guidelines: 1. Signs should respect the Architectural Features of the Facade and be sized and placed subor- dinate to those features. Overlapping of functional windows, extensions beyond parapet edges obscuring architecturalornamentation or disruption of dominant Facade lines are examples of Sign design problems considered unacceptable. 2. The Sign's color and value (shades of light and dark) should be harmonious with Building materials. Strong contrasts in color or value between the Sign and Building that draw undue visual attention to the Sign at the expense of the overall architectural composition shall be avoided. 3. In the case of a lighted Sign, a reverse channel letter that silhouettes the Sign against a lighted Building face is desirable. Lighting of a Sign should be accompanied by accent lighting of the Building's distinctive Architectural Features and especially the Facade area surrounding the Sign. Lighted Signs on unlit Buildings are unacceptable. The objective is a visual lighting emphasis on the Building with the lighted Sign as subordinate. 4. Feature lighting of the Building, including exposed light elements that enhance Building lines, light sculpture or kinetic displays that meet the criteria of the Miami Dade County art -in -public places ordinance, shall not be construed as Signage subject to these regulations. V1.44 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS 6.5.4 Media Tower Within the Southeast Overtown /Park West Redevelopment Area Media Tower is a structure that may serve as a viewing tower and a kinetic illuminated media display system, utilizing Signage, video and all other forms ofAnimated illuminated visual message media within the Southeast / Overtown Park West Redevelopment Area Plan. It is intended that such a structure shall be used to achieve an overall effect and aesthetic consistency within the private -owned properties within the area based upon criteria provided for and set forth in the Southeast / Overtown Park West Redevelopment Area Plan and applicable provisions of Chapter 163, Part III, Florida Statutes. Notwithstanding other Sign provisions of this code, Animated and Flashing Signs and Banners shall be permitted for ground level non -Residential Uses fronting on N.E. an ,W. 6th Street within the South- east / Overtown Park West Redevelopment Area. Outdoor advertising business Signs shall be permitted only Tmion with a "Media Tower' as defined in this code. Implementation. The Miami Media Tower shall exist lely the Southeast Overtown /Park West Re- development Area. Criteria. It is the purpose of the Miami Me a) define an area in the City where signage of this type can be placed on a tower(s) that, to ther ith architectural design standards for Buildings within the area as well as Urban Design r sed on new urbanist principles in the area of the City, will establish a unique local, regio'ional identity within the area; (b) strengthen the economy of the City by encouraging the devel ent and redevelopment of a depressed, blighted and slum area within a major redevelopm area in the downtown core of the City; and (c) provide a source of funds to be used exclusiv n said redevelopment area for redevelopment related activities, and nothing else. Permitting. A Sign pe it shall be required for all such Signs specified herein. All applications shall require a mandatory re iew and approval by the Executive Director of the CRA. V1.45 THIS DOICUMENTI5 A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T 1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V1.46 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TI1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIAGRAM 14 Permitting Process 7.1 Procedures 7.2 7.1.1 Authorities 7.1.2 Permits 7.1.3 Application and Review Process 7.1.4 Quasi -Judicial Procedures 7.1.5 Appeals 7.1.6 Notice of hearings Nonconformities: Structures; Uses; Lots; and Site Impro 7.2.1 Generally 7.2.2 Structures and Uses in the Event of Dis !�o 7.2.3 Alterations and Expansion of Nonconfo ng ructures 7.2.4 Moving a Nonconforming Str tur on e Lot. 7.2.5 Locally Designated Historic r onconformities 7.2.6 Nonconforming Uses 7.2.7 Nonconforming Lots toz 7.2.8 Nonconforming Site Improvements 7.2.9 Nonconforming Signs VITA THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. VII.2 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 DIAGRAM 14 PERMITTING PROCESS PERMITTING PROCESS DIAGRAM Applicant Zoning Office Referral By Right Building Permit Waiver Preapplication Submit to Zoning Office` Zoning Office Decision Appeal PZAB Building Warrant Exception (Uses only) Preapplication I Preapplication Submit to Submit to Planning Planning Department" Department CRC I . r--( Planning Department Decision w tRWring B rds* Ap al PZ PZAB Appea Appeal City Comm. City Comm Building Building Permit Permit V11.3 PD Planning Department CRC Coordinated Review Committee PZAB Planning Zoning and Appeals Board Variance Zoning Change Preapplication Preapplication Pla �Submit to tg I I Planning Dep nt Department V Planning Planning Department Department Certification Certification File with Hearing File with Hearing Boards" Boards* PZAB PZAB Appeal City Comm. City Commission Building Building Permit Permit THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. VITA THIS DOCUMENT I5 A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES 7.1 PROCEDURES 7.1.1 Authorities The administration of the Miami 21 Code shall include the following authorities: Zoning Administrator; Planning Director; Coordinated Review Committee; Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board; and City Commission. 7.1.1.1 Zoning Administrator a. Functions, powers and duties. A Zoning A l, appointed by and responsible to the City Manager, shall b re le for administration and enforcement of the Miami 21 Code as pro with such assistance as the City Manager may direct. For purpo Code, the functions, powers and duties of the Zoning Administrator re a Ically include: 1. To determine whether a plic on o uilding permits as required by the Building Code are in ac_ t re irements of this zoning ordinance. No building permit shall Iiiiiw ithout approval of zoning compliance by the Zoning Admi strato` hat ans and applications conform to applicable zoning regulation 2. To determine wheler the Use of any Structure or premises hereafter created, er d, chAged, converted, enlarged or moved, wholly or partly, in Use or in tr re, is in accordance with this Miami 21 Code and to issue a C ate U if the plans and applications conform to applicable zoning reg rtificates of Use for home occupations in residential districts shal is ued annually to cover the period from January 1 through Dece er 31 of each year. 3. To approve, deny or approve with conditions applications for administrative Waiver, with the recommendation as may be required of the Planning Director and pursuant to the standards of the Miami 21 Code. 4. To assist the Code Enforcement Department to enforce vigorously the provisions of the Miami 21 Code. 5. To maintain records of all official administrative actions. 6. To decide questions of zoning interpretation pursuant to Section 7.1.2.3 of this Code. 7. To participate in the review of Warrants and Exceptions. V11.5 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 8. To serve in an advisory capacity on zoning matters to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, the City Commission, and other officers or agencies of the City, and to prepare such reports as may be appropriate in that capacity. 9. To review and issue sign permits. 10. To determine whether changes made to applications are substantial modifications pursuant to Section 7.1.3 that require additional review and evaluation by city staff or a new notice prior to a hearing. b. It shall be the duty of all employees of the city, and especially of all officers and inspectors of the Department of Planning, Department of Building, Office of Zoning, the Fire Rescue Department, and the Police Department, to report to the Code Enforcement Department any suspected violatio' '' f the Miami 21 Code. 7.1.1.2 Planning Director a. Functions, powers and duties. A PI rector, appointed by and responsible to the City Manager, shal a sible for administration of the Miami 21 Code, as provided herein, su assistance as the City Manager may direct. For purposes of this t nctions, powers and duties of the Planning Director more spec n. II nclu 1. To make determinations one ing Uses where there is substantial doubt as to whether a par U ses, or classes of Uses, or characteristics of Use not specifical i d in the Miami 21 Code are of the same general character as those ed as permitted, Warranted or Exception Uses, either upon request from a administrative agency or officer of the city or upon his own initia 2. To y or approve with conditions any applications for Warrant, upo ie by members of the Coordinated Review Committee as the Direc may request, and pursuant to the standards of the Miami 21 Code. 3. To review and provide findings and recommendations to the Zoning Administrator regarding certain applications for administrative Waiver pursuant to the standards of the Miami 21 Code. 4. To prepare recommendations regarding an application for Exception, upon review by members of the Coordinated Review Committee as the Director may request, and to certify the application and accompanying recommendations to be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards for consideration by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board . 5. To prepare recommendations regarding an application for Variance and to certify the application and accompanying recommendations to be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards for consideration by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. VII.6 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 6. To prepare recommendations regarding an application for amendment to the Miami 21 Code, including rezoning, and to certify the application and accompanying recommendations to be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards for consideration by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board and the City Commission. 7. To prepare recommendations regarding an application for a Special Area Plan, and to certify the application and accompanying recommendations to be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards for consideration by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board and the City Commission. 8. To coordinate and chair the work of the Coordinated Review Committee. 9. To serve in an advisory capacity on Miami 21 Coatters to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, the City Commis n, d other officers or agencies of the city, and to prepare such reyp,� s y be appropriate in that capacity. _ ��A 10. To make referrals to the Urban De 411Me'77'Review Board (UDRB) as defined in Chapter 62 of the City o rojects that exceed 200,000 square feet or as the Director ma m cessary. 7.1.1.3 Coordinated Review Committ a. Establishment There is hereby establi d a committee to be known as the Coordinated Review Committee. The Coordlted Review Committee shall consist of the following members: th ing Director who shall serve as the chair of the committee, the Zo g A I ator, the City Attorney, the NET Director, and the Public Works other city, county, school board and governmental and utility officials t necessary expertise that the Planning Director may require for any parti lar application review. b. Functions, powers and duties The Coordinated Review Committee shall provide review of applications for Warrants and for Exceptions, and for Special Area Plans, pursuant to the review criteria of Section 7.1.2 and Article 3, Section 3.9, as the case may be. The Planning Director shall determine to which members of the committee any particular application shall be referred for review and advice. The committee shall meet together only as requested by the Planning Director. Upon the Planning Director's request, the review reports of each member shall be provided to the Planning Director, who shall consider them in making a decision regarding an application for a Warrant and in making a recommendation to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board regarding an application for an Exception or for a Special Area Plan. V11.7 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 c. Notice The applicant shall be given an opportunity, upon a minimum of seven days' notice, to attend any meeting, if any, of the Coordinated Review Committee that may be held to review and evaluate its application. Failure of the applicant to appear shall result in the withdrawal of the item from the committee meeting agenda. The applicant shall receive notice of the Planning Director's preliminary decision or recommendation on its application, as applicable, at least twenty-one (21) calendar days prior to the Director's final decision or recommendation. Within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of notice, the applicant may request an opportunity to revise its application or provide additional information to address any comments or concerns raised by the Coordinated Review Committee. If such a request is made, the Director's final decision or recommendation shall not be issued until the applicant has had a reasonable opportunity, as determined by the Planning Director, to rh , e its revisions or to provide additional information. 7.1.1.4 Plannina. Zonina and ADDeals Board a. Establishment There is hereby established b rd t be own as the city Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. The PI , Ing and Appeals Board shall consist of eleven voting members, on alte to member to be appointed in the manner hereinafter set out .s n, and one ex -officio, non-voting member appointed by the schI The school board appointee shall be invited to attend such meetings hich comprehensive plan amendments, re -zonings and Special Area Plans are sidered which, if granted, increase residential Density. The school dffgoppointee shall not be counted in determining whether a quoru .s pre any meeting. b. Functio o s and Duties The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board with the assistance of the planning department and all other city departments as necessary, shall have the functions, duties and powers as follows: To act as the local planning agency pursuant to section 163.3174, Florida Statutes. 2. To serve as the local land development regulation commission pursuant to section 163.3194(2), Florida Statutes. 3. To prepare and recommend to the City Commission ordinances, regulations and other proposals promoting orderly development of the city. 4. To make or cause to be made any necessary special studies on the location, adequacy and conditions of specific facilities of the city. These may include, V11.8 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T)iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 but are not limited to, studies on housing, commercial and industrial conditions and public facilities, recreation, public and private utilities, conservation of natural resources, roads and traffic, transportation, parking and the like. 5. To determine whether proposed developments of regional impact conform to the requirements of the Miami 21 Code, and with section 380.06, Florida Statutes, and to make recommendations to the City Commission in that regard. When acting in this capacity, its work shall be deemed advisory and recommendatory, and only advisory and recommendatory, to the City Commission. I: To determine whether Special Area Plans and by the Miami 21 Code conform to the requiren and to make recommendations to the City Com acting in this capacity, its work shall recommendatory, and only advisory r Commission. To determine whether specific the Miami 21 Code and that rE the requirements of the Miam deny or grant with CondiNde judicial body and obser set out in the Miami 21 ings that are Df the Miami regulated 21 Code, that regard. When ed advisory and datory, to the City �p aeMbpments that are regulated by it _% a iroval of an Exception conform to )Pmenn performing its authority to grant, is tI the board shall serve as a quasi- eof quasi-judicial procedures as under applicable state law. Rescission: The b r r a quasi-judicial hearing, may rescind, modify or change any resolu granting an Exception if, upon application filed by the Director at an time er the grant of an Exception, the board finds that there has been tion of any conditions, restrictions or limitations in the subject res ution. hearing shall not be held until published notice (per section 622 ity Code) has first been given. If the Director, upon written req y aggrieved party, refuses or fails to make an application for such scission, modification or change, the aggrieved party may request the City C mission, through the City Manager, to instruct the Director to do so. The decision of the board shall be appealable to the City Commission in the same manner as an appeal of a board decision regarding an Exception. 9. To determine whether an application for a Variance conforms to the requirements of the Miami 21 Code. In performing its authority to grant, deny or grant with conditions a Variance, the board shall serve as a quasi-judicial body and observe the requirements of quasi-judicial procedures as set out in the Miami 21 Code and under applicable state law. 10. To hear, de novo, and make a ruling on an appeal of the following administrative decisions: (a) An administrative determination by the Planning Director; V11.9 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 (b) The decision of the Zoning Administrator regarding a Waiver; (c) The decision of the Planning Director regarding a Warrant; (d) A zoning interpretation by the Zoning Administrator; (e) The decision of the Zoning Administrator regarding zoning approval, or a Certificate of Use. In performing its appeal authority, the board shall serve as a quasi-judicial body and observe the requirements of quasi-judicial procedures as set out in this Code and under applicable state law. 11. The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall pe such other functions as may be given it by the City Commission. c. Appointments; qualifications nA No appointment shall be made by th ZZ�mission to membership or alternate membership on the Plann' g, rM and Appeals Board until the City Clerk has given at least thirt 0) ays notice of the vacancies in a newspaper of general circul city of the vacancies. The City Commission shall solicit d cou ge a public, professional and citizen organizations within the interest in and knowledge of the purpose and functions of the boa to s it names of persons and their qualifications for consideration os . e appointees to the board. At least five (5) days prior notice that submitted to the the list )v the c f any appointment, the City Clerk shall publicly names thus submitted and the names of candidates Commission, together with a short statement of the quallflcatl eacn person, Is prepared and available for public Inspection andLconsi i . No person shall be appointed to the board whose name an out shall � s have not been made publicly available in the Iwf reaching a decision on an appointment, the City due consideration to the qualifications thus submitted. manner set Commission 2. Nomination. Each City Commissioner shall nominate candidates to serve the terms of two members of the board, taking into consideration the required qualifications for membership as provided herein. 3. Terms of office. The terms of office shall be the later of those terms provided under section 2-885 of the City Code. 4. Qualifications. It is intended that members and alternate members of the board be persons of knowledge, experience, mature judgment, and background; having ability and desire to act in the public interest; and representing, insofar as may be possible, the various special professional training, experience, and interests required to make informed and equitable decisions concerning preservation and appropriate development of the V11.10 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 physical environment. To that end, qualifications of members and the alternate member shall be as follows: (a) One (1) member shall be an architect registered in the state. (b) One (1) member shall be a landscape architect registered in the state. (c) One (1) member shall be a historian or architectural historian qualified by means of education or experience and having demonstrated knowledge and interest in county history or architectural history. (d) One (1) member shall be an experienced real estate broker licensed by the state. (e) One (1) member shall be experienced in urban planning. (f) Six (6) members shall be citizens with demonstrated knowledge and interest in the appropriate growth cf elopment of the city, and may also qualify under any of the above ca (g) One (1) alternate member II alify under one of the above categories. ;4 5. The City Commission sh oblfie board members from the nominations made by each City Com issi r, for ten members of the board. The mayor shall appoint on b the alternate member. Appointees shall be persons in a posit esent the public interest, and no person shall be appointed having p on 10 or private interests likely to conflict with the public interest. No erson all be appointed who has any interest in the profits or emolume ny contract, job, work, or service for the City. No person shall be poi o holds any elective office or is employed in a full-time ca governmental authority in the county or the City. Before mak n appointment, the City Commission shall determine that the pers so appointed satisfies the requirements of sections 2-611 et seq. of the Ci Code, and no person shall be confirmed in appointment who has not filed the statement required by section 2-615 of the City Code. In addition, the code of ethics of Miami -Dade County shall apply to members and the alternate member of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. 6. Persons appointed shall be electors of the City and otherwise meet the requirements of Chapter 2, Article XI of the City Code. 7. No member or alternate member of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall be confirmed in his appointment until he signs a statement agreeing to participate in at least one seminar on planning or zoning to be held in Florida or elsewhere, and approved by the City, during the course of each calendar year he shall remain a member or alternate member of the board. Failure to meet this requirement each and every year after assuming board membership or alternate membership may be grounds for removal. VITA 1 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 8. Vacancies (a) Vacancies in the membership or alternate membership of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall be filled by the City Commission and mayor by appointment in the manner herein set out and for the unexpired term of the member or alternate member affected, provided the City Commission may appoint an alternate member of the board to a vacancy as a full member of the board without resort to the procedural requirements of paragraph (1) above. (b) The executive secretary of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall notify the City Clerk within ten days after a vacancy occurs, and the City Clerk shall promptly transmit such informatioO�A ity Commission for appropriate commission action as set out her 9. Removal (a) Members and alternate members o TflVpo�may be removed for cause by the City Commission upon t mot less than three members of the commission, upon written c ge and public hearing, if the member and the alternate member nests such public hearing. (b) There is hereby es is d a poi system. Each member and the alternate member of Zoning and Appeals Board who arrives after the beginning of t first agenda item or leaves before the termination oVar da item, at a regularly scheduled meeting of the board, se two points. Any member and the alternate member of theho accumulates more than fifteen (15) points in one calendarall be brought to the attention of the City Com r its consideration of removal of the member. (c) otwit 5,� g paragraph (b) above, any member or alternate member who is absent, for whatever reason, from more than five n in one calendar year shall be brought to the attention of the City Cmission for its consideration of removal of the member. 10. Compensation. Members and alternate members of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall receive a remuneration of $1.00 per year. The City Commission shall make provision for the payment of actual and necessary expenses, in accordance with City policy, for the attendance of each member and alternate member of the board at one City -authorized planning or zoning seminar or conference each calendar year to be held in Florida. d. Proceedings of the Board 1. Officers and voting. The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall select a chairman and vice-chairman from among its members and may create and fill such other offices as it may determine. All members, or the alternate member sitting in the place of a member, shall be required to vote on matters before the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, subject to the provisions of V11.12 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 2 3 2 subsections (e) and (f) of this section and applicable Florida Statutes. The Planning Director shall attend all meetings of the board. The Office of Hearing Boards, or its successor, shall be the executive secretary of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. Rules of procedure. The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall establish rules of procedure necessary to its governing and the conduct of its affairs, in keeping with the applicable provisions of Florida law, and the City charter, ordinances and resolutions. Such rules of procedure shall be available in written form to persons appearing before the board and to the public upon request. Quasi-judicial procedures as provided in this Miami 21 Code and as required by state law shall apply to its decisions and recommendations, including rezoning; Special Area Plans; ExceptioVariances; and appeal decisions by the board. Meetings. The Planning, Zoning and regularly scheduled meetings each r days to be determined by the board. ( be set by the board, and additional r chairman and at such other times asll are not regularly scheduled shall r1q written notice to each member concurrence of the chair the the city manager, an em c appropriate notice. appeal All hold at least two nth,x month of August, on 1�r arscheduled meetings may T37n1q%s1My be held at the call of the clWmay determine. Meetings that :)e eld without at least ten (10) days ernate member, provided that upon In g, Zoning and Appeals Board and ng may be called at any time and with Quorum; public Ic Quorum requirements are governed by the provisions of sect 2-887 of the City Code. However, no action to recommend adoption' of amendments to the city Comprehensive Plan, or to recomme amendment of the text of the Miami 21 Code, rezoning, or Sp ial A n, or to approve an Exception shall be taken without the co of at least seven members of the Board. The Executive Sec he Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall keep minutes of boar roceedings, showing the vote of each member or alternate member, if sitting r a member, or if absent or failing to vote under paragraphs five (5) and six (6) below, indicating such fact. It shall be the responsibility of the executive secretary of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board to handle all procedural activities for all public hearings held by the board, including the preparation of detailed minutes and official records of such hearings. The official records of such public hearings shall be filed with the City Clerk. 5. Status of alternate member. In the temporary absence or disability of a member, or in an instance where a member is otherwise disqualified to sit on a particular matter, the chairman of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, or the vice-chairman in his absence, shall designate the alternate member to sit as a board member to obtain a full membership of eleven or, as nearly as possible, a full membership. When so acting, the alternate member shall have full rights of participation and voting as members; his vote shall be deemed that of a member in reaching a decision on a matter. In instances V11.13 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 e. f L where the alternate member is not sitting as a member, he shall have the right to participate in board discussions and to ask questions, but he shall have no right to vote or make motions. Where the alternate member has been duly designated to sit as a member on a particular matter and consideration of that matter has begun, the alternate shall continue to sit as a board member through disposition of the matter; and he shall not be replaced, should the member in whose stead he is sitting later be present. Disqualification of members or alternate. If any member of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board or the alternate member called on to sit in a particular matter shall find that his private or personal interests are involved in the matter coming before the board, he shall, prior to the opening of the hearing on the matter, disqualify himself from a11 rticipation of whatsoever nature in the cause. Alternatively, he may, be disq ied by the votes of not less than six (6) members of the board, not Ilud g t ember or alternate member about whom the question of disqu c n s been raised. No member or alternate member of the Boa pp before the City Commission, Planning Advisory Boar o and or Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board as agent or attorn� n er person. All city departments and employees sl%ll, Ider the direction of city manager and upon request and within e time, furnish to the Planning Department such available r rd or in rm ion as may be required in the work of the Planning, Zoning an oard. The city manager shall assign a member of the Public Wor De ment, Planning Department, Zoning Office, Neighborhood Enha nt the Code Enforcement Department and Fire - Rescue Department, t ccessors, to attend public hearings of the Board and to advise the boar hen necessary, and to furnish information, reports and recommendations upon quest of the board. The city attorney shall attend public hearings of 6snd nd o advise the board when necessary and to furnish inform 'on, J11:1 recommendations upon request of the board. The PI g, oning and Appeals Board or representatives of the Planning Departm t may, in the performance of official duties, enter upon lands and make exa inations or surveys in the same manner as other authorized city agents or employees and shall have other powers as are required for the performance of official functions in carrying out the purposes and responsibilities of the board. 7.1.1.5 City Commission The City Commission, in addition to its duties and obligations under the City Charter, the City Code, and other applicable law, shall have the following duties specifically in regard to the Miami 21 Code: a. To approve, deny or approve with conditions applications for developments of regional impact pursuant to Chapter 380, Florida Statutes. V11.14 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T)iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 b. To consider and act upon proposed amendments, including rezoning, to the Miami 21 Code, after consideration of the recommendation by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. c. To consider and act upon proposed Special Area Plans, after consideration of the recommendation by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. d. To consider and act upon proposed amendments to the Comprehensive Plan which relate to the Miami 21 Code, after consideration of the recommendation by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. e. To hear appeals of the ruling of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board on the appeal of a zoning interpretation, planning determin on, Warrant, Variance or Exception. To consider and adopt ordinances, regulations aW&LdTWrffbposaIs as it deems appropriate for promoting orderly developmenti areas of the city that are regulated by the Miami 21 Code. g. To establish a schedule of fees and c geI ,- owe applications made pursuant to the Miami 21 Code. h. To appoint members to then Nin Ind Appeals Board, as set forward in this Miami 21 Code. 7.1.2 Permits The permits that may be essarZy to develop property under the Miami 21 Code include the followin . Warrant; Waiver; Exception; Variance; and amendment to the Code (including endments'rezoning and Special Area Plans). The permits are illustr d in c 7, Diagram 14. In addition, certain approvals may be necessary at uses are permitted uses under the Code, which are zoning approval (b ' t , ertificate of use, planning determination, or zoning interpretation. Permits issu in error shall convey no rights to any party. The Zoning Administrator shall require rrections to be made unless construction has commenced on that portion of the construction that was permitted in error. 7.1.2.1 Permitted Uses A building permit for those permitted Uses as set forth in Article 4, Table 3 of this Code shall be approved By Right when the Use meets all of the applicable standards of the Miami 21 Code, and the other specific requirements that may be enumerated elsewhere in the City Code. a. Zoning approval A building permit shall be issued only after a zoning approval from the Zoning Administrator has been obtained indicating that the application meets the applicable provisions of the Miami 21 Code. Upon an affirmative finding by the V11.15 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 Zoning Administrator that plans and application submitted are complete and in compliance with the applicable requirements of the Miami 21 Code, an approval shall be entered on the application and on the applicable building permit and, if otherwise lawful, the permit shall be issued to the applicant, together with one copy of the approved plan. If the application and plan are not in full in compliance with the requirements of the Miami 21 Code, the application shall not be approved and the applicant notified in writing of the reasons for such decision, with citation to the legal authority for any denial of a permit. b. Certificate of Use 1. For new or altered Structures and Uses. No person shall Use or permit the Use of any Stru or premises hereafter created, erected, changed, converted, enlarged o mo , wholly or partly, in Use or in Structure, until a Certificate of Use se, extent, location, and other matters related to Miami 21 Co ve been issued to the owner or tenant. Application shall be t Zoning Administrator on forms provided therefore. The Zoning A is or shall issue the Certificate of Use (or to approve its issuance e i responsibility for issuance lies with other officers or agencies) if fin that all the requirements of this Miami 21 Code have been me hold such certificate (or to prohibit its issuance) unless he Vs at o e requirements of this Miami 21 Code have been met. I cate of Use is denied, the denial shall provide a citation to the al hority for any denial. No Certificate of Use is necessary for fetW&Jba e (3) Single -Family Structures, attached or detached, on a Lo r er than two (2) duplex Structures on a Lot. 2. Certificates ofUse f other existing Uses. An wne a nt engaged in existing Use of Structures or premises, other th dWrming Use at the time of the adoption of this Miami 21 Code, marithe a Certificate of Use certifying that such Use is lawful under this Coning Administrator if necessary shall inspect to determine the facase and to either issue the certificate if the administrator finds the Use lawful, or to withhold the certificate and take such remedial action as is appropriate if the administrator finds otherwise. A denial shall include a citation to the legal authority for the denial. 3. No Certificate of Use shall be issued for Buildings for which code compliance proceedings are pending. c. Zoning Approval or Certificates of Use issued by the Zoning Administrator on the basis of plans and applications authorize only the Use, arrangement, and construction set forth in the approved plans and applications, subject to any conditions or safeguards attached thereto, and no other. Use, arrangement, or construction at variance with that authorized, or failure to observe conditions and safeguards, shall be deemed a violation of this Miami 21 Code. V11.16 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 7.1.2.2 City Request for Planning Determination of Use Where there is substantial doubt as to whether a particular Use, or classes of Uses not specifically identified in the Miami 21 Code are of the same general character as those listed as permitted, by Warrant or by Exception, the Planning Director shall make a written determination in the matter. The Planning Director shall give due consideration to the intent of this Miami 21 Code concerning the Transect Zone involved and the character of the Use in question. Requests for such determinations shall be made only by officers or agencies of the City and may originate during the permit process. However, such requests shall not involve those circumstances where the Zoning Administrator has made a negative finding on a zoning interpretation, in which case ap I may be taken to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board and then to the City mission, as set forth in section 7.1.2.3. a. Notifications concerning determinations. Upon making the determination, the PI ctor shall notify any other officer or agency of the city likely to c by such ruling and all NET offices. Additionally, notice of the dete 'nat n shall be published to the public on the official city website. b. Effect of findings. If, in making the det . tiol#j(Planning Director finds that the particular Use or class of Use or ch a res of Use are of unusual or transitory nature, or are unlikely to recur uently, and unless his determination is reversed on grounds of error on app I to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board or the City Commission ,Fleiierm ination shall thereafter be binding on all officers and agenci ofts an administrative ruling, and without further action on or amen ami 21 Code. Whererse ning Director finds, in making the determination, that the particulclass of Use or characteristics of Use are likely to be common or recurrent, and that omission of specific reference in the Miami 21 Code is likely to lead to public uncertainty and confusion, the Director shall initiate a proposed amendment to the Miami 21 Code to rectify the omission. Until final action has been taken on such proposed amendment, the determination of the Director shall be binding on all officers and agencies of the city as an interim administrative ruling. c. Appeal to Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board An appeal of a planning determination, if sought, shall be de novo and taken to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, and must be initiated within fifteen (15) calendar days of the publication of the determination on the City's official website. The appeal shall be filed with the Hearing Boards Office. V11.17 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 The Board shall determine whether the administrative determination is upheld or rescinded. The ruling of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board may be further appealed to the City Commission, de novo and must be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards within fifteen (15) calendar days of the Board's issuance of its ruling. The filing of the appeal shall state the specific reasons for such appeal, together with payment of any required fee. The appeal may be filed only by the applicant or any person who appeared of record at the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board hearing on the decision being appealed and who is aggrieved by the action of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. 7.1.2.3 Zoning Interpretation Except where the Miami 21 Code specifically places resnsi � in other officers or agencies, questions of interpretation of this Code s e presented to the Zoning Administrator. a. Notifications concerning interpretations. Upon making his interpretation, the Rdministrator shall notify the party requesting the interpretation, as ther officer or agency of the City likely to be affected by such n ndoffices which shall, within five (5) days, distribute the zoning the official representatives of all registered neighborhood an ho wrier associations within the NET office that is applicable to the . n rty, and the City shall post the interpretation on the City's official w s' . b. Appeal to Planning, Zon and Appeals Board. An ap I of i interpretation, if sought, shall be de novo and presented to the PI g and Appeals Board within fifteen (15) calendar days of the publicat interpretation on the City's official website. The appeal shall be filed with e Hearing Boards Office. The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall determine whether the administrative interpretation is upheld or rescinded. The ruling of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board may be further appealed to the City Commission, de novo and must be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards within fifteen (15) calendar days of the Board's issuance of its ruling. The filing of the appeal shall state the specific reasons for such appeal, together with payment of any required fee. The appeal may be filed only by the applicant or any person who appeared of record at the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board hearing on the decision being appealed and who is aggrieved by the action of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. VII.18 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 1�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 7.1.2.4 Warrant The Warrant permits those Uses listed in Article 4, Table 3 of this Code as requiring a Warrant, upon review by the Planning Director or with the additional review of the Coordinated Review Committee. a. Prior to submitting an application for a Warrant, the prospective applicant shall meet in a preapplication meeting with the Zoning Administrator and the Planning Director to obtain information and guidance as to matters related to the proposed application. b. Required notice and hearing. At the time of submitting the application to applicant shall notify all Abutting property owne or alley, by certified mail. In the case of Abuttir to the condominium association need be se%t& Additionally, at the time from the Department of homeowner associations property and shall notify registered associations, I homeowner associations annual basis at their I%v The applicant shall Department of Planr shall be aosteal- on lb c. Revi nt of Planning, the OSe across a street ums, only one notice Iifion, the applicant shall obtain all registered Neighborhood and :e that is applicable to applicant official representatives of all such ie application. Neighborhood and such notice must register on an mit the certified receipts from all notices to the t the time of application. The decision on a Warrant website within five (5) days of the written decision. The Pwnning Director shall review each submitted application for a Warrant for cor7pleteness. If the Warrant application involves a project in excess of two hundred thousand (200,000) square feet of floor area, it shall be referred to the Coordinated Review Committee, which shall review the application and provide its comments and recommendations to the Planning Director. 2. Applications for projects equal to or less than two hundred thousand (200,000) square feet of floor area shall be reviewed by the Planning Director and the Zoning Administrator without need for review by the Coordinated Review Committee, unless the Planning Director determines that review by the Coordinated Review Committee is necessary. Where there is no referral to the Coordinated Review Committee, the Planning Director shall issue an intended decision within twenty-one (21) calendar days of a determination that the application is complete. The applicant shall have seven (7) calendar days from receipt of the notice of the intended decision to request a conference with the Planning Director to discuss revisions or additional VII.19 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 information regarding the application. Within ten (10) calendar days of the conference, or if no conference is requested, the Planning Director shall issue written findings and determinations regarding the applicable criteria set forth in this section and any other applicable regulations. The applicant and the Planning Director may mutually consent to an extension of the time for issuance of the final decision. The findings and determinations shall be used to approve, approve with conditions or deny the Warrant application. 3. The Planning Director shall approve, approve with conditions or deny the Warrant application, but in no event shall a Warrant be issued prior to thirty (30) days from the time the notice of the application is provided to the NET office. Approvals shall be granted when the application complies with all applicable regulations; conditional approvals sl#&1l be issued when the applications require conditions in order to be fo n compliance with all applicable regulations; denials of applications sh be issued if after conditions and safeguards have been consid a plication still fails to comply with all applicable regulations. Th ion of the Director shall include an explanation of the code req s f an appeal of the decision and shall be provided to the NET o c hl shall, within five (5) days, distribute the Warrant to the o la a sentatives of all registered neighborhood and homeowner as iaf ns within the NET office that is applicable to the applicant p the City shall post on the City's website. The Directors i ude cl tion to the legal authority for any denial of a Warrant. 4. A Warrant shall eriod of two (2) years during which a building permit or Certifica must be obtained. This excludes a demolition or landscape permit. one time extension, for a period not to exceed an additional y r, may obtained if approved by the Planning Director. d. Revie iteri . As app at to the nature of the Warrant involved and the particular circumst es of the case, the following criteria shall apply to a Warrant applicatio . The application shall be reviewed for compliance with this Code. The review shall consider the intent of the Transect, the guiding principles of the Miami 21 Code, and the manner in which the proposed Use will operate given its specific location and proximity to less intense Uses. The review shall also apply Article 4, Table 12, Design Review Criteria, as applicable e. Appeal to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. Appeal of the determination of the Planning Director shall be de novo and taken to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, within fifteen (15) calendar days of the posting of decision by the Planning Director on the City's website. The appeal shall be filed with the Hearing Boards Office. The Board shall determine whether the Warrant is upheld or rescinded. V11.20 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 111E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 The ruling of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board may be further appealed to the City Commission, de novo and must be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards within fifteen (15) calendar days of the Board's issuance of its ruling. The filing of the appeal shall state the specific reasons for such appeal, together with payment of any required fee. The appeal may be filed only by the applicant or any person who appeared of record at the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board hearing on the decision being appealed and who is aggrieved by the action of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. 7.1.2.5 Waiver The Waiver permits specified minor deviations from the in the various articles of this Code and as consistent this Code. Waivers are intended to relieve practical diff strict requirements of this Code. Waivers are not inte financial hardship, nor to allow circumventing of t may not be granted if it conflicts with the City C40 a. Specific Waivers are described it referenced here only for convenience. further described in the articles in whirl 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Parking reductions for Redevelopment V% Setbacks for irreg Setbacks thelockIR' 5.6 .. Sha mi 21 Code, as provided e guiding principles of e complying with the rve specific cases of this Code. A Waiver )rids Building Code. Wticles of this Code, and are parameters of each Waiver are appears in this Code. Busing or for Adaptive Reuses in Community Section 3.6.1. and 3.6.7). (Article 3, Section 3.3.3.c) roperty to be developed to match the dominant Setback in :ontext. (Article 3, Section 3.3.5; Article 5, Sections 5.5.1.g, Access for adjoining Lots (Article 3, Section 3.6.3.k). Barbed wire fences in D1, D2 and D3 (Article 3, Section 3.7.2). Review of Development within Neighborhood Conservation Districts for compliance with NCD regulations (Appendix A). The relaxation of Setbacks or required Off-street Parking for preservation of natural features of land (Article 3, Section 3.13.1.c). Decrease of required parking by thirty percent (30%) within the half -mile radius of a TOD (Article 4, Table 4). Required parking within one thousand (1,000) feet of the site that it serves (Article 4, Table 4 ) VII.21 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 10. Extensions above maximum Heights for church spires, steeples, belfries, monuments, water towers, flagpoles, vents, ornamental Building features, decorative elements, or similar Structures. (Article 3, Section 3.5.3, Article 5, Sections 5.3.2.f; 5.4.2.g; 5.5.2.h; 5.6.2.h, 5.9.2.g and 5.10.2.g). 11. Service and Parking access from Principal Frontage (Article 5, Sections5.4.2.e, 5.5.2.e and 5.6.2.f). 12. Vehicular entries spacing less than sixty (60) feet. (Article 5, Section 5.5.4.e and 5.6.4.g). 13. Adjustments to Building spacing and to Setbacks above the eighth floor for Lots having one dimension one hundred (100) feor less (Article 5, Section 5.6.1.h). 14. Adjustments to Building Disposition in Cl. (Art' ;%e n 5.7.2.4.d) 15. Industrial Uses requiring additional Heigh nd 3 (Article 5, Section 5.9.2.f and 5.10.2.0. 16. Primary and Secondary FrontagOPA pl ement (Article 5, Section 5.6.4.d and 5.6.4.e) 17. Reduction of reservoir p(Article 6). 18. Gas Station Build�n equirement (Article 6). 19. Modifications in Scks up to fifty percent (50%) when Liner Uses are provided along park Structures in Major Sports Facility. (Article 6, Table 13). 20. Re reconstruction of a nonconforming Structure (other than Sin duplex or multi -family) destroyed by natural disaster, explo n, fire, act of God, or the public enemy. (Article 7, Section 7.2.2.b). 21. Alterations to nonconforming Single Family or duplex Structures to enlarge a nonconformity affecting the exterior of the Building or premises. (Article 7, Section 7.2.3). 22. Development of Single Family or duplex Structures on certain nonconforming Lots in T-3 zones. (Article 7, Section 7.2.7). 23. Modification to nonconforming Off-street Parking facilities involving restoration or rehabilitation of an existing Building or an adaptive Use. (Article 7, Section 7.2.8). 24. Modification of the landscaping of nonconforming signs. (Article 7, Section 7.2.9.5). VII.22 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 25. As appropriate to the nature of the Waiver involved and the particular circumstances of the case, Waivers up to ten percent (10%) of any particular standard of this Code except Density, Intensity and Height, may be granted when doing so promotes the intent of the particular Transect Zone where the proposal is located; is consistent with the guiding principles of this Code; and there is practical difficulty in otherwise meeting the standards of the Transect Zone, or when doing so promotes energy conservation and Building sustainability. The inability to achieve maximum Density, Height, or floor plate for the Transect shall not be considered grounds for the granting of a Waiver. This Waiver cannot be combined with any other specified Waiver of the same standard. b. Prior to submitting an application for an administrative, Waiver, the prospective applicant shall meet in a preapplication meeting with t oning Administrator to obtain information and guidance as to matters ela to the proposed application. c. Required notice and hearing. Ikl At the time of submitting the applicatarlVaWffice of Zoning, the applicant shall notify all Abutting property owner ' cl ing those across a street or alley, by certified mail. In the case ofn ondominiums, only one notice, by certified mail, to the condomirm so do hall be sent. Additionally, at the time of i tial Wication, the applicant shall obtain from the Department of Plan a all registered Neighborhood and homeowner associations within t Ice that is applicable to applicant property and shall notify the NET Ice and official representatives of such registered associations, by certifie ail, of the application. Neighborhood and homeowner associations who wish to receive such notice must register on an annual basis at their local NET offices. The applicant shall submit the certified receipt(s) from all notices to the Office of Zoning at the time of submitting the application. The decision on a Waiver shall be posted on the City website within five (5) days of the written decision. d. Review criteria and approval process. The Zoning Administrator shall review the Waiver application, as required under this Code, in regard to compliance with the standards applicable to the specific Waiver and guiding principles in Article 2 of the Miami 21 Code. Recommendations and findings from the Planning Director shall be forwarded to the Zoning Administrator when applicable or when requested by the Zoning Administrator. The review by the Planning Director shall apply Article 4, Table 12 Design Review Criteria, as applicable. Based on these findings, and the applicable findings and determinations of the Zoning Administrator, the Zoning Administrator will issue a final decision on the Waiver request within ten (10) calendar days of receiving the Planning Director's recommendation and findings. The application shall be approved, approved with conditions or denied. A citation V11.23 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 7.1.2.6 e f to the legal authority shall be included for any denial of a Waiver. In no event shall a Waiver be issued prior to thirty (30) days from the time the notice of the application is provided to the NET office. The decision of the Zoning Administrator shall include an explanation of the code requirements for an appeal of the decision and shall be provided to the NET office which shall, within five (5) days, distribute the Waiver to the official representatives of all registered neighborhood and homeowner associations within the NET office that is applicable to the applicant property, and the City shall post on the City's website. Approvals shall be granted when the application complies with all applicable regulations; conditional approvals shall be issued when such applications require conditions in order to be found in compliance with all applicable regulations; denials of applications shall be issued if, after condi ' ns and safeguards have been considered, the application still fails to co with all applicable regulations. Appeal to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals BoZirator Appeal of the determination of the Zonin shall be de novo and taken to the Planning, Zoning and Ap a,&, within fifteen (15) calendar days of the posting of decision on the 'ty's ebsite. The appeal shall be filed with the Hearing Boards Office. ♦� A V perr lanc yeas Except! two (2) years during which a building tained. This excludes a demolition or for a period not to exceed an additional he Zoning Administrator. As identifieTTI-Arti,0115T, Table 3 of this Code, a Use may be permitted by Exception in specific Transect Zones if it conforms to criteria of this Miami 21 Code. Exceptions may also be permitted as provided in this Code, such as for adjustments to nonconformities as provided in section 7.2. Except as otherwise provided in this Code, the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall determine whether an Exception may be granted. a. Prior to submitting an application for an Exception under this Code, the prospective applicant shall meet in a preapplication meeting with the Zoning Administrator and the Planning Director to obtain information and guidance as to matters related to the proposed application. The Planning Director may request the attendance of other city departments to assist the applicant in submitting a complete preliminary application. b. Review by Planning Director and Coordinated Review Committee. VII.24 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 The Planning Director shall determine if a submitted preliminary application is complete for purposes of further review. 2. If the Exception preliminary application meets or exceeds two hundred thousand (200,000) square feet of floor area it shall be referred to the Coordinated Review Committee, which shall review the preliminary application and provide its comments and recommendations to the Planning Director. 3. Projects equal to or less than two hundred thousand (200,000) square feet of floor area shall be reviewed by the Planning Director and the Zoning Administrator without need for review by the Coordinated Review Committee, unless the Planning Director and Zoning Administvtor determine that review by the Coordinated Review Committee is necessar 4. As appropriate to the nature of the Except' i lyp and the particular circumstances of the case, the followingcri ri a IMapply to an application for an Exception. In addition, the applic ' II reviewed for compliance with the regulations of this Code an -a-'W a tudy shall be provided as required by the Planning Director. v shall consider the manner in which the proposed Use will opera ive its specific location and proximity to less intense Uses. The rev' o apply Article 4, Table 12 Design Review Criteria, as appliSle.5. The Director shall preommendations and certify the preliminary application and a commendations to be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards eration by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. Upon filing the Office of Hearing Boards the application shall be placed on t agend f the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. . 11! c. Decisi y t a ing, Zoning and Appeals Board. 1. Noti aring. A qua -judicia l hearing shall be held on the application for Exception. The City shall notify all owners of property within five hundred (500) feet of the Property Line of the land for which the hearing is required, by certified mail, of the time and place of the hearing by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board at least ten days in advance of the hearing. In the case of condominiums within the notification area, only one notice, by certified mail, to the condominium association shall be sent. For the purpose of this requirement, the names and addresses of property owners shall be deemed those appearing on the latest tax rolls of the City. The applicant shall provide the list of owners to the City at the time of the initial application. Additionally, the City shall notify all registered neighborhood and homeowner associations within the NET office that is applicable to applicant property and shall notify the NET office and official representatives of such registered V11.25 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 r associations, by certified mail, of the application. Neighborhood and homeowner associations who wish to receive such notice must register on an annual basis at their local NET offices. The City shall certify at the time of the hearing that notice as herein required was given to the persons as named and with the addresses shown on the certification. The applicant shall pay for the costs of the mailings. Posting of the property which is the subject of the hearing and newspaper notice shall be required as provided in Chapter 62 of the City Code. 2. Review and findings. The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall give full consideration to the Planning Director's recommendations, andshall termine whether to grant an application for Exception, to grant with con dif and safeguards or to deny the application. The Planning, Zoning and pp s Board shall issue written findings that the applicable req uireme h iami 21 Code have or have not been met. In no event shall an c e issued prior to thirty (30) days from the time the notice of ca n is provided to the NET office. The decision of the Planning, Z I a ppeals Board shall include an explanation of the code require f n appeal of the decision and shall be provided to the NET office ich hall, within five (5) days, distribute the Exception to the official r es of all registered neighborhood and homeowner associa s ithin he ET office that is applicable to the applicant property, and all post on the City's website. The Planning, Zoning and pea Board shall include a citation to the legal authority for any 0111111AL ception. Approvals shall be nted when the application complies with all applicable :)VI approvals shall be issued when such applications in order to be found in compliance with all applicable of applications shall be issued if, after conditions and yen considered, the application still fails to comply with all ns. mission. Appeal of the decision of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall be de novo applying the Exception criteria in this Code and taken to the City Commission, pursuant to section 7.1.5 of this Miami 21 Code. The appeal shall be filed with the Hearing Boards Office. Notification of the appeal shall be provided by the City in the same manner as provided for the original application in section 7.1.2.6.c. of this Code. The filing of the appeal shall state the specific reasons for such appeal, together with payment of any required fee. The appeal may be filed only by the applicant or any person who appeared of record at the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board hearing on the decision being appealed and who is aggrieved by the action of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. V11.26 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 e. An Exception shall be valid for a period of two (2) years during which a building permit or Certificate of Use must be obtained. This excludes a demolition or landscape permit. A one (1) time extension, for a period not to exceed an additional year, may be obtained upon approval by the Planning Director. 7.1.2.7 Variance a. Variance defined; limitations. A Variance is a relaxation of the terms of the Miami 21 Code, and is permitted only in those exceptional circumstances when such action will not be contrary to the public interest and where, owing to conditions pec Lar to the property and not the result of actions of the applicant, a literal enforce of the Miami 21 Code would result in unnecessary and undue hardship o th roperty. A Variance shall be authorized only for Lot size, Lot Cover a Ions of side or rear Setbacks, parking and loading requirements, n Space requirements. Variances shall be prohibited for anythi c ed in the listing above, except as specifically provided by this C e. ance from the terms of the Miami 21 Code shall not be granted unl s it every mitigating measure to offset the impact of the relaxed require t c be shown to have been taken. Regulations of this Miami Variance may be eligible for Unachievable maxi neighboring lands, Use of lands, Strl considered grounds b. Criteri An apply following t ''e not eligible for adjustment by Waiver. See section 7.1.2.5. erl%j^eight, or floor -plate, nonconforming Use of Nlllli#�r Buildings in the same Transect, and permitted or Buildings in any other Transect, shall not be granting of a Variance. a Variance shall be approved only if it demonstrates all of the 1. Special conditions and circumstances exist that are peculiar to the land, Structure or Building involved and that are not applicable to other lands, Structures, or Buildings in the same Transect; 2. The special conditions and circumstances do not result from the actions of the applicant; 3. Literal interpretation of the provisions of the Miami 21 Code deprives the applicant of rights commonly enjoyed by other properties in the same Transect Zone and results in unnecessary and undue hardship on the applicant; 4. Granting the Variance requested conveys the same treatment to the individual owner as to the owner of other lands, Buildings or Structures in the same Transect Zone; 5. The Variance, if granted, is the minimum Variance that makes possible the reasonable Use of the land, Building, or Structure; and V11.27 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 6. The grant of the Variance is in harmony with the general intent and purpose of the Miami 21 Code, and is not injurious to the Neighborhood, or otherwise detrimental to the public. 7. The Variance if granted, is consistent with the applicable criteria as set forth in Article 4, Table 12 as such relates to the particular location for which the Variance is being sought. c. Prior to submitting an application for a Variance under this Code, the prospective applicant shall meet with the Zoning Administrator and the Planning Director in a preapplication meeting to obtain information and guidance as to matters related to the proposed application. t"•J Review by Planning Director. The Planning Director shall determine if a submitted Variance is complete. Upon making a completen Director shall prepare recommendations, a application and accompanying recomme o ti Boards Office for consideration by the Plar _ _ e. Review by the Planning, Zoning and A quasi-judicial Appeals Board by the Planning, )IiRW&ary application for a Vtation, the Planning the preliminary e filed with the Hearing and Appeals Board. 1ot6nducted by the Planning, Zoning and application. Formal public notice of hearing :als Board of the application shall be issued. The City shall notifM owners of property within 500 feet of the Property Line of the land for which the hearing is required, by certified mail, of the time and place of t ing by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board at least ten da in a c of the hearing. In the case of condominiums within the no only one notice, by certified mail, to the condominium ass all be sent. For the purpose of this requirement, the names and addr es of property owners shall be deemed those appearing on the latest tax rol of the City. The applicant shall provide the list of owners to the City at the time of the initial application. Additionally, the City shall notify all registered neighborhood and homeowner associations within the NET office that is applicable to applicant property and shall notify the NET office and official representatives of such registered associations, by certified mail, of the application. Neighborhood and homeowner associations who wish to receive such notice must register on an annual basis at their local NET offices. The City shall certify at the time of the hearing that notice as herein required was given to the persons as named and with the addresses shown on the certification. The applicant shall pay for the costs of the mailings. V11.28 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 Posting of the property which is the subject of the hearing and newspaper notice shall be required as provided in Chapter 62 of the City Code. 2. Decision by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall consider the recommendations of the Planning Director, conduct a quasi-judicial hearing, and shall issue written findings that the application meets or does not meet the applicable criteria allowing for a Variance from the regulations of the Miami 21 Code. In no event shall a Variance be issued prior to thirty (30) days from the time the notice of the application is provided to the NET office. The decision of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall include an explanation of the code requirements for an app of the decision and shall be provided to the NET office which shall, within 5) days, distribute the Variance to the official representatives of all r Iste neighborhood and homeowner associations within the NET s applicable to the applicant property, and the City sh II p t t e City's website. The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board cl e a citation to the legal authority for any denial of a Variance. 3. Conditions and safeguards. In any Variance, the PI*in Zo ng d Appeals Board may prescribe appropriate mitigating co safeguards in conformity with the Miami 21 Code. Violation of s co tions and safeguards, when made a part of the terms under nce is granted, shall be deemed a violation of the Miami 21 Cod nds for revocation of the Variance. f. Appeal to the CjL)� Comr*sion. Appea thel�Cris n of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall be made to theion, as a de novo hearing, and as set forth in section 7.1.5 of this Mr"'lde. The appeal shall be filed with the Hearing Boards Office. Notificappeal shall be provided by the City in the same manner as providriginal application in section 7.1.2.7.e. of this Code. The filing of the appeal shall state the specific reasons for such appeal, together with payment of any required fee. The appeal may be filed only by the applicant or any person who appeared of record at the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board hearing on the decision being appealed and who is aggrieved by the action of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. g. A project for which the Variance has been obtained shall be valid for a period of two (2) years during which a Building Permit or Certificate of Use must be obtained. This excludes a demolition or landscape permit. A one time extension, for a period not to exceed an additional year, may be obtained upon approval by the Planning Director. V11.29 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 7.1.2.8 Amendment to Miami 21 Code a. Successional Zoning. The City's growth and evolution over time will inevitably require changes to the boundaries of certain Transect Zones. These changes shall occur successionally, in which the zoning change may be made only to a lesser Transect Zone; within the same Transect Zone to a greater or lesser intensity; or to the next higher Transect Zone, or through a Special Area Plan. All changes shall maintain the goals of this Code to preserve Neighborhoods and to provide transitions in Intensity, Density, Building Height and Scale. 1. When a Cl zoned property ceases to be used for Civic functions, the successional rezoning is determined by identifhdng the lowest Intensity Abutting Transect Zone, and rezoning to thatZo next higher Intensity Zone. 2. For a property of nine (9) acres or a Special Area Plan as described ii 3. For all successional zoning Chang table below. TRANSECT ZONE FLR FLR T1 T2 -- -- A4CT1 -- -- T3 -- -- T4 ILT5, CI -- T5 -- T6-8, CI 6 T6-8- 5. T6-12, CI 8 T6-12` 8 T6-24, CI 7 T6-24 7 T6 -36a, CI 12 T6 -36a 12 T6 -60a, CI 11 T6 -48a 11 T6 -60a, CI 11 T6 -60a 11 T6 -60b, CI 18 T6 -48b 18 T6 -60b, CI 18 T6 -36b 22 T6 -60b, CI 18 T6 -60b 18 N/A, CI -- T6-80 24 N/A, CI -- CI -- Abutting Zones CI -HD 8 T6-24 7 D1 -- T5, CI, D2 -- D2 -- D1, CI -- D3 -- T6 -8L, T6-8 O, CI -- V11.30 I change shall require nine (9) acres, refer to the THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN .AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 b. The Miami 21 Code may be amended by amending the Miami 21 Atlas or by amending the text of this Code. Miami 21 Atlas amendments (also referred to as a "rezoning", including Special Area Plans) may only be applied for at two times of the year, which times shall be set yearly by the City Commission. A rezoning to a CS Transect Zone, and any rezoning initiated by the City shall be exempt from the twice yearly schedule. The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall make recommendations to the City Commission for such amendments to the Miami 21 Code. 2. Every two years, the City may conduct a comprehensive review of the Miami 21 Atlas to evaluate the development direction oftthe City's neighborhoods and determine if additional amendments are approgMe. 3. Amendments to the text of the Miami 2 jTcluding tables and diagrams) may be made only upon ap lica Na ity official and may be considered at any time during the year. c. Applications for rezoning (Miami 21 Atla ment). 1. Except where the proposal for of property involves an extension of an existing Transect n r ning of land shall be considered 17,N which involves less than h' l sand (40,000) square feet of land area or two hundred (200) feet o stye rontage on one (1) street. Applications for rezoning may be rl�y: (a) The City Commfon; (b) The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board; (c) Any of r artment, board or agency of the City; (d)tny n r entityother than those listed in (a) through (c), above, d t only the owners) or their agents) may apply for the f property. 2. Aps for rezoning made pursuant to (d) above shall be made on an application form as provided by the City which shall require, at a minimum, the following information: (a) Location of the property, including address and legal description (b) Survey of the property prepared by a State of Florida registered land surveyor within six (6) months from the date of the application, including acreage. (c) Affidavit and disclosure of ownership of all owners and contract purchasers of the property, including recorded warranty deed and tax forms of the most current year. For corporations and partnerships, include articles of incorporation, certificate of good standing, and authority of the person signing the application. Non-profit organizations shall list members of the Board of Directors for the past year. VII.31 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 (d) Certified list of owners of real estate within five hundred (500) feet of the subject property. (e) Present zoning of the property and Future Land Use designation of the property. (f) At least two photographs that show the entire property. (g) An analysis of the properties within a one-half mile radius of the subject property regarding the existing condition of the radius properties and the current zoning and Future Land Use designations of the radius properties. The analysis shall include photos of Building elevations of both sides of the street extending three hundred (300) feet beyond all boundaries of the site. An aerial photo of the site and the radius properties shall be included. The analysis shall explain why the zoning change is appropriate and why the existing zoning is irAppropriate, in light of the intent of the Miami 21 Code and particularlrelation to effects on adjoining properties. d. Review of application for code amendments by lflagrW=irector. The Planning Director shall review and provide a recommendation and criteria of this Code is met or not n shall additionally review the densities and intensitie re om policies and land Uses in 7.1.2.8.f are met. EVWT Pion for a code amendment t in regard to how each of the In a case of rezonings, the Director n regard to whether the land Use with and further the objectives, nsive Plan, and whether the criteria in N01111104 - 2. A non -City applica f ning shall obtain a Zoning Referral by the Zoning Administrator, and et with the Planning Director and Zoning Administrator in a preap lication` meeting prior to the applicant's submission of a preliminar ication for rezoning. The Director shall review each pre Ina p ation for rezoning for completeness. The Planning Director sh i the preliminary application and his accompanying reco n ions to be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards for consi ration by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. The applicant shall responsible for filing the application with the Office of Hearing Boards. Upon filing with the Office of Hearing Boards, the application shall be placed on the agenda of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. V11.32 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUB ST1TUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 e. Review by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. 1. Notice Formal public notice of hearing by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board of an application for a code amendment shall be issued in the following manner: The City shall notify all owners of property within 500 feet of the Property Line of the land for which the hearing is required, by certified mail, of the time and place of the rezoning hearing by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board at least ten days in advance of the hearing. In the case of condominiums within the notification area, only one notice, by certified mail, to the condominium association shall be sent. For the purpose of this, requirement, the names and addresses of property owners shall be deem6d' hose appearing on the latest tax rolls of the City. The applicant shall pro'de tf1 hist of owners to the City at the time of the initial application. V�/ Additionally, the City shall notify all reg ei borhood and homeowner associations within the NET office that s WIMT151e to applicant property and shall notify the NET office and theIc r esentatives of such registered associations, by certified mail, of thA ezo ng application. Neighborhood and homeowner associations who Ive such notice must register on an annual basis at their loca ffic Notice of text amendmis s I be as provided by Chapter 62 of the City Code and state I The City shall certi t the time of the hearing that notice as herein required was given to the p ons as named and with the addresses shown on the certificati applicant shall pay for the costs of the mailings. Po t roperty which is the subject of the hearing and newspaper noti a e required as provided in Chapter 62 of the City Code. 2. Review, findings and recommendation. (a) The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall give full consideration to the Director's recommendations, and shall evaluate whether an application for a code amendment should be granted, granted with modifications or denied. (b) The Board shall conduct a hearing on text amendments and make its recommendations based on whether the criteria in this section are met. (c) The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall conduct a quasi-judicial public hearing on rezoning applications, and make its recommendations based on whether the criteria in this section are met. V11.33 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 f. Criteria. The recommendations of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall show that the board has considered and studied the application in regard to the following criteria: 1. For all amendments: (a) The relationship of the proposed amendment to the goals, objectives and policies of the Comprehensive Plan, with appropriate consideration as to whether the proposed change will further the goals, objectives and policies of the Comprehensive Plan; the Miami 21 Code; and other city regulations. (b) The need and justification for the proposed ch including changed or changing conditions that make the passag of proposed change necessary. 2. For rezonings: A change may be made only to t t nsity Transect Zone or by a Special Area Plan, and in a mann hic I maintains the goals of this Miami 21 Code to preserve Neighb to provide transitions in intensity and Building Height. 3. For Special Area Plan re nin Special Area Plan adopted by rezoning pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.9. g. City Commission action on Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board recommendations. 1. Notice and hearings. Upon receipt of the findings and recommendations regarding code amendments by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, the City Commission shall hold at least two advertised public hearings on the proposed code amendments. Notice shall be given as follows: The City shall notify all owners of property within five hundred (500) feet of the Property Line of the land for which the hearing is required, by certified mail, of the time and place of the rezoning hearing by the City Commission at least ten days in advance of the hearing. In the case of condominiums within the notification area, only one notice, by certified mail, to the condominium association shall be sent. For the purpose of this requirement, the names and addresses of property owners shall be deemed those appearing on the latest tax rolls of the City. The applicant shall provide the list of owners to the City at the time of the initial application. VII.34 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEK! AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 Additionally, the City shall notify all registered neighborhood and homeowner associations within the NET office that is applicable to applicant property and shall notify the NET office and the official representatives of such registered associations, by certified mail, of the rezoning application. Neighborhood and homeowner associations who wish to receive such notice must register on an annual basis at their local NET offices. Notice of text amendments shall be as provided by Chapter 62 of the City Code and state law. The City shall certify at the time of the hearing that notice as herein required was given to the persons as named and with the addresses shown on the certification. The applicant shall pay for the costs of the mailings. Posting of the property which is the subject of th Baring and newspaper notice shall be required as provided in Chapter o e City Code and by state statute. 2. Adoption. In the case of all proposed Miami o iami 21 Atlas amendments, if the recommendation of the Planni Zo g and Appeals Board is adverse to the proposal, such rezonin a adopted except by the vote of at least three members of t i Co is n. The City Commission b vote of not less than three (3) members, approve the rez of rty to a Transect Zone of less Intensity than that applied for i i s where, in the opinion of the commission and upon the recomm ation of the Planning Director, the specific rezoning applied for would w to the detriment of the health, safety or welfare of the surrounding Neighborhood, whereas a rezoning to a Transect Zone of less Intensity would riot. In no event shall a rezoning be issued prior to thirty (30) days from the time the notice of the application is provided to the NET office. The decision of the City Commission shall include an explanation of the code requirements for an appeal of the decision and shall be provided to the NET office and posted on the City's website. The City Commission shall include a citation to the legal authority for any denial of a rezoning. 3. Failure of City Commission to act. If a recommendation of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board is not legislatively decided within twelve (12) months from first reading by the City Commission, the application upon which the report and recommendation are based shall be deemed to have been denied. However, for amendment to the Comprehensive Plan and its corresponding Miami 21 Atlas amendment, the time period will be extended an additional twelve (12) months. In both instances, the provisions of sections 62-54 and 62-55 of the City Code will V11.35 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T, iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 not apply unless otherwise required by the City Commission. No day of the month of August shall be counted in the administration of this section. 4. Limitation on further consideration after denial. Whenever the City Commission has denied an application for the rezoning of property, the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall not thereafter: (a) Consider any further application for the same rezoning of any part or all of the same property for a period of eighteen months from the date of such action; (b) Consider an application for any other kind of rezoning on any part or all of the same property for a period of twelve months from the date of such action; or (c) Consider an application for rezoning that invoi�es the same owner's property within two hundred (200) feet of propertj granted a change within a period of twelve (12) months. 5. Limitation on further consideration after n Whenever the City Commission h and Appeals Board shall not t all or any part of the sa r ert the date of such action. property, the Planning, Zoning der any petition for rezoning of >d of eighteen (18) months from 6. Limitation on furt on9%"Vn after voluntary withdrawal of application Whenever an applicant has voluntarily withdrawn an application for rezoning of property during either first or second reading before the City Commission, the Plann' , Zoning and Appeals Board shall not thereafter consider an applicatio same property for eighteen (18) months from the date of su n, consider an application for any kind of rezoning of any part or ame property for twelve (12) months from the date of such actio 7. Waiver of time limits. The time limits set forth in this subsection g. may be waived by a vote of at least three (3) members of the City Commission when such action is deemed necessary to prevent injustice or to facilitate development of the city in the context of the adopted Comprehensive Plan, or any portion thereof. 7.1.2.9 Sign Permits a. Application. Except for classes of signs exempted from permit requirements as specified in Article 6, Section 6.5, all signs shall require permits. Applications for such permits shall be made, on forms provided by the city, and in addition shall provide at a minimum the following information: VII.36 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 1. A drawing to scale showing the design of the Sign, including the dimensions, Sign size, method of attachment, source of illumination, and showing the relationship to any Building or Structure to which it is, or is proposed to be, installed or placed, or to which it relates; 2. A fully dimensional Lot plan, drawn to scale, indicating the location of the Sign relative to Property Line, right-of-way, streets, sidewalks, and other Buildings or Structures on the premises; 3. Number, size and location of all existing signs upon the same Building, Lot or premises, if applicable; and 4. Any other information required, if any, by the Florida Building Code. b. Permit identification required to be on Sign. Anykrign quiring a permit or permits shall be clearly marked with the permit numbbers and the name of the person or firm responsible for placement of thethe premises. c. Approval of sign permit. A sign permit m droved by the Zoning Administrator if the requirements and crit o in this Code have been met; all other necessary approvals, if an b obtained; and all required 114 fees have been paid. Illk d. Transferability of sign perm&nleDrab it numbers or permit applications and attachments shall not bto her sites. They are valid only for a specific Sign Structure at thesignated location subject to change of copy limitations in Article 6,.5. If at any time a Sign Structure is altered, removed or relocateferent from the terms of the sign permit, the sign permit will becoYPcess less otherwise provided in this code. 7.1.3 Application and Review Generally, e aiwn and review process for By Right permits, Warrants and Waivers, and rezonings are as illustrated in Article 7, Diagram 14. 7.1.3.1 Informal Con Itation Prior to submitting any application for a permit under this Code, the prospective applicant may informally consult with the Zoning Administrator and the Planning Director to obtain information and guidance concerning the proposed application, the general application requirements and the plan review process. The prospective applicant for plan review under section 7.1.3.2 may request informal consultation regarding the proposed plan prior to the required pre -application process. No statement made or information exchanged during the informal consultation shall be binding on the city or the applicant. 7.1.3.2 Generally a. The Zoning Office shall direct an applicant for a permit under this Code to the appropriate office for the review of the permit application by issuing a Zoning V11.37 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E ENL OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 Referral. Preapplication package forms for specific permits shall be provided by the city administration to assist the applicant in the review and approval process. For all applications, the following information shall be required 2 3 Names and addresses of the record owners, the applicant, and the person preparing the application, and the signatures of each. Statement of ownership or control of the property, executed and sworn to by the owner or owners of one hundred percent (100%) of the property described in the application, or by tenant or tenants, with owner's written sworn -to -consent, or by duly authorized agents, evidenced by a written power of attorney if the agent is not a member of the Florida Bar. Evidence of authority by the record owners for su and identification of the applicant's relationship to not the record owner. Legal description and a certified The survey shall be performed Code, and dated within one year providing such survey reflects al The land survey shall be review baseline information shall be prior to review of the pre2Rli u 4. Any information pursuant to this 5. Proof of any p property. 6. Pawnent Cal 7. fees and charges. of the application, r if the applicant is ff Wfifing 'Sposed site boundaries. h Florida Administrative date of the application, itions of the subject property. Department of Public Works and the Department to the applicant at the preapplication meeting. administrative decision municipal liens on the Ph -p ct. A phased project is one which, due to its magnitude, has to be d loped in stages. Such project shall contain a minimum of three (3) acres land. Any such project shall establish the maximum development capacity for the subject property. At the time of qualification by the Planning Director and Zoning Administrator, the project shall be owned by a single entity or subsidiaries of one (1) entity and may occupy contiguous lands, separated only by streets or alleys, and will be considered as one (1) project for the purpose of calculating all zoning requirements. A phased project must be qualified by the Planning Director and Zoning Administrator, at the written request of the property owner. b. The Zoning Administrator, or the Planning Director, as appropriate, shall make a determination as to the completeness of the preapplication package prior to its further review. c. When any combination of a Warrant, Waiver or Exception is requested for a particular project, one application for the highest ranking permit shall be sufficient V11.38 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 7.1.3.3 for review, and lower ranking approvals need not be applied for separately. Although only one application is required to be filed, the project must meet the criteria for all the approvals requested. Applications shall be ranked as follows: Waivers, Warrants, and Exceptions. Special Area Plans, Variances, and amendments to the Miami 21 Code shall always require separate applications and approvals. The approval of any administrative permit shall be contingent on the approval of all permits requiring public hearing, and the appeal period for any required administrative approval shall be stayed pending the approval of the last permit requiring public hearing. For By Right permits, the applicant shall also provide a complete set of plans, signed and sealed as required by the Florida Building Code, whicILshould include: a. 31 Location plan at minimum scale c structure as shown in Zoning Atlas, Building footprints of Neighborhood photograph. Dimensioned site plan(s) including: 2 3 4 5 6 Lot Lines and Setbacks. Location, shape, size construction and landsc Location of Off all above ground Location ign of any signage In f site or Building design methods used to conserve energy Abutt area extending three hundred (300) feet beyond Property Lines includi street design from project Building Fagade to Building Fagade across the street, including sidewalk, swale if any, street trees, and on -street parking pavement. thin Neighborhood Neighborhood and project on aerial proposed Building collection areas, and c. Landscape plans including specification of plant material, location and size. d. Floor plans and elevations of all Structures, including total gross square foot area of each floor and all dimensions relating to the requirements of this Code. e. Figures indicating the following: 1. Lot area. 2. Amount of green space or Open Space, trees, and pervious and impervious pavement in square feet and percentage required and provided. V11.39 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 3. Amount of building coverage at ground level in square feet and percentage required and provided. 4. Total square footage of all built areas, categorized by Use. 5. Parking required and provided. 6. Total number of dwelling units. 7. Other design data as may be needed to evaluate the project. 7.1.3.4 Plan Approval Required for Warrants, Waivers, Except and Variances a. Requirements. Plan approval is required for any Struc r ises to be constructed, changed, converted, enlarged or moved artly, by Warrant, Waiver, Exception or Variance. The plan shall a as part of the preapplication package for the Warrant, Waiver, Ex do or Variance. If plan approval is required, the plan shall show tha t re or Use, or both, or the affected part thereof, are in conformit I it e p vis s of this Miami 21 Code. b. Preapplication Meeting. After receiving a Zoni al and a preapplication package from the Zoning Office for a Warrant, Waiver, Exception, or Variance under this Code, the prospective applicant shall meet in a preapplication meeting to obtain information and guidanc s matters related to the proposed application. No statement made inf i exchanged during the pre -application meeting shall be bindin or the applicant. The Planning Director (or the Zoning Adminis the case of a Waiver) shall ensure that representatives of potential ffected City departments or agencies are present at the meeting and shall, if d med necessary, extend invitations to attend and participate in the meeting to potentially affected agencies or officers of Miami -Dade County, the state or the federal government. The Zoning Administrator shall be responsible for the preapplication meeting in the case of a Waiver. The preapplication meeting may be continued for the review of further information that may be necessary to enable the applicant to submit a complete preliminary application. Insofar as possible, the applicant shall be given guidelines at the pre -application meeting in regard to: Any referral to other governmental officers or agencies that may be necessary either before or after filing application for permit requested. 2. Any required Comprehensive Plan amendments or zoning changes. VII.40 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 3. Any Waivers which may be required for the proposed project. 4. Information regarding the plan process and information that the Zoning Administrator or Director deem pertinent to the application. 5. Any other matters that are deemed pertinent to the application. 6. Estimate of fees. c. Upon completion of the pre -application meeting, the applicant if required shall submit an application for preliminary plan approval with the Planning Department or Zoning Office, as applicable, on forms provided by the City. The Planning Department or Zoning Office as applicable shall initis review of the preliminary plan application and determine that the preliminary plarplication is complete. d. Materials to be submitted with the application:h e�Taps, plans, surveys, studies and reports that may reasonably be q make the necessary determinations called for in the particular e, ' s icient copies for referrals and records, including those materials list e n 7.1.3.3, and may include other materials as deemed necessa t Planning Director or Zoning Administrator, as applicable. _ e. A preliminary plan applicatio a e d m complete at the time: 1. It is on a form approved th ty, and all applicable information is provided by the applicant fo attachment(s), as necessary, at the time of its filing and; 2. It has been reviewed%nd signed by the appropriate official and; 3. All uire' es re paid The Pla ' g epartment or Zoning Office shall review the submitted application pursuant the standards of this Code. If further review is necessary by the Planning, oning and Appeals Board or the City Commission, the Planning Director shall prepare recommendations and certify the application and recommendations to be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards. The applicant is responsible for filing the application for a hearing, along with the Planning Director's certification, with the Office of Hearing Boards. 7.1.3.5 Modifications to Applications Requiring Public Hearing a. Modifications to applications after processing begins. An applicant may modify an application filed with the Office of Hearing Boards after processing begins and prior to the public hearing if the modifications are not substantial. Otherwise, a new application must be made and fee paid. Whether a proposed modification is substantial shall be determined by the Zoning V11.41 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Administrator, according to whether the requested modification requires a Variance or Exception. b. Modifications subsequent to notice of hearing. 1. After notice has been given of a public hearing before the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, or City Commission, as the case may be, no change shall be made in the original application which would have the effect of creating substantial differences between the matter advertised and the matter upon which the hearing is actually held. 2. Upon completion of the public hearing by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, or City Commission, as the case may be ; o proposed amendment shall be recommended or adopted which is subs ially different from the proposal for which the public hearing was held. c. Modifications to a plan approved under thisM Minor modifications may be made to a Exception under the Miami 21 Code u explaining the need for corrections, i 4FMicant's %d by Warrant, Variance or submission of a letter of the fee established by the adopted fee schedule, and writ of the Planning Director. Minor modifications include: Those changes that met sect regulations and do not change the manner of opera th oved site; or Those changes tha In be approved by Waiver; or 1 2 3 Chanal roject phasing. At the time of its approval, the entire project sh by a single entity or its subsidiaries, and shall occupy co separated only by streets or alleys; or 4. An irl height height not exceeding five (5) feet or 5% of the approved 5. Movement of the footprint of the building not more than ten (10) feet in any horizontal direction. All applications for minor modifications to an approved plan shall be reviewed in light of their cumulative effect on the original approved plan, taking into account building disposition, configuration, function, and other Code standards. The minor modification shall meet the criteria of Table 12. Except for minor modifications, the plan may be amended only pursuant to the procedures and standards established for its original approval. d. Modifications to special permits and Variances approved under a previous code. V11.42 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 An applicant may modify a special permit approved under a previous zoning code, as a minor modification through the Warrant process. The components being modified after modification shall be in compliance with this Code, even though the remainder of the approved development plan is not in full compliance with this Code, and shall not increase previously approved overall Development Capacity. 2. The special permit may be amended with modifications that the Planning Director determines not to be minor, and variances may be modified according to the following procedures: a. Class I Special Permits shall be amended pursuant to Chapter 62 of the City Code. b. Class 11 Special Permits shall be amended as arrant. c. Special Exceptions and Major Use Special P mi hall be amended as an Exception d. Variances may be modified as a Varian;; 3. In all Special Permit cases, the City s IT 11 a any rights to develop that may be vested under legal princip q �!Rable estoppel, and may allow changes to a previously approve as Special Permit that has begun construction (other than under o or landscape permit), applying the standards of the previou o for II p ses. Where those changes to an approved phased Speci the greatest extent possible conform to the standards of this de, e review shall be conducted by Warrant; otherwise the re th nges shall be conducted as an Exception. The owner of property s a previously approved phased Special Permit nonetheless may c se to submit a new application for approval pursuant to the Miami 21—code. 4. Th xpirSte for any Class II Special Permit, Major Use Special Permit or pproved under the Zoning Ordinance 11000 in effect imm e rior to the date of adoption of this Miami 21 Code may, upon appli ion to the Director by the owner, be extended from its existing expira n date as follows: a. Class II Special Permits, Special Exceptions and Variances shall be permitted no more than one (1) time extension for a period not to exceed twelve (12) months. b. Major Use Special Permits shall be permitted no more than three (3) time extensions for each time extension period not to exceed twenty-four (24) months. 5. Nothing in this Code shall divest a previously approved Development of Regional Impact from any development rights obtained as a result of its approval under a Chapter 380, Florida Statutes. V11.43 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 1�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 e. Phased project: At the time of its approval, the entire project shall be owned by a single entity or its subsidiaries, and shall occupy contiguous lands, separated only by streets or alleys. Changes in the phasing of such a project may be approved as a minor modification if approved by the Zoning Administrator, building official and Planning Director. f. Complete applications pending at the effective date of this Code shall be reviewed under the provisions of Ordinance 11000 as existing at the date of adoption of this Code. 7.1.3.6 Approvals granted in error do not authorize violation of this Code; corrections required. a. An approval issued in error shall not confer an rig to construction or occupancy. 7.1.3.7 7.1.3.8 703 No approval shall be construed to autho Code, and such approval shall be val authorized is lawful. to c. Issuance of a building permit Administrator from thereafter No Approval Available vdo of any provisions of this h1v the extent that the work plan shall not prevent the Zoning I of errors in the plan. ent Violations. No approval may be issueWthe business, enterprise, occupation, trade, profession, property or activity is the subject of an ongoing city enforcement procedure, or is the subject of a notic lation of a state law or county ordinance where the business enterprise loca or s to be located, unless the subject of the application would cure the Iolation. Failure to comply with conditions and safeguards, when attac o grant of a development order or permit, shall be deemed a violation of t Miami 21 Code. Resubmission and Withdrawal of Applications Requiring Public Hearing. a. Whenever an application has been denied, the city shall not thereafter consider the same application for any part or all of the same property for a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of the denial. b. Whenever an applicant has voluntarily withdrawn an application after the application has been scheduled for a public hearing, the city shall not thereafter consider the same application for the same property for eighteen (18) months from the date of the withdrawal. c. The time limits set by paragraphs a. and b. above may be waived by a vote of not less than three (3) members of the decision making body when such action is V11.44 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 deemed necessary to prevent injustice or to facilitate development of the city in the context of the adopted Comprehensive Plan, or portion thereof. d. If an application is on file for more than six (6) months without activity by the applicant, it shall be deemed withdrawn. 7.1.4 Quasi -Judicial Procedures 7.1.4.1 Intent The intent of this section is to establish procedures to ens a procedural due process and maintain citizen access to the local government ile_. . i. aking process for the review of certain applications that require quasi-judicial an . These procedures shall be applied and interpreted in a manner reco ' i b the legislative and judicial aspects of the local government decision a ocess in quasi-judicial hearings. v 7.1.4.2 Applicability These procedures shall apply t II plic io in which the City Commission or Planning, Zoning and Appea cts in a quasi-judicial capacity for recommendations or final decisi s a Exceptions, Variances, Special Area Plans and rezoning; and tos City Commission or Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board on Warra rs, zoning approvals and Certificates of Use. These procedures do not ply to administrative decisions made by City staff on Warrants or Wai ning approvals, sign permits or Certificates of Use, except upon the eal a dministrative decision to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. 7.1.4.3 Definitions The following words, terms and phrases, when used in this section, shall have the following meanings ascribed to them, except where the context clearly indicates a different meaning: a. Applicant shall mean the owner of record, the owner's agent, or any person with a legal or equitable interest in the property for which an application or appeal thereof has been made and which is subject to quasi-judicial proceedings, and shall mean the staff when the application is initiated by the city. b. Competent substantial evidence shall mean testimony or other evidence based on personal observation, or fact or opinion evidence offered by an expert on a matter that requires specialized knowledge and that is relevant to the issue V11.45 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TI1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 7.1.4.4 to be decided. Competent substantial evidence is evidence a reasonable mind could accept as adequate to support a conclusion. c. Decision-making body shall mean the City Commission or the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, as the case may be, that makes a recommendation or decision on an application or decides the appeal. d. Intervenor shall mean a person whose interests in the proceeding are adversely affected in a manner greater than those of the general public. e 0 Material evidence shall mean evidence that bears a logical relationship to one or more issues raised by the application or the laws and regulations pertaining to the matter requested by the application. A, Participants shall mean members of the general pu including experts and representatives of local agencies, who offer testimony at a quasi-judicia e• heard on an application. Party shall mean the Applicant, the c Decision-making body as a qualified I Relevant evidence shall that is material to the dei General procedures a. Each P; exhibits, the ruI b. Staff s The sta the Dec hearing r than the Applicant, and governmental the purpose of being person recognized by the vh%h tends to prove or disprove a fact application. shall have Ve right to call and examine witnesses, to introduce crs- mine opposing witnesses on any relevant matter (subject to nt rein), and to rebut evidence. e4W responsibility of presenting the case on behalf of the City. o6n the application shall be made available to the Applicant and n -making body no later than five (5) days prior to the quasi-judicial the application. c. Official file. All written communication received by Decision-making body or staff concerning an application, the staff report on the application, any petitions or other submissions from the public, and all other documents pertaining to the application upon receipt shall be filed in the official file for the application, which shall be maintained by staff. The Comprehensive Plan, this Code and the City Code shall be deemed to be part of the official file. The official file shall be available for inspection during normal business hours. d. The printed agenda for the meeting at which the quasi-judicial hearing is scheduled to take place shall identify the hearing as quasi-judicial and indicate where copies of the procedures that apply may be obtained. VII.46 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 7.1.4.5 Hearing procedures a. The hearing shall, to the extent possible, be conducted as follows: 1. The Chair or City Attorney shall read a statement at the beginning of the quasi-judicial hearing portion of the agenda, which shall outline the procedure to be followed. A copy of the procedures shall be made available at the hearing. 2. The members of the Decision-making body shall disclose any ex parte communications regarding the application. 3. The Applicant, staff, and all Participants collectively sworn by oath or affirmation. M 5 The Applicant may waive its right to an the staff recommendation and no one fry or against the application. The Decisiol item, based upon the staff report a from the official file into the record of If there is an evidentiary hea follows, unless the ch consideration of fairness !6" (a) Staff shall appropriate been trans as staff de applic o (b) to speak shall be ieh ing if it agrees with ce wishes to speak for My may then vote on the materials entered by staff r of the presentation shall be as different order, taking proper P' QaV4V0 synopsis of the application; introduce any axhibits from the official file that have not already mithe decision-making body with the agenda materials, sirmmarize issues; and make a recommendation on the taff shall also introduce any witnesses that it wishes to ti ony at the hearing. . nt shall make its presentation, including offering any ry evidence, and introduce any witnesses as it desires. (c) Participants shall make their presentations in any order as determined by the chair. (d) Staff may cross-examine any witnesses and respond to any testimony presented. (e) The Applicant may cross-examine any witnesses and respond to any testimony presented. (f) The chair may choose to allow Participants to respond to any testimony if the chair deems the response to be necessary to ensure fairness and due process. (g) Members of the Decision-making body, through the Chair, may ask any questions of the staff, Applicant and Participants. VII.47 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 (h) Final argument may be made by the staff, related solely to the evidence in the record. (i) Final argument may be made by the applicant, related solely to evidence in the record. b. A qualified Intervenor may make a presentation, conduct cross-examination and make final arguments in the order as decided by the chair. c. The chair shall keep order, and without requiring an objection, may direct a Party conducting the cross-examination to stop a particular line of questioning that merely harasses, intimidates or embarrasses the individual being cross- examined; is unduly repetitious or is not relevant; or beyond the scope of the testimony by the individual being cross-examined. If Party conducting the cross-examination continuously violates directions fr th hair to end a line of questioning deemed irrelevant and merely des' a to rass, intimidate or embarrass the individual, the chair may termina t o -examination. d. After the presentations, and at the conclus' a continuances, the Decision- making body shall deliberate on the a Ic n appeal, as the case may be. Once the Decision-making body begin de erations, no further presentations or testimony shall be permitted a sole discretion of the Decision- making body. The Decisio a g dy decisions must be based upon Competent substantial evide cord. e. The Decision-makin 1y%n its own motion or at the request of any person, continue therdiretion a fixed date, time, and place. The Applicant shall have the right to onece; however, all subsequent continuances shall be granted at the sole of the decision-making body. 7.1.4.6 Rules of e a. The Decl n -making body shall not be bound by the strict rules of evidence, or limited on[ to consideration of evidence which would be admissible in a court of law. b. The chair may exclude evidence or testimony which is not Relevant, Material, or competent, or testimony which is unduly repetitious or defamatory. c. The chair, with the advice of the City Attorney, will determine the relevancy of evidence. d. Matters relating to an application's consistency with the Comprehensive Plan or Miami 21 Code will be presumed to be Relevant and Material. VII.48 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 e. Hearsay evidence may be used for the purpose of supplementing or explaining other evidence, but it shall not be sufficient by itself to support a finding unless it would be admissible over objection in a court. I7 Documentary evidence may be presented in the form of a copy of the original, if available. A copy shall be made available to the Decision-making body and to the staff no later than two business days prior to the hearing on the application. Upon request, the Applicant and staff shall be given an opportunity to compare the copy with the original. Oversized exhibits shall be copied and reduced for convenient record storage. Only the Applicant, qualified Intervenor, staff and the Decision-making body shall be entitled to conduct cross-examination when testin is given or documents are made a part of the record. The City Attorney shall represent the C the procedures to be followed and the evidence presented at the hearing. The Decision-making body sha ordinances and regulations and are generally recognized by the Supplementing the record specifically authorized by a the following conditiotIIIIIIIIIiI... 2 The suppleme prior to final ac and advise it as to and admissibility of state and local laws, notice of such other matters as of Florida. 5si-judicial hearing is prohibited, unless vote of the Decision-making body under occurs after a quasi-judicial hearing is continued but ig taken on the application or the appeal. If ues is aised by the Decision-making body at the hearing which C9 ered at the hearing, the Party to whom the question is dire m submit the requested information in writing to the Decision- maki body after the quasi-judicial hearing, with copies to the other Parties, provid the hearing has been continued or another hearing has been scheduled for a future date and no final action has been taken by the Decision-making body. The information requested will be presented to the Decision-making body at the time of the continued hearing. 3. All Parties and Participants shall have the same right with respect to the additional information as they had for evidence presented at the hearing. 7.1.4.7 Final decision by the Decision-making body The Decision-making body shall reach a decision without unreasonable or unnecessary delay, which it shall adopt in writing. The written decision shall note the date issued and shall indicate the date filed in the City Clerk's office. The Office of VII.49 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 Hearing Boards shall provide the Applicant notification of the decision by certified mail. 7.1.4.8 The record All evidence admitted into the record at the hearing, and the adopted development order of the Decision-making body shall be maintained by the City Clerk in a hearing file for a period of at least forty-five days (45) from issuance of the decision. 7.1.5 Appeals Appeals to the appropriate appellate body from the followi ecisions shall be made as follows: a. Fifteen (15) days from the posting on the ci w 0—of the decision of the Zoning Administrator on an application fo In a roval, Certificate of Use, zoning interpretation or Waiver: to the P g and Appeals Board. b. Fifteen (15) days from the posting o e y website of the decision of the Planning Director on a Warrant g determination: to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. c. Fifteen (15) days from the cisi f the Planning, Zoning, and Appeals Board on an Exception or a c e City Commission. d. Thirty (30) days from rate decision of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board on a zoning aertificate of Use, or Waiver: to the circuit court of the eleventh judicialcircuit in the manner set forth in the rules of the court. e. Fifteen (15) days from the decision of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board on a zoning interpretation appeal, planning determination appeal or Warrant appeal: tothe City Commission. f. Thirty (30) days from the appellate decision of the City Commission on a zoning interpretation appeal, planning determination appeal, Warrant appeal, Variance appeal or Exception appeal: to the circuit court of the eleventh judicial circuit in the manner set forth in the rules of the court. g. Thirty (30) days from the decision of the City Commission on a code amendment: to the circuit court of the eleventh judicial circuit in the manner set forth in the rules of the court. 7.1.6 Notice of Hearings Notice of hearings shall be as set forth in Chapter 62 of the City Code or as set forth in the Miami 21 Code. V11.50 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEM AT T�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT.MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 7.2 NONCONFORMITIES: STRUCTURES; USES; LOTS; AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS 7.2.1 Generally a. Definition A nonconformity as used in this Code is an existing Use, Structure, Lot or site improvement that is in compliance with the zoning regulations that were applicable to it when it was established, and for which all required permits were issued, but which does not conform in whole or in part to the regulations of this Code. Such nonconformity is legal and may continue except as regulated by this section. 4& 1. A nonconformity may also be created where fe Ikful use of eminent domain or an order of a court of compete di n has affected the lawfully existing Use, Structure, Lot or site i p nt in a way so that the property does not comply with this Cod s tance, the nonconformity is legal and may continue except as reg d _ is section. 2. A change in tenancy, ownership, ma gement of a nonconforming Use, Structure, Lot or site impro II not be construed to create a nonconformity, provided ang is herwise lawful and in compliance with this Code. b. Intent concerning no0ff#4Qrr?W4jW nerally. It is the intent of thiode that nonconformities may continue but are not encouraged to expand V# enlarge, and once they cease they may not be re- established, nder the terms of Section 7.2. c. The efthce, o nconformity shall not be used as a reason to add new Uses, Structures, or site improvements that are not allowed by the regulations of the Transect Zone in which it is located. d. The temporary or illegal Use of property shall not be sufficient to establish the existence of a nonconformity or to create rights in the continuation of a nonconformity until it shall come into compliance with the regulations of this Code. e. If at any time a nonconforming Structure, or any Structure containing a nonconforming Use, becomes unsafe or unlawful by declaration of the City of Miami, Miami -Dade County Unsafe Structures Board, or other government agency having jurisdiction, the Structure shall not thereafter be restored or repaired and the Use shall not be reestablished except in conformity with the regulations of the Transect Zone in which it is located. V11.51 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 7.2.2 Structures and Uses in the Event of Disaster a. Single -Family Residences, Duplexes and Multi -family Structures In the event of a natural disaster, explosion, fire, act of God, or the public enemy, the Zoning Administrator may permit the reconstruction of any nonconforming Single - Family Residence, duplex or multi -family structures to the same or decreased nonconformity as existed immediately prior to the disaster, upon proof satisfactory to the Zoning Administrator of the configuration of the prior Single -Family Residence, duplex or multi -family structures, and only in compliance with the Florida Building Code. An application for reconstruction of the Single -Family Residence or duplex shall be filed within twelve (12) months of the event of its destruction, unless the City Commission authorizes the Zoning Administrator to ext d the twelve (12) month time period city-wide. b. All Other Structures ow 1. Where a nonconforming Structure is d y atural disaster, explosion, fire, act of God, or the public enem Ing Administrator may, by Waiver, allow the replacement r n ction of the nonconforming Structure in whole or in part upon I .ng at the Waiver criteria of this Code and the criteria of paragraph 2 et. 2. Criteria for approval. Re r reconstruction may be permitted if the following findings are m e. (a) The cause of t was not the deliberate action of the owner of the Structure or his ag (b) Ther ba ent or reconstruction is reasonably necessary to allow the co rminf the Structure. (c) p ement or reconstruction meets the Florida Building Code. 3. An Ap ication for the reconstruction or repair shall be filed within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of the destruction unless the City Commission authorizes the Zoning Administrator to extend the twelve (12) month time period city-wide. Nonconforming Uses The restoration of a nonconforming Use within a Structure that is destroyed by natural disaster, explosion, fire, act of God, or the public enemy, may be approved by Warrant. The Use must be restored in a conforming Structure or Structure approved by Waiver, and of equal or lesser size and on the same Lot. The approval shall further find that the criteria of paragraph 2 below are met. V11.52 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 1 1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 2. Criteria for approval. The restoration of the nonconforming Use may be permitted if all of the following are found to be met: (a) The cause of destruction was not the deliberate action of the owner of the Structure or his agents; and (b) Nothing contained in the provisions of this Code or the City Code requires termination of such nonconforming Use; and (c) There is substantial public advantage in continuance of the nonconforming Use; and (d) Replacement or reconstruction in the man proposed, with related actions imposed in conditions and safeguards 11 reduce any previous adverse effects of the Use on neighboring pro rti and (e) The Use will not be enlarged or intensifi A 3. The application for restoration shall ([ d7 Thin twelve (12) months of destruction and be diligently carrie o rrWtion. Unless restoration is so initiated and completed, the nonco rmi Use shall terminate and not be resumed. 7.2.3 Alterations and Expansion of No on ing Structures a. Single -Family Residence n exes 1. Interior alterations to a nonconforming Single -Family Residence or duplex for interior work such as repairs or interior remodeling shall be allowed. 2. Alterations,, additions, repairs and maintenance to a nonconforming Single - Family Residence or duplex shall be permitted as long as there is no enlar9ement of any nonconformity that affects the exterior of the Building or premises. 3. Where alteration, addition, repair or maintenance enlarges a nonconformity affecting the exterior of the Building or premises, the enlargement may be permitted by Waiver from the Zoning Administrator. b. All other Structures 1. Less than fifty percent (50%) of square footage of Structure. Alterations which enlarge the nonconformity of a nonconforming Structure to an extent of less than fifty percent (50%) of the total square footage of the nonconforming Structure may be permitted by Exception from the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. In addition to satisfying the Exception criteria, the proposed enlargement shall not exceed a Height or length of fifty percent V11.53 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 (50%) of the horizontal or vertical linear footage of the exterior wall(s) of the remaining nonconforming portion of the Structure. 2. Fifty percent (50%) or more of square footage of the Structure. A nonconforming Structure may be altered to enlarge the nonconformity of the Structure by fifty percent (50%) or more of the total square footage of the nonconforming Structure only if the Structure thereafter conforms to the Transect Zone in which it is located. c. Computation of alterations The extent of alteration will be calculated to include the sum of all alterations over a period of three consecutive years. d. Expansion, repairs, remodeling and maintenance at not enlarge the nonconformity of a nonconforming Structure All expansions, repairs, remodeling and m ce hat do not enlarge the nonconformity of the Structure are permitte c i t with the Florida Building Code. 7.2.4 Moving a Nonconforming Structuf%prq& A nonconforming Structure may Ilk on the same Lot only pursuant to an Exception. In addition to sati th ption criteria, the following criteria apply: a. The proposed movement st reduce the degree of nonconformity to the maximum extent reasonably feasible, eliminate the nonconformity; b. The Struc a shdVncase be moved in such a manner as to increase the degree of noncon c. Where a no nforming Structure is moved to a location not on the same Lot, the Structure and II new construction shall thereafter conform to the regulations for the Transect Zone to which it is moved. 7.2.5 Locally Designated Historic Resources—Nonconformities a. Definition A locally designated historic resource is a Building or Structure listed in the Miami Register of Historic Places that has been deemed individually significant for its contribution to Miami's history and sense of place; or is a part of a locally designated historic district where the individual Building or Structure is deemed to add to the historic architectural qualities or historical associations, and the Building or Structure has been so designated through the formal public process provided in Chapter 23 of the City Code. V11.54 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 b. Generally Nonconforming locally designated historic resources shall be subject to the regulations of this section, except as they may be granted certain waivers or an exception for preservation purposes by the Historic and Environmental Preservation Board pursuant to Chapter 23 of the City Code. 7.2.6 Nonconforming Uses a. Time Limitation Where, at the effective date of adoption or amendment this Code, a lawful Use exists which would not be permitted under this Code, the01a ay be continued for twenty (20) years consistent with this section. Upon applie City Commission may grant by Exception an extension for continuan oe for an additional term of up to twenty (20) years. However, acces rybutting T3 -R areas that was approved as transitional Uses unde o n codes and were legally nonconforming prior to the adoption of this Co . I ave a continued automatic twenty-year (20) extension as provided in i e n, but shall instead seek an Exception before the City Commission hin ixty (60) days of renewal of a Certificate of Use. '0 b. Legally established alcoholic b era establishments, having a valid Certificate of Use or certificate of o c all other required permits, may continue in existence despite subs tablishment of a church or school within the distance limitations of Cha r 4 entitled "Alcoholic Beverages" of the City Code. c. Replacement ancJ&ffx7;WVsion of Structures that Contain Nonconforming Use 1. No axtension, replacement, or reconstruction of an existing Struct'?"*:7r itains a nonconforming Use shall be permitted except to change sconforming Use, except as provided below: (a) Interior Arrangement A nonconforming Use may be extended throughout any parts of a Structure which was clearly designed or arranged for the nonconforming Use at the time that the Use became nonconforming. If a portion of a Structure was unoccupied or not manifestly designed for the nonconforming Use, the Use may not be expanded within the Structure. (b) Alterations to the extent of less than fifty percent (50%) of the square footage of a Structure containing a nonconforming Use Where an alteration of a Structure containing a nonconforming Use is less than fifty percent (50%) of the square footage of the Structure at the time of VII.55 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 alteration, the nonconforming Use may be permitted to continue pursuant to an Exception. (c) Exterior No nonconforming Use which exists outside a Structure shall be extended to occupy more area than was occupied at the time the Use became nonconforming, except as approved by Exception and to comply with the non Use regulations of the Transect in which it is located. In this case, the occupancy of the new location shall be construed as remaining a nonconforming Use. 2. Extend' -- IT -- - - = --- - 11-- KI - - - - -_ -- -- - I I -- No no same at the 3. Subdi\ Structi Structi Structi DiscontinL If, for a PE being disc subseque the time p by govern VII.56 r Structure on the onconforming Use Jed, nor shall any ,rming Uses and is documented as Use lapses, any rovided, however, inuance is caused THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 7.2.7 Nonconforming Lots a. Nonconforming Lot A nonconforming Lot may continue and may be used as provided by this section. A nonconforming Lot is one shown on the latest recorded plat or described by deed, both as recorded in the public records of Miami -Dade County, which met the width, length and area requirements in effect when the Lot became of record, and which Lot would not conform to the requirements of this Code. b. Street or alley closure C When a Lot has become nonconforming due to a street or alley vacation or closure, the Lot may be modified pursuant to an approval by the Director of the Public Works Department as long as the degree of nonconformity created by the vacation or closure is not increased. Rules concerning combinations of contig ownership and with common Frontage for Combinations required ing Lots in the same only. (a) If two or more Lots, A�AjtbinjionWof Lots and portions of Lots, with continuous Frontage ownership exist at the time of passage or amendment of thi Co nd if all or part of the Lots do not meet the requirements considered an provided belo be used or o h and area, the lands involved shall be n parcel" for the purposes of this Code. Except as w paragraph c.2., no portion of an undivided parcel shall so in a manner diminishing compliance with general irements for Lot width and area. (b) I �-rheundfWed parcel sh Single -Family Residence how many nonconforming III be considered one Lot for which only one or duplex may be constructed, regardless of Lots make up the parcel. (c) A unity of title, or covenant in lieu of unity of title, which complies with all applicable requirements of the City Code shall be required on all undivided parcels prior to the issuance of any building permits, including demolition permits. 2. Exceptions to the combination requirement Notwithstanding paragraph CA, where nonconforming Lots with continuous Frontage in the same ownership exist at the time of passage or amendment of this Code, such Lots may be developed individually, in accordance with the applicable code requirements and pursuant to a Waiver, if such Lots individually comply with any of the following exceptions. V11.57 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 (a) Duplex Lots restricted to Single -Family Residences The owner of two or more adjoining nonconforming duplex Lots must by covenant (in a form acceptable to the City Attorney) restrict the Use of the Lots to the development of no more than one Single -Family Residence per Lot and must comply with all Miami 21 Code requirements except for minimum Lot width. (b) The ninety percent (90%) rule The Lots must individually comply with ninety percent (90%) of the requirements for Lot width, area, and Principal Front Setback under the Miami 21 Code regulations. � (c) The one thousand (1,000) feet radius rule The width or size of such nonconforminWte Mt be equal to or larger than the majority of the existing B ithin the same Transect Zones and either within a minimu d (1,000) foot radius of the nonconforming Lot perim r, ending no further than the immediate vicinity, whichever I ess "Building site" shall mean a Lot, group of Lots or parcel up c ingle-Family Residence or duplex is located. "Immediat 'ci " s II an either an area in which a parcel of land is located I sically, functionally or geographically identifiable as a disti t re place or neighborhood, or an area within a radius of one it the nonconforming Lot, whichever is smaller. 7.2.8 Nonconforming Sim Impr ements Where no onfo g Ite improvements exist, such as Off-street Parking and loading, a , walls, lighting, landscaping, or similar site improvements, such nonc I s may continue and the site may be altered only as provided below. a. No change shall be made in any nonconforming site improvement which increases the nonconformity. Changes may be approved by Waiver, if the changes result in the same or a reduced degree of nonconformity b. Where existing Off-street Parking facilities are nonconforming to the requirements of this Code or any other city standards, the restoration or rehabilitation of an existing Building or adaptive Use to any permitted Use in the Transect Zone shall not require the provision of additional parking or on-site storm water retention or detention except to the extent required by applicable state or federal law. No modifications may be permitted which increase the degree of the existing nonconformity. Modifications to the facilities may be approved by Waiver, and the Waiver may be conditioned on safeguards that reduce the degree of nonconformity to the extent reasonably feasible in the circumstances of the case. V11.58 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN ATT�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 2� ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 7.2.9 Nonconforming signs The following provisions shall apply to nonconforming signs: 7.2.9.1. Removal in residential districts In all residential districts, legal, nonconforming signs shall be removed by May 11, 2003, or shall be made to conform; provided, however, that nonconforming nonresidential Uses in T3, T4 -R, T5 -R and T6 -R shall be permitted to maintain nonconforming signs existing as of May 11, 2002 as provided in regulations for the first district in which such Uses would be conforming as of May 11, 2002. 7.2.9.2. Removal in other districts In any district other than residential, any Sign orer dvertising signs which became nonconforming as a result of the ado ance No. 12213 shall be removed by May 11, 2007. 7.2.9.3. Outdoor advertising signs whic tanding; Continuance of non- conformity a. All outdoor advertising s ns ich are freestanding and that became nonconforming as a of option of Ordinance 11000 in 1990, such that the five (5) year am iz eriod allowed therein has expired, shall not be considered eligible for arrant as set forth below. b. All outdoor a e ng s gns which are freestanding, were lawfully erected and have bome onforming Sign as a result of the adoption of Ordinance No. 12213, oved by May 11, 2007, provided however that such signs may be o remain standing following the expiration of the amortization period sp ified herein subject to the issuance of a Warrant as set forth herein. 1. The expressed intent of such Warrant is to improve the visual aesthetics of such signs as a condition for remaining. No such signs shall be permitted to remain if they were not legally constructed when such signs were permissible within the specified zoning district or Transect. 2. Any nonconforming outdoor advertising Sign which is freestanding and is eligible for a Warrant to remain standing, must file for such permit no later than one hundred twenty (120) days from the May 11, 2007, the five (5) year amortization period for nonconforming status. c. Criteria. Any outdoor advertising Sign which is freestanding and eligible for a Warrant to remain must comply with the criteria of this Code and additionally, with the following limitations and restrictions: VII.59 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 Sign Structures supported by multiple I -beams shall be replaced with monopole structures. 2. All Sign Structures shall be limited to an overall Height of thirty (30) feet as measured to the top of the Sign Structure from the crown of the nearest adjacent roadway, except when located within six hundred and sixty (660) feet from an elevated limited access highway in which case the overall Height shall be forty (40) feet; only embellishments may be taller, but in no case shall embellishments exceed an additional five (5) feet in Height. 3. Sign area shall not exceed six hundred and seventy-two (672) square feet, with embellishments not to exceed an additional ten percent (10%) of the Sign area. Monopole Sign Structures shall be painted, an m ' rained, color (to be selected by the Planning Departm M 5 R Sign lighting shall be enhanced, pursuant to the Warrant review p fixtures, in an effort to enhance the, which abut residential areas. to a uniform or deemed appropriate ist of decorative lighting uch signs along corridors Any such signs eligible I%LerqLin, f rsaWnt to this subsection, shall comply with the following land irements for screening the monopole structures to the extent ssib - One (1) shade tree for the first five hundred (500) square fee a nd one (1) side shade tree for each additional one thousand (1, 0 are feet or portion thereof of site area; the remainder of the si rea shall be landscaped with equal portions of hedges and/or shrubs and Ii g ground cover. If the remainder of the subject site is already Ibrt ed to a level which complies with the City's landscape gui s adards, then no additional landscaping, other than that re eening the monopole structure, will be required; such Ian 1n equirements will be determined through the Warrant process. The y encourages xeriscaping of sites with native plants which do not requir irrigation; unless sites are landscaped with native xeriscape plants, site landscaping shall be provided with irrigation and shall be continuously maintained; such landscape requirements may be modified by the Planning Director upon a finding that there is insufficient room for a reasonable provision of landscaping on the specific site in question; such modification requests shall be accompanied by a landscape mitigation plan which enhances landscaping in the nearby area. 7. Any such signs eligible to remain shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements of this subsection and the City's appearance code (as specified in Chapter 10 of the City Code). 8. Any such Signs eligible to remain shall pay mitigation fees as specified in Chapter 62, Article X of the City Code, as an additional condition of the Warrant. VII.60 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 7.2.9.4 Interstate or federal -aid primary highway system Any lawfully erected outdoor advertising Sign which is located along any portion of the interstate or federal -aid primary highway system and which becomes a nonconforming Sign as a result of the adoption of Ordinance No. 12213, is not subject to removal after the expiration of the five (5) year amortization period set forth herein. 7.2.9.5 Landscape modifications All outdoor advertising signs which are freestanding, wer awfully erected and have become a nonconforming Sign as a result of the adoptio Ordinance No. 12213, may obtain a modification of the landscaping requireme fo uch sites as may be required in this Code subject to the issuance of a a et forth herein. The expressed intent of such Waiver is to improve th i sthetics of such signs while allowing flexibility with respects to Ian p r irements. Such Waivers may allow landscaping the entire site if the r e the subject site is already landscaped to a level which complies with scape guides and standards, other than that required for screening the op structure, which will be required; such modified landscaping require a determined through the Waiver process. The City encourages s ing f s s with native plants which do not require irrigation. Unless sites a ped with native xeriscape plants, site landscaping shall be provided 'th i tion and shall be continuously maintained; such landscape require modified by the Planning Director upon a finding that there is insuffI for a reasonable provision of landscaping on the specific site in question. ch modification request shall be accompanied by a landscape mitigation plan w h enhances landscaping in the nearby area. 7.2.9.6 Rescissi The Zoning VAdministrator may rescind any permit granted under this section for failure to mai in such Sign in appropriate condition and repair. A rescission by the Zoning Administrator may be rendered after a sixty (60) day written notice from the City and a finding that no corrections to the violations have been made, and the decision by the Zoning Administrator may be appealed in accordance with the procedures for appealing a Waiver. 7.2.9.7 Historic Signs Historic Signs as designated by the Historic Preservation Board pursuant to Chapter 23 of the City Code shall be permitted to remain and to be repaired, restored, structurally altered, or reconstructed as provided in Chapter 23. V11.61 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. VII.62 MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 TABLE OF CONTENTS 8.1 Applicability: General Description 8.2 Illustration: The Thoroughfare Across the Transect 8.3 Public Frontages TABLE A Public Frontages TABLE B Public Frontages General 8.4 Illustration: Sidewalks ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. V111.1 MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. vu1.2 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUT10N TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN SE 8.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION SEEN AT 1�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. This article describes the guidelines for development of Thoroughfares throughout the City. Itsupplements the design standards adopted in the City of Miami Manual of Engineering Standards for Design and Construction, maintained in its most current form at the City of Miami Department of Public Works. Where these guidelines conflict with the Manual, the standards of the Manual shall apply. The urban landscape is characterized by a set of interdependent elements that create a sense of place. These include Thoroughfare type, Building type, Frontage type, and theform and disposition of landscape and lighting. Thoroughfares provide the City with both the major part of public Open Space as well as moving lanes for vehicles, bicycles and transit. A Thoroughfare is associated with a particular type of movement, and is endowed with two attributes: movement type and character. The movement type of the Thoroughfare refers to the number of vehicles that can move safely through a segment within a given time period; it is physically manifested by the number of lanes' and their width, by the centerline radius, the curb radius, and the super -elevation of the pavement. Thee haracter of the Thoroughfare refers to its suitability as a setting for pedestrian activities and is phy 'call anifested by the associated Frontage types as determined by location within the TranSE __ _ Thoroughfares can be assigned appropriately to Transeo*Qn�j Jth calibrated Right -of -Way widths, movement types, design speed, number of travel lang0ffi,%&vV41pnt width, curb radius and Verge type. In Zones T3 and T4, D1, D2 and D3, generally si 'V&r at the edge of the Right -of -Way. In Zones T5 and T6, sidewalks occur at the edge of*e. ht - and are given the additional dimensions of the 10 foot setback in the First Layer as a The following additional assum oroughfares shown here: • To clear sight lines for drivi Visibility Triangles shall be required as described in Article 3, Section 3.8.4.1 • Pavement widths a asured inside of curb to inside of curb. • Curb and tter nge from 1'-6" for City Thoroughfares to 2'-0" for some County Thoroughf44 • Parking spa an e from 7'-0" to 9'-0" including pan; they should be wider on higher speed Thoroughfare ut may be restricted by existing Right -of -Way dimensions. • Right turns ma be taken from the parking lane. • Tree spacing are 22' on center to match parallel parking or 25' on center to match Lot Line spacing. • Tree planters have a minimum dimension of 4' x 4', increased where possible to a 4' x 8' dimension. • Bulb -outs may be added where Thoroughfare widths are wide and design speed high, or where sidewalks are narrow, in order to facilitate pedestrian safety. Thoroughfares must evolve with the needs of the City. As Miami continues to grow, a Thoroughfare may change in character reflecting new density, or conversely, a return to an historic dimension. For instance, a continuous lawn planter may be replaced with individual tree wells for additional sidewalk space, or a wide neighborhood street may be narrowed to control traffic intrusion. The accommodation of bicycles and transit requires detailed response to the existing Thoroughfare condition and thus is not illustrated specifically here. V111.3 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTlTU'n0N TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V111.4 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TUT1ON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 8.2 Illustration: The Thoroughfare across the Transect INFORMALLANDSCAPE AT SUB -URBAN AREAS CURB ENDS IN SUB -URBAN AREAS UNMARKED, NON -METERED PARKING LANE IN RESIDENTIAL AREAS FRONTAGE SETBACKS INCREASE AS MOVE FROM URBAN TO SUBURBAN AREAS TREE PLANTING STRIPS FOR LESS URBAN CONDITIONS CENTER STRIPE IN URBAN AREAS METERED PARKIN COMMRCIAL AR METERS AND OTHER VERTI EL ALIGNED NEATLY I R TREE PLANTERS LARGE LLOW MAXIMUM WATER PERC LATION PAVE ENTIRE WIDTH FOR MIXED USE AREAS AND/OR HIGH PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC AREAS INCREASE RIGHT OF WAY TO ALLOW A MINIMUM PEDESTRIAN AREA OF 10' CLEAR PAINTED CROSS WALK V111.5 MORE RURAL MORE URBAN MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTlTU11ON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE 8.3 Public Frontages SEEM AT THE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES TABLE A PUBLIC FRONTAGES R U R A L I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IT R AN S E C T I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I U R B AN TRANSECT ZONE Public Frontage Type HW 8& RD RD 8& ST ST 8& DR RS -ST -AV -DR ST -AV -BV ST -AV -BV a. Assembly: The prin- cipal variables are the type and dimension of curbs, walkways, plant- ers and landscape. b. Curb: The detailing of the edge of the vehicular pavement, incorporating drainage. Type Open Swale Open Swale Raise Raised Curb Raised Curb Radius 10-30 feet 10-30 feet feet 5-20 feet 520 feet c. Walkway: The pavement dedicated exclusively to pedestrian activity. Type Path Optional Sidewalk Sidewalk Sidewalk d. Planter: The layer which accommodates street trees and other landscape. Arrangement Planter Type Note: Appropriate types for Civic Zones shall be determined based on context and abutting Transect Zones. V111.6 Oppodunistic, Regular Single THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 8.3 Public Frontages (continued) ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES TABLE B PUBLIC FRONTAGES GENERAL PLAN LOT R.O.W. PRIVATE FRONTAGE ► PUBLIC FRONTAGE a. (HW) For Highways: This Frontage has open swales drained by percolation, bicycle trails and no park- ing. The landscaping consists of the natural condition or multiple species arrayed in naturalistic clusters. Buildings are buffered by distance or berms. b. (RD) For Roads: This Frontage has open swales drained by percolation and a walking path or bicycle trail along one or both sides and yield parking. The landscaping consists of multiple species arrayed in naturalistic clusters. c. (ST) For Street: This Frontage has raised curbs drained by inlets and sidew �m the vehicular lanes by individual or continuous planters, with parking on one r bot T landscaping consists of street trees of a single or alternating species aligned in a rely ee. d. (DR) For Drive: This Frontage has raised curbs ' ed inlets d a de sidewalk or paved path along one side, related to a greenway or waterfron om the vehicular lanes by individual or continuous planters. The landscaping consists scree s of a single or alternating species aligned in a regularly spaced allee. 1;?4z e. (AV) For Avenues: ThisF e h bas raised curbs drained by inlets and wide sidewalks separated from the vehicular lanes ontinuous planter with parking on both sides. The landscaping consists of a si specie ed in a regularly spaced allee. f. (ST) (AV) For Mixed Use Streets or Avenues: This Frontage has raised curbs drained by inlets and very wide sidewalks along both sides separated from the vehicular lanes by separate tree wells with grates and parking on both sides. The landscaping consists of a single tree species aligned with regular spacing where possible. g. (BV) For Boulevards: This Frontage has slip roads on both sides. It consists of raised curbs drained by inlets and sidewalks along both sides, separated from the vehicular lanes by planters. The landscaping consists of rows of a single tree species aligned in a regularly spaced allee. Note: Appropriate types for Civic Zones shall be determined based on context and abutting Transect Zones. vul.7 T3 T4 T5 T6 T4 T5 T6 T4 T5 76 D T4 T5 76 D T4 T5 76 D MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 8.4 Illustration: Sidewalks IDEAL CONDITION Sidewalk may be scored concrete. Verge may be permeable pavement. All vertical elements shall be located within verge and neatly aligned. V111.8 ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T -E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 09? M11 7'(+/-) 10'(+/-) RG I PARKING I LANE 2' WIDE TREE AREA EQ. A" MIN CLAMP P0 EQ. PARKING METER LESS THAN IDEAL EXISTING CONDITION Sidewalk dimensions shall comply with A.D.A. standards. Narrow sidewalks should provide a 5'-0" X 5-0" minimum passing space at reasonable intervals not to exceed 200 feet. See Chapter 11- 4.3 Florida Building Code. All vertical elements to be located within verge and neatly aligned. MIAMI 21 AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 8.4 Illustration: Sidewalks (continued) ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Garage Entrance Spacing Pv G Service Entrance Drive V111.9 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP OFFICINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. VI11.10 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE A.1. CORAL GATE (NCD -1) SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 1.1 Boundaries Generally described as bounded by Douglas Road to the west, along the rear of properties on the north side of SW 18th Terrace, along the rear of properties on the west side of Coral Gate Drive, SW 16th Street on the north, SW 32nd Avenue on the east, and along the rear of properties on the south side of SW 21" Street. More specifically depicted on the Miami 21 Atlas. 1.2 Intent The Coral Gate neighborhood is a stable single-family neighborhood located within the Coral Way Area. Its proximity to the Coral Way com neighborhood with the threat of inappropriate commercial quality of this well-maintained and stable single-family neig Neighborhood Conservation District is to eliminate uses th commercial intrusion into the neighborhood and also incompatible infill structures that are too tall and coul t low-density neighborhood. The intent is that this 1 o neighborhood. 1.3 Effect of NCD -1 district designation The effect of these NCD -1 regulatio within the NCD boundaries to the exte 1.4 Principal uses and structures; Principal uses and strL transect, except the foll a. Adult daycarenter b. Child daycare c. Primary and se It 1.5 Permitted access al corridor has left the that may disrupt the The purpose of this t potential of bringing i ate the possibility of the historic quality of this be a pure single-family regulations included 1p permitted generally or conditionally in the underlying shall not be permitted: Only the following accessory uses and structures are permitted in conjunction with a single family residence: a. Detached garages and car shelters. b. Garden sheds. 1.6 Prohibitions Home occupations shall not be permitted. 1.7 Height Height is limited to a maximum of twenty-five (25) feet from flood level or average sidewalk elevation, whichever is higher. No variances for height shall be allowed. A.1 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 1.8 Off-street Parking Requirements Dwellings: Dwellings, minimum two (2) spaces per unit; such spaces may be permitted in a tandem fashion. Places of worship: For places of worship, a reduction of up to twenty-five (25) percent in required off-street parking shall be permissible by Exception, provided findings are made that clearly show such reduction is reasonable based on such factors as facility proximity to mass transit, facility visitation policy, possible negative impact on the neighborhood, and the like. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. M MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 A.2. VILLAGE WEST ISLAND DISTRICT AND CHARLES AVENUE (NCD -2) 2.1 Boundaries Generally described as bounded by Douglas Road on the west, US 1 and Bird Road on the North, McDonald Street and Abitare Way on the east, and Franklin Avenue and a portion of Marler Avenue along the south. More specifically depicted on the Miami 21 Atlas. 2.2 Intent 2.3 Village West Island District is of special and substantial public interest due to the unique role of Grand Avenue and Douglas Road as the "Main Streets" for the surrounding Village West Island District Community and the unique aribbean and Bahamian character and heritage of the Village West Island District in g al. On Charles Avenue this NCD -2 will help define the uses and designs of buildings nd maintain the scale and character of the existing neighborhood. Both Vil a West and Charles Avenue illustrate the incomparable legacy of the Africa ,Qac, to the City of Miami. The intent of NCD -2 is to identify and r t historical significance; to PP promote gateways, gathering places and activi i or ponding to its culture and heritage; to compliment the character of the e e ity and promote the history of the Island District: and to promote its success evit ization and restoration. Charles Avenue (originally Evangeli tr t) h historically housed some of the original Bahamian settlements within the est Island District that occupies the neighborhoods around the intersec n o uglas Road and Grand Avenue. This street has been degraded throug li andonment and redevelopment and thereby diminishing the historic integr t me a historic district; however, it is of special and substantial public interest du its historic identity and remaining historic structures. This designation will encourag ppropriate infill to preserve the context of historic sites on Charles Avenue, c ng: he Mariah Brown House, home of the first Bahamian settler; the H' oric emetery; the E.F. Stirrup House, home of the first black doctor; histon and several other historic homes. ct designation. Effect of NCD The effect of these NCD -2 regulations shall be to modify transect regulations included within the NCD boundaries to the extent indicated herein. Nothing in these regulations shall be construed as to prohibit additional structures or neighborhoods to become Historic Preservation Overlays. All demolition permits shall require a Waiver and be referred to the Planning Department for review under the Tree Preservation Ordinance. All submittals shall contain a tree survey by a certified arborist. A.3 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE 2.4 Residential SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. All T3, Single -Family Residential zoning regulations shall apply within the Village West Island District and Charles Avenue, hereafter referred to as NCD -2, except as modified below. If any such requirements conflict, the more restrictive requirements shall apply. 2.4.1 Charles Avenue 2.4.2 a. 31 C. All new construction, major alterations, and additions on Charles Avenue shall be required to be reviewed by the process of Waiver. To ensure the compatibility of new construction on Charles Avenue, the design for any new construction shall also be reviewed by the Urban Development Review Board for its compatibility of scale, materials, roof slope, general form, massing and ornamental details. Any requests for the demolition of structures that are e re r fifty (50) years in age along Charles Avenue shall be referred to the Historic Pation Officer for review of historical significance. The architectural guidelines contained in the Village a istrict are intended to produce visual compatibility among the buil n Charles Avenue and throughout the District representing building i s early South Florida, the Caribbean, and the early African-American set I _ Single Family Residential District a Q Adjacent lots or lots in the same a single builder or developer architectural plans. Adjacent bL differentiated in massin-Allhaturi Front yards All front yards garage fronts surface amLu! single ownership, or developed by the same, similar or duplicate i conditions shall be substantially exterior detailing. 2$hall be designed in a way that minimizes the impact of et parking. Front yards shall provide a more permeable landscaping and tree canopy throughout. Building En e� For the purp a of this section, a building site shall be defined as one or more lots or portions of to that are aggregated to form a single family residential site including vacant lots and all permissible accessory uses and structures. Building sites shall not include any portions of land under a different zoning transect. d. Height Height is limited to a maximum of twenty-five (25) feet measured to the midpoint between the eave and roof top and is measured from flood level or average sidewalk elevation, whichever is higher. In addition to the maximum height of twenty-five (25) feet measured to the mid -point of the roof top and eave, chimneys, cupolas or other non -habitable architectural features of twenty-five (25) square feet in area or less may reach a maximum height of thirty (30) feet or as required by the fire code. For Lots with less than ten thousand (10,000) square feet in area, the height limitation for accessory structures shall be thirteen (13) feet. e. Green Space A.4 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 The minimum green space requirement shall be three -tenths (0.3) times the Lot area. The use of permeable material for surfaces in the required yard may allow a 25% reduction in the required green space. Permitted Accessory Uses and Structures Accessory uses and structures are as permitted in the underlying transect zone, except that detached garages or car shelters on lots ten thousand (10,000) square feet or larger may include a second story as long as the allowable floor lot ratio and building footprint are not exceeded. Said second story may only be used as an owner occupied accessory structure. Two-story accessory structures shall have the same setback requirements as specified for two-story principal buildings. g. Additional Limitations and requirements F, Lots and building sites: Wherever an existing single-family residence or law I a ssory building(s) or structure(s) is located on one or more platted to rt' s thereof, such lots shall thereafter constitute only one building site n p rmit shall be issued for the construction of more than one single&ad s' ence except by Warrant. Such structures shall include but not be Ii mming pools, tennis courts, walls, and fences or other at grade or o improvements. No building sites in existence prior to September 2 00 shall be diminished in size except by Warrant, subject to the criteria to 4, Table 12 Design Review Criteria. Garages and Driveways: (a) On new constru the same front se the garage door(s) openings that face ees from the fr II of th(b) Ga e s r wit additions, no garage shall be located along as the front wall of a residential structure unless t face the street. Garage structures with access t shall be set back a minimum of twenty (20) feet e principal residential structure. h access openings that face the street on corner lots (60) feet, may be set back a ill of the principal residential Notwitfttanding the requirements of the Public Works Department, driveways shall have a maximum width of ten (10) feet within the first five (5) feet of all street -front required setbacks. Driveways within a single building site shall not be located closer than twenty- five (25) feet to each other. Except as required for the driveway approach, no portion of any driveway in a required yard adjacent to a street shall be within five (5) feet of any property line other than as may be required to allow for turnaround maneuver, in which case said driveway shall be constructed of permeable material in its entirety. Tandem parking shall be allowed. Garage doors which are more than nine (9) feet wide shall not be allowed. 3. Fences: THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. A.5 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DGCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. All fences located within any street -front setback area shall be covered from the public right-of-way view by plant material except when said fence is faced or constructed with oolitic limestone. 4. Landscaping: All landscape shall comply with the City's landscape and tree protection ordinances. h. Setbacks Principal Building: Setbacks are variable to allow for a variety in architecture and placement of the building footprint. Projections of buildings into required setbacks shall be permitted subject to the criteria and requirements speq&ed herein. (a) Minimum Front Setbacks: The minimum front setback shall be thirty (30Vries,, Pirsetback ructure may project a maximum of ten (10) feet into the minim of thirty (30) feet provided said projection does not a(30) feet in width along the front of the building. Unenclosahirty or loggias may project a maximum of fifteen (15) feet ini um required setback of thirty (30) feet. On corner lots the strucproject a maximum of fifteen (15) feet into the minimum required (30) feet. (b) Minimum Side Setbacks: The minimum side setbd the minimum minimum total following table: TABLE INSET: `be five (5) feet, except for corner lots where cent to the street shall be ten (10) feet. The be distributed shall be as established in the (c) Minimum Rear Setbacks: The minimum rear setback shall be twenty (20) feet. (d) Accessory Buildings: The minimum side setbacks shall be ten (10) feet. The minimum rear setback shall be ten (10) feet. The maximum width of said connection shall be ten (10) feet. W. erior Lots Interior Lots Corner Lots Corner Lots Building Site Story of Second Story First Story of Second in Square FeVeFirst in Square Fee Structure of Structure Structure Story of Structure Less than 7,500 10 feet 15 feet 15 feet 20 feet 7,500--10,000 15 feet 25 feet 15 feet 25 feet More than 10,000 25 feet 35 feet 25 feet 35 feet (c) Minimum Rear Setbacks: The minimum rear setback shall be twenty (20) feet. (d) Accessory Buildings: The minimum side setbacks shall be ten (10) feet. The minimum rear setback shall be ten (10) feet. The maximum width of said connection shall be ten (10) feet. W. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIG1MAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE 2.5 Village West Island Commercial Districts SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. a. Limitation. The square footage of individual retail establishments within Coconut Grove Corridors defined in Appendix A, section 3.5 shall be limited to a maximum size of twenty thousand (20,000) square feet in total floor area used for retail and related services, except as may be modified below for "large-scale retail establishments." Retail specialty centers as defined in City Code Sec. 4-2 located adjacent to Coconut Grove Corridors listed in Appendix A, section 3.5, may be approved by a Warrant. Special event Class I permits are exempted from the limitations of this section. b. "Large-scale retail establishment" defined. A "large-scale retail establishment" for the purposes of D-2 is defined as a retail establishment or combination of commercial retail a lishment(s), including membership establishments with any commercial r ail e, of over twenty thousand (20,000) square feet in gross floor area. ro floor area includes building gross floor area and ancillary outdoor o r merchandise display areas. For the purposes of this definition, t ar does not include motor vehicle parking or loading areas. For the pur ermining the applicability of the twenty thousand (20,000) square f I area, the aggregate square footage of all adjacent stores or retail ten is t t share common checkout stands or a controlling interest, or storage ar a considered one establishment. c. Exception required for Large S tablishments. A "large-scale retail establish ent" thin the Coconut Grove Corridors listed in Appendix A, section 3.5 e fitted only by Exception. d. Site requirements. In addition to all require is in the applicable zoning district,"large-scale retail establishments" must meet the following site criteria and limitations: 1. Maximum size.of retail establishment. The maximum size of any individual retail establishment within any Coconut Grove Corridor shall be seventy thousand (70,000) square feet. No individual retail establishment within a Large Scale Retail establishment shall be permitted which exceeds seventy thousand (70,000) square feet. 2. Minimum lot dimensions. "Large-scale retail establishments" may be permitted exclusively in lots having a minimum net area of two (2) acres. Properties which do not meet the two -acre size limitation shall be limited to individual establishments of twenty thousand (20,000) square feet or less. 3. Minimum setbacks and build -to lines Large Scale Retail establishments shall have the following minimum setbacks: (a) Any front or side setback abutting a public right-of-way or non -residentially zoned property build -to line is twenty (20) feet. The area from the build -to line to the right-of-way line shall be used for permanent sidewalks with illumination, pedestrian amenities, or landscaping, except in areas as A.7 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. required for emergency access, or where driveway entrances are located. Landscaping in this setback area shall count toward the green space requirements. This area may not be used for parking or loading at any time. (b) Side or rear lot line abutting a residentially zoned property: setback is fifty (50) feet. The setback shall include a 20 -foot heavily landscaped buffer area. If an access alley, parking, loading door, delivery area, or inventory storage area is present along this side of the property, then the setback area shall also include an eight -foot -high masonry wall inside of the 20 -foot landscape buffer. 4. Building orientation and facades. (a) Building facades and elevations shall be designed to minimize the visual impacts of the scale of the building. (b) Large-scale retail structures may be oriented their entrances toward arterial or collector roadways as defined in the City prehensive Plan. (c) Any side with regular public ingress/egress poi (s) to be considered a front. Regular public ingress/egress to the bui a of be located facing residential uses. There may be more tha o front. Front and side facade design shall include the follow' n atures to minimize scale impacts and promote activated street fro e . (1) Building design variations at int a o ater than fifty (50) feet. (2) Storefront windows, with interio ac visible and lit from within at night, equal to at least fifty (50) a linear length of ground -floor wall on building front elevAign s d Ine herein. Window spacing should be such that no more th a 0) percent of the length of the wall may have an uninterrupte len without storefront windows. 5. Vehicular access. Primary ingress and a ss to the site must be provided from the arterial(s) and not from secondary roa or collectors and subject to the following: (a) Except a ed for emergency access, vehicular driveways shall not be alo loc d ays as defined in the City Comprehensive Plan. (b) Ex a equired for emergency access or other compelling public safe as s, vehicular driveways shall not be located within one hundred (100) et of residentially -zoned land along the same side of the street, as meas d from the nearest point of the driveway. (c) Delivery vehicle access/egress shall be clearly defined in the site plan, and shall only be from arterial roadways, and located no less than one hundred (100) feet from residentially -zoned land along the same side of the street, as measured from the nearest point of the driveway. (d) Where large and bulk merchandise sales are expected, customer pick-up access/egress shall be clearly defined in the site plan, and shall only be from arterial roadways, and located no less than one hundred (100) feet from residentially -zoned land along the same side of the street, as measured from the nearest point of the driveway. 6. Parking and loading requirements. (a) One (1) space per every two hundred (250) square feet of gross floor area shall be required for a "large-scale retail establishment." All required parking must be provided onsite. A.8 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEK! AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. e. (b) Along collector roads as defined by the City Comprehensive Plan, setback buffers, building design or other features shall screen parking such that no more than thirty (30) percent of the parking lot or facilities are visible from the roadway. (c) Along local roads as defined by the City Comprehensive Plan, setback buffers, building design or other features shall completely screen parking such that the parking lot or facilities are not visible from the roadway, except for distances as required by driveways or emergency access. (d) All loading and deliveries shall be adjacent to an arterial roadway. Said loading and delivery areas shall be screened from public view by an eight - foot wall. 7. Green space. A "large-scale retail establishment" shall implement I scaping in an area equal in size to, or greater than, fifteen (15) percent of the lot area. Landscaping shall be implemented generally so as to provide p shade areas in the parking lot and abutting sidewalks and to min' ' e Isual impact of the structure and parking space on the streetscape. o e , a landscape plan for the site shall be submitted to the Plannin m t for review and approval by the Planning and Zoning Advisory Board a _ the required Exception. Buffer. Wherever the property abuts an rty with a more restrictive zoning designation, a "large -scaler it tabli m t" shall provide a twenty -foot wide heavily landscaped buffer. T all include Florida native trees at no less than fifteen (15) to twenty ( fein height, with a diameter at breast height of no less than four (4) es spaced on 15 -foot centers. Also included in this buffer shall be he i ground cover. This buffer shall be included in the required landscape pia 9. Fences and Fencend the pr be erected to a minimum height of eight (8) feet wherever ier property with a more restrictive zoning designation. Location of " ge-scale retail establishment." A "large-scaleV retail establishment" shall be frontage on one (1) or more arterial roads. located exclusively on a lot having Hours of operation. Except for special events requiring Class I permits, a "large-scale retail establishment" shall open no earlier than 7:00 a.m. on weekends and 8:00 a.m. on weekdays and shall close no later than 11:00 p.m. on weekends and 10:00 p.m. on weekdays. Deliveries to or from any "large-scale retail establishment" shall be limited to the hours of 10:00 a.m. through 3:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday. g. Variances prohibited. No variances from the provisions set forth in the site requirements or hours of operation are permitted. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE 2.5.1 Mixed Use Cultural District SEEN AT 11HE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Boundaries: all properties located on Grand Avenue between Margaret Street on the east and the City limits on the west, and Douglas Road between Grand Avenue on the south and Day Avenue on the north. The Mixed Use Cultural District is intended to give a distinctive cultural character to retail and commercial uses on Grand Avenue and Douglas Road. The intent is to enhance these corridors as a tourist destination, encourage heritage retail and cultural/historic businesses, support current resident -owned businesses, promote a cultural facade, provide more culturally themed businesses, establish a critical mass of retail and provide a culturally themed bridge to all other parts of the District by promoting the culture of the community in this short corridor and entranceway to the commercial main street. To this end, the district is dedicated primarily to culturally themed bo 'ques, gift shops and book stores, hair salons, apparel, restaurants and cafes, musics s and outdoor plazas, straw markets, cultural facilities, art and upscale cultural to ment that reflect a Caribbean culture. a. Use Regulations The Mixed Use Cultural District shall permit o g Uses in addition to those which are permitted in the underlying trans 1. Permanent structures providing for a w rket with Caribbean crafts, foods, apparel, souvenirs, and other go t e to tourists, subject to a Waiver with a mandatory referral t e I istri N Administrator, and limited to the following items for sale: H e I foods, apparel, souvenirs; bookstores and gift shops with cultural em hair salons, including outdoor hair braiding; and music and enter nt tive of that found in the Caribbean. 2. "Large-scale retail es I' ts" exclusively for the sale of groceries and not exceeding forty thous (40,000) square feet shall be permitted within the Mixed Use Cultural Dis 'ct only for properties with an underlying T5 Transect Zone by pro s f Warrant. "Groceries" are defined as food products dry 3 4. 5. 1 grocer (su s eats, poultry, seafood, sushi, dairy products, frozen foods, fruits, eli items, prepared foods, baked goods, health and beauty product a aceuticals, and alcoholic beverages) or services commonly provided a grocery store in Miami -Dade County. Other per ssible uses along ground floor locations include: Bars, saloons, taverns, private clubs, supper clubs, including those with dancing and live entertainment are permitted in such ground floor locations along primary streets or elsewhere within the district only by Warrant, and only subject to limitations on buffer overlay districts. Sales display and outdoor dining within open or partially open space. Vending in open space as per the City of Miami's Vending in Open Space Regulations. b. Height In order to ensure appropriate scale of infill development along Grand Avenue and Douglas Road, irrespective of the underlying zoning limitations, new single -Use structures shall be limited to a maximum of fifty (50) feet and mixed-use structures shall be limited to sixty-two (62) feet to be accommodated in no more than five (5) stories. A.10 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE c. Architectural Guidelines SEEN AT T� E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. All establishments and businesses in the Mixed Use Cultural District shall conform to the Village Island West and Grand Avenue Architectural and Urban Design Guidelines and shall maintain a facade that is consistent with Caribbean architectural facades as described and as examples are shown within the guidelines. d. Additional Regulations Existing businesses established prior to the adoption of this code shall be allowed to remain in the Mixed Use Cultural District regardless of their cultural theme without being considered nonconformities. 2. Underground parking shall be permitted in T3 Tran ct Zones by Warrant for those properties which abut T5 Transect Zones alon rand Avenue between SW 371" Avenue and SW 32nd Avenue. Any T3 desig to operties which have underground parking shall be required to b to d with Residential Structures for Residential Use on the surfa underground parking structure. No replat is required if the T3 T o properties are tied to the property abutting Grand Avenue by a cove -i - u of Unity of Title. Density limitations shall apply as per the 6T3- ect Zone without the limitation of one (1) unit per lot of record ford t o (2) units per lot of record for T3- O and the following minimum setbpply: (a) T3 -R Properties (1) Front: twenty (20) fee (2) Side: five (5) feet (3) Rear: zero (0 (b) T3-0 Properties (1) Front: ten (10) (2) Side: Zero (0) fe (3) Rear: r ) feet (c) Mi um it setbacks may be reduced through the Warrant process. 11 2.5.2 Market District Boundaries: all properties fronting on Grand Avenue between Commodore Plaza Street to the east and Elizabeth Street to the west. The Market District is intended to foster community markets along a portion of Grand Avenue relating to the sale of fruits, vegetables and other crafts indigenous of the Caribbean Islands. The Caribbean Market allows for a tourism destination similar to those found throughout Caribbean nations and heritage of the surrounding community. a. Use Regulations. The Market District area shall permit the following uses, in addition to those which are permitted in the underlying transect zone: A.11 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Farmer's markets and Caribbean crafts and food markets that specialize in the sale of crafts and fresh fruits and vegetables are permitted within this district, subject to a Warrant with a mandatory referral to the district NET Administrator. All regulations contained in this code are applicable, and further subject to the following limitations: (a) Any outdoor market must be located on a parcel of no less than fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet of lot area. (b) An outdoor market shall be limited to no more than sixty-five (65) percent of the area of the subject parcel in display area. (c) An outdoor market may not include any permanent structures. All display tables and other such material must be removed at the end of the permitted time of operation. (d) The outdoor market display area shall be located along the Grand Avenue frontage and be set back no less than twenJthane ) feet from any abutting residentially zoned property. (e) No outdoor market may be located closer usand five hundred (1,500) feet from another outdoor market. (g) Only handmade crafts, fresh fruits and vegepared raw foods and drinks derived from fresh fruits and v a be sold in an outdoor market within this district. b. Additional Regulations 1. All establishments and business inI ie Mlirke istrict shall conform to the Village Island West and Grand Avenue AmA and Urban Design Guidelines and shall maintain a facade that is c sist with Caribbean architectural facades as described and as exam p s within the guidelines. 2. Existing businesses establ ed prior to the adoption of this code shall be allowed to remain in the Market Dis "ct regardless of their cultural theme without being considered nonc or Mies. THIS DOCUMENT 1 S A SUB STITU11ON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE ENCS OF THIS DOCUMENT. A.12 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. A.3. COCONUT GROVE NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICT NCD -3 3.1 Boundaries Generally described as bounded by Douglas Avenue on the west, Franklin Avenue and a portion of Marler Avenue along the north (Douglas Road - Arbitare Way), Arbitare Way and McDonald Avenue along the west (Main Hwy - Bird Road), Bird Road on the south (McDonald Ave - US 1), US 1 on the north, Rickenbacker Causeway on the east, Biscayne Bay along the east and south, Prospect Drive and along the rear of properties on the south side of Battersea Road to Douglas Road. More specifically depicted on the Miami 21 Atlas. a. Coconut Grove Sub -Districts: 1. North Grove- bounded by U.S. 1 on the north, Rickenbacker Causeway on the east, Biscayne Bay on the south and S.W. 27th Aven on the west. 2. Center Grove- bounded by U.S. 1 on the north, S.W%. h Avenue on the east, Oak Street on the south, and S.W. 32nd Avenue on t w 3. South Grove- bounded by Loquat Avenue, Kum a e, Franklin Avenue, and Main Highway on the north, along the e e of properties located east of Munroe Drive on the east, Biscay a n rospect Drive, Battersea Road, and Le Jeune Road on the south, a oad on the west. 4. Village Center- bounded by Oak Stree n i ail Avenue on the north, S.W. 27th Avenue on the east, Biscayne Ba Ion the western edge of the Barnacle State Park, Main Highway, Via Ab' d SW 32nd Avenue on the west. 3.2 Intent The intent of the Coconu e borhood Conservation District NCD -3 is to establish a protective serie f tive elements to preserve the historic, heavily landscaped character of Co ut Grove's residential areas; enhance and protect Coconut Grove's natural featur such as the tree canopy and green space; and protect the architectural var' hin he unique single family neighborhood that comprises Coconut Grov The nity of Coconut Grove predates the City of Miami, and is known for it c derived from lush landscaping, and naturally occurring vegetation an s, d its unique property sizes and shapes; bay views; geologic features; proxi to Biscayne Bay; public open space; recreational opportunities; commercial servi s; and a special character imparted by its tropical vegetation and historic structures. Properties shall not be platted, re -platted or configured in any way that destroys a median, green space, landscape easement or road configuration that contributes to the character of the subdivision within the NCD -3 area. 3.3 Effect of district designation The effect of these NCD -3 regulations shall be to modify transect regulations included within the NCD boundaries to the extent indicated herein. Nothing in these regulations shall be construed as to prohibit additional structures or neighborhoods to become Historic Preservation Overlays. A.13 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E ENCS OF THIS DOCUMENT. All demolition permits shall require a Waiver and be referred to the Planning Department for review under the Tree Preservation Ordinance. All submittals shall contain a tree survey by a certified arborist. 3.4 Additional notice and review a. Additional notice required for Exception and Variance applications. All Coconut Grove neighborhood or homeowner associations that wish to receive a courtesy notice of Exception or Variance applications in their areas shall register with their Neighborhood Enhancement Team (NET) Office on a yearly basis. Such registration shall consist of a letter to the Director of the Planning Department or to the Zoning Administrator, in which the association shall request such notification and shall specify the name, address and telepho number of the official representative of the association designated to receive notice and a list of all the officers of said association. At the time of initial ap ca for an Exception or Variance, the applicant shall obtain the list of al er neighborhood and homeowner associations pertaining to the applicat' n u tion from the Planning Director or the Zoning Administrator and o in writing the official representative of all such registered associa 'on ing, by certified mail, of the application. The applicant shall submit wit tion these certified receipts. If any such association have any comme or commendations, such comments and recommendations shall be su riting to the Planning Director or Zoning Administrator no later th fi en ( ) s from receipt of such notification. Late or misdelivered comments considered. b. All properties located wi e Center shall be reviewed by the Coordinated Review Committee. 3.5 Coconut Grove Corridors The sub -districts are & ated, traversed or connected by important corridors subject to their own unique characteristics and considerations. The Coconut Grove corridors are as follows and include the rights of way and the Lots immediately adjacent to the right of way: • South Bayshore Drive • Tigertail Drive • S.W. 27th Avenue • Bird Avenue • MacDonald Street • Main Highway • Douglas Road • Grand Avenue • Le Jeune Road a. Improvements and new development on these corridors shall conform to the following pedestrian safety and comfort standards: 1. Where sidewalks exist, the pedestrian shall be buffered from vehicular traffic with streetscape elements and landscaping. A.14 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 2. Uses to be developed on these corridors shall promote pedestrian activity, such as porches, loggias, windows, entries, plazas, and ground floor retail uses where permissible. 3. The number and dimensions of curb cuts and driveways shall be minimized to reduce the pedestrian/vehicular conflicts up to the minimum permissible by the controlling jurisdiction. 3.6 Single -Family Residential District The single family residential district is intended to protect the low density residential and dominant tree canopy characteristics of Coconut Grove and prevent the intrusion of additional density, uses, and height. All T3, Single -Family Residential zoning regulations shall ply within the Coconut Grove NCD -3 Single -Family Residential District, hereafter ref d to as NCD -3, except as modified below. If any such requirements conflict, the m re rictive requirements shall apply. a Q 91 Adjacent lots or lots in the same subdivision a single builder or developer shall not architectural plans. Adjacent buildings un differentiated in massing, footprint, and ext Front yards All front yards in the NC garage fronts and off -s surface and use abunda Building Envelope For the purpose of portions of lots t vacant lots.and aIW include a e nership, or developed by ithsame, similar or duplicate nditions shall be substantially %W fed in a way that minimizes the impact of front yards shall provide a more permeable and tree canopy throughout. BctiV, a building site shall be defined as one or more lots or aggregated to form a single family residential site including Ssible accessory uses and structures. Building sites shall not Ind under a different zoning transect. Height Height is Iimi d to a maximum of twenty-five (25) feet measured to the midpoint between the eave and roof top and is measured from flood level or average sidewalk elevation, whichever is higher. In addition to the maximum height of twenty-five (25) feet measured to the mid -point of the roof top and eave, chimneys, cupolas or other non -habitable architectural features of twenty-five (25) square feet in area or less may reach a maximum height of thirty (30) feet or as required by the fire code. For Lots with less than ten thousand (10,000) square feet in area, the height limitation for accessory structures shall be thirteen (13) feet. e. Green Space The minimum green space requirement shall be three -tenths (0.3) times the Lot area. The use of permeable material for surfaces in the required yard may allow a 25% reduction in the required green space. f. Permitted Accessory Uses and Structures A.15 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T# E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Accessory uses and structures are as permitted in the underlying transect zone, except that detached garages or car shelters on lots ten thousand (10,000) square feet or larger may include a second story as long as the allowable floor lot ratio and building footprint are not exceeded. Said second story may only be used as an owner occupied accessory structure. Two-story accessory structures shall have the same setback requirements as specified for two-story principal buildings. g. Additional Limitations and requirements. F, Lots and building sites: Wherever an existing single-family residence or lawful accessory building(s) or structure(s) is located on one or more platted lots or portions thereof, such lots shall thereafter constitute only one building site and no permit shall be issued for the construction of more than one single-family resi4Lnce except by Warrant. Such structures shall include but not be limited to swi g pools, tennis courts, walls, and fences or other at grade or above groun sites in existence prior to September 24, 2005s by Warrant, subject to the criteria specified Ic Criteria. Garages and Driveways: (a) On new construction or garage the same front setback line a the garage door(s) does t openings that face the st61 from the front wall of therind ements. No building Rshed in size except 12 Design Review I ons no garage shall be located along 7set all of a residential structure unless tet. Garage structures with access ack aminimum of twenty (20) feet residential structure. (b) Garage structur a openings that face the street on corner lots which have a ma th of less than sixty (60) feet, may be set back a minimum of fifteen 5) feet from the front wall of the principal residential structure. (c) NotwithstVAN16the requirements of the Public Works Department, driveways num width of ten (10) feet within the first five (5) feet of all str - rd�fired setbacks. (d) Driv s in a single building site shall not be located closer than twenty- five ( feet to each other. (e) Excep s required for the driveway approach, no portion of any driveway in a required yard adjacent to a street shall be within five (5) feet of any property line other than as may be required to allow for turnaround maneuver, in which case said driveway shall be constructed of permeable material in its entirety. (f) Tandem parking shall be allowed. (g) Garage doors which are more than nine (9) feet wide shall not be allowed. 3. Fences: All fences located within any street -front setback area shall be covered from the public right-of-way view by plant material except when said fence is faced or constructed with oolitic limestone. 4. Landscaping: All landscape shall comply with the City's landscape and tree protection ordinances. A.16 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. h. Single Family lots less than 10,000 square feet 1. Setbacks: TABLE INSET: (a) Principal Building: Setbacks are variable to allow for a variety in architecture and placement of the building footprint. Projections of buildings into required setbacks shall be permitted subject to the criteria and requirements specified herein. (1) Minimum Front Setbacks: The minimum front setback shall be thirty (30) feet. The structure may project a maximum of ten (10) feet into the minimum required setback of thirty (30) feet provided said projection doesOY ed thirty (30) feet in width along the front of the building. Uneorches, entries, or loggias may project a maximum of fifteen into the minimum required setback of thirty (30) feet. Onthe structure may project a maximum of fifteen (15) feet i m required setback of thirty (30) feet. � (2) Minimum Side Setbacks. The minimum side setb where the minimum sidE feet. The minimum t` established in the folIGA -ept for et shall buted corner lots be ten (10) shall be as (3) Minimum Rear Setbacks: The minimum rear setback shall be twenty (20) feet. (4) Accessory Buildings: The minimum side setbacks shall be ten (10) feet. The minimum rear setback shall be ten (10) feet. The maximum width of said connection shall be ten (10) feet. Single Family Large Lot Residential designation 1. Lot size A.17 Interior Lots Interior Lots Corner Lots Corner Lots Building Site Size First of Second Story First Story of Second in Square Feet Strof Structure Structure Story of Structure Less than 7,500 15 feet 15 feet 20 feet 7,500--10,000 15 feet 25 feet 15 feet 25 feet More than 10,000 V25 feet 35 feet 25 feet 35 feet (3) Minimum Rear Setbacks: The minimum rear setback shall be twenty (20) feet. (4) Accessory Buildings: The minimum side setbacks shall be ten (10) feet. The minimum rear setback shall be ten (10) feet. The maximum width of said connection shall be ten (10) feet. Single Family Large Lot Residential designation 1. Lot size A.17 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Minimum lot size is limited to ten thousand (10,000) square feet and the minimum lot width is limited to one hundred (100) feet in order to preserve the large lot suburban character of certain neighborhoods within Coconut Grove. 2. Limitations on yards All yards adjacent to South Bayshore Drive shall be a minimum of seventy (70) feet. Single Family Oversized Lot Residential designation. 1. Lot Size Minimum lot size shall be twenty thousand (20,000) square feet and minimum lot width shall be one hundred (100) feet. 2. Limitations on yards All yards adjacent to South Bayshore Drive shall be a mir u f seventy (70) feet. k. Single Family Estate Lot Residential designation. The intent of these regulations is to allow existin s to be developed as single- family estates of a spacious character togeth anical Gardens, private non- commercial recreational facilities and acc pa ing structures compatible with residential surroundings. This district is a protect and preserve the existing character of estates and allow the ` it g o a t land considered appropriate for such development in the future. 1. Lot Size Minimum lot size shall be In re (43,560 square feet) and a minimum lot width of one hundred (100) feet. 2. Limitations on ya All yards 'acen th Bayshore Drive shall be a minimum of seventy (70) feet. Bay wind onies may project a maximum of three (3) feet into a yard setback. 3. Accessory Uses and Structures (a) Accessory structures shall comply in all other aspects of the underlying single family residential (T3) district unless stated otherwise. Enclosed accessory buildings shall be used only for occupancy of nonpaying guests of the owners of the primary residence or bona fide members of the family or household staff, and no kitchen or cooking facilities shall be constructed or used therein except by approval by the Planning Director of a written agreement with the City stating that such accessory structure will be used only by family members or household staff. The property owner must execute and record in the public records a Declaration of Restriction stating that the use of the site will be reserved for a single family residence. No accessory structure shall be used as or converted to a dwelling unit without the recorded Declaration of Restriction. Further, if any accessory structure and use is subdivided from the principal structure and use to which it is accessory or, alternately, if the principal structure is demolished or removed, the use of such accessory structure shall be terminated until a new principal A.18 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. M 5. structure and use is established on the lot on which the accessory structure and use is located. (b) Attached or unattached accessory structures include: private garages, swimming pools, cabanas, bedrooms, household staff cottage. Nothing contained in this section shall prohibit the construction of an enclosed accessory building containing bedrooms with bath facilities to be used in connection with and as a part of the primary residence within the building lines as provided in this section. (c) Open awnings or trellises must meet the setback requirements and applicable open space and lot coverage requirements. These structures may not be converted to permanent additions if such conversion would increase the lot coverage of the principal structure above the allowed percentage. Height Height is limited to two full stories from grade or minimu within this code. Height is measured to the bottom Height requirement may be allowed for skylights or ol• (3) feet above the roof. Such structures shall nto the roof structure. Botanical Gardens A Botanical Garden is allowed minimum of 5 acres and may al: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) Educational facilities includi Scientific research I c elevation as defined ee. Variations to the Fs not exceeding three than ten (10) percent of Garden shall require a for meeting and classrooms Offices to serve the a arden Residential living units visiting scholars Garden maintenance a Gift shop oro re area. Outdoor display of merchandise shall be limited to areas�ot vis r public streets 3.6 Reserved for 3.7 Reserved for District rove NCD -3 (R-2) Two -Family Residential District (R-3) Multifamily Medium -Density Residential 3.8 Coconut Grove NCD -3 Commercial Districts a. Limitation The square footage of individual retail establishments within Coconut Grove Corridors defined in 3.5, and in the Village Center sub -district as defined in 3.1, shall be limited to a maximum size of twenty thousand (20,000) square feet in total floor area used for retail and related services, except as may be modified below for "large- scale retail establishments." Retail specialty centers as defined in City Code Sec. 4-2 located adjacent to Coconut Grove Corridors listed in 3.5, may be approved by a Warrant. Special event Class I permits are exempted from the limitations of this section. A.19 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE b. "Large-scale retail establishment" defined SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. A "large-scale retail establishment" is defined for the purposes of NCD -3 as a retail establishment or combination of commercial retail establishment(s), including membership establishments with any commercial retail use, of over twenty thousand (20,000) square feet in gross floor area. The gross floor area includes building gross floor area and ancillary outdoor storage or merchandise display areas. For the purposes of this definition, the floor area does not include motor vehicle parking or loading areas. For the purpose of determining the applicability of the twenty thousand (20,000) square feet of floor area, the aggregate square footage of all adjacent stores or retail tenants that share common check out stands or a controlling interest, or storage areas, shall be considered one establishment. c. Exception required for "large scale retail establishments.,, A "large-scale retail establishment" within the Coconut Gr Corridors listed in 3.5 shall be permitted only by Exception. d. "Large scale grocery stores." Retail establishments exclusively for the sale and not exceeding forty thousand (40,000) square feet located within t&qeg T5 or T6 Transect Zones abutting LIS -1 (Federal Hwy.) may be per irant. "Groceries" is defined as food products, dry groceries (such as ho hol products and paper goods), and other items typically sold (such as ry, seafood, sushi, dairy products, frozen foods, fruits, vegetables, i i s, ep d foods, baked goods, health and beauty products, pharmaceutic holic beverages) or services commonly provided in a grocery store in Mi i- e County. e. Site requirements OZ In addition to all require is in the applicable zoning district, "large-scale retail establishments" must meet the following site criteria and limitations: 1. Maxim siz e i/ establishment Them of any individual retail establishment within any Coconut Grove o hall be seventy thousand (70,000) square feet. No individual retail est Iishment within a Large Scale Retail establishment shall be permitted which exc ds seventy thousand (70,000) square feet. 2. Minimum lot dimensions "large-scale retail establishments" may be permitted exclusively in lots having a minimum net area of two (2) acres. Properties which do not meet the two -acre size limitation shall be limited to individual establishments of twenty thousand (20,000) square feet or less. 3. Minimum setbacks and build -to lines Large Scale Retail establishments shall have the following minimum setbacks: (a) Any front or side setback abutting a public right-of-way or non -residentially zoned property build -to line is twenty (20) feet. The area from the build -to line to the right-of-way line shall be used for permanent sidewalks with illumination, pedestrian amenities, or landscaping, except in areas as A.20 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. required for emergency access, or where driveway entrances are located. Landscaping in this setback area shall count toward the green space requirements. This area may not be used for parking or loading at any time. (b) Side or rear lot line abutting a residentially zoned property: setback is fifty (50) feet. The setback shall include a 20 -foot heavily landscaped buffer area. If an access alley, parking, loading door, delivery area, or inventory storage area is present along this side of the property, then the setback area shall also include an eight -foot -high masonry wall inside of the 20 -foot landscape buffer. 4. Building orientation and facades (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Building facades and elevations shall be des impacts of the scale of the building. Large-scale retail structures may be oriented arterial or collector roadways as defined in the Any side with regular public ingress/e res p front. Regular public ingress/egress to residential uses. There may be bron &ti( facade design shall include the fo impacts and promote activated streges. minimize the visual h Lr entrances toward o ehensive Plan. V Isto be considered a all not be located facing (1) front. Front and side features to minimize scale Building design variations at in reater than fifty (50) feet. Storefront windows, with to r sp ce isible and lit from within at night, equal to at least fifty (50 the linear length of ground -floor wall on building front elevations s d ed herein. Window spacing should be such that no more tha ty ercent of the length of the wall may have an uninterrupted leng storefront windows. 5. Vehicular access Primary ingre egress to the site must be provided from the arterial(s) and not (a) (b) (c) (d) fro secoads or collectors and subject to the following: Ex red for emergency access, vehicular driveways shall not be alon a adways as defined in the City Comprehensive Plan. Exce where required for emergency access or other compelling public safety asons, vehicular driveways shall not be located within one hundred (100) feet of residentially -zoned land along the same side of the street, as measured from the nearest point of the driveway. Delivery vehicle access/egress shall be clearly defined in the site plan, and shall only be from arterial roadways, and located no less than one hundred (100) feet from residentially -zoned land along the same side of the street, as measured from the nearest point of the driveway. Where large and bulk merchandise sales are expected, customer pick-up access/egress shall be clearly defined in the site plan, and shall only be from arterial roadways, and located no less than one hundred (100) feet from residentially -zoned land along the same side of the street, as measured from the nearest point of the driveway. 6. Parking and loading requirements A.21 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO 7 ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. (a) One (1) space per every two hundred (250) square feet of gross floor area shall be required for a "large-scale retail establishment." All required parking must be provided onsite. (b) Along collector roads as defined by the City Comprehensive Plan, setback buffers, building design or other features shall screen parking such that no more than thirty (30) percent of the parking lot or facilities are visible from the roadway. (c) Along local roads as defined by the City Comprehensive Plan, setback buffers, building design or other features shall completely screen parking such that the parking lot or facilities are not visible from the roadway, except for distances as required by driveways or emergency access. (d) All loading and deliveries shall be adjacent to an arterial roadway. Said loading and delivery areas shall be screened from public view by an eight - foot wall. 4& Green space A "large-scale retail establishment" shall in size to, or greater than, fifteen (15) pe shall be implemented generally so as parking lot and abutting sidewalks and structure and parking space on the stre the site shall be submitted to the Plan by the Planning and Zoning Advis 8. Buffer 9 Wherever the prop designation, a "larg heavily landscaped than fifteen (15) to no less than four 4 this buffer shaMeJ requl Fences Fences the prope impleme c Ing in an area equal rcent o h o lot area. Landscaping t o ple shade areas in the o .. i e the visual impact of the C this end, a landscape plan for g partment for review and approval part of the required Exception. ab anlWer property with a more restrictive zoning r tablishment" shall provide a twenty -foot wide r(2O) buffer shall include Florida native trees at no less feet in height, with a diameter at breast height of nches spaced on 15 -foot centers. Also included in ing and ground cover. This buffer shall be included in the walls shall be erected to a minimum height of eight (8) feet wherever abuts another property with a more restrictive zoning designation. Location of "large -Scale Retail establishment" A "large-scale retail establishment" shall be located exclusively on a lot having frontage on one (1) or more arterial roads. g. Hours of operation Except for special events requiring Class I permits, a "large-scale retail establishment" shall open no earlier than 7:00 a.m. on weekends and 8:00 a.m. on weekdays and shall close no later than 11:00 p.m. on weekends and 10:00 p.m. on weekdays. Deliveries to or from any "large-scale retail establishment" shall be limited to the hours of 10:00 a.m. through 3:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday. h. Variances prohibited A.22 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 No variances from the provisions set forth in the site requirements or hours of operation are permitted. A.3.8 Reserved. Coconut Grove NCD -3 Sub -District Architectural Guidelines. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN .AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. A.23 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. THIS IDOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEM ,AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. A.24 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE General Principles SEEN AT T 11= END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Public access waterfront walkways shall: 1. Feel public. No one should feel as if he or she is intruding on private property. The public should feel welcome and at ease to move along the entire length of the waterfront. Signage should clearly establish the public's right to use the walkway. 2. Be usable. Young and old, handicapped and joggers, lovers, fishermen, business and men and women, everyone should find the waterfront usable. Potential conflicts between active and passive users should be prevented through segregation of waterfront walk use zones. (See Design Standards below). 3. Provide visual access. The attraction is the water. All landscaping furniture, lighting, guard rails and planters should be subordinated to enhance maximum visibility to the water. Simplicity of design is preferred. The views of adjacent private development should not be obstructed. 4. Enhance visual quality. Parking and service areas mu walkway. Materials, color and forms should complernE 5. Connect to other public areas. Public parks, transi walkways, shopping areas, and publicly acce#," 6. Take advantage of waterfront setting. be incorporated into waterfront desigi markers and signs are desirable p ely screened from the a n ral shoreline environment. pshoroughfares, midblock s should connect to the waterfront. ilCal, boating and fishing activities should viewing areas, historically interpretive n the water to the land is encouraged. Bulkheads or Seawalls 1. Bulkheads and SNVe ls 121scayne cted on properties north of the Rickenbacker Causeway and along the MiBay shall be constructed six (6) feet above National Geodetic Vertical VD). Bulkheads constructed on properties south of the Rickenbacker Cay and on Biscayne Bay shall be constructed seven (7) feet above National Geodetical Datum (NGVD). All other bulkheads located in the City of Miami shall meet the minimum Miami -Dade County Standards. 2. Bulkheads or Seawalls shall be constructed eighteen (18) to twenty-four (24) inches in width at the top and meet all City of Miami departments' requirements. The top of the bulkhead or seawall shall be at a constant elevation for the length of the bay / river walk. 3. Deviations to the bulkhead requirements may be granted by the Director of Public Works to construct bulkheads at a height above the standard NGVD set by the City due to a justifiable request. Any deviations from the City standard bulkhead elevation where a waterfront walkway is being proposed would require the property owner to construct, on the applicant's property, a connecting transition at a consistent A.D.A. compliant width and grade to the waterfront walkway on adjacent properties. All requests for a deviation to the mandated bulkhead elevation shall be made in writing to the Director of Public Works and shall include all appropriate architectural and engineering or other documentation needed to make a determination. B.1 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Natural Shorelines 1. Walkways along a natural shoreline or rip rap shoreline may be set back from the edge of the shoreline and meander within the waterfront setback area. 2. Areas with natural shorelines must transition to adjacent properties in elevation and alignment to create a cohesive baywalk or riverwalk circulation. Design Standards for Bulkheads or Seawalls 1. The top of the bulkhead or seawall shall be at a constant elevation for the length of the waterfront. It shall be eighteen (18) to twenty-four (24) inches wi at the top. 2. Safety ladders of stainless steel or galvanized steel shall be plac a ximum of 100 feet apart along the face of the seawall or bulkhead, to allow for o of the water at low tide. 3. The top of the seawall/ the adjacent baywalk c 4. The inside edge of the Design Standards for Wz higher than the surface of Waterfront walkway landscaped areJ s e landscaped with native plant materials. Shade trees are required within the Passive l nsition Zones and may also be planted along the Safety Buffer Zone, in lieu of palms, to create an allee of trees. Shrubs, low shrubs, and groundcovers (low level plantings) should be planted at the base of trees and palms to enhance waterfront walkway aesthetics and`to help buffer the walkway perimeters. The following walkway zones are listed in order from the landward edge of the bulkhead cap and progressing landward towards the private property. NOTE: the top of the bulkhead cap shall be six (6") to eight (8") inches above the waterfront walkway elevation. Safety Buffer Zone Safety Buffer Zone - A minimum three (3) to four (4) foot wide area adjacent to the bulkhead. (See Plan Detail- 3' minimum where there is no planting, 4' minimum where planting beds are provided.) 1. Since railings, walls and/or other barriers are not desirable along the water's edge, waterfront users need to be warned when coming close to the water with a minimum three (3) foot wide safety buffer zone consisting of a rough textured surface that discourages walking. 2. Paving within the safety buffer zone shall be a type of cobble stone with "river rock," approximately 3/4 to 1 '/2 inches in diameter, set in concrete leaving a relief of '14 to'/2 inches or similar aggregate pavers with ADA domes. B.2 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 3. Planting beds shall be a minimum four (4) feet wide with trees or palms planted at grade providing shade to pedestrians and low level plantings provided at the base of the trees or palms. Landscape lighting may be provided to accentuate trees or palms in this area. 4. In areas between the planting beds, a minimum three (3) foot wide uniform exposed aggregate finish such as a river rock textured surface shall be provided to warn pedestrians of the water's edge meeting Americans with Disabilities Standards. 5. Bollard lighting within the textured surface adjacent to the Circulation Zone shall be installed to provide pedestrian / pathway lighting. Circulation Zone Circulation Zone — A minimum fifteen (15) to sixteen (16) foot wide pedestrian walkway. (See Plan Detail- 15' minimum where adj?e, the Safety Zone, 16' minimum where there are no plantings in 2 3 4 The waterfront circulation zone shall consist of a Ii and shall be a minimum fifteen (15) feet wide. The walkway may meander along the shoreli walkway shall not exceed six (6 ) feet ar*We Obstructions to movement (trees reduce the clear width of the wall The Circulation Zone shall be appearance and structural_u 5. Variable M The promenade sul handicapped perso Passive Zone ed linear are provided in walkway or promenade all offsets in the alignment of the ess than fifty (50) feet apart. , etc.) within the circulation zone shall not fifteen (15) feet at any point. cted of non -slip paving materials with high aesthetic support emergency vehicle access. ay be used to surface the promenade. MI be at a constant elevation, and shall be accessible to ughout the entire length of the waterfront. Passive Zone — A minimum three (3) foot wide area interspersed with shade trees, low level plantings, site furniture, lighting and accessories. 1. The area for sitting, accent landscaping and concessions shall be located along the inland side of the waterfront, and shall be not less than three (3) feet wide. 2. Short lengths of the passive zone may be elevated eighteen (18) to twenty-four (24) inches above the level of the promenade for enhanced bay and river views. 3. All benches shall have back rests, and their placement shall emphasize direct views of the water. B.3 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 4. Site furniture may include overhead canopies, concessions, etc. and shall be confined to this zone. All furniture shall be permanently installed preferably by direct burial in concrete. 6. Accessories include benches, trash receptacles, drinking fountains, pedestrian scale light poles and landscape lighting. Appropriate additional furniture including overhead canopies or shelters, drinking fountains, etc., shall be confined to the passive zone. 7. The passive zone may be paved in plain concrete or the paver on the main circulation zone. Transition and Security Zone Transition Zone — A minimum three (3) foot wide area, immediately adjacent to the Passive Zone to buffer private development from the waterfront walkway and611,tormwater. 1. To buffer private development from the adjacent waterfront a miree (3) foot wide transition zone shall border the waterfront facility. 2. This visual and functional transition from public to priv ell generally be marked by low level shrubbery and overhead shade or ornam�t e_ 3. Security to limit public access to private property nlkbelrovided by fences, grade changes or retaining walls. All screens and walls shalled to reduce their visual impact on the walkway. 4. For adjacent developments that serve t pu ' (i.e., restaurants, shops, hotels, entertainment, etc.) provision of vi nd easy pedestrian access to the waterfront shall be assured. 5. In general, landscaping and securitarriers shall not visually screen the waterfront from adjacent active uses, such as retail restaurants, or entertainment. Standards and Guidelines foir Design Elements Landscaping 1. Palms may be used along either edge of the waterfront, but Coconut Palms or Sabal Palms are particularly appropriate for the water's edge. 2. Raised planters, if used, shall be confined to the passive zone, and all planter walls shall double as sitting walls, fifteen (15) to thirty (30) inches in height. 3. Plant material shall be primarily native salt -tolerant species. Lighting Lighting at the water's edge shall be confined to eight (8) inch diameter bollards, which shall be twenty-four (24) to thirty (30) inches high and spaced approximately twenty (20) feet on center. M MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 2. Bollards shall be one hundred (100) watt MV with down illumination not extending beyond the bulkhead line. 3. Overhead lighting shall be confined to the passive zone and consists of down lighting with lamps not over fourteen (14) feet high, 175 watt MV, and spaced approximately fifty (50) feet on center. 4. Up lighting of landscaping is encouraged. 5. Mercury vapor, metal halide lamps or similar "white" light luminaires shall be used. 6. Colored lighting, except for private signs, shall not be used. 7. Simple contemporary fixture design shall be used as opposed to hly stylized, vintage or period designs. Signage 1. All public access waterfront walks shall be marked wit tandard "Public Shore" sign. 2. All major public access points, including park walk s, adways, dedicated midblock walks and public plazas, shall be marked witre" signs. 3. Adjacent accessible publicly oriented pCion pment, such as cafes or shops, shall identify the use with signage in the tran 4. Uniformly designed historic or en o I markers and descriptive plaques shall be placed in the passive zone. 5. Signage shall identify ac ' ss ints and adjacent activities (cafes, shops, etc.) for boaters. B.5 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN .AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. TRANmyioN 'PAlvmvE CIRCULATION SAFETY TYPICAL RIHERWALKIBAYWALK PLAN ZONE ZONE ZONE ZONE $CAL F• li•m V -V REVISED' 12.44.2ffl9 1 OF 2 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 1�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 18"- 24" 314" - 1-112" DIAMETER RIVER ROCK SET IN A MORTAR BED, UNIFORMLY GRADED WITH A 114" TO 112" EXPOSED AGGREGATE FINISH OR EQUAL SURFACE MEETING A.D.A. / STANDARDS. / t 1 SEAWALL CAP �j COMPACTED SUBGRADE DET UFFER ZONE NOTTOSME REVISED! 12.092708 2 OF 2 A MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TjHE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. M.; MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SD -27 MIDTOWN MIAMI SPECIAL DISTRICT SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. The objective of this District is to promote neighborhood redevelopment through medium to high density mixed use development. Due to intensity of infill development and redevelopment in the SD -27 Districts, population and the overall level of commercial and retail activity will greatly increase. Combined with the proximity of the SD -27 Districts to downtown and other revitalizing neighborhoods, convenient and reliable transportation along the Midtown Miami Special District can connect the neighborhoods, jobs, residences and activity centers and expand greater revitalization. The character of the district is to include a wide range of pedestrian oriented activities that would facilitate a vibrant mixed-use community setting, permitting development of flexible live -work spaces as determined by market forces, including rn use loft development. Ground level activities and uses with strong pedestrian orientation a m ated to front streets to generate a lively pedestrian street life. The District is intended for medium scale projects of dive it ural design. Buildings will be restricted as to height, setbacks, and will require hab t u for portions of the building closest to the street. Unified landscaping, paving, stre u u ,storefront design, signage and building facade guidelines, as well as incentives t w Id allow for the rehabilitation of significant historic resources. For the purpose of the SD 27, the following #kfin ns al ply: Active Uses: The principle component of e 7 district is ground floor active uses which promote pedestrian activity. An act e i use that provides a public entrance from the street with an interior use that se a general public. This may include retail, office, educational facilities, entertainment, a live -work. Big -Box retail is defined as `' s' a retail store comprised of at least twenty thousand (20,000) square feet. Build -To Line: An ali Ment e5 ablished a certain distance from the base building line to a line 9 g along which a building shall be constructed. Build -to dimensions are established in Sections 627.1.7 and 627.1.8 for each street frontage and require that primary building frontages (excluding colonnades, arcades and awnings) be constructed at the dimension provided for a minimum of x (x) percent of the lineal building frontage. Pursuant to Sections 627.1.7 and 627.1.8, colonnades and arcades may encroach the specified build -to line provided a minimum unobstructed pedestrian space of five (5) feet is provided. Colonnades and arcades shall not encroach upon the base building line. Furthermore, Build -To lines are subject to compliance with the City of Miami Vision Clearance requirements of Article 908. Gateway: The SD -27 District promotes the design of buildings as gateway structures by providing greater allowable height at strategic street intersections within the district. The gateway sites shall be as follows: (1) The Southeast corner of the intersection of North Miami Avenue and Northeast 36th Street; (2) The Southwest corner of the intersection of Northeast 36th Street and Northeast 2nd Avenue: and (3) The Southeast corner of the intersection of Northeast 34th Street and Northeast 1st Place. C.1 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Liner Uses: Building uses that serve to conceal uses such as parking garages and service areas. When liner uses contain ground floor space, such space shall be designed to accommodate retail and/or other uses that promote pedestrian traffic and shall have entrances directly accessible from a public sidewalk or open space. Live -work: Live -work describes residential units that have a commercial and/or office component accessed through an external street entrance. The intent of this use is to provide efficient housing with the opportunity for workspace that can contribute active uses at the ground floor. Home occupations pursuant to the provisions of 906.5.2 shall also qualify as live - work, except that additional parking, defined in 906.5.2.f. shall not be required. Mixed Use: The SD -27 District promotes multiple uses within the same lot and on adjoining lots by permitting multiple principal uses within the underlying district. A ' ed use building or parcel exists when there is more than one use and must include residential or live -work use. When the majority of building area is dedicated to uses other than residen I a or live -work uses, at least ten (10) percent of the total FAR of the building shall be to o residential and/or live -work uses in order to be classified as a mixed-use buildin F urposes of calculating mixed uses, live -work uses shall be allowed to count to si ntial or commercial uses, but shall not be allowed to count towards more than one use. Open Space: Any parcel of land or water, excludi or open to the sky and designed and intended f the general public and may include p ileAdditionally, canopy trees and large palms way in accordance with the design stand ds (400) square feet and one hundred t is substantially free of structures oth t uctL space. bb lic ght of way, that is at ground level on use of the residents, tenant and ear pa plazas, and landscape areas. n pedestrian zones of the public right -of - all respectively each count as four hundred 75) square feet of open space. Open Space res that contribute to the common use of the Smart Growth: Planning tea'9157Ggos founded upon and promoting any or all of the following principles: (1) Using land reso fficiently through compact building forms, infill development, and moderation i ee nd parking standards in order to lessen land consumption and preserve natural r urces and promote multi -modal transportation; (2) Supporting the loca n of stores, offices, residences, school, recreation spaces, and other public facilities within walking distance of each other in compact neighborhoods that are designed to provide alternate opportunities for easier movement and interaction; (3) Providing a variety of housing choices to create a diverse community; (4) Supporting walking, cycling, and transit as attractive alternatives to driving; providing alternative routes that disperse rather than concentrate traffic congestion; lowering traffic speeds in neighborhoods; (5) Connecting infrastructure and development decisions to minimize future costs by creating neighborhoods where more people use existing services and facilities; by integrating development and land use with transit routes and stations; and (6) Improving the development standards review process and development standards so that developers are encouraged to apply the principles stated above. Story: A space in a building between the surface of any floor and the surface of the next floor above, or if there is no floor above, then the space between such floor and the ceiling or roof C.2 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT above. Portions of buildings constructed below grade shall not count toward an allowable number of stories, provided that at least fifty (50) percent of the total floor perimeter is at least five (5) feet below grade. (Ord. No. 12447, § 2, 11-25-03; Ord. No. 12688, § 2, 5-26-05) Editor's note: Ord. No. 12688, § 2, adopted May 26, 2005, changed the title of § 627 from "SD -27 FEC Corridor" to "SD -27 Midtown Miami Special District." The historical notation has been preserved for reference purposes. Sec. 627.1 SD -27.1 Midtown Miami East Special District. The Midtown Miami East Special District area is bounded by Northeast 36th Street on the north and FEC greenway on the east. On the south, the area is bo ed by the centerline of Northeast 29th Street between the FEC Greenway and Midtow oulevard and by the centerline of Northeast 34th Street between Midtown Boulevard a B a Vista Avenue. On the west, the area is bounded by the centerline of Buena Vista een Northeast 36th Street and Northeast 34th Street and by the centerline S+ n Boulevard between Northeast 34th Street and Northeast 29th Street. tt1 1 627.1.1 Intent. The Midtown Miami East District regulations are inte d t provide for a method to allow for planning initiatives that achieve unique or innov ment not otherwise provided for in the zoning ordinance. These planning ini 'v1 ma in de, but are not limited to, Smart Growth as defined in Section 627. The sta rocedures of this district are intended to promote flexibility and diversity in design d p it planned diversification and integration of uses and structures, with limitation eg ' s as deemed necessary to be consistent with the City's Comprehensive Plan and t r he public health, safety, and general welfare. The SD 27 Design Standards provide re detailed clarification to this ordinance and are incorporated by reference. _ This district is of spe . I an5&4W ntial public interest given its proximity to Downtown Miami and the Omni Area, t n trict, Miami Beach, the Wynwood Neighborhood and to future proposed commuter tr Ities within the Florida East Coast Railway (FEC) Corridor. The intent of the district is (1) promote the efficient use of land resources through compact building forms, infill dev pment, and moderation in street and parking standards in order to reduce automobile traffic and promote multi -modal transportation; (2) promote the creation of a Miami midtown environment through intensive urban mixed-use development with a twenty-four hour activity pattern; (3) Enhance the pedestrian environment and connectivity of the existing surrounding areas by extending the city street grid through the district; and (4) Provide intensive new housing opportunities needed to sustain future commercial growth and commuter transit facilities. To this end, the district promotes streetscapes and mixed-use buildings designed to provide pedestrians with lively, interesting, well -landscaped and highly usable public spaces with a maximum interrelationship with ground floor building uses. Concerning building uses and overall buildable area, mixed-use development is encouraged by providing greater floor area ratios and overall building height than that of single use buildings. Furthermore, additional height is provided for on sites that abut significant open space and/or are designated as strategically located visual gateways as defined in Section 627. Yard and setback areas are minimal and are required to be developed as an integral part of the overall C.3 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT pedestrian streetscape. Ground floor build -to lines are provided in order to establish a continuous building frontage that enhances and provides spatial definition for the urban streetscapes. Although no specific requirements are contained, it is further intended that buildings be designed utilizing environmentally sensitive methods, including, but not limited to, passive and active solar techniques, green -roofs, the utilization of environmentally sustainable materials and efficient mechanical systems. 627.1.2 Effect of SD -27.1 district designation. The SD -27.1 Midtown Miami East Special district shall supplant districts or portions of districts included within the SD boundaries to the extent indicated herein in the official zoning atlas. 627.1.3 Class 11 Special Permit. 627.1.3.1. When required. A Class II Special Permit shall be required prior to ap permits pursuant to Article 13) affecting the height, bulk, Ic existing building or the construction of a new building; 1 awnings, fences or any other improvement visible from a.1 627.1.3.2. Considerations in making Class 11 Special The purpose of the Class II Special Permitshall the expressed intent of this district, with th'`'e ra with the special considerations contained in reference. Notwithstanding any other K required for non-residential (400,000) square feet and r dwelling units, or any combi spaces. Any variances (as de ed ii shall require such de as defined in Article - e apply. Jffmit (except special for configuration of any ementation of signage, terminations. e conformity of the application with rations listed in section 1305, and ign Standards incorporated herein by Fligong ordinance, a Major Use Special Permit is V*e building that exceed four hundred thousand in a single building that exceed four hundred (400) exceeds two thousand five hundred (2,500) parking 19) sought from the provisions of the SD 27.1 regulations isidered within the process for a Major Use Special Permit >ed development thresholds as set forth above shall not 627.1.4 Principal uses and structures. The following uses shall be permitted within the district, subject to the provisions of Section 627.1.7: 1. Neighborhood convenience goods and services, including food stores (grocery, meat, seafood, produce, delicatessen, bakery, confectioneries, ice cream), drugstores, newsstands, dry cleaners, barber and beauty shops, and shoe repair stores. 2. Retail establishments open to the general public as follows: Antique stores, art stores and commercial art galleries; bicycle sales; book and stationery stores; china and crockery stores; drugstores; floor covering; florist, including plant and shrub sales; food carts and vendors; gift shops; hardware stores; hobby shops; home appliance stores; home furnishing stores; interior decoration supply stores; establishments for the sales of boating and fishing supplies (excluding CA THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T' iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT outdoor sales of boats); jewelry stores; leather goods; luggage stores; music stores; newsstands; office supply stores; optical goods stores; package liquor stores (without drive- through facilities); paint and wallpaper; pet shops; photographic supply stores; restaurant supply stores; tobacco shops; toy stores; television, radio, and other electronics stores; videotape sales and rentals; variety and sundry stores; establishments for sale of wearing apparel; Such establishments may provide incidental repair, maintenance, adjustment or alteration services as appropriate, but facilities, operation and storage in relation to such services shall not be visible from any street or street related pedestrian open space. Aside from antique stores, art galleries, jewelry, bookstores and wearing apparel establishments, no such retail establishments shall deal in secondhand merchandise. 3. Service establishments as follows: Interior decorator, Banks, savings and loan and financial institutions; duplicating centers including letter and photostating services; driving school agencies; locksmiths; medical or dental offices less than five thousand (5,000) square feet; opticians; photographic service; business and professional office -Tailoring; dressmaking; millinery or drapery fabrication, except where products are for off ajr�_wises sale; rental of recreation and sporting equipment. 4. All Residential 5. Hotels. uses as per the R-4 High Density Resi AJ�n' District. 6. Shops for the sale, assembly, customization Awnings and Canvas; Carpentry; Const ti< woodworking and furniture; Glass; Signs, arjoft 7 Public and private recreational 8. Production of art and on the premises. 9. Restaurants, including those with 10. Bars, cocktail lou with live entertainment to the general public as follows: for design purposes; Custom munity service facilities. not mass-produced items) incidental to sale at retail (without drive-through facilities), saloons and taverns, supper clubs and nightclubs, including those n to the general public. 11. Art galleries, auditoriums; theaters (including open air theaters) and cinemas, museums, libraries and similar cultural uses. 12. Structures for operating public transportation. 13. Parking lots and garages subject to Sections 627.1.5, 627.1.7 and 627.1.12. 14. Public or private educational facilities. 15. Cellular communications in accordance with the provisions of the C-1 Restricted Commercial Zoning district. The following uses shall be permitted by Class I Special Permit: C.5 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN .AT T�E ENCS OF THIS DOCUMENT. 1. Outdoor photographic stage sets. 2. Notwithstanding the provisions of 906.9, up to ten (10) street and open space special events per calendar year within the district. 627.1.5. Accessory Uses. Uses and structures which are customarily accessory and clearly incidental to permitted principal uses and structures, approved in the same permit proceedings, and initiated or completed within any time limits established generally or in relation to the special permit, shall be permitted subject to limitations by these or generally applicable regulations. Other accessory uses and structures shall require a Class II Special Permit. No aboveground off-street parking or loading area shall be permitted een any front portion of a building and the front line of a lot adjoining any street; provi d, ever that off-street parking for bicycles may be permitted in such areas, subject to t n nd requirements as to location, design and number established in connection with a mits. 627.1.6. Building Placement and buildable area. 1. Minimum lot requirements. No specific district, but lots shall be of sufficient width limitations of these and other lawful regulatie 2. Floor Area Limitations 3 a. b. C. The floor area ratio shall nd gross lot area for single use I The floor area for all mixed -i area. Ground floor retail in calculations. Allowable incr se i r the FEC Corn the City of Mia Density. Density established in this requirements and district shall be as follows: 72) times the ildings shall not exceed three (3.0) times the gross lot d -use buildings shall not be included in floor area rea up to five tenths ood Improvement Tr for payment into in Chapter 62 of exceed one hundred fifty (150) residential units/net acre. 4. Height Limitations. a. Height limitations shall be as provided in Section 627.1.7. It is the intent of the District to provide for design variation, therefore height is regulated by an allowable number of stories and an allowable height threshold, whichever is less. Notwithstanding any provisions of Section 627.1.7, a height increase of ten (10) percent shall be allowed as a non -substantial amendment, subject to the approval of the Director of Planning. b. Parking structures shall not exceed seventy-five (75) feet in height. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Section, a height increase of up to ten (10) percent shall be allowed as a non -substantial amendment, subject to the approval of the Director of Planning. 5. Maximum and Minimum Setback Requirements and Build -To Lines. Setback requirements for the SD 27.1 district are measured perpendicular to and from the base building line. Platted public right of way lines shall be defined as the base building line. When C.6 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 platted right of way lines at street intersections are rounded, setbacks shall be measured from projected right of way lines and not from the rounded portions of such lines. The SD -27 Design Standards provide further clarification of the requirements provide herein. The maximum and minimum setbacks and build -to requirements shall be as provided in Section 627.1.7 and below as follows: a. Maximum Ground Floor Setback for all Streets. For the first twenty-five (25) feet in elevation above the public right-of-way, no building facade shall be set back more than a depth of ten (10) feet, except as otherwise provided in Section 627.1.7. Off-street parking shall not be allowed within the maximum setback. Building frontage may exceed the maximum setback requirement, provided that the resultant setback is designed and improved as public open space. b. Minimum Setbacks and Build -To Lines. 1. Minimum setbacks and build -to requirements shall be as provided in Section 627.1.7. In order to allow for building and streetscape design variation, an accumulative maximum of forty (40) percent of any street or side setback frontage may have no , odium and tower setback requirements as defined in Section 627.1.7. 2. Colonnades may encroach the setback and build -to r it en provided that a minimum of five (5) feet of sidewalk must remain clear of all obqbncroachments ddition, awnings and upper story balconies may encroach the setback and build-te nts by a distance of seven (7) feet. In no case shall colonnades and upper story b be allowed beyond the base building/property line. Awnings may en building property line by a distance of seven (7) feet into the right-of-way. 3. Building frontages along East Coast A nue d above sixteen (16) stories or one hundred seventy-five (175) feet in height (ab a sidewalk), whichever is less, shall not exceed sixty (60) percent of the East C t ue net property frontage. This requirement is applicable for all building frontages vv fifty (50) feet of the base building line. 6. Gateway Designations. As provided in Sectio 27, sites shall be as follows: (1) The SW corner o ion of NE 36th Street and NE 2nd Avenue; and (2) The SE corner of to ection of NE 34th Street and NE 1st Place. 627.1.7 Maximum heightVBuild-to, Minimum Setback and Use Requirements. TABLE INSET: SD 27.1 Maximum height, Build -to, Minimum Setback and Use Requirements Ground Floor PodiumTower Street/Classification Height/Number of Stories Build- Setback** Uses Setback** To/Setback 15' setback 300' and 28 stories "200' 0' setback on above 75' 70' setback 65% active Midtown for mixed-use on the the eastern for above 120' ground Boulevard western side of the street" side buildings elevation floor uses designated required as a gateway C.7 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 C.8 20' Build -To on the western side No setback Liner uses 350' and 33 stories if (maximum requirements on all Primary designated as a gateway allowable for gateway parking 1 encroachment 1 buildings structures for 80' of linear frontage) 35' setback above 30' All SD27.1 elevation on uses the western permitted side Buena Vista 60' for commercial single -All SD27.1 Avenue use 0' Build -To N/A uses permitted 15' setback Liner uses Primary 200' for mixed-use on the above 30' on all eastern side of street elevation on parking the east side structures East Coast 300' and 28 stories se ck Liner uses Avenue adjacent to the FEC 5' setback ab a 75' N/A on parking corridor vation structures 350' and 33 stories if All SD27.1 Tertiary designated as a gateway uses 1 permitted 15' setback 9' Build -To above 75' 65% active NE 36th Street 350' and 33 ies with elevation N/A ground Primary colonnade or east of floor uses awning Midtown required Boulevard 15' setback above 60' Liner uses elevation on all west of parking Midtown structures Boulevard All SD27.1 uses permitted 9' Build -To 30' 65% active NE 29th Street 300' and 28 stories with setback N/A ground colonnade or above 75' floor uses awning elevation required Liner uses Primary on all parking C.8 THUS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 C.9 structures All SD27.1 uses permitted 15' All SD27.1 NE 30th, NE 32nd, 300' and 28 Stories 5' setback setback N/A uses NE 35th Street above 75' permitted elevation Restaurant or Retail Uses are 350' and 33 stories if required Secondary designated as a gateway along 70' at 1 intersection with Midtown Boulevard NE 34th Street 5' 65% active (East of Midtown 300' and 28 stories 0' setback/A aft A ground floor uses Boulevard) 10 v required Liner uses Primary 350' if designated as a on all gateway 1 parking structures All SD27.1 uses permitted NE 34th Street 60' for commercial sing 15 feet All SD27.1 (West of Midtown 0' Build -To above 40' N/A uses Boulevard) A0Wuse elevation permitted 1 Liner uses r mix - se r on all Primary the a nt/civic parking use ed -use structures Liner uses NE 31st NE 33rdon 55'above all Street and NE 34th 300' and 28 stories 20' Building- 75' N/A parking Terrace (side To elevation structures setbacks) and ground floor 350' and 33 stories if 35' setback All SD27.1 Tertiary designated as a gateway above 25' uses 1 elevation permitted 55' Liner uses FEC Corridor (No 300' and 28 stories 40' Build -To setback N/A on all Street frontage) above 75' parking elevation structures 350' and 33 stories if All SD27.1 designated as a gateway uses 1 permitted C.9 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUB STITL1T10N TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN .AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT Dedicated Open Liner uses Space greater than 300' and 28 stories 0' Build -To N/A N/A on all 4,000 square feet parking structures 350' and 33 stories if All SD27.1 designated as gateway 1 uses permitted * Podium setbacks are for elevations between seventy-five (75) feet and one hundred twenty (120) feet. ** Tower setbacks are for elevations greater than one hundred twenty (120) feet. 1. Gateway designations shall be as defined in Section 627.1.6. 2. Height limitations as described herein shall not prohibit additional height allowances as described in section 627.1.6. 627.1.9 Upper Level Floorp/ates. All building footprints above one hundred twenty (120) feet in eleion II not exceed forty (40) percent of the net lot area. 627.1.10 Street Grid. New streets and avenues in the SD27.1 District shall i e existing city street grid. The north/south spacing between new streets shall not ee ix hundred twenty (620) feet from centerline of street to centerline of street. The e cing between new avenues shall not exceed four hundred (400) feet from ce rli of to centerline of avenue. For the purpose of this ordinance streets s c gorized as "primary", "secondary" and "tertiary" as follows: 1. Primary Streets: Northe 34th tr Northeast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard and Northeast 29th Stre 2. Secondary Streets: North 3 Street, Northeast 32nd Street and Northeast 35th Street. 3. Tertiary Streets: theast 1st Street, Northeast 33rd Street, Northeast 34th Terrace and Eas For further cl on,7venue. o the SD 27 Design Standards. 627.1.11 Streetscape. All exterior space as de ed in the SD 27.1 Zoning Ordinance shall conform to the following standards and are subject to approval by the Director of the City of Miami Public Works Department and other authorities having jurisdiction. Denial of these requirements by such authorities for reasons of public health, safety and welfare shall not constitute a variance from this Ordinance. Recommendations beyond the requirements provided herein are provided in the supplemental SD 27 Design Standards. 1. All required yards, setbacks, and sidewalk area within the public right-of-way adjacent to streets shall be a continuous pedestrian space. For all sidewalks, an area a minimum of 5' wide must remain clear of all obstructions to ensure adequate pedestrian circulation. 2. Street furniture shall be as defined in the SD 27 Design Standards. Street furniture shall be part of the urban streetscape to encourage pedestrian activity and provide such amenities as: trash receptacles, benches, bollards, pedestrian lighting, bicycle racks, parking meters, street signs, transit shelters, tables, chairs, and water fountains. Trash receptacles and benches shall be provided at a minimum of two hundred (200) foot intervals on both sides of Northeast 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. Bicycle racks shall be provided at six hundred (600) foot C.10 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT intervals on both sides of Northeast 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. These may be located in the pedestrian areas as long as pedestrian flow patterns are continuous. 3. All specified plant material shall be Florida #1 or better. Refer to the Florida Grades and Standards Manual. All shade trees shall have high wind resistance. Additionally, all trees and shrubs shall be native to Florida or have sub -tropic, drought tolerant characteristics. 4. Palm trees shall be provided in the sidewalk area at a minimum spacing of twenty-five (25) feet. Large palms shall have a minimum height of sixteen (16) feet and small palms shall have a minimum height of eight (8) feet. 5. Shade trees shall be provided in the sidewalk area at a minimum spacing of forty (40) feet on center with an eight (8) foot continuous canopy spread at planting and a twenty-five (25) foot spread at maturity with a 3" caliper at planting. Such trees shall have a minimum height of fourteen (14) feet at planting and twenty-five (25) feet at maturity. 6. Only one shade tree species may be used for each individual street. Such species shall be determined by the City of Miami Planning and Zoning Department tilarough the Class II Permit process. 7. All requirements for street medians shall adhere to the recom en ons provided in the supplemental SD 27 Design Standards. 627.1.12. Buildings. All buildings abutting "primary streets" as defined in t 7 Zoning Ordinance shall conform with the following standards: 1. A minimum of sixty-five percent (65%) of the line a of any lot abutting a "primary street" shall contain ground floor space designed to co odate retail and other uses that promote pedestrian traffic. The design of such meet the standards listed below, except for buildings that are intended prima f esi nti se, where ground floor pedestrian oriented uses would be inappropriate or disr residential use. a. All ground level space designed for pe stri oriented uses shall have external entrances directly accessible from public sieeach At least one (1) external entrance shall be located along the frontage of the pet or on the corner intersection of the primary street and any other street. Additionauilding use, such as a retail store with a cafe or restaurant, shall have separate entranuch entrances shall be transparent. b. For the first ten (10) feet of height above the public sidewalk elevation, the exterior building wall shall contain windows and/ordoorways of transparent glass covering at least fifty (50) percent of the wall area. Additionarly, the base of all transparent openings shall be no more than thirty (30) inches above'the sidewalk. c. Arcades and colonnades shall be at least seven (7) feet wide and twelve (12) feet high. A minimum of five (5) feet of the sidewalk must remain clear of all obstructions to ensure adequate pedestrian circulation. 2. The remaining frontage of thirty-five percent (35%) may be dedicated to entrances, lobbies, customer driveways, architectural treatment, or non -pedestrian oriented uses. No portion of a building wall that does not contain transparent glass shall be constructed with a flat, unarticulated surface for a distance of greater than twelve (12) feet. 627.1.13. Building Functionality. All exterior space as defined in the SD 27.2 Zoning Ordinance shall conform to the following standards, except as provided: 1. Service access and loading areas shall not be permitted to front the following streets or portions thereof; Northeast 36th Street; Midtown Boulevard; Northeast 29th Street; and within side setbacks (mews) as required in Section 627.1.7. 2. Service access and loading areas shall be enclosed within buildings or screened from public view with architectural walls and/or landscaping. CA 1 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUB ST1TUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�1E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT 3. All dumpsters shall be concealed on three sides by a solid structure, and on the fourth side by an opaque gate. 4. Utility boxes, meters, and HVAC equipment shall be concealed within buildings or screened from public view. 627.1.14. Surface Parking and Parking Garages. Surface parking and parking structures shall conform with the following standards: 1. Off-street parking is not permitted along frontages of primary streets. 2. Vehicular access to parking structures shall not be permitted on the following streets: NE 36th Street; NE 29th Street; and Midtown Boulevard. Access shall be allowed along the western edge of Midtown Boulevard north of NE 34th Street. 3. Blank, unarticulated walls will not be permitted for parking podium facades that are not lined with uses. Such facades shall have architectural treatments designed to be compatible with neighboring buildings. Ramps, stairwells and any other portion of a arage should be buffered with the use of decorative grilles and screens, landscaping, and other .ed materials. 4. As required in Section 627.1.7, liner uses are required on al ev of parking garages except when such construction of uses would interfere with ti on requirements of applicable building codes. Such ventilation requirements sha a ith the least possible disruption to a continuous liner use program as requi i e n 627.1.7 and shall be accommodated on secondary and tertiary street frontage . 627.1.15. Open Space. A minimum of ten (10) percent of the gross lot ar provided as open space as defined in Section 627, except as follows: 1. Since the intent of the district is to icant common public open space, the minimum open space requirement may b agg ated among parcels or lots under common ownership and located in a commo io n the district. Such aggregation of open space shall be improved as provided in Se 2. Pursuant to the District plat, ope pace platted by easement within the District shall be allowed to be substituted for the requi ents provided herein. Such platted open space shall be improved as provided in c 627. 3. Within the block and y ortheast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard, Northeast 34th Street and Buena Vis e (1) acre of open space shall be provided and may be used for open space aggre vided in 627.1.15.1. Such open space shall be contiguous and centrally located within block and shall be in addition to required Streetscape improvements provided in Section 627. 0. 627.1.16. Off -Street Parking. A. Requirements. Since it is intended to promote the use of multi -modal transportation and that automobile traffic be minimized, the off-street parking requirements shall be as follows: 1. For residential uses, one (1) space per dwelling unit 2. For Live/Work uses, one (1) space per one thousand (1,000) square feet of net floor area. 3. For hotel or motel uses, one (1) space per three (3) lodging units. 4. For theaters, one (1) space per each eight (8) fixed seats. 5. For all other uses, one (1) space per five hundred (500) square feet of net floor area. Valet parking shall be allowed to satisfy off-street parking requirements. B. Off site parking permitted. Notwithstanding the limitations of section 918, offsite parking shall be permitted by Class II Special Permit without limitation on percentage of the required number of spaces or maximum C.12 THIS DCCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT distance from the principal use when located within the SD -27.1 zoning district. Furthermore, there shall be no required demonstration or findings of practical difficulty or unnecessary hardship in providing required parking on the site, provided that the location of the offsite parking is within one thousand (1,000) feet radius of the principal use, or there are permanent provisions made to transport the offsite parking patrons to and from the principal site at the property owner's expense. 627.1.17. Off -Street Loading. The off-street loading requirements shall be as follows: 1. For residential uses: a. Berth minimum to be twelve (12) by thirty-five (35) feet by fifteen (15) feet in height; b. One (1) berth for every one hundred (100) residential units or fraction thereof. 2. For non-residential uses: a. Berth minimum to be twelve (12) by fifty-five (55) feet by fifteen( feet in height; b. For non-residential floor area of twenty-five thousand (25,000) u fifty thousand (50,000) square feet, one (1) berth total. No berths are required for floor re ss than twenty-five thousand (25,000) square feet; c. For non-residential floor area up to one hundred thousan ) square feet, two (2) berths total; d. For non-residential floor area up to two hundred fift a 50,000) square feet, three (3) berths total; e. For non-residential floor area up to five hundredus d (500,000) square feet, four (4) berths total. 3. Mixed use projects shall comply with to g quir a per use as specified above. Since it is intended to promote the most e f land, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 922.1 and 922.4, the maneuveri o cks within the public right of way for the purposes of off-street loading shall w Class II Special Permit. Additionally, tandem loading berths shall be allowed by aya ecial Permit. 627.1.18. Sign Regulations. See Article 10 sign regulations as f-8, and in addition, the SD -27 Design Standards for sign regulations and limitatio (Ord. No. 12448, § 2AJ1-2 Cl. No. 12689, § 2, 5-26-05; Ord. No. 12724, § 2, 7-28-05; Ord. No. 12757, § 2, Editor's note: Ord. § 2, adopted May 26, 2005, changed the title of § 627.1 from "SD -27.1 Buena Vista rd" to "SD -27.1 Midtown Miami East Special District." The historical notation has been prese d for reference purposes. Sec. 627.2. Midtown Miami West. The Area is bounded by Northeast 36th Street on the north and North Miami Avenue on the west. On the south, the area is bounded by the centerline of Northeast 34th Street between Buena Vista Avenue and Midtown Boulevard and by Northeast 29th Street between North Miami Avenue and Midtown Boulevard. On the east, the area is bounded by the centerline of Buena Vista Avenue between Northeast 36th Street and Northeast 34th Street and by the centerline of Midtown Boulevard between Northeast 34th Street and Northeast 29th Street. 627.2.1. Intent. The Midtown Miami West district regulations are intended to provide a method to allow for planning initiatives that achieve a unique or innovative development that is not otherwise provided for in the zoning ordinance. These planning initiatives may include, but are not limited to, Smart Growth as defined in Section 627. The standards and procedures of this district are C.13 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT intended to promote flexible design and permit planned diversification and integration of uses and structures, with limitations and regulations as deemed necessary to be consistent with the City's Comprehensive Plan and to protect the public health, safety, and general welfare. Design standards supplement this ordinance and provide more detailed clarification. This district is of special and substantial public interest given its proximity to Downtown Miami and the Omni Area, the Design District, Miami Beach, the Wynwood Neighborhood and to future proposed commuter transit facilities within the Florida East Coast Railway (FEC) Corridor. The intent of the district is to: (1) Promote the creation of a Miami midtown environment through intensive urban retail mixed-use development with a twenty-four hour activity pattern; and (2) Enhance the pedestrian environment and connectivity of the existing surrounding areas by extending the city street grid through the district. To this end, the district promotes streetscapes and mixed-use buildings designed to provide pedestrians with lively, interesting, well - landscaped and highly usable public spaces with a maximum interrelationship with ground floor building uses. Concerning building uses and overall buildable area, mixed-use dev ent is encouraged by providing greater floor area ratios and overall building height than at ingle use buildings. Furthermore, additional height is provided for sites that abut si t n space and/or are designated as strategically located visual gateways as defined o 27. Yard and setback areas are minimal and are required to be developed as a&'e,4of the overall pedestrian streetscape. Ground floor build -to lines are provided in oblish a continuous building frontage that enhances and provides spatial definition fstreetscape. Although no specific requirements are contained her it i further intended that buildings be designed utilizing environmentally sensitive met Ing, but not limited to, passive and active solar techniques, green -roofs, the uti ti of e vir entally sustainable materials and efficient mechanical systems. 627.2.2. Effect of SD -27.2 district d tiol�/ The SD -27.2 Midtown Miami West d ri supplant districts or portions of districts included within the SD boundaries to the exten dicated in the official zoning atlas. 627.2.3. Class 11 Special Per Section 627.2.3.1.WVreA Class II Speciale required prior to approval of any permit (except special permits pursuant to Affecting the height, bulk, location or exterior configuration of any existing building or theion of a new building. Section 627.2.3.2. Considerations in making Class 11 Special Permit determinations. The purpose of the Class II Special Permit shall be to ensure conformity of the application with the expressed intent of this district, with the general considerations listed in section 1305, and with the special considerations contained in the Design Standards. Notwithstanding any other provision of the zoning code, a Major Use Special Permit is required for non-residential uses in a single building that exceed 400,000 square feet of floor area and residential units in a single building that exceed 400 dwelling units, or any combined use which exceeds 2,500 parking spaces in a single building. Any variances (as defined in Article 19) sought from the provisions of the SD 27 regulations shall require such deviation to be considered within the process for a Major Use Special Permit as defined in Article 17 and the increased development thresholds as set forth above shall not apply. 627.2.4. Principal Uses and Structures. C.14 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT The following uses shall be permitted within the district, subject to the provisions of Section 627.2.7: 1. Neighborhood convenience goods and services, including food stores (grocery, meat, seafood, produce, delicatessen, bakery, confectioneries, ice cream), drugstores, newsstands, dry cleaners, barber and beauty shops, and shoe repair stores. 2. Retail establishments open to the general public as follows: big box retail (retail establishments greater than 20,000 square feet of floor area), antique stores, art stores and commercial art galleries; bicycle sales; book and stationery stores; china and crockery stores; drugstores; floor covering; florist, including plant and shrub sales; food carts and vendors; gift shops; hardware stores; hobby shops; home appliance stores; home furnishing stores; interior decoration supply stores; establishments for the sales of boating and fishing supplies (excluding outdoor sales of boats); jewelry stores; leather goods; luggage stores; music stores; newsstands; office supply stores; optical goods stores; package liquor stores (without drive- through facilities); paint and wallpaper; pet shops; photographic sup stores; restaurant supply stores; tobacco shops; toy stores; television, radio, and other electron tore s; videotape sales and rentals; variety and sundry stores; establishments for sale of ea apparel; wholesale establishments open to the general public; or any other similar o rily found in a major retail shopping center. Such establishments may provide repair, maintenance, adjustment or alteration services as appropriate, but facil r In and storage in relation to such services shall not be visible from any street or s r r ed pedestrian open space. Aside from antique stores, art galleries, jewe o ores and wearing apparel establishments, no such retail establishments shall de n s ondhand merchandise. 3. Service establishments as follows: Interior d ks, savings and loan and financial institutions; duplicating centers including tt an ph stating services; driving school agencies; locksmiths; medical or dental o i an five thousand (5,000) square feet; opticians; photographic service; busines an rofessional offices; tailoring; dressmaking; millinery or drapery fabrication, ex h ducts are for office premises sale; rental of recreation and sporting equipment. 4. All Residential as per the R-4 Zon District. 5. Hotels. 6. Production Studios. 7. Shops for the sal asse stomization or repair open to the general public as follows: awnings and canva a construction of models for design purposes; custom woodworking and furni , g s; signs; and upholstery. 8. Public and private r eational facilities and community service facilities. 9. Production of art an andicrafts (but not mass-produced items) incidental to sale at retail on the premises. 10. Restaurants, brewery restaurants, tearooms and cafes (without drive-through facilities), including those with dancing and live entertainment. 11. Bars, cocktail lounges, saloons and taverns, supper clubs and nightclubs, including those with live entertainment open to the general public. 12. Art galleries, auditoriums; theaters (including open air theatres) and cinemas, museums, libraries and similar cultural uses. 13. Structures for operating public transportation. 14. Parking lots and garages subject to Sections 627.2.5, 627.2.7 and 627.1.12. 15. Public or private educational facilities. 16. Cellular communications in accordance with the provisions of the C-1 Zoning district. 17. Drive -Through facilities on "secondary" and "tertiary" streets. The following uses shall be permitted by Class I Special Permit: 1. Outdoor photographic stage sets. C.15 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT -r iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 2. Notwithstanding the provisions of 906.9, up to ten (10) street and open space special events per calendar year within the district. 627.2.5. Accessory Uses. Uses and structures which are customarily accessory and clearly incidental to permitted principal uses and structures, approved in the same permit proceedings, and initiated or completed within any time limits established generally or in relation to the special permit, shall be permitted subject to limitations by these or generally applicable regulations. Other accessory uses and structures shall require a Class II Special Permit. No aboveground off-street parking or loading area shall be permitted between any front portion of a building and the front line of a lot adjoining any street; provided, however that off-street parking for bicycles may be permitted in such areas, subject to limitations and requirements as to location, design and number established in connection with special permits. 627.2.6. Building Placement and Buildable Area. 1. Minimum lot requirements. No specific dimensional requirem is established in this district, but lots shall be of sufficient width and area to confor o r requirements and limitations of these and other lawful regulations. 2. Floor Area Limitations. Floor area limitations of the S tri shall be as follows: a. Except as otherwise provided below, the floor area r t o a t exceed one and seventy- two hundredths (1.72) times the gross lot area for sin 1 u o ercial buildings. b. The floor area for all mixed-use buildings shall n ex c ed three (3.0) times the gross lot area. c. Allowable increase in floor area up to t the .5 ill be provided for payment into a Neighborhood Improvement Trust Fund. 3. Density. Density shall not exceed one In r iffy (150) residential units/net acre and in no case shall exceed a total of one tho fi dred (1,500) units within the entire district. 4. Maximum Heights. a. Maximum heights shall be as prov d in Section 627.2.7. b. All parking structures shall not exc d seventy-five (75) feet in height, except as otherwise provided in Section 627.2.1 5. Maximum and Mi ' um a Requirements and Build -To Lines a. Setback requirem I measured perpendicular to and from the base building line. Platted public right of n shall be defined as the Base Building Line. When platted right of way lines at street inter tions are rounded, setbacks shall be measured from projected right of way lines and not from th rounded portions of such lines. The Design Standards provide further clarification of the requirements provided herein. The maximum and minimum setbacks and build -to requirements shall be as provided in Section 627.2.7 and below, as follows: b. For the first twenty-five (25) feet in elevation above the public right-of-way, no building facade shall be set back more than a maximum depth of ten (10) feet, except as otherwise provided in Section 627.2.7. Off-street parking shall not be allowed within the maximum setback. Building frontage may exceed the maximum ground floor setback requirement, provided that the resultant area between the building frontage and the base building line is designed and improved as public open space. c. Colonnades encroach the setback and build -to requirements provided that a minimum of five (5) feet of sidewalk must remain clear of all obstructions. In addition, awnings and upper story balconies may encroach the setback and build -to requirements by a distance of seven (7) feet. Upper story architectural features may encroach the setback and build -to requirements by a distance of five (5) feet but shall not exceed thirty (30) percent of the building frontage. d. Build -To Lines shall only be applicable for 60% of the street frontage. C.16 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT I_I'%1lie] 21aQII6Z11to] I 6. Gateway Designations. As provided in Section 627, the gateway site shall be the Southeast corner of the intersection of Northeast 36th Street and North Miami Avenue. Such designation, for the purposes of height limitations, setback and build -to requirements shall apply for a north/south dimension of one hundred fifty (150') feet and an east/west dimension of four hundred (400') feet. 627.2.7. Maximum Height, Build -To, Minimum Setback and Use Requirements. TABLE INSET: SD 27.2 Maximum height, Build -To, Minimum Setback and Use Requirements Street/Classification Height Ground Floor Build- Mid-level Upper-level Uses To Setback* Setback** 20' Build -To Area between the All SD27.2 uses building frontage permitted except 60' for and base building that Big Box commercial line shall be retail shall not be Midtown Boulevard single -use improved as open 35' setbac permitted from Primary 120' for space. abov A 31 st Street to residential or Maximum eleva 36 th Street. mixed-use Allowable Liner uses on all encroachment (0' parking build -to) for 80' of structures linear frontage p block ro All SD27.2 uses permitted Buena Vista Avenue 60' for Liner uses on all (north of 34 th commercial 15' setback parking Street) single -use 0' N/A above 60' structures except Primary 120' for mixed- as otherwise use provided in Section 627.2.12 Buena Vista Avenue co OF 15' setback (south of 34 th sin use 0' Build -To N/A above 60' All SD27.2 uses Street) 120' mixed- elevation permitted Primary use o theaters 60' for All SD27.2 uses commercial permitted single -use 9' Setback with Liner uses on all NE 36 th Street 120' for mixed- colonnade or 15' setback parking Primary use awning N/A above 60' structures except 200' for mixed- Maximum Setback elevation as otherwise use and of 20' provided in gateway 1 Section 627.2.12 requirement 60' for All SD27.2 uses commercial permitted NE 29 th Street single -use N/A N/A N/A Liner uses on all Primary 120' for mixed- parking structures except use as otherwise C.17 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT I_I'%1lie] 21aQII6Z11to] I * Mid-level setbacks are for elevations between twenty (20) feet and sixty (60) feet. ** Upper-level setbacks are for elevations greater than sixty (60) feet. 1. Gateway designations shall be as defined in Section 627.2.6. 627.2.8. Street Grid/Blocks. Northeast 34th Street and Northeast 36th Street shall extend through the SD27.2 District and shall align with the existing city street grid west of North Miami Avenue. Northeast 31st Street shall extend through the SD 27.2 District and shall generally align with the existing street grid west of North Miami Avenue North of Northeast 34th Street, the north/south spacing between C.18 provided in Section 627.2.12 60' for All SD27.2 uses commercial 9' Build -To with permitted single -use colonnade or Liner uses on all North Miami Avenue 120' for mixed- awning 15' setback parking Primary use 5' Build -to from N/A above 60' structures except 200' for mixed- centerline of NE 36 as otherwise use and th Street south for provided in gateway 1 a distance of 315' Section 627.2.12 requirement All SD27.2 uses permitted 60' for Liner uses on all NE 34 th Street commercial 15' setback parking Primary single -use 0' Build -To above 40' N/A structures except 120' for mixed- elevation as otherwise use provided in Section 627.2.12 60' for 30% active NE 32 nd Street commercial 1 c ground floor uses Secondary single -use 0' Build -To ove N/A All SD27.2 uses 120' for mixed -a permitted use 60' for 30% active NE 31 st Street commercial ground floor uses Secondary single -use 0' Build- N/A N/A All SD27.2 uses 120' for mixed- permitted use NE 30 th 33 rd 60' for 30% active 35 th Street and commercial 15' setback ground floor uses NE 34 th Terrace single -us 0' Bui d -To above 40' N/A All SD27.2 uses Secondary 120' for elevation permitted 60 Dedicated Open co ercial All SD27.2 uses Space greater than 1 sing) se 0' Build -To N/A N/A permitted acre 120' f r mixed- use 60' for commercial All SD27.2 uses Interior Side single -use 0' Setback N/A N/A permitted 120' for mixed- use * Mid-level setbacks are for elevations between twenty (20) feet and sixty (60) feet. ** Upper-level setbacks are for elevations greater than sixty (60) feet. 1. Gateway designations shall be as defined in Section 627.2.6. 627.2.8. Street Grid/Blocks. Northeast 34th Street and Northeast 36th Street shall extend through the SD27.2 District and shall align with the existing city street grid west of North Miami Avenue. Northeast 31st Street shall extend through the SD 27.2 District and shall generally align with the existing street grid west of North Miami Avenue North of Northeast 34th Street, the north/south spacing between C.18 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEK! AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 new streets shall not exceed eight hundred twenty-five (825) feet from centerline of street to centerline of street. South of Northeast 34th Street, the north/south spacing between new streets shall not exceed seven (700) feet from centerline of street to centerline of street. The east/west spacing between new avenues shall not exceed seven hundred twenty-five (725) feet from centerline of avenue to centerline of avenue. Open Space, with an area of at least one (1) acre, may be substituted in lieu of a new Street or Avenue. For the purpose of this ordinance, streets shall be categorized as "primary" and "secondary" as follows: 1. Primary Streets: North Miami Avenue, Northeast 34th Street, Northeast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard, Northeast 29th Street, Buena Vista Avenue. 2. Secondary Streets: Northeast 30th Street, Northeast 31st Street, Northeast 32nd Street; Northeast 33rd Street, Northeast 35th Place and Northeast 35th Street. Refer to the SD 27.2 Design Standards for additional Design Standards and Guidelines regarding streets. 627.2.9. Streetsca All exterior space standards and are Works and other for reasons of pi Ordinance. Refer to the SD to the following 3rtment of Public such authorities riance from this and Guidelines regarding streetscapes. 1. All required setbacks and sidewalk ar wi nth p is right-of-way adjacent to streets shall be a continuous pedestrian space. F s Iks, an area a minimum of five (5') feet wide must remain clear of all obstructions t ens adequate pedestrian circulation. 2. For all streets, the ground floor Idl tall be set back from the property line, where necessary, to provide a minimum si 'dth of ten (10) feet from face of building to curb line. Unless otherwise prohibited 1) ack requirements of the SD 27.2 Zoning District, the upper floors of buildings may overha this setback. The setback area shall be improved to meet the adopted design In ds of the SD 27.2 Zoning District for the adjacent public sidewalk including pa men t nt, landscaping, street lighting and awnings. 3. Street furniture s ned in the SD 27 Design Standards. Street furniture shall be part of the urban stre a encourage pedestrian activity and provide such amenities as: trash receptacles, ben c s, bollards, pedestrian lighting, bicycle racks, parking meters, street signs, transit shelters, to es and chairs. Trash receptacles and benches shall be provided at a minimum of two hundred (200) foot intervals on both sides of Northeast 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. Bicycle racks shall be provided at six hundred (600) foot intervals on both sides of Northeast 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. These may be located in the pedestrian areas as long as pedestrian flow patterns are continuous. Greater spacing may be allowed by Class II Special Permit if such spacing is required: 1) To promote or enhance pedestrian safety, or 2) To maintain compliance with the SD 27 Design Standards. 4. All specified plant material shall be Florida #1 or better. Refer to the Florida Grades and Standards Manual. All shade trees shall have high wind resistance. Additionally, all trees and shrubs shall be native to Florida or have subtropic, drought tolerant characteristics. 5. Palm trees shall generally be provided in the sidewalk area at a minimum spacing of twenty- five (25) feet, except that greater spacing may be allowed by Class II Special Permit if such spacing is required: 1) to promote or enhance pedestrian safety or 2) to maintain compliance with the SD 27 Design Standards. C.19 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 6. Large palms shall have a minimum height of sixteen (16) feet and small palms shall have a minimum height of eight (8) feet. 7. Shade trees shall be provided in the sidewalk area at a minimum spacing of forty (40) feet on center with an eight (8) foot continuous canopy spread at planting and a twenty-five (25) foot spread at maturity with a 3" caliper at planting. Such trees shall have a minimum height of fourteen (14) feet at planting and twenty-five (25) feet at maturity. 8. In order to provide for a unified street character, only one shade tree species may be used for each individual street within the entirety of the SD 27 district. Such species selection is subject to approval by Class II Special Permit. 627.2.10. Buildings. All buildings abutting "primary streets" as provided in Section following standards: 1. A minimum of sixty-five (65) percent of the linear frontage street, and thirty (30) percent of any lot abutting a "secondary" s 627.2.8, shall conform to the of space designed to accommodate retail and other uses that pro design of such space shall meet the standards listed below intended primarily for residential use, where ground floor pe inappropriate or disruptive to the residential use. a. All ground level space designed for pedestrian orien e directly accessible from public sidewalk space. At s located along the frontage of the primary street or the or street and any other street or the frontage of pub t ce. such as a retail store with a cafe or re ur t, s II ve entrances shall be transparent. lot abutting a "primary" allcontain ground floor destrian traffic. The buildings that are nented uses would be Mall have external entrances �) external entrance shall be ner intersection of the primary Additionally, each building use, separate entrances. All such b. For the first ten (10) feet of height abo the blic sidewalk elevation, the exterior building wall shall contain windows and/orritionally, transparent glass covering at least fifty (50) percent of linear frontage (to be cal height over 30 inches) of each building; plazas and openings into pedestrian entrancaces shall count towards the 50% transparency requirement specified in this section. the base of all transparent openings shall be no more than thirty (30) in s., ove the sidewalk. Display windows may count towards the transparency requireVar encroach upon specified setback and build -to lines by a distance no greater t Winches, provided that a minimum of five (5) feet of sidewalk must remain clear of ions. c. Arcades and cols, where proposed shall be at least nine (9) feet wide and twelve (12) feet high. A minif five (5) feet of the sidewalk must remain clear of all obstructions to ensure adequate pedestrian circulation. d. No portion of a building wall that does not contain transparent glass shall be constructed with a flat, unarticulated surface for a distance of greater than twenty (20) feet. In addition, any building frontage on North Miami Avenue that exceeds three hundred (300) feet shall incorporate a major break of at least thirty (30) feet in width by ten (10) feet in depth at ground level. Such breaks shall be improved as open space and/or provide building access and occur on axis with the existing city street grid. 2. The remaining frontage of thirty-five percent (35%) may be dedicated to entrances, lobbies, customer driveways, architectural treatment, or non -pedestrian oriented uses. No portion of a building wall that does not contain transparent glass shall be constructed with a flat, unarticulated surface for a distance of greater than twenty (20) feet. 627.2.11. Building Functionality. C.20 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT All exterior space as defined in the SD 27.2 Zoning Ordinance shall conform to the following standards, except as provided: 1. Service access and service loading areas shall not be permitted to front the following streets or portions: North Miami Avenue south of Northeast 34th Street; Midtown Boulevard; Buena Vista Avenue; and Northeast 29th Street. 2. Service loading areas shall be enclosed within buildings or screened from public view with architectural walls and/or landscaping. 3. All dumpsters shall be concealed on three sides by a solid structure, and on the fourth side by an opaque gate. 4. Utility boxes, meters, and HVAC equipment shall be concealed within buildings or screened from public view. 627.2.12. Surface Parking and Parking Garages. Surface parking and parking structures shall conform to the following andards: 1. Ground level off-street parking is not permitted along frontages of ary streets. 2. Blank, unarticulated walls shall not be permitted for parking g ag cades that are not lined with uses. Such facades shall have architectural treatm i d to be compatible with adjacent buildings. Ramps, stairwells and any other porti o ge should be buffered with the use of decorative grilles and screens, landscapin a aried materials. 3. As provided in Section 627.2.7, liner uses are gene a ed on parking garages that front primary streets. When required, ground leveli a ies must be lined with active uses. Upper level parking facilities that do not incorpp to er uses shall be setback no less than 85' and shall not exceed a height of 50'. All ments provided herein shall apply. 627.2.13. Open Space. A minimum of ten (10) percent of the gros of a shall be provided as open space as defined in Section 627, except as follows: 1. Since the intent of the district to ide significant common public open space, the minimum open space requirement m I aOrbe aggregated among parcels or lots under common ownership and located in a common Io tion within the district. Such aggregation of open space shall be improved as provid i ction 627. 2. Pursuant to the D' rict pn,eicated open space platted within the District shall be allowed to be substituted fo ents provided herein. Such platted open space shall be improved as provided i c i 627. 627.2.14. Off-street Park)Rg. In recognition of the pedestrian oriented, mixed-use nature of the SD 27.2 District, it is anticipated that visitors to the District will park once and visit more than one destination. Therefore the required amount of off-street parking will be lower in the SD 27.2 District than in other Districts of the City. A. Requirements. The off-street parking requirements shall be as follows: 1. For residential uses, one (1) space per dwelling unit 2. For hotel or motel uses, one (1) space per three (3) lodging units. 3. For theaters, one (1) space per each eight (8) fixed seats. 4. For all other uses, one (1) space per five hundred (500) square feet of gross floor area. There shall be no requirement when uses are within a one thousand (1,000) foot radius of a public parking facility with a capacity equal to or greater than the requirements provided herein. B. Off site parking permitted. Notwithstanding the limitations of section 918, off-street parking requirements for all uses within the SD 27.2 District can be provided by parking facilities that are owned by a unit of local government, including a community development district, provided that C.21 THIS DOCUMENT I5 A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUIuIENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT the parking facilities: a) are located within the SD 27.2 District and b) have a capacity equal to or greater than the requirements provided herein. 627.2.15. Off-street Loading. The off-street loading requirements shall be as follows: 1. For residential uses: a. Berth minimum to be twelve (12) by thirty-five (35) feet by fifteen (15) feet in height; b. One (1) berth for every one hundred twenty (120) residential units or fraction thereof. 2. For non-residential uses: a. Berth minimum to be twelve (12) by fifty-five (55) feet by fifteen (15) feet in height; b. For non-residential floor area of twenty-five thousand (25,000) up to fifty thousand (50,000) square feet, one (1) berth total; c. For non-residential floor area up to one hundred thousand (100,000) square feet, two (2) berths total; d. For non-residential floor area up to two hundred fifty thousand ( 00) square feet, three (3) berths total; e. For non-residential floor area up to five hundred thousand 0 quare feet, four (4) berths total. Since it is intended to promote the most efficient use of I&41 i tanding the provisions of Section 922.1 and 922.4, the maneuvering of trucks public right of way for the purposes of off-street loading shall be allowed by a Cl Permit. 627.2.16. Sign Regulations. Signs within the district shall comply with t e latio o e C-2 Liberal Commercial District as provided in Article 10. See Article 10 for sign regulations and limit ions v (Ord. No. 12480, § 2, 1-22-04; Ord. § 2, 3-25-04; Ord. No. 12724, § 2, 7-28-05) Editor's note: Ord. No. 12724, § 21,pted July 28, 2005, changed the title of § 627.2 from "Buena Vista Yard West" to i`' wn Miami West." The historical notation has been preserved for reference purpose Minimum setbacks an d- requirements shall be as provided in Section 627.1.7 and below as follows: a. Maximum Ground FI r Setback for all Streets. For the first twenty-five (25) feet in elevation above the public right-of-way, no building facade shall be set back more than a depth of ten (10) feet, except as otherwise provided in Section 627.1.7. Off-street parking shall not be allowed within the maximum setback. Building frontage may exceed the maximum setback requirement, provided that the resultant setback is designed and improved as public open space. b. Minimum Setbacks and Build -To Lines. 1. Minimum setbacks and build -to requirements shall be as provided in Section 627.1.7. In order to allow for building and streetscape design variation, an accumulative maximum of forty (40) percent of any street or side setback frontage may have no podium and tower setback requirements as defined in Section 627.1.7. 2. Colonnades may encroach the setback and build -to requirements provided that a minimum of five (5) feet of sidewalk must remain clear of all obstructions. In addition, awnings and upper story balconies may encroach the setback and build -to requirements by a distance of seven (7) feet. In no case shall colonnades and upper story balcony encroachments be allowed beyond C.22 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT.MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT the base building/property line. Awnings may encroach base building property line by a distance of seven (7) feet into the right-of-way. 3. Building frontages along East Coast Avenue and above sixteen (16) stories or one hundred seventy-five (175) feet in height (above the public sidewalk), whichever is less, shall not exceed sixty (60) percent of the East Coast Avenue net property frontage. This requirement is applicable for all building frontages within fifty (50) feet of the base building line. 6. Gateway Designations. As provided in Section 627, gateway sites shall be as follows: (1) The SW corner of the intersection of NE 36th Street and NE 2nd Avenue; and (2) The SE corner of the intersection of NE 34th Street and NE 1st Place. 627.1.7 Maximum height, Build -to, Minimum Setback and Use Requirements. TABLE INSET: SD 27.1 Maximum height, Build -to, Minimum Setback and Use Requirements Street/Classification Height/Number of Storiesy, Ground Floor Podium Tower Build- Setbac*,� ck** Uses To/Setback 1 300' and 28 stories "200' 0' setback o e 70' setback 65% active Midtown for mixed-use on the above 120'Boulevard ground western side of the street"ngs elevation floor uses OZ nated required as a gateway -o tern side No setback Liner uses 350' and 33 stories if (maximum requirements on all Primary designated as a gatewa allowable for gateway parking 1 encroachment 1 buildings structures for 80' of linear frontage) 35' setback above 30' All SD27.1 elevation on uses the western permitted side Buena Vista 60' for commercial single -All SD27.1 Avenue use 0' Build -To N/A uses permitted 15' setback Liner uses Primary 200' for mixed-use on the above 30' on all eastern side of street elevation on parking the east side structures 300' and 28 stories 15 Liner uses East Coastsetback adjacent to the FEC 5' setback N/A on parking Avenue corridor above 75' structures elevation Tertiary 350' and 33 stories if All SD27.1 designated as a gateway uses C.23 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�-IE ENE} OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 C.24 1 permitted 15' setback 9' Build -To above 75' 65% active NE 36th Street 350' and 33 Stories with elevation N/A ground Primary colonnade or east of floor uses awning Midtown required Boulevard 15' setback above 60' Liner uses elevation on all west of parking Midtown structures Boulevard Ok All SD27.1 uses 0SWOT* 16 permitted 9' Build -To IF 65% active NE 29th Street 300' and 28 stories with N/A ground colonnade o4,e ab a floor uses awning;� le tion required Liner uses Primary on all parking structures All SD27.1 uses permitted 15' All SD27.1 NE 30th, NE 32nd,300' and 2 5' setback setback N/A uses NE 35th Street above 75' permitted elevation Restaurant or Retail Uses are 350' and 33 stories if required Secondary designated as a gateway along 70' at 1 intersection with Midtown Boulevard NE 34th Street 15' 65% active (East of Midtown 300' and 28 stories 0' setback setback N/A ground Boulevard) above 75' floor uses elevation required Liner uses Primary 350' if designated as a on all gateway 1 parking structures All SD27.1 C.24 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT * Podium setbacks are for vatiori§Jttw n seventy-five (75) feet and one hundred twenty (120) feet. "Tower setbacks arefor g4lIffr than one hundred twenty (120) feet. 1. Gateway designationsfed fined in Section 627.1.6. 2. Height limitations as de herein shall not prohibit additional height allowances as described in section 627.1.6. 627.1.9 Upper Level F/oorp/ates. All building footprints above one hundred twenty (120) feet in elevation shall not exceed forty (40) percent of the net lot area. 627.1.10 Street Grid. New streets and avenues in the SD27.1 District shall align with the existing city street grid. The north/south spacing between new streets shall not exceed six hundred twenty (620) feet from centerline of street to centerline of street. The east/west spacing between new avenues shall not exceed four hundred (400) feet from centerline of avenue to centerline of avenue. For the purpose of this ordinance streets shall be categorized as "primary", "secondary" and "tertiary" as follows: 1. Primary Streets: Northeast 34th Street, Northeast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard and Northeast 29th Street. C.25 uses permitted NE 34th Street 60' for commercial single- 15 feet All SD27.1 (West of Midtown 0' Build -To above 40' N/A uses Boulevard) use elevation permitted 120' for mixed-use or Liner uses Primary theater/entertainment/civic on all parking use 200' for mixed-use structures Liner uses NE 31st NE 33rdon 55'above all Street and NE 34th 300' and 28 stories 20' Building- 75' N/A parking Terrace (side To elevation structures setbacks) and ground floor 350' and 33 stories if 35' setback All SD27.1 Tertiary designated as a gateway above 25' # uses 1 elevation permitted Liner uses FEC Corridor (No300' and 28 stories 40' Build -To c N/A on all Street frontage) o parking e ti structures 350' and 33 stories if 1< All SD27.1 designated as a gateway uses 1 permitted Dedicated Open Liner uses Space greater than 300' and 28 stories lb ui o N/A N/A on all parking 4,000 square feet structures 350' and 33 stories if XAll SD27.1 designated a ateway uses permitted * Podium setbacks are for vatiori§Jttw n seventy-five (75) feet and one hundred twenty (120) feet. "Tower setbacks arefor g4lIffr than one hundred twenty (120) feet. 1. Gateway designationsfed fined in Section 627.1.6. 2. Height limitations as de herein shall not prohibit additional height allowances as described in section 627.1.6. 627.1.9 Upper Level F/oorp/ates. All building footprints above one hundred twenty (120) feet in elevation shall not exceed forty (40) percent of the net lot area. 627.1.10 Street Grid. New streets and avenues in the SD27.1 District shall align with the existing city street grid. The north/south spacing between new streets shall not exceed six hundred twenty (620) feet from centerline of street to centerline of street. The east/west spacing between new avenues shall not exceed four hundred (400) feet from centerline of avenue to centerline of avenue. For the purpose of this ordinance streets shall be categorized as "primary", "secondary" and "tertiary" as follows: 1. Primary Streets: Northeast 34th Street, Northeast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard and Northeast 29th Street. C.25 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 1�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT 2. Secondary Streets: Northeast 30th Street, Northeast 32nd Street and Northeast 35th Street. 3. Tertiary Streets: Northeast 31st Street, Northeast 33rd Street, Northeast 34th Terrace and East Coast Avenue. For further clarification, refer to the SD 27 Design Standards. 627.1.11 Streetscape. All exterior space as defined in the SD 27.1 Zoning Ordinance shall conform to the following standards and are subject to approval by the Director of the City of Miami Public Works Department and other authorities having jurisdiction. Denial of these requirements by such authorities for reasons of public health, safety and welfare shall not constitute a variance from this Ordinance. Recommendations beyond the requirements provided herein are provided in the supplemental SD 27 Design Standards. 1. All required yards, setbacks, and sidewalk area within the pu right-of-way adjacent to streets shall be a continuous pedestrian space. For all sidewalks, an a minimum of 5' wide must remain clear of all obstructions to ensure adequate pedestrian rcu 'on. 2. Street furniture shall be as defined in the SD 27 Design Sta et furniture shall be part of the urban streetscape to encourage pedestrian activit o Ide such amenities as: trash receptacles, benches, bollards, pedestrian lighting, . y r s, parking meters, street signs, transit shelters, tables, chairs, and water fountains h eptacles and benches shall be provided at a minimum of two hundred (200) foot i e s both sides of Northeast 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. Bicycle racks shal p vided at six hundred (600) foot intervals on both sides of Northeast 34th Street Boulevard. These may be located in the pedestrian areas as long as pedestrio att ns continuous. 3. All specified plant material shall be FI etter. Refer to the Florida Grades and Standards Manual. All shade trees shall h ve h wind resistance. Additionally, all trees and shrubs shall be native to Florida or ub , drought tolerant characteristics. 4. Palm trees shall be provided in Ik area at a minimum spacing of twenty-five (25) feet. Large palms shall have a minim eight of sixteen (16) feet and small palms shall have a minimum height of eight (8) feet. 5. Shade trees shall be pr n the sidewalk area at a minimum spacing of forty (40) feet on center with an eig 8) f o nuous canopy spread at planting and a twenty-five (25) foot spread at maturity ifer at planting. Such trees shall have a minimum height of fourteen (14) feet at p twenty-five (25) feet at maturity. 6. Only one shade tre pecies may be used for each individual street. Such species shall be determined by the City Miami Planning and Zoning Department through the Class II Permit process. 7. All requirements for street medians shall adhere to the recommendations provided in the supplemental SD 27 Design Standards. 627.1.12. Buildings. All buildings abutting "primary streets" as defined in the SD 27.1 Zoning Ordinance shall conform with the following standards: 1. A minimum of sixty-five percent (65%) of the linear frontage of any lot abutting a "primary street" shall contain ground floor space designed to accommodate retail and other uses that promote pedestrian traffic. The design of such space shall meet the standards listed below, except for buildings that are intended primarily for residential use, where ground floor pedestrian oriented uses would be inappropriate or disruptive to the residential use. a. All ground level space designed for pedestrian oriented uses shall have external entrances directly accessible from public sidewalk space. At least one (1) external entrance shall be C.26 THIS DQCUMENTI5 A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT.MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT located along the frontage of the primary street or on the corner intersection of the primary street and any other street. Additionally, each building use, such as a retail store with a cafe or restaurant, shall have separate entrances. All such entrances shall be transparent. b. For the first ten (10) feet of height above the public sidewalk elevation, the exterior building wall shall contain windows and/or doorways of transparent glass covering at least fifty (50) percent of the wall area. Additionally, the base of all transparent openings shall be no more than thirty (30) inches above the sidewalk. c. Arcades and colonnades shall be at least seven (7) feet wide and twelve (12) feet high. A minimum of five (5) feet of the sidewalk must remain clear of all obstructions to ensure adequate pedestrian circulation. 2. The remaining frontage of thirty-five percent (35%) may be dedicated to entrances, lobbies, customer driveways, architectural treatment, or non -pedestrian oriented uses. No portion of a building wall that does not contain transparent glass shall be constructed with a flat, unarticulated surface for a distance of greater than twelve (12) feet. - 627.1.13. Building Functionality. All exterior space as defined in the SD 27.2 Zoning Ordinanc co rm to the following standards, except as provided: 1. Service access and loading areas shall not be per fr t the following streets or portions thereof; Northeast 36th Street; Midtown Boulev o ast 29th Street; and within side setbacks (mews) as required in Section 627.1.7. 2. Service access and loading areas shall be enclos ith buildings or screened from public view with architectural walls and/or landscaping. 3. All dumpsters shall be concealed on th si s b a s 'd structure, and on the fourth side by an opaque gate. 4. Utility boxes, meters, and HVAC equip ent II be concealed within buildings or screened from public view. 627.1.14. Surface Parking and Parkin arages. Surface parking and parking structures all conform with the following standards: 1. Off-street parking is not . d along frontages of primary streets. 2. Vehicular access par s ctures shall not be permitted on the following streets: NE 36th Street; NE 29th n idtown Boulevard. Access shall be allowed along the western edge of Midtown Boul n of NE 34th Street. 3. Blank, unarticulated alls will not be permitted for parking podium facades that are not lined with uses. Such facade shall have architectural treatments designed to be compatible with neighboring buildings. Ramps, stairwells and any other portion of a garage should be buffered with the use of decorative grilles and screens, landscaping, and other varied materials. 4. As required in Section 627.1.7, liner uses are required on all levels of parking garages except when such construction of uses would interfere with the ventilation requirements of applicable building codes. Such ventilation requirements shall be met with the least possible disruption to a continuous liner use program as required in Section 627.1.7 and shall be accommodated on secondary and tertiary street frontages. 627.1.15. Open Space. A minimum of ten (10) percent of the gross lot area shall be provided as open space as defined in Section 627, except as follows: 1. Since the intent of the district is to provide significant common public open space, the minimum open space requirement may be aggregated among parcels or lots under common C.27 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 ownership and located in a common location within the district. Such aggregation of open space shall be improved as provided in Section 627. 2. Pursuant to the District plat, open space platted by easement within the District shall be allowed to be substituted for the requirements provided herein. Such platted open space shall be improved as provided in Section 627. 3. Within the block bounded by Northeast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard, Northeast 34th Street and Buena Vista Avenue, one (1) acre of open space shall be provided and may be used for open space aggregation provided in 627.1.15.1. Such open space shall be contiguous and centrally located within the block and shall be in addition to required Streetscape improvements provided in Section 627.1.10. 627.1.16. Off -Street Parking. A. Requirements. Since it is intended to promote the use of multi -modal transportatio nd that automobile traffic be minimized, the off-street parking requirements shall be as follows: 1. For residential uses, one (1) space per dwelling unit 2. For Live/Work uses, one (1) space per one thousand (1,000 f of net floor area. 3. For hotel or motel uses, one (1) space per three (3) lodgin n 4. For theaters, one (1) space per each eight (8) fixed se 5. For all other uses, one (1) space per five hundred (50 a eet of net floor area. Valet parking shall be allowed to satisfy off-street park' i ents. B. Off site parking permitted. Notwithstanding the limitations of section 918, ing shall be permitted by Class II Special Permit without limitation on percen a the q d number of spaces or maximum distance from the principal use when loca i e SD -27.1 zoning district. Furthermore, there shall be no required demonstratio or ings of practical difficulty or unnecessary hardship in providing required pa n ite, provided that the location of the offsite parking is within one thousand (1,0 1 dius of the principal use, or there are permanent provisions made to transport the off parking patrons to and from the principal site at the property owner's expense. 627.1.17. Off -Street dings The off-street loading shall be as follows: 1. For residential use a. Berth minimum to b welve (12) by thirty-five (35) feet by fifteen (15) feet in height; b. One (1) berth for eve one hundred (100) residential units or fraction thereof. 2. For non-residential uses: a. Berth minimum to be twelve (12) by fifty-five (55) feet by fifteen (15) feet in height; b. For non-residential floor area of twenty-five thousand (25,000) up to fifty thousand (50,000) square feet, one (1) berth total. No berths are required for floor area less than twenty-five thousand (25,000) square feet; c. For non-residential floor area up to one hundred thousand (100,000) square feet, two (2) berths total; d. For non-residential floor area up to two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) square feet, three (3) berths total; e. For non-residential floor area up to five hundred thousand (500,000) square feet, four (4) berths total. 3. Mixed use projects shall comply with loading requirements per use as specified above. Since it is intended to promote the most efficient use of land, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 922.1 and 922.4, the maneuvering of trucks within the public right of way for the C.28 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T 1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT purposes of off-street loading shall be allowed by a Class II Special Permit. Additionally, tandem loading berths shall be allowed by a Class II Special Permit. 627.1.18. Sign Regulations. See Article 10 sign regulations as for SD -8, and in addition, the SD 27 Design Standards for sign regulations and limitations. (Ord. No. 12448, § 2, 11-25-03; Ord. No. 12689, § 2, 5-26-05; Ord. No. 12724, § 2, 7-28-05; Ord. No. 12757, § 2, 1-26-06) Editor's note: Ord. No. 12689, § 2, adopted May 26, 2005, changed the title of § 627.1 from "SD -27.1 Buena Vista Yard" to "SD -27.1 Midtown Miami East Special District." The historical notation has been preserved for reference purposes. Sec. 627.2. Midtown Miami West. The Area is bounded by Northeast 36th Street on the north and N Miami Avenue on the west. On the south, the area is bounded by the centerline of No eas 4th Street between Buena Vista Avenue and Midtown Boulevard and by Northe reet between North Miami Avenue and Midtown Boulevard. On the east, the are s n ed by the centerline of Buena Vista Avenue between Northeast 36th Street a e 34th Street and by the centerline of Midtown Boulevard between Northeast 34th_ t Northeast 29th Street. 627.2.1. Intent. The Midtown Miami West district regulations aiae to provide a method to allow for planning initiatives that achieve a unique velopment that is not otherwise provided for in the zoning ordinance. Thes iatives may include, but are not limited to, Smart Growth as defined in Section 6 . Th tandards and procedures of this district are intended to promote flexible desig e lanned diversification and integration of uses and structures, with limitations and as deemed necessary to be consistent with the City's Comprehensive Plan and to pr t the public health, safety, and general welfare. Design standards supplement this ordinance a provide more detailed clarification. This district is of special anntial public interest given its proximity to Downtown Miami and the Omni Area, t Des!bs ict, Miami Beach, the Wynwood Neighborhood and to future proposed commuter withinthe Florida East Coast Railway (FEC) Corridor. The intent of the district is romote the creation of a Miami midtown environment through intensive urban retail Z use development with a twenty-four hour activity pattern; and (2) Enhance the pedestriavironment and connectivity of the existing surrounding areas by extending the city street grid through the district. To this end, the district promotes streetscapes and mixed-use buildings designed to provide pedestrians with lively, interesting, well - landscaped and highly usable public spaces with a maximum interrelationship with ground floor building uses. Concerning building uses and overall buildable area, mixed-use development is encouraged by providing greater floor area ratios and overall building height than that of single use buildings. Furthermore, additional height is provided for sites that abut significant open space and/or are designated as strategically located visual gateways as defined in Section 627. Yard and setback areas are minimal and are required to be developed as an integral part of the overall pedestrian streetscape. Ground floor build -to lines are provided in order to establish a continuous building frontage that enhances and provides spatial definition for the urban streetscape. Although no specific requirements are contained herein, it is further intended that buildings be designed utilizing environmentally sensitive methods, including, but not limited to, passive and C.29 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT active solar techniques, green -roofs, the utilization of environmentally sustainable materials and efficient mechanical systems. 627.2.2. Effect of SD -27.2 district designation. The SD -27.2 Midtown Miami West district shall supplant districts or portions of districts included within the SD boundaries to the extent indicated in the official zoning atlas. 627.2.3. Class 11 Special Permit. Section 627.2.3.1. When required. A Class II Special Permit shall be required prior to approval of any permit (except special permits pursuant to Article 13) affecting the height, bulk, location or exterior configuration of any existing building or the construction of a new building. Section 627.2.3.2. Considerations in making Class 11 Special Permit determinations. The purpose of the Class II Special Permit shall be to ensure conformity, of the application with the expressed intent of this district, with the general considerations fist;° n section 1305, and with the special considerations contained in the Design Standards. . Notwithstanding any other provision of the zoning code, a Major Use Special Permit is required for non-residential uses in a single building that exceed 400,000 square feet of floor area and residential units in a single building that exceed 400 dwe lin nits, or any combined use which exceeds 2,500 parking spaces in a single buildinbirone Any variances (as defined in Article 19) sought visions of the SD 27 regulations shall require such deviation to be considered witess for a Major Use Special Permit as defined in Article 17 and the increased elth holds as set forth above shall not apply. 627.2.4. Principal Uses and Structu The following uses shall be permitt the district, subject to the provisions of Section 627.2.7: 1. Neighborhood convenience good and services, including food stores (grocery, meat, seafood, produce, delicates n kery, confectioneries, ice cream), drugstores, newsstands, dry cleaners, barber d be ps, and shoe repair stores. 2. Retail establish to the general public as follows: big box retail (retail establishments greate 1000 square feet of floor area), antique stores, art stores and commercial art gallerie bicycle sales; book and stationery stores; china and crockery stores; drugstores; floor coverin , florist, including plant and shrub sales; food carts and vendors; gift shops; hardware stores; hobby shops; home appliance stores; home furnishing stores; interior decoration supply stores; establishments for the sales of boating and fishing supplies (excluding outdoor sales of boats); jewelry stores; leather goods; luggage stores; music stores; newsstands; office supply stores; optical goods stores; package liquor stores (without drive- through facilities); paint and wallpaper; pet shops; photographic supply stores; restaurant supply stores; tobacco shops; toy stores; television, radio, and other electronics stores; videotape sales and rentals; variety and sundry stores; establishments for sale of wearing apparel; wholesale establishments open to the general public; or any other similar use customarily found in a major retail shopping center. Such establishments may provide incidental repair, maintenance, adjustment or alteration services as appropriate, but facilities, operation and storage in relation to such services shall not be visible from any street or street related pedestrian open space. Aside from antique stores, art galleries, jewelry, bookstores and wearing apparel establishments, no such retail establishments shall deal in secondhand merchandise. C.30 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT 3. Service establishments as follows: Interior decorator, banks, savings and loan and financial institutions; duplicating centers including letter and photostating services; driving school agencies; locksmiths; medical or dental offices less than five thousand (5,000) square feet; opticians; photographic service; business and professional offices; tailoring; dressmaking; millinery or drapery fabrication, except where products are for office premises sale; rental of recreation and sporting equipment. 4. All Residential as per the R-4 Zoning District. 5. Hotels. 6. Production Studios. 7. Shops for the sale, assembly, customization or repair open to the general public as follows: awnings and canvas; carpentry; construction of models for design purposes; custom woodworking and furniture; glass; signs; and upholstery. 8. Public and private recreational facilities and community service facilities. 9. Production of art and handicrafts (but not mass-produced items),ncidental to sale at retail on the premises. 10. Restaurants, brewery restaurants, tearooms and cafes (without drive-through facilities), including those with dancing and live entertainment. 11. Bars, cocktail lounges, saloons and taverns, supper club a i clubs, including those with live entertainment open to the general public. 12. Art galleries, auditoriums; theaters (including open a e s) and cinemas, museums, libraries and similar cultural uses. 13. Structures for operating public transportation. 14. Parking lots and garages subject to Section 7.2.7 and 627.1.12. 15. Public or private educational facilities. 16. Cellular communications in accordanc ovisions of the C-1 Zoning district. 17. Drive -Through facilities on "secondary and rtiary" streets. The following uses shall be permittelLAW4,Qla ecial Permit: 1. Outdoor photographic stage sets. 2. Notwithstanding the provisions of .9, up to ten (10) street and open space special events per calendar year within the district. 627.2.5. Accessory Uses and structuresIhMMWAaWcustomarily accessory and clearly incidental to permitted principal uses and st re , approved in the same permit proceedings, and initiated or completed within any ti limits established generally or in relation to the special permit, shall be permitted subject to limitations by these or generally applicable regulations. Other accessory uses and structures shall require a Class II Special Permit. No aboveground off-street parking or loading area shall be permitted between any front portion of a building and the front line of a lot adjoining any street; provided, however that off-street parking for bicycles may be permitted in such areas, subject to limitations and requirements as to location, design and number established in connection with special permits. 627.2.6. Building Placement and Buildable Area. 1. Minimum lot requirements. No specific dimensional requirements are established in this district, but lots shall be of sufficient width and area to conform with other requirements and limitations of these and other lawful regulations. 2. Floor Area Limitations. Floor area limitations of the SD 27.2 district shall be as follows: a. Except as otherwise provided below, the floor area ratio shall not exceed one and seventy- two hundredths (1.72) times the gross lot area for single use commercial buildings. C.31 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT b. The floor area for all mixed-use buildings shall not exceed three (3.0) times the gross lot area. c. Allowable increase in floor area up to five tenths (0.5) will be provided for payment into a Neighborhood Improvement Trust Fund. 3. Density. Density shall not exceed one hundred fifty (150) residential units/net acre and in no case shall exceed a total of one thousand five hundred (1,500) units within the entire district. 4. Maximum Heights. a. Maximum heights shall be as provided in Section 627.2.7. b. All parking structures shall not exceed seventy-five (75) feet in height, except as otherwise provided in Section 627.2.12. 5. Maximum and Minimum Setback Requirements and Build -To Lines a. Setback requirements shall be measured perpendicular to and from the base building line. Platted public right of way lines shall be defined as the Base Building Line. When platted right of way lines at street intersections are rounded, setbacks shall be mea ed from projected right of way lines and not from the rounded portions of such lines. The Desig ndards provide further clarification of the requirements provided herein. The maximum d imum setbacks and build -to requirements shall be as provided in Section 627.2.7 an ollows: b. For the first twenty-five (25) feet in elevation above th t -of -way, no building facade shall be set back more than a maximum depth e 0 eet, except as otherwise provided in Section 627.2.7. Off-street parking shall a wed within the maximum setback. Building frontage may exceed the maxi o floor setback requirement, provided that the resultant area between the buildi fro ge and the base building line is designed and improved as public open space. c. Colonnades encroach the setback and b" d- req e is provided that a minimum of five (5) feet of sidewalk must remain clear of a t . s. In addition, awnings and upper story balconies may encroach the setback and ild-t quirements by a distance of seven (7) feet. Upper story architectural features n the setback and build -to requirements by a distance of five (5) feet but shall not c y (30) percent of the building frontage. d. Build -To Lines shall only be applic a for 60% of the street frontage. 6. Gateway Designations. As rovide in Section 627, the gateway site shall be the Southeast corner of the intersection ofast 36th Street and North Miami Avenue. Such designation, for the purposes of ight ns, setback and build -to requirements shall apply for a north/south dimensio a ndred fifty (150') feet and an east/west dimension of four hundred (400') feet. 627.2.7. Maximum TABLE INSET: Build -To, Minimum Setback and Use Requirements. SD 27.2 Maximum height, Build -To, Minimum Setback and Use Requirements Street/Classification Height Ground Floor Build- Mid-level Upper-level Uses To Setback* Setback** 20' Build -To All SD27.2 uses Area between the permitted except 60' for building frontage that Big Box commercial and base building35' setback retail shall not be Midtown Boulevard single -use line shall bepermitted above 60' N/A from Primary 120' for improved as open elevation 31 st Street to residential or space. 36 th Street. mixed-use Maximum Liner uses on all Allowable parking encroachment (0' structures C.32 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TjIiE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 C.33 build -to) for 80' of linear frontage per block All SD27.2 uses permitted Buena Vista Avenue 60' for Liner uses on all (north of 34 th commercial 15' setback parking Street) single -use 0' Build -To N/A above 60' structures except Primary 120' for mixed- as otherwise use provided in Section 627.2.12 60' for Buena Vista Avenue commercial 15' setback (south of 34 th single-useAll 0' Build -To N/A abo 60' SD27.2 uses Street) 120' for mixed- eleva permitted Primary use or theaters 60' for All SD27.2 uses commercial permitted single -use 9' Setback with Liner uses on all NE 36 th Street 120' for mixed- colonnade or setback parking Primary use awning bove 60' structures except 200' for mixed- Maximum Setback elevation as otherwise use and of 20' provided in gateway 1 Section 627.2.12 requirement All SD27.2 uses permitted 60' for Liner uses on all NE 29 th Street commercial parking Primary single -use N/ N/A N/A structures except 120' for mixed- as otherwise use provided in Section 627.2.12 6or All SD27.2 uses co cial 9' Build -To with permitted sing use colonnade or Liner uses on all North Miami Avenue 120' mixed- awning 15' setback parking Primary use 5' Build -to from N/A above 60' structures except 200' for mixed- centerline of NE 36 as otherwise use and th Street south for provided in gateway 1 a distance of 315' Section 627.2.12 requirement All SD27.2 uses permitted 60' for Liner uses on all NE 34 th Street commercial 15' setback parking Primary single -use 0' Build -To above 40' N/A structures except 120' for mixed- elevation as otherwise use provided in Section 627.2.12 NE 32 nd Street 60' for 0' Build -To 10' setback N/A 30% active Secondary commercial above 20' ground floor uses C.33 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT * Mid-level setbacks are for elevations between twenty (20) fe �0) feet. ** Upper-level setbacks are for elevations greater tha sixty 0) 1. Gateway designations shall be as defined in Secti 2 .6. 627.2.8. Street Grid/Blocks. Northeast 34th Street and NortheaIJOWQ shall extend through the SD27.2 District and shall align with the existing city stre rtand t of North Miami Avenue. Northeast 31st Street shall extend through the SD 27.2 Dishall generally align with the existing street grid west of North Miami Avenue orth ofst 34th Street, the north/south spacing between new streets shall not exce a hundred twenty-five (825) feet from centerline of street to centerline of street. uth o heast 34th Street, the north/south spacing between new streets shall not exc 0) feet from centerline of street to centerline of street. The east/west spacing bet n avenues shall not exceed seven hundred twenty-five (725) feet from centerline of aven to centerline of avenue. Open Space, with an area of at least one (1) acre, may be substituted lieu of a new Street or Avenue. For the purpose of this ordinance, streets shall be categorized as "primary" and "secondary" as follows: 1. Primary Streets: North Miami Avenue, Northeast 34th Street, Northeast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard, Northeast 29th Street, Buena Vista Avenue. 2. Secondary Streets: Northeast 30th Street, Northeast 31st Street, Northeast 32nd Street; Northeast 33rd Street, Northeast 35th Place and Northeast 35th Street. Refer to the SD 27.2 Design Standards for additional Design Standards and Guidelines regarding streets. 627.2.9. Streetscape. All exterior space as defined in the SD 27.2 Zoning Ordinance shall conform to the following standards and are subject to approval by the Director of the City of Miami Department of Public Works and other authorities having jurisdiction. Denial of these requirements by such authorities C.34 single -use elevation All SD27.2 uses 120' for mixed- permitted use 60' for 30% active NE 31 st Street commercial ground floor uses Secondary single -use ng 0' Build -To N/A N/A All SD27.2 uses for mixed- 120'permitted use NE 30 th 33 rd , 35 60' for commercial 15' setback 30% active th Street andground single -use 0' Build -To above 40' N/A floor uses NE 34 th Terrace 120'for mixed- elevation All SD27.2 uses Secondary permitted use 60' for Dedicated Open commercial All SD27.2 uses Space greater than 1 single -use 0' Build -To N/A N/A permitted acre 120' for mixed- use 60' for commercial All SD27.2 uses Interior Side single -use 0' Setback N/A permitted 120' for mixed- use * Mid-level setbacks are for elevations between twenty (20) fe �0) feet. ** Upper-level setbacks are for elevations greater tha sixty 0) 1. Gateway designations shall be as defined in Secti 2 .6. 627.2.8. Street Grid/Blocks. Northeast 34th Street and NortheaIJOWQ shall extend through the SD27.2 District and shall align with the existing city stre rtand t of North Miami Avenue. Northeast 31st Street shall extend through the SD 27.2 Dishall generally align with the existing street grid west of North Miami Avenue orth ofst 34th Street, the north/south spacing between new streets shall not exce a hundred twenty-five (825) feet from centerline of street to centerline of street. uth o heast 34th Street, the north/south spacing between new streets shall not exc 0) feet from centerline of street to centerline of street. The east/west spacing bet n avenues shall not exceed seven hundred twenty-five (725) feet from centerline of aven to centerline of avenue. Open Space, with an area of at least one (1) acre, may be substituted lieu of a new Street or Avenue. For the purpose of this ordinance, streets shall be categorized as "primary" and "secondary" as follows: 1. Primary Streets: North Miami Avenue, Northeast 34th Street, Northeast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard, Northeast 29th Street, Buena Vista Avenue. 2. Secondary Streets: Northeast 30th Street, Northeast 31st Street, Northeast 32nd Street; Northeast 33rd Street, Northeast 35th Place and Northeast 35th Street. Refer to the SD 27.2 Design Standards for additional Design Standards and Guidelines regarding streets. 627.2.9. Streetscape. All exterior space as defined in the SD 27.2 Zoning Ordinance shall conform to the following standards and are subject to approval by the Director of the City of Miami Department of Public Works and other authorities having jurisdiction. Denial of these requirements by such authorities C.34 THIS DOCUMENT I5 A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT for reasons of public health, safety and welfare shall not constitute a variance from this Ordinance. Refer to the SD 27.2 Design Standards for additional Design Standards and Guidelines regarding streetscapes. 1. All required setbacks and sidewalk area within the public right-of-way adjacent to streets shall be a continuous pedestrian space. For all sidewalks, an area a minimum of five (5) feet wide must remain clear of all obstructions to ensure adequate pedestrian circulation. 2. For all streets, the ground floor of buildings shall be set back from the property line, where necessary, to provide a minimum sidewalk width of ten (10) feet from face of building to curb line. Unless otherwise prohibited by setback requirements of the SD 27.2 Zoning District, the upper floors of buildings may overhang this setback. The setback area shall be improved to meet the adopted design standards of the SD 27.2 Zoning District for the adjacent public sidewalk including pavement treatment, landscaping, street lighting and awnings. 3. Street furniture shall be as defined in the SD 27 Design Standar . Street furniture shall be part of the urban streetscape to encourage pedestrian activity and ide such amenities as: trash receptacles, benches, bollards, pedestrian lighting, bicycler ks, rking meters, street signs, transit shelters, tables and chairs. Trash receptacles and s all be provided at a minimum of two hundred (200) foot intervals on both side o r east 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. Bicycle racks shall be provided at si d 00) foot intervals on both sides of Northeast 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. T e located in the pedestrian areas as long as pedestrian flow patterns are contin s. r r spacing may be allowed by Class II Special Permit if such spacing is required: 1) To promote or enhance pedestrian sa , 2) To maintain compliance with the De n ndards. 4. All specified plant material shall be FI etter. Refer to the Florida Grades and Standards Manual. All shade trees shall h ve h wind resistance. Additionally, all trees and shrubs shall be native to Florida or ub , drought tolerant characteristics. 5. Palm trees shall generally be pro 'd a sidewalk area at a minimum spacing of twenty- five (25) feet, except that greater sp ng may be allowed by Class II Special Permit if such spacing is required: 1) to promote or hance pedestrian safety or 2) to maintain compliance with the SD 27 Design Stan 6. Large palms shall ave i um height of sixteen (16) feet and small palms shall have a minimum height of ei 7. Shade trees shall o ed in the sidewalk area at a minimum spacing of forty (40) feet on center with an eight foot continuous canopy spread at planting and a twenty-five (25) foot spread at maturity with 3" caliper at planting. Such trees shall have a minimum height of fourteen (14) feet at planting and twenty-five (25) feet at maturity. 8. In order to provide for a unified street character, only one shade tree species may be used for each individual street within the entirety of the SD 27 District. Such species selection is subject to approval by Class II Special Permit. 627.2.10. Buildings. All buildings abutting "primary streets" as provided in Section 627.2.8, shall conform to the following standards: 1. A minimum of sixty-five (65) percent of the linear frontage of any lot abutting a "primary" street, and thirty (30) percent of any lot abutting a "secondary" street, shall contain ground floor space designed to accommodate retail and other uses that promote pedestrian traffic. The design of such space shall meet the standards listed below, except for buildings that are intended primarily for residential use, where ground floor pedestrian oriented uses would be inappropriate or disruptive to the residential use. C.35 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION To ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT a. All ground level space designed for pedestrian oriented uses shall have external entrances directly accessible from public sidewalk space. At least one (1) external entrance shall be located along the frontage of the primary street or on the corner intersection of the primary street and any other street or the frontage of public open space. Additionally, each building use, such as a retail store with a cafe or restaurant, shall have separate entrances. All such entrances shall be transparent. b. For the first ten (10) feet of height above the public sidewalk elevation, the exterior building wall shall contain windows and/or doorways of transparent glass covering at least fifty (50) percent of linear frontage (to be calculated at a height over 30 inches) of each building; plazas and openings into pedestrian entrances and spaces shall count towards the 50% transparency requirement specified in this section. Additionally, the base of all transparent openings shall be no more than thirty (30) inches above the sidewalk. Display windows may count towards the transparency requirement and may encroach upon specified setback and build -to lines by a distance no greater than thirty (30) inches, provided that a minimubffive(5) feet of sidewalk must remain clear of all obstructions. c. Arcades and colonnades, where proposed shall be at least net wide and twelve (12) feet high. A minimum of five (5) feet of the sidewalk must r f all obstructions to ensure adequate pedestrian circulation. d. No portion of a building wall that does not contain t nt lass shall be constructed with a flat, unarticulated surface for a distance of greater t t y (20) feet. In addition, any building frontage on North Miami Avenue that e e hundred (300) feet shall incorporate a major break of at least thirty (30) feet i idth y ten (10) feet in depth at ground level. Such breaks shall be improved as open s provide building access and occur on axis with the existing city street grid. 2. The remaining frontage of thirty-five per may be dedicated to entrances, lobbies, customer driveways, architectural treatme or n -pedestrian oriented uses. No portion of a building wall that does not con an nt glass shall be constructed with a flat, unarticulated surface for a distance r han twenty (20) feet. 627.2.11. Building Functionality. All exterior space as defined in the SD 27.2 Zoning Ordinance shall conform to the following standards, except as provided: 1. Service access and service loading areas shall not be permitted to front the following streets or portions: North Miami Avenue south of Northeast 34th Street; Midtown Boulevard; Buena Vista Avenue; and Northeast 29th Street. 2. Service loading areas shall be enclosed within buildings or screened from public view with architectural walls and/or landscaping. 3. All dumpsters shall be concealed on three sides by a solid structure, and on the fourth side by an opaque gate. 4. Utility boxes, meters, and HVAC equipment shall be concealed within buildings or screened from public view. 627.2.12. Surface Parking and Parking Garages. Surface parking and parking structures shall conform to the following standards: 1. Ground level off-street parking is not permitted along frontages of primary streets. 2. Blank, unarticulated walls shall not be permitted for parking garage facades that are not lined with uses. Such facades shall have architectural treatments designed to be compatible with adjacent buildings. Ramps, stairwells and any other portion of a garage should be buffered with the use of decorative grilles and screens, landscaping, and other varied materials. C.36 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUB STITUT10N TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT 3. As provided in Section 627.2.7, liner uses are generally required on parking garages that front primary streets. When required, ground level parking facilities must be lined with active uses. Upper level parking facilities that do not incorporate liner uses shall be setback no less than 85' and shall not exceed a height of 50'. All other requirements provided herein shall apply. 627.2.13. Open Space. A minimum of ten (10) percent of the gross lot area shall be provided as open space as defined in Section 627, except as follows: 1. Since the intent of the district is to provide significant common public open space, the minimum open space requirement may be aggregated among parcels or lots under common ownership and located in a common location within the district. Such aggregation of open space shall be improved as provided in Section 627. 2. Pursuant to the District plat, dedicated open space platted within the District shall be allowed to be substituted for the requirements provided herein. Such platted open space shall be improved as provided in Section 627. 627.2.14. Off-street Parking. In recognition of the pedestrian oriented, mixed-use nature. o�- the SD 27.2 District, it is anticipated that visitors to the District will park once re than one destination. Therefore the required amount of off-street parking will be ee SD 27.2 District than in other Districts of the City. A. Requirements. The off-street parking requirement all a as follows: 1. For residential uses, one (1) space per 2. For hotel or motel uses, one (1) sp` e r thr ( odging units. 3. For theaters, one (1) space per ea fixed seats. 4. For all other uses, one (1) space r fiv undred (500) square feet of gross floor area. There shall be no requir ses are within a one thousand (1,000) foot radius of a public parkin f with a capacity equal to or greater than the requirements provided herei B. Off site parking permitted. Notwith nding the limitations of section 918, off-street parking requirements for all uses wit SD 27.2 District can be provided by parking facilities that are owned by a unit of Io I gov t, including a community development district, provided that the parking facilities: within the SD 27.2 District and b) have a capacity equal to or greater than the re . it is ovided herein. 627.2.15. Off-street Loadl g. The off-street loading requirements shall be as follows: 1. For residential uses: a. Berth minimum to be twelve (12) by thirty-five (35) feet by fifteen (15) feet in height; b. One (1) berth for every one hundred twenty (120) residential units or fraction thereof. 2. For non-residential uses: a. Berth minimum to be twelve (12) by fifty-five (55) feet by fifteen (15) feet in height; b. For non-residential floor area of twenty-five thousand (25,000) up to fifty thousand (50,000) square feet, one (1) berth total; c. For non-residential floor area up to one hundred thousand (100,000) square feet, two (2) berths total; d. For non-residential floor area up to two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) square feet, three (3) berths total; e. For non-residential floor area up to five hundred thousand (500,000) square feet, four (4) berths total. C.37 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE MIAMI 21 SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT Since it is intended to promote the most efficient use of land, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 922.1 and 922.4, the maneuvering of trucks within the public right of way for the purposes of off-street loading shall be allowed by a Class II Special Permit. 627.2.16. Sign Regulations. Signs within the district shall comply with the regulations of the C-2 Liberal Commercial District as provided in Article 10. See Article 10 for sign regulations and limitations. (Ord. No. 12480, § 2, 1-22-04; Ord. No. 12509, § 2, 3-25-04; Ord. No. 12724, § 2, 7-28-05) Editor's note: Ord. No. 12724, § 2, adopted July 28, 2005, changed the title of § 627.2 from "Buena Vista Yard West" to "Midtown Miami West." The historical notation has been preserved for reference purposes. C.38 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITU TION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SD -16.3 MIAMI WORLDCENTER SEEN AT TIE ENCS OF THIS DOCUMENT. The Miami Worldcenter (hereinafter also referred to as the "SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter area") is generally bounded by NE 2nd Avenue on the east, North Miami Avenue on the west, NE 11th Street on the north, and NE 6th Street on the south, excluding the areas generally described as "The Club District" and the "Network Access Point of the Americas (NAP Center)". The boundaries are more specifically identified in Map 1. 16.12.1 MIAMI WORLDCENTER GOALS The conservation goals include conserving energy and reducing carbon dioxide emissions through improved street connectedness to encourage walkability, and transit use, increasing tree canopy, and encouraging gree uildings. 16.12.1.1 The development goals include: a. Specific areas that are compact, pedestrian-orien ed -use. Increased density and intensity of use is encouraged d r imity of current and proposed transit service and appropriate bui n e ies and land uses should occur within walking distance of transit st b. Maintaining the future growth of downto fill development ensuring Miami's focus for the region's economic, civi c al activities. c. A diversity of uses distributed t u out e s cted specific area of an existing District that enables a variety o . activity, workplace, residences and civic space. Civic and commercial tivit hould be embedded in the mixed-use District as identified in en D-16, 16.1, 16.2 Southeast Overtown-Park West Commercial-Resi n tricts. d. Civic and public gatherin paces should be located to reinforce community identity. e. Buildings and I ing contribute to the physical definition of Thoroughfares as civic pla f. A specifi i an existing District that includes a framework of transit and pedestria a that accommodates automobiles while respecting the pedestrian d the special form of public spaces. g. Ensuring th private development contributes to infrastructure and embellishes a pedestrian and transit friendly public and private realm of the highest quality. 16.12.1.2 The Miami Worldcenter Design Standards ("Design Standards") and the Miami Worldcenter Regulating Plan ("Regulating Plan") provide more detailed clarification to the SD 16.3 Worldcenter area and are incorporated herein by reference. 16.12.2 EFFECT OF SD -16.3 MIAMI WORLDCENTER AREA DESIGNATION. The SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter Master Plan Design Standards and the regulations herein shall supplant districts or portions of districts included within the SD -16 Special District boundaries to the extent indicated herein. 16.12.3 CLASS II SPECIAL PERMIT D.1 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN .AT 1�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 16.12.3.1 When required A Class II Special Permit shall be required prior to approval of any permit affecting the height, bulk, location or exterior configuration of any existing building or the construction of a new building; or for the implementation of signage, awnings, fences or any other improvement visible from a public right-of-way. 16.12.3.2 Considerations in making Class II Special Permit determinations The purpose of the Class II Special Permit shall be to ensure conformity of the application with the expressed intent of Sec. 616. SD -16, 16.1, 16.2, Southeast Overtown-Park West Commercial -Residential Districts, with the general considerations listed in Section 1305, and with the special considerations contained in the Miami Worldcenter Master Plan Design Standards and Regulating Plan incorporated herein by reference. 16.12.3.3 Waiver of Design Standards Pursuant to Sec. 1512, unless otherwise required by area, as amended, Ordinance 11000, as amended, t amended, or the Florida Building Code, as ame Plan Design Standards, incorporated by refere ce and Standards"), may be waived by the Plan In it Special Permit. Waivers by the Planning Dir or f Guidelines and Standards may not var tv numeric standard. 16.12.4 FLEXIBLI odami6riami Worldcenter the City of Miami, as Worldcenter Master �ly, "Design Guidelines _6r pursuant to a Class II numerically measured Design ienty percent (20%) from the MENT CAPACITY When property within the SI6.3 Miami Worldcenter area containing nine or more contiguous acres under the 4nership or control of a single entity is submitted as a project ("Project"), a)dg wable floor area within the project may be allocated by the owner to in ' idua sites unconstrained by the FAR for any individual site so long as the t on does not result in development that is out of scale or character wie ment allowed under the land development regulations for the adjacent area allocates FAR sufficient to build structures to a minimum of two stories on all p cels within the project except open space and civic space sites, and provides all SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter area requirements, including open space, civic space, and parking. 16.12.4.1 Major Use Special Permit Notwithstanding any other provisions of the SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter area or Ordinance 11000, when property within the SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter area containing nine or more contiguous acres under the ownership or control of a single entity is submitted as a project, a Major Use Special Permit within the project is required for: (1) non-residential or lodging uses in a single building that exceeds 975,000 square feet; (2) more than 800 residential units in a single building; or (3) any combined use which exceeds 2,800 parking spaces in a single building, except that a MUSP shall be required when a conference center, conference center hotel and related office building with a mix of retail and office uses, exceeds two million square feet. D.2 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE 16.12.5 DEFINITIONS SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. For the purpose of the SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter area, the following definitions shall apply: Terms not defined herein shall have the meaning provided in Sec.2502 of the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Miami ("Zoning Ordinance"). Abutting: to reach or touch; to touch at the end or be contiguous with; join at the border or boundary; terminate on. Abutting properties include properties across a street or alley. Arcade: A covered pedestrian outdoor space along the side of a Building at the ground level that is open on three sides and has a minimum 15 foot depth, which may provide access to shops along one (1) or more sides, per the Design Standards. Back of Curb Line: A straight building reference line establish t the back of the street curb that does not offset for projections into the street such as Ib- s or tree planting areas, as shown in Table 3 and in the Regulating Plan andis dards. Balcony: An unenclosed habitable structure cantile rn r inset within a facade or elevation. Block: The aggregate of private lots, passages,zar la es and Alleys, the perimeter of which abuts Thoroughfares. Building Configuration: The form of ased on its massing, relationship to Frontages and lot lines, and height. t1avBuilding Disposition: The pl Building on its lot. Building Use: The uses accomnVdated by a Building and its lot. Building HeighThe 4 c extent of a building measured in Stories. Build -to -line: A s ished within a given Lot indicating where the outer edge of a structure must be ated. Civic Space: An outdoor area provided for public use in perpetuity by fee title or easement. Civic Space types are defined by the combination of certain physical constants including the relationship between their intended use, their size, their landscaping and their enfronting buildings. See Table 2 and Design Standards. Corridor: A lineal geographic system incorporating transportation, walkways, and/or greenways. Courtyard: Open space, partially defined by walls or buildings as regulated by the SD 16.3 Miami Worldcenter area. See Design Standards. Design Speed: The speed at which a Thoroughfare is designed to be driven. Elevation, Floor: Height of floor level. D.3 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUB STtTU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Enfront: To place an element along a Frontage, as in "porches enfront the street." Entrance, principal: The main point of access of pedestrians into a Building. Facade: The exterior wall of a building that is set along a Frontage Floorplate: The total indoor and outdoor Floor Area of any given Story of a Building, measured to the exterior of the wall or balcony. Frontage: Lot face abutting a public space, such as a Thoroughfare, whether at the front, rear, or side of a lot. Gallery: A covered pedestrian area abutting the side of a building on the ground floor which may provide access along one or more sides of a building" Green Space: an Open Space outdoors, at grade, unroofed, landscaped and free of impervious surfaces. Habitable Space: Building space which use invoinws sence with direct view of the enfronting streets or public or private open sparking garages, self- service storage facilities, warehouses, and displrated from retail activity. Height: See Building Height. Infrastructure and Utilities lines, electrical, telephone a communication systems nec Layer, First: The area b the Design Standards. / Layer, Second:' Layer, Third: @Md to the provision of roads, water and sewer ssion, and all other utilities and functioning of a community. Back of Curb Line and the Build -to Line as shown in 20) siteward from the Build -to Line. n of the lot that is not within the First and Second Layer. Layer: A range of depth of a lot within which certain elements are permitted as regulated in the SD 16.3 Miami Worldcenter area, as provided in the Design Standards. Liner: A building or part of a building with Habitable Space specifically designed to enfront a public space, masking a use that has no capacity to monitor public space, such as a parking lot, parking garage or storage facility. Open space: Any parcel or area of land or water, located at the ground level floor, essentially unimproved by permanent buildings and set aside, dedicated, designated or reserved for public or private use or enjoyment or for the use and enjoyment of owners and occupants of land adjoining or neighboring such open spaces. Open Space includes the ground floor level of Galleries, Arcades and covered and uncovered paseos. Parking Garage or Parking Structure: A structure containing vehicular parking, M MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE including mechanical parking systems. SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Paseo: A public open space restricted to pedestrian use and limited vehicular access that connects streets, plazas, alleys, garages and other public use spaces. Paseos must have a minimum width of 20'. Podium: That portion of a building up to the eighth Story. Porte Cochere: A vehicular entrance/drop-off area that includes a canopy element and a driveway that extends into the First Layer. Public Benefits Bonus: an advantage that allows a developer to increase FAR by an additional 70% of FAR capacity within the district in exchange for the developer's contribution to specified programs that provide benefit, advarges, and increased use and enjoyment of the district to the public. X Retail Frontage: Lot faces designated where the ground IgWLfl%avgFble for retail use Setback: The distance from a specified reference Ii Wpt where a building may be constructed. Story: A level within a building by which Height i ea red. Street Corridor: The space defined b e tree al uilding facades) and the ground plane in between the Streetwalls. Streetscape: The urban elem t shes the major part of the public realm. The streetscape is composed of Th s (travel lanes for vehicles, parking lanes for cars, and sidewalks or paths for destrians) as well as the amenities of the Frontages (street trees and plantings bench streetlights, paving, street furniture, Building Facades and elevations, yards, etc. . Streetscreen: A fretan wall no greater than eight feet high built along the Frontage Build -to line, or coplanar with the Facade, often for the purpose of masking a parking lot from the Thoroughfare. Streetwall: Refers to the facades of buildings up to the first eight stories that face a Thoroughfare, as provided in the Design Standards. Streetwalls shape the level of visual interest on each block and create a sense of enclosure for pedestrians. A streetwall height is measured from the average grade of the sidewalk level to the first building Setback from the Build -to Line, as shown in the Design Standards. Thoroughfare: A vehicular way incorporating travel lanes for vehicles, parking lanes for cars, and sidewalks or paths for pedestrians as part of an interconnected network for vehicular and pedestrian mobility. Tower: That portion of a building that extends above the Podium. Underground Parking: Parking in which the ceiling or roof of the top level does not rise above any adjoining public sidewalk. D.5 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. View Corridor: An axial view terminating on a natural, historical, or special feature. 16.12.6 LOTS AND FRONTAGES 16.12.6.1 Buildable sites shall Enfront a vehicular Thoroughfare, or Civic Space with at least one Frontage, as depicted in the Design Standards and Regulating Plan. 16.12.6.2 For the purposes of the SD 16.3 Miami Worldcenter area, lots are divided into Layers which control development on the lot. 16.12.6.3 Where the property to be developed abuts an existing building, the Planning Director may approve, pursuant to a Class II Special Per it, a transition so that the proposed building location matches or provides a transitio the adjacent building location. 16.12.7 MEASUREMENT OF HEIGHT 16.12.7.1 Unless otherwise specified herein, the Hei dWings shall be measured in Stories. The height of fences, walls bndh%ieshall be measured in feet. The Height of Building facades facing thes, walls and hedges shall be measured from the Average Si al 16.12.7.2 A Story is a habitable level wit a ing. Except as otherwise provided in this ordinance, the maximu t tory from finished floor to finished floor is 14 feet. Below -grade levels r nsidered Stories for the purposes of determining Building Height. 16.12.7.2.1 A ground level r i ry may exceed the 14 foot limit up to 25 feet. A retail single floor leve cee 2 feet, or 25 feet at ground level, shall be counted as 2 Stories. t 2 stories are retail, their total maximum combined height shall be 3 a the first floor shall be a minimum of 14 feet. Where the first three storie re retail, their total maximum combined height shall be 59 feet and the ground fl r and second floor shall be a maximum of 39 feet in combined floor to floor height. The three retail floors shall be counted as 3 Stories, and the total finished floor to finished floor height of the Podium shall not exceed 129 feet. 16.12.7.2.2 Single floors in a Podium above ground level used for public functions, such as ballrooms, meeting rooms, convention halls, classrooms, lecture rooms, theaters, and sports facilities may have a single Story floor to floor height up to a maximum of 60 feet. The total finished floor to finished floor height of the Podium shall not exceed 129 feet. 16.12.7.2.3 Mezzanines are permitted. Mezzanines extending beyond thirty-three percent (33%) of the floor area of the floor plate below shall be counted as an additional floor. 16.12.7.2.4 A Parking Structure concealed by a Liner or architectural element as provided in the M THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Design Standards and Regulating Plan may be equal to the Height of the Podium, without regard for the number of Stories in the Parking Structure. 16.12.7.3 Building Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Table 3 and to the Design Standards. First -floor elevation shall be at average Sidewalk grade. A first level Residential use or Lodging use shall be raised a minimum of two (2) feet and a maximum of three and a half (3.5) feet above average sidewalk grade, except that entrance lobbies and public spaces may be at sidewalk level. 16.12.7.3.1 Except as specifically provided herein, the Height limitations of the SD 16.3 Miami Worldcenter area shall not apply to (1) any roof Structures for housing elevators, stairways, tanks, ventilating fans or similar equipment required to operate and maintain the Building (provided that such Structures shall not cover more than twenty percent of roof area and shall not exceed the ma. um Height by 14 feet; (2) water towers, flagpoles, vents, or similar Structures, w may be allowed to exceed the maximum Height by Class II Special Permit; ) fI r parapet walls. Roof decks shall be permitted up to the maximum H r es may extend above the maximum Height up to fourteen (14) fee A 16.12.7.3.2 Except as provided in Subsection 16.12.7.4, h'�e no height or coverage limits for (1) non-functional decorative arch c ments, and (2) solar or wind energy collectors. _ 16.12.7.4 No Building or other Struc ure SR# I bILlocald Ilia manner or built to a Height which constitutes a hazard to aviation azards to persons or property by reason of unusual exposure to aviatio aza . In addition to Height limitations established by the SD 1 a Idcenter area, limitations established by the Miami -Dade County Hei t Ordinance as stated in Article 37 of the Code of Miami -Dade County (Mia nternational Airport) shall apply to Heights of Buildings and Structures. A lettera oriziance from the Miami -Dade Aviation Department or the Federal AdWistration (FAA) may be required by the Zoning Administrator prior to thJ14 of any Building permit. 16.12.8 BUILDING DISPOSITION 16.12.8.1 Improvements on newly platted lots shall be dimensioned according to Table 3 incorporated herein by reference. 16.12.8.2 Lot coverage by any Building shall not exceed that shown in Table 3 incorporated herein by reference. 16.12.8.3 Buildings shall be disposed in relation to the boundaries of their lots according to Table 3 incorporated herein by reference and the Regulating Plan. 16.12.8.4 Buildings shall have their principal pedestrian entrances on a Frontage Build -to Line or from a courtyard at the Second Layer. D.7 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER I_VIT_1116121a1II6Z81 to] :3�: 16.12.8.5 For the first two stories, Facades shall be along the Frontage a minimum of seventy percent (70%) of its length on the Build -to Line as shown in Table 3 and in the Design Standards. 16.12.8.6 At the first Story, Facades along a Frontage Build-toLine shall have frequent doors and windows as provided in the Design Standards. Vehicular entries should be minimized to the maximum extent possible consistent with the level of use and shall occur at a minimum spacing of sixty (60) feet unless a shorter daeoved by Class II pecial Permit. 16.12.8.7 Setbacks from the Back of the Curb Line for Buildings shall be as shown in Table 3 incorporated herein by reference and the Regulating Plan. Setbacks from the Back of Curb Line may be adjusted to conform to an existing adjacent building location by Class II Special Permit. Frontage Setbacks from the Bui -to Line above the eighth floor for lots having one dimension measuring one hundre 00) feet or less may be a minimum of zero (0) feet by Class II Special permit. h ontage Setback from the Build -to Line shall not be required for a Fro ci a Civic Space or a Street Corridor 90 feet or greater in width, as provi d egulating Plan and Design Standards. 16.12.8.8 Above the eighth floor, minimum building c i ty (60) feet. For lots having one dimension of one hundred (100) feet ess ide and rear Setbacks from non - Frontage lot lines above the eighth fl educed to a minimum of twenty (20) feet by Class II Special Pe ov he hth floor in the Second Layer, at a Setback from the Build -to Lin than ten (10) feet, an additional two stories of habitable space may ten maximum sixty percent (60%) of the non - tower length of the stre to Above the eighth floor an additional six feet of non -habitable space ma e d without additional Setback from the Build -to Line to accommodate de p of swimming pools, landscaping, transfer beams, and other structural and mecha al systems and will not count as FAR area. 16.12.9 BUILDINK113911111111IIIILE10WRATION 16.12.9.1 Above the elVth floor, the maximum Building Floorplate dimensions shall be limited as follows: a. 18,000 square feet for Residential Uses. b. 30,000 square feet for Commercial Uses and for parking. c. Vertical mixed-use buildings with at least 33% of the Tower floors in Commercial Uses may use the 30,000 square foot Floorplate average for the entire Tower. d. 180 feet maximum length of a side for Residential Uses. e. 225 feet maximum length of a side for Commercial Uses. 16.12.9.2 Projections into the First Layer shall be as follows: Above the first story, up to 1/2 of the Streetwall fagade may project up to 6 feet into the First layer; Entry canopies may project up to one hundred percent (100%) of the depth of the First Layer, except as may be further allowed by Chapter 54 of the City Code; Canopies and cantilevered awnings may project into the First Layer up to 15 feet; Above the first Story, cantilevered balconies and bay windows may project a maximum 6 feet into THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�iE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER I_VIT_1116129a1IIGZ81 to] :3�: the First Layer; Above the Streetwall, balconies and bay windows may project up to 6 feet into the setback from the Streetwall; Roof cantilevers, trellises and crowns may project up to 15 feet into the First Layer and be elevated one story above the roof terrace; and, Facade components promoting energy efficiency such as shading and Screening devices that are non -accessible may project a maximum of 4 feet into the First Layer. 16.12.9.3 Galleries and Arcades shall be a minimum of 15 feet deep and, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in Ordinance 11000, as amended, or the Code of the City of Miami, as amended may overlap the whole width of the Sidewalk to within two (2) feet of the curb. The height of an arcade, measured to its lowest point, shall be no less than its width. 16.12.9.4 All outdoor storage, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, an ommunications equipment and appurtenant enclosures shall be located.. the Second or Third Layer and concealed from view from any Frontage or Si wa y Liner Buildings, walls, Streetscreens, or opaque gates. 16.12.9.5 Loading Docks and service areas shall be intdW ffi&2pilding served. Vehicular entries to loading docks and service areas;�i�7rro vided in the Design Standards. 16.12.9.6 All ground floor utility infrastructure a IVeipment Iequipment shall be concealed from public view. At the buildin ro ge, II such as backflow preventers, Siamese connectio ike shall be placed within the line of the Facade or behind the Streetscr n. aust air fans and louvers may be allowed on the Facade only above t shown in the Design Standards. Rooftop equipment, except anten s be screened from lateral view. 16.12.9.7 Within the Second and Thi Layers, fences, walls and hedges shall not exceed a height of eight ( e 16.12.10 BUILDIN ENSITY 16.12.10.1 Principal an ccessory uses of Buildings shall conform to Zoning Ordinance 11000, Sections 616.4 and 616.5, respectively. 16.12.10.2 Densities and Intensities shall conform to Table 3 incorporated herein by reference. 16.12.10.3 The calculation of the FAR shall not apply to on-site parking, to that portion of the building that is entirely below the elevation of the sidewalk, to balconies or terraces, or to same store retail uses that have a ground floor with direct access to the sidewalk and street Frontages. 16.12.11 PARKING STANDARDS 16.12.11.1 The required parking shall be as follows: THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER I_VIT_111Z6]21a11II6Z81 to] :3�: USE MINIMUM MAXIMUM Retail and Commercial 1 space / 1000 sf 1 space / 300 sf Office 1 space / 1000 sf 1 space / 600 sf Residential 1 space/ dwelling unit 2 spaces / dwelling unit Hotel 1 space/ 4 guest rooms 1.5 spaces / guest room Other 1 space / 1000 sf 1 space / 600 sf Theater 1 space / 7 seats 1 space / 3 seats 16.12.11.1.1 On -street parking in the SD -16.3 Worldcenter area shall count toward the minimum parking requirements. 16.12.11.1.2 For residential uses located within 1,000 feet of an existing Metromover stop, no off-street parking is required. 16.12.11.2 Vehicular parking design standards and loading shall be qui as shown in Tablet incorporated herein by reference. 16.12.11.3 Parking is encouraged to be accessed by an ailable and otherwise as provided in the Design Standards. 00W441%k 16.12.11.4 All parking, including open parking are r parking, garages, Loading Docks and service areas shall either b to from the Frontage by an archite Liner Building or Streetscreen, parking may extend into a Se n and does not require rai above that of the sidewal ot Second or Third Layers. 16.12.11.5 The vehicular e f a parking lot or garage on a Frontage shall be no wider than 45 f nd imum distance between vehicular entrances shall be sixty (60) feet. to nt (10%) deviation may be approved by Class II Special Permit. 16.12.12 ARCHITECTURAL STANDARDS C d i e Third Layer or shall be masked a re ing yer per Sec. 16.12.12.4 below, a t din the Design Standards. Underground d First Layers only if it is fully underground oor elevation of the First and Second Layers to underground parking shall be within the 16.12.12.1 Only permanent structures shall be allowed. Temporary structures such as mobile homes, construction trailers, travel trailers, recreational vehicles and other temporary structures shall not be allowed except as otherwise provided by Article 9. 16.12.12.2 The Facades on Retail Frontages shall be detailed as storefronts and glazed with clear glass beginning no more than 30 " above the sidewalk and extending no less than seventy percent (70%) of the length of the sidewalk -level Story as provided in the Design Standards. Display Windows in Retail Frontages must be a minimum of three (3) feet in depth, must include three-dimensional displays, should include visibility into the retail space and must be accessible from the insides stated herein. Display Windows are areas of storefront glazing that are designed to display items for sale within the retail space behind the display. Security screens shall be seventy D.10 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE percent (70%) open. SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. 16.12.12.3 Roof materials should be light-colored, high albedo or planted surface. 16.12.12.4 The Fagade of a parking garage that is not concealed behind a Habitable Liner shall be screened behind a screening layer recessed at least two (2) feet from the outside face of the Fagade to conceal all internal elements such as plumbing pipes, fans, ducts, ceilings, slab beds and lighting, as illustrated in the Design Standards. The architectural expression shall complement and enhance the building. Ramping should be internalized wherever possible. Exposed spandrels shall be prohibited. 16.12.13 LANDSCAPE STANDARDS 16.12.13.1 The First Layer shall be surfaced and landscaped as sh19111C e Design Standards. 16.12.13.2 Public open space shall be a minimum 10% of the -sTlot area. A minimum of 10% of the public open space shall be land as rovided in the Design Standards and Regulating Plan. 16.12.14 SIGN STANDARDS Notwithstanding any other provi n the ity de and Zoning Ordinance 11000, signs shall be permitted in the must be approved by Class II permit, either for an individual sign or as Sign Package. 16.12.15 AMBIENT LIGHTING ST ARDS 16.12.15.1 Average lighting �re easured at the Building Frontage shall not exceed two (2) foot-cand exc a greater level is approved by a Class II Special Permit. 16.12.15.2 Streetlight 1 of a type illustrated in The Design Standards. Interior garage lighting fixtu s shall not be visible from streets. 16.12.16 CIVIC SPACE At least twenty percent (20%) of the required public open space in the SD -16.3 Worldcenter area shall be assigned to Civic Space, as described in Table 2 incorporated herein by reference and the Design Standards. 16.12.17 ALLOWABLE INCREASES IN FAR FOR PROVIDING PUBLIC BENEFITS 16.12.17.1 The intent of this section is to provide bonus building capacity in the SD -16.3 Worldcenter area in exchange for the developer's contribution to specified programs that provide benefit and enjoyment to the public. A bonus of an additional seventy percent (70%) of FAR capacity shall be permitted if the proposed development contributes to the specified programs below in the amount and manner set forth herein. The percentage increase shall be based on the DA 1 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 approved square footage for the project, including all bonuses approved pursuant to other provisions of Ordinance 11000, as amended. 16.12.17.2 Affordable/Workforce Housing A developer may acquire bonus floor area up to a maximum of 25% of the total FAR capacity by contributing to the Affordable Housing Trust Fund, or by providing onsite Affordable/Workforce housing, as that term is defined by the City. 16.12.17.2.1 Trust Fund Contributions A developer may acquire one additional square foot of buildable space for each nonrefundable contribution of $12.40 (as of the time of approval and subject to applicable price adjustments at the time of building permit application) to the Affordable Housing Trust Fund administered by the City of Miami. Future adjustments to the amount of contribution per square foot,of buildable space in the SD -16.3 Worldcenter area shall be consistent with the per�square foot contributions for other properties within the Southeast Overtown / Park West CRA boundary. 16.12.17.2.2Affordable/workforce housing on the site of th d elopment For each square foot of affordable/workforce s pr ' ided on site, the development shall be allowed two square fee�o d _ nal buildable space. 16.12.17.3 16.12.17.4 Public Open space For every square foot of public ope 1a project provides onsite in excess of the required amount of publi s 3.29 times the development c MW be a courtyard, plaza, or pede rian s as those spaces are d . d le Design Standards. Sustainability Fifteen (15) per n ditional FAR capacity shall be allowed for buildings certified by the U Gre u ing Council as LEED certified. If the City adopts a sustains the 15% bonus for the minimum standard for the SD -16.3 Miami Wo n area shall match the City's minimum standard for certification. Additional i rements of FAR capacity provided under the City program for LEED certification t higher than the minimum standard shall be added to the base 15% established herein. (For example, if silver certification is adopted by the City as the minimum standard, with a 2% increase in floor area to go from silver to a gold, projects in the SD -16.3 Worldcenter area would receive a 15% increase for meeting the minimum silver standard and a 17% increase for meeting the gold standard). If at the time the first Certificate of Occupancy is issued for the building that received a public benefits bonus for a Green Building, the anticipated LEED certification has not been achieved, then the owner shall post a performance bond in a form acceptable to the City of Miami. The performance bond shall be determined based on the value of land per square foot of building in the area of the City in which the proposed project is located, which may be adjusted from time to time based on market conditions. The methodology for determining the value of land per square foot of building shall be maintained in the Planning Department. The City will draw down on the bond funds if LEED certification has not been achieved and accepted by the City within one year of the City issuance of the pa , t development shall be allowed land provided. The open space may sage through a site connecting two streets, 2, or part of the Streetscape, per the D.12 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Certificate of Occupancy for the building. Funds that become available to the City from the forfeiture of the performance bond shall be placed in the Affordable Housing Trust Fund. 16.12.17.5 Streetcar Infrastructure A developer in the SD 16.3 Miami Worldcenter district may select to contribute and build the associated infrastructure for a proposed Miami streetcar system to be placed within the district in exchange for an equivalent bonus into one of the other Public Benefits. 16.12.18 If any section, part of section, paragraph, clause, phrase or word of this Ordinance is declared invalid, the remaining provisions of this Ordinance shall not be affected. D.13 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. TABLE 1 PARKING AND LOADING This table describes the standards for Parking and Loading. Standards shall include the following: STANDARDS ANGLE OF ACCESS AISLE WIDTH PARKING 420 sf r frst 10 ONE WAY ONE WAY TWO WAY TRAFFIC TRAFFIC TRAFFIC Greater than 500,000 SINGLE LOADED DOUBLE. LOADED DOUBLE LOADED 90 23 fl. 23 ft. 23 ft. 60 12.8 ft. 11.8 ft. 19.3 ft. 45 10.8 ft. 9.5 ft. 18.5 ft. Parallel 10 fl. 10 ft. 20 ft. Standard Stall Dimension: 8.5 ft. x 18 ft. minimum "Driveways shall have a minimum of 10 feet o width for a ane -way ddve and 20 feet fora twowaydrive for ng a Oding 10 or more stalls pedestrian entrances shall he at least 3 Imm stall, y or access aisle `Ptbwable slopes, paving and d as grid ding Code 'Off-street parking facilities ave nimu at clearance of 7 feet. Where su h a 'Fry is to s tru r loading uses, the minimum clearanceshallb et. "Ingress vehicular n vices a located so as to provide a minimum driveway len In the build -to line and dispenser. For I ping req ms of parking lots, refer to Miami -Dade County LOADING BERTH STANDARDS INOTES RESIDENTIAL` From 25,000 sf to 500,400 all Berth Size Loading Be s 420 sf r frst 10 240 sf p diti s o 00 Greater than 500,000 Berth Size L—I& Berths 680 1 per rst 100 units 24 f 1 per each additional 100 units or fraction of 100 LODGING 5, sf to 500,400 sf erth a Loading Berths 420 sf 1 per first 300 Rooms 240 sf 1 per 100 Rooms Greater than 500,800 sf Berth Size Loading Berths 660 sf 1 per 300 Rooms 240 sf 1 per 100 Rooms OFFICE From 25,000 sf to 500,600 sf Berth Size Loading Berths Area COMMERCIAL INDUSTRIAL" 420 sf 1 st 25K all SOK of 420 sf 2nd 50K sf - 100K sf 420 sf 3rd 100K sf - 250K sf 420 sf 4th 250K sf - 500K at Greater than 500,800 at Berth Size Loading Berths Area 660 sf 11 500K s4 D.14 Residential', 240 at = 12 ft x 20 ft. Commercial l'. 420 sf = 12 ft x 35 ft. Industrial"": 660 sf = 12 ft x 55 ft. All Berth Types: 15 ft, height clearance ' Residential Loading berths shall be setback a distance equal to their length. "* 1 Industrial berth may he substituted by 2 Commercial berths. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. TABLE 2 CIVIC SPACE This table describes the standards for Civic Space. Civic Spaces shall be at ground level, landscaped and/or paved. Civic Spaces shall be open to the public. Civic Spaces may be publicly or privately owned. Square: An open space available for unstructured recreation and civic purposes. A square is spatially defined by building frontages with streets on at lea t one frontage. Its landscape shall consist of pavement, lawns, and trees. S shall be located at the intersection of important thoroughfares. The min size shall be 1/8 acre. nd equipped for the recreation of children. nd may include open shelter. Playgrounds shall be tial areasand may be placed within a block. W within parks and greens. There shall be no Pedestrian Passage: An open space connecting other public space, that is restricted to pedestrian use and limited vehicular access, of a minimum width of 20 feet. Building walls enfrontirg a Pedestrian Passage shall have frequent doors and windows. A Pedestrian Passage may be roofed. D.15 Fmffiw-�k-] MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SU8S11TUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. TABLE 3 - PAGE 1 BUILDING DISPOSITION This table describes the standards for Building Disposition. Standards shall include the following: Building Disposition Lot Occupation a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. b. Lot Width 100 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 80% max. 1-8 stories See Regulating Plan Above 8th story 18,000 sq. ft. max. floor f esi tial & Lodging 30,000 sq. ft. max.t ixed use, Office & Comme I & R entiallOffice d. Floor Area Ratio (FAR) 4.32 e. Frontage along build to line 70% min. Ir :36 f. Ooen Space Reauirements 10 arW lot arit min. Building Setback IW - a. Building Frontage See Regulating Plan c. Side AVW 7 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 8th story d. Rear 0 ft. min. Buil Height a. MinTei ht 12 stories b. Max. Height jUnlimited D.16 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SDBSTITU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. TABLE 3 - PAGE 2 BUILDING DISPOSITION This table describes the standards for Building Disposition. 5tardards shall include the following: BUILDING PLACEMENT ",—EACMLTTCURB INE PA) N T s FRONTAGE 5 — — BULDTGL7� b f Tr K (-- — I i I I I I Ta I I I I I I c I w— O LL I I I 5 I I I SETBMK I LOT LINE 1STLAYER MDLAYER 9R _ ACIL N -T. LINE DIHE—ON PER NE—LATI- 'L JACK Of CNL) PARKING PLACEMENT N T. s. FRONTAGE fRCURB LW f8a) --— ---------- I R 7AWHITEMBAL I F -- I scr�ENlNcuvEa I I dWMN IPROMCOR M INNING IS ALLOWED TO EXTEND INTO THE 2ND LAYER IN AWAS NOTED IN THE REGULATING PLA, I I I I o LL I I aY LNBp I BLDq. NIN I^ r—C N IN SIDE SETBACK --------- I I I I IAN SIDE SETBACK LOT LINE 1STLAYER MLAYER 31113 LAYER BUILD -TO LINE 9 BACK or CURB LINE (ECL) D.17 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. D.18 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. P AUGUST 22, 2008 MIAMI WORLDCENTER DEVELOPM ENT STAN DARDS D.19 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. SEEN ,AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. D.20 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 P THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Introduction 11. Regulatory Plan III. Street Design a_ Street System b. Streets L NE 1st Avenue ii. N E 2nd Avenue iii. N. Miami Avenue Z6 iv. NE 6th Street v. NE 7th Street vi. NE 8th Street vii. NE 9th Street c. Building Continuity d. Architectural Scaling Elements e. Building Materials and Finishes f. Building Entries g. Fenestration h. Roofs L Services and Utilities j. Lighting k. Awnings and Canopies I. Balconies and Terraces m. Signage n. Parking D.21 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBST1TUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 11HE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations location of the Miami Worldcenter site D.22 � II [1 — 0 loo 200 400 Ll MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. INTRODUCTION OVERVIEW The Miami Worldcenter is a nine block mixed-use development immediately north of the Central Business District In downtown Miami. It is defined by NE 2nd Avenue to the east, North Miami Avenue to the west, NE 11th Street to the north, and NE 6th Street to the south. INTENT CONCEPTUAL RENDERING Artist rendering of project looking north on 1st Avenue Spanning over twenty fve acres, the Miami Worldcenter includes a dynamic mix ofretail, residential, office, and institutional uses. It will create a vibrant, walkable pedestrian environm ent with a unique sense ofplace: a modern design statement driven by Mlam is unique physical context, culture, and architectural herij�ge. The Miami Worldcente design ofstreets, publi These design standarc shall be considered minimum requirdts 11 ` r r standards for the 5ecial District area. Section 627.1 and evelopment. D.23 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN: BE SEEN AT 11HE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations regulating plan $7L -flu lld•to LIno ■ . open Space 9C L - Back. ar Cueb Lln e - &rased Parking Gauge Ptrm ilted with i' Ard imttuml Strom D.24 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUB ST1TUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATING PLAN OVERVIEW The Miami Worldcon ter project was guided by the goal of establishing a memorable, pedestriandistrictwithastrongintegratedpublic realm. Thisincludesaninterconnected system of well-defined streets, plazas, and pedestrian spaces tailored to Miami's climate- INTENT limate.INTENT The reg ul ati ng pi an for Miami Worldcenterdefires the size, configuration, and dimension of the public realm within the site area. This includes ree major civic spaces, publicly accessible sidewalks, paseos, and a newpedestrian-on eM The regulating plan also defines building setback requirements, locations for parking garages, and the overall street dimensions for the project area. P D.25 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. D.26 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT I S A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. P STREET DESIGN D.27 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations street Dian forth Miami World center site I Existing Arena s _ 7th S UlGovernment ----- Streets •••••••• Pedestrian L American Airlines Arena D.28 Miami Dade - College y� MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITU TION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. OVERVIEW STREET5 NE 1st Avenue NE 2nd Avenue N. Miami Avenue NE 6th Street N E 6th Street w/ FEC NE 7th Street N E Sth Street NE9th N ZSt Eth Street PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS STREET SYSTEM A unified street system with a clear hierarchy has been developed at Miami Worldcenter. Narrow streets (many with arcades) set the stage for larger, more significant streets like 1 st Avenue. Each Street will have a distinct personality and function to create a range of experiences. This will include variation in scale, enclosure, materials, sidewalk width, and retail character. Designated as the most prominent street at Mia greatest streetwall height and street corridor width. A m ajor gateway street defined by the elevated development along the east side of the Improvements have been proposed to th experience and to encourage transits included far 2nd Avenue. A major north -south nei, Business District and the it will include the trallwd intense residential 001�ne Boulevard. Major to improve the pedestrian ative design has also been providing linkages to the Central Arcaded street with rrr c c to the Miami Dade college and the Central Business District, C}ptiQnal desi or tre�fhat includes a relocated FEC train line. This will include a larger right ay to far pedestrian, vehicular, and train access. Pe n tre with intense retail and restaurant activity modeled after Lincoln BI street with a strong connection to the American Airlines Arena and the retail street with a strong connection to the Biscayne waterfront. 100' wide tree -lined boulevard that provides a major east -west linkage between the Overtown Neighborhood and Bicentennial Park. Mixed-use street with a focus on nightclub/ entertainment uses. These include a diagonal walkway at the southern portion of the site and a series of pedestrian pathways called paseos- The diagonal walkway has been designed as a major pedestrian corridor between NE 6th Street/ Biscyane Boulevard and the new civic plaza. Paseos will generally run north -south and will provide additional pedestrian access through development blocks. D.29 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED—OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations NE 1 st Avenue D.30 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. OVERVIEW DESCRIPTION Build -to Line Street Corridor Streetwall Tower Setback Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking '; mi 44 Intersec Design EXAM PLE Champs Elysees, Paris NE 1STAVENUE lst Avenue is considered the most prominent street at Miami Worldcenter. It is the primary retail corridor within the project area with connections to the existing Central Business District and the Omni Neighborhood. This street will be designed to accommodate a variety of transportation modes, including the proposed Miami Streetcar. Precedentsfor lstAvenue,with regardto it's urban role, presence,and spirit, Include Champs Elysees in Paris, North Michigan Avenue in Chicago, and 5th Avenue In New York City. 59'-6" from center line of street 119'width (see Regulating Plan) Streetwall height shall be 85' (minimum) to A 10' setback shall be required at the top of t h e streetwa I I. No additional setback required at the m e portion of the building above the street wall may project back ee II or up to 25% of the overall building frontage. 129' maximum height (8,y 203 nn nimum th 'nclude 5' nWmum clearzoneforADAaccessibility. Street trees shall be pl a I tervals. Street light poles shall be located at regular Intervals ands be r i edwiththeplacementofstreettrees.Alightingplanand specification s II be s fitted and approved by Class II Special Permit. Fou e es wo in each direction) A par lane shall be included on each side of the street. Curb extensions shall be require all street intersections. %lanted center median shall be included. The median may include lighting and ughttolerant plant material. Proposed Miami Streetcar shall be located on one ofthe northbound traffic lanes. Each transit stop shall be subject to City and State design requirements. Raised intersections and/orenhanced paving materials may be utilized for sidewalk and roadway areas to improve the pedestrian experience. D.31 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations NE 2nd Avenue Tows, ". 129 Non-habltablr L-1 Lcecl i 1-16 nerd s Pa�king4 Pvking 3 Puking z Re A street section (looking north) BuildToLine . (see Regulating Plan) plan Pale"al Inid—c deet: above MNro Mw ei (Hght is ba &—road by..") re +vM BCL I. to BIL ems^ sn..3sa� .v . iEN7114 y� �'S^ i i I I de on I I Im. J 4 I I II w I m II J I LI II I I I II I i i I I I I I I • 37' Pro osed BCL ie 60' Centerline to BTL L D.32 OQ MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. OVERVIEW DESCRIPTION Build -to Line Street Corridor Streetwall Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking Median Miami Metromover VAMPLE The Viaduc des Arts project in Paris converted an abandoned viaduct into a lively pedestrian space with retail at the ground level and a linear park above. NE 2ND AVENUE 2nd Avenue is one of the gateway streets at Miami Worldcenter. It is heavily influenced by the presence of the Miami Metromover and a series of existing high rise towers on the east side of the street. Precedents for 2nd Avenue include Viaduc des Arts in Paris and the 59th Street Bridge in New York City 60' from center line of street (note: build -to line Varies on east side of street). 107'6" minimum width, excluding Metromover- varie Regulating Plan] StreetwalI height shat@ be 90' (minimum) to 11 S' (ma urn projection is allowed on floors above the deck for bay windows and balcon 129' maximum height (8 liner stories max) 12'-0" minimum arcade width includi semVeght clear zone for ADA accessibility. Curb extensions shall be local cay or intersection and may include street trees and other planting eria . poles on the west side of the street shall be located within curb ex ions o ttached to the building. A lighting plan and specification shall be sub - a ed by Class I I Special Permit. Three vehicula es s 1€ be in ded. One parking I sh in ed on the west side of the street. Curb extensions shall be required at driv and street intersections. rovements to Metromover between NE 6th Street and NE 11th Street a new arcade, retail space, facade enhancement, and a green roof. Any :s to the Metramover shall be subject to City, County, and State design irements. oWhariced paving materials may be utilized for sidewalk and roadway areas to improve the pedestrian experience. D.33 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations - Optional design for 2nd Avenue N E 2nd Avenue (Alternate) bi 42' Pro s 60' Centerhne to BTL D.34 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUMON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T -IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. OVERVIEW DESCRIPTION Build -to Line Street Corridor Streetwall Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking Median Miami Metromover I me Z ' EXAMPLE Vines and other landscape material can be used to im prove the appearance of the Metromover. NE 2ND AVENUE (ALTERNATE) 2nd Avenue is one ofthe gateway streets at Miami Worldcenter. It is heavily influenced by the presence ofthe Miami Metromover and a series of existing high rise towers on the east side ofthe street. This alternate design for 2nd Avenue includes minimal changes the existing Metromover. 60' from center line ofstreet (note: build -to linevaries on east side of street). 107' 6" width - varies (see Regulating Plan) Streetwall height shall be 90' (minimum) to 11 S' (ma um . 10' setback is required at the top of the streetwall. A 5' projection is allo on f above the streetwall height for baywindows and balconies. 129' maximum height (8 liner stories 12'-0" minimum arcadewidth incl a 'mum clear zone forADAaccessibility. Curb extensions shall he locat at ay or intersection and may include street trees and other planting erial. eet light poles on the west side ofthe street shall be located within cu en ttached to the building. A lighting plan and specification shall be s itt Quad by Class Special Permit. Threevehicular sh e dad. One parking I shall cluded on thewest side ofthe street. Curb extensions shall be d at a 'v s and street intersections. No i a included This alt ative for NE 2nd Avenue does not include any major changes to the existing Metrom r.Improvementsmayincludelandscaping,lighting, and otherenhancements. 0 Improvements to Metromover shall be subject to City, County, and State design vi rem ants. Enhanced paving materials may be utilized for sidewalk and roadway areas to improve the pedestrian experience. D.35 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations N. Miami Avenue 1 I ' I 1 I L�^w p^Wa bd mtRe 1 u ax del. 1 NoL�ry RmYle 1 I 1 1 I I Fawrc D— p—t I I_______________, 1 I xc 1 %w 1 street section (lookin¢ northl plan CL D.36 1 1 1 1 1 T ----------J key plan MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. N. MIAMI AVENUE OVERVIEW North Miami Avenue is one of the gateway streets at Miami Worldcenter. It will have a mix of residential, retail and office uses and will include a lower streetwall height that helps transition to the primarily residential neighborhood to the west. Precedents include streets in Barcelona and Madison Avenue in New York City. DESCRIPTION Build -to Line 50' from center line of street (note build -to line varies on west side of street). Street Corridor 100' width - varies (see Regulating Plan) Streetwall Street wall height shall be 72' (minimum) to 85' ( imu A 10' setback shall be required at the top of the streetwall. A 5` projecti is alio for balconies above streetwaII height. Tower Setback No additional setback required at th a el. e portion of the building above the street wall may project back to wa to 25% of the overall building frontage. Podium 1 129' maximum height (8 liner Sidewalk 15' minimum width in din lrmum clear zone for ADA accessibility. Street trees shall beXre gular ter"Street light poles shall be located at regular ntervals and sa with the placement ofstreet trees. A lighting plan and specification sm and approved by Class II Special Permit. Vehicular Lanes F-cularl be included. Parking A pa e I be included on each side of the street. Curb extensions shall be requir t all driveway and street intersections. M elJOW A plante center median shall be included. The median may include lighting and ught tolerant plant material. IntDesi sed intersections and/or enhanced paving materials maybe utilized for sidewalk and roadway areas to improve the pedestrian experience. R AM PLEVon Barcelona, Spain$M D.37 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T1�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations N E 6th Street FEC Easement street section (looking west) J I 4P.1 ed BCL I 426 Center lineto BTL CE D.38 Jcprofile (n.t. s.)blocksec- 6th to 7th MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. NE 6TH STREET OVERVIEW NE6th Street isone ofthearcaded streets atMiami Worldcenter. This street has a strong connection to Miami Dade College and the Central Business District. It will include office, commercial, residential and educational uses. One of the design precedents used is Pacific Place in Seattle. DESCRIPTION Build -to Line 142'-6" from center line of street (note: build -to line vats on south side of street). Street Corridor I 85' width varies (see Regulating Plan). Streetwall Street wall height shall be 72' (minimum) to 85' ( build -to line shall be required up to the top build -to Ilne is allowed for balconies above s et+ Podium 129' maximum height (811nerstories Sidewalk 15' minimum arcade width incl lnl Street light poles on the north o or attached to the bulldi li approved by Class 1111 S ial it. Vehicular Lanes I Three vehicular Parking I Parallel parki Median I No Intersection Design Enl ,aw the IMP L� Paz i lac 5' projection from the 5' projection from the T1Fium clear zone for ADA accessibility. reet shall be located within curb extensions i and specification shall be submitted and itted along the north side of the street between trees. Curb at all driveways, street intersections, and crosswalk areas. ng materials may be utilized for sidewalk and roadway areas to improve experience. D.39 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations N E 6th Street (FEC Alignment Option) a FEC Easement street section floo kin¢west) plan *..— BTL key plan R.,d. tlIf is• Ry. Pm ecnon 'u 85 rrtiay mail street section floo kin¢west) plan *..— BTL key plan MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP" ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. OVERVIEW DESCRI PTIO N Build -to Line Street Corridor Streetwall Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes FEC Track Parking Median INE 6TH STREET (FECALIGNMENTOPTION) N E 6th Street is one of the arcaded streets at Miami Worldcenter. This optional design includes a relocated FEC train line within the street corridor. It also includes a local road along the north side of the street. 42'-6" from center line of street (note: build -to line varies on south side of street). 85' width -varies (see Regulating Plan). Streetwall height shall be 72' (minimum) to 85' (maxi A 15' projection from the build -to line shall be required up to the top of the s etwa . 5' projection from the build -to line is allowed for balconies above streetwall ' H. 129' maximum height (8 liner stories max) 15' minimum arcade width including mi lear zone for ADA accessibility. Street light poles on the north sid e t hall be located within curb extensions or attached to the building. A tin an specification shall be submitted and approved by Class II SpeciallPP 't. Two standard vehicular noes 0 cal vehicular lane shall be included. One track zone d11hLed106-Lra1a1 median on the north side Parallel park! shilleaceau A ra Intersection Design Enhar w the pe MPL� Avinguda Diag I, B itted along the north side of the street. Curb extensions iys, street intersections, and crosswalk areas. be located on the north side ofthe proposed FEC track. ng materials may be utilized for sidewalk and roadway areas to improve experience. l MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations NE 7th Street 1ulidin I 4mit26 sower � I 'I' I vedi12 J Non -habitable Theportion of boilding above ztrcelwall may protect back do ------- 70 the Hee 11 for up to 25%ofthe bonding Bontage 110, l Levcre tto ,n - L -1 ] 10' m 70' min. Level 6 +Streetwall 85' n a _____________ _ _ ]5' min. Lerel 5 Level4 _ S' o - 9ay ________—_________ I L-41 ll 2 .,f RetI s' Display ail or OLhli ' Case Zone street section (looking east) plan Up/to 25%.f Gontage may be red—d to 50' height n A n �R+ � n A n. 95' Stree 'Corrldor CL D.42 &ui ld-To Lin key plan MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 1�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. OVERVIEW DESCRIPTION Build -to Line Street Corri dor Streetwall Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parki ng Median Intersection DI ;.gn 4 AMPL The design of 7th Street inspired by cafe streets such as Linc Road In Miami. NE 7TH STREET NE 7th Street has been designated as a pedestrian -only street. Itwill include pedestrian - oriented activities such as cafe seating. Precedents include Lincoln Road in Miami and Place Horloge in Avignon, France. 47'-6" from center li ne of street 95'width (see Regulating Plan) Streetwall height shall be 75' (minimum] to 85' (maxi oweve, up to 25°6 of the streetwall frontage may be reduced to 50' in height. prof 'on is allowed on upper Floors within the streetwall height for bay windows a balco . A 10' setback shall be required at the top of the streetwall and a tback shall be required between the top of the streetwall and the po m see section]. A 5' display case projection is permitted along the gro tag A 5' projection from the build - to line is allowed for balconies above wa 129' maximum height (S linerst es The sidewalk zone shall t th of the street corridor and shall include a 5' minimum clearzone rA c ility. Fountains, landscaping, outdoor seating, public art and r pe strian eniti hall be included within the sidewalk zone to promote an activ e Alighting plan and specification shall be submitted and approved a Sp a Permit. Mi 12' c or f re trucks and time restricted service. Non No me shall be included. sed'intersections and/or enhanced paving materials maybe utilized for sidewalk and r dway areas to improve the pedestrian experience. D.43 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations N E 8th Street plan J � � ill w 111 43' Pao I.d 6CL So' Street Corridor Planting Area Typical Curb Extens ion bi r•---------- ----� I i J i i i— --------------J key p Ian MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. OVERVIEW DESCRIPTION Build -to Line Street Corridor Streetwall Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking Median Intersection Design 44(4 AMPLE Arcade along rue Rivo lustrating excellent portions Paris, France NE STH STREET NF 8th Street is oneofthearcaded streets at Miami Worldcenter. Itwill include extensive ground level retail uses and a strong sense of enclosure. Precedents include arcaded streets in France, Rome, and Bologna. 40' from center line of street 80' width (see Regulating Plan) Street wall height shall be 50' (minimum) to 70' (maxi A15' projection from the build -to line shall be required up to the top ofthes etwa 5' projection from the build -to line is allowed for balconies above streetwall ' ht. 129' maximum height (8linerstories max) 15' minimum arcade width including ni arzoneforADAaccessibility. A 12" storefront projection may be al w t e arcade. Street lights shall be attached o the building or located within rblik si Alighting plan and specification shall be submitted and approved b ss 11 S lal Permit. Two vehicular lanes sh e in e A parking lane s e d on each side of the street. Curb extensions shall be required at all ve n eet'mtarsections. rips eluded at the center of street. The safety strip shall include ate and shall be flush with the rest ofthestreet. Raisedeersections andlorenhanced paving materials may be utilizedfor sidewalk and roadwa eas to lm prove the pedestrian experience. balcony is required for any habitable residential space located within the streetwall on ofthebuilding. D.45 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations N E 9th Street plan F1' ill w 111 43' Pao Id 6CL So' Street Corridor Planting Area Typical Curb Extension bi --------------� i i I— i key plan MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 1�1E ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. OVERVIEW DESCRIPTION Build -to Line Street Corridor Streetwall Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking Median Intersection Design E Uffizi in cc, Ita y. NE 9TH STREET NE 9th Street is one of the arcaded streets at Miami Worldcenter. It will include a extensive ground level retail uses and a strong sense of enclosure. Precedents include arcaded streets in France, Rome, and Bologna. 40' from center line of street 80' width (sec Regulating Plan) Street wall height shall be 50' (minimum) to 70' (maxi A 15' projection from the build -to line shall be required up to the top of the twa 5' projection from the build -to line is allowed far balconiesabove streetwail ieht. 129' maximum height (S liner stories max) 15" minimum arcade width in. SSXn,0oa, zone for ASA accessibility. A 12" storefront projection may be a wtoe arcade. Street lights shat l be attached to the building or located within rb A lighting plan and specification shall be submitted and approved b ss IIS tial Permit. Two vehicular lanes A parking lane s e d on each side of the street. Curb extensions shall be required at all ve n eet intersections. A trip s eluded at the center of street. The safety strip shall include sp 1 p at and shall be flush with the rest of the street. Raise crsectio ns arid for enhanced paving materials may be utilized for sidewalk and roadwa cas to improve the pedestrian experience. balcony is required for any habitable residential space located with in the streetwall on ofthe building. D.47 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP OFFICINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations N E 1 Oth Street Toyer Podium I UT -- I Non habitable I\ I The gonion ofbuildng a bove ' nreetwall may pmjen bad, to the ' Levele oreetwall for up to 25%ofth, bu'ild'ingfmntage I10' R eq. ---_ Setbadi I Setbad, Level 7 Streetwall -- ma x 95' 85' Level 6 Leve15 Level 4 Level3 r______________1 Leve12 1 1 iL Retail or Qther Active IJ se I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 street section (looking east) _ key plan pian MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN .AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. OVERVIEW DESCRIPTION Build -to Line Street Corridor Streetwal I Tower Setback Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking Median Inte ection D F 44 XAMPLE Green Boulevard at Sa na Row, San Jose, CA NE 10TH STREET NE 10th Street has been designed as a green boulevard with a strong connection to Bicentennial Park and the Overtown Neighborhood. Precedents for 10th Avenue include Park Avenue in New York City and Santana Row in San Jose, CA. 50' from center line ofstreet 100' width (see Regulating Plan) Streetwall height shall be 85' (minimum) to 95' (ma A 10' setback shall be required at the top ofthe streetwall. AS' projection f m the Id -to line is allowed for balconies above streetwall height. No additional setback required at the podiuZor e portion of the building above the streetwall may project back to t eto 25% of the overall building frontage along N. Miami Avenue. 129' maximum height (8 linergies15'minimum width incl um clear zone for ADA accessibility. Street trees shall be planted eguStreet light poles shall be located at regular intervals and s e c rdinalacement ofstreettrees. A lighting plan and specification sha u d approved by Class I I Special Permit. Fourvehicula nes sh e included. A p in h�ncluded on each side of the street. Curb extensions shall be requi intersections. A plant enter median shall be included. The median may include lighting, public art, and drou t tolerant plant material. sed intersections and/or enhanced paving materials may be utilized for sidewalk and dway areas to improve the pedestrian experience. XM MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT I S A SUB STITU TION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations NE 11th Street bi D.50 -y plan ----------- MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO (ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN .AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. NE 11TH STREET OVERVIEW NE 11th Street has been conceived as a lively entertainment street with a mix of residential, office and retall uses. It will include space foroutdoor cafes and other street level activities. DESCRIPTION Build -to Line 3T-6" from center line of street (note: build -to line varies on south side of street). Street Corridor 75' width varies (see Regulating Plan). Streetwall Streetwall height shall be 70' (minimum) to 80' (m A 10' setback shall be required at the top ofthestreetwall. AS' projection f m th Id -to line is allowed for balconies above streetwall height. Podium 129' maximum height (811nerstories max) Sidewalk 15' minimum width including a 5' m re for ADA accessibility. Street trees shall be planted at regular] Is. e light poles shall be located at regular intervals and shall be coordinate it pl ent of street trees. Alighting plan and specification shall be submitte d app ed by Class II Special Permit. Vehicular Lanes I Two vehicular lanes Parking A parking lanes end /on each side of the street. Curb extensions shall be required at allffFet7911l ns. Median N Intersection Design Rais n e and/orenhanced paving materials may be utilized for sidewalk and roadw reasto improve the pedestrian experience. EXA AW Entertain . Strep 11 An D.51 0i MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations Pedestrian Diagonal >a' D.52 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. PEDESTRIAN DIAGONAL OVERVIEW The Pedestrian Diagonal is a mid -block pedestrian walkway that provides an important linkage between NF 6th Street and the major civic plaza at Miami Worldcenter. This pedestrian walkway also provides a critical visual linkage and powerful vista to the proposed iconictoweron Block B. Precedents include Lincoln Road in Miami,Xintiandi DESCRIPTION in Shanghai, and 3rd Street Promenade in Santa Monica, CA. Build -to Line 1 37'-6"' from center line of street StreetCorridor I 75 width (see Regulating Plan) Streetwall Streetwall height on the west side of the diagona (maximum) and the streetwall height on the (maximum). A 10' setback shall be require t t (see section). i4l Ar Podium 1 129' maximum height (8 liner sto Sidewalk The sidewalk zone shall exten 5' minimum clearzonCr� public art and other pe promote an ac edand approved by Vehicular Lanes I None Parking I No Median I No m Intersection DC M P L4 3rd Str Pro San ica, r(minimum) to 80' 3 8' (minimum) to 80' streetwall on both sides. th of the street corridor and shall include a Fountains, landscaping, outdoor seating, shall be included within the sidewalk zone to ing plan and specification shall be submitted Raised intersections and/or enhanced paving materials maybe utilized for sidewalk and Wdway areas to improve the pedestrian experience. D.53 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN .AT VE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations Paseo Im r ---------------i i i plan D.54 possible paseo locations MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Cafe seating inside double-helght PASEO Paseos are internal passages that provide mid -block connections for pedestrians. Paseos will be included for most blocks and will be designed to accom modateshopping and other pedestrian activities. The width of paseos will increase at the end of each block to create small pocket parks or plazas. 30' minimum height (1-2 stories) exceptwherevehicu levels. A vehicular bridge must have a clearance o� level. Thewidth ofeach paseo shall be incr areas that can accommodate outdd minimum dimensions for each plaza No vehicular access shall be by Class II Special Permit. D.55 s span between building hured from the sidewalk )ntages to create usable plaza =r pedestrian activities. The 30' deep. , except limited loading approved eseo and shall be designed for an average of Lrt!AW as measured 6'-0" above ground, and shall exceed 5:1 (note: these numbers are in accordance Society ofNorth America Handbook, Ninth Edition) MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T -IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations plan D.56 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. TYPICAL INTERSECTION OVERVIEW Each street intersection at Miami Worldcenter will be designed to create a pedestrian - friendly environment. Curb extensions will be utilized to protect pedestrians and minimize crossing distances. Enhanced paving materials and raised intersections will be utilized to further improve the pedestrian environment. Quality materials are en co u ra ge d. DESCRIPTION MiniMize curbradiustomin imizepedestrian crossin staneeand reduceautomobile speed (approximately 25' radius). EXAM PLE S eattl e, WA Curb extensions atinte Minimum 15' wide si sidewalk detail] D.57 ones n zone (see typical MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations Plan D.58 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. TYPICAL RAISED INTERSECTION =ach street intersection at Miami Worldcenter will be designed to create a pedestrian- riendly environment. Curb extensions will be utilized to protect pedestrians and ninimize crossing distances. Enhanced paving materials and raised intersections vill be utilized to further improve the pedestrian environment. Quality materials are , ncou raged. DESCRIPTION Minimize curb radius to minimize pedestrian crossin speed (approximately 25' radius). -urb extensions at intersections and selected mid -b Animum 15' wide sidewalk dimension idewalk detail) Animum 5' x 5' tree pit opening ( D.59 and reduce automobile ian zone (see typical MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED —OCTOBER 2009 THI'S DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations - Typical Non -Arcade Sidewalk plan XM MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. TYPICAL SIDEWALK sidewalks at Miami Worldcenter will be designed to facilitate ground level activities hat will include shopping, entertainment, and cafe seating. A unified system of paving naterialswill be utilized forthe sidewalks at Miami Worldcenter. Virimum sidewalk dimension shall be 15' from lnsld Virimum 10' wide pedestrian zone shall be located a VIrImum 5'verge shall be located between the he curb. This area may Include streetscapeit and other streetscape elements. -urb material and design shall match sidewalk shall provide a min! Sidewalk handicap ram D.61 of curb to building face. rid the inside edge of boxes, light fixtures, Miami design standard. meet ADA requirements. ks provided that a minimum 5' clear zone MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBST1TU'nON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations - Typical Arcade lamp fixture on column plan D.62 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. OVERVIEW GUIDELINES ARCADE PROPORT :1 an 1 TYPICAL ARCADE Arcades are an important part of the integrated public realm plan at Miami Worldcenter. The design of each arcade will include protection from the elements (sun, rain, and wind) with proportions that provide a human scale. Minimum clear height of 15' from sidewalk to ceiling arcade- Minim rcade. Minimum 15' depth with a minimum clear zone of12' ide ofcolumn to building face. Height to width ratio shall be between 2:1 rget ratio of 1.5:1 [see diagrams below]. Lighting shall be provided inside eac de a adequate illumination for the ground level area within the arca li n is encouraged. Exterior light fixtures shall be attached to the exterior he de a standing light poles are discouraged along arcaded streets). Floor to ceiling retail businesses along arcaded streets,. drp: r. 1.5:1 Ratio D.63 deptn 1:1 Ratio MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT I S A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Examples XM MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. STREET FURNITURE OVERVIEW Street furniture will bean important design component for the public realm at Miami Worldcenter. Street furniture shall include: benches, bicycle racks, trash receptacles, newspaper boxes, bollards, signage, transit shelters, and kiosks. GUIDELINES I Trash receptacles shall be provided at a minimum of210' intervals. Benches and tables shall be located In high pedestria e areas. Movable tables and chairs shall be preferred over stationary furnitu Bicycle racks shall be provided at intervals of0' on both sides of NE 1st Avenue, N. Miami Avenue, NE 10th Str a 11thStreet. Additional bicycle racks shat l be located near transit sta r s ing shall be allowed by Class I I Special Permit. All newspaper boxes shall be co oli In unified newspaper receptacle system. AMIll Movableseatingand Xm 411111111111 +� i D.65 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AC AnnPTi:n _ nrTCIRFR 9MQ THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK THIS DOCUMENT IS A SIUBSTIT1UT10N TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. m.. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ,;Zl� DESIGN STANDARDS D.67 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A, SUBSTITIUTION TO 0RIOINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 1�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations Build -To -Requirements �UNE (nc8 to scale] FRONTAGE t Build-To-Requireme Above Grade Parkin (not to scale) aVW%T&t VOV*EA sM1A R U -TOLM urroUNE C'm HALL ROTO ivaoT am A4AHOTEo *amnm FT;111e MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED—OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN .AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUILD -To REQUIREMENTS INTENT Establish streets with a strong sense of enclosure and spatial definition to create the sense of the street as a "place" or "outdoor room." • Concentrate and reinforce pedestrian activity. STAN DARDS At least 70% of building facade should be built along a established build -to line (see Regulating Plan). Parking structures along NE 1st Avenue, NE 6th Str , N Street, NE 10th Street shall be located at least 25' from the build -to line (se ulati Ian). Parking structures along N. Miami veno Street, and NE 11th Street may ext # frontage [see Regulating Plan for ex t is provided. This layer shall inclu hi lighting, ga rage cei I i ng 3, and sla dge he shall complement the overall ing de n accommodate ' c p lic uses Setbacks within com cia d -use EXAM PLE Lincoln Road, Miami P E d venue, NE 8th Street, NE 9th Id - line for a portion of the street i 2' architectural screening layer W r elements that efFectively screen cars, ign ofthearchitectural screening layer while creating a sense of occupied space. areas should he utilized primarily to MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 Examples THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT VE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. D.70 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMIENT. BUI LDI NO MASS AND FORM INTENT Encourage human -scaled design. • Mitigate excessive wind. • Provide adequate light and air. STANDARDS The base level building height along streetfrontag shall be a minimum of two stories. The average street corridor proportion on a block by ck 6 shall have a minimum height to width ratio of 1:2 and a maximum height width to of 1.5:1 ]note: the streetwall is defined as the total height of the the first setback] Buildings should provide a relativel r et I height (not generally varying more than one or two stories) along fro order to provide structure and Continuity to the street. Bay windows and building pr ions extend beyond the build -to -line to provide visual interestand hums t tscape. To the greates nt Bible, he of buildings should be limited on the south S of the'tree t' n of each block). This will maximize the amount of solar exposure rt ee d surrounding buildings. B shou a wind by including fagade step backs, notches, projections, an he ns building massing - There be flexibility in the streetwall height and setback at building comers to allow for arc aural transitions. For the fast 50° of each street frontage, the height and w massing quirements for the adjoining street may be used. STREET 'CORRIDOR PRRTIt]NS 1' nd 1,51 ----_—eW_ : J`. ]e= FF 1:2 Ratio Minimum D.71 1.5:1 Ratio Maximum MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations D.72 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT 13 A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUILDING CONTINUITY INTENT To establish a high standard of excellence In building design. • To develop a district with a distinct sense of place. • To avoid the development of streets with varying levels of design quality. STANDARDS All sides of structure shall be continuous in design. o side shall be unimproved. All architectural details (including roof lines, cornices, an apets) shall continue around all sides of structure. High quality materials shall be used on all sides ofa cture. EXAMPLE Peninsula Hotel N. Michigan Ave, Chicago P D.73 in g al■ MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUB STITUMON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. Examples Lumina Building, Landon D.74 O France MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THI S DOCUMENT IS A SUB STITU TION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T' E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. INTENT STANDARDS EXAMPLE San Diego, CA Balconies incorporated into pr-j'ec bay wi ws� 1;z"ll ARCHITECTURAL SCALING ELEMENTS • To avoid large areas of undifferentiated orblank building facades. To create a comfortably scaled and thoughtfully detailed pedestrian environment through the use ofwell-designed architectural forms and details. • To create building facades thattakeadvantage ofMiami'ssunny cIinnate toreinforce changes in plane, material texture, and detail through the interplay of light and shadow. Architectural scaling elements should be used to bredown the appearance of large buildingfacadesinto architectural patterns and compo buildingforms.Variationin building scaling may include changes in wall plane or nd may relate to primary building entries, important corners or other significa archi ral features. Scaling elements should be integral to the bu' NIIIIVAOFonstruction, not a thinly applied facade. Architectural detail may relate to butce imic traditional building details, such as pilasters and belt courses to uman-scale vocabulary. Balconies and terraces are st ly enc aged for residential uses. These elements shall be incorporated int 'ca zontal shifts and building massing wherever possible. D.75 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS {DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITU-n0N TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Examples D.76 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUMON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T' E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. INTENT STANDARDS Quality building materials usjjfA storefron alis, Fr BUILDING MATERIALS AND FINISHES • To encourage human scaled buildings through the use of smaller material modules. • To ensure the consistent use of high quality materials appropriate to the urban environment. • To promote the use of environmentally responsible building materials. All building materials to be used should express their heavier more permanent materials (masonry) generalll and glass). Building materials atthe lower floors should respon environment through such qualities as scale, Building materials should be se an urban context. The use of synthetic material atm much as possible. Synthetic ialss characteristics. The use ofrecy loc produ d, an is encouraged. ific properties. For example, pork lighter materials (stucco he cjWcterofthepedestHan detai I. of quality and durability within aNWural materials should be avoided as d be used in ways that reflect their intrinsic ergy resource responsible building materials D.77 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T1�E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. Examples D.78 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN .AT VE ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUILDING ENTRIES INTENT • To enhance the scale, activity, and function of building facades by orienting building entries to streets and other public spaces. To reinforce the convenience of pedestrian activity and circulation along the street by creating as many external, street oriented entries as possible to ground floor, pedestrian -active uses. STANDARDS Entries to ground floor uses should be direct and as numerous as possible to encourage active pedestrian use. 4 Each commercial use with an exterior, st public entry from the street. All street -oriented building entries shall be d paved walk, stair, or ramp. Primary building entries shall be changes in wall plane or buildin greater level of detail. 11111 Residential port port cocheres A Street. A Class N. Miami AverA n1A have an individual to the public sidewalk via cessing the door a minimum of 3'-0", ntiation in material and/or color and Ill all streets by Class II Special Permit- Hotel I StW, NE 9th Street, N E 1 Qth Street, and NE 11 th required for hotel port cocheres on NE 1 st Avenue, NE 7th Street, and NE 6th Street. tsl%joed 25,000 square feet are encouraged to utilize upper level amount of ground level frontage devoted to a single tenant. This will or ersity at the street level. Entries shall be well lighted to announce use and to provide for safety and security. D.79 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Exam pl es MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN ,AT TI1E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. FE N ESTRATIO N INTENT + To provide a high degree of transparency at the lower levels of building facades. E To maximize the visibility of pedestrian active uses. + To provide an active, human scaled architectural pattern along the street. To establish a pattern of individual windows and exterior openings within building facades that provides a greater variety of scale through material variation, detail and surface relief. STANDARDS At least 70% of the linear ground floor fggade (as m sured from floor to floor) and any second floor fa4ade containing pedestrian-activ es, shall be constructed of transparent materials, or otherwise designed to allstrians to view activities inside the building or displays related to those acti es. tionally, the base of all transparent openings shall be no more than thirty 0] inc above the sidewalk. Except limited high security windows at 42" ht and 2 maximum per leasehold. Street level retail and restaurant use en to use operable windows and doors which can allow them to op t o si ewalk areas in good weather. Transparent glass shall posses inlm 69% light transmittance factor. No portion of the fa�a a ly reflective glass (maximum reflectance factor of .25). No reflective ing 11 in the exterior surface of the glass. En the of human scaled proportions and elements in fenestration P2 s, tura detail, surface relief, texture and materials. All gla should be recessed and subdivided by systems of framing and mullions to reinforc rchitectural scaling elements. P D.81 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Examples D.82 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 EXAMPLE A variety ofveg etotio n can be ur crcat edifferent rooftop s cel THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORkGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. ROOFS To integrate all building systemswithin a complete architectural form. To develop roofforms that will make a positive contribution to thestreetscape and to theMiami skyline. Eric ouragerooftop terraces and open spaces for the enjoyment of residents. Encourage green roofdesignto reduce "heat island" effect. `#II rooftop building systems shall be incorporatedint the building form in a manner hatis consistcrtwith the architectural charaderandlposition ofthebuilding. SII mechanical, electrical ondteiecommunicotions )fsurrounding streets, public open spaces and sti kt least 25% of all roof areas not utilized fo `green" roof gardens or public terrac ight-coloredrhigh-albedo materials w' ess than 2:12. 'any screening devices and composition ofthe D.83 6e screen ed from view equipment shall be planted as Remaining roofareas shall use flectonce index) of 78 fo r ro ofs consistent with the architectural character uraged to themaximum extent possible MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED — OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Diagrams and Illustrations 6Q' M! N I:Mu 17 MAX e; Garage Entrance Spacing 45' MAX Service Entrance Drive 11111101 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUB STITIJTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TIE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. SERVICES AN D UTILITIES INTENT + Minimize the visual impact of building services and utilities on the public realm. • Provide safe and convenient access for loading, maintenance, and utilities. STANDARDS Wading bays and service entrances shall not exceed 4 'in undth and are only permitted on the following streets: NE 1 s Avenue (only between NE 6th Stree nd Street) NE 2nd Avenue N. Miami Avenue NE 6th Street (by class II s ecial mi NE lith Street. Parking garage entrances are pro a E 1st Avenue and NE 7th Street. The spacing of parking garage entry ss of ess than 60' (except by Glass II Special Permit). Mechanical equipmen d e se lives should be located on building roofs or within the buil en ope w eve ssible to preserve the public realm. These elements shoul into the overall building design and should not be visible from th ub ht- -way. Ex uver ans must be located above the 2nd Floor and are prohibited al o n o a uilding facing NE 1st Avenue, NE 7th Street, and NE 10th Street. This tr' on des any walls that are not parallel to the street or are set back from the bu o line - D.85 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED—OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T 1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Examples XM MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T -IE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. LIGHTING INTENT The use of lighting should be integrally designed as part ofthe bullt errvironment and should reflect a balance for the lighting needs with the contextual ambient light level of the su rrou ndi ng area. • Lighting intensities should be controlled to assure that light spillage and glare are not directed at adjacent properties, neighboring areas, motorists, or the sky. STANDARDS Bullding lighting should primarily be utilized to highli t special architectural features, building entries, and to illuminate sidewalk areas. LTJJJLrg of expansive wall planes, towers, and roofs or the use of architectural lightingt ults in "hot spots" should be avoided. Sidewalk lighting shall be designed for an av candle horizontally and vertically, as measured 6'-0" above ground, d s intain a uniformity ratio not to exceed 5:1 (note: these numbers arc ce h the Illumination Engineering Society of North America Handbook, E Full cut-off fixtures and shieldin s a ulWd to effectively control glare and light trespass. Bullding lighting shall are Io d so as not to shine into residential living space (on or off the erty r into p lic r s -of -way. Internally-iIIu ate ni are not permitted. appropriate to the style of architecture or aesthetically co LED I!Wng integrated into building glazing will be allowed as part ofanoverall signage plan ap ved by Class 11 Special Permit. 44b" AM Effective lighting strategi rom Paris and Beach D.87 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP OFFICINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Examples X :: MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. AWNINGS AND CANOPIES INTENT • c Enouragethe use ofawnings, canopies, and portecocheres to providevisual interest, protection from the elements, and a sense of enclosure • Encourageawning and canopydeslgns that complement and enhancethe architecture ofthe building which they serve • Encourage sun shading devices for publlcspaces, balconies, and roofterraces. STAN DAR D5 Awnings and canopies should be used primarily forw ther protection I nternaI ly-i II u m i nated awn in gs are not permitted. The minimum height of awnings and other ground le anopi hall beg'-0"from the lowest point to the sidewalk. Awnings and canopies shall project a 3'- from the face of the building. The placement of signage or grap a should be minimized. No more than 25% of any face of the awning uId air nage or graphics. Awnings should typically st etal,canvas, orotherhighquality materials. No plastic or vinyl mat s a r d. ExA j The awnings help to shade thi a area while creating an aJill i l MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT ISA SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT. Examples uk w r)M ... t...... I — drop, Ran PenmsulaTower Xw MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. INTENT STAN DAR DS EXAMPLE The cantilevered balconies compliment theoverall design of the building and are not visually obtrusive. P BALCONIES AND TERRACES • To maintain open sight lines along the public right-of-way. • To provide signs of human habitation. Balconiesshallbeencouraged for resident' aIusestofos ran indoor-outdoorconnectlon. Balconies are allowed to project 6' from the build -to li to the street corridor above the streetwall height, except that they may not project thefaceofan arcade. Balconies and terraces shall belncorporatedintoverti ndh ntal shifts In building massing wherever possible to avoid buildin a minated by cantilevered balcony projections. Cant! levered balconies should bedesi toa unobtrusive and transparent as possible and should cornplementAjoh6yer r itectural design ofthe building. D.91 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E ENC OF THIS DOCUMENT. Examples D.92 plo Example MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED -OCTOBER 2009 THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUMON TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT TI1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. INTENT STANDARDS ';Zl� SIGNAGE • To create an organized and integrated system of signs, sign structures, lighting, and graphics that respects and enhances the character oft he surrounding district. • To provide high quality signs with creative graphic design and durable mated a€s appropriate to an urban setting- • To create signs and graphic elements that respects the architecture of the building which they serve. • To prevent visual clutter. Mixed-use and commercial buildings shall provide 1-1011l the commercial areas of the building fagade that are specifically desig to mmodate changeable tenant signage including wall signs, projecting sig nd w w signs. Structure, materials, detailing and power sources shall onsideration of signage Installation requirements and shall be readi ad and reparable as tenant sign needs change. Sign illumination shall not be of to ocations for illuminated signage shall be oriented to the public right- g ay a he old facing residential uses. Orientation of any illumin iglourc's shall be directed or shielded to reduce Ilght trespass and glare Signs shouldfit 'n ecturaI features of the facade and complement the building's arc ctu Indillfthil et sources shall be the preferred option where lighting is req Small- a signs projecting from the building face, perpendicular to the public right-of- way, ar propriate for all pedestrian -oriented streets. aphic design for all signs should reflect consistency, simplicity, neatness, and rr irnum wording to minimize visual clutter and to maximize legibility. sign colors should be limited in number and should be compatible with the facade. In most circumstances, dark backgrounds for signs are preferred over light backgrounds. D.93 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK THIS DOCUMENTIS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT 1�1E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. M .. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 INTENT STANDARDS ';ZMPLE Parkinggarage incurdinto overall builesign. THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E ENO OF THIS DOCUMENT. PARKING • Minimizethevisualimpactofstructured and surfaceparking. • Locate a majority of parking spaces underground or covered by structured parking to reduce the urban heat island effect and to preserve open space. • Encourage parking garage design that is compatiblewith the overall building design and composition. Minimize impacts of parking garage entrances on major pedestrian activity zones Provide adequate access to parking structures and surface parking lots Maintain active public uses along the street level. At least 50% of all required parking spaces shall be I ffted '?%jrking structures. The ground floor ofall parking structures shoIJ01VAJ&a1qQA1Wpub1ic-oriented uses. A majority of structured parking spa in with residential or commercial uses to minimize the visual impact of ng ublic right-of-way. Parking structures along N. MiQh,1�deb,'ign e, 2nd Avenue, NE 8th Street, NE 9th Street, and NE 11th Street m the uild-to line for a portion of the street frontage (see Regulatin Sal cation) Ta 3' architectural screening layer is provided. This layer all iectural elements that effectively screen cars, lighting, garag ing nd of the architectural screening layer shall compleme o I ing design while creating a sense ofoccupied space. Off-street surfW parkiWhould be located behind buildings or screened from view. Noir o-7,T"age entrances may be located on a single blockfrontage. nces should generally be located on east west streets. The nunnWrofcurb cuts should be limited to reinforcethe continuity ofthe public realm Md to maximize the amount of area available for pedestrian activity. D.95 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER AS ADOPTED - OCTOBER 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK THIS DOCUMENT IS A SUBSTITUTION TO ORIGINAL. BACKUP ORIGINAL CAN BE SEEN AT T�E END OF THIS DOCUMENT. mm SUBSTITUTED IAMi 21 C O P) 209 G� SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING - SECOND READING 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. MIAMI 21 RUBLIC HEARING - SECOND READING 2009 TABU OF CONTENTS PREAMBL ARTICLE 1. DKINITIONS OF TERMS AND USES 1.1 Definiti s of Building Function: Uses 1.2 Definition f Terms 1.3 Definition of ' ns ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVINS 2.A Miami 21 Atlas 2.1 Purpose and Intent 2.2 Applicability SUBSTITUTED ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES 3.1 Transect Zones 3.2 Phasing O 3.3 Lots and Fronta� 3.4 Density an nsity C I i 3.5 Mea ur of He� 3.6 Of Parkin ading Standards 3.7 and Walls 3.8 oroughfares 3.9p 1 S tecial Area Plans . � 1 Historic Preservation Standards 3. Waterfront Standards 3.12 Area Design Guidelines 3.13 Sustainability 3.14 Public Benefits Program 1 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING - SECOND READING 2009 RTICLE 4. STANDARDS AND TABLES TA LE 1 Transect Zone Descriptions TAB L 2 Miami 21 Summary TABLE Building Function: Uses TABLE 4 Density, Intensity and Parking TABLE 5 arking and Loading TABLE 6 ntages TABLE 7 Civic pace TABLE 8 Definitio Illustrated DIAGRAM 9 Residentia ensity Increase Areas ♦ � DIAGRAM 10 Area Specific strations DIAGRAM 11 Transit Oriented velopment —TOD TABLE 12 Design Review Crite O ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES 5.1 Generally 5.2 Natural Transect Z; T1) and sect Zones (T2) (Reserved) 5.3 Sub -Urban Tran Wnes 5.4 General Ur Tr sect o s ) 5.5 Urban rans n T5) 5.6 Urba Tran c o s (T6) 5.7 ace Zones (�6) and Civic Institution Zone 5.8 c Institutions — Health District Zones (CI -HD) 5.9 District Zones (D1 and D2) 5. Waterfront Industrial District Zones (D3) I: MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING - SECOND READING 2009 TICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS 6.1 Intent and Exclusions TABL 13 Supplemental Regulations 6.2 Community Residences and Similar Homes/Facilities 6.3 Commercial Uses 6.4 frastructure and Utilities 6.5 Sid Standards ARTICLE 7. PROCEDXRES AND NONCONFORMITIES DIAGRAM 14 Permitting Procs 7.1 Procedures 7.2 Nonconformities: Stru ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES SUBSTITUTED Uses; L60NQa i Site Improvements ,e 8.1 Applicability: General D ri ion 8.2 Drawing: The Thoro are Acr t nsect 8.3 Specific Thorou� Types bed Table A Public Fron es Table B Public F s Ge a 8.4 Illust Side I APPENDI A. e) Neighborhood Conservation Districts (NCD) Waterfront Design Guidelines C. Midtown Overlay District D. Miami WorldCenter 3 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING - SECOND READING 2009 IS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. In SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING - SECOND READING 2009 BLE HOW MUSE THE MIAMI 21 CODE The followin information explains how the Miami 21 Code ("Miami 21 Code" or "the Code") is organized an ay best be used. This "how to" information is advisory only, and iAnoart of the Code adopt by the City Commission. Organization ` The Miami 21 Co\fitlled tandards and procedures for new deve or redevelopment in adopts the Miami 21 Atlas, which acV e official Zoning Atlas of the City aCity Clerk's office. The Miami�� esignates a Transect Zone for all lands L The Code is organized such that th arts interrelate and o mint be reviewed together. The list of Articles and sections in the Tab of Contents sh; e ain topics and overall organization of the Code. Article 1. Definitions of Terms and Use deas terms in the Code in three sections: definitions of building function uses, definitiond definitions of signs. Article 2. General Provisions contaiio the legal framework of the Code, including its intent and purpose and the 40mi 2 ct principles for settlement patterns that guide the Code. It also contain ormatio t plicability of the Code which specifies rules of construction, calculations ans:2 daries. Article 3. General to Zon intrr uces Tr jAect Zone as the structure for requirements related to Density and Int s , provi s . ance for phase Lots and Frontages, Density Calculations, Height o - Par d oading, Sustainab ty, public Thoroughfares and Frontages, Special lans, i ri reservation, Waterfro Standards and the Public Benefits Program Article 4. S rls & Tables illustrates the components of the Code uch as Intensity and parking re ents per Transect Zone. Article 4 Table 3 sets out the ses allowed in the various ct Zones, and the type of permit required for the Use, whe er administrative ( t by public hearing (Exception). It also includes corresponding defin 'ons, as well as s ip ns of different Frontage types and Civic Space types by Transect Zone. Article 5. Specific to Zones establishes the Transect Zones and the regulations at apply within each Transect Zone. Uses and development standards for each Transect are ecified including Building Disposition, Building Configuration, Building Function and Density, p king and architectural, landscape and ambient standards. Diagrams and tables accompany the xt in this Article. Article 6. Supplemental Regulations sets forth regulations that apply to specific Uses in addition to the general regulations and Transect regulations set forth in other Articles. These uses include, for example, Piers, docks, and boats; Home Office; Ancillary Units, Community 5 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING - SECOND READING 2009 R idences; Adult Daycare; Child Daycare; Auto -Related Uses; helicopter landing sites; Open Air tail; and Adult Entertainment . Sign standards are also included here. Article Procedures and Nonconformities sets out the rules for applying the Code and addressin conflicts. This Article contains the regulations for the further development of Nonconform Uses and structures —those existing Uses and structures that upon passage of the Code will t conform to the new regulations. It details the zoning processe by which Development an redevelopment will be permitted by the City, including administr iv ermits and permits req 'ng public hearings. It also establishes general �ri which administrative permit nd public hearing permits will be reviewed. ` Article 8. Thoroughfare sets forth guidelines and definitions for public/ ghfares, as well as a catalogue of Thorough res appropriate to various Transect Zones Instructions for Navigating t\Atlas s To determine the regulations e applicable to a ne must consult both the Miami 21 Code and the Miami 21 iami 21 Atl agnates the Transect Zones for all properties in the City. The Mide ets forth andards for each Transect Zone. The first step is to refer to theAtlas he location of the site. The Atlas will show the Transect Zone that is apeft Atlas can be found in the office of the City Clerk and the Planning Depar�^ The second step is to refer to the Mi 21 Cod t evant regulations associated with the Transect Zone for the site. Begi rring t I Transect Zone regulations set forth in Article 3. Next, use Article 4 termin th b ilding ction uses and other requirements allowed by each TranseOas termi a er the ap ication is allowed By Right, by administrative review or la r ess. Article 5 ill then determine the Building Disposition and Con i the property in ea particular Transect Zone, as well as other stands al and environmental st dards. Finally, consult the Supplemental Re sin Artadditional requirements w 'ch may be applicable to certain Uses. Determinir ich Procedures Apply In5uild or redevelop property, a City zoning approval is required. Articl Section 7.1, Dee ib the various types of permits that may apply to the application and the pr ess that will be quired in order to obtain the particular permit. Consult the subsections in this rticle that describe how an application is initiated, how an application is processed, the criteria review, and what other parts of the Code apply. C: MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 LE OF CONTENTS SUBSTITUTED 1.1 finitions of Building Function: Uses 1.2 Defin ions of Terms 1.3 Definition of Signs O G 1.1 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. 1.2 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 1. EFINITIONS OF BUILDING FUNCTION: USES (Article 4, Table 3) a. RE ENTIAL This .,\ y is intended to encompass land use functions predominantly of permanent housing. Single -Family idence: Detached Building used as permanent housekeeping unit. he term is general, applying to all detached houE Principal Dwelling Uni igle as Community Residence: "resident", for the purpose of a Community(Z�dence, may include any persons as defined in th following statutes: • A disabled adult or frai Ider as defined in section 429. ) (9), Florida Statutes • A physically disabled or andicapped person as defin in ection 760.22(7), Florida Statutes • A developmentally disabled p son as defined in s ti 393.063(9), Florida Statutes • A non -dangerous mentally ill pe on as defined ion 394.455(18), Florida Statutes; or • A child as defined in section 39.01( FI atutes (a) A Dwelling Unit of six or fewer resid s meet the definition in section 419.001, Florida Statutes for a "community residenti su ize; or (b) A Dwelling Unit licensed to serve clie f the epartment of Children and Families, which provides a living environ t for sev to een unrelated residents who operate as the functional equivalently, in u supervision and care by supportive staff as may be necessa eet e p sical, motional and social needs of the residents, as defined i ecti 419. FI ' a Statute , or (c) An adult family -care h s defin i ction 429.65, rida Statutes, which provides a full-time, family-typ arra t, n a private home, der which a person who owns or rents the ho des r d, and personal care o 24-hour basis, for no more than five dis Its or fr I ers who are not relatives. See Arti Ancilla A Dwelling Unit sharing ownership and utility connection with a Principal B i 'A" contained on the same Lot. An Ancillary Unit may be attached by Nackbuilding or qftajhN from the Principal Building, and unit shall not count towards maum Density c ulations. Also known as an Accessory Unit or Ancillary Dwelling Unit. Two Family -Housing: Two (2) Dwelling Units sharing a detached Building, each Dwe g Unit of which provides a residence for a single housekeeping unit. Also known as a duplex. Multi -Family Housing: A Building or portion thereof, containing three or more Dwelling Unit where each unit has direct access to the outside or to a common hall. A multifamily Structure where Dwelling Units are available for lease or rent for less than one month shall be considered Lodging. 1.3 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Do itory: A Building used principally for sleeping accommodations for students or staff related to an ducational institution or place of employment. Home O e: A space within a Dwelling Unit devoted to a non -retail business activity belonging to the resid t thereof that is clearly secondary in Use to the residence, that does not alter the exterior of th roperty or affect the residential character of the Neighborhood, and that meets all legal require nts of the business. See Article 6. Live -Work: A Dwel Unit that contains a commercial or office component i�i ed to a maximum fifty percent 0%) of the Dwelling Unit area. See Article 6. Work -Live: A mixed -Use it that contains a commercial, office or licfi ustrial component The work component ex y percent (50%) of the Dwelling Unit area. See A i le 6. b. LODGING This category is intended to encomp s land u ctions predominantly of sleeping accommodations occupied on a rental base for li d eriods of time. These are measured in terms of lodging units: a lodging unit is a h room of a minimum two hundred (200) square feet that includes sanitary facilities, a ay include limited kitchen facilities. Bed & Breakfast: A group of lodging i not a ed ten (10) units that may provide services for dining, meeting and recr24tion. Inn: A group of lodging units nceed t�five ( units that may provide services for dining, meeting and recreati n. Hotel: A group of lodgi exc�i enty-five (25) unit that may provide services for dining, meeting and � n. _ `1 c. OFFICE This cat intended to encompass land Use functions predom\excludemanufa d to business, profei service or government. e: A Building or portion thereof used for conducting a businen, service, or gov nment. Such facilities may include, but are not limited to, offics, gineers, architects, physicians, dentists, accountants, financial institutionco ani es, insurance companies, financial planners, or corporate offices, amanufa ring activities. M MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED d.VOMMERCIAL This cXegory is intended to encompass land Use functions of retail, service, entertainment or recreatioXal establishments and supporting office. Auto-Rela ek Commercial Establishment: A place of business serving auto -related needs including, but t limited to: car rental, car wash, gas station, mechanic offering retail sales such auto parts, tire store, indoor car sales. Uses not included: m work; body work; inting; steam cleaning; welding; outdoor car sales; sto not in operating con 'on; commercial parking Lot or commercial garage; undue noise, glare, es or smoke, all of which are considered I activities. See Article 6. 0 Entertainment EstablishmeTi needs of the community. Such teen clubs, dance halls, or vi adult. A place of business serving ``cilities may include, but not Ii 'Karcades. Uses not incl%d repairs, anical obiles involving industrial atment and recreational cinemas, billiard parlors, tainment Establishment, Entertainment Establishment, Adult: place of a -ss that sells, rents, leases, trades, barters, operates on commission or fee, urve d plays, or offers only to or for adults products, goods of any nature, images, rep d ti s, activities, opportunities for experiences or encounters, moving or still pictures, enter t, or amusement distinguished by purpose and emphasis on matters depicting, des i ' rela ' by any means of communication from one (1) person to another to "specifie a al i 'ti " or "specified anatomical areas" as herein defined. An adult entertainm t or ult s ablishment is not open to the public generally but only to one (1) or mo c ses of t u c, excluding any person under eighteen (18) years of age. It is the int his d i at etermination as to whether or not a specific establishment or avity with' e ext of r ulation in this Code shall be based upon the activity therein c ted or e o be condu ed as set out above and in these regulations shall not d pon or title of the e ablishment used or proposed. Thus, the terms "ad* o tore " " u assage parlor," "adul otion picture theater," "adult private dancing," ��{ult es s ice" are encompassed w in this definition of "adult entertainment o rvlCes," but the rm "adult entertainment or a t services" is not to be deemed Iimitehe enunciation of specific activities listed before. Se Article 6. Food S vvvstablishment: A place of business dedicated to the pre ration and sale of food erage for immediate consumption on or off site. hol Service Establishment: A place of business selling alcoholic b erages for con mption on the premises, and where the sale of food may be incidental to the Ie of such beverages. This includes any establishment in receipt of a valid alcoholic beverage Iic se from the state which permits the sale for consumption on the premises of alcoholic beverag as a Use. Alcohol beverage service establishments may include, but are not limited to: bars, to ns, cocktail lounges, nightclubs or supper clubs. General Commercial: A place of business providing the sale and display of goods or sale of services directly to the consumer, with goods available for immediate purchase and removal from the premises by the purchaser. General commercial goods include, but are not limited to, clothing, food, furniture, pharmaceuticals, books, art objects and the like. General commercial 1.5 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED s ices include, but are not limited to, barber shops; beauty salons; travel agencies; fortune le -retail dry cleaning; express delivery service; health spas and fitness studios; photo studi\likGeneral eral Homes; Animal Clinics; repair service establishments, Employment Office; and the Commercial services exclude: Auto -Related or Marine -Related Estants; Commercial Storage Facilities, Pawn Shops, and the like. Marine -Relate Commercial Establishment: A place of business serving m -related needs including t not limited to: boat repairs, boat storage, boat servicing, b ; or a place of business rovides marine -related retail including but not limited i tackle stores, boat sales, a marine supplies stores. Uses not included are all w essels which exceed eight (8) feet width; all vessel paint and body work; and r ngine work or overhaul, all of which are nsidered marine -related industrial activities. Open Air Retail: A retail sa establishment operated subst lythe open air including, but not limited to: farmers mark Flea Markets, and the like. t included are: car sales, equipment sales, boats sales, an ome and garden suppli an quipment. See Article 6. Place of Assembly: A commercial cility for public ly including, but not limited to: arenas, auditoriums, conference facilit conven eters, exhibition halls, major sports facilities, theaters and performing arts cen s, an i e ce. Recreational Establishment: A place of s providing group leisure activities, often requiring equipment and open to the or ithout entry or activity fees. This may include, but is not limited to: game cou , s ting ' s, Wing alleys, commercial golf facility, gyms or sports rooms. e. CIVIC O This category is inten enc o d Use function predominantly of community - oriented purposes o ves i cl in ose of not-for-profit anizations dedicated to arts and culture, educa reatio Ii government, and the lik Community F A non-commercial facility established primarily fo he benefit and service of the gene is of the community in which it is located. Such faciliti include, but are not limited tgo'Do unity centers; City of Miami NET offices; and cultural faciliti , such as libraries and m s. RW eational Facility: A non-commercial facility, primarily an open space, serving the rec ation needs of the general public. This may include but is not limited to: g courses, parks, camping facilities, playfields and playgrounds. Religious Facility: A facility used for regular organized religious worship and related acti MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED f. VVIL SUPPORT This ckgory is intended to encompass land uses predominantly supportive of other urban Uses an unctions. Community pport Facility: A facility providing basic services, for the benefit and service of the population the community in which it is located. Such facilities may includelkare not limited to: police nd Fire Stations, Extended Care Facilities, Nursing HWr scent homes, Continuing are Facility, and Assisted Living Facility or Adult nter as defined by Chapter 4 Florida Statutes. See Article 6. Infrastructure and Utiliti : A facility or Structure related to the provi-# -froads, water and sewer lines, electrical,t phone and cable transmission, a other utilities and communication systems nece ary to the functioning of a com y. e Article 6. Major Facility: A large facility o n institutional nature i udin but not limited to Hospitals, public health and social service fac i ies, research facilit s, helters, judicial Buildings, Jails, Detention Facilities, work camps, cemeteries, leums, Ambulance Services, Pharmaceutical Laboratories, or the like. Marina: A facility for storage, servicing, fue g, be ing, or securing of boats. The Use does HV include marine -related industrial activities Public Parking: A parking facility avai e o th n 1 public for parking motor vehicles, includin arkin lots or ara es gp g g g Rescue Mission: A facility o g p assis nce to individuals in need; such assistance to individuals in a to ra elter, f d services provisions, counseling, instruction, medical servic d other ' id n services. Transit Facility: Ai�%rovidi g cc modations by public, vate, or nonprofit entities for the conveyance o ns froe ce to another by means a transportation system, including but n i d to: bus ter incl, railroad station, freight ter inal, airport, helistop or seaport. g. E ZONAL category is intended to encompass land Use functions connected with providi education, trai g, or care of children and students of all ages. Childcare: A facility where six (6) or more children are cared for on a part-time basis by ay or by night including after-school care. The term does not include community based res id tial facilities, Family Care Homes, foster homes, group homes, rehabilitation or detention cente orphanages, or other places operating primarily for remedial care. See Article 6. College / University: A facility for post -secondary education that grants associate, bachelor, master or doctoral degrees, and may include research functions or professional schools. 1.7 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED EleXentary School: A facility offering instruction at the elementary school level. Learni Center: A facility offering to students training, tutoring or instruction in subjects such as langu es, music, fine arts or dance. This may include provision of electronic testing and distance le ing. Middle / High ool: A facility offering instruction at the middle or high school lev Pre -School: A faci offering care and instruction of children who are pr - e school age. Research Facility: A fa ' ity for research and development that doe involve the use of human testing, animal hu andry, incinerators, heavy eq ui m ass manufacturing, fabrication, processing, or s of products. Any facility i o i uman testing, animal husbandry, and the use of incine tors shall be considered a ility. Special Training / Vocational: A fa ' 'ty offering instructi training in trades or occupations such as secretarial, paralegal, busin beauty, ba� rtender, acupuncture, massage, design, fine arts, music and dance or the r sim, c tions. This classification excludes training and education in any activity that is of of i permitted in the zone. h. INDUSTRIAL This category is intended to enco assTand ions connected with a business or activity involving manufacturing, f ri tion, as I , istribution, disposal, warehousing or bulk storage, trucking and equi faciliti , a othe usiness serving primarily industrial needs. Residential Uses a no rmitt x for live- oard in commercial marinas, and limited work -live Uses. Auto -Related Indu i tabli h e : A facility conducting tivities associated with the repair or maintena ° otor vtrailers and similar large chanical equipment; aint p �trrn g p and body work- o overhaul of a gine or engine parts; vehicle im and or wrecking yard; outdoor vehicl es, storage or repair; and government vehicle main nance facilities. This includes alRi ated Uses not otherwise allowed within the com rcial auto related establi ry. n and Processing: A facility primarily engaged in the manufactu\herac processing, g g� Y p Yg, r it or assembly of goods. Premises may include retail or wholesale sales. Marine -Related Industrial Establishment: A facility conducting activities asthe construction, repair, and operation, storage, loading and unloading of boats, aiesthe primary purpose of which is to facilitate the maritime industry. All work 'chexceed eight (8) feet in width; all vessel paint and body work; and major overhaul, shall all be considered marine -related industrial activity including but not limited to shipping, boatyards, marinas commercial fishing, container yards and tug boat basins Products and Services: A public or private facility providing industrial and other services to individuals or businesses. This includes but is not limited to Laundry / Dry Cleaning Plants; Im. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED m al, machine or welding shops. This also includes special services such as Pawn Shops, Pha aceutical Laboratories, Animal Kennels, Government Maintenance Facilities, Hiring Halls / Labo ools, and Solid Waste Facilities. See Article 6. Storage d Distribution: A facility providing long-term or short-term storage, selling or distribution o erchandise. This includes but is not limited to: container yards; crating, packing and shipping rvice; heavy equipment sales, service and storage; storage, war sing or distribution esta 'shments; Public Storage Facilities or Commercial Storag i .es; or outdoor storage of ilding materials. See Article 6. O G 4 �J O � O MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 11LDEFINITIONS, OF TERMS This s tion provides definitions for terms in this Code that are technical in nature or that might not be o erwise reflect a common usage of the word. If a term is not defined in this Article, then the ZaQing Administrator shall determine the correct definition of the term. Abutting: To 1� boundary; termi Accessory Unit: Se or touch; to touch at the end or be contiguous with; join at rder on. Abutting properties include properties across a street or,� k,ncillary Unit, in Section 1.1, Residential Use Accessory Structure: subordinate to the Principa same premises. "On the sam a contiguous Lot in the same it shall be considered part th Accessory Structure is a StrL tructure and, unless otherwise s remises" shall be construed o ership. Where a Building is the , nd not an Accessory St%L( Adaptive Use: Rehabilitation or re present Use. on of existi Adult: An adult is a person eighteen (18) ye Adult Daycare: A facility which provid up basis by day or evening, but not o i t, t tl family/employee occupying the pre .Zslon he t homes, nursing home facilities or ss Community Support Facility) an�6. ae Affordable / Workforcesing: A a hied Department. See Articl ion 3 Albedo: The ratio reflecte�l�y rface. or incidental and 1l fvided, located on the AS on the same Lot or on to the Principal Building, (s) for any Use(s) other than the ision and basic services on a part-time 3) or more adults other than the not include community residential aged. See Section 1.1 (Civil Support, by thkCity's Community Development Alcohol Servitaorns., ablishment: See Section 1.1, Commercial Use. Allee: rly spaced and aligned row of trees usually planted \aorded ghfare or Pede 'Iassage. A Thoroughfare (not officially designated as a street) designarded plat, dee , or legal instrument, to be a secondary meansof vehicular acceor side of properties otherwise Abutting a street; an Alley may connect to a vehiated to the rear of Lots providing access to outbuildings, service areas ando ining utility Easements. Alterations, Structural: Structural alterations are any change, removal, replacemen'N reinforcement or addition of beams, ceiling and floor joists, reinforced concrete floor slabs (except those on fill), load bearing partitions, columns, exterior walls, stairways, roofs, corridors or other structural materials used in a Building that support the said beams, ceiling and floor joists, load bearing partitions, columns, exterior walls, stairways, roofs, or structural materials 1.10 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED usin the Building or Structure. The term is applicable to any Building or Structure or any part ther f, whether or not permanent or temporary shoring is used during construction and wheth or not additions to or rebuilding of the major portion of an existing building are being accompli ed. Ambulanceervicne A facility which provides emergency medical transportation or paramedical e rgecy or trauma care en route to an extended care or medical ty. See Section 1.1 (Civil upport, Major Facility). Animal Clinic: A fac 'ty which provides medical and surgical care for a nd does not include boarding facilitie for healthy animals, but may allow overnight bo or sick animals, in a completely enclosed ilding. See Section 1.1 (Commercial, Gene�mercial). Animal Kennel: A facility whi provides boarding services f h or more animals. See Section 1.1 (Industrial, Products nd Services).' N Antennas, miscellaneous: Any r f -mounted Structur i nded for the transmission or reception of radar, radio, television, o elephone com ions, excluding traditional single- family residential television antennas, ateur r; ennas, satellite earth stations and microwave antennas. Arcade: A covered pedestrian way within a Olumor along the side of a Building at the first floor, which may provide access to sho (11,.or more sides. See Article 4, Table 6. Architectural Features: Prominent sigTfficantlements of a Building or Structure Architectural Style: The charafor a ail Buildings from a particular historical period or school of architec re. Atlas, Miami 21: The pted t Miami 21 Code. Atrium: An indoor space Q eight exceeds one Story a which does not contain a Function or Use i utilized primily as a circulation or informal g ering space serving all occupants of tI V i ding. Auto -R commercial Establishment: See Section 1.1. Commercial e ated Industrial Establishment: See Section 1.1, Industrial Use Av ge Sidewalk Elevation: The average of the record profile grade elevation of ch of the streets Abutting a development, as determined and on file with the City of Miami Pub Works Department. Awning: A movable roof -like Structure, cantilevered or otherwise entirely supported Building, used to shade or screen windows or doors. Backbuilding: A single -story Structure with a maximum width of twelve (12) feet connecting a Principal Building to an Outbuilding. See Article 4, Table 8, Diagram C. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED ny: An unenclosed habitable Structure cantilevered from a Facade or Building Elevation. Base Idling Line: The officially mapped street lines. Lines so established may fall within the boundari of Lots and shall be used instead of the Lot lines adjacent to the streets in determining e Layers and Setbacks. Bed and Break st: See Section 1.1, Lodging Use Bicycle Lane: A la dedicated for bicycle use demarcated by striping oris is arated from vehicle lanes. Bicycle Rack Space: king space for any two wheel alternative Wrwof transportation including: bicycle, scooter, m orcycle, Segway®, etc. Z Bicycle Route: A Thoroughfare signated for shared use of OXand automobiles. N Block: The aggregate of private L\Buil s, rear Ian s d Alleys, the perimeter of which abuts Thoroughfares. Block Face: The aggregate of all Fa a on one side of a block. The Block Face provides the context for establishina haillnony. Botanical Garden: A garden of collectE to serve as an educational, recreational Bonus Capacity: The additionalu ing Benefits Program, as defined in 3. SE v Brownfield: An area hav een u perceived or actual pre envi�n Buffer: An area which is locate impacts of the established for the benefit of the Public C for participation in the Public 3rily as an it hazardous su 1* includirJNa7Wcaping, berms, walls, Fen bn land Uses%f different characters and is ii nse Use on a residential or vacant parcel. or commercial site with , and Building Setbacks, Iced to mitigate negative Viad: The portion of a Lot remaining after required Setbacks h e Ay be placed in any part of the Buildable area, but limitations on p be covered by Buildings may require Open Space within the buildable been provided. scent of the Lot BuMling: Any Structure having a solid roof intended for shelter or enclosing c animals, chattels, property, equipment or a process of any kind or nature, freestanding tents, freestanding awnings, and cabanas and screened enclosures. Building Capacity: See Floor Area. Building Code: The State of Florida Building Code. rsons, luding Building Configuration: The form of a Building, based on its massing, Private Frontage, and Height. 1.12 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Buir4ng Disposition: The placement of a Building on its Lot. Buildin\Re The Uses accommodated by a Building and its Lot. Functions are categorted, Limited, or Open, according to the Intensity of the Use. Buildinvertical extent of a Building measured in Stories. Buildinpermit required for new construction and additions Q n t e City Code. Build-te blished within a given Lot indicating whe outer edge of a Structure must be located. OW By Right: A use allowed pu uant to zoning review and of a Building Permit or issuance of a Certificate of Use u er Article 7, Section 7.1. 1. mitted Uses. Canopy: A fixed -roofed Structure whi provides sha tection and is in whole or in part self-supporting with open sides. O Capacity: See Floor Area. Car Shelter: A Structure made of can s umkr similar materials, or any combination thereof, on movable framing for the sh d s t r one (1) or two (2) private passenger vehicles. Carport: A portion of a Principa a tial ii or a uilding accessory to a residential Use designed to be used for shaker for ^t le enclos at the vehicular entry side and for an area at least equal to t^yp erce 2 /o f the area the outer surface of walls, which might otherwise be con alo n remaining peri ter. Where enclosure exceeds this amount, the shZN0 ru l be c n o be a garage. Certificate of OSNpftcy: As definLN by the Florida Building Code. Certificate : An official City document verifying that a particular Us 'sin compliance with applica3VY4code ns of this Miami 21 Code pursuant to the requirements of ticle IV, Section 2- 207 oft and Section 7.1.2.1 of this Code. . The City of Miami, Florida. City Code: The Code of Ordinances of the City of Miami. City Commission: The City Commission of the City of Miami. Civic: Uses held in private or public ownership but functioning for community purposes such religious, cultural, environmental, or educational uses. See Section 1.1. Civic Building: A Building designed specifically for a Civic Function. 1.13 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED C c Institution (Cl): A zone with uses primarily dedicated to Functioning for community pur ses such as, cultural, educational, environmental, governmental, public transit, public parkin and religious facilities. See Section 1.1. Civic Spa (CS): A zone with mainly outdoor area dedicated for functioning for community purposes. Civic Space Ty s: Open Space defined by the combination of certain ph Y stants including the relate ship between their intended Use, their size, their la Q dpi d their enfronting Buildings. ee Article 4, Table 7.� Civic Zone: See Article ,Table 1 Civil Support Uses: See Se "on 1.1 Code: The Miami 21 Code. May o be referred to herein thi ode. College / University: See Section 1. Education Use Commercial Storage Facility: A facility ovidi ®r he storage of office furnishings, archive records and general personal property o b in ses, agencies and professionals. Such personal property is limited to furniture and o sehold goods and retail merchandise to be sold at nearby establishments. Stora y e ipment or any property that may be deemed hazardous, such as proper w ich n mable, combustible, explosive or dangerous is prohibited. See Sectio .1 ( mme age and Distribution). Commercial Vehicle: A ComVehi ny transportation of people, g ds, ing t i ding for private nonprofit transp goods o is Common Lawn: S 4, T b . Community Fa,j,y See Section 1. , Civic Use. icle designed, intended or used for 1@te passenger vehicles and trailers Y"!(en: A grouping of garden plots available for small -scaler artments and other dwelling types without private gardens. Id accommodate individual storage sheds. Zesidence: See Section 1.1, Residential Use. Community Support Facility: See Section 1.1, Civil Support Use. Comprehensive Plan: The Miami Comprehensive Neighborhood Plan. ultivation, generally 1Qommunity Configuration: The form of a building based on its massing, Private Frontage and Height. Construction, Actual: The placing of construction materials in a permanent position and fastened in a permanent manner; except that, where demolition, excavation, or removal of an existing Structure has been substantially begun preparatory to new construction, such 1.14 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED ex vation, demolition, or removal shall be deemed to be actual construction, provided that work hall be Continuously carried on without interruption, except for just cause, until the comp) on of the new construction involved. Context: rroundings made up of the particular combination of elements that create specific character int area\7. Continuouslyed with reference to Actual Construction defined herei uously shall mean thnderway for at least fifty percent (50%) of the wo a onday through Fridaholidays excluded) since construction began. Se onstruction, Actual. Corridor: A liph system incorporating transportation or ays. Courtyard: O, partia defined by walls or Building ulated by this Code. See Article 4, Tabl?� CPTED: Crimn through En i onmental Desii4m Curb: The edge of the vehicular paveme deta' a a raised concrete or stone element, or flush with a swale. Density: The number of Dwelling Unit �Cir1 tanrd measure of land area, usually given as units per acre. VJ Design Speed: The velocity at whie(i aNhor Development: Developme shave t rV Development Capacit oor Director: Unless rise sp� a he Department of a in for the City. i esigned for vehicular use. given n section 380.04, Florida Statutes. term "Director" shall Vean the Director of the Dispositio¢5qrriplacement of a Building on its Lot. See Article 4, Table Distr' Z A zone intended to accommodate Uses which because of eir specialized r nce, Scale or impact should not be incorporated into the Neighborhood ucture. Do : See Pier Dormitory: See Section 1.1, Residential Use. Drive-through / Drive-in Facility: A place of business including drive-through banks or to r windows, drive-through eating and drinking establishments, drive-through windows at liquor o other stores, or at laundry and dry cleaning agencies, car washes, and similar facilities, but excludes automotive service stations. See Article 6. 1.15 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Dri way: A vehicular lane within a Lot, usually leading to a garage or carport. A Driveway in the t Layer may be used for parking if it is less than the width allowed in the applicable transec above which dimension it becomes subject to the constraints of a parking lot. DwellingU it: Residence of a single housekeeping unit. See Article 6. Easement. Ale I instrument, in a form approved by the City Attorney and recorded county records, that allow ccess through real property of the conveyor. S5:� Educational Use: NeSection 1.1. ils� Elementary School: Se\ection 1, Educational Use.ElevationBuilding: Anl of a Building not along a twine (See Facade). Elevation, Floor: Heighel. Eligible Historic Resource: Arche gical sites, in historic resources, contributing Buildings within a historic district, as qual d under fv4X023 of the City Code. Employment Office: A place of business, ter Mian a hiring hall or labor pool, offering individual job recruitment by specification 1U,qualifications and conduct of individual interviews by placement specialists onavNA job specifications. See Section 1.1 (Commercial, General Commercial). Encroachment: Building element sible wi re. Setback. Enfront: To place an ele t aa Fr g e, as in orches enfront the street." Entertainment Establi : Se io .1, Commercial e. Entertainment Es ment, I . ee Section 1.1, Commerci Use. Entrance, PrirW91T The main point of access of pedestrians into a Bui 'ng. e �ttbb/ack Area: A defined area wherein the Setbacks provid by the Transect superseded by those originally adopted for a special district der Ordinance h continue and are listed in Article 3, Section 3.3.6 of this Miam 1 Code. The tablished Setback Areas are illustrated on Article 4, Diagram 10. Extended Care Facility or Nursing Home: An institution which is licensed by the tate of Florida to provide health care or medical supervision for twenty-four (24) or more cons utive hours for three (3) or more persons not related to the governing authority by blood, marria or adoption. See Section 1.1 (Civil Support, Community Support Facility) and Article 6. Exception: Permit approved pursuant to the requirements of Article 7. Facade: The exterior wall of a Building that is set along a Frontage Line. (See Elevation, Building). 1.16 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Fa Care Home: A family care home is an occupied residence, registered and licensed by the St e of Florida, where five (5) or fewer preschool children from more than one (1) unrelated family r eive care on a regular part-time basis by day or by night and which receives a payment, or grant for any of the children receiving care, whether or not operated for profit. See Section 1 (Residential, Community Residence) and Article 6. Fence: A perme le metal or wooden wall, independent of a Building, located al ntage line. See Article 4, able 6. �` FEMA: Federal Emerg cy Management Agency. Fire Station: A Building ho ing fire equipment and firefighters. Se n 1.1 (Civil Support, Community Support Facility). Flea Market: An Open Area or uilding used for occa nal periodic sale of goods by individual sellers for limited periods time. See Section 1 mmercial, Open Air Retail). Floating Structure: A floating barge-10kentity, wi which is not primarily used as a means f provides services typically associated with The term "Floating Structure" includes, but place of business, office, hotel c m storage or parking facility, mining pl r represented as such. Floating StruVkres, s definition of the term "vessel" proAlUiNin se also excluded from the definiti Nrivatq� shall not, in and of itself, rec anqS Floating Structure is expr include 192.001 (17), Florida (19 adopted October 24 re - out accommodations built thereon, rt ion on water, but serves purposes or re or other improvement to real property. fited to, each entity used as a residence, J.Zr lounge, clubhouse, meeting facility, agline, or similar facility or entity in, are expressly excluded from the i 02(27), Florida Statutes (1989), and is B c ft." Incidental movement upon water classi ' ation as a Floating Structure. A e of tangib personal property (from section illustration inclu d with Ordinance No. 10932, Floorplate: The I door and outdoor Floor Area of any givenSto of a Building, measured to the exterior all or balcony. rerfloor Floor area within the inside perimeter of the outside Is of the Building inclu ways, stairs, closets, thickness of walls, columns and other fea es, and parking o ing areas, and excluding only interior Atria and open air spaces s has exterior c dors, Porches, balconies and roof areas. Also means Building or Developmen apacity. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR): The multiplier applied to the Lot Area that determines theil�aximum Floor Area allowed above grade in a given Transect Zone. X Food Service Establishment: See Section 1.1, Commercial Use. Forecourt: See Article 4, Table 6. Frontage: The area between a Building Facade and the vehicular lanes of a Thoroughfare or the pavement of a Pedestrian Passage. 1.17 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED \Froage, Principal: That Frontage facing the public space such as a Thoroughfare of higher an importance (i.e., traffic volume, number of lanes, etc.). Frontage, rivate: The StructurU and regarding the N Fences, Stoops, Frontage, Public: Elements of the Pu street furniture, etc. The Layer between the Frontage Line and the Principal Building Facade. landscaping within the Private Frontage may be held to specific standards of the setback and the combination of architectural eleme uch as ches and Galleries. area between the curb of the vehicular lanes ontage Line. bli Frontage include the curb, Sidewalk, planter,,![a ree, streetlight, Frontage, Secondary: That N lesser pedestrian importance (i ntage facing the public spacec Thoroughfare that is of traffic volume, number of la .). Frontage Line: Property Line or Ba Building LinerAbuttiublic space, such as a Plaza or Thoroughfare, whether at the front, r r, or side oades parallel to Frontage Lines define the public realm and are therefo more rege Elevations that coincide with other Lot Lines. Function: The land Use allowed on property 1t?Ing to this Code. Funeral Home: A facility licensed by sphite d co ining suitable storage room for the dead including embalming facilities, d , y als vi rooms for the display of the dead or ceremonies connected with burial o®r awation. S tion 1.1 (General Commercial). Gallery: A covered pede ianadj " in side o Building on any floor, which may provide access along one re side icle 4, Table Garden: See Articla a 7. O General Comm I. See Section .1, Commercial Use. General Uri ne: See Article 4, Table 1. 4,01 Gove Maintenance Facilities: Building, land, or Structure designed d intended to be I 1 e routine upkeep and repair of government owned or leased equipme See Section Civil Support, Products and Services). Green: See Article 4, Table 7. Green Corridor: See Greenway. Green Space: An Open Space outdoors, at grade, unroofed, landscaped and free of impervio surfaces. See Article 4, Table 7. Greenway: An Open Space Corridor in largely natural condition which may include paths for bicycles and pedestrians. 1.18 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED \utilit ooms: Rooms designed and used for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, or working ons thereof. Bathrooms, toilet compartments, closets, halls, storage rooms, laundry aces, basement recreation rooms, and similar areas are not considered Habitable Habitable Spa Building space which Use involves human presence with direc w of the enfronting street or public or private Open Space, excluding Parking Garag ervice storage facilities, w ehouses, and display windows separated from retail ac it Height: See Building 'ght. Hiring Hall / Labor Pool: place of business providing employ rvices for laborers. Such services generally invo e short term hiring of unskill a help, with little or no qualifications required, or the ed of individual interviews ement specialists. See Section 1.1 (Industrial, Products a Services). Historic Preservation Ordinance: Ordinance c in Chapter 23 of the City Code dedicated to the preservation of the City Miami's c roperty and historic resources as a significant goal in the City's overall vision f its fu Historic Property: See Eligible Historic Res Home Occupation: See Home Office. Home Office: See Section 1 Hospital: An institution f of Florida and providing illness, disease, injury accessory facilities Support, Major Fa�N Hotel See Se � i+ .1, Re4ke 1kiial Use. 5r1ity ig a0pro i e I se or ce if y healt .I, or surgic o al mental cond labor t .es, tpatient or training 1, Lodging Use. cate of need issued by the State careto persons suffering from i ns, and may include related fa Mies. See Section 1.1 (Civil 6&4 Houseboat: A Floating Structure used as a residence. t, consisting of a hull and superstructure supported in the water b of suitable for rough water, and designed and manufactured to be se vessel, a private ntegral flotation If- welled. See Housing for the Elderly: Housing development for residents aged fifty five (55) and Industrial Use: See Section 1.1. Infill: A development project within existing urban fabric, on a vacant site within a built-up area. Infrastructure and Utilities: See Section 1.1, Civil Support. 1.19 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Inn\See Section 1.1, Lodging Use. Insiderning Radius: The curved edge of a Thoroughfare at an intersection, measured at the insid edge of the vehicular tracking. The smaller the Turning Radius, the smaller the pedestrian Vssing distance and the more slowly the vehicle is forced to make the turn. Intensity: The agnitude of development measured by Floor Lot Ratio per in the Restricted, Limite nd Open categories of a Transect Zone. Jail / Detention Faci 'es: A Building designated by law or regularly used confinement of persons held in lawful ustody. See Section 1.1 (Civil Support, Major F� Large Scale Retail: A retai r wholesale business occupying mor,000 square feet of Floor Area with a regional m et area, including but not limoff)AWail or wholesale sales, membership warehouse clubs, d ount stores and departmenfNWffW. See Article 6. N Laundry / Dry Cleaning Plant: A establishment provi in washing, dry cleaning, dyeing, pressing, or special similar services, n open to or for ct use of the general public. See Section 1.1 (Industrial, Products and Ser es). O Layer: A range of depth of a Lot within whi i edMin elements are permitted as regulated in this Code. See Article 4, Table 8, Diagram D Layer, First: The area of a Lot compri the d n between the Base Building Line and the required Setback including the P i to rontag . Layer, Second: That portion of t behi First L er which includes that portion of the Building which Enfronts the hor fare Layer, Third: That po he L i of within the First d Second Layer and is least visible from the Thor e. Learning Cent g - eSection 1.1, Educational Use. LEED: Le 011 in Energy and Environmental Design. Li h Q See Article 4, Table 6. L r: A Building or part of a Building with Habitable Space specifically designed enfront a pub space, masking a function without capacity to monitor public space, such as a king lot, Parking Garage or storage facility. Live -Work: See Section 1.1, Residential Uses Loading Space: An area in which goods and products are moved on and off a vehicle, including the stall or berth and the apron or maneuvering room incidental thereto. Lodging Use: See Section 1.1 1.20 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED L ging Unit: Attached or semidetached living quarters comprised of furnished room(s) of app ,.mately two hundred (200) gross square feet or more in area, including sanitary facilities but wi only limited kitchen facilities, if any; not qualifying as a Dwelling Unit or efficiency apartme _ occupied by transients on a rental or lease basis for limited periods of time. Lot: A Lot i ny individual Lot, tract or parcel of land, intended as a single Building site or unit, having an ass,. ed number or numbers, letter or letters, or other name through whi may be identified for de\shall urposes. A Lot may also be any combination of Lots arcels or other areas olished by acceptable legal joinder, delineated b s undary and assigned atter or other name through which it may be ide tended as a single unit for dpurposes. Lot Area: Lot the area within the Lot Property Line ding any portions of street rights -of - r uired dedications. n Lot, Conforming: A parcel of I d meeting the require is N this Code as to dimensions (width, depth, or area) and access. Lot, Corner: A Lot or parcel of la Abutting ( or more Thoroughfares at their intersection, or two (2) parts of the same horoCa forming an interior angle of less than one hundred thirty-five (135) degrees. Lot Coverage: The area of the Lotall uildings, excluding Structures such as decks, pools, and trellises. Lot, Interior: A Lot Abutting onlyelk ) Thoro r Lot, Nonconforming: A p el oad wi im ons or cess not meeting minimum requirements of this Code. Article ti 7.2.1. Lot, Through: A t r th n er Lot, and with Fr tage on more than one (1) Thoroughfare; Alle I not be R �red for purposes of this de ' ition. g � p p k Lot Line: The ary that legally and geometrically demarcates a Lo . Lot Wid length of the narrowest dimension Frontage Line of a Lot. r me Housing: As established by the City's Community Development Mai r Facility: See Section 1.1, Civil Support Use. Major Recreational Equipment: Vehicles including travel trailers, pickup campers, co trucks or buses, motorized homes, tent campers, tents, or other short-term housing or s arrangements and devices, boats and boat trailers, combinations thereof, and other si equipment, and trailers, cases, and boxes for transporting recreational equipment, wh occupied by such equipment or not. Manufacturing and Processing: See Section 1.1, Industrial Use. 1.21 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED na: See Section 1.1, Civil Support Use. Marinkrelated Industrial Facility: See Section 1.1, Industrial Use. Marine -re ted Commercial Establishment: See Section 1.1, Commercial Use. Market Rate using: As established by the City's Community Development Depa t. Middle /High-Sch I: See Section 1.1, Educational Use. Mitigation: Measure development activity. ken to eliminate, minimize, or compensa r damages from Multi -Family Housing: See Natural Features: Physical ch on Natural Zone or T1 Zone: See Arti 1.1, Residential Use. ristics of a property th are t man made. 4, Table 1. Navigable Waterway: The navigable pa of a y, centrally located with respect to the theoretical axis of the waterway (or the axis f t e i proved channel of the Miami River) which provides a throughway or access aisle for m essels. Neighborhood: An urbanized area tha p ari si ntial. A Neighborhood shall be based upon a partial or entire Standard P est n Sh hysical center of the Neighborhood should be located at an important tr is tersecti s iated with a Civic or Commercial use. Neighborhood Conservat' n Dct ( Hing ov lay district. See Section 3.12. NET: City of Miami's N ood a c ent Team. Nonconforming e Articl ion 7.2.1. Nonconformir 't Improvements: See Article 7, Section 7.2.1. Nonconje . Structure: See Article 7, Section 7.2.1. 14 Nu ing Home or Extended Care Facility: An institution which is licensed by t State of Florida to provide health care or medical supervision for twenty-four (24) or more co ecutive hours for three (3) or more persons not related to the governing authority by blood, mar ge or adoption. See Section 1.1 (Civil Support, Community Support Facility) and Article 6. orming Use: See Article 7, Section 7.2.1 Office: See Section 1.1, Office Use. Office Use: See Section 1.1. Open Air Retail: See Section 1.1, Commercial Use. 1.22 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Ope Space: Any parcel or area of land or water essentially unimproved by permanent Buildin and open to the sky; such space shall be reserved for public or private Use. Open Spaces ay include Parks, Greens, Squares, Courtyards, Gardens, Playgrounds, paseos (when desi ed predominantly for pedestrians), and pedestrian paths or associated landscaped areas. Outbuilding: \na usually located towards the rear of the same Lot incipal Building. It is snnected to the Principal Building by a Backbuildi g`` Park: A tract onated and used by the public for active and p ecreation.See Article 4, Tablewn as Public Park. Parking Areaes ned and used for parking mot 1i1�l5 including parking lots and garages, drage serving residential Uses, anghfares. Parking Garage or Parking Stru re: A Structure co t 'ng vehicular parking, including mechanical parking systems. Parking, Off-site: Spaces provided for v icles I Gated outside of the boundaries of the Lots to be served. Parking, Off-street: Any land area d u d for parking motor vehicles including parking lots and garages, driveways an a ges i residential uses, but excluding areas of Thoroughfares. See Articles 3 an 5 Parking, Tandem: The placem hicle^ee e in e other as opposed to side by side. Parking, Underground: g in whi RtV ling or roof the top level does not rise above any adjoining public SidW Pawnshop: Est Mints w ide loans upon delivery per, goods or other chattel as secur n sell those safl�re items as a secondhand retail rvice. See Section 1.1 (Industrial, Pro nd Services). A�rzc Pedest nes, that portion of a Building up to the eighth Story. A\da odium. an Orientation: The characteristics of an area where the locess to ings, types of Uses permitted on the street level, and storefront desineedsof p sons traveling on foot. Pedestrian Passage: A public Open Space restricted to pedestrian Usee 'cularaccess that connects Thoroughfares, Plazas, Alleys, garages and othesp es. See Article 4, Table 7. Pedestrian Shed: An area, approximately circular, that is centered on a common destination. A Pedestrian Shed is applied to determine the approximate size of a Neighborhood. A Standard Pedestrian Shed is one-quarter (1/4) mile radius, about the distance of a five-minute walk at a leisurely pace. A Linear Pedestrian Shed is elongated to follow a commercial corridor, 1.23 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED me uring one-quarter ('/4) mile out from the center line of the corridor. It has been shown that provi d with a pedestrian environment, most people will walk this distance rather than drive. The ou ' e of the shed must be refined according to actual site conditions, particularly along Thorough res. The common destination should have the present or future capacity to accommod Transect Zones successional in Density to its surroundings. A Long Pedestrian Shed is one alf (1/2) mile radius, and may be used for mapping a Transit Oriented Development ( D) when transit is present or proposed. (Sometimes called a " hed" or "walkable catchm t"). Personal Wireless S ice Facility (PWSF): A facility for the provision nal wireless services, as defined by e federal Telecommunications Act of 1996. A P F any facility for the transmission or recep n of personal wireless services, which ma sist of an antenna array, transmission cables, quipment shelter or Building, acces mount, and a guy system. Such facilities may i Iude "monopole" or "lattice r er)" Structures. See Section 1.1, (Civil Support, Infra s ucture and Utilities), and Arti Pharmaceutical Laboratories:P rmaceutical labora r are facilities equipped and intended for the testing of pharmaceut1 I products, pa their effects on the human body. Such research primarily entails the eval ion of th r tion, elimination, bioavailability and pharmacodynamics of medications admini red a arch participants. Due to the standard protocols associated with such research, t su sects must remain on-site for prolonged periods including overnight stays. See Secti ndustrial, Products and Services). Pier: A platform extending from shore r ater d secure and protect vessels or allow pedestrian access to extend over wa . rti Place of Assembly: See SectigRl� , Com i se. Planter: The element of t bl�ic sstre c hich accom dates street trees. Planters may be continuous or individ sep Playground: See 1 4, Tabl Plaza: See Ar, Table 7. Porch: o n air room appended to a Building, with floor and roof but no alls on the sides facin ges. e-cochere: See Carport. Pre -School: See Section 1.1, Educational Use. Primary -Secondary Grid: Thoroughfare designations appearing on a plan adopted under is Code or a Special Area Plan. See Article 3, Section 3.9. Principal Building: A Structure used to enclose or house the primary Use(s) located on a Lot; or the main Building on a Lot, usually located toward the front. Principal Dwelling Unit: See Single -Family Residence. 1.24 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED and Services: See Section 1.1, Industrial Uses. PropertN�ine: Demarcation of private property ownership. Public: Facil%es or land owned or operated by a governmental organization. Public Benefits Public Parking: S See Article 3, Section 3.14. ction 1.1, Civil Support Use. Public Storage Facilitie An establishment containin lockers used for the tem rary storage of househi vehicles, small boats, traile etc. These facilities residents. See Section 1.1 (In trial, Storage and DiE Recreational Establishment: See ion 1.1, Comn Recreational Facility: See Section 1.1, ivic Use. Religious Facility: See Section 1.11 Civic e. IV *A Research Facility: See Section 1.1, E torage areas or or recreational reds of nearby Rescue Mission: See Section 1.1, "vil STport —� Residential Use: See Section Retail Frontage Line: Fr e Line a ted on a cial Area Plan that require the ground level to be avail retail Right -of -Way, Pu at Ian I rust by the City between base building lines, including the si k, wale and pa way area, and the roadway, str t and highway. Rowhouse elling Unit that shares a party wall with another Dwe i g Unit of the same type. r ne or T2 Zone: See Article 4, Table 1. Sca : The spatial relationship among Structures along a street or block front, inclu ' g height, bulk and yard relationships. Scale also refers to the proportional relationship of the siz of parts to one another and to the human figure. Screening: Visually shielding or obscuring one Structure or Use from another by a L Building, fencing, wall, or densely planted vegetation. Secondary Grid: See Primary -Secondary Grid. 1.25 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Sack: The distance from the Base Building Line to the point where a Building may be con ucted. This area must be maintained clear of permanent Structures with the exception of encro hments described in each Transect Zone. Shared P N ing Standards: An accounting for parking spaces that are available to more than one function. Shopfront: \pave 4, Table 6. Sidewalk: Thayer of the Public Frontage dedicated exclusively to 1;4 n activity. Single -Family Residen\Facili Section 1.1, Residential Use. �v Solid Waste Facility: r the disposition of unwante dZrded material including garbage with insufficienntent to be free flowing. SeAX 1.1 (Industrial, Products and Services). N Special Area Plan: See Article 3, Se 'on 3.9. Special Training Facility / Vocational: e Se 1 11 1, Educational Use. Specified Anatomical Areas: Those area opaquely covered, which consist of: buttocks, anus, anal cleft, or cleavage; f top of the areola; or (d) human m ge als (Commercial, Entertainment Establi nt, Adu human body, less than completely and N1 or pubic region; (b) male or female a elow a point immediately above the Kinibly turgid state. See Section 1.1 Specified Sexual Activiti a ac ie ich, w\rtainment ibed, displayed, exhibited, simulated, or depicted by oever I an adult ent service establishment: (a) show the human g n a f xualstimuling aroused to a state of sexual stimulation, ( acts f m asturbation, hal intercourse, or sodomy; or sexual acts b human n nimals; (c) shohuman being fondling or touching erota enitals, pubs area, buttock, anusreast of another human being. See Se y .1 (Commercial Entertainment Establdu Square icle 4, Table 7. space where placed for parking or loadi or unloading Stoop: A small stair, landing or ramp connecting a Building entrance to the Sidewalk Article 4, Table 6. Storage and Distribution: See Section 1.1, Industrial Use. Story: A level within a Building by which Height is measured. 1.26 See MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED St etscape: The urban element that establishes the major part of the public realm. The stree cape is composed of Thoroughfares (travel lanes for vehicles and bicycles, parking lanes for ca and Sidewalks or paths for pedestrians) as well as the amenities of the Public Frontage (street trees and plantings, benches, streetlights, paving, street furniture, etc.), and the visible rivate Frontages (Building Facades and Building Elevations, Porches, yards, Fences, etc.). Streetscreen: A eestanding wall required in certain Transect Zones built alo�ntage Line, or coplanar X h the Facade, often for the purpose of masking a ?r� t om the Thoroughfare. See A Xcle 4, Table 8. � Structure: A Structure i anything constructed or erected, the use QViich requires fixed location on the ground or a chment to something having fixed Ioc the ground or on or below the surface of the group or water. Sub -Urban Zone or T3 Zone: \SpeciArea e 1. Terminated Vista: A location ion o oughfare. A Building located at a Terminated Vista designated ola6 q fired to be designed in response to the axis. CTerrace: See Article 4, Table 6 Thoroughfare: A vehicular way incorpo in mov la s and parking lanes within a right-of- way as part of an interconnected net rk vehi estrian, and bicycle mobility. Tower: In T6 Zones that portion® ildin t tend bove the Pedestal. Towing Service: Establi nt whi pr v' s for the re vehicles but does not i ispo r nent disassembl of inoperable vehicle Townhouse: Sohouse. Transect: urban. To oval and temporary storage of !*salvage or accessory storage )rdering human habitats in a range from the mo lescribe the physical character of place at any S and use and urbanism. natural to the most IIS according to the sect Zone (T -Zone): The identification of areas of varying Density whose haracter is det mined by the requirements for Use, Height, Setback and the form of Building a the form of the enfronting public streetscape. The elements are determined by their locatio on the Transect scale. The T -Zones are: T1 Natural, T2 Rural, T3 Sub -Urban, T4 Urban Gene I, T5 Urban Center, and T6 Urban Core, CS Civic Space, Cl Civic Institutional, CI -HD Civic Instit 'on — Health District, D1 Work Place, D2 Industrial and D3 Waterfront Industrial. Within T3 throu T6 Zones are additional categories, Restricted (R), Limited (L) and Open (0), and eac category shall also be considered a T -Zone. Transit Corridor: A mass transit route with designated transit vehicle(s) operating at an average 10 minute or less headway Monday thru Friday between the hours of lam thru 7pm 1.27 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED an Nncludes designated transit stop locations. Multiple transit routes or types of transit vehicles may Xt be added cumulatively under this definition for the purpose of parking reductions. Transit ility: See Section 1.1, Civil Support Use. Transit Orie ed Development (TOD): A designation established by the City in order to support and pro ote the use of public transit, involving an area of approximately o alf (1/2) mile radius, with a onvergence of modes of transit, or a train station. Transition Line: A h 'zontal line spanning the full width of a Facade, exp y a material change or by a continuo horizontal articulation such as a cornice or a b Transmission Towers: Fr standing Structures intended for the sdft of antennas used in the reception and relay of rada radio, cellular, television or tel n mmunications. Travel Trailer / Recreational Ve 'cle: A vehicular, p ble tructure built on a chassis, designed to be used as a temporary elling for travel, re a 'onal, or vacation purposes. This includes pickup campers, converted t cks, converte , converted automobiles, tent or pop -out campers, tents, or other short -ter housing It r arrangements. Two -Family Residence: See Section 1.1, ReXdtntij Use. Type: A category determined by Fun siti , and configuration, including size or extent, such as Thoroughfare types, Civ p ce Ty A Unity of Title: A written agreeme a cuted b d tween a property owner and the City whereby the property owner for flied c 'd a ion the City agrees that the Lots and or parcels of land constitutin he ing . s of be c veyed, mortgaged and or leased separate and apart from e ther an t y shall be he together as one (1) tract. Such Unity of Title shall be re in th c ecords of Dade C nty, Florida and shall run with the land and shall bEW upon toNS p rty owner(s), their suc ssors and assigns. Urban CentereorOT16 T5 Zone: Article 4, Table 1. Urban Cor Zone: See Article 4, Table 1. Urba n: Form, in terms of both beauty and function, of urban areas. rban design is d with the location, mass, and design of various urban components d combines e ents of urban planning, architecture, landscape architecture, and traffic engine ng. Urban Form: The spatial arrangement of a particular environment, as definedXy the connectivity of built mass and form, the natural environment, and the movement of pe ons, goods and information within. Use: The purpose or activity for which land, water or Buildings are designed, arranged, intended, or for which land or Buildings are occupied or maintained. USGBC: United States Green Building Council. 1.28 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED ance: Permit approved pursuant to the requirements of Article 7. Vehic Rental Facility: An establishment where motor vehicles are kept and maintained for lease, v1 ere such vehicles are dropped off or picked up and where customers complete all transactio necessary for the short term lease of such vehicles. See Article 6. Verge: Thesp e between the Sidewalk and the Curb. Vessel: Any wat raft, power -driven or not, mobile or stationary, sur, u ace or hydrofoil, including b not limited to ships, boats, houseboats, air boats, planes, but excluding Floating Stru\acti Vessel, Commercial:built, altered, or used for the princes, ose of engaging in water -related commercincluding but not limited to cjir rshing boats, cruise ships, and freighters. N/► N Vessel, Private Pleasure Craft: vessel which is pri a owned or leased primarily for recreational purposes. Private pleas craft do not commercial, official, or scientific vessels. For regulatory purposes, priva leas ure e divided into two (2) classes: Minor: Under sixteen (16) feet in length; Major: teen et and over in length. Private pleasure craft may or may not contain facilities quali ' g h esidential Use. Where they do contain such facilities, Use within the City limits sha verned as provided in this Code and other applicable regulations. View Corridor: An axial view termi ing a na storical feature. Visibility, Material impedimen Any ri o s ction to visibility that would result in concealment of a child m e t two alf (2 2) feet in height approaching an intersection, or would con n appr h utomotive v icle or cyclist from such a child. In determining whethe enali nt exists to visa 'Iity, the speed, direction, and duration of moveme t of of ti Ilision or contact sha e considered. Visibility Trian e Article 4, T Ie 8. Waiver: P proved pursuant to the requirements of Article 7. fte Warr rmit approved pursuant to the requirements of Article 7. Q force Housing: See Article 3, Section 3.14. Work -Live: See Section 1.1, Residential Use 1.29 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED \0twstanding TIONS OF SIGNS definitions in this Code referring to Lot Frontage, for the purpose of regulating of Signs, the term "fronting on a street," "street frontage," or "frontage" shall be s adjacent to a street, whether at the front, rear, or side of a Lot. Except as of rwise provided, any Sign bearing advertising matter shall be condered an Advertising Sig or the purposes of this Code. For purposes of this ode, and notwithstanding the definition of Structure gAq applicable in this Code, any traile r other vehicle, and any other device which is a movable and designed or used prima for the display of Signs shall be construed Sign Structure, and any Signs thereon s II be limited in area, number, location, r characteristics in accordance with general ulations and regulations ap I Ze Transect in which displayed. Blank Masking: A plain strip, bear no advertising matteyWpun the edge of a sign. v Changeable Copy Sign: Sign on wy can b h ged either in the field or by remote hi cop means. O Marquee: A permanent, roofed Structure thi that projects over a public right-of-way. Media Tower: A Structure that may serCO s display system, utilizing signage, o and message media within the South ertoT Outdoor Advertising Bus^ss: heqe space on a lease or rent b is for a advertising related t5�,1 business use of a sits Advertising Sign sj as 1 d to and supported by a Building and a WRedevelopment werand a kinetic illuminated media rmsof animated illuminated visual Area. se of prXiding outdoor displays or display ,rtising an not primarily or necessarily for Mises n Werected. Such use all be considered a separate ct to I' and conformance of the ermitted use of the Outdoor con sidedependently. oor AdmAwng Sign: Sign where the sign copy does not pein to the use of the arty, uct sold, or the sale or lease of the property on which n is displayed and I not identify the place of business as purveyor of the merchXidise or services e n the Sign. Any Outdoor Advertising Sign located on a site is consi yes use of that site and conformance of the permitted use of the Outdoor be considered independently. gyred a separate Kyertising Sign Sign: Any identification, description, illustration, or device, illuminated or non -illuminate that is visible from a public right-of-way or is located on private property and visible to the pub and which directs attention to a product, place, activity, person, institution, business, messag or solicitation, including any permanently installed or situated merchandise, with the exceptionIN window displays, and any letter, numeral, character, figure, emblem, painting, banner, pennant, placard, or temporary Sign designed to advertise, identify or convey information. The following are specifically excluded from this definition of "Sign:" 1.30 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED • Governmental Signs and legal notices. • Signs not visible beyond the boundaries of the Lot or parcel upon which they are located, or from any public right-of-way. • Signs displayed within the interior of a Building which are not visible from the exterior the Building. • Na i nal flags and flags of political subdivisions. • Wea er flags. • Addres numbers, provided they do not exceed two square feet in�ar • Signs loc ed in the public right-of-way which shall be governedter 54 of the City Code. Sign, Address: Signs li d in subject matter to the street numb tal address of the property, the names of oc ants, the name of the proper as appropriate to the circumstances, any matter pe issible in the form of notice, it I, or warning Signs, as defined below. Names of Occup is may include indicati ns to their professions, but any Sign bearing advertising matter sh be construed to be an vertising Sign, as defined below. Sign, Advertising: Signs intended to romote the a goods or services, or to promote attendance at events or attractions. \ �V Sign, Animated: Any Sign or part of a Sign Wd or rotation, or which gives the visual impr i Sign, Revolving or Whirling: A revolvin whi or turns, or has external Sign ele s that red revolutions per minute. Such Si �be vJ air. ` C manges physical position by any movement, such movement or rotation. is an Animated Sign, which revolves irn, at a speed greater than six (6) or propelled by the force of wind or Sign, Banner: A Sign mat fjorn flexib nIVrial suspende om a pole or poles, or with one (1) or both ends att�bl Stru ructures. Where Si s are composed of strings of banners, they shall rued inant or streamer Signs. �.Sign, Canopy ing: A sign painted, stamped, perforated, stitc d or otherwise applied on the vala awning, eyelid or other protrusion above or around indow, door or other opening oncade. Si �ol�dEruction: A temporary Sign erected on the premises on which c\by taking dbring the period of such construction, indicating the names of indntities as ciated with, participating in or having a role or interest with respect to totable features of the project under construction may be included in construction sof text or images. Sign, Development: Onsite Signs announcing features of proposed developments, developments either completed or in process of completion. Sign, Flashing: A Sign which gives the effect of intermittent movement, or which changes to give more than one (1) visual effect. 1.31 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Si Ground or Freestanding: Any non-movable Sign not affixed to a Building, a self supp ing Sign. Ground Signs shall be construed as including Signs mounted on poles or posts in the und, signs on fences, Signs on walls other than the walls of Buildings, Signs on Sign vehicles, rtable Signs for placement on the ground (A -frame, inverted T -frame and the like), Signs on o uspended from tethered balloons or other tethered airborne devices, and Signs created by la scaping. Sign, Hanging: rojecting Sign suspended vertically from and supported bytfjq� . ide of a canopy, marquee, caning or from a bracket or other device extending fro A� u Sign, Historic: See Ch ter 23 of City Code. Sign, Home Office: A Sig containing only the name and occunA& f a permitted home office. Sign, Identification: A Sign limit to the name, address d n ber of a Building, institution or person and to the activity carrie n in the BuildingcI i itution or the occupation of the person. Sign, Illuminated: A Sign illuminated in a mab an artificial light source. Where artificial lighting making the Sign visible is incidental eral illumination of the premises, the Sign shall not be construed to be an Illuminated Si vv Sign, Indirectly Illuminated: A Sign i i t*'aby light directed toward or across it or by backlighting from a source no ithi . Sumination for such Signs may be in the form of gooseneck lamps, spo h or lum. Reflectorized Signs depending on '; automobile headlights for an in c periodshall be construed to be Indirectly iiiuminatea aigns. v Sign, Internally (or di Ilu%' tt Sign containing own source of artificial light internally, and depe maril nh source for visibility ing periods of darkness. V Sign, Notieeal, and Wa ing: For the special purposes f this Code, and in the interest of and property, notice, directional, and warnin igns are defined as Signs limitng notice concerning posting of property agains trespass, directing deliverieocation of entrances, exits and parking on private operty, indicating locati buried utilities, warning against hazardous conditions, prohi i ing salesmen, ON or agents, and the like. Sig , Offsite: A Sign depicting or conveying either commercial or noncommercial ssages, or combinations thereof, and not related to the uses or premises on which erected. Sign, Onsite: A Sign depicting or conveying either commercial or non-commercial messa s, or combinations thereof, which are directly related to the uses or premises on which erected. Sign, Pennant or Streamer: Pennant or Streamer Signs, or Signs made up of strings of pennants, or composed of ribbons or streamers, and suspended over open premises or attached to Buildings. 1.32 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Ski, Portable: A Sign, not permanently affixed to a Building, Structure or the ground. Sign, ojecting: A Sign wholly or partially attached to a Building or other Structure and which projects ore than twelve (12) inches from its surface. Sign, Realtate: Signs used solely for the purpose of offering the property on which they are displayed for le, rent, lease, or inspection or indicating that the property ha n sold, rented, or lease . Such Signs shall be non -illuminated and limited in content to t of the owner or agent, an ddress or telephone number for contact, and an indic t ea and general classification f the property. Real Estate Signs are distinguished regulations from other forms of A rtising Signs and are permitted in certain distr" t a locations from which other forms of Adv ising Signs are excluded. Sign, Roof: A Sign affixed in ny manner to the roof of a Buil d�.n/Sign mounted in whole or in part on the wall of the Bui 'ng and extending above the a of a pitched roof or the roof line (or parapet line, if a para t exists) of a flat roof. Sign, Temporary: A Sign or advertis display inten e displayed for a limited and brief period of time as regulated by the City e and thi Sign, vehicle: A trailer, automobile, truck, r th vehicle used primarily for the display of Signs (rather than with Sign display incidenta of the vehicle for transportation). Sign, Wall or Flat: A Sign painted on'*'l?%jutsi f uilding, or attached to, and erected parallel to the face of a Building, and pp ed th its length by such Building. Sign, Window: A Sign painted, d or a in an manner to the interior or exterior of a window which is visible, wh ly o art f th blic rig -of-way. Sign Structure: A Stru r the support of Signs. Signs, Area Of: rface ao Sign shall be computed including the entire area within a parallel m, triangle, circle! semicircle or other regular ge etric figure, including all of the element e matter displayed, but not including blank maski (a plain strip, bearing no advertis' ter around the edge of a sign), frames, display of ide ification or licensing officially u69d by any governmental body, or structural elements outsi the Sign surface and %no advertising matter. In the case of Signs mounted back -to -ba or angled away Signs, Number Of: For the purpose of determining the number of Signs, a Sign shall be considered to be a single display surface or display device containing elements organized, related, and composed to form a unit. Where matter is displayed in a random manner without organized relationship of units or where there is a reasonable doubt about relationship of f e h other, the surface area of each Sign shall be computed. In the ca of cylindrical s, Signs in the shape of cubes, or other Signs, which are substantially thre dimensional wit espect to their display surfaces, the entire display surface or surfaces shall be � cluded in computations of area. In the case of embellishments (display portions of Signs tending outside the general display area), surface area extending outside the general display a a and bearing advertising material shall be computed separately as part of the total surface area the Sign. 1.33 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED el ents, each element shall be considered to be a single Sign. Where Sign surfaces are inte ed to be read from different directions (as in the case of Signs back-to-back or angled from e h other), each surface shall be considered to be a single Sign. 1.34 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TA E OF CONTENTS 2.A Miami 21 Atlas 2.1 Purpose and Intent 2.2 A licability O G MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2.A XVI IAM 121 ATLAS e Official Miami 21 Atlas is maintained in the Office of the City Clerk. - r - ` PROPOSED ATLAS i' TNATURAL F. T33 5i19-UA0AfI T4 GENERAL URBAN TS URBAN CENTER Te -.e- URBAN CORE - T642- URBAN CORE T6.24` URBAN CORE T&369" URBAN CORE - TO.Mby URBAN CORE T6-60- URBAN CORE T&W UREM CORE 04 WORK PLACE 02 MDUSTRIAL O3 MARINE - C$ m , 5PACEfPARKS GI CIVIC INSTITUTION CMD CIVIC INSTRUTION- HEALTH DISTRICT R-RESTRICTB0 L -LI4TW O -OPEN 11.2 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2 2.1.1 2.1.2 PURPOSE AND INTENT Title and Purpose This Code shall be known as the Miami 21 Code of the City of Miami, Florida. his Code is declared to be in accord with the Miami Co ehensive ighborhood Plan, as required by the Local Government Co i4ensive Pla ing and Land Development Regulation Act, Section 46jft seq., Flori Statutes (the "Comprehensive Plan"). A primary pur s� this Code is to impl ent the Comprehensive Plan. b. It is furt\health rpose of the Miami 21 Code to the public health, safety, mvenience, comfort, amenities, y, and general welfare of the Cprovide a wholesome, servi a nd attractive community, including itation protection of th env, nment; conservation of land, energy l esources; improved 'lity; more efficient use of public funds; glth nefits of a pedes ironment; historic preservation; provisiontiona nd open spac uction of sprawl; and improvement of the built environment an human 10 11 c. To further the goals and ob of this Code, the City is d'' characteristics, area, cI accomplish the goals and 4 Intent O The Miami 21 is develop4en.0 a re: context, � _ aturay C! 5 6 y1 the Comprehensive Plan and the purpose Transect Zones ("T -Zones") of such number, y jff urpose, adaptability, or use as will AL%diomprehensive Plan and this Code. d advance the i r �t the existing con , infrastructure and Bui servation goals include: of both conservation and of the City, its regional S. Preserving Neighborhoods, Historical Resources and thatural environment Improving the relationship between low Density Residen I neighborhoods and adjacent Commercial Corridors with appropriate trans 'ons and Height following the theory of the Transect Increasing access to the natural environment through the Riverwalk, the north -south Greenway, and new Parks Conserving energy and reducing carbon dioxide emissions througl Thoroughfare connectedness to encourage walkability, bicycling use Increasing tree canopy Encouraging green Buildings 11.3 of Density and k, the MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED b. \ The development goals include: 1. Maintaining the future growth capacity of the City core to ensure its preeminence as the transit -oriented, pedestrian -friendly focus for the region's economic, civic and cultural activities 2. ebuilding the City's commercial Corridors to function as Mixed -IJ , transit- .ented, walkable centers for adjacent Residential Neighborhoods 3. En ring that private Development contributes to increase ucture capa ' , and through building embellishes a pedestrian-fri b is realm of highes mbient quality 4. Establish a rational process for successional growth as identified for density an rowth 2.1.3 Transect Principles The Miami 21 Code is in nded to encoura e volution of a settlement pattern based on the organizationa rinciples oft sect. The Transect is defined as a geographical cross-section th reveals ence of environments. Applied to the human or the built environme th ct is used to identify and organize a continuum of the physical environ ging from the least to the most urban. Transect planning creates i ated and harmonious environments, based on the arrangement of the nts to support locational character. Within the range of urba ntexts, nt type of location, called a Transect Zone, has develop NFF�nctio I t and Disposition appropriate to the location, and integra s e detail o th corre onding public realm. To ensure this integration, the ' mi CodAnt develop ent on Lots as well as establishes guidelines fort tailing o puIV right-of-w&y. r example, narrow streets with open sw le eir reighborhoods of burban character, while wide streets w line s ks accompany Comm cial Development in more intense areas. T sect encourages the making of places that build \be ric character and volve over time. This evolution, with the principles eed below guiding th or reduction in Density and Intensity, is called s"on. Successional ange emerges from a vision of the larger urban context ariate transitions across Transect Zones. The City of Miami's urban context is comprised of a sf Neig orhoods,Corridors, urban centers, and Districts, each with its own ment of ansectZones. In all cases the goal of transit -oriented, pedesndly, Mix -Useurbanism shall guide the arrangement of Transect Zones, hfares, Buil gsand landscape. The specific design of each component shappropriate to Transect Zone, as provided in this Code. Transect Zones are sequential in Intensity: successional zoning changes shall only be permitted sequentially and respecting transitions across Abutting Transect Zones as provided in Article 7. W MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Transect Zones manifest a range of responses to natural and urban conditions. As described in Article 5, Transect Zones T1, T2 and T3, the least urban, emphasize the presence of the natural environments. Transect Zones T4, T5 and T6, D1, D2 and 3 prioritize the built environment. Sp ific to Natural (T1), Rural (T2) and Sub -Urban (T3) Zones, impermea a surface shall minimized and confined to the ratio of Lot Coverage by Buildin sp ified in Article To the extent not inconsistent with applicable state or�e� storm water ma gement on Thoroughfares may be accomplished t Q� a ention and percolation, hanneled by curbside swales, or through undergr orm drainage channeled by ised curbs. Specific to Gen\Lots. n (T4), Urban Center (T5) n�Core (T6) Zones, to the extent not Innt with applicable state ore w, the continuity of the urbanized areasransition to take prece enc over the natural environment, except Parks, and natural featur St rm water management on Thoroughfares as II be implement i rily through underground storm drainage channais curbs, and a shall be no retention or detention required on the iLots. Imperm rface shall be confined to the ratio of Lot Coverage by specifi inert - and Article 8. 2.1.3.1 The City - Guiding Principl a. The City should retainatural i as re and visual character derived from its location andcli irTcludi t y, landscape and coastline. b. Growth trat .es s ould A cur Infill and development. c. Newe� ent s� e tructured to reinfo and u nters, i o growth at transit nodes vv d. ortation Corridors should be planned and Use. a pattern of Neighborhoods ither than along Corridors. reserVd in coordination with reen Corridors should be encouraged and developed to en ce and connect the urbanized areas. f. The City should include a framework of transit, pedestrian, and\activit s that provide alternatives to automobile use. g. A diversity of land use should be distributed throughout the a variety of economic activity, workplace, residence, recreation and h. Affordable and Workforce Housing should be distributed throughout the City to match job opportunities and to avoid concentrations of poverty. The City should expand and enhance transit opportunities and connections throughout the City. 11.5 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2.1.X2 The Community - Guiding Principles a. Neighborhoods and urban centers should be the preferred pattern of Development and Transect Zones emphasizing single use should be the exception. b. N ' hborhoods and Urban centers should be compact, pedestrian- ie ed and Mix -Use. Density and Intensity of Use should relate to,d transit servic ` c. The ordin activities of daily living should occur within distance of most dwellings, al ing independence to those who do not d. Interconnected works of Thoroughfares sh d signed to disperse and reduce the length automobile trips and to nco ge walking and bicycling. e. A range of Open Spa including Parks u es and Playgrounds, should be distributed within Neighb oods and url nnters. f. Appropriate building Densiti d uses should occur within walking distance of transit stops. f. Civic, Institutional and Ma should be embedded in Mixed -Use urban centers, not isolated mot se complexes. g. Schools should b to to n to walk or bicycle safely to school. New schools sho d be to t prima Thoroughfares. h. Within Nei b oods, r of housing es and price levels should acco m ivera d incomes. v 2.1.3.3 The�nd the BuiNlding - Guiding Principles uildings and landscaping should contribute to the ph ical definition of horoughfares as civic places. b. Development should adequately accommodate vehicles while \princip d. Architecture and landscape design should grow from local climate, topography, history, and building practice. pedestrian and the spatial form of public space. c. The design of Thoroughfares and Buildings should reinforce safe but not at the expense of accessibility. Designs should incorpora Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (OPTED). e. Buildings should allow their inhabitants to experience the geography and climate through energy efficient design. W MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TED Civic Buildings and public gathering places should be located to reinforce community identity and support self-government. Civic Buildings should be distinctive and appropriate to a role more important than the other Buildings that constitute the fabric of the City. h. servation and renewal of historic resources should be facilitated rm the co 'nuity of the community. +`�� i. Harmo ' us and orderly change and Development of urb as should be enabled ough a form -based zoning code that guides a ates change. 2.2 APPLICABILITY 2.2.1 Generally O 2.2.1.1 This Code replaces the Zoning ce for the City of Miami, also known as Ordinance 11000 except th S n 627, "SD -27 Midtown Special District" is hereby retained and incor A dix C hereto and all provisions of Ordinance 11000 referred to ecti hall be applied to Midtown Special District, providing howev at within - Special District the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board a o dur r appeals thereto set out by this Miami 21 Code shall re lac th onin I o r nd p edures related to appeals thereto in Ordinance 1100 Furtherm re ion iami WorldCen is hereby retained and incorpora ppe ix reto and all provisions o rdinance 11000 referred to in Se 3 sha applied to Miami WorldCen providing however that wit Miami World enter the Planning, Zoning a Appeals Board and p es related to appeals thereto set out by this Miami 2 ode shall replace the g Board and procedures related to appeals thereto in Ordi nce 11000. 2` W Miami 21 Atlas C1. The Miami 21 Atlas is the official Zoning Atlas for the City of ami. The boundaries of all Transect Zones and the Transect designation are sho on the series of map sheets that compose the Miami 21 Atlas. The Miami 21 Atl may be supplemented by additional layers or separate maps to the Atlas sh ts, where the scale generally applicable to the Atlas sheets does not adequa show the details of boundaries or designations necessary to the particular area. b. The Miami 21 Atlas, together with all adopted explanatory and supplemental material shown therein, is hereby adopted by reference and shall be part of this Code. The Official Zoning Atlas as adopted by Ordinance 11000 for the same area is hereby repealed. 11.7 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED c. The Miami 21 Atlas, and any amendments thereto, shall be maintained in the office of the City Clerk, and a certified copy of the Miami 21 Atlas shall be maintained at the Planning Department. Each Atlas sheet or supplemental element thereto shall be authenticated by the signature of the Mayor of the City, attested by the signature of the City Clerk of the City, and shall bear the seal of the City. d.pposed amendment to the Miami 21 Atlas shall be identified erence to e Atrolas sheet or supplement involved, in addition to a leggy of the prop or such other information as is required to makesp a application of the endment. Any unauthorized changes to the Mia i Atlas shall be consider a violation of this Code and punishable as pror. law. 2.2.1.3 This Code affects a lands, water, Structures, Use a pancies within the area of the City of Miami own on the Miami 21tlas. o Building, Structure, land or water shall be used o occupied, no land s" be subdivided and no Building, Structure, land or part t reof shall be de except in conformity with the Transect regulations in whi it is located 1th all applicable regulations in this Miami 21 Code. O G 2.2.2 Conflicts Where the requirements of thi mi 2 ary with the applicable requirements of any law, statute, rule.44Nplation, in or code, the most restrictive or that imposing the higher s rd -shall This Code does t ab gate r ffe ny Ease ents, covenants, deed restrictions, property owner ss iation r es, agreements b een private parties. Where the regulations t in o e are more res ' tive than such Easements, covenant, restr i omeowner association es, or agreements between privat a the res ri ons of this Code shall govern. 2.2.3 ling Actions and Development Approvals the adeptiGReffective date of this Miami 21 Code shall not affec or prevent the prosecution of any action pending at the time of the adapt+aneffecti date of this Code, which action is to enforce Ordinance 11000, or the condi ns of any development order adopted under Ordinance 11000. The conditi s of a development approval under Ordinance 11000 shall continue in full force a effect unless a new approval is obtained, at which time the development shall co into conformance with these regulations if required under Article 7, Section .2 "Nonconformities" of this Code. W. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2. .4 Rules of Construction 2.2.4.1 In their interpretation and application, the provisions of this Miami 21 Code shall be he minimum requirements or maximum limitations, as the case may be, adopted for t promotion of the public health, safety, morals or general welfare. 2.2.4.2 The\Headiin. ral rules of construction shall apply to the text ott` a. tion and subsection headings shall not be de lb govern, limit, ny manner affect the scope, meaning, or i any provision of ode. e b. Illustrations. In cXe of any difference of meaniication between the text of any provision a any illustration, the tex sha ontrol, unless the intent of the Code is clearly othe ise. c. Terminology: Shall, ma and should..) ' is always mandatory and not permissive. "May" is per i sive. " is advisory and identifies guidance provided by the City Commis "on ilk - plementation of these regulations. d. Tenses and numbers. W in the present tense include the future, words used in the singular inclu u the plural includes the singular, unless the context clearly indicate con e. Conjunctions. U� e c e t indicates otherwise, the following conjunctions shall e n erpret d s Ilows: 1. "And" in 'ca s that a co cted items or p visions shall apply. 2. " r" s th o nected items or pr isions may apply singly or in a inati 3. /or" indi a t at the connected items or p visions shall apply singly �ot in combination. v ender. Use of the masculine gender includes the femini\ender use of e) he feminine gender includes the masculine. g. Any act authorized by this Code to be carried out by a speagency of the City is impliedly authorized to be carried out by a desfficial or agency. h. Any reference to federal laws, Florida Statutes, Florida Administrativeode, Miami -Dade County Code, or any other official code shall be construed to a reference to the most recent enactment of the particular law, and shall inclu any amendments to it as may be adopted from time to time. i. Capitalized terms in Articles 2 - 8 refer to Article 1 Definitions. WO MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2.X4.3 Calculations a. Rounding. Where cumulative requirements or limitations are to be computed for purposes of this Code, fractions shall be carried forward in the summation, and the total rounded to the nearest whole number, subject to existing minimum Lot sizes and maximum Densities or Intensities of development required by the gulations of this Miami 21 Code. b. Tim The time within which an act is to be done shall be compu luding the fir and including the last day, except that if the last a Saturday, Sunday legal holiday, that day shall be excluded. ` 2.2.5 Transect Zone Boun ries 2.2.5.1 Except as otherwise spe 'fically provided, a Tr ect ymbol or name shown within Transect boundaries in the iami 21 Atlas in ' e hat regulations pertaining to the Transect Zone extend throug ut the who[ r surrounded by the boundary line. O 2.2.5.2 Except as provided in Section 2. here a Transect Zone designation is not indicated for an area in the i tlas, the area shall be construed to be zoned as for the most restrictive A n corrective action shall be taken by the City Commission. 2.2.5.3 Where uncertainty a st as to t I c 'on of boundary of a Transect Zone, or other areas deli to or re o rposes in he Miami 21 Atlas, the following rules shall appI a. Boun dicat �a proximately following the nterlines of streets, alleys, rig ay, or Et„,ents shall be construed as fol ing such centerlines as ��t on the ground. bvoundaries indicated as approximately following boundarie of Thoroughfares, e) public or private Property Lines, Rights -Of -Way, or Eas ents shall be construed as following such boundaries. Provided, however, t t where such boundaries are so located with relation to other opposing boundari as to leave such areas without apparent zoning designation, such boundari shall be construed as running to the centerlines of the areas remaining. c. Boundaries indicated as approximately following mean high water link or centerlines of streams, canals, lakes, bays, or other bodies of water shall e construed as following such mean high water lines or centerlines. In the case of change in mean high water line, the boundary shall be construed as moving with the change. d. Where variation of the actual location from the mapped location would change the zoning status of a Lot or parcel, the boundary shall be interpreted so as to avoid the change. 11.10 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED e. In the event of vacation, the boundary shall be construed as remaining in its location, except where ownership of the vacated property is divided other than at the center, in which case the boundary shall be construed as moving with the ownership. 2.2.5.4 undaries indicated as approximately following City limits shall be construed as fo wing such City limits. Where property previously within the City is re ved from its Nts, the zoning boundaries involved shall be construed as moving t c form to the ch ge in City limits. Where property previously located slut sty is annexe oning boundaries shall not be construed as movin i y limits. In such case the City may receive and process permit applicati the property, but no perm shall be issued until the City Commission ve rezoned the property to est Iish its zoning status and the permit is folin accord with the zoning. 2.2.5.5 Boundaries indicate as entering any body of ater, but not continuing to intersection with other nsect boundaries or the ity limits, shall be construed as extending in the directs in which they end ody of water to intersection with other zoning boundaries or it the City lim, 2.2.5.6 Boundaries indicated as appro ate el to or extensions of mean high water lines or centerlines of bodies of hall be construed as being parallel to or extensions of such features. 2.2.5.7 Where distances are not spe Ily i they shall be determined eferenc t th 2.2.5.8 Where boundaries our within c of la Lots shall be de pe separ e a rding to O Iq Aii on any map in the Miami 21 Atlas, le of the map. comprising more than one Lot, the V assigned Transect Zone. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 2. GENERAL PROVISIONS PUBLIC HEARING -FIRST READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED S PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. 11.12 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TAB1E OF CONTENTS 3.1 \Density nes 3.2 3.3 ntages 3.4 ulations w 3.5 Measuremen f Height 3.6 Off -Street Parkin and Loading Standards 3.7 Fences and Walls 3.8 Thoroughfares 3.9 Special Area Plans 3.10 Historic Preservation Standar 3.11 Waterfront Standards 3.12 Design Guidelines and Neighborho Cons a on Districts 3.13 Sustainability 3.14 Public Benefits Program 0 O MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED �VIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. 111.2 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES 3.1 ANSECT ZONES 3.1.1 The iami 21 Code Transect Zones are described in Article 4, Table 1 and include the stand s summarized in Article 4, Table 2 and further described in Articl 5. They range i Function and Density from low -Density, primarily residential a a o high Density M d -Use areas, across the Transect, with zones identified as 3, T4, T5, T6, CS, CI -HD, D1, D2 and D3 and all R, L, O and T6 subcat 3.2 PHASING All development sha onform to this Code regardless of aach phase of a development project s I conform to this Code in its e r 3.3 LOTS AND FRONTAGES 3.3.1 Lots assembled into one owners within single Lot. Lots assembled into on wn Zone shall be developed according Lot. In such cases, there shall Capacity between Transect Zon ownership, the side or rear Setb sha W Lot assembly sha_Mquire a only throuah sect Zone may be developed as a at encompass more than one Transect rresponding Transect regulation for each nsfer of Density or Intensity of Development Wwhere Lots are assembled into one r Property Line may be eliminated it - itle acceptable to the City Attorney. v 3.3.2 In Transe$_Ugg s T5, T61 , CS, D1, D2, and D3, buil ble sites shall Enfront a vehicul hfare or a Pedestrian Passage, with at least e Principal Frontage. v 3.3.3 Lot ng Thoroughfares on more than one (1) side shall hav\ae ted Principal e(s) and may have Secondary Frontage(s). Unless otheignated by a ie Area Plan, a Principal Frontage shall be that facing the are of higher destrian importance or intensity (i.e., traffic volume, numbs, etc.), as determined by the Planning Department upon request by the Zonrator.a. If two Thoroughfares are of equal importance each Frontageons ered a Principal Frontage. Lots with two or more Frontages may connon-f ting Property Lines as sides. b. Lots shall have at least one (1) Principal Frontage, except waterfront Lots shall have at least two (2) Principal Frontages, one of which shall be the waterfront and shall conform to Waterfront Setback Standards. For Waterfront Setbacks, see Section 3.11. 111.3 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED c. Where an existing lot of record is located adjacent to a Thoroughfare in a manner that creates an irregular Frontage such that the side or rear yards cannot be determined as with a regular lot, the Zoning Administrator shall determine—, -by Wa+veF, the yard and setbacks for the lot as fits the circumstances of the case. I -P Tthe Zoning Administrator shall consider t minimum dimensions and methods of measurement as generally required for eit r a side or rear yard in the transect, determining which shall apply by e relation of th ortion of the lot on which the yard is to be located to the adjoin t, with due re d to the orientation of structures and buildable areas on (pa 3.3.4 For the purpos of this Code, Lots are divided into Layers which DI Development on the Lot. 3.3.5 Where the property be developed abuts an existi rip , a Waiver may be granted so that the pro sed Building matches the do ack of the block and its ..r Context 3.3.6 For new Buildings in Establi ed Setbacks Ar t Established Setback shall be maintained. (See also Article 'Diagram 10) a ies and Arcades may be permitted within the First Layer in Establis d Setba s and shall not encroach the Public Right -of -Way except by Special Are lard► - Established Setback Areas inclu v a. Brickell Financial 1. Boundary: All proies on B i e nue between SE 15th Road and the Miami River. ` ^� Brickell A ueSftbac irtV0') feet, ' e and Rear: Fifteen (15') feet; 2. Boun prop b ded by SE 1st A nue to the west, SE 8th Street to i#� r Bis a e to the east and SE 1 Road to the south. b.��jr Side and R r Setback: fifteen (15') feet ne Boulevardndary: All properties along the west side of Biscayne m NE 7th Street to NE 12th Street and both sides of Biscayne Boulevard from E 12th Street to NE 17th Street. 4e Setback Adjacent to Biscayne Boulevard: Fifteen (15) feet 2. Boundary: Biscayne Boulevard from NE 17th Street to Interstate 195. Setback Adjacent to Biscayne Boulevard: Zero (0) feet with Gallery C. Design District 1. Boundary: All properties bounded on the east by Biscayne Boulevard; on the south by NE 36th Street; on the west by North Miami Avenue; and on the north by N E 4'_ Street. Frontage Setback: Zero (0) feet IM, MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED d. SW -27t" Avenue Coconut Grove 1. Boundary: The west side of 27th Avenue from SW 281h Terrace to South Dixie Highway. 27`" Avenue Frontage Setback: Twenty-five (25) feet Boundary: The north side of SW 281h Terrace between South Dixi Highway nd SW 27th Avenue. S 8`" Terrace Frontage Setback: Fifteen (15) feet 3. Bound a Bird Avenue between Mary Street and Avi t n venue; Lincoln Avenue bween SW 27th Avenue and Darwin Street; rth Side of Abaco Avenue fro SW 271h Avenue to Washington Street uth Side of Aviation Avenue from 27th Avenue to Swanson Ave Frontage Setback all streets except S 7`" nue: Fifteen (15) feet e. 9th Street Promenade 1. Boundary: All properti Adjacent toth Street between NW 2nd Avenue and North Miami Avenue. O NW 91" Street Frontage Set enty-five (25) feet f. Tigertail Avenue 1. Boundary: All properties g th ast side of Tigertail Avenue between Mary Street and Avv:' ' Aven Tigertail Avenu S'bback: e dred f (100') except, residential uses (as ancillary u m bed p in accord ce with Setback provisions of the underlyin Tr sect Zo ing structures ed by residential uses must be set ac /mum ( ) feet from Tigerta venue. g. Sou ore D 1. ary: All prop rties on the northern side of So Bayshore Drive from Farlane Road to Aviation Avenue. qJ South Bayshore Drive Setback: Thirty (30) feet 2. Boundary: All properties on the northern side of South Baysh Drive from 4q�, Aviation Avenue to SW 17th Avenue. South Bayshore Drive Setback: Eighty (80) feet h. Coral Way 1. Boundary: Coral Way from the western City limits (SW 37th Avenue) to SW t Court. Coral Way Setback: Zero (0) feet with Gallery L 8th Street 1. Boundary: All properties Adjacent to SW 8th Street between SW 27th Avenue and SW 1 st Court. 111.5 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED SW 81" Street Setback: Zero (0) feet with Gallery 22nd Avenue 1. Boundary: 22nd Avenue from NW 1St Street to SW 8t" Street. 22"d Ave Setback: Zero (0) feet with Arcade k. Cen al Coconut Grove 1. undary: • All properties Adjaceni Ma aret Street and Mary Street. • All pr erties Adjacent to Commodore Plaza Main Hi way • All prope i s Adjacent to Fuller Street Highway. • All properties jacent to Main Highw etw Avenue. • All properties Adj ent to McFaroad to Gra venue between )etwl:�rand Avenue and nd Avenue and Main Charles Avenue to Grand between Grand Avenue and South Bayshore Driv • All properties Adjacen o V' treet between Oak Avenue and Grand Avenue. • All properties Adjac t ida Avenue between Virginia Street and Mary Street. • All properties Adjace o Ri between Oak Avenue and Florida Avenue. • All properti he w i e ary Street between Oak Avenue and Grand ven • All pro es on th o h e of Oak enue between Matilda Street and Tig nue C conut etback (on the streets lis above): Five (5) feet. 3.4 DEN D INTENSITY CALCULATIONS 3.4.1 a is used for purposes of Density and Intensity calculation. D nsity shall be calculated in terms of units as specified by Article 4, T les 3 and 4. The referenced tables provide the maximum allowable Densities. Inten shall be calculated in terms of Floor Lot Ratio. The buildable Density or Intensity on an articular site will be affected by other regulations in this Code and thus the stated maxi ms of this Miami 21 Code may exceed the actual Capacity that a site can sustain when ther regulations of this Code are applied to the site. The inability to reach the maxi m Density or Intensity because of the necessity to conform to the other regulations of th Code shall not constitute hardship for purposes of a Variance. 3.4.3 Lodging Units shall be considered as equivalent to one-half (0.50) of a Dwelling Unit. 11. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 3.X4 The allowable Transect Zone Density may be increased as provided by the Future Land Use Element of the Miami Comprehensive Plan (Residential Density Increase Areas), as ustrated in Article 4, Diagram 9. 3.5. M\EA OF HEIGHT 3.5.1 Unless of rwise specified herein, the Height of Buildings shall be meas tories. The height Fences and walls shall be measured in feet. The N PKildings, Fences and w s shall be measured from the Average Sidewalk EI or, where no sidewalk exists, a average of the record profile grade elevatio t street Abutting the Principal Front e of the Building, as determined by the Publi s Department. In the event that the se flood elevation, as established by is higher than the sidewalk or grade elev ions, the Height of the first Story, n e height of Fences and walls shall be measured m the base flood elevation. �► 3.5.2 A Story is a Habitable level Xthin a Building o - from finished floor to finishecXfloor. Baseme purposes of determining Building eight. A gr up to a total height of twenty-five ) fee feet, or twenty-five (25) feet at grou I el Where the first two stories are retail, nine (39) feet and the first floo a Mezzanines may not exceed thi -t e p Area. Mezzanines extending bayon irty- a a um fourteen (14) feet in Height not considered Stories for the le el retail Story may exceed this limit gle floor level exceeding fourteen (14) :ail, shall be counted as two (2) Stories. combined Height shall not exceed thirty- imum of fourteen (14) feet in Height. m 33%) of the Habitable Space Floor ent (33%) of the Floor Area shall be counted as an additional flook. Twe He a arking Structure concealed by a Liner may be equal to the Heig e Lin ; i may sult in a Liner Story concealing more than one level of Par ' g. 3.5.3 Except as speciZp~vide i e Height limita ns of this Code shall not apply to any roofs for h si elevators, stairways, anks, ventilating fans, solar energy colt simil a ment required to operat and maintain the Building (provided ch Structure shall not cover more than twe percent (20%) of roof area for d T5); nor to church spires, steeples, belfries, m uments, water towers, flagp nts, or similar Structures, which may be allowed to ceed the maximum H Waiver; nor to fire or parapet walls, which shall not exten more than five (5) ove the maximum Height in T4 and T5 and ten (10) feet in T6 an istricts. No Building or other Structure shall be located in a manner or built to a eight which constitutes a hazard to aviation or creates hazards to persons or property b reason of unusual exposure to aviation hazards. In addition to Height limitations establish by this Code, limitations established by the Miami -Dade County Height Zoning Ordin ce as stated in Article 37 of the Code of Miami -Dade County (Miami International Airport) hall apply to Heights of Buildings and Structures. A letter authorizing clearance from the Miami -Dade Aviation Department or the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) may be required by the Zoning Administrator prior to the issuance of any Building permit. 111.7 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Construction of an Educational facility within the delineated Miami International Airport Critical Approach Area as defined by the Miami -Dade County Code shall only be granted Exception. Construction of such facility is subject to the approval by the Miami -Dade C ty Aviation Department or any other agencies authorized by law to approve the cons ction. 3.5.5 Height lima tions for Properties Abutting and in Proximity to National Histo( is, ``` a. All pro rties designated a National Historic Landmark L hich include a Designe andscape that is an integral part of the ented significance supporting e NHL designation shall be prote height limitations throughout th entire Civic Institution zoned e f which the NHL is a part, so as to otect the Designed Landsc the potentially adverse effects of an and taking that may diminisll,,the tegrity of the NHL property's location, design, se 'ng, materials, work a ip, association or qualities that qualified it for NHL ignation. Exa adverse effects which diminish the integrity of the L prope cFude those which: cause physical destruction of or damage o all �t of the NHL property; or change the character of the NHL pro rt s se or physical features within the NHL property's setting that contri its historic significance; or introduce visual, atmospheric or audib s t t diminish the integrity of the NHL property's significant hi ri eatu o Iter the NHL property in a way that is not consistent with A fe ral st r the treatment of historic properties and applicable guili ` ff*s, as p e y the United States Department of the Interior. O b. The heigh tructure 11hr ut the entire ivic Institution zoned property of which is a h not exceed that tablished by a six (6) degree vert*We wis asured beginning fro he ground floor elevation of th ipal hi�ics ilding at the fagade th overlooks the Designed d ape, which shall extend in a one hundre eighty (180) degree arc i g the Designed Landscape and measured at gra from the midpoint of e building fagade. The ground floor elevation shall be asured according to ethe 1929 N.G.V.D. of Mean Sea Level supplied by the City Miami. Structures existing on affected properties at the time of the adept+eneff ive date of this Miami 21 Code shall not be considered nonconforming structure C. Should the height limitations for structures located in such Civic nstitution zoned property as of the adeptiGReffective date of this Miami 21 Code e more restrictive than that created by this section, the most restrictive heig shall apply. In the event of a rezoning of all or part of the Civic Institution pro ty, either by successional zoning or by Special Area Plan, the height limitatio specified in this Section 3.5.5 shall be incorporated in all subsequen rezonings. d. For purposes of this Section 3.5.5., the following definitions shall apply: 1. Designed Landscape is one or more of the following: MW. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2 • a landscape that has significance as a design or work of art; • a landscape consciously designed and laid out by a master gardener, landscape architect, architect, or horticulturalist to a design principle, or an owner or other amateur using a recognized style or tradition in response or reaction to a recognized style or tradition; • a landscape having a historical association with a signific t person, trend, event, etc. in landscape gardening or landscape ar i ture; or • a landscape having a significant relationship to the th actice of landscape architecture. �` tional Historic Landmark is a nationally signif t�1istoric place de ' nated by the Secretary of the Interior it possesses exce ional value or quality in illustrating or inter the heritage of the United tates, and defined in Title 36, e - 5.3 of the Code of Federal aulations. 3.6 OFF-STREET PARKING AN 3.6.1 Off-street Parking Standards DING STAN a. Off-street Parking requirements forth in Article 4 Table 4 G individual Transect Zones shall be as set b. Off-street Parking dimensions Share ing (mixed-use) reduction table shall be as set forth in Article able 5. c. Required Parking for ive R u s ay be educed or exempted by Waiver for properties locat in a mm R velopme rea, or in areas where a Parking Trust Fund ha b estab r for historic ' es and contributing Structures within desig stori t . d. Parkin tions s n be cumulative except in -36, T6-60 and T6-80. Par ctions shall n t exceed fifty percent (50%) of th total Off-street Parking rje-Qa except for Residential components of projects within ne thousand (1,000) etrorail or Metromover. 3..dtreet Parking Driveway Standards [RESERVED] 3. Additional Off-street Parking Regulations General performance standards for Off-street Parking facilities: a. Parking shall be implemented so as to provide safe and convenient access to from public Thoroughfares which include movement lanes and Public Frontages. b. Vehicular access through Residential properties for nonresidential Uses shall be prohibited. MWO MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED c. Off-street Parking spaces shall be located with sufficient room for safe and convenient parking without infringing on any public Thoroughfare or sidewalk. Off-street Parking spaces whose locations require that cars back into movement nes shall only be permissible in T3 and T4 zones. Backing into Alleys shall be p.mi ssible in all Transect Zones. e. Off\are rking or loading area shall not be used for the s ir, or disany vehicle or equipment, or for storage of materi Sp u I' f. Parage of commercial trucks, buses, vans, sign tr s- railers or semi- trait, cargo; or the like shall not be permitted in , T4. T5 -R or T6 - R Z g. Inohicles all be stored only in storage or other approved places whe comple ly concealed from publi�yiiew`.`1, Except in connection with rmitted active ling construction on the premises, construction equipment such s earth m chines, excavators, cranes, and the like shall only be allowed in D1, 2 an s allowed by this Code. i. All Off-street Parking shall com applicable regulations related to lighting, paving, and drainage inclu n is '-Dade County Code and the Florida Building Code. j. Specific areas may be sR�a e for T arking. Tandem Parking in all Transect Zones, except T3 an�l b ny a valet parking operator. k. Parking facilitie adjoinin o y share ac ss points, driveways and parking subject to a d co ning with the pr erty on which the facilities are located, c ss of W ve 3.6.4 Calcula#j,Qo Off-street Paining requirements related to n ber of seats. WhafMoMking requirements relate to number of seats and seaXg is in the form of d pews, benches, or the like, twenty (20) lineal inches shat e construed to be ew to one (1) seat. Where Parking requirements relate to m\shall ting in ditoriums and other assembly rooms, ten (10) square feet of Fhall be construed to be equal to one (1) seat except where otherwise specior area shall be the actual area occupied by seating and related aisles, aninclude accessory unoccupied areas or the thickness of walls. 3.6.5 Valet Parking Off-street Parking facilities maintained with valet parking shall be allowed generallyl provided that the minimum Off-street Parking requirements of this Code are satisfied and that an attendant shall remain on duty during business hours or as long as the Principal Building is occupied. 111.10 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 3.k6 Parking Management Plan arking allowed off-site through a parking management plan agreement with the City of Iami Parking Authority shall be as set forth in Chapter 35 of the City Code. With! areas under a parking management plan, outdoor areas, including the public right -o - ay, which are regularly used for display and sales, or as dining ar shall be calculate s part of the establishment's total floor area and shall comply Street parking req ' ements. 3.6.7 Off-street Park Reductions by Use a. Parking reductio for Elderly Housing. 1. Housing for the derly, in relation to this reg +, s not to be construed as homes or institutio for the aged which a pri rily convalescent or Nursing Homes. 2. Off-street Parking space quiremen�nection with Housing for the Elderly conforming to the requirem is of t e r federal programs may be reduced by Waiver to a maximum of one rki g space per every two (2) dwelling units. The applicant shall subni; may be accommodated housing at some ;time' the The following criII a (a) Applic,;�Vhall suk onstrate how the remaining parking the housing becomes market rate Men certifica the program. from the applicable state or Qfllotreet PT*mFbduction shall be permit d P nning Direct that, in view of location of su ttatus of anticipated occupants, and other pert! specified in the permit, there will be adequate occupants, visitors, and staff. upona finding by the housing, the economic nt considerations as f -street Parking for The premises shall be used as Housing for the Elderly, ubject to the exceptions and limitations set forth in (a) above, untilhe parking requirements for a different Use have been met. b. Parking Reduction for Low -Income Housing 1. Off-street Parking requirements in connection with housing for low incoxe families and individuals may be reduced by process of Exception only up to fif percent (50%) of the spaces generally required. Housing for low-income families and individuals shall be qualified by the City of Miami Department of Community Development. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2. The applicant shall submit plans which demonstrate how the remaining parking may be accommodated in the event that the housing becomes market rate housing at some time in the future. The following criteria shall apply: The project shall otherwise conform to the requirements of sta federal programs for this purpose. (b) Board, in its consideration of the applicationeption, shall det mine and make a finding that the reductio -street Parking requi ents is justified in view of the nature pe of prospective occupa and the economic circumstances in and that traffic and parking p lems resulting from such reduo of unduly burden traffic facilities in t Neighborhood. (c) The Board shall, s part of its grant of x ption, specify that the City, upon notice and review r Waiver, mayuire that the applicant implement its plan to provide t full amoZquired parking if it is demonstrated that traffic and parking ondit' t ether with impact on the Neighborhood require such provision. 1 (d) After such permit s sue the premises shall not be used other than as Low Incom o sing, j to the Exception and limitations set forth in (a) above� un s an parking requirements and all other requirements rf%ations o e have been met. 3.6.8 Deferral of Off-str Pa g St ar a. Deferral of� of t r d parking improv ents in phased projects Parki iremen e met as set forth by this ode and built concurrently wit ved improvements generating said requirem t. Provision of parking s of in part or in whole be deferred for future im ementation. Further, d projects shall be approved subject to provision of req i ed parking for each ponent phase to be provided concurrently with the pha generating said requirement; however deferrals may be granted by Waiver Exce 'on as specified below. b. Deferral period, revocation of permit; notice of revocation. A deferral may be allowed for up to five (5) years without provision for r ewal except upon application for a new Wa+verException. All applinatiAps fAr de 111.12 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 3.6.9. Off-street Loading SUBSTITUTED �v irements a. Off-street vehicular load zones, as shown in Articl movements. 3.7. FENCES AND WALLS 3.7.1 General For all Commercial and In tria ses, of (6) solid masonry wall shall be provided along all property I' a hich a T , 4-R, T5 -R and T6 -R. 3.7.2 Prohibited on Fen s a ails a. The use of gla of ing nails, coiled azor wire, spikes or similar materials and F ce i prohibited in all Trans t Zones. g shall be required all , T6, CS, Cl, CI -HD and D , Table 5 and shall q ' e no more than three (3) turning O G b. Barb it Fences, or use of barbed wire along the top o per b e only in D1, D2 and D3, subject to approval by r finding that its use and placement are reasonably r ry✓ re and security of the property. IQ THOROUGHFARES 3.8.1 General Principles fence or wall, shall be giver upon making a c sary to the safety, a. Thoroughfares are intended for use by vehicular, transit, bicycle, and pede traffic and to provide access to Lots and Open Spaces. 111.13 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED b. Thoroughfares consist of lanes for vehicles, transit, bicycles and Public Frontages. The lanes may have a variety of widths for movement and parking. The Public Frontages contribute to the character of Transect Zones. They may include swales, Sidewalks, curbing, Planters, bicycle paths and street trees. See Article 4, Tables 6 nd 8. c. Tho ughfares should be designed in context with the urban form and d design spee f the Transect Zones through which they pass. The Public s that pass fro one Transect Zone to another should be adjusted acc d. Bicycles aresustainable and viable mode of transportatio dgPcreation in the City of Miami. Bicycle use of Thoroughfares should be a ws: Bicycles and vehicles may s re use of lanes on all Thoroughfares ughfares that have sufficient paving i th to accommodate bicyclists' t ould include dedicated Bicycle Lanes. Gree ays, waterfront walks and o is Spaces should include Bicycle usage . e. A City-wide bicycle plan m designate an nected network serving bicyclists with a series of marked rout that inclu le Lanes as well as Bicycle Routes that give bicycles priority, s h ass Thoroughfares which parallel major corridors or include major corn rs w c can be reconfigured to limit conflicts between vehicles and bicycles. f. Pedestrian comfort should b ima aeration of Thoroughfare design and dimensions. Design con f ' t b een bicycle and pedestrian movement should be decided in fa he ped n 3.8.2 Thoroughfares O a. The guidelin or s e as described in rticle 8. b. The T fare ne r ould be designed to pri itize connectivity, defining Bloc t xceeding an erage perimeter length of 1,3 feet. The length shall be me as the sum of Lot Frontage Lines. Thoroughfare losings should not be ; instead, traffic calming designs should be deployed t ontrol traffic volume 0rWOtpeed. All Thoroughfares should terminate at other Thoroughfares, to f\andArticle ul- de-sacs should be permitted only when supported by natuns. Thoroughfares that provide View Corridors shall not be vacated. d. In T5 and T6 Zones, Public and Private Frontages should beh a single paving and landscape design as provided in Article 4, Tab 3.8.3 Public Frontages a. Public Frontages should be designed as shown in Article 4, Table 6 and allocated within Transect Zones as specified in Article 4, Table 2. 111.14 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED b. Within the Public Frontages, the arrangement of street trees and street lights should be as provided in Article 8. c. The Public Frontage in Transect Zones T1, T2 and T3 should include trees of various \a�p ind may include low maintenance understory landscape. The introduced should consist primarily of native species requiring minimal irrigation, and maintenance. d. c Frontage in Transect Zones T4, T5, T6 and D1 i I e trees a regularly -spaced AIIee of single or alternated with shade f height that, at maturity, clears the first Story. Th o cedlandscape sis rimarily of durable species tolerant of soil cordon. �V 3.8.4 Vision Clearance 3.8.4.1 Intent; "Material Impedi ent to Visibility" cons&Led. It is the intent of these re lations to pr 76tection from traffic hazards at intersections for automotive v icles an passengers, and for cyclists and Gil pedestrians, including small childr . Gintent, the phrase "Material Impediment to Visibility," as used here, is to be o tr d as any material obstruction to Visibility which would result in concealmeri4o i over two and one-half (2 1/2) feet in height approaching an intersection, o nc an approaching automotive vehicle or cyclist from such a child. In er inati to whether or not there is Material Impediment to Visibility, th?pwkpeed, dir ti d duration of movement to point of potential collision or cont Nh3H be con Adjacent to Thok�_ , not s be ere d, placed, planted, or allowed to grow in such ar as to r Material Imp iment to Visibility between the heights of twohalf/( ) et and ten (10) t above the street grade level within Visibi� gles eib below: a. At Tjyy�fare intersecti ns with Building Setbacks: Vi i Triangles shall be maintained to include an are bounded by the first y - five (25) feet along the intersecting edges of the ht -of -way (or Base ing Line) projected where rounded, and a line running oss the Lot and �Vftabnnecting the ends of such twenty -five-foot lines. See Article 4, T le 8. b. At intersections of driveways with Thoroughfares with Building Setbacks. Visibility Triangles shall be maintained to include an area bounded by first ten (10) feet along the intersecting edges of the Base Building Line and the veway, projected where rounded, and a line running across any intervening right -of- and the Lot and connecting the ends of such ten -foot lines. See Article 4, Table 8. c. At Thoroughfare intersections with Buildings with no Setbacks: Visibility Triangles shall be maintained to include an area bounded by the first ten (10) feet along the intersecting edges of the Base Building Line, projected where rounded, and a line running across the Lot and connecting the ends of such ten -foot lines. See Article 4, Table 8. 111.15 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED IR e. At intersections of driveways with Thoroughfares with no Building Setbacks: Visibility triangles shall be maintained to include an area bounded by the first five (5) feet along the intersecting edges of the Base Building Line and driveway, projected ererounded, and a line running across any intervening right-of-way and the Lot a connecting the ends of such five-foot lines. See Article 4, Table 8. _ At alloroughfare intersections: Visibility riangles shall be maintained to include an area bou (10) feet Nng the intersecting edges of the Base Building L rounded, an line running across the Lot and connecting th lines. See Arti 4, Table 8. 3.8.4.2. Variances prohibited. No Variances from the 3.9 SPECIAL AREA PLANS isions of Section 3.4 permitted. 01Q� f1hd-lirst ten Jected where such ten -foot The purpose of a Special Area Plan low parcels greater than nine (9) Abutting acres in size to be masteras o allow greater integration of public improvements and Infrastructur , a gre ibility so as to result in higher or specialized quality building a Str sca i ithin the Special Area Plan. The purpose of a Speci Plan h is to ncourage the assembly and master planning of parcels re than e buttin cres in size, in order to provide greater integration ublic a p improveme s and Infrastructure; to enable Thoroughfare c ity; o ge a variety of wilding Heights, massing and Streetscape and o ov high quality design a ents, all in order to further the intent ofo* ode ex r s n Article 2. 3.9.1 Generae. Ingle or multiple owner(s) of Abutting properties in exc\rezoning cres may ply for a rezoning to a Special Area Plan. b. A Special Area Plan shall be approved by the process ofr without Transect changes. c. A Special Area Plan shall assign Thoroughfares, Transect Zones and Civic ace Types, with appropriate transitions to Abutting areas. Guidelines for Thorough es and Public Frontages may be adjusted to the particular circumstances of the Spe I Area Plan. d. A Special Area Plan shall include a map of the Thoroughfares and Transect Zones, and the standards that deviate from the requirements of Article 5. 111.16 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED e. A Special Area Plan shall assign at least five percent (5%) of its aggregated Lot Area to a Civic Space Type. Civic Building sites are to be located within or adjacent to Civic Space Types or at the axial termination of significant Thoroughfares. The developer shall be responsible for constructing the public improvements within the ecial Area Plan, including but not limited to the Civic Space Types and Th oughfares. f. Develo ent within the Special Area Plan shall be pursuant orded develop nt agreement that will establish the allocation of Thor r d Civic Space Typ and Building Area among the Building sites, a creation and retention of t public benefits. g. Unless a Buildin is specifically approved as part oft cial Area Plan, any y Building shall be eviewed by the Planning t after referral to and recommendation fro he CRC for conformance to" prior to issuance of the Building Permit. h. A Special Area Plan may in de: 1. A differentiation of the T rou re as a Primary -Grid (A -Grid) and a Secondary -Grid (B -Grid). Buil a ng the A -Grid shall be held to the highest standard of this Code in su p destrian activity. Buildings along the B -Grid may be more readily or utomobile-oriented standards allowing surface parking lots, unli rkin c and drive-throughs. The Frontages assigned to the B-Grk sha not e rty percent (30%) of the total length within a Special Ar2VP1%n. For a on the B -Grid, parking areas may be allowed in the Se 10 Ikayer. 2. Retail Front equirin a a uilding provi a Commercial Use at sidewalk level alo ntire he Frontage. The ommercial Use Building shall be no n se e p r ent (70%) glazed in cle glass and provided with an AW rlappin e i ewalk as generally illustrat in Article 4, Table 6. The fi o should be nfined to Retail Use through t depth of the Second r. allery or Arcade Frontage, requiring that a Building provide ermanent cover over the sidewalk, either cantilevered or supported by column 'The Gallery or Arcade Frontage may be combined with a Retail Frontage as sho in Article 4, Table 6. Gallery or Arcade Frontage within the First Layer may a ly towards Open Space requirements. 4. Build -to -lines that differ from Transect Zone Setback requirement. 5. A Terminated Vista location, requiring that the Building be provided w architectural articulation of a Type and character that responds to the location. 6. A Pedestrian Passage, requiring a minimum ten (10) foot wide pedestrian access be reserved between Buildings. 111.17 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 7. A preservation plan acceptable to the Historic and Environmental Preservation Board for any historic resources in the area of the Special Area Plan. 8. Area Design Guidelines. A parking management program that enables shared parking among kivate Uses. 10 10. Flexl indivi capa or ch allocation of development capacity and Height, I sites within the Special Area Plan shall be all Height distribution does not result in develop t with the surrounding area, and provides for z 3.10 HISTORIC PRESERVAT STANDARDS See Chapter 23 of the City GXde. 3.11 WATERFRONT STANDARDS In addition to the Miami City Charter waterfront standards shall appy except as modifications to thes pursuant to the City Charter. �ftr All Miami riverfront prop �ll in exce t T3 lic and �g"4D@Tfsity on } long as the is out of Scale transitions. 5ents, the following Setback, walkways and �rfront properties within the City of Miami, r�aje approved by the City Commission uses across all Transect Zones p a. Waterfront S 1. Wat etbac be a minimum of fifty ) feet measured from the m re water line rovided along any waterfront, cept where the depth of t is less than two -hundred (200) feet the Setbac shall be a minimum of ty-five percent (25%) of the Lot depth; and except for 3, T4 -R, D1, D2 and 3 Transect Zones where a minimum Setback of twent (20) feet shall be � Q� provided, except where the depth of the Lot is less than ei ty (80) feet the `— Setback shall be a minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) of the t depth. These requirements shall not apply to Marine Related Industrial Establi ments along the Miami River. Within D1, D2 and D3 Transect Zones facilitie may span across man-made slips with a Structure to conduct marine -related c mercial and industrial activities. 2. Side Setbacks shall be equal in aggregate to at least twenty-five percent (2 °o) of the water frontage of each Lot based on average Lot Width, to allow Vie Corridors open from ground to sky and to allow public access to the waterfront; except for T3, T4 -R, D1, D2 and D3 Transect Zones. b. Waterfront Walkways Design Standards: 111.18 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 3.12 3.12.1 SUBSTITUTED 1. Waterfront walkways shall be designed and constructed within the waterfront Setbacks in accordance with these Waterfront Walkway Design Standards and should remain open to public access during all times, but at a minimum, shall remain open to the public between 6am through 10pm. Waterfront walkways are not required within Transect Zones T3, T4 -R, D1, D2 and D3 unless the site is a w Commercial retail, Office or restaurant Use. 2. Wat front walkways shall feel public, meet all Americans b ies Act (A.D. . requirements throughout the entire length of the wa alkway and provide obstructed visual access to the water. 3. Waterfront Ikways shall connect to abuttingu kways, neighboring walkways, an pen Space at a consistent A.D o ant width and grade to allow clear pede ian circulation along the wate 4. The waterfront walk y surface shall re i t a constant elevation and be accessible to handicap d persons thro he entire length of the waterfront walkway. Walkways sho have a sl' a e away from the bulkhead edge for stormwater retention within a tra n one. 5. The total width of a waterfro ay shall be a minimum of twenty-five (25) feet and built to the st d 'delines outlined in Waterfront Design Guidelines, on Appendix . DESIGN GUIDELI S NEI O OD C Design Guideli SERVATION DISTRICTS This secti additi I delines defining elemen to Neighbo d r area cha cter, which may be obtain Depart In the areas for which guidelines have been buil all be reviewed by the Planning Director prior to the e. g - h. i. protect and promote through the Planning pted, any proposed i uance of a building MLK Boulevard Streetscape Beautification Master Plan and Fagade Southeast/Overtown Park West Community Redevelopment Plan Miami River Greenway Regulatory Design Standards Grand Avenue Vision Plan Coral Way Beautification Master Plan Little Haiti - French Creole Design Standards Offstreet Parking Design Standards and Guidelines Overtown Folklife Village ndards OMNI CRA Streetscapes: Performing Arts & Media Entertainment District 3.12.2 Neighborhood Conservation Districts (NCD) 111.19 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED a. Intent Neighborhood Conservation District (NCD) is an overlay zoning district that is In ded to preserve unique and distinctive neighborhoods that exhibit a certain defi d character worthy of protection, such as physical features, design chars ristics, and recognized cultural or historical identity. The N orhood Conserv ion District provides additional regulations or design gui r new constructi major alterations and additions to existing Buildings e t protect, enhance an erpetuate the value of the neighborhood conserva . It is further intended that ch districts and the regulations adopted for t II be in accord with, and promo t the Miami Comprehensive Neighborhood PI b. Purposes The purposes of creati a Neighborhood Co ery i n District, singularly or in combination, are to: 1. Protect neighborhoods that ve distin be architectural character but that do not qualify for historic distric stat a use of the loss of the original fabric through attrition and new develo t, though the neighborhood still maintains a considerable number of non -c us traditional structures that retain some characteristics that reflect I ioins. 2. Identify structures withip4e strict t a , i not historically designated, possess significant character r e g a Ty , d or method of construction important to Miami's past. Dni on of h tructu s will be subject to review prior to receiving a de liti ermi 3. Protect ar t h tinctive landscap geologic, or environmental charactV., ct a d o e the lush sub -tropics vegetation and tree canopy that the S rida landscape and give particular identity to the ne' r od. Protect r aining unique environmental tures such as exposed binatural rock outcroppings, caves, natural sinkholes, a d springs. entify and celebrate those neighborhoods whose immigrant r emigre citizens have brought a unique cultural perspective to a neighborhood a which deserve 4q�lrecognition and protection. 5. Protect and promote specialized commercial areas with distinct charact such as antique, arts, outdoor markets, or design districts, and assist in their e nomic revitalization and enhancement. c. Designation Process The NCD shall be designated by process of rezoning, and shall be initiated by an applicant who submits the following to the Planning Department: 1. A description of the proposed boundaries of the NCD; 111.20 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2. A description of the distinctive features of the district which are sought to be protected and preserved; 3.\A list of all property owners within the boundaries of the proposed district; 4. Evi nce that demonstrates that at least fifty-one (51) percent of the o s within the p osed boundary support the initiation of the NCD rezoning. The Plannin Director shall prepare a recommended consery an and any proposed regu ions and/or design guidelines as provided in pd. below. The PZAB shall cons er the recommendations and provide its r mendations to the City Commission. addition, the City shall conduct at le workshop regarding the proposed NCD ing the consideration of the n and notification of the workshop shall be sen y first class mail to all pr wners located within the proposed boundaries of t district, as shown on tax 11, at least thirty days prior to the workshop. The City C mission upon desi n 'on of the NCD shall adopt the conservation plan and any r uisite regulati the NCD, and the Zoning Atlas shall be amended to show the istrict bo a of the NCD. Amendments to any NCD adopted under this Code sh be to pursuant to this Code. d. Recommendation for Neighborhoo rvation District designation The Planning Departments all p e a r endation for the designation of each NCD. Each recommendation all entify osed rezoning by the specific name created for the NCD and sh c tain the information: 1. A statement o he oses h D, spec ing the substantial public interest involved and objectiv t promoted b he conservation plan and any special re for tr as a whole, or wi in any subareas of the district which com de . 2. Th n aries of the D district and any sub -areas, if y, including a map and a r I land description of the boundaries. explanation of the boundaries selected that meet the intent a requirements for the NCD. 4. A conservation plan identifying and describing the distinctive n ' hborhood characteristics of the proposed district, with appropriate maps and gra ics, and any design guidelines or regulations recommended to promote the purpos of the district. Regulations may require rezoning to different Transect zones than ose existing at the time of designation, additional overlay zoning standards, additi al overlay zoning processes, or the like, as tailored to the purposes of the speci NCD. e. NCD Land Development Regulations 111.21 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED The requirements of this Code shall be effective in the NCD except as modified by the regulations of the conservation plan adopted by the City Commission upon designation of the NCD. All rdomnlitieR sh-all be rani 1iFe d fn ho roVioVniord by the PFC)Gocc of \Akai for he ordinance designating the NCD shall be referenced in this Code, with any specific r ulations and design guidelines of the NCD adopted by reference to this Code and ma ained in the Planning Department. The PI Hing, Zoning and Appeals Board and procedures related to hereto set out b his Miami 21 Code shall replace the Zoning Board an related to appeals t reto in Ordinance 11000. f. NCD -1 Coral G Neighborhood Conservation District The Coral Gate NC 1, originally adopted by Ord. No n September 25, 2003, is hereby amended an codified in Appendix A.1 to th P. g. NCD -2 Village West Islan nd Charles Avenueei borhood Conservation District The Village West Island and ChaN 1. The Charles Avenue NCD -2, 2003, and repealed and reenac 2. SD -28, the Village West Ordina 3. Portions of SD -2 adopted by 4. Portions of the Coconut Gr Sep , tember 24 2005. 4W The Village West Island <`arle ue is Appendix A.2 to thi od� h. NCD -3 Coco e NeP3, h Conservation [ The Cocon e NCD- orates and amends: 1. The n t Grove NCriginally adopted by A Avenue-2'incorporates and amends: �inall o ed by Ord. No. 12417, September 25, b r o. 12651, adopted January 27, 2005; ed by Ord. No. 12651, January 27, 2005; 2651adopted January 27, 2005; C o nally adopted by Ord. No. 12672, hereby adopted and codified in trict Ord.. 12672, September 24, 2.?;F of SD -2, originally adopted by Ord. No. 12651, Janua 27, 2005; and 8, originally adopted by Ord. No. 10863, March 28, 1991, an 18.1, originally adopted by Ord. No, 11240, March 27, 1995, The Coconut Grove NCD is hereby adopted and codified in Appendix\thisde. 3.13 SUSTAINABILITY 3.13.1 General a. Landscape requirements are as required in the Miami -Dade County Landscape Ordinance and the City of Miami Tree Protection regulations of Chapter 17 of the City Code, except that where this Code is more restrictive than the Tree Protection regulations or the Landscape Ordinance, this Code shall apply. 111.22 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED b. All new Buildings of more than 50,000 square feet in the T5, T6, Cl and CS zones \ee hll bat a minimum certified as Silver by the United States Green Building Council ) Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) standards or nt standards adopted or approved by the City. At the time of permit ion, the owner shall post a performance bond in a form acceptable to the City i. SW - nt of the required performance bond shall be calculate Ilo per nt (2%) of the total cost of construction for a 50 00,000 square Build e perce (3%) of the total cost of construction 100,001 — 200,000 are foot Bu ing.r percent (4 of the total cost of construc any Building greater than ,000 square fe The performance bond sh I be forfeited does not meet the verificati requirem will draw down on the bond fu s if L and accepted by the City within ne e Occupancy for the Building. Fu forfeiture of the performanc 11 Trust Fund established by thi _ o c. The preservation and other char, significance ares the relaxation of Administ characte in Setbao of N tQ ft'Wty in the event that the Building r EED Silver certification. The City Iver certification has not been achieved r of the City issuance of the Certificate of t become available to the City from the b laced in the Miami 21 Public Benefits a such as trees, vegetation, geological, ictetsNiN and eser tion of features of archaeological ecl to bth ublic in est. Said preservation may justify "Utbacks Q rc W d Off-stree Parking by Waiver. The Zoning "eter i% aWhe trees, vegeta n, geological and other natural arch a gi features are in the Bu able Area of the Site and not requiftf&pCe development of the site. 3.14 PU NEFITS PROGRAM tent of the Public Benefits Program established in this \sectiontoow bonus wilding Height andFLR in T6 Zones and bonus BuildingZones in exchange for the developer's contribution to specified programenefits to the public. 3.14.1 The bonus Height and FLR shall be permitted if the proposed Development con butes toward the specified public benefits, above that which is otherwise required by this Nde, in the amount and in the manner as set forth herein. The bonus shall not be available to properties in a T6 Zone if the property abuts a T3 Zone. 111.23 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 1. T6-8: eight Story maximum, bonus to twelve (12) Stories, FLR 5; bonus of twenty- five percent (25%) 2. T6-12: twelve (12) Story maximum, bonus to twenty (20) Stories, FLR 8, bonus of thirty percent (30%) T6-24: twenty-four (24) Story maximum, bonus to forty-eight (48) Stories, FLR 7, onus of thirty percent (30%) 4. -36a: thirty-six (36) Story maximum, bonus to sixty (60) Stories, F bonus of\forty ent (40%) 5. T6ty-six (36) Story maximum, bonus up to sixty (6 e , LR 22, boty percent (40%) 6. T6(60) Story maximum, bonus up tounlimited FLR 11, bonus of t (50%)7. T6y ) Story maximum, bonus up to u�'tories, FLR 18, bonus of nt ( %) 1: L .. 8. T6-80: eighty (80) fifty percent (50%). ry maximum, bonus t unli?ked Stories, FLR 24; bonus of Transect Zone Heights are fully In addition, certain other bonuses m bed in Ae . b d as follows: 10. An additional Story in a T,,W o at Abuts a D1 zone, for an equivalent square footage of Affordable/ a as described in Section 3.14.4. This shall not be applicable to pr4orrties T3 zones. 11. In T6 zones, addit^Heightd for LEED certified Silver, Gold or tv Platinum Building 14.4. 12. An additions Sto / S41p§crib any zo r evelop ent of a Brownfield as described in Section 3.1na 13. In T6 zone itional ig=fordelopment that donates a Civic SpacTeor Civil ' y of Miami as described in Secti 4. 3.14.2 Upon p g a binding commitmed public enefits as provided in Secjpfi .3 below, the proposed dt shall be lowed to build within th 'IVictions of the specific Transect Zone, up to the bonuseight and FLR as VVlashed in this Section. The only square footage allowed above th aximum Height t achieved through the bonus program. 3. 3 The proposed bonus Height and FLR shall be permitted in exchange \GreenBuil ion to the City for the following public benefits: affordable/workforce housing, s and Open Space, Green Buildings, Brownfields, and Civic Space or Civil Su. The City shall establish a Miami 21 Public Benefits Trust Fund for the cashfor Affordable/ Workforce Housing, Public Parks and Open Space, andil gcertification shortfall penalty made under this section. The City Commn th manager's recommendation, shall annually decide the allocation of funds from the Trust Fund collected under this section. All cash contributions thus allocated by the Commission to support affordable/ workforce housing shall be deposited in the Affordable Housing Trust Fund for expenditures pursuant to the guidelines adopted by 111.24 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED the City Commission. All cash contributions thus allocated by the Commission to support Parks and Open Space shall be deposited in the Parks and Open Space Trust gId, set forth in Chapter 62 of the City Code, to be expended in accordance with the elines outlined therein. a. De%niti 1. Aff dable/ Workforce Housing shall mean: housing available to which meet a qualifications as established by the City Com sii,opment Depart nt. 2. Public Pa s and Open Space shall mean: Open Space m e standards of Article 4, T e 7 of this Code. 3. Green Buildi shall mean a Building certified by nited States Green Building Counci USGBC) as Silver, Gold or PI d. 4. Brownfield shall an: a site within the City th ject to a Brownfield Site Rehabilitation Agre ent (BSRA) executedtwe the property owner and the City Department of Ec omic Development. 3.14.4 For the purposes of the public ben its progr/ e following criteria shall apply: a. Affordable/ Workforce Housing. T ev opment project in a T6 zone may provide any of the following or combinatio 1. Affordable/workforce hou g site affordable/workforce Asing (inclu and circulation) provXeLNon site, feet of additional p to tYre10 3.14.1. #41 2. Afford ci h evelopment. For each square foot of fining shared space such as parking lopment shall be allowed two square Hei t and FLR as described in Section ab orce inyr off-site. For ea\desc oot of affordable hirdIC,pbusin cl g pertaining shareh as parking and provid te, in a location withinroved by the City , the develo ent shall be allowed ansquare footage of 5nal area up to the bonus Height and FLR in Section 3.14.1. ditional allowance is given for thepurchase Trust Fund contributions. For a cash contribution to the Miami Public Benefit Trust Fund, the development shall be allowed additional Floor\are to the bonus Height and FLR described in Section 3.14.1. The cash con shall be determined based on a percentage of the market t�ievalue aper square foot rice beingcharged for units at romects within the marwhere of Ql lil,-iRg in the —area Oft#t-9City in ,-the proposed project seekiX the bonus is located. The calculation assumes a land value per saleable or rent le square foot within market area to equate to between 10 ten to 15 fiftee percent of market area's weighted average sales price per square foot. The cash contributions shall be adjusted on an annual basis to reflect market conditions effective October 1St of every year., `",hig�ho at��t2L� fr�rvrmrrti�ic is +� based " net�"vr�iu�'rt+8rnr$. The dr,19rr\, fnr dete fining the VAII IAF Pee Q961;_; o fnn+ of RI IildiRg shall ho m-Rin+-Rinorl in +ho Dl.nniRg Department 111.25 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED b. Public Parks and Open Space. The development project in a T6 zone may provide L any of the following or combination thereof: Public Park or Open Space provided through purchase and in an area of need identified by the City Parks and Open Space Master Plan and the City's Parks \describein nt. For each square foot of dedicated public Park or Space , the development shall be allowed two times the dev Floor rovided land up to the bonus Height and FLR as e i ection he Open Space may be a Park, Green or Sq more fully in Article 4, Table 7 of this Code. 2.pen ace provided on-site in a location and ll�sign to be approved annin Director. For each square foot ci1� d public Park or Open rovided, he development shall be aian equivalent amount of development Floor rea up to the bonus He t ari* FLR as described in Section 3.14.1. The project all maintain the Fr t requirements of the Transect Zone. The Open Sp e may be a rd, Plaza, or Thoroughfare or Pedestrian Passage thro h the site c ing two (2) Thoroughfares, such as a segment of the Baywalk FEC n ay. See Article 4, Table 7. 3. Trust Fund contribution. For ontribution to the Miami 21 Public Benefits Trust Fund, the deve roje shall be allowed additional Area up bon e t and FLR a -&-described in Section 3.14.1. The cash con uti shall ined based on a percentage of the market the value o he -pefoot price being charged for units at the propose ro]Wseel "th onus is land value asmaleable akdtaffe sauare ted. The calculation assumes a within market area to equate to o f ric Preservation. Bonus Floor Area to the maximum bonus scribed in Section 3.14.1 shall be allowed for additional squarE under the city Transfer of Development Rights program establish City Code. ht and FLR as stage qualified Ln Chapter 23, d. Green Building. In a T6 zone, additional Height and FLR shall be ald for Buildings certified by the U.S. Green Building Council as follows: 1. Silver: For Buildings under 50,000 sf, 2.0% of the floor lot ratio (FLR) 2. Gold: 4.0% of the Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 3. Platinum: 13.0% of the Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) Note: Standards equivalent to the USGBC, as adopted by the City, may alternatively apply. 111.26 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED If at the time the first Certificate of Occupancy is issued for the Building that received a public benefits bonus for a Green Building, the anticipated LEED certification has not been achieved, then the owner shall post a performance bond in a form cceptable to the City of Miami. The performance bond shall be determined based o the value of land per square foot of Building in the area of the City in which the pro sed project is located, which may be adjusted from time to ti sed on mark conditions. The methodology for determining the value of I quare foot of ilding shall be maintained in the Planning Department ill draw down on e bond funds if LEED certification has not been ac nd accepted by the City 'thin one year of the City issuance of the Certif Occupancy for the Building. nds that become available to the City fr forfeiture of the performance bo shall be placed in the Miami 21 enefits Trust Fund established by this ode. e. Brownfields. One addi nal Story of Height sh e p mitted for redevelopment on a Brownfield Site as defi d herein. A f. Civic space and Civil Suppo space. F donates a Civic space or Ci Sur)QQ additional two square feet of are fo e bonus Height and FLR, shall be al 3.14.5 No Building permit shall be i e Administrator has certified co plia e and assurance of complian appl only after a certified ch c s be Benefits Trust Fun or, non approved by the Manag T O e) 4q�' 111.27 ieJelopment project in a T6 zone that ace on site to the City of Miami, an square foot of donated space, up to the for u Height and FLR until the Zoning wit visions of this section, upon referral i artments. Certification shall be made e si a nd cleared to the Miami 21 Public ribution a binding commitment has been cash con 'bution shall be nonrefundable. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 3. GENERAL TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED IS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. 111.28 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 TABLE (XCONTENTS TABLE 1 ansect Zone Descriptions TABLE 2 Mi i 21 Summary TABLE 3 Buildi Function: Uses TABLE 4 Density, I ensity and Parking TABLE 5 Building Fun ion: Parking and Loading TABLE 6 Frontages TABLE 7 Civic Space Types TABLE 8 Definitions Illustrated DIAGRAM 9 Residential Density Incr se Areas DIAGRAM 10 Area Specific Illustrations DIAGRAM 11 Transit Oriented Development OD TABLE 12 Design Review Criteria Checklist ARTICLE 4. STANDARDS & TABLES SUBSTITUTED Ivi MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 THIS PkGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ARTICLE 4. STANDARDS & TABLES SUBSTITUTED CGS IV.2 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 THE NATURAL ZONE consists of lands approximat- �ig a wilderness condition, permanently set aside for 'kservation in an essentially natural state. THE RURAL ZO onsistsoflandsinopenorcultivated state or sparselyttled. These include woodland, grassland and agricuNral land. THE SUB -URBAN ZONE consists f low -Density areas, primarily comprised of Single -F ily and Two Family residential units with relatively dee etbacks, Streetscapes with swales, and with or with t Side- walks. Blocks may be large and the roads be of irregular geometry to accommodate natural d historic conditions. THE GENERAL URBAN ZONE consists of Mixed -Use but primarily residential urban fabric with a range of Building types including rowhouses, small apartment Buildings, and bungalow courts. Setbacks are short with an urban Streetscape of wide Sidewalksand trees in planters. Thoroughfares typically define medium- sized blocks. _ THE URBAN CENTERZONEconsistsofhighe 3 I Mixed -Use Building types that accommodateQer� Ind office Uses, rowhouses and apartmen A nof small blocks has Thoroughfares with id idewalks, steady street tree planting and et clos the Frontages with frequ ent windows. THE URBAN CORELIconsists of the highest Density and gre ar ty of Uses, including Civic Buildings of reg%pPrportance. A network of small blocks has;^,oftffares with wide Sidewalks, with steadyWing and Buildings set close to the FjOI:h freauent doors and windows. THE CIVIC ZONE consists of public use space and facilities that may contrast in use to their surroundings while reflecting adjacent Setbacks and landscape. THE DISTRICT ZONE consists of the least regulated Building and accommodates commercial and industrial Uses of a scale and with a Streetscape that facilitate vehicular access. ARTICLE 4. TABLE 1 TRANSECT ZONE DESCRIPTIONS SUBSTITUTED � `'. - M__ M_ °°°° l�°00 (D ID J �' ♦ o *0; � -U XgJ ° J �v0 € € € 4d ♦ j °n- r'lws �000�_Dr.J. i °)D °° J rgl7ol+ °°°"c. �♦o r C A M__ M_ °°°° l�°00 (D ID J �' ♦ o *0; � �K 49p �v0 € € € A kl M__ M_ MCI 0 vv° J ° U X�� J J �v0 6 ° l g°og 4d ♦ j r'lws rgl7ol+ C kl M__ M_ r I M e Me 0�0 vv° J ° U X�� J J 6 ° l g°og 4d ♦ j kl n Me 0�0 vv° J ° U X�� J J 6 ° l g°og 4d ♦ j r'lws rgl7ol+ C kl III n vv° J ° U X�� J J 6 ° l g°og 4d ♦ j r'lws rgl7ol+ III IV3 n vv° J ° 6 ° l g°og 4d ♦ j r'lws rgl7ol+ IV3 c rgl7ol+ C IV3 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 2 MIAMI 21 SUMMARY PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 LOT OCCUPATION a. Lot Area b. Lot Width c. Lot Coverage d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) e. Frontage at front Setback f. Green / Open Space Requirements g. Density BUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front b. Secondary Front c. Side d. Rear (1IITRun ❑ r; SFTRACK SUBSTITUTED R U R A L I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I RE -ES 5,000 sf. min. 70,000 s.f. max. - 50 ft. min. 80% max. - 8 70% min. 10% Lot Area min. 150 du /acre a. Principal Front 20 ft. min. 41Win. 110 ft. min. th,20 ft. min. (T3 L only 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. 0 ft. min. 10 ft. min. ft. min. (T3 L o 10 ft. 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. c. Side 5 in.* 0 ft. min. / 5 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 5 ft. min. ly Mmin. . min. 0 ft. min.`* 0 ft. min.** d. Rear ft. 20,0q& 0 ft. min.** 5 ft. min.3 L ly) 5 ft. min. 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min. - a. Principal Front v th,20 ft. min. (T3 L only itted permitted b. Secondary Front . ed ft. min. (T3 L o 10 ft. chibited p ib ed c. Side pr iced 5 ft. min. ly Mmin. . min. permitted permi d. Rear permitted 5 ft. min.3 L ly) 5 ft. min. prohibited permitted (T4 L,T40) PRIVATE FRONTAGES a. Common Lawn b. Porch & Fence c. Terrace or L.C. d. Forecourt e. Stoop f. Shopfront g. Gallery h. Arcade Rlin nlNr WFlfuT M—in_ A kt v prohibited itted permitted prohibited . ed permitted chibited p ib ed permitted pr iced ohibited permitted permi prohibited permitted permitted prohibited permitted (T4 L,T40) permitted (T5 prohibited prohibited permitted ** prohibited prohibited I permitted ** a. Principal Bui prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited permitted permitted permitted permitted permitted(T6-8L,T6-80) permitted(T6-12L, T6-120) permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** I► 2 max. a. Principal Bui 2 max. 3 max. 2 min. 2 2 min. 5 max. 8 me 12 max. b. Outbuil 2 max. 2 max. c. Benefit Heig 4 max.** 8 max.** Abutting T6, T5 Ft4 only PUBLIC FRONTAGES (deleted) Or as modified in Diagram 9 ** Note: Refer to Article 5 for Specific Transect Zone Regulations IVA MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 LOT OCCUPATION ARTICLE 4. TABLE 2 MIAMI 21 SUMMARY SUBSTITUTED a. Lot Area 5,000 sf. min. 100,000 s.f.max. - 5,000 sf. min. 5,000 sf. min. 5,000 sf. min. 5,000 s.f. min. 5,0 s. 10,000 s.f. min. 10,000 s.f. min. b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. 100 ft. min. 100 ft. min. 100 ft. min. 50 ft. min. in. 100 ft. min. 50 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 80% max.- 80% in % max.** 80% max.** 80% max ax 90% max 80% max d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 7 a.12 or b.22 a.11 or 18 24 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 8 e. Frontage at front Setback 70% min. 70% min. 70% min. 70% min. N e None None None f. Open Space Requirements 10% Lot Area min. 10% Lot Area min. 10% Lot Area 10% Lot Area min. a min. 5% Lot Area min. 5% Lot Area min. 10% Lot Area min. g. Density 150 du /acre * 150 du /acre * 150 du /acre * 150 du /acre * 9 d cre max. permitted ** 150 du /acre * BUILDING SETBACK \ \ l a. Principal Front 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. mi 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. 5 ft. min. 10 ft. in. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. 10 ft. min. 10 10 ft. min. 5 ft. min. 5 ft. min. 10 ft. min. c. Side 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** d. Rear 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** 0 ft. min.** OUTBUILDING •� PRIVATE FRONTAGES a. Common Lawn prohibited prohibited rohibded ded prohibited prohibited prohibited permitted b. Porch & Fence prohibited prohibited prohibite hibited prohibited prohibited prohibited prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. prohibited pro d prokbite4o, I prohibited permitted permitted permitted permitted d. Forecourt permitted jftpe permitted permitted ermitted permitted permitted e. Stoop permitted 4 rmi permitted permitted permitted p itted permitted permitted f. Shopfront permitted (T6-24 L?4111fled (T6-36 L, T6-360) permitted (T6-60 L, T6-60 0) permitted (T6-80 L, T6-80 0) permitted perm permitted permitted g. Gallery permitted ** ermitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitt permitted ** permitted ** h. Arcade permitted * permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted ** permitted **X permitted ** permitted ** BUILDING HEIGHT (Stories) n • a. Principal Building mi 2 min. 2 min. 2 min. none none none 1 min. ex. 36 max. 60 max. 80 max. 8 max. 8 max. max. As regulated by F.A.A. b. Outbuilding c. Benefit Height 24 max.** 24 max.** unlimited `* unlimited ** 2 max.** Abutting T6, T5 & T4 only Or as modified in Diagram 9 ** Note: Refer to Article 5 for Specific Transect Zone Regulations IV5 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 3 BUILDING FUNCTION: USES UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T3 T4 T5 T6 C D SUB -URBAN URBAN GENERAL URBAN CENTER URBAN CORE CIVIC DISTRICTS DENSITY (UNITS PER A E) RESIDENTIAL SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCE COMMUNITY RESIDENCE ANCILLARY UNIT TWO FAMILY RESIDENCE MULTI FAMILY HOUSING DORMITORY HOME OFFICE LIVE - WORK WORK- LIVE LODGING BED & BREAKFAST INN HOTEL OFFICE OFFICE COMMERCIAL AUTO -RELATED COMMERCIAL ESTAB. ENTERTAINMENT ESTABLISHMENT ENTERTAINMENT ESTAB. - ADULT FOOD SERVICE ESTABLISHMENT ALCOHOL BEVERAGE SERVICE ESTAB. GENERAL COMMERCIAL MARINE RELATED COMMERCIAL ESTAB. OPEN AIR RETAIL PLACE OF ASSEMBLY RECREATIONAL ESTABLISHMENT civic COMMUNITY FACILITY RECREATIONAL FACILITY RELIGIOUS FACILITY CIVIL SUPPORT COMMUNITY SUPPORT FACILITY INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES MAJOR FACILITY MARINA PUBLIC PARKING RESCUE MISSION TRANSIT FACILITIES EDUCATIONAL CHILDCARE COLLEGE / UNIVER ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LEARNING CENTER MIDDLE/ HIGH SCHOOL PRE-SCHOOL RESEARCH FACILITY SPECIAL TRAINING /VOCATIONAL INDUSTRIAL AUTO -RELATED INDUSTRIAL ESTBL. MANUFACTURING AND PROCESSING MARINE RELATED INDUSTRIAL ESTBL. PRODUCTS AND SERVICES STORAGE/ DISTRIBUTION FACILITY oom mmm mom o®� --- _-- --- --_ --- --- --- mmm mmm -_ �N --- \vmm m©© m00 mmm =111%1VA mmm WO00 000 000 000 MR'&VA_P� MMM M M=m00 m00 m00 "Ov"M mmm MW\M mmm mmm mmm i'►mo mmm -_- _-- --- --�r mm- --- --„©== ©mm ©=W, mmm m-- mmm mm moo ©ate_ .� mm© ©mm mmm WMM m00 WA L'EA MMM MMM mmm h�== mmm%i mmm mmm mmm=►gym mmm ���mm mmm mmm mmm MENS mm WA©© mmm mmm mmm MMM M©C1011 !00 mmm 00m ---_-„ � -IM --_ --- -©- mmm mow WTIMP � ©oo ©©o oo© ---_mm W11nm -mm --m mm© mmm moo ►.mo o ©m ©©o oo© mmmmmr� L W' Mm m©© mmm 000 mmm mm lw.Q:� m©© ©©o === --- _-W _PI -`MA ©MM -©© MM© --- _ro_ w1 alm -mm -©m mm© mmmEM�IMM ON -%k mmm mmm mmm mmm K a1lu© ,1\ 1�� m©© ©©© 00m ©©1W �� ff r�= .Q=M ©©© mm- ©©w� FU00 IMMM ©©0 00© mw7. mr=�lv MMWS mmm mmm W 1"M it mmm MMM m©0 ©©© �IW- ©=© ©©© ©©&76 'f 1MM M©© ©©© OD �%a== mmm mmm mmm BOO O©© _-- _©© ©©© ©©© mmm mmm mmm mmm ©©© ©©©©©© mmm m©© m©© ©©© ©©© ©©© ©©©mmm mmm mmm ©©© ©©© ©©© ©©©mmm mmmmmm mmm moo moo moo©o ►`moo© --- _-© -©© -©© MOM= --- _-- --- --_ --- -- --- _-- --- --_ --- =,=0101=--- _-- --- --_ --- Mm►Q --- _-- --- --_ --- ==,� --- _-- --- --_ --- mm© --- _-- --- --_ --- mm© R Allowed By Right Uses may be further modified by Supplemental Regulations, State Regulations, orother provisions of WAllowed By Warrant: Administrative Process - CRC (Coordinated Review Committee) this Code. E Allowed By Exception: Public Hearing - granted by PZAB (Planning, Zoning & Appeals Board) Additional densities in some T6 zones are illustrated in Diagram 9. Boxes with no designation signify Use prohibited. ** AZ: Density of lowest Abutting Zone MIS SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T3 - SUB -URBAN ZONE � RESTRICTED LIMITED .• DENSITY A) 9 UNITS PER ACRE 9 UNITS PER ACRE 18 UNITS PER ACRE RESIDENTIAL Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: • Minimum of 2 parking spaces per principal Dwelling • All Dwelling Units shall be under single ownership Minimum of 2 parking spaces per principal Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 2 parking spaces per principal Dwelling Unit. • Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum of 1 parking space Unit. Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum of 1 parking space er staff member and 1 space per residents. Minimum of 1 parking space per Ancillary Dwelling per staff member and 1 space per residents. • Cc unity Residence - Minimum of 1 parking space per Unit. Community Residence - Minimum of 1 parking space sta tuber in addition to the parking required for the . Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum of 1 parking space Per staff member tion to the parking required for princip welling Unit. per staff member and 1 space per 4 residents. the Dwelling Unit Community Residence - Minimum of 1 parking space per staff member in addition to the parking required for the Dwelling Units. ` CIVIC 3. Civic Uses are permissib\ev1,000 Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats ysu of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- sembly use.sembly use. sembly use. Minimum of 1 parking s0 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking space for eve , 00 ua -• Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet of exhibition or recreating spaces for of exhibition or recreation area, and for of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for other Uses as requiredother Uses as required. other Uses as required. CIVIL SUPPORT Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Civil Support Uses ar ssib as listed in Table 3. Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet inimum of 1 p ing c for every 800 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet of Civil Support Use. Civil Su of Civil Support Use. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Min m 1 p ing space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- sembly uses. se S. sembly uses. EDUCATIONAL Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Vuc nal Us r emn le as listed in Table 3. Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. • Minimum of 3 parking spaces forevery 1,000 square feetum of 3 es revery 1,000 square feet •Minimum of 3 parking spaces forevery 1,000 square feet of Educational Use.of Educati a se. of Educational Use. 'W N 5� Qty SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T4 - GENERAL URBAN ZONE DENSITY ( ) 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE RESIDENTIAL Residential Uses are permissibleas listed in Table3, limited Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table3, limited by compliance with: by compliance with: by compliance with: Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per principal Dwelling Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per principal Dwelling • Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per principal Dwelling Unit. Unit. Unit. Ancillary Dwelling - Minimum of 1 parking space per • Ancillary Dwelling - Minimum of 1 parking space per • Ancillary Dwelling - Minimum of 1 parking space per ciliary dwelling unit. ancillary dwelling unit. ancillary dwelling unit. Ad amily-Care Homes - Minimum of 1 parking space • Live -work - Work component shall provide parking as • Live -work - Work cc onent shall provide parking as per s member and 1 space per 4 residents. required by non-residential use in addition to parking required by non- ial use in addition to parking Communi esidence-Minimum of 1 parking space per required for the Dwelling Units. requiredfor the D [ling t. staff memb addition to the parking required for the • Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum of 1 parking space • Adult FamiI a o - inimum of 1 parking space Dwelling Units. per staff member and 1 space per residents. per st n er a 1 ace per4 residents. Community Residence- Minimum of 1 parking space per • Cc i s ence- Minimum of 1 parking space per staff member in addition to the parking required for the st me r in addition to the packing required for the Dwelling Units. nits. Parking requirement may be reduced according to th a g requirement may be reduced according to the Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. red parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space forv v la • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. LODGING See City Code, Chapter 23. Lodging Uses are permissible as ed in Ta 3, limited Lodging Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: by compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking sp lodging units. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 2 lodging units. Minimum of 1 addition isito rking space for every • Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every 5 lodging units. 5 lodging units. king re t m be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Sh d p ing d, Article 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Mini le Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular sp red. spaces required. OFFICE Offic ses are p sibl listed in Table 3, limited Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited mpliance by compliance with: The first f th ncipal Building and ancillary •Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square Buildi an mercial Uses shall be less feet of office use. O th Bui ng floor are tai. • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the f arking spaces every 1,000 square Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. fe of o se. Vu Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular P i equirement may be reduce ccording to the spaces required. S d parking standard, Article 4, Tab • inimumof1BicycleRackSpaceforevery vehicular spaces required. COMMERCIAL Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table'N Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: ited by compliance with: The first Story of the Principal Building and ancillary aximum area of 4,000 square feet per establish - Building and Office and Commercial Uses shall be less me than 50% Building floor area total. Food blishments of a maximum seating capacity A maximum area of 4,000 square feet per establish- of 40 pa s. ment. Minimum rkingspacesforevery1,000squarefeet Food establishments of a maximum seating capacity of commercial of 40 patrons. Mini mumofoneBik aceforevery20vehicularspaces Minimu m of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet required(beforeany uctions). of commercial use. Parking requirement may reduced according to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared parking standard, A e 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Spa or every 20 vehicular Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. IV.8 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T4 - GENERAL URBAN ZONE DENSITY (U 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE CIVIC Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- sembly use. sembly use. sembly use. 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet n or recreation area, and parking spaces for of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for as required. other Uses as required. other Uses as required. uirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement ay be reduced according to the \requirement king standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared parking st Article 4, Table 5. icycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space forevery 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 ace for every 20 vehicular uir spaces required. space* re e . Parking for civic uses may be provided off-site within a • Pa ci uses may be provided off-site within a distance of 1,000 feet. di o feet. CIVIL SUPPORT Civil Support Uses are per Bible as listed inTable 3. Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space every 800 square feet • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square fe i um of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet of Civil Support Use. of Civil Support Use. ivil Support Use. Minimum of 1 parking space for ry 5 seats of as- •Adult Daycare- Minimum of 1 space pe e MinimumofoneBike space forevery20vehicular spaces sembly use. Minimum of 1 parking space for e as- required (before any reductions). sembly use. Adult Daycare- Minimum of 1 space per staff member. Parking requirement may be r ed acco ing to the • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as - Shared parking standard, Art e 4, le 5. sembly use. Minimum of 1 Bicycle a every 20 vehicular • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the spaces required. R Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular O spaces required. EDUCATIONAL Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Educ a permissible as listed in Table 3. Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of3parking spaces for every 1,000square fe ini arking spaces for every 1,000 square feet •Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet of Educational Use. c lona e. of Educational Use. Childcare Facilities- Minimum of 1 space per staff • C care Faciliti of 1 space per staff • Childcare Facilities- Minimum of 1 space per staff member.ember. i� Parking re i ent e reduced according to the member. • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Sha r a d, cle 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. O Min um 1 cle Rack Sp for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular ces r spaces required. Qty IV.9 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T5 - URBAN CENTER ZONE ! RESTRICTED I LIMITED OPEN DENSITY ) 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE RESIDENTIAL Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited Residential Uses are permissibleas listed in Table 3, limited Residential Uses are permissibleas listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: by compliance with: by compliance with: Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every 10 Dwelling Units. 10 Dwelling Units. 10 Dwelling Units. cillary Dwelling - Minimum of 1 parking space per • Ancillary Dwelling - Minimum of 1 parking space per • Ancillary Dwelling - Minimum of 1 parking space per a ary unit in addition to the parking required for the ancillary unit in addition to the parking required for the ancillary unit in additi n to the parking required for the princ I dwelling unit. principal dwelling unit. principal dwelling Adult Fa -Care Homes - Minimum 1 space per staff member a 1 space per 4 residents. • Live -work - Work component shall provide parking as required by the non-residential use in addition to parking • Live -work - W k p t shall provide parking as requirgd b r e I use in addition to parking Community Re ence- Minimum of1parking space per required for the Dwelling Unit. re i€ o D in nit. staff member in ition to the parking required for the • Adult Family -Care Homes - Minimum 1 space per staff • Ad 1 a Homes - Minimum 1 space per staff principal Dwelling s). member and 1 space per 4 residents. m be dTTTTTTspace per 4 residents. Parking requirement be reduced according to the Community Residence -Minimumof1parking space peg yResidence -Minimumof1parking space per Shared parking standard, icle 4, Table 5. staff member in addition to the parking required for thIP t ember in addition to the parking required for the Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Sp for every 20 vehicular principal Dwelling Unit(s). cipal Dwelling Unit(s). spaces required. Parking requirement may be reduced n h •Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking ratio may be reduced within' ile radiusofTOD Shared parking standard, Article 4, e 5 Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. and within '/4 mile radius of a Transit rridor by thirty • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for e 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular percent (30%) by process of Waiver, ex t when site spaces required. spaces required. is within 500 feet of T3. Parking ratio may be reduced in ile radiusofTOD • Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radius of Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 and within '/< mile radius ins orridor by thirty TOD and within 1/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by percent (30%) by pro except when site thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when is within 500 feet of T . site is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be ownership or lease offsite •Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite thin 1000ss of Waiver, except when site is Vhin 5 feet D within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. Loa cle 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 LODGING Lodging Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. jill Uses per as listed in Table 3. Lodging Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 2 lodging units. um of 1 e r every 2 lodging units. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 2 lodging units. Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking spat ry 10 lodging units. Minimum f dditi I or parking space for every 10 lodging i Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every 10 lodging units. Parking requirement may be reduced co the • Par g ui ent may reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared parking standard, Article 4, Ta 5. Sh d rkin tandard, A 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. 10fvehicular Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack S forevery imu Bicycle Rack Spec revery 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. sp quired. spaces required. Parking ratio may be n 1/2 mile o P ng ratio may be reduced within ile radius of Parking ratio may be reduced within 1/2 mile radius of TOD and withi i of a Transit C ridor TOD and within''/, mile radius of a Tran Corridor by TOD and within 1/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (3 l y s of Waiveee���ex he site is within ee 3. thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, a pt when site is within 500 feet of T3. thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. Parking m e pr ded by ownership or lea ffsite • Parking may be provided by ownership or lease ite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite withi y process of Waiver, except when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is wi et of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. o ee Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 ading - See Article 4, Table 5 OFFICE Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited Office U\A11ce by compliance with: by compwith: The first and second Story of the Principal Building and • Minimf arking spaces for every 1,000 square Office and Commercial Uses shall be less than 25% feet of ouse. Building floor area total. • Parkinquiremen ay be reduced according to the Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square Sharerking stand Article 4, Table 5. feet of office use. • Minimf 1 Bicycle Rac ace for every 20 vehicular Parking requirement may be reduced according to the spaceuired. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Parkino may be reduced wit ' z mile radiusofTOD Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular and w'/4 mile radius of a Tra Corridor by thirty spaces required. perce0%) by process of Waiver, cept when site Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD is with0 feet of T3.and within'/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty Parkinay be provided by ownership or se offsite percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site within0 feet by process of Waiver, except en site is within 500 feet of T3. is with0 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 IV.10 MIAMI 21 SUBSTITUTED ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T5 - URBAN CENTER ZONE � RESTRICTED I LIMITED OPEN DENSITY ) 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE COMMERCIAL Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: The first and second Story of the Principal Building and • A maximum area of 55,000 square feet per establish - Office and Commercial Uses shall be less than 25% ment. Building floor area total. Minimum of 3 parking spaces forevery 1,000 square feet A maximum area of 55,000 square feet per establish- of commercial use, except for Public Storage Facilities, ment. minimum 1 parking space for every 2,000 square feet. Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square • Parking requirem be reduced according to the feet of commercial use. Shared parkin st dar icle 4, Table 5. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Minim*n o is ace for every 20 vehicular Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. sp s Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space forevery 20 vehicular • Par ti y be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD spaces required. a with '. mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTO 0%) by process of Waiver, except when site and within '/. mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thi in 500 feet of T3. percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except w king may be provided by ownership or lease offsite is within 500 feet of T3. within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site Parking may be provided by owner or si a is within 500 feet of T3. within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, ptw a site • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 is within 500 feet of T3. Commercial Auto -related, Drive-Thru or Drive -In Facili- Loading - See Article 4, Table ties - See Article 6. CIVIC Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limit e Civic Uses are permiss as d in Table 3, limited by Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: compliance with: compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- inimum of ing ace for every 5 seats of as- Minimumof1 parking space for every 5 seats of assembly sembly uses. bly us . uses. Minimum of 1 parking space forevery 1,000 square feet • Mini g space for every 1,000 square feet Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet of exhibition or recreation area, and packing spaces for of i or recreation area, and parking spaces for of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for other Uses as required. 046th s required. other Uses as required. Parking requirement may be reduced according to 2arg requi e a reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. d parkin le 4, Table 5. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 ular • Minimum o 1 icyc a ace for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces re r spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduced within % TOD Par o be reduc within % mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD and within''/. mile radius of a Transit rrid by thirty an ith '/. a radius o Transit Corridor by thirty and within''/. mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process o Iver, a hen site cent 0° y process of ver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is ithin feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided b ne p or lease offsi P may be provided by owners or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet by pr a er, except a wi n 1000 feet by process of Waiver, a ept when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 fe within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - Se c Ie 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 CIVIL SUPPORT C� ses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3,\radiusof Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, I compliance with: limited by compliance with: Iid by compliance with: m of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1000 square feet m of 1 parking space for every 1000 square feet Civil Support Use. of Civil Support Use. Ciw upport Use. Minimumof1parking space for every 5seats ofassembly Minimumof1parking space forevery5seats ofassemblynimum arkingspaceforevery5seatsofassembly use. use. e. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips of marine • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips of marine imum of 1 pa g space for every 5 slips of marine use. use. e. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Adult Daycare- Minimum of 1 space per staff member. lt Daycare- Minimu f 1 space per staff member. Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the rking requirement may reduced according to the Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular Shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. ared parking standard, A 4, Table 5. spaces required. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular imum of 1 Bicycle Rack Spec r every 20 vehicular Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD spaces required. aces required. and within % mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty . Parkin ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD kin ratio may be reduced within % m radiusofTOD percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site and within '/. mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirtyd with in '/. mile radius of a Transit Co or by thirty is within 500 feet of T3. percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when sitercent (30%) by process of Waiver, exce hen site Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 is within 500 feet of T3. ithin 500 feet of T3.Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite rking may be provided by ownership or lease ite within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 IV.11 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T5 - URBAN CENTER ZONE DENSITY( ) 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE EDUCATIONAL Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet • Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet • Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet of Educational Use. of Educational Use. of Educational Use. 11-IChildcare Facilities- Minimum of 1 space per staff Childcare Facilities - Minimum of 1 space per staff Childcare Facilities - Minimum of 1 space per staff tuber\reduced member. member. Pequirement may be reduced according to the •Parking requirement may be reduced according to the •Parking requirement ay be reduced according to the sarking standard, Article 4, Table 5. shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. shared parking st Article 4, Table 5. MBicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 ace for every 20 vehicular seq d. spaces required. spacV* re e . Ptio ma reduced within% mile radiusofTOD •Parkingratiomaybereducedwithin%mileradiusofTOD •Pa be reduced within% mile radiusofTOD ain % mile ius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty a n i e radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty p(30%) by pr ss of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site p nt °o) by process of Waiver, except when site i500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. 00 feet of T3. LSee Article 4, Ta 5 Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsit P g may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except w hin 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading- Refer to Article 4, Table 5 IV.12 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE DENSITY (U 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 —1,000 UNITS PER ACRE * RESIDENTIAL Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1.5 parking spaces per Dwelling Unit. Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every • Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every 0 Dwelling Units. 10 Dwelling Units. 10 Dwelling Units. A Family -Care Homes - Minimum 1 space per staff • Live -work - Work component shall provide parking as • Live -work - Work component shall provide parking as me r and 1 space per 4 residents. required by the non-residential use in addition to parking required by the non-residential use in addition to parking Commu Residence - Minimum of 1 parking space per required for the Dwelling Unit. required for the D Unit. staff mem in addition to the parking required for the • Adult Family -Care Homes- Minimum 1 space per staff •AdultFamily- linimum 1 space per staff principal Dw g Unit(s). member and 1 space per 4 residents. mem:, a sidents. Parking require t may be reduced according to the • Community Residence- Minimum of 1 parking space per • C dence- Minimum of 1 parking space per shared parking sta rd, Article 4, Table 5. staff member in addition to the parking required for the st i ddition to the parking required for the Minimum of 1 Bicycle Space for every 20 vehicular principal Dwelling Unit(s). p cipa a ing Unit(s). spaces required. Parking requirement may be reduced according to th quirement may be reduced according to the Parking ratio may be reduced in % mile radiusofTOD shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. h d parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. and within '/4 mile radius of a sit Corridor by thirty • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 v is imum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular percent (30%) by process of Waiv except when T6 is spaces required. spaces required. within 500 feet of T3. • Parking ratio may be reduced within' ler OD • Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD In T6-60 & T6-80, parking for residenti ses located and within '/< mile radius of a Transit dor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty within 1,000 feet of a Metrorail or Metro er station percent (30%) by process of er, exce hen T6 is percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when T6 is shall not be required. within 500 feet of T3. within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease site • In T6-60 & T6-80, parkin fo sid al Uses located • In T6-60 & T6-80, parking for residential Uses located within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, exceptwhen within 1,000 feet of a i etromover station within 1,000 feet of a Metrorail or Metromover station is within 500 feet of T3. shall not be required. shall not be required. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 arking may be rove ownership or lease offsite •Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite n 1000 ss of Waiver, except when site within 1000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is w n 5 fee is within 500 feet of T3. Loa Ie 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 LODGING Lodging Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3.4'%Ndgi a permissible as listed in Table 3. Lodging Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 2 lodging unit in um of 1 p i sp for every 2 lodging units. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 2 lodging units. Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every mum of 1 sit parking space for every Minimum of 1 additional visitor parking space for every 10 lodging units. 10 Iodgin u s. 15 lodging units. Parking requirement may be reduced acco to • Parkin re e t reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the shared parking standard, Article 4, Ta� sh rki stan ard, A e 4, Table 5. shared packing standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack S ce fore ehicular um f 1 cle Rack Spa or every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. s ces ed. spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduce ithin ileradiusofT Pa in tiomay bereduced within % radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radius ofTOD and within 1/4 mile rad it Corridor i a ithin'/4 mile radius of a Transit C dor by thirty and within 1/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) aiver, except hen percent (30%) by process of Waiver, exce when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 fee T Parking ma o by ownership se o e s within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease site is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1,0 et b cess of Waiver, except n site within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is wit of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. L di S Article 4, Table 5 • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 ading - See Article 4, Table 5 OFFICE Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited es are permissible as listed in Table 3. Offic\aTransit by compliance with: • Mif 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square The Building area allowed for office use on each lot is feeoffs use. Ii mited to four Stories of the Principal Buildingand Office In 24 and -36, a minimum of 1 parking space for and Commercial Uses shall be less than 25 /° of Building ev800 squar et of office use shall be provided floor area total. Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square mume every ' I1,0square feet of office use. shall be provided 1,0square feet of o use shall be provided feet o In T6-24 and T6-36, a minimum of 1 parking space for 'Parequirement may reduced according to the every 800 square feet of office use shall be provided shparking standard, Art 4, Table 5. In T6-60andT6-80, a minimumof 1 parking spaceforevery 'Minmof1BicycleRackSpac revery 20 vehicular 1,000 square feet of office use shall be provided sps required. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the r -Parratio may be reduced within % m radiusofTOD Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table anithin /°4 mile radius of a Transit Co or by thirtypet (30 /°) by process of Waiver, exce hen siteMinimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space forevery 20 vehicular is in 500 feet of T3.spaces required. Pag may be provided by ownership or lease iteParking ratio may be reduced within% mileradiusofTOD wit1,000 feet by process of Waiver,exceptwhenand within '/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty is in 500 feet of T3. percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site . Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 * Or as modified in Diagram 9 IV.13 L SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE � RESTRICTED I LIMITED OPEN DENSITY A) 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 UNITS PER ACRE * COMMERCIAL Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: • Commercial establishments limited to a maximum area • The Building area allowed for Commercial Use on each • A maximum area of 55,000 square feet per establish - of 4,000 square feet each and shall be less than 25% lot is limited to two Stones of the Principal Building and ment. building floor area total. Office and Commercial Uses shall be less than 25% of Minimum of 3 parking spacesforevery 1,000 square feet e Building area allowed forcommercial useon each lotis Building floor area total. of commercial use, except for Public Storage Facilities, li ed to the first two Stories of the Principal Building. • A maximum area of 55,000 square feet per establish- minimum 1 parking space for every 2,000 square feet. Mini of3 parking spacesforevery 1,000 square feet ment. Parking requirem be reduced according to the of com rcial use. Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square shared parkingst dar , icle4, Table 5. Parking re ement may be reduced according to the feet of commercial use. Minim mo le c ace for every 20 vehicular shared parki tandard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bic Rack Space for every 20 vehicular Parking requirement may be reduced according to the shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. sp d. Au e-ThruorDrive-In Facilities -See Article V spaces required. • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular 6. • Loading - See Article ble 5 spaces required.ewwithin io may be reduced within % mile radius of TOD Parking ratio may be reduced within %n ithin'/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/4 mile radius of a Transcent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is percent (30%) by process of Waivewithin 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3.• Parking maybe provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by owner within 1,000 feet by process ofWaiver, except when site within 1,000 feet by process o givis within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Tabl CIVIC Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited b Civic Uses are per fisted in Table 3, limited by Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: pliance with: compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking spaceforevery 5 seatsofassembly um 1 p space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as - uses. se s sembly uses. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet in parking space for every 1,000 square feet Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 square feet of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces of or recreation area, and parking spaces for of exhibition or recreation area, and parking spaces for other Uses as required. Uses a equi other Uses as required. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the ng require educed according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. shared parki sta rd Ie 4, Table 5. shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for everyehic r • Minimum o Ie Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaqu d. spaces required. Loading - See Article 4, Table 50 • Par g r o be reduced in % mile radiusofTOD • Parking ratio maybe reduced within % mile radius of TOD with ile radius of a sit Corridor by thirty and within 1/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty P nt %) by process of Wai except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is is i 500 feet of T3. within 500 feet of T3. Pa ing may be provided by ownership lease offsite ithin 1,000 feet by Waiver, Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite 1,000 feet by Waiver, process of exc when site is within 500 feet of T3. within process of except when site is within 500 feet of T3. • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 CIVILSUPPORT Ci es are permissible as listed in Table 3, Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, vil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, I 1 compliance with: limited by compliance with:. Ii d by compliance with:. m of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1000 square feet • Mini m of 1 parking space for every 1000 square feet Civil Support Use, or Minimum of 1 parking spaceforevery 5 seatsofassembly of Civil Support Use. Minimum of 1 parking spaceforevery 5 seatsofassembly of Civ upport Use. Minimum parking spaceforevery 5 seatsofassembly use, or use. use. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips of marine Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips of marine Minimum of 1 p ing space for every 5 slips of marine use, or use. use. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Adult Daycare - Minimum of 1 space per staff member. • Adult Daycare - Minim of 1 space per staff member. shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may reduced according to the Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular shared parking standard, Article 4, Table 5. shared parking standard, A 4, Table 5. spaces required. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Spac or every 20 vehicular Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD spaces required. spaces required. and within 1/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty . Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD • Parking ratio may be reduced within % radius ofTOD percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit C dor by thirty is within 500 feet of T3. percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, excep en site is Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 is within 500 feet of T3. within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease ite within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Please refer to Diagram 9 IV14 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE � RESTRICTED I LIMITED OPEN DENSITY( ) 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 UNITS PER ACRE* EDUCATIONAL Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with:. limited by compliance with: • Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 square feet of Educational Use. of Educational Use. of Educational Use. are Facilities - Minimum of 1 space per staff Childcare Facilities - Minimum of 1 space per staff Childcare Facilities - Minimum of 1 space per staff r. member. member. requirement may be reduced according to the •Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement ay be reduced according to the Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking S Article 4, Table 5. m 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 ace for every 20 vehicular req d. spaces required. space�re e . Parking ratio ereducedwithin%mileradiusofTOD •Parkingratiomaybereducedwithin%mileradiusofTOD -Pa be reduced within/2 mile radius ofTOD \mildius thin mimil dius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty an i e radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty t (30%) by p ess of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site p nt 0o by process of Waiver, except when site is n 500 feet of T . is within 500 feet of T3. t feet of T3. g - See Article 4, Ta 5 Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsit g may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Fn1,000 within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except w feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 IV.15 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 c - civic DENSIT PA) NIA DENSITY OF ABUTTING ZONE 150 UNITS PER ACRE RESIDENTIAN All intensity, parking and loading regulations to match that Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet of the most restrictive Abutting zone. compliance with: of Residential Use. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Density and all intensity, parking and loading regulations • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. to match that of the most restrictive Abutting zone. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space forevery 20 vehicular spaces required. LODGING Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet of Residential Use. Loading - See Arti ble 5 OFFICE Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3. Minimum of c for every 800 square feet Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 square of Office 411�e feet of Office Use. Loa cle 4, Table 5 Min i mu m of one Bike space for every 20 vehicular spaces required (before any reductions). Parking ratio may be reduced according to the share parking standard. Parking may be provided offsite in Cl, ]^T i 500 feet through a parking manage pl zone. COMMERCIAL Commercial Uses are permissible as list\1ar Commercial Uses are permissible as li in Table 3, • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every limited by compliance with: of Commercial Use. mercial space. • Building area allowed for Cc e Use on each lot • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 MinimumofoneBike space for every 20 shall be less than 25%B i oo ea total. required (before any reductions).Minimum of 3 parking ces every 1,000 sf of com- Parking ratio may be reduced according to the shared mercial space parking standard. imum of 1 a ng s ce for every 7 seats in a Major Loading - See Article 4, Table 5. S s Fa Loading needs, including maneuvering, shall be accom- ' Mini space for every 20 vehicular spaces modated on site.req a ore any reductions). ay be uced according to the shared a g stand ing ratio ce for Major Sports Facility within 1 mi e a M a tromover Station, or mass transit face p to °o.by pfaeesa Of Wa Vef. Loa^e rtic , Ta 5 O :,Lgailkng ed cluding mane ering, shall be accom- ate te. CIVIC Civic Uses are permissible as ted able 3. are permissible as listed in le 3. Civicle Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square feet Minimumof1parking c r 5seatsof I uses.ses. Mi umof1parkingspaceforevery5se ofassembly of Civic Use. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 MinimumokliL eorevery1,00 fex • Minimumof1parkingspaceforevery1,000sfofe bition or recreatia parking spaces or r Uses iii or recreation space, and parking spaces for othe es as req as required. Mini parking space for every staff member for Minimum of 1 parking space for every staff member for e ses. recreational uses. n of 1 parking space for every 500 sf of Building Minimum of 1 parking space for every 500 sf of Building or recreational uses. area for recreational uses. inimumofone Bike space for every 20 vehicular spaces •MinimumofoneBike space for every 20vehicular spaces required (before any reductions). required (before any reductions). Parking may be provided offsite in Cl, D, T5 or T6 within Parking may be provided offsite in Cl, D, T5 or T6 within 500 feet through a parking management plan/zone. 500 feet through a parking management plan/zone. CIVIL SUPPORT Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, • Minimum of 1 parking ace for every 800 square feet limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: of Civil Support Use. For Civil Support, a minimum of 1 parking space forevery •For Civil Support, a minimum of 1 parking space forevery •Loading -See Article 4, Tab 1,000 sf. 1,000 sf. For Marine Uses, a minimum oft parking space forevery For Assembly uses, a minimum of 1 parking space for 5 slips. every 5 seats. For Marine Uses, a minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips. Adult Daycare - Minimum of 1 space per staff member and 1 space for owner. EDUCATIONAL Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 800 square limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: of Educational Use. Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 educational space educational space MinimumofoneBike space for every 20vehicular spaces •Childcare Facilities -Minimumof1space per staff member required (before any reductions). and 1 space for owner. Minimum of one Bike space for every 20 veh icu lar spaces required (before any reductions). IV.16 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 D - DISTRICT DENSITY (U 9 UNITS PER ACRE N/A N/A RESIDENTIAL Residential Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking space per Dwelling Unit. 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular uired. omaybereducedwithin%mile radiusofTOD \in1/4 '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty %) by process of Waiver, except when site feet of T3. e icle 4, Table 5 LODGING listed in Table 3, limited Lodging Uses are permi\Tabl by compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking very 2 lodging units. Minimumof1additionap forevery101odging units for visitors. Parking requirement duced ording to the Shared Parking Standle 4, TableMinimum of 1 Bicycle Rce forevery 2 hicularspaces required. Parking ratio may be rethin % mile radius ofand within '/< mile radTransit Corridor by ih1 percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. O Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1,000 feet by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 OFFICE Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited 4iijill are a listed in Table 3, limited Office Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every0 s f by compliance ith: Minimum rkin ces for every 1,000 sf of by compliance with: Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of office space. offi e. office space. Parking requirement may be reduced cor g to the Pa ng quir ent may be r ced according to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared Parking Standard, A 4, Tab red Standard, Article Table 5. Shared Packing Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack ace every 20 vehicu • Mi u f 1 Bicycle Rack Space for ry 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. Parking ratio ma rthin % mile radi of s required. arking ratio may be reduced within % mile ra sofTOD spaces required. • Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD and within'/4 mi di Transit C dor thi percent (30°/ of Waiver, a he and within'/4 mile radius of a Transit Corcdo thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except wh site and within'/4 mile radius of a Transit Corcdor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 5 eet 3. is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Park' rovided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite be provided by ownership or lease offsite withi et and in Transect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of0feet and in Transect Zone D by process of ve . Waiver. \Parkay di - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 See Article 4, Table 5 COMMER OlUmercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Commercial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, Commercial es are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: limited by comp ce with: Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of com- • Minimum of 3 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of com- • Minimum of 3 par spaces for every 1,000 sf of com- mercial space. mercial space. mercial space. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement m be reduced according to the Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, icle 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Sp for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. spaces required. Parking ratio may be reduced within 1/2 mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within 1 ileradiusofTOD and within '/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within % mile radius of a Transit mdor by thirty percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, ex t when site is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Drive-Thru or Drive -In Facilities - Refer to Article 6. Drive-Thru or Drive -In Facilities - Refer to Article 6. Drive-Thru or Drive -In Facilities - Refer to Articl Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease o to within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process Waiver. Waiver. Waiver. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 IV.17 01, SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 D - DISTRICT � D1 - WORK PLACE D2 -INDUSTRIAL D3 -WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL DENSITY A) 9 UNITS PERA CRE N/A NIA CIVIC Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by Civic Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: compliance with: compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats of as- sembly uses. sembly uses. sembly uses. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf of exhibi- ' • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf of exhibi- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf of exhibi- or recreation space, and parking spaces for other tion or recreation space, and parking spaces for other tion or recreation space, and parking spaces for other as required. Uses as required. Uses as required. requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Parking requirem be reduced according to the d rking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parkin S dar icle 4, Table 5. um o cycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minim*n o c ace for every 20 vehicular s requir spaces required. sp s Pgratiomay educed with in%mileradiusofTOD •Parking ratio may be reduced within%mile radiusofTOD •Pa r ti ybereduced within % mile radiusofTOD \ed ithin '/< mile r s of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty a with '. mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty nt (30%) by proc of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site%) by process of Waiver, except when site in 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. in 500 feet of T3. ng may be provided by nership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or leas rking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite 1000 feet and in Transe one D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone ro o within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of er. Waiver. Waiver. Lng - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 CIVILSUPPORT Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed Table 3, Civil Support Uses are permis a listed in Table 3, Civil Support Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: limited by compliance with: Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf. o vil • Minimum of 1 parking ace every 1,000 sf. of Civil • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf. of Civil Support Use. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Support Use. arking require nt m be reduced according to the Support Use. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. ared Pad, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Mini o is le Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. sp it spaces required. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats for ini 1 parking s ace for every 5 seats for as- • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 seats for as- sembly uses. y use sembly uses. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips for marine #Jornum of 1 r every 5 slips for marine • Minimum of 1 parking space for every 5 slips for marine Uses. Adult Daycare - Minimum of 1 space per sta emb Uses. Adult Dayc - im of 1 space per staff member. Uses. • Adult Daycare - Minimum of 1 space per staff member. s TOD Parking ratio may be reduced within %Qewhen •Par g o be reduc thin % mile radiusofTOD •Parking ratio may be reduced within/2 mile radiusofTOD and within '/, mile radius of a Transitby thirty an ith % radius of ransit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty percent (30%) by process o Iver, site nt by process of er, except when site percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is within 500 feet of T3. is ithin feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. Parking may be provid ip or leas ffsit P may be provided by owners or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within 1000 fee and c one D by ce f wi in 1000 feet and in Transect Zone process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of Waiver. aiver. Waiver. Loading - SeI ble 5 • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 EDUCATIONAL Ed ca ONre permissible as listed in Table 3, Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table Educational Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited iance with: limited by compliance with: mited by compliance with: 0 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of Minimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of nimum of 2 parking spaces for every 1,000 sf of c nal Use. educational Use. a ational Use. • arking requirement may be reduced according to the hared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Parking requirement may be reduced according to the Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Parki equirement may be reduced according to the Shared ing Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of icycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular spaces required. spaces required. spaces require Childcare Facilities- Minimum of 1 space per staff •Parking ratio may be reduced within%mile radiusofTOD •Parkingratiomayb ducedwithin 2milerediusofTOD member. and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/< mile ra s of a Transit Corridor by thirty Parking ratio may be reduced within % mile radiusofTOD percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site percent (30%) by proc of Waiver, except when site and within '/< mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty is within 500 feet of T3. is within 500 feet of T3. percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Parking may be provided by ership or lease offsite is within 500 feet of T3. within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transec one D by process of Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsite Waiver. Waiver. within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 Waiver. Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 IV18 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 4 DENSITY, INTENSITY AND PARKING (CONTINUED) UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 D - DISTRICT � DI -WORKPLACE D2 -INDUSTRIAL D3 -WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL DENSITY A) 9 UNITS PER ACRE NIA N/A INDUSTRIAL Industrial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited Industrial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited Industrial Uses are permissible as listed in Table 3, limited by compliance with: by compliance with: by compliance with: • Please refer to Article 6 for additional specific require- • Please refer to Article 6 for additional specific require- • Please refer to Article 6 for additional specific require- ments. ments. ments. Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf of •Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf of •Minimum of 1 parking space for every 1,000 sf of dustrial Use. Industrial Use. Industrial Use. Pa g requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement may be reduced according to the • Parking requirement ay be reduced according to the Shar Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking Standard, Article 4, Table 5. Shared Parking S Article 4, Table 5. icycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular Minimu\Tran • Minimum of 1 Bicycle Rack Space for every 20 vehicular • Minimum of 1 ace for every 20 vehicular spacesd. spaces required. spa re ed. Parking ratioereducedwithin%mileradiusofTOD •Parking ratio may bereduced within % mile radius ofTOD -Pa be reduced within 1/2 mile radius ofTOD and wiile dius of a Transit Corridor by thirty and within '/4 mile radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty an i e radius of a Transit Corridor by thirty Percenby pr ss of Waiver, except when site is percent (30%) by process of Waiver, except when site is p nt °o) by process of Waiver, except when site is within t of T3. within 500 feet of T3. feet of T3. Parkine provided ownership or lease offsite • Parking may be provided by ownership or lease offsit g may be provided by ownership or lease offsite within et and in Tran t Zone D by process of within 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by pr in 1000 feet and in Transect Zone D by process of WaiverWaiver. Waiver. LoadingArticle 4, Table 5 Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 • Loading - See Article 4, Table 5 IV.19 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 5 BUILDING FUNCTION: PARKING AND LOADING PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SHAR PARKING STANDARDS SHARING FA R The shared Parking Standards Table provides the method for calculating shared parking for buildings with more than one Use type. It refers to the parking requirements that appear in Table 4. Function with Function The parking required for any two Functions on a Lot is calculated by dividing the number of spaces RESIDENTIALK NTIAL required by the lesser of the two uses by the appropriate factor from this Table and adding the result to LODGINGG the greater use parking requirement.For instance: for a building with a Residential Use requiring 100 spaces and a Commercial Use requir- OFFICE in 20 s aces, the 20 s aces divided b the sharin factor of 1.2 would r ce the total re uirement to 9 P P Y 9 qCOMMERCIAL 1.4RCIAL 100 plus 16 spaces. For uses not indicated in this chart on a mixed us of aring factor of 1 A shall 12 be allowed. Additional sharing is allowed by Warrant.1.3 �1 OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS ANGLE OF PARKING ACCESS AISLE WIDTH ONE WAY ONE WAY TRAFFIC TRAFFIC SINGLE LOADED DOUBLELOADED TWO W TRAFFIC DOUBLELO D 90 23 ft 23 ft 23 ft 60 12.8 ft 11.8 ft 19.3 ft 45 10.8 ft 9.5 ft 18.5 ft Parallel loft loft 20 ft Standard stall: 8.5 ft x 18 ft minimum LOADING BERTH STANDARDS I T5, T6, CS, CI -HD & CI • Driveways shall have a minimum of drive for parking area providing 14 • Pedestrian entrances shall e at lel • Allowable slopes, paving, a air • Off-street Parking facilities Uall to used by trucks e Commercial and al. of a one-way drive and 20 feet for a two-way Sfeet from stall, driveway or access aisle. le s per Florida Building Code. a minimum vertical clearance of 7 feet. Where such a facility is the minimum clearance shall be 12 feet Residential and 15 feet ress vehicu r co oll devices shall be located so as to provide a minimum driveway of 20 feet in le be^ se Building Line and dispenser. • For I c equirements of parking lots, refer to Miami -Dade County Landscape Ordinance and .ie iami Off-street Parking Guides and Standards. ISTRICT \`J% I I NOTES I RESIDENTIAL* From 25,000 sf to 500,000 sf Berth Types Berth Size Loading Berths 420 sf 1 per first 100 is Residential*: 240 sf =10 ftx 20 ftx 12 ft Commercial**: 420 sf = 12 ft x 35 ft x 15 ft 240 sf 1 per h addit 0 units o fracti 0. Industrial***: 660 sf 12 ft x 55 ft x 15 ft Greater than 50 -- loading berths shall be set back Berth Size Berths OResidential a distance equal to their length. 660 sf r first 100 uni 240 sf 1 per each additionalt nits or ** 1 Commercial berth maybe substituted by 2 Residential berths fraction of 100. *** 1 Industrial berth may be substituted by 2 IIICommercial berths. LODGING000 sf to 500,000 sf From 25,000 sf to 500,000 sf rth Size Loading Berths Berth Size Loading Berths 420 sf 1 per 300 rooms 420 sf 1 per 300 rooms 240 sf 1 per 100 rooms 240 sf 1 per 100 rooms Greater than 500,000 sf Greater than 500,000 sf Berth Size Loading Berths Berth Size Loading Berths 660 sf 1 per 300 rooms 660 sf 1 per 300 rooms 240 sf 1 per 100 rooms 240 sf 1 per 100 rooms OFFICE From 25,000 sf to 500,000 sf From 25,000 sf to 500,000 sf COMMERCIAL** Berth Size Loading Berths Area Berth Size Loading Berths Area INDUSTRIAL*** 420 sf 1st 25Ksf-50Ksf 420 sf 1st 25Ksf- 50Ksf 420 sf 2nd 50Ksf-100Ksf 420 sf 2nd 50Ksf-100Ksf 420 sf 3rd 100Ksf-250Ksf 420 sf 3rd 100K sf- 250Ksf 420 sf 4th 250K sf- 500K sf 420 sf 4th 250K sf- 500K sf Greater than 500,000 sf Greater than 500,000 sf Berth Size Loading Berths Area Berth Size Loading Berths Area 660 sf 1 / 500K sf 660 sf 1 / 500K sf IV.20 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 6 FRONTAGES b. Porch & Fence: a Fronta wherein the Fagade is set back from the Frontage Line with an aft ed Porch permitted to encroach. A r fence at the Frontage Line mai ins the demarcation of the yard while not blocking view into the fr yard. j i i c. Terrace or Light Court: a Frontage wherein the gade is set back from the Frontage Line by an elevated terrace o sunken light court. This type buffers residential use from urban s walks and removes the private yard from public encroachment. raised i; terrace is suitable for outdoor cafes. d. Forecourt: a Frontage wherein a portion of the Fagade is close to the Frontage Line with a portion set back. The forecourt with a large tree offers visual and environmental variety the urban Streetscape. The Forecourt may accommoda> vehicular drop off. e. Stoop: a Frontage wherein the Fagade is ali ed ose to the Frontage Line with the first Story ele d fro a side sufficiently to secure privacy for the na . The entra is m usually an exterior stair and landi a is re a ed for ground -floor Residential )� f. Shopfront: a FrontaiAlreTin the Fagade is aligned close to the Frontage Lineding entrance at sidewalk grade. This type is con nretail Use. It has substantial glazing at the sidewal an Awning that may overhang the sidewalk. X g. Gallery: a Frontage wherein the Fagade is aligned close to the Frontage Line with an attached cantilevered or a lightweight colonnade overlapping the sidewalk. This type is conventional for retail Use. The Gallery shall be no less than 15' feetwide and may overlap the whole width of the sidewalk to within 2 feet of the curb. Permitted by Special Area Plan. MIN h. Arcade: a Frontage wherein the Fagade includes a colonnade that 1 overlaps the sidewalk, while the Fagade at sidewalk level remains at the Frontage Line. This type is conventional for retail Use. The arcade shall be no less than 15' feet wide and may overlap the whole width of the sidewalk to within 2 feet of the curb. Permitted by Special Area Plan. IV.21 SECTION PLAN L0T R.O.W. LOT R.O.W. PRIVATE► I PUBLIC PRIVATE► PUBLIC \1__1 Frontage Frontage Frontage Frontage a. Com n Lawn: a Frontage wherein the Fagade is set back sub- stantial om the Frontage Line. The front yard created remains unfenced a iscontinuous with adjacent yards, supporting,_, a common la cape. The Setback can be densely landscaped to " buffer from high speed Thoroughfares. 1 j b. Porch & Fence: a Fronta wherein the Fagade is set back from the Frontage Line with an aft ed Porch permitted to encroach. A r fence at the Frontage Line mai ins the demarcation of the yard while not blocking view into the fr yard. j i i c. Terrace or Light Court: a Frontage wherein the gade is set back from the Frontage Line by an elevated terrace o sunken light court. This type buffers residential use from urban s walks and removes the private yard from public encroachment. raised i; terrace is suitable for outdoor cafes. d. Forecourt: a Frontage wherein a portion of the Fagade is close to the Frontage Line with a portion set back. The forecourt with a large tree offers visual and environmental variety the urban Streetscape. The Forecourt may accommoda> vehicular drop off. e. Stoop: a Frontage wherein the Fagade is ali ed ose to the Frontage Line with the first Story ele d fro a side sufficiently to secure privacy for the na . The entra is m usually an exterior stair and landi a is re a ed for ground -floor Residential )� f. Shopfront: a FrontaiAlreTin the Fagade is aligned close to the Frontage Lineding entrance at sidewalk grade. This type is con nretail Use. It has substantial glazing at the sidewal an Awning that may overhang the sidewalk. X g. Gallery: a Frontage wherein the Fagade is aligned close to the Frontage Line with an attached cantilevered or a lightweight colonnade overlapping the sidewalk. This type is conventional for retail Use. The Gallery shall be no less than 15' feetwide and may overlap the whole width of the sidewalk to within 2 feet of the curb. Permitted by Special Area Plan. MIN h. Arcade: a Frontage wherein the Fagade includes a colonnade that 1 overlaps the sidewalk, while the Fagade at sidewalk level remains at the Frontage Line. This type is conventional for retail Use. The arcade shall be no less than 15' feet wide and may overlap the whole width of the sidewalk to within 2 feet of the curb. Permitted by Special Area Plan. IV.21 SUBSTITUTE MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 7 CIVIC SPACE TYPES This Ne describes the standards for areas zoned as Civic Space (CS) and for Public Parks and Open Space provided by the Public Benefits Program. Civic SpXe Types should be at the ground level, landscaped and/or paved, open to the sky and shall be open to the public. Civic Space Types may be publicly or privately ovNd. Open Space requirements for each zone are described in Article 5. a. Park: A natural Nerve available for unstructured and structured recreation programs. A Park may be independent of sounding Building Frontages. Its landscape may be naturalistic and consist of paths and trails, mea s, woodland, sports fields and open shelters. Parks may be Conservation Areas, preserving naturaTVnditions and their size may vary. T1 T3 b. Green: An Open Space, available unstructured recreation programs. A Green may be spatially defined by landscaping rather than Bui " g Frontages. Its landscape shall consist of lawn and trees, m naturalistically disposed. The minimum si shall be one acre and the maximum shall be 4 acres. M c. Square: An Open Space available for unstructured r eation programs and civic purpos A square is spatially defined by Building Frontages with st is on at least one Frontage. I Ian m scape shall consist of pavement, lawns and trees, formally osed. Squares shall t the intersection of important Thoroughfares. The minimum size all be 1/3 acre a a um shall be 2 acres. nnn ) ' r d. Plaza: An Open Space available for civic purposes and progra ed KPIazaall be �spatially defined by Building Frontages and may include street F t onsist �J000primarily of pavement and trees. Plazas shall be locatedattheinter io impofares. O O The minimum size shall be 1/8 acre and the maximum sha e 2 a O O 00000 e. Courtyard / Garden: An Open Space spatia efine y Buildi s d s Vwalls, and vi Ily accessible on one side to the street. OILO-11 M f. Playground: An Ope p signed and equipped for the recreation of children. A Playground shall be fenced and de an open shelter. Playgrounds shall be interspersed within residential 30. m M areas and may ithin a Block. Playgrounds may be included within Parks and Greens. There shall um or maximum size. M g. Pedestrian Passage: An Open Space connecting other public spaces, that is restricted to pedestrian use and limited vehicular access, of a minimum width of 20 feet. Building walls enfronting a Pedes- 0' m trian Passage shall have frequent doors and windows. In T6-36, T6-60 and T6-80, a Pedestrian Passage may be roofed. m M h. Community Garden: A grouping of garden plots available for small-scale cultivation, generally to residents of apartments and other dwelling types without private gardens. Community gardens should accommodate individual storage sheds. IV22 T3 14 T5 T6 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 111L a. THOROUGHFARE &FRONTAGES Private Lot b. TURNING RADIUS ARTICLE 4. TABLE 8 DEFINITIONS ILLUSTRATED Private Public Vehicular Lanes Public Private Frontage Frontage Frontage Frontage IN - — - 1 -1 1 -Radius at the Cur d. LOT LAYERS Thoroughfare (R.O.W.) c. BUILDING 2 -Effective Turning s t Layer 2nd Layer 1 st Layer XSACK DESIGNATIONS 1 -Front Setback 2 -Side Setback 3 -Rear Setback IV.23 Lot 1- Principal Building 2- Backbuilding 3- Outbuilding NTAGE & LOT LINES r'—----T------� 1 -Frontage Line 2 -Lot Line i i 5i i 4 i 4 i 3-Fagades 4 -Elevations I I i 11 5-Streetscreen i 4 4 i 3 i I I I I I I i 3 i 3 i I I I J g. VISIBILITY TRIANGLE I 25 0" 011I _.J ._._._._. ._._._._._. _.J 25-0" 10'-0" Fig 1. Fig 2. Fig 3. AtThoroughfareinter-At intersections of At Thoroughfare in - sections with Building driveways with Thor- tersections with no Setbacks oughfare with no Building Setbacks Building Setbacks m � I J J / 0) C ._._._._._._._._._. Y � 0 1 / - — - 1 -1 1 -Radius at the Cur d. LOT LAYERS Thoroughfare (R.O.W.) c. BUILDING 2 -Effective Turning s t Layer 2nd Layer 1 st Layer XSACK DESIGNATIONS 1 -Front Setback 2 -Side Setback 3 -Rear Setback IV.23 Lot 1- Principal Building 2- Backbuilding 3- Outbuilding NTAGE & LOT LINES r'—----T------� 1 -Frontage Line 2 -Lot Line i i 5i i 4 i 4 i 3-Fagades 4 -Elevations I I i 11 5-Streetscreen i 4 4 i 3 i I I I I I I i 3 i 3 i I I I J g. VISIBILITY TRIANGLE I 25 0" 011I _.J ._._._._. ._._._._._. _.J 25-0" 10'-0" Fig 1. Fig 2. Fig 3. AtThoroughfareinter-At intersections of At Thoroughfare in - sections with Building driveways with Thor- tersections with no Setbacks oughfare with no Building Setbacks Building Setbacks airl,'7 "Ill 11111111i2 11 MID 1,II Tommmm-Niffinamm R. ""III�� !� lill�i"A_ I IIII rl 1°' �•�• ale a ni1� -illiiiluY"� =s° 1 "T111111..,,:11� ,I,mnman� � = A •'� , ' 1■ 1,1 li e _ �_ �� =_� 7I� �IIIIIIII>1��1aim • •a I -r ,I. aa� 1111111■Il'�r-i�1i:ii `/� IN F 5 F � _=--.. ao , 2111111111 �� +A,��� • Imo= a=_:__�II� .■■■I,•. �_ ri I. pp. MacArthur � \ ;. '11111= ■IVIG � _ • •.L� 1113 LLII. �.�I'\� 1:I■■1 i 1�=� II uiia I� � �� �` 1 7u. • u�- '::- 1111 L _�i,' ii_�I�. J ■ I 1 111. � � it � -IIL \ 1IIII uu 1-385 7th Street r �Illi, 11. 11■ ■ � 1� .. 111:11111 �I r al i ult IJlliilI4ti1 IIS-.. ■II. it■III idly [�■. ME - :Illlllr Erin iii'. irT `�■ i�'� ��' �_—..1u -a.� -1� � �'.:uu: i ..—+u�I 1111:1 1 Rp ,. r� � �, III, al'.' ��IL""� L:�II !INI'� i.: ■\ . � - IP .11!T� � =•'i illi ■n■ JI NINE we =-111JEJ-! , li■ Minh 113 nlLllll ■u� - ✓ SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 I Coral Way � �a enue aF�EJ'L Grand Avenue W- 2 F-1NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICT 1 NCD 1 CORAL GATE F-1NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICT 2 NCD 2 VILLAGE WEST ISLAND AND CHARLES AVENUE F-1NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICT 3 NCD 3 COCONUT GROVE ❑ MIDTOWN ❑ MIAMI WORLD CENTER Note: The Official Miami 21 Area Specific Illustrations Diagram is maintained in the Office of the City Clerk. ARTICLE 4. DIAGRAM 10 AREA SPECIFIC ILLUSTRATIONS .2 N W y o N 3 3 Z Z a Q Q s rn a��® -.J ® N ❑ rj'jggA J I IV.25 �H 79th Street q 3 71 st Street Street 54th Street Julia Tuttle Causeway 1-395 auseway ESTABLISHED SETBAC REAS See Article 3, Section 3.3.6 a. Brickell Financial b. Biscayne Boulevard c. Design District d. SW 27th Avenue Coconut Grove e. 9th Street Promenade f. Tigertail Avenue g. South Bayshore Drive h. Coral Way i. 8th Street j. 22nd Avenue k. Coconut Grove MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 4. DIAGRAM 11 TRANSIT ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT - TOD UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED - � N _ I� ■ Q - Q I .+oN �I 'J MIAMI INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT a, � r v v IT N IN - -- L Coral Wa / �al A—r,NP I I I I Note: The Official Miami 21 TOD Diagram is maintained in IV26 of the City Clerk. METRORAIL FUTURE METRORAIL METROMOVER BUS ROUTES STREETCAR HEALTH DISTRICT CIRCULATOR HEALTH DISTRICT STOPS FUTURE TRANSIT SHEDS 1/2 MILE TRANSIT SHED 1/4 MILE PEDESTRIAN SHED Note: The Official Miami 21 TOD Diagram is maintained in IV26 of the City Clerk. MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 4. TABLE 12 DESIGN REVIEW CRITERIA SUBSTITUTED BUILDIN ISPOSITION • Respond to physical context taking into consideration natural features, existing urban form and Transect Zone intentions. • For Buildings on mer Lots, design Fagades to acknowledge all Frontages. • For modifications of nconforming Structures, .-see Article 7, Section 7.2 for specific regulations. • Create transitions in Height d mass with Abutting properties and Transect Zones. BUILDING CONFIGURATION • Articulate the Building Fagade vertica and horizontally in intervals appropriate to the existing Neighborhood and Transect Z • Articulate the Building Fagade at street leo recognize pedestrian continuity and interest, and at upper levels to recognize ng of Buildings. • Use architectural styles and details (such as f lines and fenestration), colors and materials derivative from surroundir •Design Fagades that respond primarily to human ale. • Promote pedestrian interaction. • Design all walls as active Fagades, with doors and wind ; when not possible, embellish walls with archi ral sign treatment. • Provide usable Open Space that allows for visible and conv "ent pedestrian access from the public ewalk. • Building sites should locate service elements, such as trash dum ers, utility meters, loading do s, ac w preventers, siamese connections and electrical, plumbing, mechanical and communications equipment away from a street fro All service elements s b i ted and screened from view to the street and adjacent proper- ties. BUILDING FUNCTION & DENSITY • Respond to the Neighborhood context and Transect Zone. PARKING STANDARDS • Minimize the impact of automobile parking and driveways on the pedes nvironm ent properties, especially T3 areas. • For pedestrian and vehicular safety minimize conflict points s the number idth eways and curb cuts. • Minimize off-street parking adjacent to a thoroughfare fro ere possi c p g hind the Building. • Design landscaping or surface parking areas as uffers n dissim" es • Screen parking garage structures with Habitabl e. Where H 't le pa s not provided, ar 'tectural treatments and landscaping shall screen the garage structure. LANDSCAPE STANDARDS • Preserve existing vegetation and/o features w er p ssible. • Reinforce Transect Zone inte tegrating landscape and ardscape elements. • Use landscaping to enh design and continuity of Streetscape. • Use landscape mate c s plantings, trellises, pavers, screen walls, planters and similar features, to enha\buildin and continuity of streetscape. Provide landsc a creens undesirable elements, such as surface parking lots, and that enhances open ure. S I G N Se D 36 AE • Provide si a appropriate for the scale and character of the project and immediate Neighborhood. • Provide functional and aesthetic signage identifying Building addresses at the entrance(s). AMBIENT STANDARDS • Provide lighting appropriate to the Building and landscape design and in a manner that coordinates with signage and street lighting. • Orient outdoor lighting to minimize glare to the public realm and adjacent properties. • Protect residential areas from excessive noise, fumes, odors, commercial vehicle intrusion, traffic conflicts and the spillover effect of light. IV.27 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ARTICLE 4. STANDARDS & TABLES SUBSTITUTED CGS IV.28 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TA E OF CONTENTS 5.1 enerally 5.2 Na al Transect Zones (T1) and Rural Transect Zones (T2) 5.3 Sub- an Transect Zones (T3) 5.4 General an Transect Zones (T4) 5.5 Urban Cente Transect Zones (T5) 5.6 Urban Core Tra ect Zones (T6) ` 5.7 Civic Space Zones S) and Civic Institution Zones (CI) 5.8 Civic Institution Zones ealth District (CI -HD) 5.9 District Zones (D1 and D 5.10 Waterfront Industrial District nes (D3) O G V.1 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.2 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED \Th ECIFIC TO ZONES LLY cle sets forth the standards applicable to development within each Transect t are specific to: • Buildingsposition • Building C figuration • Building Fun Non and Density • Parking Standa s • Architectural Sta ards • Landscape Standa • Ambient Standards V.3 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED NATURAL TRANSECT ZONES (T1) AND RURAL TRANSECT ZONES (T2) 5.2.1. I%@tural Transect Zones (T1) A N ral Transect (T1) Zone is a zone for environmental conservation. a. A T1 one is to be left in an essentially natural state. Modification o th natural conditi s shall be according to Local, State and Federal guidelip ccess to T1 are may be limited if it presents a threat to wildlife an Iii fe within the areas. ` b. In a T1 Zone, provements shall serve solely to prot r�ral elements. Any paved, graveled, ulched, boardwalk or otherw ved surface or any habitable, enclose r air conditioned space sha b to the minimum scale necessary to fulfill it urpose. Such improve en including but not limited to: screened or glassed closures, pathways, cing, gatehouses, lighting, toilet facilities, parking areas, e may be allowed r ess of Exception. Only activities and improvements which rei orce the natuI racter shall be allowed and upon a finding that there is no nega i e effec _ environment based on a study of potential environmental impacts be d by the applicant. c. One Dwelling Unit per five ( 5.2.2. Rural Transect Zones VA MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5. SUB -URBAN TRANSECT ZONES (T3) 5.3.1 ilding Disposition (T3) a. ly platted Lots shall be dimensioned according to Illustration 5.3 b. Lot C erage by Building shall not exceed that shown in Illustration 5.3. c. A Buildin shall be disposed in relation to the boundaries of according to Illustration . d. In Zone T3 -R, on Principal Building consisting of one Dw nit at the Frontage may be built on e h Lot as shown in Article 4, Tabl ne T3 -L one Principal Building consisting o ne Dwelling Unit at the Fro one Outbuilding may be built on each Lot. The utbuilding shall be sep rat from the Principal Building by a minimum of ten (10) t. A Backbuilding m onn ct the Principal Building and the Outbuilding. In Zone -O, one Princi ing consisting of two Dwelling Units at the Frontage may be uilt on each t shown in Illustration 5.3. e. Setbacks for Principal Buildings all hown in Illustration 5.3. Setbacks may otherwise be adjusted by Waiver b re than ten percent (10%). Facades shall be built parall the tangent of a curved Princi Principal Frontage Line or parallel to Setbacks for Outbuild' ghSlI be `Ilustration 5.3. g 5.3.2 Building Configuurr'id (T3) a. Developm in Pri t r ntages shall comply with ticle 4, Tables 2 and 6 and Illustr For T3 n T3 -L, second story lot cover e shall not exceed thirty o per b. achments shall be allowed as follows: At the First Layer, irs may encroach o eight (8) feet of the depth of the Setback. Open Porches sha e at a minimum even (7) feet deep and may encroach up to eight (8) feet of t depth of the Setback. At the First Layer, cantilevered portions of Awnings, b onies, bay windows and roofs shall be a maximum three (3) feet deep and may enc ach up to three (3) feet of the depth of the Setback. Other cantilevered portions of th uilding shall maintain the required Setback. At the Second and Third Layers, A ings, balconies, bay windows, chimneys, roofs and stairs may encroach up to fiftype ent (50%) of the depth of the Side Setback or three (3) feet, whichever is less. At e Third Layer, Awnings and canopies may encroach up to fifty percent (50%) of th depth of the Rear Setback. c. Unroofed screen enclosures shall be located within the Second or Third Layer only and shall have a five (5) foot minimum side and rear Setback. V.5 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED d. All outdoor storage, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, and communications equipment and appurtenant enclosures, shall be located within the Second or Third Layer and concealed from view from any Frontage. These shall not be allowed as \ Encroachments. e. ilding Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Article 4, Table 2 an be as shown in Illustration 5.3. The first -floor elevation of a Princi I Building sh\Hei imum of two and a half (2.5) feet above grade. A flat ro f s II be a matwo Stories and twenty-five (25) feet. A pitched be a mawenty-five (25) feet to the eave and shall not ten (10) feet ovabove the second Story. A Mechanical eq ment on a roof shall be enc Height necessar o conceal it, and a maximum At the roof, other amental Building features (3.5) feet above the ximum Building Height., maximum Height. Trelli s may extend above feet. Extensions above th maximum Height either a stair enclosure or rnamental D20%, Waiver. All extensions inclu second Story. attics g. Fences and walls may be 11gWt4j following maximum Height. half (3.5) feet within the First r, with or without masonryj^oLs shall Third Layers, fences aQwairs she G. km to :ed by IMP of the minimum ei o e and a half (3.5) feet. I up to three and a half )o cks shall be permitted at the jna-ximum Height up to eight (8) u hundred (400) square feet for shall be permitted by process of exceed ten (10) feet above the and including the Frontage Line to the nd walls shall not exceed three and a inum or iron picket and post fences EW?five (5) feet. Within the Second and I eight (8) feet V- 5.3.3 Building Functioon' nsity a. Buildings l7•�hall c f the Functions, Densitie and Intensities described in Article es 3 ann Illustration 5.3. Certain Fun ons as shown in Article 4, Tab all require approval by Warrant or Exception. onsult Article 6 for any s ental use regulations. "�e igious Facilities requiring additional Height or relief from pa ing requirements nd frontage requirements may be permitted by process of Exceptio 5.3. Parking Standards (T3) a. Vehicular parking shall be required as shown in Article 4, Tables 4 and 5. b. Parking may be accessed by an Alley when such is available. V.6 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED c. Covered parking and garages and at least fifty percent (50%) of required parking shall be located within the Second and Third Layers as shown in Article 4, Table 8; in T3 -R and T3 -L a maximum thirty percent (30%) of the width of the Facade may be covered parking or garage. In T3-0 covered parking and garages shall be a maximum sixty percent (60%) of the width of the fagade. Covered parking and rages shall align with or be set back from the Facade. Driveways and drop-offs in ding parking may be located within the First Layer. d. The m imum width at the Property Line of a driveway on a Frontp twelve (12) feet r T3 -R and T3 -L and twenty (20) feet for T3-O.Two s riveways on one Lot sh have a minimum separation of twenty (20) feet in T - d T3 -L only. e. Tandem Parkin on site is encouraged. 5.3.5 Architectural Standard T3) a. Only permanent Structur shall be allowed rary Structures such as mobile homes, construction trail travel trai s, recreational vehicles, and other temporary Structures shall no e allowe t as per City Code. b. Roof materials should be light -col . h Albedo or a planted surface. 5.3.6 Landscape Standards (T3) a. A minimum of one sh shall within the First Layer for each fifty (50) feet of Frontage Line b. At the First La vement h I e limited as fo ws: Impervious pavement shall be limite to ercer ) f the area and pe .ous pavement shall be limited to sixty Ar (600 t area; a combination f pervious and impervious pave I be lima e o sixty percent (60%) of the Lo rea in the First Layer. C. pace shall be a minimum twenty-five (25%) of the Lo rea. 5. ient Standards (T3) a. Noise regulations shall be as established in the City Code. b. Average lighting levels measured at the Building Frontage shall not exceed e (1.0) foot-candle. c. Lighting of Building and Open Space of First and Second Layers shall be compati with street lighting of Abutting public spaces. V.7 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.$ MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.3 SUB -URBAN TRANSECT ZONES (T3) SUBSTITUTED BUIL DIN 15P051TION BUILDING PLACEMENT LOT OCCUPA N a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 50% max. first floor c. Side 30%max. second floor (T3 R & T3 L only) d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 20 ft. min. e. Frontage at front Setback hUA f. Green Space Requirements 25%Lo ea min. g. Density T3 R=9 dula max.; 5 ft. min. T3 L=9 dulacre x.; 5 ft. min. A T3 0=18 dulacre BUILDING SETBACK 0'N a. Principal Front 20 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. c. Side 5 ft. min., 20%Lot Width total min. d. Rear 20 ft. min. OUTBUILDING SETBACK (T3 L ONLY) a. Principal Front 20 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. c. Side 5 ft. min. d. Rear 5 ft. min. A BUILDING CONFIGURATION 0'N b. Outbuilding 2 Stories and 25 ft. to eave max. FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn permitted b. Porch & Fence pe c. Terrace or L.C. pr d. Forecourt ,ted e. Stoop ibited f. Shopfront prohibited g. Gallery prohibited h. Arc�w%x prohibited a. Principal Building 2 Stories and 25 ft. to eave max. b. Outbuilding 2 Stories and 25 ft. to eave max. PARKING Facade Width T3 R &T3 L 30%max. T3 0 60% max. Corner Lot Interior Lot � 0, Irrt�or Lot 1st 2nd &3rd --j — Law i 20' min. i i 5 rnm. i 1sl Law 2nd & 3rd Layer / 1st 2nd 3rd Layer e r Layer KING PLACEMENT [COVERED AND STRUCTURED PARKING) 1st 10 min. Layer Corner Lot 20' min. 2nd & 3rd ---- Vmin. Dyer 1 %ma!— 1 i if Interior Lot 5'rnin.. l Lard La \3rd Layer Layer � BUILDING HEIGHT Mac. ----s ----� Height 2 ; 2 I 1 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.10 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5X GENERAL URBAN TRANSECT ZONES (T4) 5.4.1 Nilding Disposition (T4) a.\Cerage ted Lots shall be dimensioned according to Illustration 5.4. b. by any Building shall not exceed that shown in Illustrati c. A Buildin Illustration hall be disposed in relation to the boundaries of ' according to d. One Principal\b�'eej Principal Buildi Outbuilding sha feet. at the Frontage, and one Out to the rear of the be built on each Lot as rticle 4, Table 8. The arated from the Principal y a minimum of ten (10) e. Setbacks for Principal Bui Xngs shall be otherwise be adjusted by Wa er by no n^ f. Facades shall be built parallel t r ctil the tangent of a curved Principal its length. g. The Setbacks for Outbuil " gs all be 5.4.2 Building Configur 'on� 'in Illustration 5.4. Setbacks may rcent (10%). ear Principal Frontage Line or parallel to Line, for a minimum fifty percent (50%) of in Illustration 5.4. a. Developmen Priv o ges shall compl with Article 4, Tables 2 and 6 and Must i 4. b. Encr nts shall be Mowed as follows: At the First L er, stairs may encroach up i percent (50%) of the depth of the Setback. Op Porches shall be at a seven (7) feet deep and may encroach up to fifty ercent (50%) of the of the Setback. At the First Layer, Cantilevered portions of wnings, balconies, y windows and roofs shall be at a maximum three (3) feet deep d may encroach up to thirty percent (30%) of the depth of the Setback. Other cantilev ed portions of the Building shall maintain the required Setbacks. At the Second and hird Layers, Awnings, balconies, bay windows, chimneys, roofs, and stairs may enc ach up to fifty percent (50%) of the depth of the Setback or three (3) feet, whichever less. At the Third Layer, Awnings and canopies may encroach up to fifty percent (5000 of the depth of the Setback. c. Unroofed screen enclosures shall be located within the Second or Third Layer on and shall have a five (5) feet minimum side and rear Setback. All outdoor storage, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, and communications equipment and appurtenant enclosures, shall be within the Second or Third Layer and concealed from view from any Frontage or sidewalk by liner buildings, walls, Streetscreens, or opaque gates. These shall not be allowed as Encroachments. V.11 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED e. Loading and service entries shall be at the Third Layer and shall be accessed from \Alleyswhenhen available. When a Lot has only Principal Frontages, vehicular entries, Docks and service areas shall be at the Third Layer and shall be permitted ipal Frontages only by process of Waiver. Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Artic Table 2 s shown in Illustration 5.4. The first -floor Elevation of a Pruilding t average Sidewalk grade; afirst-floor Residential i unction e a minimum Height of two (2) feet and a maximum three and a ) fee or privacy reasons or as regulated by FEMA, w , v is higher. g. Mechanicalequi ent o Height necessary cor ornamental Building ate Building Height. Roof c may extend above the maximum Height for a st; (400) square feet shall be i a roof shall be enclosed by ets of the minimum ceal it, and a maximu ;^ig%f five (5) feet. Other fres may extend up to fi eet above the maximum ks shall be permitted to Ne maximum Height. Trellises Nmum Height up to i (8) feet. Extensions above the losure or oral purpose of up to four hundred by h. Fences, walls and hedges may b c Table 6. Fences and walls shall at the First Layer, except a masonry posts shall not exc e fences and walls shall beama um Waiver. at the Frontage Line as shown in Article 4, imum Height of three and a half (3.5) feet icket and post fences with or without et ithin the Second and Third Layers, l fight (8) feet. i. All ground floor and VNN utilit i r tructu and mechanical equipment shall be concealed fro ub iew. t uilding rontage, all equipment such as backflow preve siame c tions, and t like shall be placed within the line of the F or b t Streetscreen. O the roof\Intensiti a screen wall shall conceal men e e ntennas from lateraust air fans and louvers allow n Fagade only on Secoes above the first Floor 5.4.3 i Function & Density (T4) �► Buildings in T4 shall conform to the Functions, Densitiiti described in Article 4, Tables 3 and 4 and Illustration 5.4. Certain how in Article 4, Table 3 shall require approval by Warrant or ExcepArticle for any supplemental use regulations. 5.4.4 Parking Standards (T4) a. Vehicular parking shall be required as shown in Article 4, Tables 4 and 5. b. Parking may be accessed by an Alley when available. V.12 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED c. Surface parking lots, covered parking and garages shall be located within the Second and Third Layers as illustrated in Article 4, Table 8. Surface parking lots, aaraaes. Loadina saace and service areas shall be masked from the Frontaae by a finer Building or Streetscreen as specified in Illustration 5.4. A maximum thirty rcent (30%) of the width of the Facade may be surface parking, covered parking or ga e. Severed parkiRg and garage which shall align with or be set back from the Faca . Driveways and drop-offs including parking may be located wi he First Layer. d. Underground p king may extend into the Second and Firs �rss only if it is fully underground an oes not require raising the first -floor, ion of the First and Second Layers a\ that of the Sidewalk. Ram ps/l�n round parking shall be within the Second an hird Layers. ��► N e. The maximum width at th roperty Line of a de y on a Frontage shall be twelve (12) feet. Shared driveway "dth combinin and egress shall be a maximum width of twenty (20) feet at th roperty n may encroach into Setbacks. Two separate driveways on one Lot s II h minimum separation of twenty (20) feet. f. Tandem Parking on site should b Maged. g. Shared Parking shall be calc a acco g v h. In T4 -L and T4-0 a mi m of on every twenty (20) vef� arkin(j es an �Isl (T it \I/ 5.4.5 Architectural Article 4, Table 5. le rack space shall be provided for ray be in the Private Frontage. a. Only p int strucs all be allowed. Temporary tructures such as mobile nom o truction trade travel trailers, recreational veh\surface. mporary stru� shall not be allowed except as per City Code. acades on Retail Frontages shall be detailed as stozed with ar glass no less than seventy percent (70%) of the SideSecurity screens shall be seventy percent (70%) open. c. Roof materials should be light-colored, high -Albedo or a pla 5.4.6 Landscape Standards (T4) a. A minimum of tenpercent (10%) of the Lot Area in the First Layer shall be Gree Space. b. In the First Layer, pavement shall be limited as follows: impervious pavement shall be limited to forty percent (40%) of the area and pervious pavement shall be limited to fifty percent (50%) of the area; a combination of pervious and impervious pavement shall be limited to fifty percent (50%) of the lot area in the First Layer. V.13 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED . cOpen Space shall be a minimum fifteen percent (15%) of the Lot Area. 5.4.7 mbient Standards (T4) a. ise regulation shall be as established by the City Code. b. Avera lighting levels measured at the Building Frontage shall no 2.0 fc (foot -ca les). �` c. Lighting of ilding and Open Space of First and Second Lay h I be compatible with street lig ' g of Abutting public spaces. d. The lighting fixture of exposed rooftop parking sha c aled by a parapet wall and shall not be see from surrounding streets. 0 G V.14 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.4 GENERAL URBAN TRANSECT ZONES (T4) SUBSTITUTED B DING DISPOSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT LOT UPATION a. Lot Ar\reahicular 5,000 s.f. min.; 20,000 s.f. max. - With access 1,400 s.f. min.; 20,000 s.f max. b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. - With rear vehicu access 16 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 60%max. d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) NIA e. Frontage at front Setback iii1lijO%min. f. Open Space Requirements 1 Lot Area min. g. Density 313d N 6du re max. BUILDING SETBACK 10 ft. min. a. Principal Front 10 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. c. Side 0 ft. or 5 ft. min. Abuttin Setback d. Rear 20 ft. min. OUTBUILDING SETBACK fled a. Principal Front 130 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. c. Side 0 ft. or 5 ft. min. Abutting a S d. Rear 5 ft. min. BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE O a. Common Lawn b. Porch & Fencee c. Terrace or L.C. Olermitted fled d. Forecourt e. Stoop tted f. Shopfront permitted (T4 L &T4 0 only) g. Gallegii, OF prohibited prohibited B ING HEIGHT a. Principal Building 3 Stories max. b. Outbuilding 2 Stories max. 10'min . It Caner Lot 1 d min. I 5' min. d 8r 3rd Layer --- — , - ----- ,----------, 1tYmin. 20 i I InWiior Lot 5 min. _— — — — -- .� mm. i "i�min. _ 0 min. jr Ord mid 3rd Layer Layer DING PLACEMENT 10' min. let /�`Car11�r Layer 30' min. --_-5min----T_I== 2nd 83rd J 3lY.`_I 1 Layer = Interior Lot L _ — _ _ _ — — ----- 5' min. — i 5' min. I O'min. 5'min. I I I �� H � 1stH 2nd $rd Layer Layer Layer 1 PARKING PLACEMENT Ila min- 1st Comer Lot i10 V 21Y min. Layer max .Layer 3rd 8 min _ _ ________- T --r _ I I I i -- Interior Lot L— — i 5' min_ 2p micmin. Ifo _ O'min. +.a I II let 2nd 3rd Layer Layer Layer BUILDING HEIGHT I I i I i Max / -- Heigtd 3 ^ ---- MML 2 2 Height i 1 1 i V.15 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Tft PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5. URBAN CENTER TRANSECT ZONES (T5) 5.5.1 B 'ding Disposition (T5) a. Ne ly platted Lots shall be dimensioned according to Illustration 5.5. b. Lot co age by any Building shall not exceed that shown in Illustrati;�. c. Buildings s II be disposed in relation to the boundaries of the according to Illustration 5. d. Buildings shall ha their principal pedestrian entrances ntage Line or from a Courtyard at the Se nd Layer. 4Q aw e. For the minimum Heigh facades shall be built aIle the Principal Frontage Line along a minimum of sev ty percent (70%) i length on the Setback Line as shown in Illustration 5.5. In he absence o ding along the remainder of the Frontage Line, a Streetscree shall be(:T-planar with the Fagade to conceal parking and service areas. 0* f. At the first Story, Facades alon ntage Line shall have frequent doors and windows; pedestrian entran s cu at a maximum spacing of seventy-five (75) feet. Vehicular entries s _o ur at i um spacing of sixty (60) feet. M h. Setbacks for Buildings I as sh n stration 5.5. Where the property to be developed abuts an Buil aive may be granted so as to match the dominant setba of lock it text. For sites wit un rty (340) feet Fro age length or more, a cross - block pas all b vi as follows: If the Fro ge Line of a site is at any an three and forty (340) feet from a horoughfare intersection, ,hall provide cross Block Pedestrian Passa as a public easement. e Line of a site is at any point six hundred an ifty (650) feet from a intersection, a vehicular cross Block passage s I be provided as a ant. ZA Maximum Lot size as shown in Illustration 5.5 may be increased by�xception for Uses that serve the Neighborhood. \ 5.5.2 Building Configuration (T5) a. Development within Private Frontages shall comply with Article 4, Tables 2 a and Illustration 5.5. V.17 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED b. Encroachments shall be as follows: At the First Layer, cantilevered Awnings and entry canopies may encroach up to one hundred percent (100%) of the depth of the Setback; except as may be further allowed by Chapter 54 of the City Code; above the first Story, cantilevered balconies, bay windows, roofs and Facade components romoting energy efficiency such as shading and Screening devices that are non - a essible, may encroach a maximum of three (3) feet into the Setback. Other can evered portions of the Building shall maintain the required Set At the Seco and Third Layers, no encroachments are permitted. c. Galleries d Arcades shall be a minimum fifteen (15) feet dee ay encroach up to one ndred percent (100%) of the depth of the Se y process of a Special Area n. d. Screen enclosure hall be located within the Sec rd Layer only and shall have a five (5) feet i imum side and rear Setback utting T3 or T4. e. Loading and service en i s shall be within thd Layer and shall be accessed from Alleys when available nd otherwise In Secondary Frontage. When Lots have only Principal Frontage vehicular s, Loading spaces and service areas shall be permitted on Principal onta y process of Waiver. f. All outdoor storage, electrical j� equipment and appurtenant 11 Layer and concealed from vief Jb i walls, Streetscreens, op ue Encroachments. ng, mechanical, and communications be located within the Second or Third Lr tage or sidewalk by Liner Buildings, S. hese shall not be allowed as g. Building Height hall�lvo/meaM 21ories a shall conform to Article 4, Table 2 and be as sho R ustr. The first r elevation shall be at average Sidewalk gr firstes ZdV%XTaximum entia) or Lodgi Function should be raised a minimum 2) fe t of three and half (3.5) feet above average Sidewai �p4e. ExisStory Structures shall be onsidered conforming and may��ged. h. ical equipment on a roof shall be enclosed by parNets of the minimum 0a4h, necessary to conceal it, and a maximum Height of i (5) feet. Other 1namental Building features may extend up to ten (10) feet ab a the maximum Building Height. Roof decks shall be permitted up to the maximum ight. Trellises may extend above the maximum Height up to eight (8) feet. Extensi s above the maximum Height for stair, elevator and mechanical enclosures or namental purposes only shall be permitted by process of Waiver. All ground floor and roof top utility infrastructure and mechanical equipment sh be concealed from public view. At the Building Frontage, all equipment such Xs backflow preventers, siamese connections, and the like shall be placed within th line of the Facade or behind the Streetscreen. On the roof, a screen wall shall conceal all equipment except antennas from lateral view. Exhaust air fans and louvers may be allowed on the Fagade only on Secondary Frontages above the first floor. V.18 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TED j. Streetscreens shall be between three and a half (3.5) and eight (8) feet in Height and constructed of a material matching the adjacent building Fagade or of masonry, wrought iron or aluminum. The Streetscreen may be replaced by a hedge or fence. Streetscreens shall have openings no larger than necessary to allow automobile and edestrian access. Streetscreens shall be located co -planar with the Building Facade L Streetscreens more than three (3) feet high shall be fifty percent (50%) per able or articulated to avoid blank walls. k. Within t Second and Third Layers, fences and walls shall not eight of eight (8) t. 5.5.3 Building Function Density (T5) a. Buildings in T5 shall nform to the Functions, Den d Intensities described in Article 4, Tables 3 an and Illustration 5.5. Ce in ctions as shown in Article 4, Table 3 shall require ap oval by Warrant or x tion. Consult Article 6 for any supplemental use regulatio 5.5.4 Parking Standards (T5)O G a. Vehicular parking and loadi re ' ed as shown in Article 4, Tables 4 and 5. b. On -street parking avail le loAtho ge Lines that correspond to each Lot shall be counted towsparPi rem t of the Building on the Lot. Q� Parking should access b Alley. Pa Secondary e jjZa ai le. Where parking se Principal Frc g shall be accessed from the LotsXave only Principal Frontages, Srd gncluding drag -off drives and porte-cocher open parking areas, arking, garages, Loading space and service area hall be located within Layer and shall be masked from the Frontage b a Liner Building or $ ,ftr�tscreen as illustrated in Article 4, Table 8. Underground rking may extend j�rto the Second and First Layers only if it is fully underground an oes not require raising first -floor elevation of the First and Second Layers above that\ird alk. Ramps to underground parking shall be only within the Second ars. Above ground parking may extend into the Second Layer a maximuent (50%) of the length or Height of the Secondary Frontage. Surfaay extend into the Second Layer a maximum of twenty five percent (2gth of the Primary Frontage up to a maximum of fifty (50) feet. e. The vehicular entrance of a parking lot or garage on a Frontage shall be no wider than twenty-five (25) feet and the minimum distance between vehicular entrances shall be sixty (60) feet unless. A teR PeFGeRt (100%) ,_o,,;;+,,,,, may be approved by Waiver. V.19 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED f. Pedestrian entrances to all parking lots and parking structures shall be directly from a Frontage Line. Underground parking structures should be entered by pedestrians directly from a Principal Building. g. ildings mixing Uses shall provide parking for each Use. Shared Parking shall be ca ulated according to Article 4, Table 5. 5.5.5 Architectur Standards (T5) a. Only perma nt Structures shall be allowed. TemporaryA uch as mobile homes, constr tion trailers, travel trailers, recreational vther temporary Structures shall t be allowed except as per City Code a b. The Facades on Re 'I Frontages shall be detailerefronts and glazed with clear glass no less tha seventy percent (70%) the idewalk-level Story. Security screens shall be seventy rcent (70%) open. A c. Roof materials should be ligh%olored, hi M d. The Facade of a parking garage t� be screened to conceal all interna lighting. Ramping should shall be prohibited. The exp d p I maximum of sixty percen 60 o with limited to, a vined pergo o tractab or a planted surface. :oncealed behind a Habitable Liner shall such as plumbing pipes, fans, ducts and 6herever possible. Exposed spandrels arking Structures shall be covered a roducing Structure such as, but not Inas shade Structure. O 5.5.6 Landscape Stand T5) a. The First s sho i icle 4, Table\0%) and landscaped to match end the r g Public Frontaticle 8, Table C. b. Op ce shall be a minimum of ten perLot Area. Unpaved pace shall be a minimum five percenta. fte Iq�mbient Standards (T5) a. Noise regulations shall be as established in the City Code. b. Average lighting levels measured at the Building Frontage shall not exceed\O fc (foot-candles). c. Lighting of Building and contingent Open Spaces shall be compatible with street lighting of Abutting public spaces as illustrated in Article 8. Interior garage lighting fixtures shall not be visible from streets. d. The lighting fixtures of exposed rooftop parking shall be concealed by a parapet wall and shall not be seen from surrounding streets. V.20 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.5 URBAN CENTER TRANSECT ZONES (T5) SUBSTITUTED V.21 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.5 URBAN CENTER TRANSECT ZONES (T5) SUBSTITUTED BUILDI DISPOSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT LOT OCCUP ON a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min.; 40,000 s.f. max. Seo*Wront — -- — — - ---- - With rear vehic access 1,200 s.f. min.; 40,000 s.f. max. 1tYmin. 1� Caner Lot i 10' min. r b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. a min. 2nd Layer 3rd - With rear vehicular acc 16 ft. min. - -T____ ___ 10' ___________ min. c. Lot Coverage 80%max. O'min, i d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) Interior Lot � e. Frontage at front Setback 70°o 'n. RL _ 0' min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot ea min. g. Density 65 dufacre 1st ad Lays LayersQ� r BUILDING SETBACK PARKI^CtlA1L� I a. Principal Front 10 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. c. Side 0 ft. min. d. Rear 0 ft min. e. Abutting Side or Rear T4 6 ft. min. Abutting Side or Rear T3 10%of Lot depth" min.11 through 2nd Sto 26 ft. min. above 2"d Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. prohibited d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop penmitte f. Shopfront pe e g. Gallery e e h. Arcade BUILDING HEIGHT a. Min. Height 0&ftlf b. Max. Heim ^Npitted 2 Stories 5 Stories ��r.l rpec by Special Area Plan j Ila min. 1st Corner Lot 25' min. W% Max 2. 83rd -- a min. Layer Tora min. L_ I 1st d~ 3rd Layer Layer layer U'LDINGHEIGHT Max. Ele i Height r- 6 r-------------------t--ti Max. i Height 5 11 Min. 3 Height 2 11 1 Y min. 1114 ABUTTNG SIDE OR REAR D1 Max. Height 5 4 Min. 3 Heigh 2 1 0' min. Ip A BUTT NO SIDE OR REAR ALL ZONES EXCEPT T4 AIND T3 5 5 26 min. 4 4 3 2 6 min. 2 10% of 1 i 1 j AB UTTING SIDE OR REAR T4 ABUTT NO SIDE OR REAR T3 ""10% of Lot depth for Lots more than 120' deep & min for Lots less than 120' deep V.22 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.23 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5. URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6) 5.6.1 B 'Iding Disposition (T6) a. N ly platted Lots shall be dimensioned according to Illustration 5.6. b. Lot co rage by any Building shall not exceed that shown in Illustrati;y�. c. Buildings all be disposed in relation to the boundaries of the according to Illustration 5. d. Buildings shall h e their principal pedestrian entrances ntage Line or from a courtyard at the Se nd Layer. e. For the minimum Heig , Facades shall be b par el to the Principal Frontage Line along a minimum o venty percent (700 o ' s length on the Setback Line as shown in Illustration 5.6. the absence . ing along the remainder of the Frontage Line, a Streetscre shall be c -planar with the Fagade to shield parking and service areas. In a ca f o (2) or three (3) Principal Frontages meeting at Thoroughfare interse io s, e Building corner may recede from the designated Setback up to twent (20%) of the Lot length. f. At the first Story, Facades n a Fr Line shall have frequent doors and windows; pedestrian entr ce hall maximum spacing of seventy five (75) feet. Vehicular entrnmll occu imum spacing of sixty (60) feet unless approved by Waiver. O g. Setbacks for B s shall a s wn in Illustra i n 5.6. Where the property to be developed a exis it g, a Waiver ma a granted so as to match the dominant of the o nd its context. Fronta Setbacks above the eighth floor fo aving dimension measuring one undred (100) feet or less may inimum of z (0) feet by Waiver. For T6- , T6-60 and T6-80, the Fro etbacks above the eighth floor shall not be requir for a Frontage facing Space or a Right -of -Way seventy (70) feet or greater i width. At property Abutting a lower Transect Zone the Setbacks shall refle the transition as own in Illustration 5.6. h. Above the eighth floor, minimum building spacing is sixty (60) feet, exce that where the Building abuts T5, the sixty (60) feet required spacing shall be abo the fifth floor. For T6-24, T6-36, T6-60 and T6-80 Lots having one dimension one undred (100) feet or less, side and rear Setbacks above the eighth floor may be reduc to a minimum of twenty (20) feet by Waiver. For T6-36, T6-60 and T6-80 abov he eighth floor in the Second Layer, at a setback of ten (10) feet, an additional t stories of habitable space may extend a maximum sixty percent (60%) of the lengt of the street Frontages. For T6-24, T6-36, T6-60 and T6-80 above the eighth floor an additional six feet of non -habitable space may be allowed without additional setback to accommodate depth of swimming pools, landscaping, transfer beams, and other structural and mechanical systems. V.24 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED For sites with three hundred and forty (340) feet Frontage length or more, a cross - Block passage shall be provided as follows: If the Frontage Line of a site is at any point more than three hundred and forty (340) feet from a Thoroughfare intersection, he Building shall provide a cross -Block Pedestrian Passage as a recorded public sement. If the Frontage Line of a site is at any point six hundred and fifty (650) fe from a Thoroughfare intersection, a vehicular cross -Block passage shall be prove d as a recorded public Easement. Such across -Block Pedestr assage may b overed above the first floor by a maximum of twenty-five p %) of its length ith Structures connecting Buildings, such as a terrac ! e i bridge or vehicula ridge. In T6-36, T6-60 and T6-80 a Pedestrian Pa ay be roofed and shall be ed with frequent doors and windows. Maximum Lot siz as shown in Illustration 5.6 may be d b Exception for Y Y p Uses that serve the eighborhood. 5.6.2 Building Configuration (T6) a. Development within Private and Illustration 5.6. b. Above the eighth floor, the Buildin 1. 15,000 square feet maxi r 2. 18,000 square feet m .mum for 3. 30,000 square feet i um for 4. 180 feet maximu h for 5. 215 feet maAVu gth f of '0 omply with Article 4, Tables 2 and 6 dimensions shall be limited as follows: iI W al U Uses in T6-8, T6-12 and T6-24 Uses in T6-36, T6-60 and T6-80 Uses and for parking c. EncroachmeII JVs be IAt the First La r, cantilevered Awnings and entry can iay a cr c to one hundred perce (100%) of the depth of the Setbac t as m rther allowed by Chapter of the City Code. Above the f' t y, cantilever e balconies, bay windows, and r fs may encroach up to thr eet of the depth of the Setback. Other cantilevered rtions of the Building aintain the required Setback. At the Second Layer no ncroachments are itted, except that Facade components promoting energy iciency such as ading and Screening devices that are non -accessible may encroa a maximum of three (3) feet. d. Galleries and Arcades shall be minimum fifteen (15) feet deep, shall enc ach one hundred percent (100%) of the depth of the Setback and shall overlap th whole width of the Sidewalk to within two (2) feet of the curb. Permitted by proces of a Special Area Plan. e. All outdoor storage, electrical, plumbing, mechanical, and communications equipment and appurtenant enclosures shall be located within the Second or Third Layer and concealed from view from any Frontage or Sidewalk by Liner Buildings, walls, Streetscreens, or opaque gates. These shall not be allowed as Encroachments. V.25 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED \andallocated ng and service entries shall be within the Third Layer and shall be accessed lleys when available, and otherwise from the Secondary Frontage. Loading s and service areas shall be internal to the building. Where Lots have only pal Frontages, vehicular entries, Loading Docks and service areas shall be tted on Principal Frontages by Waiver ng Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Artic Table 2 allocated as required in Illustration 5.6. First -floor elevati be at ge Sidewalk grade. A first level Residential Function o • i unction be ised a minimum of two (2) feet and a maximum oft d a half (3.5) bove verage Sidewalk grade. Existin one Stor r ures shall be ered co orming and may be enlarged. h. Mechanical equip ent on a roof shall be enclos yzapets of the minimum Height necessary t conceal it, and a maximum of ten (10) feet. Other ornamental Building fe ures may extend up to Vn (1 feet above maximum height for T6-8 and T6-12 T re shall be no lim' a for ornamental element and mechanical equipment ex sions above Height for T6-24, T6-36, T6-60 and T6-80. Roof decks shal e permitt to the maximum Height. Trellises may extend above the maximum ht u f urteen (14) feet. Extensions above the maximum Height for stair, ele to a mechanical enclosures or ornamental purposes only, shall be permitted ess of Waiver. i. All ground floor and roof top it infra r ct and mechanical equipment shall be concealed from public vie At e buil age, all equipment such as backflow preventers, siamese co a ions, an a shall be placed within the line of the Facade or behind t etscr n he oof a screen wall shall conceal all equipment exce an as fr at r view. haust air fans and louvers may be allowed on the e only h condary IF ges above the first floor. ,(Y j. Streetscr o fencs ai� between three and a alf (3.5) and eight (8) feet in Height nstructK aterial matching the add ent building Fagade or of mas vRought iron or'%Iuminum. The Streetscreen ma be replaced by a hedge. Str ens shall have openings no larger than necessary allow automobile and ian access. Streetscreens shall be located coplanar w\exce g Facade &i . Streetscreens over three (3) feet high shall be fifty percmeable or ticulated to avoid blank walls. 4q�'k. Within the Second and Third Layers, fences and walls shall Height of eight (8) feet. I.The ground floor along all Frontages shall contain Habitable Space. 5.6.3 Building Function & Density (T6) a. Buildings in T6 shall conform to the Functions, Densities, and Intensities described in Article 4, Tables 3 and 4 and Illustration 5.6. Certain Functions as shown in Article 4, Table 3 shall require approval by Warrant or Exception. Consult Article 6 for any supplemental regulations. V.26 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED b. The calculation of the FLR shall not apply to that portion of the building that is entirely below base flood elevation. 5.6.4 making Standards (T6) a.\cnted rking and loading shall be required as shown in Article 4, Tables 4 and b. arking available along the Frontage Lines that corr ach Lot nted toward the parking requirement of the Building ot. c. u be accessed by an Alley. Parking shall ccessed from the Fron ge when available. Where Lots hav rincipal Frontages, be ac ssed from the Principal Fronta d. Primary Frontage. All rking, including drop- dri sand porte-cocheres, open parking areas, covered rking, garages, Load g Spaces and service areas shall be located within the ird Layer and masked from the Frontage by a Liner Building or Streetscree s illustrat icle 4, Table 8. Parking may extend into the Second Layer above e S d 2) story, by Waiver, if an art or glass treatment, of a design to be ro d by the Planning Director, with the recommendation of the Urban ment Review Board is provided for one hundred (100%) percent of ti timdestal Facade. Surface parking may extend into the Second Laye xim f enty five percent (25%) of the length of the Primary Frontage o a maxim (50) feet. e. Secondary Frontage arkin par g areas, covered parking, garages, Loading n ac nd ce as sha be located in the Third Layer and shall be mask m the o by a Line uilding or Streetscreen for a minimum of ent o o e length of the fr tage or height of the pedestal. Above gAM rking m e nd into the Second La r beyond fifty percent (50%) Of the I t f the fr g r height of the Pedestal, Waiver, if an art or glass trea o a design to e approved by the Planning Di ctor is provided for that po the pedestal facade. f rground parking may extend into the Second and First La s only if it is fully derground and does not require raising the first -floor elevatio f the First and Second Layers above that of the sidewalk. Ramps to underground rking shall be within the Second or Third Layers. g. The vehicular entrance of a parking Lot or garage on a Frontage shall be o wider than thirty (30) feet and the minimum distance between vehicular entrances kall be sixty (60) feet unless. ^ teR PeFGeRt (I not) deViati R Ma ho approved by Waiv h. Pedestrian entrances to all parking Lots and parking structures shall be directly fror?l a Frontage Line. Underground parking structures should be entered by pedestrians directly from a Principal Building. i. Buildings mixing uses shall provide parking for each Use. Shared Parking shall be calculated according to Article 4, Table 5. V.27 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5.6.5\ Architectural Standards (T6) a. Only permanent structures shall be allowed. Temporary structures such as mobile mes, construction trailers, travel trailers, recreational vehicles and other temporary st ctures shall not be allowed except as per City Code and this code. _ b. The ades on Retail Frontages shall be detailed as storefronts d with clear gla no less than seventy percent (70%) of the sidewalk- 2b� t . ecurity screens s I be seventy percent (70%) open. c. Roof materials ould be light-colored, high Albedo or a planrface. d. The Fagade of a p ing garage that is not conceal Habitable Liner and all Elevations shall b creened to conceal all intern nts such as plumbing pipes, fans, ducts and ting. Ramping should int alized wherever possible. %Exposed spandrels shall prohibited. The ex _top level of parking structures shall be covered a minimu f sixty percen ith a shade producing structure such as, but not limited to, a ed pergol t actable canvas shade structure. 5.6.6 Landscape Standards (T6) a. The First Layer as shown i rt' le 4, 1 shall be paved and landscaped to match the Public Frontag s s wn in b. Open Space shall bemum cent ( %) of the total Lot area. Ten percent (10%) of the Op S prov- i cond or ird Layer shall be landscaped. 5.6.7 Ambient St (T6) O a. NoisgL utions shall berms established in the City Code. b.lighting levels measured at the Building Frontage s II not exceed 20 fc �(cdles). Lighting of building and contingent Open Spaces shall be compat e with street lighting of Abutting public spaces as illustrated in Article 8. Interior g ge lighting fixtures shall not be visible from streets. d. The lighting fixtures of exposed rooftop parking shall be concealed by a para t wall and shall not be seen from surrounding streets. V.28 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-8) SUBSTITUTED BUILDING SPOSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT PARKING PLACEMENT LOT OCCUPAT a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min.; 40,000 s.f. max. b. Lot Width c. Lot Coverage 50 ft. min. 1-8 Stories %max. Above 81h Story 15, 0 sq. ft. max. Floorplate for Residential & Lo g 30,000 s . max. Floorplate for Office & Commercia d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 5125%additio Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. g. Density 150 dulacre max. BUILDING SETBACK \ a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 81" Story 4 i b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min., 20 ft. min. above 8" Story 12 i c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION O d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 0 ft. min. 1' through 5t' Story 10 ft. min. 61" through 81" Story 12 30 ft. min. above 81" Story h d Abutting Side or Rear T4 6 ft. min. 1' through 5" Story 111 26 ft. min. above 5t" Story Abutting Side or Rear T3 10%of Lot depth** min.1st rou 2 Story 9 26 ft. min. 3rd thro 5t" St permitted is 46 ft. min. above Ak 6 Second a�Fmm_._._._._._._. _ 3em_ _ Bnar[_,_,_, ._ i 20' min. 10' min. r i IF IF 1-09 2nd&3rd 2V min. U&3rd i layer Law I 10' in. 11 Mr. 7 min. i i 27 min. min. i . i 37 min. i i i i 37 min. j 15' min. L II �i I let 2nd AW 111W BUILDING V.29 1 st 2nd Layer Laya 3rd Layer 4 i i 3 12 i 97 m71---� H i 2 BUILDING CONFIGURATION O 1 SIDE OR PEAR ALL; FRONTAGE (ABUTTING 12 a. Common Lawn h d F ------ 111 b. Porch & Fenceibited low --------� 10 I c. Terrace or L.C. prohibited 9 d. Forecourt permitted is EE 7 26' min. e. St o permitted ? 6 f. Sho permitted (T6-8 L & T6-8 0 only) 5 g. Gallery permitted by Special Area Plan a j 3 7 min. � 3 i h. Arcade permitted by Special Area Plan 1 CEPT75, T4AND T3 2 e min. I. i BUILDING HEIGHT I a SII t a. Min. Height 2 Stories 8 Stories 4 Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except ABUTTNG SIDE ORREART4 b. Max. Height c. Max. Benefit Height T3 * Or as modified in Diagram 9 V.29 1 st 2nd Layer Laya 3rd Layer 2 10% Df Lot 1 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR "10% of Lot depth for Lots re than 120' deep O min for LotB less than 12 7 12 i 97 m71---� 37 min. 110 � j Ia i I i EE 1 5 4 3 7 min. 2 C'min. 0.1 1 CEPT75, T4AND T3 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T5 ill I a SII 7 46' min. 1 > T 20 min 5 4 s �I 2 10% Df Lot 1 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR "10% of Lot depth for Lots re than 120' deep O min for LotB less than 12 7 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.30 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES \BUILDIN HEARING-SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-12) SUBSTITUTED POSITION BUILDINGPLACEMENT PARKING PLACEMENT N a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min.; 70,000 s.f. max. b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story -1-8 Stories 80%max. Above 8" Story max. Floorplate for Residen 10 ft. min. 6t' through 81" Story \0,00.max. Floorplate for Office & Abutting Side or Rear T4 6 ft. min. 1s'through 51" Story 4 d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 8130%additi al Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. g. Density 150 du/acre max. " BUILDING SETBACK \ a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 8"Stor b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min., 20 ft. min. above 81" Story c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 0 ft. min.; 10 ft. min. 6t' through 81" Story 30 ft. min. above 8t' Story Abutting Side or Rear T4 6 ft. min. 1s'through 51" Story 4 26 ft. min. 61" through 81" Story 30 ft. min. above 8'" Story Abutting Side or Rear T3 10%of Lot depth*' in.9I't 2nd Story 26 ft. min. 3'd thro h Story 46 ft. min. above Sto BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn b. Porch & Fence c. Terrace or L.C. d. Forecourt e. Sto f. Shop g. Gallery h. Arcade BUILDING HEIGHT prohibited permitted 4 T__ _ 20mh. 1d min. tilt aid & A Law Er min 2d min 3d mn. admin. A �Ei I x ist 2nd 3rd Liver LayerLayer BUILDING HEJ�� Max, ---------� \BWE/ iw permitted permitted (T6-12 L & T6-12 0 only) permitted by Special Area Plan permitted by Special Area Plan a. Min. Height 2 Stories b. Max. Height 12 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height 8 Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 w Or as modified in Diagram 9 ABUTTNG SIDE OR REARALL ZONES EXCEPT T5, TEND T3 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T4 V.31 1st 2nd 3rd Layer Layer Layer ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T5 7 \d�W­I 4 2 10% of L ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR 73 "10% of Lot depth for Lots more than 120' deep 8' min for Lots less then 120' deep t d&3rd War MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Tft PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.32 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-24) SUBSTITUTED BU\NISPOSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT PARKING PLACEMENT LOTN a. Lot Area 5,040 s.f. min., 140,040 s.f. max. b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage -1-8 Stories 80%max. - Above 81" Story 00 sq. ft. max. Floorplate for Re ntial & Lodging 30,00 . ft. max. Floorplate for Office & Comm al d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 7l 30%addit ,I Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. g. Density 150 dulacre max. " BUILDING SETBACK \ a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 81" Story b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 81h Story c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 0 ft. min. V through 5t" Story 10 ft. min. 6" through B" Story 30 ft. min. above 81" Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION O FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence pro ' 't c. Terrace or L.C. I d. Forecourt e. Stoop Ad ift d ep f. Shopfront g. Gallery itted (T6-24 L & T6-24 0 only) permitted by Special Area Plan h. ede permitted by Special Area Plan BUILDIN EIGHT a. Min. Height 2 Stories b. Max. Height 24 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height 24 Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 " Or as modified in Diagram 9 Sermlie�r --------- — — — 20 min. la mi 1st L* 2nd Lays i i FVY�h (I min. i i 20' min. i i � 90 min. i i 30' mh. E I e),I!� 1st 2d 3rd LW L BUILDINGrltlq� — --------I 143 I Bi g L---- ,, -----1 --- �— I M li g 24 I -------------------- --r- - _ — ------------ 12 11 j 10 10 g 30 min. g30 min. 10 i 9 i 1 7 10 min. III 6 5 4 3 Min. Helghti 0 min. 2 a min. i 1 ABUTTING SIDE OR REARALL ZONES EXCEPT T5, T4 AND 731 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T5 1st 2d ad layer Layer Layer V.33 er a3<d er MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.34 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-36) SUBSTITUTED BUILD I ISPOSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT PARKING PLACEMENT LOTOCCUPA N a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. I Lot Width 100 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage -1-8 Stories 80%max. - Above 81" Story max. Floorplate for Resi- ging \30,00q.max. Floorplate for mercial d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) Ti 12l %additional Public Benefit T6 -36b: 22!40 dditional Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. g. Density 150 dulacre max. w BUILDING SETBACK \ a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 8" Story NIS I Secondary Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 8"Story c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above Br" Story d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 811 Story e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 0 ft. min. 15'through 5t' Story 10 ft. min. 6" through 8"Story ft 30 ft. min. above 81" Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION O FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited I Porch & Fence prohli c. Terrace or L.C. p t d. Forecourt e. Stoop L f. Shopfront itte p itted permitted (T6-36 L & T6-36 0 only) g. Gallery I Arc permitted by Special Area Plan permitted by Special Area Plan BUIL HEIGHT a. Min. Height 2 Stories I Max. Height 36 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height 24 Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 " Or as modified in Diagram 9 20' min 29 mh. 1D min. I 1�" lid 8 U in. j � 3D min. list 2nd 8rd Layer LayEr r A BUILDI i r8ax. i' i ABUTTING SIDE OR REARALL ZONES EXCEPT T5, T4AND V.35 10 i 10 181 2nd Srd Layer Layer Layer ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR T5 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Tft PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. MAW MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-60) SUBSTITUTED BUILDING POSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT PARKING PLACEMENT LOT OCCUPATI a. Lot Area 5,400 s.f. min. b. Lot Width 100 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story -1-8 Stories 0%max. - Above 81" Story 18, 0 sq. ft. max. floorplate for Resi tial & Lodging 30,004 ft. max. floorplate for Office & I Commerci d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) T6 -60a: 1115 additional Public Benefit T6 -60b: 18150% itional Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10% Lot Area min. g. Density 150 dulacre max. w BUILDING SETBACK \ a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 81" Story b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above 81" Story c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 0 ft. min. 111 through 51" Story 10 ft. min. 61" through 8" Story 30 ft. min. above 81" Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE 46, 0- a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. prohibi d. Forecourt p itt e. Stoop d f. Shopfront fitted (T6-60 L &T6-60 0 only) g. Gallery permitted by Special Area Plan h. Arcade ♦ permitted by Special Area Plan a. Min. H1%, 2 Stories b. Max. Height 60 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height unlimited Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 w Or as modified in Diagram 9 20 Mr. 2d min. 1d mh. Layer1 2nd & 3 0' Min iil� � �Ivo III 1st 2nd 3rd Layer Layer Lam BUILDIN/G Hrf�rT� Mat.! 61 so 41-4 n 181 2nd 3rd Layer Later Layer llniYni[ed i 80 V.37 Dr &3rd 7 12 11 110 I 3d rrin. 1 3d min. 91b g 7 7 V ronin. i 9 6 i 5 5 4 4 i Min. 3 3 Hai I 2 d min. 11 2 0' min. 1. I 1 1 ABUTTING SIDE OR REAR ALL ZONES EXCEPT T5, T4AND13 RB UTTING SIDE OR REAR IS V.37 Dr &3rd 7 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.38 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES \ILD HEARING-SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.6 URBAN CORE TRANSECT ZONES (T6-80) SUBSTITUTED POSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT PARKING PLACEMENT N a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. b. Lot Width 100 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above Oh Story -1-8 Stories 80%max. - Above 811 Story 000 sq. ft. max. floorplate for f. Shopfront g. Gallery R dential &Lodging h. Arcade a tte y Special Area Plan BUILDING HEIGHT a. Min. Height 2 Stories 30,0 q. ft. max. floorplate for 80 Stories Office ommercial d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) 24150%a 'onal Public Benefit e. Frontage at front Setback 70%min. f. Open Space Requirements 10%Lot Area min. g. Density 150 dulacre max. BUILDING SETBACK prohibited a. Principal Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above BP" St b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min.; 20 ft. min. above Oh Story c. Side 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 81" Story d. Rear 0 ft. min.; 30 ft. min. above 811 Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence prohibited AIR c. Terrace or L.C. prohibited d. Forecourt permitted e. Stoop permitted AVI f. Shopfront g. Gallery perm V0, & T6-80 0 e pe pecial Area h. Arcade a tte y Special Area Plan BUILDING HEIGHT a. Min. Height 2 Stories b. Max. Heigh 80 Stories c. Ma Vit RVt unlimited Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 * Or as mVied in Diagram 9 I apr Sewnda� Ram ------- _ _ _ - - 2d min. id mn. 1L61 2rd & 3 Layer i i td min. d min.III i 29 min. i 3P min. ®I 1 -�3► I 13t 2nd 3rd Layer layer Lader BUILDING H1fGl� MmP. ! Benefit I ----------- Heid w milad i ABUTT NG SIDE OR REAR ALL ZONES EXCEPT T5, T4 AND V.39 131 2nd 3rd Layer Leirer Law let Law 2nd & 3rd LaYer MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TED Tft PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ,.. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5.7\ CIVIC SPACE ZONES (CS) AND CIVIC INSTITUTION ZONES (CI) 5.7.1 \Civic Space Zones (CS) 5.7.1.1 Delopment in a Civic Space Zone should have a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of its p meter enfronting a Thoroughfare. Civic Space sites shall be ent directly from a oroughfare. 5.7.1.2 Developme in Civic Space Zones shall be consistent with the ds in Article 4, Tables 3, and 7. 5.7.1.3 One or more Buil gs may be built in each Civic Space. floor area shall not exceed twenty-five\eept ) of the lot are t ivic Space, and shall support the principaic Space. 5.7.1.4 In Civic Spaces, Bconform to re lations of the most restrictive Abutting Transect as show ty of Miami's Parks and Public Spaces Master Plastmen h regulations shall be approved by process of Exceptio 5.7.1.5 All Community facility and Recre acility Uses shall be government owned or operated only. 5.7.2 Civic Institution Zone 5.7.2.1 Development in Ci stit Z shall ha a minimum of one (1) Frontage enfronting a ughfar ould have "ts primary entrance from a Thoroughfares 5.7.2.2 De 10 in C ivi stltlRfon Zones shall be consis nt with the standards in Artic T les 3 and 4. 5.7.2.3 nstitution Lot may have one (1) or more Buildings. 5.7.2. ivic Institution Development shall be permitted by process of Ex tion and shall conform to the following regulations: a. Any property located within a Cl Zone may be developed accord to the regulations of the most restrictive Abutting Transect Zone with all ntage Setbacks considered a minimum. b. Development in a Cl Zone shall follow the regulations of the Abutting Tran Zone, except that Height restrictions shall be as follows: 1. A Cl Zone entirely Abutting T3 shall be developed to no more than the maximum Height allowed by T4. 2. A Cl Zone predominantly Abutting T3 or T4, shall be developed to no more than the maximum Height allowed by T5. V.41 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 3. A Cl Zone predominantly Abutting T5, T6-8, D1, D2 or D3, shall be developed to no more than the maximum Height of T6-8. 4. A Cl Zone entirely Abutting T6-8 or higher, may conform to the maximum Height of any higher Abutting Transect Zone. c. ACI Zone may seek higher than Abutting successional Transect Zoning rough the process of Special Area Plan. d. Adj ments to Building Disposition Requirements, with the ti Setba s, shall be allowed by process of Waiver. 5.7.2.5 The expansio f any existing Civic Institution Use by less th renty percent (20%) may be permitte By Right. 5.7.2.6 In the event that a is Institution Zone ceases to for Civic Institution Uses, it shall be developed a er in accordance with e re ations of the most restrictive Abutting Transect Zone by process of rezo in'. subject to the limitations of the Comprehensive Plan. �GOV M MA MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5� CIVIC INSTITUTION ZONES — HEALTH DISTRICT (CI -HD) a. All Development in the CI -HD zone for a structure that exceeds ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00) in cost and affects the Scale of the street or block front, or that affects the location, relocation or enlargement of vehicular ways or parking eas outside public Rights -of -Way shall be approved by Warrant ex that any D elopment exceeding the following thresholds shall be approve ption. 1. velopment involving in excess of five hundred thous 1000) square fee f Floor Area excluding parking and loading. 2. For ho ital buildings, any development in of eight hundred thousand 00,000) square feet of Floor Ar g parking and loading. 3. Any single us or combination of use6dOOO) i g or proposing to provide in excess of a net i rease of one thousa off-street parking spaces. 5.8.1 Building Disposition (CI -HD) O a. I c Newly platted Lots shallbe di Lot coverage by any Builall Buildings shall be dio din reld Illustration 5.8. A lot matt Principal pe X according to Illustration 5.8. that shown in Illustration 5.8. boundaries of their Lots according to than one building. •aii generaiiyg less intensity. along Principal Frontages and es be built parallel to tXPrincipal Frontage Line. ecommended at the first Story, Facades alon nt doors and windows. Frontage Line have Setbacks for Buildings shall be as shown in Illustration 5.8. R ntage Setbacks may be adjusted to conform to the dominant Setback X the existing neighborhood or thoroughfare Frontage Setbacks by Waiv h. It is recommended that above the eighth floor, minimum Building spaciri�be sixty (60) feet. Public access to public plazas and walkways shall be provided and pede walkway connections shall be provided between parallel public streets. V.43 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5.9Q Building Configuration (CI -HD) a. Development within Private Frontages shall comply with Article 4, Tables 2 and 6 and Illustration 5.8. b. t is recommended that above the eighth floor, the Building Floorplate dimensions limited as follows: 1. 5,000 square feet maximum for Residential Uses 2. 000 square feet maximum for Commercial Uses and f in 3. 18 eet maximum length for Residential Uses 4. 215 t maximum length for Commercial Uses Civil Support nd Educational Uses within the CI -H 14.Sect Zone shall have no maximum F rplate dimensions. c. Encroachments ma be as follows: At the Ft La r, cantilevered Awnings and entry canopies may e roach up to one hu d percent (100%) of the depth of the Setback, except as ay be further by Chapter 54 of the City Code. Above the first Story, can vered po o balconies, bay windows, and roofs may encroach up to three ( feet a epth of the Setback. Other cantilevered portions of the Building shall i i e required Setback. At the Second Layer no encroachments are perm' xcept that fagade components promoting energy efficiency such g Lod Screening devices that are non - accessible may encroach imu t e (3) feet. d. It is recommendedR alleries des be a minimum of fifteen (15) feet deep. o e. It is recom d that r u floor and ro top utility infrastructure, outdoor storage, I, pl echanical, and mmunications equipment and appur nclo ur b ncealed from view fro any Frontage or Sidewalk. f. I e mmended t t Loading space and service eas be internal to the i g or situated and screened from view to the street d adjacent properties. uuililding Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall c form to Article 4, Table 2 and be allocated as required in Illustration 5.8. Fir Floor Elevation should be at average Sidewalk grade. 5.8.3 Building Function & Density (CI -HD) a. Buildings in CI -HD shall conform to the Functions, Densities, and Intend described in Article 4, Tables 3 and 4 and Illustration 5.8. Consult Article 6 any supplemental regulations. b. Uses additional to those listed in Article IV, Table 3 are allowed only if they are customarily accessory and clearly incidental to the university, hospital, research facility or governmentally owned facilities within the CI -HD Transect Zone. These accessory uses need not occur in Ancillary structures but can occur throughout the zone. These accessory uses include, but are not limited to, storage facilities; V.44 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED laundry or cleaning facilities; incinerator facilities; and other uses related to the operation of the university, hospital, research facility or governmentally owned facilities of the zone. The calculation of the FLR shall not apply to that portion of the Building that is ntirely below base flood elevation. 5.8.4 Parking Sta ards (CI -HID) D) � a. Vehicular arking and loading shall be required as show icle 4, Table 4 and loading hall be required as shown in Article 4, Ta II parking spaces available thr hout the district under a single ip or as a shared component be een more than one owne�/s�a a applicable towards satisfaction of the rking requirements. �► N The computation of p ing requirements f permits shall be calculated as follows: 1. The Floor Area of all B ing c ding parking, within the Zone shall be added to that of the propos tr ure. 2. The ratio shown in Ar e hall be applied to the resulting figure to obtain the total numb f rkin a required within the Zone. 3. The total numb Narking es thin the Zone shall be deducted from the total num Re, e, a ing sp ces. The result shall be the number of parkin spa that ovided i onnection with the new structure. 4. All h ped g paces available oughout the Zone shall be cd sati fa 'o the handicapped requi ments for all Buildings. b.n for building hat share parking shall be appr ed only if the owner or s continuously maintain, on file with the Planning epartment, a master designating: the location and number of all presen nd future parking paces, together with the location and floor area of all pre nt and proposed 4eBuildings; the location and number of access drives to public str ts; internal and merging traffic and circulation; the painted or curbed separation o ehicular and pedestrian traffic; and the arrangement and circulation of pa 'ng areas. Materials to be submitted with applications for Warrants shall includ uch site plans, landscaping plans, Building elevations, surveys, and such rep is and surveys detailing: 1. Hourly/Daily parking utilization throughout the district; 2. Direction of approach; 3. Vehicle Occupancy; 4. Ridership surveys; V.45 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5. Shuttle bus/taxi utilization; and 6. Metrorail/Metrobus utilization. On -street parking available throughout the District shall not be counted toward the parking requirement of the Building on the Lot. d.\designedto should be accessed from the Secondary Frontage �j(i ilable. ots have only Principal Frontages, parking may be � s om the Frontages. �` e.o mended that Offstreet parking and Ioadi within enclosed s ich shall either be underground or, �Zveground, shall be to p vide a minimal visual impact, i ated with the principal s. Unen osed vehicular parking and Io any location visible from street sha e appropriately screendjfro urrounding rights-of-way. f. It is recommended tha the vehicular e of a parking Lot or garage on a Frontage be no wider thX thirty (3 nd the minimum distance between vehicular entrances should sixtvl te t . 5.8.5 Architectural Standards (C a. Temporary structures all allo sj, r City Code. b. It is re men t th des Retail Frontages be detailed as storefronts gl wit ar s no le than seventy percent (70%) of the Sidewalk -le ory. c. It is r nded thmaterials be light -co ed, high Albedo or a planted surf d. r commended that the Fagade of a parking gara that is not concealed mind a Habitable Liner be screened to conceal all inte I elements such as lumbing pipes, fans, ducts and lighting. It is recommend that Ramping be internalized wherever possible. e. Rooftop parking or mechanical equipment and utility service area visible from nearby Buildings shall be screened with landscape or architectural ma rials. 5.8.6 Landscape Standards (CI -HD) a. The First Layer as shown in Article 4, Table 8 shall be paved and landscaped match the Public Frontage as shown in Article 8. b. Open Space shall be a minimum ten percent (10%) of the total Lot area. 5.8.7 Ambient Standards (CI -HD) V.46 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED a. Noise regulations shall be as established in the City Code. b. It is recommended that lighting of building and contingent Open Spaces be compatible with street lighting of Abutting public spaces as illustrated in Article 8. Interior garage lighting fixtures should not be visible from streets. c. It ' recommended that the lighting fixtures of exposed rooonets. ng be con aled by a parapet wall and should not be seen from sur O G M MA MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Tft PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ,.: MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 5.8 CIVIC INSTITUTION ZONE - HEALTH DISTRICT (CI -HD) \BUIINC DISPOSITION PATION SUBSTITUTED 40111112lei ».[ll4kTjIaiII V.49 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.50 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5'k DISTRICT ZONES (D1 and D2) 5.9.1 \ Building Disposition (D) a. Newly platted Lots shall be dimensioned according to Illustration 5.9. b. L coverage by Buildings shall not exceed that shown in Illustratio c. A Buil ' g shall be disposed in relation to the boundaries o iii, according to Illustratio 5.9. d. One or more uildings may be built on each Lot as s Mlllustration 5.9. e. Setbacks for Bui 'ngs shall be as shown in Arti ble 2 and Illustration 5.9. 5.9.2 Building Configuration ( a. Development within Privat Front s hall comply with Tables 2 and 6 and Illustration 5.9. b. Encroachments shall be • At First Layer, cantilevered Awnings and entry canopies may encr p to dred percent (100%) of the depth of the Setback, except ma a fur ed by Chapter 54 of the City Code; cantilevered portion Iconies, ndows, and roofs shall be a maximum three (3) feet dee ay e a up a three (3) feet depth of the Setback. Other cantil ere rtion t ilding all maintain the required Setback. At the Sec Layer E c chments a permitted except that Fagade compon oti g efficiency such a hading and screening devices that a cces ib encroach a maximum f three (3) feet. C. ie and Arcad shall be a minimum fifteen 5) feet deep and may ch up to one hundred percent (100%) of the depth f the Setback and may equired as a part of a Special Area Plan. All storage, utility and infrastructure elements including servi areas, Loading space, transformers, telephone boxes, garbage cans, dumpste , condensers, meters, backflow preventers, siamese connections and the like sh I be located within the Second or Third Layer and concealed from view from any ontage or sidewalk by Streetscreens, and opaque gates. Loading and service en 'es shall be accessed from Alleys when available. e. Vehicular entries, Loading space and service areas shall be permitted on Frontages. f. Building Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Article 4, Table 2 and be allocated as required in Illustration 5.9. Industrial uses requiring additional Height in D2 may be permitted by Waiver, subject to the Planning Director's agreement that the applicant has demonstrated that the use specifically requires the proposed Height. V.51 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED g. Flat roofs shall be enclosed by parapets of a minimum Height required to conceal mechanical equipment. Other ornamental Building features may extend up to three and a half (3.5) feet above the maximum Building Height. Roof decks shall be permitted up to the maximum Height. Trellises may extend above the aximum Height up to eight (8) feet. Extensions above the maximum Height for ir, elevator and mechanical enclosures or ornamental purposes shall be pe itted by process of Waiver. h. Streets eens shall be between three and a half (3.5) and ei et in Height. The Stre creen may be replaced by a hedge or fence. S s ens shall have openings n larger than necessary to allow automobile a estrian access. 5.9.3 Building Function ensity (D) a. Buildings in Districts all conform to the u tions, Densities, and Intensities described in Article 4, les 3 and 4 a tion 5.9 and Article 6. 5.9.4 Parkin D O Parking Standards () G a. Vehicular parking shall b ss wn in Article 4, Tables 4 and 5. b. On -street parking avak ble ong t ge Lines that correspond to each Lot shall be counted to d e parki ment of the Building on the Lot. c. All parking, i cluope ar areas, overed parking, garages, loading docks and s e areas II asked from e Frontage by a Streetscreen as illustrate le 4, nderground par g may extend into the Second and ers o I f i fully underground an does not require raising the first evation th irst and Second Layers ab e that of the Sidewalk. d. i gs mixing uses shall provide parking required r each use. Shared ing shall be calculated according to Article 4, Table 5. e) qq+�: Architectural Standards (D) a. Temporary structures shall be permitted only as per City Code. b. Roof materials should be light-colored, high Albedo or a planted surface. 5.9.6 Landscape Standards (D) a. The First Layer as shown in Article 4, Table 6 shall be paved and landscaped to match the Public Frontage as shown in Article 8, Table C. b. Unpaved Open Space shall be a minimum five percent (5%) of the Lot Area. V.52 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 5.9`� Ambient Standards (D) SUBSTITUTED a. Noise regulations shall be as established in the City Code. Average lighting levels measured at the Building Frontage shall not exceed 1.0 fc foot-candles). c. Lig 'ng of Building and Abutting Open Spaces shall be co6'1�a street lighti of Abutting public spaces as illustrated in Article 8. In lighting fixtures all not be visible from streets. d. The lighting xtures of exposed rooftop parking shall bealed by a parapet wall and shall of be seen from surrounding streets. O G V.53 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.54 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.9 DISTRICT ZONES - WORK PLACE (D1) SUBSTITUTED BU ING DISPOSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT LOT OC PATION a. Lot Area 5,000 s.f. min. Lam t0 min. b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. Comer Ld 10, min.L2nd ayer3rd 0' min. c. Lot Coverage 80%max —_ — -- — , '�------------ -_-- d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR NIA Interior Lot IL— O'mio e. Frontage at front Setbac Nonei f. Open Space Requirements5%Lot Area min.11 €i g. Density 1 Lot of record BUILDING SETBACK a. Principal Front 10 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 10 ft. min. c. Side 0 ft. min. d. Rear 0 ft. min. e. Abutting Side or Rear T5 0 ft. min. 111 through 511 Sto 10 ft. min. above 5'h Story 30 ft. min. above 61h Story Abutting Side or Rear T4 6 ft. min. 11 through 3rl Story 26 ft. min. above 311 Story Abutting Side or Rear T3 10% of Lot depth** min.11 throug nd t 26 ft. min. above 31d Story istlay layer War PARKING PLACEM --- — 1st Comer Lot illl 2nd&3rd -- - ------------- "�Lam ------ 0' min. - ,W JIL ' 1et2nd Sid layer layer lacer DING HEIGHT —9--------------------� Heiga II r V.55 4 z 2 0' min. i 1 ABU TTNGSIDEORAEARALLZO EXCEPT T5, ABUTTNGSIDEORREAR T5 7 Z a Wmin. a ?B min. 5 5 4 4 T 3 T3 1 2 Ir min. 0. 2 10%al Lotdeplh" ABUTTNG SIDE OR REAP T4 ABUTTNG SIDE OR REAP 73 "10% of Lot depth fpr Lots more the 20' deep 6' min for Lots less than 120' deep ftolf BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L.C. pemi d. Forecourt Ohl e. Stoop d f. Shopfront iermitted g. Gallery AIMpermitted by Special Area Plan I. Arcade permitted by Special Area Plan BU I H Mi Hei None b. . Height 8 Stories c. Max. Benefit Height 2 Stories Abutting all Transect Zones except T3 istlay layer War PARKING PLACEM --- — 1st Comer Lot illl 2nd&3rd -- - ------------- "�Lam ------ 0' min. - ,W JIL ' 1et2nd Sid layer layer lacer DING HEIGHT —9--------------------� Heiga II r V.55 4 z 2 0' min. i 1 ABU TTNGSIDEORAEARALLZO EXCEPT T5, ABUTTNGSIDEORREAR T5 7 Z a Wmin. a ?B min. 5 5 4 4 T 3 T3 1 2 Ir min. 0. 2 10%al Lotdeplh" ABUTTNG SIDE OR REAP T4 ABUTTNG SIDE OR REAP 73 "10% of Lot depth fpr Lots more the 20' deep 6' min for Lots less than 120' deep MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING-SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.9 DISTRICT ZONES - INDUSTRIAL (1312) SUBSTITUTED BUILD DISPOSITION BUILDING PLACEMENT LOTOCCU ION a. Lot Area 5,400 s.f. min. � ( Se_wnderyFront _ _ _ 1Ed b. Lot Width 50 ft. min. ; 3 mTn. Layer Cama Loi I 10 min 2nd & 3rd c. Lot Coverage 90%max. O'min. Lam d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) WA-- =T - - - --- - -- i e. Frontage at front Setback one IntedorLat L— 01 min. i . f. Open Space Requirements 50 t Area min. g. Density NIA i L Orrin. 1st 2nd 3rd BUILDING SETBACK layer leper 1 a. Principal Front 10 ft. min. PARKING PLAC b. Secondary Front 5 ft. min. c. Side 0 ft. min. Secp_ Front_181 d. Rear 0 ft. min.-�5rmTn. Layer Cama 1_4e. Abutting Side or Rear TS 0 ft. min. 111 through 511 Story I O'min, 10 ft. min. above 5'h Story = _ - ____ _ _ e; `- _________ 3d 30 ft. min. above 61" Story 0min. Abutting Side or Rear T4 6 ft. min. 111 through V Story lutes i 26 ft. min. above 3'd Story Abutting Side or Rear T3 10% of Lot depth** min.11' through 2n, y 26 ft. min. above 31 Story 1st 2nd 3rd lays layer BUILDING CONFIGURATION G HEIGHT FRONTAGE I Height; & a. Common Lawn prohibited i b. Porch &Fence prohibited s i c. Terrace or L. C. permitte 5 d. Forecourt pe e 4 7 i 3 e. Stoop tt i 2 a min,1.4 f. Shopfront ifted g. Gallery J4Wermitted by Special Area Plan ABUTTING SIDE ORREARALL ZONES EXC T5, T4 AND T3 ABUTTING SIDE ORREART5 h. Arcade permitted by Special Area Plan BUIL I in. igh None b. IkHeight 8 Stories max. c. Max. Benefit Height NIA V.57 ABUTTING SIDE ORREAR T4 Is I 15 i I 4 3 2 10%oi Lot depth• I 1 i I ABUTT NG SIDE OR REAR T3 *M0% of Lot depth for Lots m\deep 0' deep O min for Lots less than 120 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. V.58 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5. WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT ZONES (D3) 5.10.1 Building Disposition (D3) a. Newly platted Lots shall be dimensioned according to Illustration 5.10. b. L coverage by Building shall not exceed that shown in Illustration c. A Buil g shall be disposed in relation to the boundaries o according to Illustratio 5.10. d. One or more uildings may be built on each Lot as sh llustration 5.10. e. Setbacks for Bu ings shall be as shown in Table 2 and Illustration 5.10. 5.10.2 Building Configuration a. Development within Privat Front s hall comply with Tables 2 and 6 and Illustration 5.10. b. Encroachments shall be • At First Layer, cantilevered Awnings and entry canopies may encr p to dred percent (100%) of the depth of the Setback, except ma a fur ed by Chapter 54 of the City Code; cantilevered balconi y wind a roofs may encroach up to a three (3) feet depth of th ack. canti ered portions of the Building shall maintai nthe,,req Se the Se nd Layer no encroachments are permitted e that F c ponents pr oting energy efficiency such as shadinge ree a es that are no -accessible may Encroach a maxi 3) e C. ie and Arcad shall be a minimum fifteen 5) feet deep and may ch up to one hundred percent (100%) of the depth f the Setback and may equired as a part of a Special Area Plan. Except for the Waterfront Frontage, all storage, utility and infra ucture elements including service areas, Loading space, transformers, telephone xes, garbage cans, dumpsters, condensers, meters, backflow prevente , siamese connections and the like shall be located within the Second or Thir ayer and concealed from view from any Frontage or Sidewalk by Streetscre s, and opaque gates. Loading and service entries shall be accessed from Alle when available. e. Vehicular entries, Loading space and service areas shall be permitted on Princi Frontages. V.59 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED f. Building Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Article 4, Table 2 and be allocated as required in Illustration 5.10. Industrial uses requiring additional Height in D3 may be permitted by Waiver, subject to the Planning Director's agreement that the applicant has demonstrated that the use specifically requires the proposed Height. g.chanical equipment on a roof shall be enclosed by parapets of inimum He ht required to conceal mechanical equipment. Other orna uilding feat s may extend above the maximum Building Height. i i a hall be permit up to the maximum Height. Trellises may extend e maximum Height u to eight (8) feet. Extensions above the max' eight for stair, elevator a mechanical enclosures or ornamental mases only shall be permitted by ocess of Waiver. z h. Streetscreens sh be between three and a hal d eight (8) feet in Height. The Streetscreen m be replaced by a hed or ce. Streetscreens shall have openings no larger th necessary to allow u obile and pedestrian access. i. Parking, loading, service, tility, and areas and uses shall be screened from view of abutting zonin distr' ( her than D1 and D2 Zones), including shade trees spaced a minimu t ' y (30) feet on center. Screening shall not be required along the waterfro 5.10.3 Building Function & Densit D a. Buildings in Distric;Rh 1 confor `Functions, Densities, and Intensities described in Articbles a d and I stration 5.10 and Article 6. 5.10.4 Parking Sta (D3) a. Ve parking I required as shown in Articl Tables 4 and 5. b. - treet parking available along the Frontage Lines that rrespond to each Lot all be counted toward the parking requirement of the Buil on the Lot. ejAll parking, including open parking areas, covered parking, ages, Loading 4q�l spaces and service areas shall be masked from the Frontage by Streetscreen as illustrated in Article 4, Table 8. Underground parking may ext d into the Second and First Layers only if it is fully underground and does t require raising the first -floor elevation of the First and Second Layers above th of the Sidewalk. d. Buildings mixing uses shall provide parking required for each Use. Sh Parking shall be calculated according to Article 4, Table 5. 5.10.5 Architectural Standards (D3) a. Temporary structures shall be permitted only as per City Code. V.60 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED b. Roof materials should be light-colored, high Albedo or a planted surface. 5.10.6 andscape Standards (D3) a. he First Layer as shown in Article 4, Table 6 shall be paved and landscaped to tch the Public Frontage as shown in Article 8, Table C. `. b. Unpa d green space shall be a minimum five percent (5%) 0 t Area. 5.10.7 Ambient Sta ards (D3) a. Noise regulati s shall be as established in the Ci C� b. Average lighting le Is measured at the Building on ge shall not exceed 1.0 fc (foot-candles). c. Lighting of Building and butting Op lighting of Abutting public s ces as iii fixtures shall not be visible fr strae d. The lighting fixtures of wall and shall not be sE V.61 Fs shall be compatible with street in Article 8. Interior garage lighting parking shall be concealed by a parapet ina streets. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED STITUTED PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ILLUSTRATION 5.10 DISTRICT ZONES - WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL (D3) \ SUBSTITUTED BUILDN DISPOSITION LOT OCCU TION a. Lot Area 10,000 s.f. min. b. Lot Width 100 ft. min. c. Lot Coverage 90%max. d. Floor Lot Ratio (FLR) WA e. Frontage at front Setback None f. Open Space Requirements%Lot Area min. g. Density 6 ft. min. V through 3'r' Story 26 ft. min. above 31 Story BUILDING SETBACK * a. Principal Front 5 ft. min. b. Secondary Front 5 ft. min. c. Side Oft. min. or abuttin_\n e d. Rear Oft. min. or abutting zon e. Abutting Side & Rear T5 & T6 10 ft. min. 111 through V" Sto 30 ft. min. above 61" Story Abutting Side & Rear T4 6 ft. min. V through 3'' Story 26 ft. min. above 3'd Story Abutting Side & Rear T3 6 ft. min. V through 3'r' Story 26 ft. min. above 31 Story BUILDING CONFIGURATION FRONTAGE a. Common Lawn prohibited b. Porch & Fence prohibited c. Terrace or L. C. d. Forecourt perm tted wV 57 e. Stoop ie f. Shopfront g. Gallery V,permitted h. Arcade p fitted by Special Area Plan permitted by Special Area Plan BUILDING a. I None b. Height B Stories max. c. Max. enefit Height WA * Please see Article 3, Section 3.11 for additional Waterfront Setbacks regulations. BUILDING PLACEMENT SeconderyFron[_— _ _— _— -- _— _ 1at 6' min. Layer Comer Lot g min. 2nd & 3rd d min. Layer '—--------------- I Interior Lot r — 0 min. v SL._ (Y min. ai 1st 2nd 3rd layer layer PARKING PLACEMQh4were) Secr— — Fro _— _ _— _— _ 1st i 6 min. layer Caner Lot 5mi d min. 2nd & 3rd _ — __________----------------------- - Layer 0' mIn. Inled € — 'RT 0' min. �i 1 3rd r layer - L IGHT — I I AMi 8 i 7 6 4 1 — i 3 i 2 i — 1 AB UTTING S IDE OR REAR ALL ZONES EXCEP T T6,T5,T4 T3 ABUTTI NG SIDE OR REAR T5 A NU T6 I I I I I 8 i B i 6 261 min. ! B in. ! i I i I 6 5 i I I 4 4 3 3 2 5 mn. 2 8 min. i I 1 i I A BUTA NG SIDE OR REAR T4 ABUTTI NG SI OE OR REAR T3 V.63 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 5. SPECIFIC TO ZONES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Tft PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ... MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 TABLEXF CONTENTS ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED 6.1 ntent and Exclusions TABLE 13 S plemental Regulations 6.2 Com unity Residences and Similar Homes/Facilities 6.3 Comme ial Uses 6.4 Infrastruct and Utilities 6.5 Sign Standar ` O G V1.1 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 THIS XAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED TED CGS V1.2 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 6.1 NTENT AND EXCLUSIONS The pplemental regulations of this article apply to the specific uses listed below within the broader Use categ 'es identified in Article 4, Table 3 and Article 5. These regulations supplement other standards listed el where in this code. No permit or Certificate of Use may be granted for any Use, unless the Use comp s with the requirements of these supplemental regulations and any other applicable stan- dards of the 'ami 21 Code. Specifically exclu from all Transect Zones in the City are stockyards, erhouses, wrecking yards, rag shops, ce ent plants, paper factories, ammunition plants, fire or manufacturing, house barges, refining, smelts , forging, and unattended donation collection The regulations of Article 6, ble 13 are arranged by Tran ct and in the same order in which they appear in Article 4, Table . These regulations may b fur r supplemented by Article 6, Sections 6.2 to 6.5. O G V1.3 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS T3 - SUB -URBAN ZONE DENSITY (WA) I 9 UNITS PER ACRE I 9 UNITS PER ACRE I 18 UNITS PER ACRE DWELLING UNI Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. ANCILLARY UNIT Maximum size of unit 450 square feet excluding Prohibited as a third unit. garage. Shall only be used as Single -Family Residence dwelling. May only be rented if the principal dwelling owner is in residence on site. Unit Structure shall be architecturally harmonious with the Principal Building. Any Facade abutting another property shall provide only, clerestory windows along that corresponding Facade. BOATS eboats Occupancy of private pleasure c\xcept Occupancy of private pleasure crafts s t Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats HOUSEBOAT or house barges shall not be allor those or house barges shall not be allowe xce tho e or house barges shall not be allowed except for those specifically grandfathered and reinance specifically grandfathered and regulat Or i nce specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance HOUSEBARGE #10932, adopted October 24, 199#10932, adopted October 24,1. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. BOAT HOUSE Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 fee h. Maximum size: 20 feet wi 4 at g, 15 feet high. Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. BOAT SLIP Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% aximum covera o to ont setback: 35% Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% DOCKS Extension of docks or Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Exten r Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension of docksor Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited to 35 feet . Further extension of docks or Piers into to 3 f urther extension of docks or Piers into to 35 feet. Further extension of docks or Piers into PIERS Biscayne Bay not allowed. owisc of allowed. Biscayne Bay not allowed. Extension of docks or Piers into other waterways limitpofurther ion of do ie to other waterways limited Extension of docks or Piers into other waterways limited to 10 feet or 10% of waterway width, whichever is less.eat or 10°/ a idth, whichever is less. to 10 feet or 10% of waterway width, whichever is less. No further extensions alllowed. Only private pleasure craft may be docked o oor ext si o Only privat I re c may be docked or moored. No further extensions alllowed. Only private pleasure craft may be docked or moored. Dock/ Pier Setbacks: 10 feet fro ting Doc bac s: 1 eat from any Abutting Dock/ Pier Setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting property pro y property Vessel setback: 5 feet from a butting p party. e els 5 feet from any tting property. Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. Prohibited uses or appurten ces: vits in excess Pr ib uses or appurtenances: is in excess of Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of 3 ton capacity, comm commerc at 3 t apacity, commercial vessels, c ercial boat 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat ramps, and com erci and fueling. amps, and commercial hauling and fuelin ramps, and commercial hauling and fueling. COMMUNITY Subject to Re is of Section 6.. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES 1-6 RESIDENTS COMMUNIT Prohibited within 5 eet of any T3 -R or T3 -L. RESIDENCES Subject to the require is of Section 6.2. 7-14 RESIDENTS ADULT FAMILY Prohibited within 1000 feet of another such residence. Prohibited within 1000 feet of another such residence. Prohibited within 1000 feet of ano r such residence. CARE HOME Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Secti 6.2. 1 -5 -RESIDENTS VIA SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 1 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE T3 - SUB -URBAN ZONE DENSITY( ) 9 UNITS PER ACRE 9 UNITS PER ACRE 18 UNITS PER ACRE HOME OFFICE Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%ofthesize of Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%ofthesize of Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%ofthesize of the Dwelling Unit based on county properly records. the Dwelling Unit based on county properly records. the Dwelling Unit based on county properly records. ome Occupations limited to individual tutoring, non- Home Occupations limited to individual tutoring, non- Home Occupations limited to individual tutoring, non- plified individual instrument instruction; authors and amplified individual instrument instruction; authors and amplified individual instrument instruction; authors and cc osers,artists;designers; seamstresses; tailors; and composers ; artists ; designers; seamstresses; tailors; and composers ;artists ;designers, seamstresses, tailors, and uses ,lar in impact. Office uses, excluding medical uses similar in impact. Office uses, excluding medical uses similar in impact. Office uses, excluding medical and de offices. and dental offices. and dental offices. Maximum lint at a time. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of one c t at e. Maximum otaff members, one of which must Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum wo f ers, one of which must reside on prreside on premises. res o e as. Hours of opi d to Monday through Saturday Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Ho ion limited to Monday through Saturday \dto 8:00 AM to 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8: M t PM. No equipmocess II be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which create q ment or process shall be used which creates undue noisen, glare, es, or odors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detect le n noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable to normal sf the propertto normal senses off the property. ormal senses off the property. Certificate oquired. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. PERSONAL WIRELESS Subject to the requirements of Section 6. Subject to the requirements of Section Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. FACILITY VI.5 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T4 - GENERAL URBAN ZONE DENSITYJWA) 136 UNITS PER ACRE 136 UNITS PER ACRE 136 UNITS PER ACRE DWELLING U Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. or house barges shall not be allowed except for those One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. BOATS f private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats DOCKS ges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those HOUSEBOAT \specillyrandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfa and regulated by Ordinance HOUSEBARGE ted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted C11tobe7K 1991. 30 BOAT HOUSE Maximum size. 0 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. MaWN f wi e, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. BOAT SLIP Maximum coverage o terfront setback: 35% Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% a verage of waterfront setback: 35% DOCKS Extension of docks or Piers into scayne Bay are limited Extension of docks or Piers into BiscayneBa are ension of docks or Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited to 35 feet. Further extension ocks or Piers into to 35 feet. Further extension of doc e t to 35 feet. Further extension of docks or Piers into PIERS Biscayne Bay not allowed. Biscayne Bay not allowed. Biscayne Bay not allowed. Extension of docks or Piers into other w rways limited Extension of docks or Piers into other w ays limited Extension of docks or Piers into other waterways limited to 10 feet or 10% of waterway width, whi ver is less. to 10 feet or 10% of waterway th, which r is less. to 10 feet or 10% of waterway width, whichever is less. No further extensions alllowed. No further extensions alllowed No further extensions alllowed. Only private pleasure craft may be docked or mo d on Only private pleasure cra do d or moored on Only private pleasure craft may be docked or moored on property adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. property adjacent to T - - , T6 -R. property adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. Dock/ Pier Setbacks: 10 feet from any Abuttin Dock/ Pier Setb feet from any Abutting Dock/ Pier Setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting property roperty property Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. el at om any Abutting property. Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of Prohi ppurtenances: davits in excess of Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat 3 to c y, commercial vessels, commercial boat 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat ramps, and commercial hauling and fueling. m n mmercial hauling and fueling. ramps, and commercial hauling and fueling. COMMUNITY Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. ct to the e o action 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES 1-6 RESIDENTS COMMUNITY Subject to the requirements action h quirements of tion 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES 47ct 7-14 RESIDENTS ADULT FAMILY Subject to the re m Section 6. ubject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. CAREHOME 1-5 1-5 RESIDENTS VI -6 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T4 - GENERAL URBAN ZONE ! RESTRICTED I LIMITED OPEN DENSITY (U 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE 36 UNITS PER ACRE HOME OFFICE Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%of the size of Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%of the size of Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. Home Occupations limited to individual tutoring; non- Home Occupations limited to individual tutoring; non- Home Occupations limited to individual tutoring; non- mplified individual instrument instruction, authors and amplified individual instrument instruction; authors and amplified individual instrument instruction; authors and posers; artists, designers, seamstresses, tailors, and composers, artists, designers, seamstresses, tailors, and composers, artists, designers, seamstresses, tailors, and us similar in impact. Office uses, excluding medical uses similar in impact. Office uses, excluding medical uses similar in impact. Office uses, excluding medical and al offices. and dental offices. and dental offices. Maximu one client at a time. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of one cli tat e. Maximum o o staff members, one of which must Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maxim wo ff ers, one of which must reside on prerm reside on premises. resi o e S. Hours of operation ited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Ho on limited to Monday through Saturday 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 80 M t PM. No equipment or proces all be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates ant or process shall be used which creates undue noise, vibration, glare, mes, or odors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable d oise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable to normal senses off the prope to normal senses off the property. ormal senses off the property. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. LIVE WORK Shall be located within ground or and L units. Shall be located within ground floor and Liner units. Maximum size of work occup shall not exceed Maximum size of work occupation shall not exceed 50% of the size of the Dwelli Uni sed on county 50% of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. property records. Live Work occupation mite to those allowed in Live Work occupations limited to those allowed in Transect Zone. Transect Zone. equipme ce shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates un nois vibra , are, fumes, or odors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, or odors detectable to no s the property. to normal senses off the property. rti se required. Certificate of Use required. BED AND BREAKFAST Subject to City Code Chapter 23. ADULT DAYCARE For : For6 to 9 adultsMini35 O elads q feet o\inr tivity area. Minimum of 350 sq feet of indoor activity area. PERSONAL WIRELESS Subject to the requirements Sec 6.4. Su c e requirements of Secti .4. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. SERVICE FACILITY CHILDCARE For 6 to 10 c m m: IF For 6 to 10 children maximum. For 6 to 10 children maximum. Minimum of sq t of indoor activity area. Minimum of 200 sq feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 200 sq feet of indoor activity area. Minim feet of outdoor play area. Minimum of 450 sq feet of outdoor play area.Minimum of 450 sq feet of outdoor play area. Qty VI.7 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE T5 - URBAN CENTER ZONE DENSITY(UPX 165 UNITS PER ACRE 165 UNITS PER ACRE 165 UNITS PER ACRE DWELLING UNI Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. or house barges shall not be allowed except for those One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. BOATS f private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats DOCKS ges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those HOUSEBOAT \specillyrandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfat d and regulated by Ordinance HOUSEBARGE ted 10-24-1991. #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. #10932, adopted -24- 1. BOAT HOUSE Maximum size. 0 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. Maxim 20 t 40 feet long, 15 feet high. BOAT SLIP Maximum coverage of w front setback: 35% Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% coverage of waterfront setback: 35% DOCKS Extension docks and Piers into BiscE e Beare limited Extension docks and Piers into Bisc Ba re Ii Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited to 35 feet However, by Exception a 6 eat maximum to 35 feet However, by Exception a m um to 35 feet However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum PIERS extension of docks and Piers into Bisc e Bay may extension of docks and Pier to Bisc Bay may extension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may be allowed. be allowed. be allowed. Extension of docks and Piers into other wate s is Extension of docks and Pier nto r waterways is Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the wate y, limited to 10 feet or 10°/ of the waterway, limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10°° whichever is less. Ho er, xception up to 10% of whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of waterway width may be approved, subject to approve waterway width roved, subject to approval waterway width may be approved, subject to approval from all applicable agencies. om all applicab age as. from all applicable agencies. Only private pleasure crafts may be docked or moored on 0 rivat as ft may be docked or moored on Only private pleasure craft maybe docked or moored on property adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. prop a cent T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. property adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. Dock / Pier Setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting Doc / etbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting Dock / Pier Setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting property rop property Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property.es I setbac . f t fr ny Abutting property. Vessel setback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of bited use n ces: davits in excess of Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, comme oat 3 ton cap ci cc r essels, commercial boat 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat ramps, and commercial hauling and fueling. ramps, an o erci uling and fueling. ramps, and commercial hauling and fueling. COMMUNITY Subject to the requirements o Section ct t he uirements of coon 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES 1-6 RESIDENTS COMMUNITY Subject to the re Section 6.2. ubject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES 7-14 RESIDENTS ADULT FAMILY Subj h requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. ubject to the requirements of Section 6.2. CARE HOME 1-5 RESIDENTS HOME OFF io�hall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Shall be to d wholly within Dwelling Unit. Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%ofthe size of Maximum size of Home Office shall be 25%ofthe size of Maximum size omaOffice shall be25%ofthesize of the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. d on county property records. the Dwelling Unit\Mondaythro Home Office occupations limited to individual tutoring, Home Office occupations limited to individual tutoring, Home Office occs limited to individual tutoring, non -amplified individual instrument instruction, authors non -amplified individual instrument instruction, authors non -amplified indstrument instruction, authors andcomposers; artists ; designers; seamstresses; tailors; andcomposers; artists ; designers; seamstresses; tailors; andcomposers; ade ers;seamstresses;tailors; Office uses, excluding medical and dental offices. Office uses, excluding medical and dental offices. Office uses, exclumedic nd dental offices. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of one client at a time. Maximum of one at a time. Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum of twof members, of which must reside on premises. reside on premises. reside on premis Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operatioited to Monday thro Saturday8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment orss shall be used which atesundue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibrglare, fumes, orodors detec Ieto normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the property. to normal sensese property. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. VI -8 MIAMI 21 SUBSTITUTED PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 1 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE T5 - URBAN CENTER ZONE DENSITY (U 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE LIVE WORK Shall be located within ground floor and Liner units. Shall be located within ground floor and Liner units. Maximum size of work occupation shall not exceed Maximum size of work occupation shall not exceed 50% of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county 50% of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. property records. Live Work occupations limited to those allowed in Live Work occupations limited to those allowed in Transect Zone. Transect Zone. No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or pro ss shall be used which creates undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibra e, fumes, or odors detectable to normal senses off the property. to normal senses he rty. Certificate of Use required. Certifi�te se uir AUTO RELATED Car COMMERCIAL Ilk Su ct to ty Code Chapter 23 ervice, semiautomatic, and automatic dragline h provide for each of the first 3 wash stalls, 3 parking ,e ervoir spaces before and 3 after. Beyond 3 stalls, 1 parking reservoir spaces before and 2 after each stall. Custom hand car wash shall provide for each wash stall, 1 parking reservoir space before each stall and 1 after, and 5 additional parking spaces. One (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by Waiver. Gas Stations: Subject to City Code Chapter 23 O Principal Frontage access may be allowed. G Frontage requirement may be reduced maximum 30%by Waiver. Building Facade may be a colonnade. All vending machines shall be located indoors. Only vehicles awaiting service, permitted rental vehicles and staff vehicles parked while working shall be allowed. All repairs, change of tires, greasing/lubricating shall be ' � conducted within building. Outdoor display products incidental to normal refueling is prohibited closer to the street than pump islands. Outdoor display or storage of O tires is prohibited. Vehicle Rental Facilities: In addition to the parking requirements in Article 4 Table 4 for lease or rental passenger vehicle facilities there shall be 10 parking spaces provided for first 10,000 square feet of Floor Area and 1 space for each additional 500 feet. addition to the parking requirements i Article 4 Table shire 4 for lease of rental cargo vehicle facilities 1 parking 4 Ill per staff member and 1 space for each 8 vehicles red on the premises. ass to site shall be from a County designated A\accessible prterial road. Bnatedforcustomerservicemust belocated wis e Iy accessible from site access point. Aactions st be conducted indoors. Ale storage a s must be lighted withoutcausing sonto Abuttin operties.Ovehicle service m be conducted indoors and is to minor repairs an aintenance. DRIVE-THROUGH AND Reservoir parking spaces shall be r red as follows: DRIVE-IN One (1) at window, three (3) before se window, one (1) after service window. One (1) reservoir parking space may be re ced by Waiver. Ll VI -9 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T5 - URBAN CENTER ZONE ! RESTRICTED LIMITED OPEN DENSITY( ) 65 UNITS PER ACRE 65 UNITS PERACRE 65 UNITS PER ACRE PUBLIC STO E The maximum size of any individual storage rental space shall be 400 square feet FACILITY Controlled access and adequate security surveillance shall be provided throughout facility. Any boat or vehicle stored in these facilities shall not exceed an overall length of 25 feet and shall be stored within a completely enclosed and ventilated Structure. Hours of operation imitedto6:00amto10:00pm and shall be revie as of Warrant process. OPEN AIR RETAIL Access to site must be from a major Thoroughfare. Ac ss it ust be from a major Thoroughfare. Distance separation of any Open Air Retail shall be a paration of any Open Air Retail shall be a minimum of 75 feet measured from any property withi m of 75 feet measured from any property within T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. 4-R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. Operation limited to weekends and lega a a Operation limited to weekends and legal holidays for a maximum of 3 consecutive days bet n th No maximum of 3 consecutive days between the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. Provision of paving striping r stalls parking Provision of paving striping for stalls and parking spaces. spaces. Provision of onsite restroom f lines. Provision of onsite restroom facilities. ADULT DAYCARE For 6 to 9 adults: For 6 to 9 adults: inimum of 350 Oet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 350 square feet of indoor activity area. G For 10 or more adults Minimum of 35 square feet of indoor activity area per adu It. COMMUNITY SUPPORT Assisted Living Facilities: Allowed by Exception and are 4ipfed Livin Ii o d by Exception and are Assisted Living Facilities: Allowed by Exception and are FACILITY subject to the following additional requirement subject to the Ilo a al requirements: subject to the following additional requirements: Maximum number of residents 50.Maximum n f r ants 50. Maximum number of residents 50. Minimum distance requirement of 2,5 e een Min ist ce require nt of 2,500 feet between Minimum distance requirement of 2,500 feet between proposed facility and another As Iity. ro ed cili nd another sting facility. proposed facility and another existing facility. Minimum distance requireme 1,000 feet between Mi um ance requirement 1,000 feet between Minimum distance requirement of 1,000 feet between proposed Facility or Assiste ivin acility and any pr os acility and any T3 or T4- one. proposed facility and any T3 or T4 -R Zone. or T4 -R Zone. PERSONAL WIRELESS Subject to th it s of Section 6. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. SERVICE FACILITY CHILDCARE For 6c dren: For 6 to 10 children: For 6 to 10 children: o 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. uare feet of indoor activity area. mum of 200 s\square of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. mo Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. Mof 450 square feet of outdoor play area. r 11 or more children: 5 For 11 or more children: Fore children: Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area per Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area per Mo square feet of indoor activity area per chiId, chiId, cMinimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per Mof 45 s re feet of outdoor play area per chiId. chiId. cMinimum of 1 drop off parking space for every 10 Minimum of 1 drop off parking space for every 10 Mof 1 drop o arking space for every 10 children. Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet children. Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet cVehicular entra must be within 300 feet of arterial road. of arterial road. ofl road. V1.10 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE DENS1q (UPA) 1150 UNITS PER ACRE' 1150 UNITS PER ACRE' 1150 —1,000 UNITS PER ACRE DWELLIN NR Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. Efficiency Dwelling Unit: 400 square feet min. or house barges shall not be allowed except for those One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. One bedroom Dwelling Unit: 550 square feet min. #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. Two bedroom Dwelling Unit: 650 square feet min. BOATS Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats HOUSEBOAT or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those PIERS pacifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance HOUSE BARGE 932, adopted 10-24-1991. #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. #10932, adopted 10-24-1991. BOAT HOUSE Maxi m size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. Maximum size: 20 feet wide, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. Maximum size: 20 f e, 40 feet long, 15 feet high. BOAT SLIP Maximum verage of waterfront setback: 35% Maximum coverage of waterfront setback: 35% Maximum cov nt setback: 35% DOCKS Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension doc\eb Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Ext o c nd Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited PIERS to 35 feet Howby Exception a 600 feet maximum to 35 feet However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum to 3 e er, by Exception a 600 feet maximum extension of dPiers into Biscayne Bay may extension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may ext sion ocks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may be allowed.be allowed. Extension of dand Pi into other waterways is Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is t on of docks and Piers into other waterways is limited to 10 fe10%oft width of the waterway, limited to 10 feet or 10%of the width of the wat d to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, whichever is leowever, by eption up to 10% of whichever is less. However, by Exceptio 0 1 ° whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of waterway widtbe approve bject to approval waterway width may be approved, su t to pp waterway width may be approved, subject to approval from all applicgencies. from all applicable agencies. from all applicable agencies. Only private plcraft may be docke moored on Only private pleasure craft may docked ooredon Only private pleasure craft may be docked or moored on property AdjacT3-R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6- property Adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R -R, T6 -R. property Adjacent to T3 -R, T4 -R, T5 -R, T6 -R. Dock/ Pier sks: 10 feet from any tong Dock/ Pier setbacks: 10 f t fro any Abutting Dock/ Pier setbacks: 10 feet from any Abutting property propertyproperty Vesselsetback: 5 feet from any Abutting property. Vessel setbacet from any Abutting property. Vessel setback: 5 feet an butting property. Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of 3 Prohibited uses or appurtenances: davits in excess of rohibited uses app n nces: davits in excess of toncapacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat ramps, 3 ton capacity, commercial vessels, commercial boat n capac al vessels, commercial boat and commercial hauling and fueling. ramps, and commercial hauling and fueling. ram and omm is hauling and fueling. COMMUNITY Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. Subj requirements of Section 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES 1 -6 -RESIDENTS COMMUNITY Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. act to the o action 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. RESIDENCES 7 -14 -RESIDENTS ADULT FAMILY Subject to the requirements of Section 2. Sub t to e r uirements action 6.2. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.2. CARE HOME 1 -5 -RESIDENTS X 14L, HOME OFFICE Shall be located wholly g Unit. Sh located wholly within Dwelling it. Shall be located wholly within Dwelling Unit. Maximum size o ce hall not excee 5% aximum size of home office shall not ex d 25% of Maximum size of home office shall not exceed 25% of the size of the D g ased on c ty p rty records. the size of the Dwelling Unit based on count roperty records. the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. Home Offic cup ns limited to individual t ring, Home Office occupations limited to individual tutor ; Home Office occupations limited to individual tutoring, non -a dual instrument instruction; authors non -amplified individual instrument instruction; author non -amplified individual instrument instruction; authors andc se artists; designers; seamstresses; tailors; andcomposers; artists ; designers; seamstresses, tailors, ndcomposers,artists, designers, seamstresses, tailors, arinimpact. Officeuses, excluding medical and uses similarinimpact. Officeuses, excluding medical usessimilarinimpact.Officeuses, excluding medical e al offices. and dental offices. an ntaI offices. ximum of one client at a time. Maximum of one client at a time. Maxim of one client at a time. aximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum of two staff members, one of which must Maximum wostaffinembers,oneofwhichmustreside reside on premises. reside on premises. on premises. Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operation limited to Monday through Saturday Hours of operati limited to Monday through Saturday 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. 8:00 AM to 6 PM. No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or proc shall be used which creates unduenoise,vibration, glare, fumes, or odors detectable undue noise, vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibration,gl fumes, or odors detectable to normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the property. to normal senses off the pro y. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of Use required. * Or as modified in Article 4, Diagram 9 V1. 11 SUBSTITUTE MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE DENSIT PA) 150 UNITS PER ACRE * 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 —1,000 UNITS PER ACRE* LIVE WORK Shall be located within ground floor and Liner Units. Shall be located within ground floor and Liner Units. Maximum size of work occupation shall not exceed Maximum size of work occupation shall not exceed 50% of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county 50% of the size of the Dwelling Unit based on county property records. property records. Live Work occupations limited to those allowed in Live Work occupations limited to those allowed in Transect Zone. Transect Zone. No equipment or process shall be used which creates No equipment or process shall be used which creates undue noise,vibration, glare, fumes, orodors detectable undue noise, vibration glare, fumes, or odors detectable to normal senses off the property. to normal senses roparty. Certificate of Use required. Certificate of U e uir . AUTO RELATED Car Wash: Car V*s`h. COMMERCIAL Self-service, semiautomatic, and automatic dragline Sub td�y de Chapter 23 shall provide for each of the first 3 wash stalls, 3 parking S -se and automatic dragline reservoir spaces before and 3 after. Beyond 3 stalls, 1 ,`semiautomatic, OlkLataiii for each ofthe first 3 wash stalls, 3 parking parking reservoir spaces before and 2 after each stall. oil spaces before and 3 after. Beyond 3 stalls, 1 Custom hand car wash shall provide for each was Wing reservoir spaces before and 2 after each stall. 1 parking reservoir space before each stall and Custom handcarwash shall provide foreach wash stall, and 5 additional parking spaces. 1 parking reservoir space before each stall and 1 after, One (1) reservoir parking space m b by and 5 additional parking spaces. Waiver. One (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by Gas Stations: Waiver. Principal Frontage access m be a ed. Gas Stations: Frontage requirement yb ed maximum 30% by Subject to City Code Chapter 23 Waiver. Building F ay a colonnade. Principal Frontage access may be allowed. II vending ma ines a be located indoors. Trash Frontage requirement maybe reduced maximum 30% by lities s lately enclosed and shielded Waiver. Building Facade may be a colonnade. fro rim Fro ges. Only vehicles awaiting service, per icles and staff vehicles parked while All vending machines shall be located indoors. Trash wo n II be allowed. All repairs, change of tires, facilities shall be completely enclosed and shielded gre ating shall be conducted within building. from Primary Frontages. Onlyvehicles awaiting service, or ispl fpr cidentaltonormalrefuelingis permitted rental vehicles and staff vehicles parked while itdclose t str anpumpislands. Outdoor 7Ia working shall be allowed. All repairs, change of tires, y or sto is ohibited. greasing/lubricating shall be conducted within building. Vehicle R t acilit np m p islands. is prohibited closer to the street than pump islands. incidentalttthan ieddisplay ser to the is prohibited In t e g r irements in Article 4 Table Outdoor display or storage of tires is prohibited. O 4 f Ie or ntal passe r vehicle facilities there Vehicle Rental Facilities: be 0 ing spaces p ided for first 10,000 s ref Floor Area and 1sp for each additional In addition to the parking requirements in Article 4 Table 5 s e feet. 4 for lease or rental passenger vehicle facilities there In ition to the parking requirements i rticle 4 Table shall be 10 parking spaces provided for first 10,000 4 for lease or rental cargo vehicle faciliti 1 parking square f 500sgeetofFloorAreaand 1 spaceforeach additional 500 square feet. space per staff and 1 space for each 8 vehi stored on the premises. In addition to the parking requirements in Article 4 Table All access to site shall be from a County design d 4 for lease rental cargo vehicle facilities 1 parking primary arterial road. space per staff and 1 space for each 8 vehicles stored premises. Building designated for customer service mustbelocatedess to site shall be from a County designated where it is easily accessible from site access point. arterial road. All transactions must be conducted indoors. designated for customer service mustbe located All vehicle storage areas must be lighted without causingit easily accessible from site access point. spillover onto Abutting properties. \transactimust sacts must be conducted indoors. On-site vehicle service must be conducted indoors andiclestora reasmustbe lightedwithoutcausing is limited to minor repairs and maintenance. er onto Abu properties. e vehicle servic ust be conducted indoors and ed to minor re air nd maintenance. DRIVE-THROUGH AND s follows: Reservoir parking spaces s\befervice DRIVE-IN One (1) at window, three (3)ndow, one (1) after service window. One (1) reservoir parking educed by Waiver. LARGE SCALE RETAIL Subject to the requirements of Section 6.3. * Or as modified in Article 4, Diagram 9 V1.12 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE DENSITY A) 150 UNITS PER ACRE * 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 —1,000 UNITS PER ACRE* PUBLIC STO GE Subject to the following additional requirements: FACILITY The maximum size of any individual storage rental space shall be 400 square feet Controlled access and adequate security surveillance shall be provided throughout facility. Any boat or vehicle stored in these facilities shall not exceed an overall length of 25 feet and shall be stored within an enclosed a ventilated Structure. Hours of operation al mitedto6:00amto10:00pm OPEN AIR RETAIL Subject to the following additional requirements: Su e follo g ditional requirements: Access to site must be from a major Thoroughfare. Ac o st be from a major Thoroughfare. Distance separation of any Open Air Retail shall be a Di nce paration of any Open Air Retail shall be a minimum of 75 feet measured from any property withi i of 75 feet measured from any property within T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. Operation limited to weekends and legal holida f eration limited to weekends and legal holidays for a maximum of 3 consecutive days betw o maximum of 3 consecutive days between the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. Provision ofpavingstriping for stalls an kingspaces. Provision ofpaving striping for stalls and parking spaces. Provision of onsite restroom f ties. Provision of onsite restroom facilities. ADULT DAYCARE Allowed by Warrant per Articl 4 Ta 3. Allowed by Warrant per Article 4 Table 3. For 6 to 9 adults: For 6 to 9 adults: t of door activity area. � Minimum of 350 square feet of indoor activity area. For 10 or more adults: \01 Minimum of 35 square feet of indoor activity area per adult. COMMUNITY SUPPORT Assisted Living Facilities: Allowed by Exception -and a ss d Facilities: Allowed by Exception and are Assisted Living Facilities: Allowed by Exception -and are FACILITY subject to the following additional requirements: c he ow itional requirements: subject to the following additional requirements: Minimum distance requirement of 2,500 feet between2oposed um distanc ui t of 2,500 feet between Minimum distance requirement of 2,500 feet between proposed facility and another existing facility. fac xisting facility. proposed facility and another existing facility. Minimum distance requirement of 1,000 f be n Minimum kt e re ment of 1,000 feet between Minimum distance requirement of 1,000 feet between proposed Facility and any T3 or T4 R Z prop fa ity y or T4 -R Zone. proposed facility and any T3 or T4 -R Zone. PERSONAL WIRELE S to the requirements of Section 6.4. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. Subje o the requirements of Section 6.4. SERVICE FACILI HELIC ER ND Helicopter landing sites as regulated byfederal and state Helicopter landing sites as regulated byfederal and state sites as regulatedbyfederalandstate Heli copterlan\ene law may be permitted by Warrantsubjecttothefollowing law may be permitted by Warrantsubjecttothefollowing lawmaybepeby Warrant subject to the following SITE additional requirements: additional requirements: additional reqs: Mayon lybeused fortheIan ding and takeoff ofhelicopters Mayon lybeused fortheIan ding and takeoff ofhelicopters Mayonlybeusrthe ding and takeoffofhelicopters dropping off and picking up passengers and cargo, and dropping off and picking up passengers and cargo, and dropping off aicking u assengers and cargo, and may not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or may not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or may not inclueling, rep or long term parking or storage of helicopters. storage of helicopters. storage of helers. Unless used for emergency operations (police, fire, and Unless used for emergency operations (police, fire, and Unless usedemergency ope ons (police, fire,hospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to hospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to and hospital)ings and takeoffs II be restrictedMondaythroughFridayfrom9:OOAMto5PMon parcels MondaythroughFridayfrom9:OOAMto5PMon parcels to Monday thh Friday from 9:00A to 5 PM onAbutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R. Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R. parcels Abutti3, T4, T5 -R, and T6-R.Ground level sites shall be located away from Buildings, Ground level sites shall be located away from Buildings, Ground level shall be located away from dings,trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible trees, or signt terrain features to avoid po bleair turbulence. air turbulence. air turbulenceRooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level Rooftop sitesl be given priority over ground leve sites in congested areas. sites in congested areas. sites in congested areas. * Or as modified in Article 4, Diagram 9 VI -13 ILI SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE NBL IC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 T6 - URBAN CORE ZONE DENSI UPA) 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 UNITS PER ACRE* 150 —1,000 UNITS PER ACRE* CHILDCAR For 6 to 10 children: For 6 to 10 children: For 6 to 10 children: Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. For 11 or more children: For 11 or more children: For 11 or more children: if 20 square feet of indoor activity area per Mi\hild, Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area per Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area child, per child, square feet of outdoor play area per Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per chiId. chiId. drop off parking space for every 10 Minimum of 1 drop off parking space for every 10 Minimum of 1 d off ing space for every 10 ular entrance must be within 300 feet children. Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet children. V n must be within 300 feet of arterial road. of art W r c VI.14 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUED) w1UBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 c - civic DENSITXUPA) I NIA I DENSITY OF ABUTTING ZONE 1150 UNITS PER ACRE BOATSOccupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats HOUSEBOAT or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance HOUSE BARGE #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. 30 DOCKS Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited PIERS to 35 feet. However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum to 35 feet. However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum to 35 feet. However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum tension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may extension of docks and piers into Biscayne Bay may extension of docks and piers into Biscayne Bay may b Ilowed. be allowed. be allowed. Exte n of docks and Piers into other waterways is Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is Extension of doc iers into other waterways is limited 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, limited to 10 feet 10% the width of the waterway, whichever less. However, by Exception up to 10% of whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of whichever is er y Exception up to 10% of waterfront w may be approved, subject to approval waterfront width may be approved, subject to approval Ovate ibnt th b roved, subject to approval from all applica agencies. from all applicable agencies. fro II li a agencies. OPEN AIR RETAIL Subject to the follo additional requirements: Subject to the following additional requirements: S ect e following additional requirements: Access to site must be a major Thoroughfare. Access to site must be from a major Thoroughfare. a site must be from a major Thoroughfare. Distance separation of an an air retail shall be a Distance separation of any Open Air Retail shal a D ance separation of any Open Air Retail shall be a minimum of 75 feet measure many property within minimum of 75 feet measured from any propert nimum of 75 feet measured from any property within T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zone. Operation limited to weekends and al holidays for Operation limited to weekends and r a Operation limited to weekends and legal holidays for a maximum of 3 consecutive days betw the hours of maximum of 3 consecutive da s betw the hours of maximum of 3 consecutive days between the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM. Provision of paving striping for stalls an arking Provision of paving stripin or Is and parking Provision of paving striping for stalls and parking spaces. spaces. spaces. Provision of on-site restroom facilities. Provision of on-site r om lines. Provision of on-site restroom facilities. ADULT DAYCARE For 6 to 9 adult For 6 to 9 adults: imum o eat of indoor activity area. Minimum of 350 square feet of indoor activity area. For or e a Its: For 10 or more adults: Min 5 square feet of indoor activity area per Minimum of 35 square feet of indoor activity area per adult. COMMUNITY SUPPORT As ed Living c es: ed by Exception and are FACILITY 4Mfject to thediti al requirements: Minimume r irement of 1000 feet between propo d fa it 3 or T4 -R Zone. PERSONAL WIRELESS Subject to the requirements of Section 4. SU48ctt the uirements ection 6.4. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. SERVICE FACILITY HELICOPTER LANDING Helicopter landing sites as r late federal and sta H c r landing sites as regulated federal and state Helicopter landing sites as regulated by federal and state SITE law may be permitted Iect to the n la ay be permitted by Warrant subje o the following law may be permitted by Warrant subject to the following additional requir Wn dditional requirements: additional requirements: Mayonlybeuseo" a gandtakeo he er dropping off ki p passengers rgo, and May only be used forthe landing and takeoffof copters dropping off and picking up passengers and ca , and MayonlybeusedfortheIan ding and takeoff ofhelicopters dropping off and picking up passengers and cargo, and may not in e fu g, repair, or long term p ng or may not include fueling, repair, or long term parka or may not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or store Ii ters. storage of helicopters. storage of helicopters. e r emergency operations (police, fire, and Unless used for emergency operations (police, fire, and IIIIIi used for emergency operations (police, fire, and o dings and takeoffs shall be restricted to hospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to spital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to n through Friday from 9:00 AM to 5 PM on parcels Monday through Friday from 9:00 AM to 5 PM on parcels M aythrough,Fridayfrom9:OOAMto5PMonparcels ng T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R Zones. Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R Zones. Abu T3, T I T5 -R, and T6 -R Zones. round level sites shall be located away from Buildings, Ground level sites shall be located away from Buildings, Ground I sites shall be located away from Buildings, trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible trees, or si ificant terrain features to avoid possible air turbulence. air turbulence. air turbulence. Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level Rooftop sites sh e given priority over ground level sites in congested areas. sites in congested areas. sites in congested a s. CHILDCARE For 6 to 10 children: For 6 to 10 children: Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. r activity area. Minimum of 200 squar\indoorivity Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. Minimum of 450 squaroor play area. For 11 or more children: For 11 or more childre Minimum of 20 square feet of indoor activity area per Minimum of 20 squareor ivity area per chiId. chiId. Minimum of 45 square feet of outdoor play area per Minimum of 45 squaroor pla ea per chiId. chiId. Vehicular entrance must be within 300 feet of arterial Vehicular entrance mu300 feet of art al road. I road. MAJOR SPORTS Modifications in Setbacks up to a maximum of fifty percent FACILITY (50%) of the required Setbacks may be approved by Waiver when Liner Uses are provided along parking Structures. Commercial Uses may exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the Building area by Warrant. VI.15 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE D - DISTRICT I DENSITY(OillAI 1 9 UNITS PER ACRE I N/A I N/A I BOATS Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats Occupancy of private pleasure crafts and houseboats HOUSEBOAT or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those or house barges shall not be allowed except for those HOUSE BARGE specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance specifically grandfathered and regulated by Ordinance #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. #10932, adopted October 24, 1991. DOCKS xtensicn docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited Extension docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay are limited PIERS 5 feet. However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum to 35 feet. However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum to 35 feet. However, by Exception a 600 feet maximum ex sion of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may extension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may extension of docks and Piers into Biscayne Bay may be al ed. be allowed. be allowed. Extensio f docks and Piers into other waterways is Extension of docks and Piers into other waterways is Extension of dock nd into other waterways is limited to 1 et or 10% of the width of the waterway, limited to 10 feet or 10% of the width of the waterway, limited to 10 f e width of the waterway, whichever is However, by Exception up to 10% of whichever is less. However, by Exception up to 10% of which2/e ss. by Exception up to 10% of waterway width be approved, subject to approval waterway width may be approved, subject to approval wat ay be approved, subject to approval from all applicable ncies. from all applicable agencies. fro le agencies. WORK LIVE Maximum size of Owe shall not exceed 50% of the size of the Structure b d on the total size of the Structure. Certificate of Use required. AUTO RELATED Car Wash: Car Wash: Car Wash: INDUSTRIAL all Self-service, semiautomatic, and auto\stall. Self-service, semiautomatic, an utomatic lineshall Self-service, semiautomatic, and automatic draglineshall provideforeach ofthefirst 3washstalr- provide for each ofthefirst 3 we Ils,3par ingreser- provideforeach ofthefirst 3washstalls, 3parking reser- voir spaces before and 3after. Beyond g voirspaces before and 3after. eyon stalls, 1 parking voirspacesbefore and 3after.Beyond 3stalls, 1parking reservoir spaces before and 2 after ereservoir space before a stall. reservoir space before and 2 after each stall. Custom hand carwash shall provide f Custom hand car wash Il pr a for each wash stall, Custom hand carwash shall provide foreach wash stall, 1 parking reservoir space before each stall and 1 after, 1 parking resery ore each stall and 1 after, 1 parking reservoir space before each stall and 1 after, and 5 additional parking spaces. d 5 additional rking paces. and 5 additional parking spaces. One (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by On 1) r rvoir ing space may be reduced by One (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by Waiver. Waive Waiver. Gas Stations 4as Principal Frontage Access may be allowed. o e A ay be allowed. Frontage requirement maybe reduced maximum 30%by Fro gerequire a duced maximum 30%by Waiver. Building Facade may be a colonnade. ver. Build ma e a colonnade. All vending machines shall be located ind All vendin ines II be located indoors. Trash facilities shall be completely enclosed eld faciliti sh b I enclosed and shielded from Primary Frontage S.Onlyvehicles ai s ice, fro ri ntages.On ehiclesawaitingservice, permitted rentalvehiclesand taffvehi pa dwhile er ted nt hiclesand st vehicles parked while working shall be allowed. A airs, c e of tires, ing a allowed. All re s, change of tires, greasing/lubricating shall be ted within buiIdi gr sin ricating shall be condu within building. Outdoor display of products iden to normal refue Ou display of products incidental ormal refuel- ing is prohibited close han pum ng prohibited closer to the street than mp islands. Outdoor display o res is prohibite utdoor display or storage of tires is prohib Vehicle Rent c s: Vehicle Rental Facilities: In addition ep grequirementsinArticle able4 In addition to the parking requirements in Article e for lea a passengervehicle facilities there shall 4 for lease or rental passenger vehicle facilities the be 1lipjprig s aces provided for first 10,000 square shall be 10 parking spaces provided for first 10,000 orrea and 1 space for each additional 500 square feet of Floor Area and 1 spaceforeach additional 500 square feet. In onto the parking requirements in Article 4 Table In addition to the parking requirements in Article 4 Table :for lease or rental cargo vehicle facilities 1 parking 4 for lease or rental cargo vehicle facilities 1 parking ilspace per staff and 1 space for each 8 vehicles stored space per staff and 1 space for each 8 vehicles stored on the premises. on the premises. All access to site must be from a County designated All access to site must be from a County designated primary arterial road. primary arterial road. Building designated forcustomer service must be located Building designated forcustomer service must be located where it is easily accessible from site access point. where it is easily accessible from site access point. All transactions must be conducted indoors. All transactions must be conducted indoors. All vehicle storage areas must be lighted without causing All vehicle storage areas must be lighted without causing spillover onto Abutting properties. spillover onto Abutting properties. On-site vehicle service must be conducted indoors and On-site vehicle service must be conducted indoors and is limited to minor repairs and maintenance. is limited to minor repairs and maintenance. VI.16 MIAMI 21 SUBSTITUTED TED PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 1 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE D - DISTRICT DENSITY (U 9 UNITS PER ACRE N/A NIA ADULT ENTERTA ENT Adult Entertainment Establishments are regulated with Adult Entertainment Establishments are regulated with ESTABLISHMENT the intent to minimize deleterious secondary effects on the intent to minimize deleterious secondary effects on the Neighborhood. Such deleterious effects may include, the Neighborhood. Such deleterious effects may include, but are not limited to, depreciation ofvalues of nearby and but are not limited to, depreciation of values of nearby adjacent properties, deterioration in appearance of the and adjacent properties, deterioration in appearance of areas in which they are located, production of a skid row the areas in which they are located, production of a skid type of atmosphere, increased crime and health safety row type of atmosphere, increased crime and health concerns, discouragementof Residential Usesin the area, safety concerns, disc uragement of Residential Uses and creation of an erotically suggestive atmosphere on in the area, and c of an erotically suggestive public ways used by minors. atmosphere on pu we sed by minors. Additional Regulations: Additional A minimu m distance of 1,000 feet shall be required from A m ceof1,000feet shall berequired from any public park,school, or property zoned for Residential any p s ool, or property zoned for Residential Use; including such public park or school properties Us inc such public park or school properties outside City limits or properties zoned residential by the t limits or properties zoned residential by the external jurisdiction. al jurisdiction. The distance shall be measured from the front distance shall be measured from the front door of the proposed Adult Entertainment Establi en e the proposed Adult Entertainment Establishment to the closest property line of the protected closest property line of the protected use. Any application shall be accompan a ey Any application shall be accompanied by a survey certified by a land surveyor r istered i e State of certified by a land surveyor registered in the State of Florida showing compliance wit I minimu distance Florida showing compliance with all minimum distance requirements. requirements. Discontinued or abando rtainment Estab- Discontinued or abandoned Adult Entertainment Estab- lishments may not res the until all requirements Iishmentsmay not resume the use until all requirements f this Code and t de are met. of this Code and the City Code are met. Variances sh be p mitted. No Variances shall be permitted. DRIVE-THROUGH AND Reservoir parking spaces shall be required as follows: Res. it rkin aces shall be required as follows: Reservoir parking spaces shall be required as follows: DRIVE-IN Minimum reservoir parking spaces required shall be 1 Mini s parking spaces required shall be 1 Minimum reservoir parking spaces required shall be 1 space at window, 3 spaces before service window, an a i w, 3 spaces before service window, and space at window, 3 spaces before service window, and 1 space after service window. r ice ow. 1 space after service window. One (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced b One ) reservoi in ce may be reduced by One (1) reservoir parking space may be reduced by Waiver. er. May by arrant subject to the Waiver. May be allowed by Warrant subject to the requireme s Arti ion 6.3. 1 requirements of Article 6, Section 6.3. LARGE SCALE RETAIL Subject to the requirements of Section Subj the nt Section 6.3. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.3. OPEN AIR RETAIL Access to site must be from ajor T are. s to ite st be from a m Thoroughfare. Access to site must be from a major Thoroughfare. Distance separation of any it Retail shall b a Di nce aration of any Open etail shall be a Distance separation of any Open Air Retail shall be a minimum of 75 feet measur fro y property wit mi u of 75 feet measured from a roperty within minimum of 75 feet measured from any property within T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6- T3, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zones. T3, T4 -R, T5 -R, or T6 -R Zones. Provision of p ingfor stalls an par spaces. rovision of paving striping for stalls a parking aces. Provision of paving striping for stalls and parking spaces. Provision of m facilities. Provision of on-site restroom facilities. Provision of on-site restroom facilities. ADULT DAYCARE For 6f For 6 to 9 adults: dults: Mini 0 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 350 square feet of indoor activity area. 350 square feet of indoor activity area. e adults: For 10 or more adults: ore adults: \ad of 35 square feet of indoor activity area per Minimum of 35 square feet of indoor activity area per 35 square feet of indoor activity area per adult. COMMT esidential Facilities not allowed. Residential Facilities not allowed. Residential ilities not allowed. FACILIUNIT PERSONAL LESS Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.4. Subject to the require of Section 6.4. SERVICE FACILITY HELICOPTER LANDING Helicopter landing sites as regulated by federal and state Helicopter landing sites as regulated by federal and state by federal and state Helicopter landing sites as r\offof SITE law may be permitted by Warrant subjectto the following law may be permitted by Warrant subject to the following law may be permitted by Webject to the following additional requirements: additional requirements: additional requirements: Mayon ly be usedforthe landing and takeoff of helicopters Mayonlybeusedforthelanding and takeoffofhelicopters Mayonlybeusedforthelandoffofhelicoptersdropping off and picking up passengers and cargo,and dropping off and picking up passengers and cargo, and dropping off and picking uper nd cargo, andmay not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or may not include fueling, repair, or long term parking or may not include fueling, reong t parking orstorage of helicopters. storage of helicopters. storage of helicoptersUnless used foremergency operations (police, fire, and Unless used for emergency operations (police, fire, and Unless used for emergencyns (police, e, andhospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to hospital) landings and takeoffs shall be restricted to hospital) landings and takall be restri d toMondaythroughFridayfrom9:OOAMto5PMonparcels MondaythroughFridayfrom9:OOAMto5 PM on parcels MondaythroughFridayfromto5PMonpa IsAbutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R Zones. Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and T6 -R. Abutting T3, T4, T5 -R, and Ground level sites shall be located awe from Buildings, Y 9, Ground level sites shall be located awe from Buildings, Y 9, Ground level sites shall be located awe from Buildings Y 9, trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible trees, or significant terrain features to avoid possible air turbulence. air turbulence. air turbulence. Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level Rooftop sites shall be given priority over ground level sites in congested areas. sites in congested areas. sites in congested areas. VI -17 ILI SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. TABLE 13 SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS (CONTINUE HEARING-SECONDREADING 2009 D1 - WORK PLACE D2 - INDUSTRIAL D3- WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL DENSITY A) 9 UNITS PER ACRE NIA NIA CHILDCARE For 6 to 10 children: Minimum of 200 square feet of indoor activity area. Minimum of 450 square feet of outdoor play area. For 11 or more children: nmumof20 square feet of indoor activity area per ildmum �Mh of45 square feet of outdoor play area per i Vehic entrance must be within 300 feet of arterial road. INDUSTRIAL USES It is intende tthe provision of Industrial Products and It is intended that the provision of Industrial Products and It is in*de at th ro n of Industrial Products and Services be pe issible, as appropriate, within the D 1 Services be permissible within the D2 Zone. The heavier Se s� ssible within the D3 Zone. The heavier Zone. The D1 Zon Ilows limited Residential Usesandis Industrial Uses are limited to the D2 Zone. Ind U are limited to the D2 Zone. generally intended t ontain light industrial Uses. Th_ „2 Zone _ _..._ _ _d.._.-:_ __tim":__ _.._h __ 3 e allows all Industrial activities such as The D1 Zone generall lows Industrial, Commercial uring, processing, assembly, auto -related and Office activities whit erne the needs of other n orage activities and restricts activities generating businesses, may require exte ve loading facilities and erse impacts such as such as excessive amounts of often benefit from proximity to dustrial areas. This noise, fumes, illumination and hazardous wastes. This Zone also includes the followin ses: wholesaling, Zone shall generally be located where directly served by warehousing, light assemblage an distribution and major transportation facilities and shall be buffered from minor repairs and fabrication of material dequipment. � Residential areas. Residential Use is limited. This type of Zone specifically excludes the follo activities: ._ _ 9680, ___ _ __t __ 89d hapandatis O G Weld 9g, M98ah 9 9g, of 89y apog flange wapit'L wanna 9t to got be a_-M9P8t 510 W th FOS do 9L. Any uses that involy cturing p g generation or terials that cc titute physical or he alt a antities in ess os found in the a ng Code, Sect �Q7 — - Hazard Grill. CONTAINERYARDS Cont n s ndanyfacilitiesfortheoutdoorstorage, Container yards and any facilities for the outdoor storag tainer yards and anyfacilitiesfortheoutdoor storage, C\ha a processing of containers intended for stacking and processing of containers intended forking and processing of containers intended for I ermissible only by Exception. shipment. Permissible only by Exception. ment. Permissible only by Exception. than 3 containers shall be stacked vertically No more than 3 containers shall be stacked vertically re than 3 containers shall be stacked vertically 10 to 15 foot high wall Setback a minimum of 10 feet 5om A10to15foot high wall Setback aminimumof10feetfrom to oothighwalISetbackaminimumof10feetfrom the Property Line must surround the property. the Property Line must surround the property. Prop Line must surround the property. All Setback yards must be appropriately landscaped. All Setback yards must be appropriately landscaped. etback s must be appropriately landscaped. Security floodlights must be shielded or deflected from • Security floodlights must be shielded or deflected from urity floodli must be shielded or deflected from surrounding Residential neighborhoods so as to prevent surrounding Residential neighborhoods so as to preventounding Resi tial neighborhoods so as to prevent light spillover. light spillover. spillover.Allcraneoperationsarelimitedtodaylighthoursbetween All crane operations are limited to daylight hours between raneoperationsare ted to daylight hours between 8:00 am and 6:00 pm. 8:00 am and 6:00 pm. am and 6:00 pm.Appropriate measures are required to minimize any • Appropriate measures are required to minimize any ropriate measures are uired to minimize any adverse effect of use including noise generation;dust; adverse effect of use including noise generation; dust,erse effect of use including ise generation; dustvibrations, street capacity and maneuverability, traffic vibrations, street capacity and maneuverability; traffications, street capacity and man verability,trafficand and negative visual impact. and negative visual impact. ative visual impact. VI -18 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 THIS XAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. CGS V1.19 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 6.2 6.2.1 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED COMMUNITY RESIDENCES AND SIMILAR HOMES/FACILITIES Th urpose of a Community Residence is to integrate its residents into the community; over concentra- tion o Lich facilities within a Neighborhood causes the area to lose its character, thereby defeating the purpos f locating Community Residences in the Neighborhood. A Zoning verification shall be required in order tconfirm State established distance requirements outlined in this section. All such facilities shall be req ' ed to provide a signed and sealed survey to the Office of Zoning which emonstrates that the distance li itations required below pursuant to state statutes are met. Failur to mply with this requirement will em the facility in non-compliance with state and City regL1laJJ51 � To the extent apple le tration of Community e the Neighborhood wouI section shall refer to the Community Residence by state law, location of a facility may be denied sidences in proximity to the site selected such tf e substantially altered. Any facility exceediro, r uirements of Community Support Facile Stan rd res in an over concen- linature and character of resholds outlined in this LOCATION T3-R,L&OIT4-R,L&OIT5-R,L&OST L&O LOCATION Community Residences of six (6) or fewer resident all not be located within a ius ne-thousand (1,000) feet of another. STANDARDS Distance shall be measured from nearest point of pro y IineProperty Li sed Community Residence to nearest point of property IineProperty Line of existing Community Residence within a T3 -R orT3-L property. Homes ofsix (6)orfewer residents which otherwise meetthede tion aco yresidentialhome shall bedeemed asingle-family residence dwelling and a non -Commercial useUse, for the purpose of this Codecode. Homes of six (6) or de that otherwise meet the definition of a community residential home shall be allowed in T3, T4, T5 or T6, , provided that such homes shall not be located with; s one -thousand (1,000) feet of another existing such home with six or fewer residents. Such homes with six (6) or fewer residents shall not be required to ly otification provisions of this section; provided that, prior to licensure, the sponsoring agency provides the Office of Zoning with the most recently pub lisha at 1 o he Ii entities that identifies all community residential homes within the jurisdictional limits of the City in order to show that no other community res al h e is withi ius e -thousand (1,000) feet of the proposed home with six (6) or fewer residents. At the time of home occupancy, the sponsoring agency must n City of f ning that the home is licensed by the licensing entity. PARKING See Article 3 and Article 4, Table 4 and Tab LOCATION T3-R,L&01 T4-R,L&0 -R,L 6-R, L& LOCATION Prohibited in all T3 - Rand five -hundred 0) fe t STANDARDS Community Residenc�s��.�ndn en (7) t ) r idents shall not be located within a r us of twelve -hundred (1,200) feet of another. Distance shall bb\� om Weare poi f Pr Line of proposed Community Residence t earest point of Property Line of existing Community Residence or T3 -R or T3-LQra When a si munity residential home icing seven (7) to fourteen (14) residents or similar assiste ving facility has been selected by a sponsoring agency in an area t ltifamily, the agency shall notify the Planning Director in writing and include in such notice the cific address of the site, the residential licensing category, then residents, and the community support requirements of the program. Such notice shall also contain a tement from the licensing entity indicating the licensing s roposed assisted living facility or community residential home and specifying how the home meets apple le licensing criteria for the safe care and supervision lents in the home. The sponsoring agency shall also provide to the City the most recently published data compile om the licensing entities that identifies all assisted adult family -care homes, or community residential homes within the jurisdictional limits of the City. The ce of Zoning shall review the notification of the zcilities, onsoring agency in accordance with Transect regulations. Pursuant to such review by the Planning Department, the City may: 1.Determine that the siting of the assisted living facility or community residential home is in accordance with this code and approv a siting. If the siting is approved, the sponsoring agency may establish the home at the site selected. 2. Fail to respond within sixty (60) days. If the City fails to respond within such time, the sponsoring agency may establish the home at the to selected. 3. Deny the siting of the home. • The City shall not deny the siting of an assisted living facility or community residential home unless the City establishes that the siting of the h at the site selected: 1. Does not otherwise conform to regulations of this code applicable to other multifamily uses in the area. 2. Does not meet applicable licensing criteria established and determined by the licensing entity, including requirements that the home be located to assu the safe care and supervision of all clients in the home. 3. Would result in such a concentration of community residential homes, assisted living facilities, and adult family -care in the area in proximity to the site sele d, or would result in a combination of such homes with other residences in the community, such that the nature and character of the area would be substantially altered. A h e that is located within a radius of twelve -hundred (1,200) feet of anotherexisting community residential home in a multifamily zone shall be an over concentration of such ho s that substantially alters the nature and character of the area. A home that is located within a radius of five -hundred (500) feet of a property designated T3R or T& subst ally alters the nature and character of the area. 4. All distance requirements in this section shall be measured from the nearest point of the existing home or property designated T3 -R or T3 -L to the nearest point of the proposed home. If agreed to by both the City and the sponsoring agency, a conflict may be resolved through informal mediation. The City shall arrange for the services of an independent mediator or may utilize the dispute resolution process established by a regional planning council pursuant to Fla. Stat. s. 186.509. Mediation shall be concluded within forty- five (45) days of a request therefore. The resolution of any issue through the mediation process shall not alter any person's right to a judicial determination of any issue if that person is entitled to such a determination under statutory or common law. PARKING See Article 3 and Article 4, Table 4 and Table 5. VI20 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 6.2.2 Xdult Family -Care Homes Standards ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED LOCATION N, T3-R,L&OIT4-R,L&OIT5-R,L&OIT6-R,L&O LOCATION cult Family -Care Homes of five (5) or fewer residents shall not be located within a radius of one -thousand (1,000) feet of another. STANDARDS D nce shall be measured from nearest point of Property Line of proposed Community Residence to nearest point of Property Line of existing Community Residence. PARKING I See AN 3 and Article 4, Table 4 and Table 5. 6.3 COMMERCIAL U 6.3.1 Large Scale Retail Any single retail establishm shall be subject to the requi exceeding the sizes and con lents of a Special Area Plan. NOV ransect in which it is located LOCATION By Exception in T6-0 and shall be located only Lots having Frontage on one (1) or m ea I roads. Ingress and egress to the Lot must be provided from these arterials and not from secondary roads or collectors. The L shall also be served and be r i le by collective transportation systems. By Warrant in D1 By Right in D2. Section 6.3.1 "Additional Requirements' II not apply. LOT SIZE As required by Transect Zone RENTALAREA Minimum: 55,000 square feet LIMITATIONS Maximum: 100,000 square feet REQUIREMENTS WHEN A minimum of one (1) shade tree with a minimum Hei;jW4elve (12 403nted at twenty-five (25) feet on center along the perimeter of the wall ABUTTING A MORE Additional landscaping in the form of shrub uffer plant mate I all a quired. RESTRICTIVE TRANSECT PARKING II be provided o e within an enclosed Structure All required Parking shall form to ct Zone a dditiVenor,treet mParking Structures and p hicles shall be c led oview and ma ly be located within the Third Layer ADDITIONAL At ground level: H e such as o nc Parking Structures or Parking Area ust be provided for at least sixty-five (65%) percent of linear street REQUIREMENTS Frontages. Second flo ve. able Spacesu Lin onceal Parking Structure, with acombination ofarc cturalarticulationforalllinearstreetFrontagesshallberequired, howeve n se all the Habitab S e Liners be less than forty percent (40%) of all linear street F tages. Thi I and above: Habitable Space such as Liners to conceal Parking Structure, with a combination o chitectural articulation for all linear street Frontages shall b t d; owever, in no case will the Habitable Space Liners be less than twenty-five percent (25%) of all li r street Frontages. 6.3.2 Ven iieVs in Open Air Retail opens ace, or partially open space, the following uses may be ermitte ursuant to the War- t process: 1. Outdoor dining areas; 2. Display and sale of the following items from vending carts: (a) Flowers, plants and shrubs; vegetables, produce, citrus or other unpackaged foods, noting refrigeration or further preparation, subject to applicable state health regulations; and (b) Arts and Crafts. Within open space, or partially open space, display and sale of other merchandise or food products allowed to be sold generally within the district, and subject to the restrictions set forth herein, may be permitted by Exception. V1.21 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED TED However, no Warrant or Exception shall be granted allowing existing uses to expand their retail activity Qr to display their merchandise into existing open or partially open space. All A%hibits, displays and sales of items from vending carts shall be subject to the following limitations: I such carts shall be located completely within private property, or, on undedicated right-of-way witkan approved agreement specifying terms of removal upon required dedication; 2. Prior t0N approval; carts; approval of any vending cart, a master site plan shall be s or review and iid master plan shall specify the locations and approx o p is of all future 3. The merchandise within the district historic character and method of display shall reflect and comnt the existing mix of uses shall be consistent with the unique hffayout, cultural traditions and :)f a neighborhood. 4. There shall be no more n 1 (one) cart per eac hirt ive (35) linear feet of street frontage except that, within courtyar there may be more o compliance with the distance separation requirements specified belo , 5. All such carts shall conform with foll istance limitations unless an alternate proposal is justified due to existing establish C trian patterns or other special site conditions: (a) All carts, whether located it let nclosed plazas or courtyards, or within linear building frontage setbacks, sh a sepom each other by a minimum of ten (10) feet and from any adjacent gft,anent st toPvy a minimum of five (5) feet; (i.e. there shall be a minimum five (5 LNclllear r ding all such carts); (b) All carts locate ithin ine r di rontage backs shall be setback from any adjacent public right -off--' y y a mini u fifteen (15) fe 6. Total sign be li iteight (8) square feet in a, however no individual sign may exceed f r square fgeNip area and there shall be no m than 2 signs per cart; 7. Li c i all be limited to task lighting as necessary for the con ct of business; ending carts shall be limited to a maximum size of forty (40) sq\ofan area and shall N RM exceed a maximum height of ten (10) feet; 9. All vending carts shall be securely anchored during business hoursthey must have wheels in order to enable them to be removed within 24 hours in casergency. Deviations from these standards may be approved by the Planning, Zoning, andAppeals B rd pursuant to an Exception Permit upon finding that the requested modifications are justified due tor more of the following special conditions: 1. Established pedestrian flow patterns, 2. Existing landscape features 3. Governmental action which creates a peculiar configuration on the subject property. V1.22 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 6.3.NBiscayne Boulevard Open Air Markets ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED Pro rties with frontage along Biscayne Boulevard between NE 51st Street and NE 77th Street within the Bi gyne Boulevard MiMo Historic District, by process of Warrant may conduct open air markets subject TVthe following: 1. Open air rkets shall be defined as outdoor farmer's markets or craft market re only hand- made crafts, esh fruits and vegetables, prepared raw foods and drinks. fresh fruits and vegetable re sold. ` 2. The outdoor market ust be located on a parcel of no les4nore fift�hhousand (15,000) square feet of lot area. ow 3. The display area of the out r market shall be limite o than sixty-five percent (65%) of the parcel area. 4. All display tables and other such m rials mu m moved at the end of the permitted time of p Y � operation. 5. The outdoor market display area slCJye� ac�*V less than twenty-five (25) feet from any abutting T-3 transect. JJ 6. Outdoor markets may oper y bet \e1c or Sundays only. 7. No outdoor ma be locAie' ser than one other outdoor 6.3.4 Health Dis een Market [RESERVED] 6.3.5 Cen onut Grove Green Market [RESERVED] V1.23 of 8:00 a. m. and 8:00 p.m. on Saturdays five hundred (1,500) feet from an - MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 6.4 XNFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITIES ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED TED 6.4.1 Persal Wireless Service Facilities (PWSF) F\he and intent of these performance standards for the location, siting and design of PWSF • Al for alternative types of PWSF in locations pursuant to these stand • Enco age the use of existing structures not originally built as antenn such as roof- tops, ut i poles, and church steeples for deploying PWSF. Dis e WSF mounts where co- cation and mounts on existing structures are possibl , • Expedite the view process for applications choosing the lea ve alternative of deploy- ing PWSF as mitted by these standards; • Encourage users mounts to locate, site and desi a way that minimizes the ad- verse visual impact the mounts and associated nt; • To promote compatibili of PWSF with surroun Ian uses, and protect the attractiveness, health, safety, general w are, and property v e f the community. 1. Collocation O G a. Collocation of antennae, eq nclosures, and ancillary facilities ("facilities") on exist- ing towers as specified on 1 1.a., or on other structures as specified in FS 365.172(12)(a)1.b, shall be al d b s bject to the land development regulations in effect at the time of the'91,1.1 PWSF ce t approval, when the collocation: • Does not in ase�li'fe hei f tower or her structure, as applicable, to which the facilities ar o attach ; • Does ease th g space area approve in the site plan; and • Co anten , ipment enclosures, and a illary facilities that conform to the I e elopment regulations applied to the initial faciliti placed on tower, and the tower rting the facilities. However, the land development r ulations at the time of the col - tion application (other than regulation of the number of c ocations) maybe applied to e facilities if they do not conflict with land development regu tions applied to the initial PWSF; and • Is not located within a historic building, structure, site, object, or i trict, except for the collocation on existing towers. b. If only a portion of the collocation does not meet the requirements specified ab e, where all other portions of the collocation meet the requirements, that portion of the coll ation may be allowed subject to a Warrant or Exception, as applicable. Further, HEP approv shall be required if applicable, except for collocation on existing towers. c. By right and to allow collocation, an existing tower may be structurally modified, or may replaced with a monopole tower, or an existing camouflaged tower may be replaced with a like - V1.24 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED camouflaged tower, if the overall height of the modified or replaced tower is not increased. Replacement or Modification Rlacement of or modification to PWSF, except for a tower, shall be as of right when, as reason- ably yetermined by the City: • Th resulting PWSF is not readily discernibly different in size, t�p arance when view from ground level from surrounding properties, or ` • The re cement or modification of equipment is not visib rh surrounding proper- ties. a 3. New Placement and S stantial Modifications T3 I By Exception subject to conditions and limitatXs. fl7T7ception subject to conditions and limitations. T4 I By Exception subject to conditions and limitations. \ \ ) T By Warrant subject to conditions and limitations. ALL OTHER By Exception subject to conditions and limitations; inclu feet By Warrant subject to conditions and limitations. 13 feet distance requirement from any T3 or T4 designated Zfrom Y • All n g monopole or tower facilities shall be designed to include • The mount shall not b isible from the ground from a distance of 600 feet, nearest property line of PWSF site to the proper o arcel su t ndscape as to screen the proposed facility from any adjacent Screening from ground w may be provided by a parapet or some other zoned as T3 or T4. h ys. Sufficient landscape shall include trees, shrubs and ground ALL OTHER 100 feet single ri 2 et 125 feet mli 35 feet 13 feet ADDITIONAL • All n g monopole or tower facilities shall be designed to include • The mount shall not b isible from the ground from a distance of 600 feet, REQUIREMENTS su t ndscape as to screen the proposed facility from any adjacent Screening from ground w may be provided by a parapet or some other h ys. Sufficient landscape shall include trees, shrubs and ground type wall or Screening. n a tiered configuration. If • No part of the mount shall b located closer than eight (8) feet to any eestanding monopole or tower facilities shall be designed to power line. ccommodate up to three co -locations of other antennas by future carriers. , Mounts may not exceed three (3) s arate areas per rooftop Any applicant of new device shall show proof that co -location to existing devices serving the area is not available. STANDARD standards shall only be In the event that a specific facility cannot comply with the standards set forth above, an application for modifications as\Scree permissible by Exception. Such applications shall be accepted upon compliance with the following: • The applicant for each such facility shall submit a justification report prepared by an engineer qualified in the technolects (such as a "radio frequency [RF] engineer") as to why the facility must be modified in terms of height or location; such report shall beted with a review fee as set forth in Chapter 62 of the City Code. • The applicant for each such facility shall include, as part of the application, line of sight studies that depict the three nal vi of such facility from all adjacent right-of-ways; photo montages shall be considered an acceptable form of line of sight studies. • The applicant for each such facility shall include, as part of the application, a mitigation plan that depicts proposed and Scree g of suchfacility from all adjacent right-of-ways; such mitigation plan shall be in compliance with the criteria and standards sfor PWSF a cationsunless the relief being sought is from one or more of such standards. For any such facility that is proposed to be located within a property zoned T3, T4 -R, T5 -R or T6 -R, the mitigation ll be required to e erconceal, camouflage or disguise the proposed facility, or if possible, replace a monopole or tower structure with af short mounts that camouflaged within the area so as to reduce the negative visual impact of a possible larger structure. VI25 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 6.4.1 Npersonal Wireless Service Facilities (PWSF) Procedures PROCEDURES \ An application is deemed submitted or re -submitted on the date it is received by the City. • The City shall notify the applicant in writing that the application is not complete and in compliance with regulations for administrative purposes within 20 days after the application is submitted, or after additional information resubmitted. \ma ion Applications: wilding permit shall be granted or denied no later than 45 business days after the date the application is determi be properly completed. r s facility applications: r ap ations shall be granted or denied no later than 90 business days after the date the applic �de ned to be properly completed. rly comple application isnot granted or denied within the timeframe set forth above, the hall be deemed automatically approved applicant ma oceed with the placement of the facility, as set forth in FS 365.172( 12) (d u imeframe is volu rily extended by the applicant, or ity's procedures ge ally applicable to all other similar types of applications Cmission action, in which case the City Commission act on the application its next regularly scheduled meeting, or tension is required beca of a declared local, state of federal emergency t directly affects administration of all permitting activities 6.4.1.2 Personal Wireless Service Facil DEFINITIONS Camouflage shall mean a way of designing or instalh and ou g a PWSF that creates the effect that the PWSF is part of its surroundings. Carrier shall mean a company licensed by the Federal tions Commission (FCC) that provides wireless services. A tower builder or owner is not a carrier unless licensed to provide persona le es. Co -location shall mean the use of a common o!: W 0 ( r mo~Iess carriers. Conceal shall mean to enclose a PWSF within a4gol or man- I��Iresulting in the facility being either invisible or made part of the feature enclosing it. Design shall mean the appearance oftS *ch as their s, c r and shape. Disguise shall mean to design a pear to b et g o er n a PWSF. Landscape Buffer shallcan an e landsca ep ti wo (2) dis t land uses or a land use and a public right-of-way, which acts to soften or mitigate the effects of o use on other. It con ed a form of ca uflage. Lattice Tower shall me a t of mount that onsi ultiple legs and cross- ding of structural steel. Mitigation shall mPin', uction or a n isual impacts by the use o e or more methods, including concealment, camouflage and disguise. Monopole �I type of -su g mount consisting of a single shaft of w , steel or concrete and antennas at the top or along the shaft. W\ Mou 11Eean the Structure or surface to which antennas are attached. PerdW fireless Service Facility (PWSF) shall mean any a facility for the provision of perso\po eless services, as defined by Section 704 of the nications Act of 1996. A PWSF is any facility for the transmission or reception of persless services, which may consist of an antenna y ransmission cables, equipment shelter or Building, access road, mount, and a guy systemfa ties may include "monopole" or "lattice tower 5adio)" structures. Frequency (RF) engineer shall mean someone with a background in electrical engineeringrowav ngineering who specializes in the study of radio frequencies. Screening shall mean visually shielding or obscuring one Abutting nearby Structure or use froher by fenci walls, berms, or densely planted vegetation. Screening can be considered a form of camouflage. Short Mounts shall mean alternatives to monopoles or lattice towers, such as masts or poles. mple, two (2) po or three (3) masts might be an alternative to one lattice tower. Standards shall mean guidelines or measures provided in this section by which acceptability imined. PWSF shall b easured by standards for visibility and safety. This code generally regulates these facilities on three levels: location (whfacility can go), siting (h the facility is placed within its setting) and design (what the facility looks like). Tower shall mean a mount constructed for the primary purpose of supporting antennas and otheF components.Visual impact shall mean a modification or change that could be incompatible with Scale, formre, or color of the existing natura man-made landscape. VI26 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 6.5NSIGN STANDARDS 6.5.1 GbNERALLY ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED 6.5.1.1 The pu ose of the Sign regulations in this section is to provide a comprehensive system of regula- tions for ns visible from the public right-of-way and to provide a set of standards that is designed to optimize co unication and quality of Signs while protecting the public and the ae etic character of the City. 6.5.1.2 It is further intende at these regulations: ` a. Promote the effec eness of Signs by preventing their over- ration, improper placement, deterioration and ex ssive size and number. b. Regulate and control Sign ructures in order to pr e, protect and promote the public, health, safety and general welfare the residents of of Miami and prevent property damage and personal injury from Signs at are imp I onstructed or poorly maintained. c. Promote the free flow of traffic and pedestrians and motorists from injury and property damage caused by, or which Ily or partially attributable to, cluttered, distracting, or illegal signage. d. Control and reduce visu iti!►rand bli e. Prevent an adver munit p e n from t unrestricted use of Signs by providing a reasonable, fl e 11 co a ve and enforcea set of regulations that will foster a high quality, ae isual en 'ro nt for the City of Mia ' enhancing it as a place to live, visit and do b i f. A t public benefits derived from expenditures of public ds for the improvement and �ication of streets and other public Structures and spaces sh be protected by exercising onable control over the character and design of Sign structures. g. Address the business community's need for adequate business identific ' n and advertising communication by improving the readability, and therefore, the effectiveness o igns by prevent- ing their improper placement, over -concentration, excessive Height, area and Ik. h. Coordinate the placement and physical dimensions of Signs within the different Tra Protect property values, the local economy, and the quality of life by preserving and enharing the appearance of the Streetscapes that affects the image of the City of Miami. X Acknowledge the differing design concerns and needs for Signs in certain specialized areas such as tourist areas. V1.27 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED k. Require that Signs are properly maintained for safety and visual appearance. Provide cost recovery measures supporting the administration and enforcement of these regula- tions. m. o',er ctnon-Commercial speech such that any Sign allowed herein may contain, in lieu of any r essage or copy, any lawful non -Commercial message, so long as d Sign complies with the ize, Height, Area and other requirements of these regulations. n. Provide no m e restrictions on speech than necessary to implem purpose and intent of this section. o. These regulations ar pecifically intended to be sever sof that if any section, subsection, sentence, clause or ph a of these regulations is for r son held to be invalid or unconsti- tutional by the decision o ny court of competen risdi ion, the decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining pro ' ions of these regul io 6.5.1.3 Applicability O G These regulations apply to all Signs, expapt Signs located in the public right-of-way, within the City whether or not a permit or other appro quir ss otherwise specifically regulated. In addition, special permits which may have been apeoved rdinance 11000 may also contain conditions that regulate Signs on certain pro^s. s. No Si o vertising devices of any kind or nature shall be erected or maintained on anyrpmes or e ' side or outside of any Structure to be visible from the public right -of -w a ass i II ermitt in or excepted by these regulations. 6.5.1.4 Permit Required; Si empt ermit Requireme Except for cl Signs exem ed from permit requirements a specified below, all Signs shall require per The ?v ing types of Signs, and change of copy of Signs, are exempted m permit requirements se such Signs are needed in order to convey messages to protect lives, ive direction, identify Iic access ways, and protect civil rights. Such Signs shall comply with size and location requirements as set forth in these re\requireor e specific Transect in which they are to be located. a. Address, notice, and directional Signs, warning Signs. No Sign permit shall be - dress, notice, and directional Signs or warning Signs except as otherwise req - tion. b. Cornerstones, memorials, or tablets. Due to their historic or civic significance to the community, no Sign permit is required for cornerstones, memorials, or tablets when part of any masonry V1.28 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED surface or constructed of bronze or other incombustible and durable material; such Signs shall be limited to identification and date of construction of Buildings, persons present at dedication or involved in Development or construction, or significant historical events relating to the premises or development. c. U.` . Mail delivery receptacles. No Sign permit shall be required for delivery receptacles for U.S. mailloich have been approved for use by postal authorities. d. Symbolicf c award, or ho first fifty (50) adjacent to a award flags, house flags. No Sign permit shall be rec B flags, limited in number to one (1) for each institu 4 or less of street Frontage and one (1) for each fif e. Window Signs. In Res square foot in Area, lir al Zones, Signs placed in to one such Sign per F�, )I%i,q ay of symbolic, lestablishment for the increment of Lot Line Q w area that do not exceed one (1) al Unit, shall not require a permit. f. Change of copy. No Sign pe it shall be rer��or routine change of copy on a Sign, the customary use of which in requent riodic changes, or for the relocation of Sign embellishments, providing such re ati not result in increase of total Area of the Sign beyond permissible limits. Any Sign herein may contain, in lieu of any other message or copy, any lawful non-Commerci e, so long as said Sign complies with the size, Height, Area and other requirements change in copy changes the type of Sign to a non-exempt category, however, n pe I be required. No Sin permit shall b re 1'red fo di I of Si s on automobiles trucks buses trailers or 9 9 p � , other vehicles wh use or no p ses of tr sportation. h. No Sign pe i II be re it r display of decorative ags, bunting, and other decorations related to ys, or fc unity -wide celebrations, c ventions, or commemorations in non -R n I Zones wheyauthorized by the City commissi . Such Signs shall be removed wiii thi�Y (30) days of such events. i I Estate Signs. No Sign permit shall be required for Real Estate ns displayed on private operty: 1. In non -Residential Zones, not exceeding fifteen (15) square feet in Sign rface Area; or 2. In Residential Zones, not exceeding one (1) square foot in Sign surface Ar . Such Real Estate Signs shall be removed within thirty (30) days of the sale rental of the property. j. Political election Signs. No Sign permit shall be required for political election Signs dis ayed on private property: 1. In non -Residential Zones, not exceeding fifteen (15) square feet in aggregate of Sign surfa Area; or 2. In Residential Zones, not exceeding four (4) square feet in aggregate of Sign surface Area. Such political election Signs shall be removed within thirty (30) days of the election period. V1.29 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 6.5.1.NGeneral Requirements ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED The Xowing general requirements and limitations shall apply with regard to Signs, in addition to provi- sions aXpearing elsewhere in this code. No Variance from these provisions is permitted unless otherwise providedXerein. a. Any Si allowed herein may contain, in lieu of any other message or y lawful non- Commer I message, so long as said Sign complies with the s' i t, rea and other requiremen of this code and the City Code. b. Limitations on fat and misleading Signs. It shall be unla st any Sign that is false or misleading. c. No Sign adjacent to a T3, 4-R, T5 -R or T6 -R zon all be illuminated or Flashing unless such Signs are specifically autho ed by the regulati r e Transect in which erected. Whether or not illuminated or Flashing Si s are at oriz erally within a zone, no Flashing Sign shall be permitted within one hundre 100) feet portion of property in a Residential district, as measured along the street Fronta on a side of the street, or as measured in a straight line to property across the street, if inated or flashing element of such Sign is directly visible from the Residential profit Ived. no e Revolving or Whirling Sign d penn Signs are specifically a by AL Ao%k Signs of historic and Environm� Chapter 2314 this code/(& Ad -ner Signs are hereby prohibited unless such s for the Zone in which erected. Jy7determined be of historic significance by the Historic VVdWd, through resolu n that makes findings according to the I e exempted by Warr from any Sign limitation imposed by Sign may be as approved cording to the considerations and as the criteria in Chapter 23. f. iTi�ces for Height on freestanding outdoor Advertising Signs map ing and Appeals Board, pursuant to the limitations set forth in this with the following: granted by the Planning, Oe and upon compliance An application for a Height Variance for a freestanding outdoor Advertising ign may only be submitted, and accepted by the City, if the Height Variance is necessary due a government action which renders the Sign not visible from the roadway(s) which it was i nded to be viewed from; said government action will only be considered a justification for th equested Variance if the action occurs after the Sign has been legally erected under the pro ions of the zoning ordinance in effect at the time the Sign was built. A legally erected Sign th was legally constructed and not in compliance with the Height provisions of the Zoning Ordin ce may not justify the noncompliant Height as hardship for a Variance request; only a subsequ t government action, which physically impedes the visibility of a Sign, will be considered a valid justification; V1.30 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED 2. Any application for a Height Variance for a freestanding outdoor Advertising Sign must be accompanied by line of sight studies from the roadway(s) which such Sign is intended to be viewed from; and \3. A finding must be made that the Variance be requested is the minimum Variance necessary to make such Sign visible from the roadway(s) which such Sign is intended to be viewed from. \Signsosohn' is section shall not apply to any Sign with nonconforming status. g. gns shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 62 of Code. h. omply with the vision clearance standards of this` A i. A Warrant shall b\forection or establishment of communit Wighborhood bulletin boards, including kiosks inere permissible, but no g p its shall be required for posting of notices thereoncation standards shall b s forth in the districts where permis- sible. Subject to athe officer or agent gna d by the City Manager, such bulletin boards or kiosks ted on public proper nditions of the Warrant shall include as- signment of respoection or main and provision for removal if not properly maintained.6.5.1.6 FeesCP The fees prescribed in the City Code mu pai ty of Miami for each Sign installation forwhich a permit is required by this code4ftleust be 'd ore any such permit is issued, as provided for herein. Fees for Sign permits fSign c Iled, affixed, structurally or electrically altered or relocated shall be de t min acco th the a schedule established by resolution of the City Commission or set f in the Ci Ile. 6.5.1.7 Removal of Sign NZ a. In ad o removal required for nonconforming Signs in this c e, the following rules, require - m nd limitations shall apply with regard to any order for rem al, repair, or replacement of Signs, as indicated below. 1. If such Signs are otherwise lawfully permitted, except for the condition circumstance lead- ing to an order issued by any official City or County Board with applicab jurisdiction in ac- cordance with the applicable provisions of the City Code, the Florida Buil i g Code or this code, the order shall require repair or replacement within a stated time, not t xceed ninety (60) days from the date of the order, or removal prior to the expiration of such p iod. 2. If such Signs are nonconforming under the terms of this code by reason of charact or lo- cation or the Use with which associated, or exceed, in combination with other Signs o the premises, limitations on number or Area of Signs, the order shall require any nonconform g Signs to be removed or made to conform within a stated time, not to exceed ninety (60) days from the date of the order. V1.31 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED 3. Any order issued by an official City or County Board with jurisdiction may be appealed in accordance with the review procedures set forth in the applicable sections of the City Code, Florida Building Code or this code, as applicable. b. `Qecrepit or dilapidated Signs; treatment of supports. 1. SiNs found to be decrepit or dilapidated (whether or not determined to be safe as provided in th lorida Building Code) shall be removed, repaired, or replaced ise lawful. 2. Structural embers of all Signs, including supports, shall be c Z!! painted, or designed in such a m ner as to be visually unobtrusive. 3. The building offici may issue a written notice to t pible party in charge of any Sign found to be unsafe. a written notice shall specify gerous conditions of the Sign, list any Sign violation, ord the immediate abateme oft unsafe conditions, and require either the repair or removal of a Sign within the ti a ecified in the notice by the responsible party. The building officials II serve this i the responsible party in accordance with the Florida Building Code an the resp party may seek review of such decisions in accordance with such section. 4. Signs advertising establish mo ties, or services previously associated with the premises on which erected, t Ion th or otherwise bearing other obsolete matter, shall be removed within 'rty ) da a time such activity ceases. 5. The City may i ue ten n respo ible party in charge of any Sign found to be advertising est hments, m o ies, or servi s no longer on premises or are otherwise obsolete. T n no h pecify the obso a conditions of the Sign, list any Sign violatio r he imm is batement of the obso a condition, and require the removal of the in the a cified in the notice by the re onsible party. The City shall serve this c n the respon able party in accordance with Ch ter 2, Article X of the City Code an esponsible party may seek review of such decision i ccordance with the provisions ed therein. fte 6.5.1.8 io Advertising Signs a. All new freestanding outdoor Advertising Signs are prohibited. Sign\ine duct of the outdoor advertising business shall be regulated pursuant to the restrin this code and restricted as follows in T Zones in which they are permitted. b. The Area of an outdoor Advertising Sign shall not exceed seven hundred fifty (750) squ feet, for each surface, including embellishments, if any. Embellishments include the display, po 'ons of the Sign extending outside the general display area. Total area of embellishments, inclu g portions falling within or superimposed on the general display area, shall not exceed one hu dred (100) square feet. No embellishment shall extend more than five (5) feet above the top of the Sign structure, or two (2) feet beyond the sides or below the bottom of the Sign structure. Embellishments shall be included in any limitations affecting minimum clearance or maximum V1.32 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED Height of Signs, permitted projections, or distance from any Structure or Lot or street line. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) above, outdoor Advertising Signs may be erected, constructed, altered, maintained or relocated within six hundred sixty (660) feet but no nearer than \accesighway (200) feet of any limited access highway including expressways as established by Florida or any of its political subdivisions, provided that such Sign faces are parallel ngle of not greater than thirty (30) degrees with the centerline of any such limited and face away from such highway. 1. No outdo established constructed, any such hig vertising Sign which faces a limited access hi the State of Florida to a greater degree than PE h@red, maintained, replaced or relocated witl' Nfs, including expressways, easterly of 7�iing expressways as herein shall be erected, undred sixty (660) feet of outherly of 36th Street. 2. OutdoorAdvertising Si s, a maximum often (1 in nber, including those presently in place, which face such limited cess highways may rected, constructed, altered, maintained, replaced or relocated withi two hundred (2 of the westerly side of 1-95 right-of-way lines, or that portion of the ea rly side of - ich lies north of 36th Street, or of any limited access highway, including exp sswa as tablished by the State of Florida or any of its political subdivisions, westerly o 9 o ich lie easterly of 1-95 and north of 36th Street, after City commission approval, ect to the following conditions: (a) An outdoor Advertising Sig&truct ved pursuant to this section shall be spaced a minimum of one sand fi u d (1500) feet from another such Advertising structure on the side of ii c ss highway including expressways facing in the same d' ecti (b) The He' e strs all not exceed a He t of fifty (50) feet measured from the crow mai tr \Irooad, and in no instanc hall exceed a maximum Height of si (6 5) feeN sured from the crown of the ne est adjacent or arterial street. Sign structure shall be of unipod construction with pa ne matching color system ?Pimg S180U reddish brown or PMS463U dark brown or similar Ior, and with only two (2) n faces back to back at a maximum horizontal angle of thirty 0) degrees from each other. (d) No flashing, blinking or mechanical devices shall be utilized as a part o e outdoor Ad- vertising Sign. (e) Sign Area, embellishments and projections shall be as set forth in paragraph 6. 1.8. b. above. d. OutdoorAdvertising Signs shall be spaced a minimum of one thousand (1,000) feet from anothe Sign, or an approved location, on the same side of a federal -aid primary highway. V1.33 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS UBLIC HEARING-SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED e. All outdoor advertising sites shall be appropriately landscaped as follows: One (1) shade tree for the first five hundred (500) square feet of site area and one (1) side shade tree for each additional one thousand (1,000) square feet or portion thereof of site area; the remainder of the site area shall be landscaped with equal portions of hedges and/or shrubs and living ground cover. Said landscaping shall be provided with irrigation and be maintained in perpetuity. Any Sign permit sued pursuant to the code shall be subject to revocation, subsequent to a public hearing by th City commission, should City inspectors find that the subject site is not being maintained acc ing to approved landscaping plans or is being kept in an unclean or ightly manner. f. Notwithst ding any provision of this Code to the contrary, permits r advertising signs may be issu pursuant to a Settlement Agreement authorized by on passed by the City Commission, i conjunction with the settlement of related litiga ch expressly authorizes issuance of such ermits for said outdoor advertising signs, only under the terms and conditions of settle ent agreements that result in a net in the party to the settlement's number of outdoor a ertising signs located in the Ci o i. 6.5.2 TRANSECT SPECIFIC STANDARDS O 6.5.2.1 Generally G a. Criteria. In the review and appr Sig ity shall ensure compliance with all applicable sections of the Florida Building a an a hat the Signs comply with the zoning regula- tions of this code includinc� 1. The size and A ofdie Si s o with the ecifications set forth for the type9 of Sign and the Zone i w 'ch the n be located; a 2. The S ply wi c on standards on the subje roperty or Structure as specified her 6.5.2.2 T3 an a. For each Dwelling Unit the following is permitted: 1. Address Signs, not to exceed one (1) for each Dwelling Unit or other Use f each Lot Line adjacent to a street, or two (2) square feet in Area, except as provided b w. 2. Window Signs which do not exceed one (1) square foot in Area limited to one suchXign per Residential Unit. 3. Notice, directional and warning Signs, not to exceed one (1) for each Dwelling Unit or other Use for each Lot Line adjacent to a street, or two (2) square feet in Area, provided that, where such Signs are combined with address Signs, maximum total Area shall not exceed three (3) V1.34 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED square feet. Such Signs, if freestanding, shall not exceed three (3) feet in Height, be closer than ten (10) feet to any adjacent Lot, or be closer than two (2) feet to any street line. Such Signs shall not be illuminated. For Home Office, one Sign not to exceed one (1) square foot in Area. b. For Nher uses: a70 1. In conn tion with subdivisions, Developments, Neighborhoods or la eas. Notto exceed one (1) p anent identification Sign, or ten (10) square feet in principal entrance. Such Signs all not be illuminated or internally illuminated. ns may be located on a perimeter wall Building wall. Signs should respect the ure of the Building and be placed subordin Iy and harmoniously to the Struct 2. In connection with reli 'ous facilities. A wall Sig or t name of the religious facility, not ex- ceeding twenty (20) squ feet in Area shall be a itted. In addition, a freestanding Sign for name of religious facility an schedule of se c all be allowed provided that the maximum size of such Sign shall be fift n(15)sq et in Area; an increase up to forty (40) square feet for such a Sign shall be pe iss' a Sign is located on a street with a right-of-way greater than fifty (50) feet and th as a Setback in excess of thirty (30) feet. 3. In connection with elementa i dle o hh not exceeding twenty (2 qua a feet ��'"'� Sign for name of the sc o nd sche o cf maximum size of sun-ohshal fi en ( (40) square fee or s a Si^hrfeet e permi right-of-way gr t than fift 5 and the feet. � O 6.5.2.3 T4 -L and T46 a. & h Dwelling Unit, the following is permitted: cool. A wall Sign for the name of the school, all be permitted. In addition, a freestanding )ol events shall be allowed provided that the square feet in Area. An increase up to forty Ny if the Sign is located on a street with a has a Setback in excess of thirty (30) 1. Address Signs, not to exceed one (1) for each Dwelling Unit or othe se for each Lot Line adjacent to a street, or two (2) square feet in Area, except as provided Now. 2. Window Signs which do not exceed one (1) square foot in Area limited to onuch Sign per Dwelling Unit. 3. Notice, directional and warning Signs, not to exceed one (1) for each Dwelling Unitother Use for each Lot Line adjacent to a street, or two (2) square feet in Area, provided that, ere such Signs are combined with address Signs, maximum total Area shall not exceed threeN) square feet. Such Signs, if freestanding, shall not exceed three (3) feet in Height, be closer than ten (10) feet to any adjacent Lot, or be closer than two (2) feet to any street line. Such Signs shall not be illuminated. V1.35 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED 4. For Home Office, one Sign not to exceed one (1) square foot in Area. b\For other uses: 1. I onnectionwithsubdivisions, Developments, Neighborhoods or similar areas. Nottoexceed on 1) permanent identification Sign, or ten (10) square feet in Area, pe cipal entrance. Such igns shall not be illuminated or internally illuminated. Such Sig located on a perime wall or Building wall. Signs should respect the archite�ity� f uilding and be placed su rdinately and harmoniously to the Structure. ` v 2. In connectio\ea ious facilities. A wall Sign for th of the religious facility, not exceeding tsquare feet in Area shall b rd. In addition a freestanding Sign for nams facility and schedule of s hall be allowed provided that the maximum siign shall be fifteen (15 qu feet in Area. An increase up to forty (40) square Sign shall be permi si if the Sign is located on a street with a right-of-way n 1 (50) feet and ity has a Setback in excess of thirty (30) feet.O 3. In connection with elementary, mi igh school. A wall Sign for the name of the school, not exceeding twenty (20) s in Area shall be permitted. In addition, a freestanding Sign for name of the school s hed ool events shall be allowed provided that the maximum size of such Si n s be fi square feet in Area. An increase up to forty (40) square feet for su ign sha p issible if the Sign is located on a street with a right-of-way greater ty (50 n th facility has a Setback in excess of thirty (30) feet. 4. In conn i othe us I owed within the Tra ect and not listed, no more than one (1) squ per lin r of Frontage of the establi ment. 6.5.2.4 T5 -R and Residential Uses, the following are permitted: 1. Address Signs, not to exceed one (1) for each Dwelling Unit or other U for each Lot Line adjacent to a street, or two (2) square feet in Area, except as provided bel 2. Window Signs which do not exceed one (1) square foot in Area limited to one su Sign per Residential Unit. 3. Building address, notice, directional or warning Signs for each Lot Line adjacent to a str t, one (1) wall Sign not exceeding an Area of one-half square foot for each linear foot of stre Frontage, up to a maximum of forty (40) square feet in Area, or one (1) Projecting Sign with combined surface Area not exceeding one-half square foot for each linear foot of street Front- age, up to a maximum of forty (40) square feet in Area: and one (1) address or directional V1.36 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED Sign, not exceeding an Area of ten (10) square feet. Such address or directional, notice or warning Sign, if freestanding, shall not be closer than six (6) feet to any adjacent Lot Line or be closer than two (2) feet to any street line. 4. For Home Office, one Sign not to exceed one square foot in Area. b. Fo?Nother Uses: 1. In con ctionwithsubdivisions, Developments, Neighborhoods orsimil Nottoexceed one (1) rmanent identification Sign, or ten (10) square feet in a cipal entrance. Such Sign shall not be illuminated or internally illuminated. Suc may be located on a perimeter w or Building wall. Signs should respect the arc of the Building and be placed subordi tely and harmoniously to the Structure. 2. In connection with re ' ious facilities. A wall Sign f e of the religious facility, not ex- ceedingtwenty (20) sq re feet in Area shall be rmI d. In addition, a freestanding Sign for name of religious facility d schedule of servic II be allowed provided that the maximum size of such Sign shall be fi en (15) squar Area. An increase up to forty (40) square feet for such a Sign shall be rmissible ' gn is located on a street with a right-of-way greater than fifty (50) feet and t fac' a Setback in excess of thirty (30) feet. 3 In connection with element ni r high school. A wall Sign for the name of the school, not exceeding twenty (20) s eet i e hall be permitted. In addition, a freestanding Sign for name of the school a ched ool events shall be allowed provided that the maximum size of such,' I ig hall be ' e 5) square feet in Area. An increase up to forty (40) square feet for Sign I er sible if the Sign is located on a street with a right-of-way gr ter fifty f nd the ility has a Setback in excess of thirty (30) feet. 6.5.2.5 T5 -L, T5-0, T6- - 1 an D Except astlN se provided, the following Signs are permitted and ma be illuminated but shall not be Animar flashing. Iq a<For a single establishment within a Building: 1. Wall Signs. When a single establishment takes up an entire Building, wa Signs shall be limited to one and one half (1 1/2) square feet of Sign Area for each lineal foot wall fronting on a street; there shall be no more than one wall Sign for each one hundred fift 150) linear feet along a street Frontage, with no more than three (3) total on any wall. Walls t t do not have street Frontage may contain no more than one wall Sign each, not to exceed (50) square feet in Area, but aggregate Area shall be included as part of aggregate wall Sig rea as limited herein. 2. WindowSigns. Painted or attached, which shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) ofthe glassed area of the window in which placed. Number of such Signs is not limited by these regulations, V1.37 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED but aggregate area shall be included as part of aggregate wall Sign Area, as limited above. 3. Projecting Signs. Shall be limited to one (1) Sign structure with no more than two (2) Sign surfaces, neither of which shall exceed forty (40) square feet in Sign Area; however, such permissible Sign Area may be increased to eighty (80) square feet where maximum projection rom the face of the Building is two (2) feet or less; sixty (60) square feet where projection is re than two (2) and less than three (3) feet; and forty (40) square feet where projection is at st three (3), but not more than four (4) feet. The aggregate Area of Signs shall be inclu d as part of aggregate wall Sign Area, as limited above. 4. Ground/Fr standing Signs. Shall be limited to one (1) Sign str to with no more than two (2) Sign surf es, neither of which shall exceed forty (40) s eet in Sign Area, for each establishment or each one hundred (100) feet of street e. Permitted Sign Area may be cumulative, b no Sign surface shall exceed o d (100) square feet. Maximum Height limitation sh be twenty (20) feet including a ments, measured from the crown of the nearest adjace local or arterial street, no including limited access highways or expressways, provided, wever,thattheZonin inistratormay increasethe measurement of the crown by up to five feet to accom unusual or undulating site conditions. 5. Directional Signs. May be combs d i dress Signs but shall bear no advertising matter, and may be erected to guide to s, exits, or Parking Areas. Not more than one (1) such Sign, not exceeding fiv re feet in Area, shall be erected per entrance, exit, or Parking Area. w b. For a single Building w e tha eX3 at hment opening up to the outdoors: 1. Wall Signs. Th B ' in in c establishme are located shall be allowed one (1) wall Sign, limite uildin if ation Sign, not ex eding fifty (50) square feet in Area, for each fac� Buil 'n ri n ed toward the street, addition, each individual establish- ment Buildin th as a separate entrance to outdoors (available to the general pu �iether on the ground floor or on an upper level), a a minimum Frontage of twenty ar feet to the outdoors, shall be allowed the following igns: A wall Sign not to exceed one (1) square foot in Area for each i ear foot of Frontage of the establishment. • Window Signs not to exceed twenty percent (20%) of the glass area of th window or glass door in which placed; such Window Signs may be painted or attached. The tuber of such Signs is not limited by these regulations, but aggregate Area shall be inclu as part of aggregate wall Sign Area, as limited above. • An Awning Sign, limited to the skirt or bottom edge of the Awning; letters, emblems, or symbols not to exceed six (6) inches in Height. • A hanging (as in under an Awning or similar Structure) Sign not to exceed three (3) square feet in Area. V1.38 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2. Window Signs. Painted or attached, which shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the glassed area of the window in which placed. Number of such Signs is not limited by these regulations, but aggregate Area shall be included as part of aggregate wall Sign Area, as limited above. 3. .ecting Signs. Shall be limited to one (1) Sign structure with no more han two (2) Sign su ces, neither of which shall exceed forty (40) square feet in Sign a owever, such perms ible Sign Area may be increased to eighty (80) square feet)Wh um projection from th ace of the Building is two (2) feet or less; sixty (60) sq t where projection is more than o (2) and less than three (3) feet; and forty (40) sq a et where projection is at least thre 3), but not more than four (4) feet. The aggre a of such Signs shall be included as pa of aggregate wall Sign Area, as limited ayfy[ 4. Ground or freestan two (2) Sign surfaces, each establishment or W Signs. Shall be limited to o (1 Sign structure with no more than her of which shall a ed rty (40) square feet in Sign Area for each one hundre 0 feet of street Frontage. Permitted Sign t no Sign surf a all exceed one hundred (100) square feet. n s II be tw 0) feet including embellishments, measured rest jac I or arterial street, not including limited access provi ever, that the Zoning Administrator may increase o b o five (5) feet to accommodate unusual or undulating Area may be cumulative, Maximum Height limitatio from the crown of the nea highways or expressways, the measurement of the cr site conditions. 5. Directional Signs. Ma c bin ess Signs but shall bear no advertising matter, and may be erecte to nide to n a es, e ' s, or Parking Areas. Not more than one (1) such Sign, not ee g fiv s re feet in ea, shall be erected per entrance, exit, or Parking Area. c. For outd rtising n Signs. C errtising business Signs shall be permitted as acces ry Uses to principal Commercial Us such Signs shall further be limited as follows: �igns shall be wall mounted only on side walls of the existing prince I Commercial Structure and shall not be freestanding; 2. Signs shall be limited to one Sign per Structure only; 3. Sign Area shall be limited to no greater than thirty-two (32) square feet; 4. Permissible Sign Area may only be utilized on a Commercial Structure which has the tow- able thirty-two (32) square feet of Sign Area unused from the total permissible wall Sign a for the Structure in question (not counting the twenty (20) square feet of wall Signs allowab e per establishment); and V1.39 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5. Such Signs may either be painted or mounted onto the subject wall. 6.5.2.6 C Except \ otherwise provided, the following Signs are permitted and may be illuminated but shall not be Animatk or flashing. a. Direc\squafeet which may be combined with address Signs but sh o advertising matterected to guide to entrances, exits, or Parkin b t shall not exceed five ( in surface Area. b. Ground or freesta ing Signs, to the extent allowed, shall . ed to one (1) Sign structure with no more than t (2) Sign surfaces, neither ofRes exceed forty (40) square feet in Sign Area, for each eet Frontage of each establor for each fifty (50) feet of street Frontage. Permitted Sign rea may be cumulativelablishments with more than one hun- dred and fifty (150) feet of sINet Frontage, but in hundred (100) square feet in A a. Maximum I embellishments, measured fro he crow r� including limited access highways erre c. For a single establishment wi Vlcases, no Sign surface shall exceed one mitation shall be twenty (20) feet including nearest adjacent local or arterial street, not s, provided. When a single establishmentup an e t Tc ling, wall Signs shall be limited to one and one half (1 1/2) square feet of ea for li I of of wall fronting on a street. There shall be no more than one wal Sig ach h n d and i ty (150) linear feet along a street Frontage, with no more than thr 3) total . Walls tha o not have street Frontage may contain no more than one ea n t t xceed fifty (50) s are feet in Area for each Sign, but ag- gregate area sl lI cluded s of aggregate wall Sig rea as limited herein. d. For a Building with more than one establishment openi up to the outdoors: � II Signs for a single Building with more than one ground floor est lishment: each individual stablishment on the ground floor, with ground floor street Frontage nd separate entrances on the ground floor that open toward such street Frontages, shall be (lowed the following Signs: A wall Sign not to exceed one (1) square foot in Area for each linear footer Frontage of the establishment; \ Window Signs not to exceed twenty percent (20%) percent of the glass Area of t win- dow or glass door in which placed; such Window Signs may be painted or attached. he number of such Signs is not limited by these regulations, but aggregate Area shall included as part of aggregate wall Sign Area, as limited above. An Awning Sign, limited to the skirt or bottom edge of the Awning; letters, emblems, logos V1.40 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 6.5.2.7 CS ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS or symbols not to exceed six (6) inches in Height. SUBSTITUTED A hanging (as in under an Awning or similar Structure) Sign not to exceed three (3) square feet in Area. 2.\en igns, painted or attached, shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the glassed window in which placed. Number of such Signs is not limited b ese regulations, ate Area shall be included as part of aggregate wall Sign A a mited above. 3. ns (other than under Awning Signs) shall be limi line(1) Sign structure re an two (2) Sign surfaces, neither of which sh '�F d forty (40) square feet ea. T aggregate Area shall be included as p gregate wall Sign Area, as ove. Permanent Signs shall be permissible a. Except as provided below for reg the facility, identification of other Signs shall be allowed subject b. Criteria: 4� 0 • Location of Signs: ation of standards as s in Artimbn located di^�I or adja nt '0 to th to ons below: P, all park signs shall be limited to only the name of n the facility and directional Signs; and all such park elfication Si shall comply with the visibility clearance 9 pY Y > for identificatio of other Uses within the Park shall be re such Uses are I • Size:shall be no limitation as to the size of Park Identifica X n Signs, however, such Signs sh Oxceed a reasonable size to identify the Park to thepop tion it is intended to serve. orhood Parks Signs shall be unobtrusive and non -illuminate ,while regional Park Signs be larger and contain sufficient illumination to read the Park Sig rom adjacent rights-of- way. In addition, regional parks shall also be allowed commercial spons hip messages not to exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total sign area of he principal par identifications sign; and such commercial messages must be incorporated in the park sign and m not be displayed on their own. For other Uses within a Park, Identification Signs may be allowed subject to obtaining Warrant in order to determine whether the location, size and design of the Sign structure(s) is coNpatible with the character of the Park in which located. 6.5.3 Limitations on Signs Above a Height of Fifty (50) Feet Above Grade Except as otherwise provided in a specific Transect Zone, the following regulations shall apply to all V1.41 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 Signs above a Height of fifty (50) feet above grade: ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED Signs shall be limited to the identification of the Building or the name of one (1) major tenant of the Building occupying more than five percent (5%) of the gross leasable Building Floor Area. Vot more than two (2) Signs per Building on two (2) separate Building Facades shall be permit - b. Sign\rders nly of individual letters or a graphic logotype. No gr is bellishments suchackgrounds shall be permitted. + 'c. The t of a letter shall be as indicated in the tabl M any portion of a Si over fifty (50) feet but less th dred (200) feet 4 FEET above grade any portion of a Sign ove two hundred (200) fe t less than three hundred 6 FEET (300) feet above grade any portion of a Sign over thre hundred eet but less than four hundred 8 FEET (400) feet above grade any portion of a Sign over fou (400 feet above grade 6 FEET r d. The maximum height trNNo ma dlqecT!hb maximum letter height by up to fifty percent (50%) if its width es exce s t. Wh text and a graphic logotype are combined in an integrated f to for s I emblem re sentative of an institution or corporation, and when this is t a he principal mea of Building identification, the following regulations ply. t Q an Wn of a Sign over fifty (50) feet but less than two hued (200) feet 200 SQ. FT rade y portion of a Sign over two hundred (200) feet but less than thre hundred 300 SQ. FT 00) feet above grade. any portion of a Sign over three hundred (300) feet but less than four hued 400 SQ. FT (400) feet above grade any portion of a Sign over four hundred (400) feet above grade 00 SQ. FT e. The maximum length of the Sign shall not exceed eighty percent (80%) of the width \csist - ing wall upon which it is placed, as measured at the height of the Sign. The Sign s of not more than one (1) horizontal line of letters or symbols, unless it is determined ) lines of lettering would be more compatible with the Building design. The total length of the two (2) lines of lettering, end-to-end, if permitted, shall not exceed eighty percent (80%) of the width of the Building wall. V1.42 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED No Variance from maximum size of letter, logotype, length of Sign or number of Signs shall be granted. g. X11 Sign permits shall be reviewed based on the following guidelines: 1. Si s should respect the Architectural Features of the Facade and be sizElINILd placed subor- dina to those features. Overlapping of functional windows, extensionarapet edges obscur architectural ornamentation or disruption of dominant Men are examples of Sign ign problems considered unacceptable. 2. The Sign's col and value (shades of light and dark) s harmonious with Building materials. Stron ontrasts in color or value betwee and Building that draw undue visual attention to Sign at the expense of the rchitectural composition shall be avoided. 3. In the case of a lighted Si a reverse channel 1 tte hat silhouettes the Sign against alighted Building face is desirable. ighting of a Si Id be accompanied by accent lighting of the Building's distinctive Arc i ectural F and especially the Facade area surrounding the Sign. Lighted Signs on unli uild' unacceptable. The objective is a visual lighting emphasis on the Building with th ' e Sign as subordinate. 4. Feature lighting of the Buildi i Iudi d light elements that enhance Building lines, light sculpture or kinetic lay that riteria of the Miami Dade County art -in -public places ordinance, shall t constr a ignage subject to these regulations. O 6.5.4 Media Tower Within the heast o / Park We Redevelopment Area Media Tower is ae that e as a viewing tower a a kinetic illuminated media display system, utilizin i e, video all other forms ofAnimated illu ated visual message media within the Southea rtown Park West Redevelopment Area Plan. It is in hat such a structure shall be used to achieve an overall effec nd aesthetic consistency t rivate-owned properties within the area based upon criteria provi for and set forth in the t ast / Overtown Park West Redevelopment Area Plan and applicable pro ' ions of Chapter 163, Nrt 111, Florida Statutes. Notwithstanding other Sign provisions of this code, Animated and Flashing Signs and BAQners shall be permitted for ground level non -Residential Uses fronting on N.E. and N.W. 6th Street wit\Towe - east / Overtown Park West Redevelopment Area. Outdoor advertising business Signs shall be permitted only in conjunction with a "Mes defined in this code. Implementation. The Miami Media Tower shall exist solely in the Southeast Overtown / Park West Re- development Area. V1.43 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED Siteria. It is the purpose of the Miami Media Tower to (a) define an area in the City where signage of this can be placed on a tower(s) that, together with architectural design standards for Buildings within the ea as well as Urban Design standards based on new urbanist principles in the area of the City, will es blish a unique local, regional and national identity within the area; (b) strengthen the economy of the Ci by encouraging the development and redevelopment of a depressed, blighted and slum area within a m "or redevelopment area within the downtown core of the City; and (c) provide a source of funds to be ed exclusively within said redevelopment area for redevelopment r d activities, and nothing else. Permitting. A Sign p mit shall be required for all such Signs specifieeA' All applications shall require a mandatory re 'ew and approval by the Executive Director of '�F O G V1.44 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ARTICLE 6. SUPPLEMENTAL REGULATIONS SUBSTITUTED CGS V1.45 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED LE OF CONTENTS DIAGR\Quasi-J mitting Process 7.1 s horities its li tion and Re asi-J icial Pro( pealstice of hean s Process ` res 7.2 Nonconformities: Structures; ses; Lots; and Site I p ements 7.2.1 Generally 7.2.2 Structures and Uses in the vent o sa ter 7.2.3 Alterations and Expansion of rming Structures 7.2.4 Moving a Nonconformin on t Same Lot. 7.2.5 Locally Designated Historic our conformities 7.2.6 Nonconforming Usez'N 7.2.7 Nonconforming L s 7.2.8 Nonconfor ite Imp r e 7.2.9 Nonc nfign qj 4q�, V11.1 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ` SUBSTITUTED IVIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. VII.2 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 DIAGRAM 14 PERMITTING PROCESS \ SUBSTITUTED NG PROCESS DIAGRAM Applicant Zoning Office Referral By Right Building Permit Qte, Waive Preapplication Submit to Zoning Office* Zoning Office Decision warrant (uses only) Preapplication Submit to Planning apartment CRC Planning Department Decision Appeal Appeal PZABPZAB 0 1 ity m V11.3 PD Planning Department CRC Coordinated Review Committee PZAB Planning Zoning and Appeals Board Exception Varian ` Zoning Change Preapplication tion Preapplication Submit to Submit to Submit to Planning Planning Planning Departme Department Department PI ning Planning Planning artment Department Department Certification Certification Certification F- with Hearing File with Hearing File with Hearing R Lj Boards* Boards* P PZAB PZAB peal Appeal C Comm. City Comm. City Commission Building Permit Building Permit Building Permit MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. VITA MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED ARMCLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES 7.1 NPROCEDURES 7.1.1 Auth ities The adm istration of the Miami 21 Code shall include the authorities: Zoning Ad ' istrator; Planning Director; Coordinated Review i tee; Planning, Zoning and A eals Board; and City Commission. 7.1.1.1 Zoning Administra r a. Functions, powers nd duties. A Zonin ministrator, appointed by and responsible to the Ci Manager, shall ponsible for administration and enforcement of the Mia ' 21 Code as v ed herein, with such assistance as the City Manager may dir t. For p p s of this Code, the functions, powers and duties of the Zoning Ad i istrSf'o ore specifically include: 1. To determine wheth p ions for building permits as required by the Building Code are in wi tYe quirements of this zoning ordinance. No building permit shal iss�ut approval of zoning compliance by the Zoning Adm^tor tha n and applications conform to applicable zoning regula� 2. To dete ' e whet t e se of an Structure or premises hereafter create ed, c e onverted, enlar d or moved, wholly or partly, in U Structu , i accordance with this iami 21 Code and to issue a e of plans and applications nform to applicable zoning ations. Certs tes of Use for home occupa ns in residential districts /►VkII be issued annually to cover the period f January 1 through ecember 31 of each year. e) 3. To approve, deny or approve with conditions applications or administrative Waiver, with the recommendation as may be required the Planning 4q�' Director and pursuant to the standards of the Miami 21 Code. 4. To assist the Code Enforcement Department to enforce vigo sly the provisions of the Miami 21 Code. 5. To maintain records of all official administrative actions. 6. To decide questions of zoning interpretation pursuant to Section 7.1.2.3 this Code. 7. To participate in the review of Warrants and Exceptions. V11.5 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 8. To serve in an advisory capacity on zoning matters to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, the City Commission, and other officers or agencies of the City, and to prepare such reports as may be appropriate in that capacity. 9. To review and issue sign permits. To determine whether changes made to applications are s stantial lifications pursuant to Section 7.1.3 that require adcp and luation by city staff or a new notice prior to a hearing. b. It shall b inspectors Zoning, the Code Enfor duty of all employees of the the Department of Planninc Rescue Department, and tl Net Department any suspecl 7.1.1.2 Planning Director all officers and ding, Office of to report to the ami 21 Code. a. Functions, powers and uties. nning Director, appointed by and responsible to the City Ma er, a responsible for administration of the Miami 21 Code, as provided with such assistance as the City Manager may direct. For purposes t ode, the functions, powers and duties of the Planning Director mores - cls 1. To make determi ^ ns conc in s where there is substantial doubt as to whether a p I Us classes of Uses, or characteristics of Use not spec 'ca y identi in e Mi i 21 Code are of the same general characte s th a listAs mitted, rranted or Exception Uses, either upon re e from an a istrative ac n or officer of the city or upon his o n ' e. O 2. rove, d+ or approve with conditions an applications for Warrant, n review by members of the Coordinated R iew Committee as the irector may request, and pursuant to the standards o he Miami 21 Code. To review and provide findings and recommendatio to the Zoning p g Administrator regarding certain applications for admin trative Waiver pursuant to the standards of the Miami 21 Code. 4. To prepare recommendations regarding an application for Exce "on, upon review by members of the Coordinated Review Committee as the irector may request, and to certify the application and accomp ying recommendations to be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards for consideration by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board . 5. To prepare recommendations regarding an application for Variance and to certify the application and accompanying recommendations to be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards for consideration by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. V11.6 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 6. To prepare recommendations regarding an application for amendment to the Miami 21 Code, including rezoning, and to certify the application and accompanying recommendations to be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards for consideration by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board and the City Commission. \coor' pare recommendations regarding an application for a e ' I Area nd to certify the application and accompanying redo ons to with the Office of Hearing Boards for considerati he Planning, and Appeals Board and the City Commission. ' ate and chair the work of the Coordinate Committee. e in advisory capacity on Miami matters to the Planning, and A eals Board, the Cityom 'ssion, and other officers or s of the ty, and to preparesu eports as may be appropriate in acity. A 10. To make referrals to e Urba �elopment Review Board (UDRB) as defined in Chapter 62 th ode for projects that exceed 200,000 square feet or as the Direct deem necessary. 7.1.1.3 Coordinated Review Commit a. Establishment There is her eshlishe o ittee to b nown as the Coordinated Review Committee. h Coordin A.Weview Commit shall consist of the following mem 11etr lanni g i c or who shall serve s the chair of the committee, the Z dmin tr r t e City Attorney, the T Director, and the Public W ctor, ander city, county, school board a governmental and utility with the necessary expertise that the Planning irector may require for articular application review. unctions,p owers and duties The Coordinated Review Committee shall provide review of a lications for Warrants and for Exceptions, and for Special Area Plans, pursuant t the review criteria of Section 7.1.2 and Article 3, Section 3.9, as the case ma be. The Planning Director shall determine to which members of the commit e any particular application shall be referred for review and advice. The committe hall meet together only as requested by the Planning Director. Upon the Plan i g Director's request, the review reports of each member shall be provided to t Planning Director, who shall consider them in making a decision regarding an application for an Warrant and in making a recommendation to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board regarding an application for an Exception or for a Special Area Plan. V11.7 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED c. Notice The applicant shall be given an opportunity, upon a minimum of seven days' notice, to attend any meeting, if any, of the Coordinated Review Committee that may be held to review and evaluate its application. Failure of the applicant to \ndahe shall result in the withdrawal of the item from the committ meeting The applicant shall receive notice of the Planning Director' p 'minary or recommendation on its application, as applicable, Qt ty-one endar days prior to the Director's final decisionmendation. rteen (14) calendar days of receipt of notice, the a t may request rt ity to revise its application or provide a information to an comments or concerns raised by ordinated Review ee. I such a request is made, theme rs final decision or endation hall not be issued until the r) has had a reasonable opportunity, as deft provide additional in 7.1.1.4 Planning, Zoning and Ap a. Establishment ined by the Planning Dire nation. pea Board O G make its revisions or to There is hereby establis a known as the city Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. The P ing, and Appeals Board shall consist of eleven voting memb one alt t ber to be appointed in the manner hereinafter set o 'is s ti one ex -officio, non-voting member appointed by the c of boa h schoo oard appointee shall be invited to attend s&re n at w c c rehensive Ian amendments, re -zonings and Special s are c si d which, if gran d, increase residential Density. The chd a� e shall not be coun in determining whether a quoruk eeting. b. ns, Powers an Duties to Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board with the assista e of the planning Odepartment and all other city departments as necessary, shall h ve the functions, duties and powers as follows: 1. To act as the local planning agency pursuant to section 163.3 4, Florida Statutes. 2. To serve as the local land development regulation commission pursut to section 163.3194(2), Florida Statutes. 3. To prepare and recommend to the City Commission ordinances, regulations and other proposals promoting orderly development of the city. 4. To make or cause to be made any necessary special studies on the location, adequacy and conditions of specific facilities of the city. These may include, V11.8 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED but are not limited to, studies on housing, commercial and industrial conditions and public facilities, recreation, public and private utilities, conservation of natural resources, roads and traffic, transportation, parking and the like. To determine whether proposed developments of regional impact onform to the requirements of the Miami 21 Code, and with section 38 0 Florida tatutes, and to make recommendations to the City CQ n that r ard. When acting in this capacity, its work shall be d a visory and re\makeommendations atory, and only advisory and recommen a to the City C. 6. Toe whether Special Area Plans a r ngs that are regulated by' 21 Code conform to the req e of the Miami 21 Code, ane ommendations to the C' C mission in that regard. When acthis capacity, its work II e deemed advisory and reatory, nd only advisor recommendatory, to the City Cn. 7. To determine whether s cifi Wed developments that are regulated by the Miami 21 Code and th e an approval of an Exception conform to the requirements of t 21 Code. In performing its authority to grant, deny or grant with co a E tion, the board shall serve as a quasi- judicial body and obse the r ents of quasi-judicial procedures as set out in the MiaWK1 Code u applicable state law. 8. Rescission: Teard, a r askju 'cial hearing, may rescind, modify or change res ution r ti an Exce ' n if, upon application filed by the Director t y time a r rant of an E ption, the board finds that there h s viola in n conditions, restric ns or limitations in the subject re . Suc a�ing shall not be held unti ublished notice (per section of the Code) has first been given. I he Director, upon written uest of any aggrieved party, refuses or fails to ake an application for uch rescission, modification or change, the aggrievearty may request the City Commission, through the City Manager, to instruct e Director to do so. The decision of the board shall be appealable to the City ommission in the same manner as an appeal of a board decision regarding an xception. 9. To determine whether an application for a Variance con s to the requirements of the Miami 21 Code. In performing its authority to nt, deny or grant with conditions a Variance, the board shall serve as a qua 'udicial body and observe the requirements of quasi-judicial procedures as se ut in the Miami 21 Code and under applicable state law. 10. To hear, de novo, and make a ruling on an appeal of the following administrative decisions: (a) An administrative determination by the Planning Director; (b) The decision of the Zoning Administrator regarding a Waiver; V11.9 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED (c) The decision of the Planning Director regarding an Warrant; (d) A zoning interpretation by the Zoning Administrator; (e) The decision of the Zoning Administrator regarding zoning approval, or a Certificate of Use. In performing its appeal authority, the board shall serve as a q si-judicial body and observe the requirements of quasi-judicial procedures s t out in is Code and under applicable state law. +`�� 11. Th Tanning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall perform u ?ether functions as m be given it by the City Commission. c. Appointment ,qualifications 1. No appointm t shall be made by the,,,City mmission to membership or alternate mem b ship on the Planning, ing and Appeals Board until the City Clerk has gi n at least thirty d s notice of the vacancies in a newspaper of gen I circulation city of the vacancies. The City Commission shall soli ' and en the public, professional and citizen organizations within the ea i terest in and knowledge of the purpose and functions of the board it names of persons and their qualifications for consideration as a appointees to the board. At least five (5) days prior to the m Mintment, the City Clerk shall publicly notice that the list ofest itted and the names of candidates submitted by the Com . io ether with a short statement of the qualifications h pers ed and available for public inspection and consider io o pe o s all be pointed to the board whose name and qual atio hav n t n made blicly available in the manner set out her reachi a ision on an a ointment, the City Commission s all a co i i to the qualificatio thus submitted. 2. 1 ation. E c ity Commissioner shall nomin a candidates to serve the s of two mem ers of the board, taking into c sideration the required ualifications for membership as provided herein. Terms of office. The terms of office shall be the later of th e termsp rovided under section 2-885 of the City Code. 4. Qualifications. It is intended that members and alternate me ers of the board be persons of knowledge, experience, mature judg nt, and background; having ability and desire to act in the public inter t; and representing, insofar as may be possible, the various special profe ional training, experience, and interests required to make informed and equi Ie decisions concerning preservation and appropriate development of t physical environment. To that end, qualifications of members and the alternate member shall be as follows: (a) One (1) member shall be an architect registered in the state. (b) One (1) member shall be a landscape architect registered in the state. V11.10 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TED (c) One (1) member shall be a historian or architectural historian qualified by means of education or experience and having demonstrated knowledge and interest in county history or architectural history. (d) One (1) member shall be an experienced real estate broker licensed by the state. (e) One (1) member shall be experienced in urban planning. (f) Six (6) members shall be citizens with demonstrated kn le a and interest in the appropriate growth and development oft d may also qualify under any of the above categories. (g) a (1) alternate member shall qualify under f the above ca ories. 5. The City mission shall appoint the board from the nominations made by ea City Commissioner, for ten f the board. The mayor shall appoint e member and the alt e ate ember. Appointees shall be persons in a pos 'on to represent the p c in rest, and no person shall be appointed having sonal or private t e likely to conflict with the public interest. No person all be appoin d o has any interest in the profits or emoluments of any con act, job,, r service for the City. No person shall be appointed who hold any I e office or is employed in a full-time capacity by any governm thority in the county or the City. Before making any appoint t, City Commission shall determine that the person so appointed irements of sections 2-611 et seq. of the City Code, and no ons )nfirmed in appointment who has not filed the stateme quired b c -615 of the City Code. In addition, the code of ethic ami- shall apply to members and the alternate me a the P n in Zoni and Appeals Board. 6. Persons p inted s all electors of t City and otherwise meet the re uis of Article XI of the Cit Code. 7. mber or member of the Planning, ning and Appeals Board II be confirmed in his appointment until he signs statement agreeing to articipate in at least one seminar on planning or zoni to be held in Florida or elsewhere, and approved by the City, during the cou e of each calendar e) year he shall remain a member or alternate member of th board. Failure to meet this requirement each and every year after a uming board 4q�l membership or alternate membership may be grounds for rem o I. 8. Vacancies (a) Vacancies in the membership or alternate membership of thePla ing, Zoning and Appeals Board shall be filled by the City Commission d mayor by appointment in the manner herein set out and for the unexpir term of the member or alternate member affected, provided the City Commission may appoint an alternate member of the board to a vacancy as a full member of the board without resort to the procedural requirements of paragraph (1) above. V11.11 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED (b) The executive secretary of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall notify the City Clerk within ten days after a vacancy occurs, and the City Clerk shall promptly transmit such information to the City Commission for appropriate commission action as set out herein. Removal \er and alternate members of the board may be je cause Commission upon the votes of not less th members of ission, upon written charges and public h r f the member ernate member affected requests such eari ng. hereby established a point syste member and the ember of the Planning, Zoning d als Board who arrives eginning of the first age a or leaves before the termination f the last agendaitem, at receive two the board, s II member of the o one calendar y Commission for its (c) Notwithstanding p< of the Board who meetings in one ce Commission for A and who accu r shall be siderat& a gularly scheduled meeting of Any member and the alternate ►more than fifteen (15) points in t to the attention of the City oval of the member. �16ove any member or alternate member is a or whatever reason, from more than five �i ar shall be brought to the attention of the City cWW1 r onof the member. 10. Compensation. M ers and er embers of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Boar II rece u ration of $1.00 per year. The City Commission a make o si for t payment of actual and necessary expense - ac ordain a it ity policy, the attendance of each member and alte a membe of board at one C -authorized planning or zoning s mionfer In calendar year to b held in Florida. d. Pr e i gs of th r fficers and voting. The Planning, Zoning and Appea Board shall select a chairman and vice-chairman from among its members an ay create and fill such other offices as it may determine. All members, or the ternate member sitting in the place of a member, shall be required to vote o atters before the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, subject to the ovisions of subsections (e) and (f) of this section and applicable Florida S utes. The Planning Director shall attend all meetings of the board. The Office earing Boards, or its successor, shall be the executive secretary of the P ning, Zoning and Appeals Board. 2. Rules of procedure. The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall establisA rules of procedure necessary to its governing and the conduct of its affairs, in keeping with the applicable provisions of Florida law, and the City charter, ordinances and resolutions. Such rules of procedure shall be available in written form to persons appearing before the board and to the public upon request. Quasi-judicial procedures as provided in this Miami 21 Code and as V11.12 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED required by state law shall apply to its decisions and recommendations, including rezoning; Special Area Plans; Exceptions; Variances; and appeal decisions by the board. 3. Meetings. The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall hold at least two regularly scheduled meetings each month, except the month ofAugust, on days to be determined by the board. Other regularly schedulede s may e set by the board, and additional meetings may be heli of the c irman and at such other times as the board may dete eetings that are of regularly scheduled shall not be held without a ten (10) days writte notice to each member and the alternate me vided that upon concurr ce of the chairman of the Planning, Zoni ppeals Board and the city m ager, an emergency meeting ma el at any time and with appropriate tice. 4. Quorum; publi records. Quorum re em nts are governed by the provisions of se "on 2-887 of the ode. However, no action to recommend adoptio of amendme�t e city Comprehensive Plan, or to recommend the amen ent of t of the Miami 21 Code, rezoning, or Special Area Plan, or t app Exception shall be taken without the concurring votes of at le n members of the Board. The Executive Secretary of the Plan ing and Appeals Board shall keep minutes of board proceedings, s vo each member or alternate member, if sitting for a member, o bse i g to vote under paragraphs five (5) and six (6) belo di icating #j ch It shall be the responsibility of the executive secr o the i ning and Appeals Board to handle all procedural a vit s for p b hea s held by the board, including the preparati of etaile nnu and offs ' I records of such hearings. The official lrr'o of suc u e hearings shat e filed with the City Clerk. 5. St alte at mber. In the temporar absence or disability of a r, or in . stance where a member is of wise disqualified to sit on articular matter, the chairman of the Planning, Z ing and Appeals Board, r the vice-chairman in his absence, shall designate t alternate member to sit as a board member to obtain a full membership of e en or, as nearly as possible, a full membership. When so acting, the alter to member shall have full rights of participation and voting as members; i vote shall be deemed that of a member in reaching a decision on a matt In instances where the alternate member is not sitting as a member, he s 11 have the right to participate in board discussions and to ask questions, b he shall have no right to vote or make motions. Where the alternate me er has been duly designated to sit as a member on a particular matt and consideration of that matter has begun, the alternate shall continue to sit a board member through disposition of the matter; and he shall not replaced, should the member in whose stead he is sitting later be present. 6. Disqualification of members or alternate. If any member of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board or the alternate member called on to sit in a particular matter shall find that his private or personal interests are involved in V11.13 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED the matter coming before the board, he shall, prior to the opening of the hearing on the matter, disqualify himself from all participation of whatsoever nature in the cause. Alternatively, he may be disqualified by the votes of not less than six (6) members of the board, not including the member or alternate member about whom the question of disqualification has been raised. No member or alternate member of the Board may appear bef&nZoning e City Commission, Planning Advisory Board, Zoning Board or Plan nd Appeals Board as agent or attorney for any other person., e. All city epartments and employees shall, under the direc city manager and upo request and within a reasonable time, f o the Planning Departmen uch available records or information as equired in the work of the Planni , Zoning and Appeals Board. T c anager shall assign a member of the ublic Works Department, Pla i artment, Zoning Office, Neighborhood En ncement Team, the Co En cement Department and Fire - Rescue Departmen or their successors, to en public hearings of the Board and to advise the boa when necessary furnish information, reports and recommendations upon quest of the r he city attorney shall attend public hearings of the board t advise t rd when necessary and to furnish information, reports and rec me _ upon request of the board. f. The Planning, Zoning a5p6A Is Board or representatives of the Planning Department may, in thefWO I ce official duties, enter upon lands and make examinations or su s in a manner as other authorized city agents or employee nd shall v er powers as are required for the performance of of u ctio n out the purposes and responsibilities of the board. 7.1.1.5 City Co m� The C' ission, d ition to its duties and obligat s under the City Charter, the • de, and other applicable law, shall have the folio ing duties specifically in reab the Miami 21 Code: 134 -To approve, deny or approve with conditions applications f developments of regional impact pursuant to Chapter 380, Florida Statutes. b. To consider and act upon proposed amendments, including rez ing, to the Miami 21 Code, after consideration of the recommendation by the lanning, Zoning and Appeals Board. c. To consider and act upon proposed Special Area Plans, after considerati of the recommendation by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. d. To consider and act upon proposed amendments to the Comprehensive Plan which relate to the Miami 21 Code, after consideration of the recommendation by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. V11.14 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED e. To hear appeals of the ruling of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board on the appeal of a zoning interpretation, planning determination, Warrant, Variance or Exception. To consider and adopt ordinances, regulations and other proposals as it deems propriate for promoting orderly development within the areas of t city that a regulated by the Miami 21 Code. g. To es blish a schedule of fees and charges for the applica e pursuant to the mi 21 Code. h. To appoint mbers to the Planning, Zoning and App ard, as set forward in this Miami Code. 7.1.2 Permits The permits that may be n essary to de to property under the Miami 21 Code include the following: Warrant, aiver; .on; Variance; and amendment to the Code (including text amendme r and Special Area Plans). The permits are illustrated in Article 7, Diagr In addition, certain approvals may be necessary to confirm that use r mitted uses under the Code, which are zoning approval (by right), certificat etermination, or zoning interpretation. Permits issued in error shall c y no any party. The Zoning Administrator shall require corrections�e mad I onstruction has commenced on that portion of the constru h t wa a error. 7.1.2.1 Permitted Use ' A buildinRt for t o rmitted Uses as set fort in Article 4, Table 3 of this Code a approv ight when the Use meets all the applicable standards of t i 21 Code, an the other specific requirements at may be enumerated e e in the City Code. oning approval A building permit shall be issued only after a zoning approval fr the Zoning Administrator has been obtained indicating that the application eets the applicable provisions of the Miami 21 Code. Upon an affirmative fin by the Zoning Administrator that plans and application submitted are complet nd in compliance with the applicable requirements of the Miami 21 Code, an ap oval shall be entered on the application and on the applicable building permit an if otherwise lawful, the permit shall be issued to the applicant, together with o copy of the approved plan. If the application and plan are not in full in compliance with the requirements of the Miami 21 Code, the application shall not be approved and the applicant notified in writing of the reasons for such decision, with citation to the legal authority for any denial of a permit. V11.15 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED b. Certificate of Use 1. For new or altered Structures and Uses. No person shall Use or permit the Use of any Structure or premises hereafter created, erected, changed, converted, enlarged or moved,wholly partly, in Use or in Structure, until a Certificate of Use reflecting Use, ext t, cation, d other matters related to Miami 21 Code shall have f e to the o er or tenant. Application shall be made to the Zon inistrator on form rovided therefore. The Zoning Administrator shal s the Certificate of Use r to approve its issuance where final respo or issuance lies with oth officers or agencies) if he finds that a quirements of this Miami 21 de have been met, and to withho s ertificate (or to prohibit its issuance) nless he finds that all of t r ents of this Miami 21 Code have be met. If the Certificat of a is denied, the denial shall provide a citation the legal authority f ny enial. No Certificate of Use is necessary for few than three (3) 1 Family Structures, attached or detached, on a Lot or r fewer than o duplex Structures on a Lot. 2. Certificates of Use for oth a ses. Any owner or tenant a existing Use of Structures or premises, other than a nonconformin h ti f the adoption of this Miami 21 Code, may apply for a Certific fu .ng that such Use is lawful under this Code. The Zonin dministr i ssary shall inspect to determine the facts in the c �to ei e certificate if the administrator finds the Use lawf oto withh loId h certific e and take such remedial action as is appro ' to i the alftis or finds o erwise. A denial shall include a citation ntt'th legal a or or the denial. 3. Niffcate all be issued for Building for which code compliance rdings a n ing. cing Approval or Certificates of Use issued by the Zonin Administrator on the �asis of plans and applications authorize only the Use, rrangement, and construction set forth in the approved plans and application subject to any conditions or safeguards attached thereto, and no other. Use, angement, or construction at variance with that authorized, or failure to observe ditions and safeguards, shall be deemed a violation of this Miami 21 Code. 7.1.2.2 City Request for Planning Determination of Use Where there is substantial doubt as to whether a particular Use, or classes of Used not specifically identified in the Miami 21 Code are of the same general character as those listed as permitted, by Warrant or by Exception, the Planning Director shall make a written determination in the matter. The Planning Director shall give due consideration to the intent of this Miami 21 Code concerning the Transect Zone involved and the character of the Use in question. V11.16 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Requests for such determinations shall be made only by officers or agencies of the City and may originate during the permit process. However, such requests shall not involve those circumstances where the Zoning Administrator has made a negative finding on a zoning interpretation, in which case appeal may be taken to the \offindings. oning and Appeals Board and then to the City Commission, as set forth in .2.3. tions concerning determinations. Z4S�tify king the determination, the Planning Directors any other or gency of the city likely to be affected by syr ng and all NET . Ad ionally, notice of the determination shall fished to the public official 'ty website. f findings. ` If, in making the deter ination, the Plann i ctorfinds that the particular Use or class of Use or char teristics of U of unusual or transitory nature, or are unlikely to recur fre ently, an ss his determination is reversed on grounds of error on appeal t he , Zoning and Appeals Board or the City Commission, the determinati thereafter be binding on all officers and agencies of the city as ago4d trative ruling, and without further action on or amendment to the Miam Where the Plan nin irector f s, aking the determination, that the particular Use or o Use ristics of Use are likely to be common or recurrent, an th omissi n f pecifi reference in the Miami 21 Code is likely to lea o p Tic uriNai and con sion, the Director shall initiate a proposed a e ent to a mi 21 Code rectify the omission. Until final actio h tak u proposed amen ent, the determination of the Direct be tai n all officers and agen i s of the city as an interim adin five ruli C al to Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board �nappeal of a Tannin determination, if sought, shall be de ovo and taken to pp planning g the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, and must be initiated 'thin fifteen (15) calendar days of the publication of the determination on the City's official website. The appeal shall be filed with the Hearing Boards Office. The Board shall determine whether the administrative determination is eld or rescinded. The ruling of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board may be rther appealed to the City Commission, and must be filed with the Office of He 'ng Boards within fifteen (15) calendar days of the Board's issuance of its ruling. Before appeal of any action to the City Commission, the appellant is required to have exhausted administrative remedies by appearing on the record at the hearing before the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. In addition to requirements of the Hearing Boards Office, the filing of the appeal shall state the V11.17 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED specific reasons for such appeal, together with payment of any required fee. The appeal may be filed only by the applicant or any person who appeared of record at the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board hearing on the decision being appealed and who is aggrieved by the action of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. 7.1.2.3 Zonin nterpretation Except wh e the Miami 21 Code specifically places responsibili her officers or agencies, q stions of interpretation of this Code shall fir resented to the Zoning Admini ator. a. Notifications co erning interpretations. Upon making his i rpretation, the Zonin mi istrator shall notify the party requesting the interpr ation, as well as o er officer or agency of the City likely to be affected by ch ruling and offices which shall, within five (5) days, distribute the zoni interor to the official representatives of all registered neighborhood anNhomme associations within the NET office that is applicable to the applicant and the City shall post the interpretation on the City's official websi b. Appeal to Planning, Zoning App rd. An appeal of a zo Q * %rpre o ht, shall be de novo and presented to the Planning Zo g nd A a and hin fifteen (15) calendar days of the publication o e i erpret Ve City's ficial website. The appeal shall be filed with tthh ' ing Bo s ce. The mfg, Z ind Appeals Board s II determine whether the adive inte p ation is upheld or rescinded. e ruling of the Planning, nand Appeals Board may be further appealed to e City Commission, and be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards within fift n (15) calendar days the Board's issuance of its ruling. Before appeal of any action to the City Commission, the appel t is required to have exhausted administrative remedies by appearing on the ecord at the hearing before the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. In ddition to requirements of the Hearing Boards Office, the filing of the appeal sh state the specific reasons for such appeal, together with payment of any required e. The appeal may be filed only by the applicant or any person who appeared of cord at the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board hearing on the decision b ,ng appealed and who is aggrieved by the action of the Planning, Zoning a Appeals Board. V11.18 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 7.1$4 Warrant The Warrant permits those Uses listed in Article 4, Table 3 of this Code as requiring Warrant, upon review by the Planning Director or with the additional review of the ordinated Review Committee. a. rior to submitting an application for an Warrant, the prospective ap 'cant shall et in a preapplication meeting with the Zoning Administrator and"posed anning Dir for to obtain information and guidance as to matters relatVd" appli ion. ` b. Required tice and hearing. At the time o submitting the application to th ent of Planning, the applicant shall n ify all Abutting property owne ng those across a street or alley, by certifie mail. In the case of Ab tting ndominiums, only one notice to the condominium sociation need be se Additionally, at the time f submitting t plication, the applicant shall obtain from the Department of nning t of all registered Neighborhood and homeowner associations wi n office that is applicable to applicant property and shall notify the e, and official representatives of all such registered associations, b mail, of the application. Neighborhood and homeowner association toifaigeive such notice must register on an annual basis at their local 0 i The applicant s u mit e i receipts from all notices to the Department of P n ng at t of ap 'cation. The decision on a Warrant shall be post on e Cit si ithin five ) days of the written decision. c. Revie rovalr S. 1. anning i for shall review each submitte application for a Warrant completeness. f the Warrant application involv a project in excess of o hundred thousand (200,000) square feet of floor a a, it shall be referred to the Coordinated Review Committee, which shall revie the application and e) provide its comments and recommendations to the Plannin irector. 2. Applications for projects equal to or less than two hun d thousand (200,000) square feet of floor area shall be reviewed by the Plan g Director and the Zoning Administrator without need for review by the C rdinated Review Committee, unless the Planning Director determines that re .ew by the Coordinated Review Committee is necessary. Where there is no r rral to the Coordinated Review Committee, the Planning Director shall issue n intended decision within twenty-one (21) calendar days of a determinatio that the application is complete. The applicant shall have seven (7) calendar days from receipt of the notice of the intended decision to request a conference with the Planning Director to discuss revisions or additional information regarding the application. Within ten (10) calendar days of the conference, or if no conference is requested, the Planning Director shall issue V11.19 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED written findings and determinations regarding the applicable criteria set forth in this section and any other applicable regulations. The applicant and the Planning Director may mutually consent to an extension of the time for issuance of the final decision. The findings and determinations shall be used to approve, approve with conditions or deny the Warrant application. 3. The Planning Director shall approve, approve with conditions ny the rrant application\an but in no event shall a Warrant be i4 thirty (3s from the time the notice of the application is to the NET opprovals shall be granted when the applicati plies with all aa regulations; conditional approvals shall sued when the ai s require conditions in order to be fo ompliance with all ale gulations; denials of applicaf II be issued if after cns an safeguards have been cons' e e application still fails to cwith a applicable regulations. The ecision of the Director shall inan explan ion of the code requi ents for an appeal of the decision all be provi d to the NET ich shall within five 5 da sdie the Warra to the o is representatives of all registered neighborhood and ho owner ^Zfations within the NET office that is C! City's website. The Direct any denial of a Warra A Warrant shall be vali a permit or Certific f Use rr landscape pe one additiona�ye y , it o4nd the City shall ;;Ad postpested on the nclude a citation to the legal authority for o (2) years during which a building ained. This excludes a demolition or n 'on, for a period not to exceed an appro d by the Planning Director. Review crit 'a. As to tNtcase, ature of the Warr\Uses.The ved and the particular cir ces of the following crII apply to a Warrant tion. The application shall be revieweiance with this Code. review shall consider the intent of the Trang ing principles of the Piami 21 Code, and the manner in which the pse ' I operate given its specific location and proximity to less intenThe view shall also ^AR,; Q�apply Article 4, Table 12, Design Revie..:-: _ Appeal to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. Appeal of the determination of the Planning Director shall be de novo an taken to the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, within fifteen (15) calendar da of the posting of decision by the Planning Director on the City's website. The app I shall be filed with the Hearing Boards Office. The Board shall determine whethe the Warrant is upheld or rescinded. The ruling of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board may be further appealed to the City Commission, and must be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards within fifteen (15) calendar days of the Board's issuance of its ruling. V11.20 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TED Before appeal of any action to the City Commission, the appellant is required to have exhausted administrative remedies by appearing on the record at the hearing before the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. In addition to requirements of the Hearing Boards Office, the filing of the appeal shall state the specific reasons for such appeal, together with payment of any required fee. The ppeal may be filed only by the applicant or any person who appeare of record the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board hearing on the de si being ap aled and who is aggrieved by the action of the Plarini g and App e s Board. ` 7.1.2.5 Waiver Av%� The Waiver permit pecified minor deviations in the various article of this Code and as co this Code. Waivers are tended to relieve Dra strict requirements of this ode. Waivers are financial hardship. nor to a#ow circumvent4a may not be granted if it conflidXwith the M Thi 21 Code, as provided the guiding principles of he intent of this Code. A Waiver or the Florida Building Code. a. Specific Waivers are describ the various articles of this Code, and are referenced here only for convpQidVZV The specific parameters of each Waiver are further described in the articlr c ea~aiver appears in this Code. 1. Parking redu dor for Eld rl H�u g for Adaptive Reuses in Community Redevelo en reas cl Section 6.1. and 3.6.7). 2. S tb r the Vo be developed to atch the dominant Setback in th and xt. (Article 3, Section 3. 5; Article 5, Sections 5.5.1.?' �5.6.1.g 5. 11. ) .hared Access for adjoining Lots (Article 3, Section 3. 3.k). Deferral of parkiRg ( Ftirle Z SeGtinn 3.6.9). 64Deferral. Barbed wire fences in D1, D2 and D3 (Article 3, Section 3.7.2). 5. Review of Development within Neighborhood Conservation tricts for compliance with NCD regulations ( FtiGle 3, col++inn 2 12 ''Appendix , . 9-.6. The relaxation of Setbacks or required Off-street Parking for preservatid� of natural features of land (Article 3, Section 3.13.1.c). X .9-7. Decrease of required parking by thirty percent (30%) within the half -mile radius of a TOD (Article 4, Table 4). V11.21 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 49-.8. Required parking within one thousand (1,000) feet of the site that it serves (Article 4, Table 4 ) Extensions above maximum Heights for church spires, steep s, elfries, onuments, water towers, flagpoles, vents, ornamental.B tures, orative elements, or similar Structures. (Article 3 Se Article 5, Se 'ons 5.3.2.f; 5.4.2.g; 5.5.2.h; 5.6.2.h, 5.9.2.g and 5.9. 5.10.2. ). 410. Ser ' e and Parking access from Principal Fr Article 5, Sections 5.4.2.e, ;5.5.2.e and 5.6.2.f ). 411. Vehicular tries spacing less tha six (60) feet. (Article 5, Section 5.5.4.e and 5.6. ). 412. Adjustments to ilding spacin n to Setbacks above the eighth floor for Lots having one i ension ® ndred (100) feet or less (Article 5, Section 5.6.1.h). 13. Admustments to Buildin i 'tion in Cl. Article 5 Section 5.7.2.4.d 414. Industrial Uses requi ' addi ight in D2 and D3 (Article 5, Section 5.9.2.f and 5.10.2. 15. Primary and S Pary Fro a rk i n*ca I. acement Article 5 Section 5.6.4.d and 5.6.4.e) — I V 16. R d resse ring space (Article 17. ation BiAld4�g rontage requirement (Articl e)✓ 13). 4q�'19. Replacement or reconstruction of a nonconforming Structu (other than Single -Family r; duplex or multi -family) destroyed by nat I disaster, explosion, fire, act of God, or the public enemy. (Article 7, Section .2.b). 20. Alterations to nonconforming Single Family or duplex Structures to en ge a nonconformity affecting the exterior of the Building or premises. (Artic 7, Section 7.2.3). �a Mp_,.Apg of a nnnrnnfnrmiRg GWR LO+t( FtiGle 7 SeGtieR 7.2.). 22-21. Development of Single Family or duplex Structures on certain nonconforming Lots in T-3 zones. (Article 7, Section 7.2.7). V11.22 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED X22. Modification to nonconforming Off-street Parking facilities involving restoration or rehabilitation of an existing Building or an adaptive Use. (Article 7, Section 7.2.8). 23. Modification of the landscaping of nonconforming signs. rticle 7, Section 7.2.9.5). X2\rac' appropriate to the nature of the Waiver involve a particular stances of the case, Waivers up to ten percent (1 o�any particular of this Code except Density, Intensity and may be granted do g so promotes the intent of the particula ct Zone where the al i ocated; is consistent with the gui iples of this Code; and s prac al difficulty in otherwise mee andards of the Transect or wh doing so promotes ner conservation and Building nability. Th inability to achieve m um ensity, Height, or floor plate Transect sh I not be consider o ds for the granting of a Waiver. aiver cannot b combined wi a other specified Waiver of the same rd. O b. Prior to submitting an applica an administrative Waiver, the prospective applicant shall meet in a p tion meeting with the Zoning Administrator to obtain information and e a matters related to the proposed application. c. Required notice a a ng. At the time sub ittin a cation to a Office of Zoning, the applicant shall notif utting p e wners, include those across a street or alley, by ce if" il. In s of Abutting cond iniums, only one notice, by certifi to thinium association shall sent. " nally, at the time of initial application, the applic t shall obtain from the rtment of Planning the list of all registered Neighbo ood and homeowner associations within the NET office that is applicable to ap icant property and shall notify the NET office and official representatives \anual registered �� associations, by certified mail, of the application. Neighborhhomeowner associations who wish to receive such notice must register obasis at their local NET offices. \ The applicant shall submit the certified receipt(s) from all notices to the Nfice of Zoning at the time of submitting the application. The decision on a Waive hall be posted on the City website within five (5) days of the written decision. d. Review ,_ _ _ : and approval process. The Zoning Administrator shall review the Waiver application, as required under this Code, in regard to compliance with the standards applicable to the specific Waiver star and guiding principles in Article 2 of the Miami 21 Code. V11.23 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED oto Recommendations and findings from the Planning Director shall be forwarded to the Zoning Administrator when applicable or when requested by the Zoning Administrator. The review by the Planning Director shall GGRSi Article 4, Table 12 Design Review Criteria. as applicable. Based on these findings, and the applicable findings and determinations of the Zoning Administrator, the Zoning dministrator will issue a final decision on the Waiver request with' ten (10) c ndar days of receiving the Planning Director's recommendation dings. The plication shall be approved, approved with conditions % itation to the gal authority shall be included for any denial of a In no event shall a iver be issued prior to thirty (30) days from the f notice of the applicatio is provided to the NET office. The d of the Zoning Administrato hall include an explanation of the code ents for an appeal of the decision nd shall be provided to the NET c is shall within five 5 da s distribute e Waiver to the official r tives of all re istered City's website. Approvals shall be grant regulations; conditional ap conditions in order to be denials of applications s been considered, the regulations. Appeal to the Pla on the v when tlication complies with all applicable IsCissued when such applications require u mpliance with all applicable regulations; Wued if, after conditions and safeguards have on sj#%fails to comply with all applicable in aN jnfZoning nd Appeals on the City'! Board. inistrator shall be de novo and Bo d, within fifteen (15) calendar web � e. The appeal shall be filed V%ver shall be valid for a period of two (2) years X Ait or Certificate of Use must be obtained. This exc iscape permit. A one time extension, for a period not to r, may be obtained upon approval by the Zoning Admini: 7. .6 Exception ng which a building des a demolition or Iscceed an additional As identified in Article 4, Table 3 of this Code, a Use may be permitted by E ption in specific Transect Zones if it conforms to criteria of this Miami 21 Code. Exce ons may also be permitted as provided in this Code, such as for adjustments o nonconformities as provided in section 7.2. Except as otherwise provided in thi Code, the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall determine whether an Exception may be granted. a. Prior to submitting an application for an Exception under this Code, the prospective applicant shall meet in a preapplication meeting with the Zoning V11.24 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Administrator and the Planning Director to obtain information and guidance as to matters related to the proposed application. The Planning Director may request the attendance of other city departments to assist the applicant in submitting a complete preliminary application. b.\thexception Planning Director and Coordinated Review Committee. nning Director shall determine if a submitted prelim+n tion is e for purposes of further review. ` xception preliminary application meets or s two hundred (200,000) square feet of floor area i e referred to the at Review Committee, which I r iew the preliminary ion d provide its comments and ndations to the Planning . *%� 3. Projects equal too ess than two hu ousand (200,000) square feet of floor area shall be eviewed by e lanning Director and the Zoning Administrator without Nak dfor re e the Coordinated Review Committee, unless the Planning Direor ing Administrator determine that review by the Coordinated Review ttee is necessary. 4. As appropriate to t re xception involved and the particular circumstances of the c the criteria shall apply to an application for an Exception dition, t ap i ation shall be reviewed for compliance with the regu of th a traffic study shall be provided as required y t annin it c Th eview shall consider the manner in which th oposed ill erste give its specific location and proximity to less n Uses. h iew shall also apply Article 4, Table 12 D 'view C to s a licable. 5. h irector htel prepare recommendations a d certify the preliminary Tlication and accompanying recommendations to filed with the Office of earing Boards for consideration by the Planning, oning and Appeals Board. Upon filing with the Office of Hearing Boards th pplication shall be e) placed on the agenda of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals pard. . c. Decision by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. 1. Notice and hearing. A quasi-judicial hearing shall be held on the application for Exception. The City shall notify all owners of property within five hundred (500) feet N the Property Line of the land for which the hearing is required, by certified mail, of the time and place of the hearing by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board at least ten days in advance of the hearing. In the case of condominiums within the notification area, only one notice, by certified mail, V11.25 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED to the condominium association shall be sent. For the purpose of this requirement, the names and addresses of property owners shall be deemed those appearing on the latest tax rolls of the City. The applicant shall provide the list of owners to the City at the time of the initial application. Additionall\and , the City shall notify all registered neighborhood and meowner iations within the NET office that is applicable to applicant o rty and notify the NET office and official representatives Qf stered iations, by certified mail, of the application. orhood and wner associations who wish to receive such notic register on an basis at their local NET offices. it hall certify at the time of the hearing th as herein required ive o the persons as named and wit h resses shown on the ation. The applicant shall pay for the e mailings. g of th roperty which is the su ec the hearing and newspaper shall be r uired as provided in C ter 2 of the City Code. and findings. �1 The Planning, Zoning a Ap oard shall give full consideration to the Planning Director's recom ns, and shall determine whether to grant an application for Ex ti grant with conditions and safeguards or to deny the application. in oning and Appeals Board shall issue written findings that th lica rements of the Miami 21 Code have or have not been . In il t an Exception be issued prior to thirty (30) days fro ti e the application is provided to the NET office. The d isi n of the n g, Z 'ng and Appeals Board shall include an expla ion the o uirement or an appeal of the decision and shall be ro ed tot NVa office which s II within five 5 days, distribute th on to ireresentatives f all registered neighborhood a owner o iations within the NET Nice that is aoalicable to the X)XMnt ro gr and the City shall post on the City's website. Ne -Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall in\whenh tion to the legal Outhority for any denial of an Exception. Approvals shall be ranted when the application cith all applicable pp g pp pp regulations; conditional approvals shall be issuech applications require conditions in order to be found in comh II applicable regulations; denials of applications shall be issur co itions and safeguards have been considered, the application com with all applicable regulations. d. Appeal to the City Commission. Appeal of the decision of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall be de novo applying the Exception criteria in this Code and taken to the City Commission, pursuant to section 7.1.5 of this Miami 21 Code. The appeal shall be filed with the Hearing Boards Office. Notification of the appeal shall be V11.26 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED provided by the City in the same manner as provided for the original application in section 7.1.2.6.c. of this Code. Before appeal of any action to the City Commission, the appellant is required to have exhausted administrative remedies by appearing on the record at the Baring before the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. In dition to r uirements of the Hearing Boards Office, the filing of the appeal s II ate the spe fic reasons for such appeal, together with payment of anY r� e. The appe may be filed only by the applicant or any person wh ed of record at the anning, Zoning and Appeals Board hearing on ecision being appealed nd who is aggrieved by the action of the ng, Zoning and Appeals Bo d. e. An Exception s II be valid for a period of two during which a building permit or Certific of Use must be obtai ed. his excludes a demolition or landscape permit. one (1) time extens' for a period not to exceed an additional year, may b btained upon ap a y the Planning Director. 7.1.2.7 Variance O G a. Variance defined; Iimitatio A Variance is a relaxation a to a Miami 21 Code, and is permitted only in those excepti circums ce en such action will not be contrary to the public interest ftre, n itions peculiar to the property and not the result of acti s he a Ii n a liter enforcement of the Miami 21 Code would result un cess n ndue har hip on the property. A Variance shall be aut or d only r size, Lot Cove ge, dimensions of side or rear Setb ck ing a i g requirements, a Open Space requirements. Varia all b i i ed for anything not in uded in the listing above, ex p specific II rovided by this Code. A Vari ce from the terms of the 21 Code shall not be granted unless and until ev mitigating measure to t the impact of the relaxed requirement can be shown have been taken. e ulations of this Miami 21 Code that are not eligible adjustment b g g J Y Variance may be eligible for administrative Waiver. See section . .2.5. Unachievable maximum Density, Height, or floor -plate, nonconfor ' g Use of neighboring lands, Structures or Buildings in the same Transect, an ermitted Use of lands, Structures or Buildings in any other Transect, shall of be considered grounds for the granting of a Variance. b. Criteria for approval. An application for a Variance shall be approved only if it demonstrates all of the following: V11.27 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 1. Special conditions and circumstances exist that are peculiar to the land, Structure or Building involved and that are not applicable to other lands, Structures, or Buildings in the same Transect; 2. The special conditions and circumstances do not result from the actions of the applicant; Literal interpretation of the provisions of the Miami 21 Code d rives the applicant of rights commonly enjoyed by other properties i t same ansect Zone and results in unnecessary and undue, n the al cant; 4. Gra ' g the Variance requested conveys the samment to the individ I owner as to the owner of other lands, Buildj tructures in the same Tr sect Zone; `�► 5. The Varia if granted, is the minimum V at makes possible the reasonable of the land Building or Str 6. The grant of th Variance is in harmony with a general intent and purpose of the Miami 21 de, and is not injurio o th Neighborhood, or otherwise detrimental to the o lic. in Article 4 Table 12 a such re 10 the particular location for which the Variance is being sought. c. Prior to submitting an app' f r a Variance under this Code, the prospective applicant shall meet with n istrator and the Planning Director in a preapplication meeting to n inf and guidance as to matters related to the proposed appli�lljen. d. Review by Plan ni0irector. The Plannin D ctor sh d mine if a subm ed preliminary application for a Varianc plete aking a completene determination, the Planning Direct II pr a r commendations, and s II certify the preliminary apc and a c ipanying recommendations to filed with the Hearing ft�Office for consideration by the Planning, Zoning d Appeals Board. 3eview by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. e) 1. Notice. A quasi-judicial hearing shall be conducted by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board on the Variance application. Formal public notic f hearing by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board of the application shall issued. The City shall notify all owners of property within 500 feet of the PropertyXine of the land for which the hearing is required, by certified mail, of the timed place of the hearing by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board at least to days in advance of the hearing. In the case of condominiums within the notification area, only one notice, by certified mail, to the condominium association shall be sent. For the purpose of this requirement, the names and addresses of property owners shall be deemed those appearing on the latest V11.28 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED tax rolls of the City. The applicant shall provide the list of owners to the City at the time of the initial application. Additionally, the City shall notify all registered neighborhood and homeowner associations within the NET office that is applicable to applicant property and shall notify the NET office and official representatives of such egistered associations, by certified mail, of the application. Neighb "rh d and omeowner associations who wish to receive such notice Tu on an a ual basis at their local NET offices. ` The i shall certify at the time of the hearing that n herein required was gi to the persons as named and with th r ses shown on the certificati . The applicant shall pay for the c mailings. Posting of th roperty which is the su tec the hearing and newspaper notice shall be r uired as provided in C ter 2 of the City Code. 2. Decision by the Plan 'ng, Zoning aneals Board. The Planning, Zonin a peals Board shall consider the recommendations of the Director, conduct a quasi-judicial hearing, and shall issue writte that the application meets or does not meet the applicable criteri m fo Variance from the regulations of the Miami 21 Code. In no nt s riance be issued prior to thirty (30) days from the tinyke notice h Iication is provided to the NET office. The decision Ian , , and Appeals Board shall include an explanation o h code r u ents an appeal of the decision and shall be provi to e N o is hich sha within five 5 days, distribute the Varianc to he officer Asentatives of II registered neighborhood and h er ass i within the NET o Xce that is applicable to the 'fanning, ZoNpg and Appeals Board shall i rity for any denial of a Variance. st on the City's website. de a citation to the legal v Conditions and safeguards. e) In any Variance, the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Boar may prescribe appropriate mitigating conditions and safeguards in conformity ith the Miami 21 Code. Violation of such conditions and safeguards, when m e a part of the terms under which the Variance is granted, shall be deemed a i Iation of the Miami 21 Code and grounds for revocation of the Variance. f. Appeal to the City Commission. Appeal of the decision of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall be made' to the City Commission, as a de novo hearing, and as set forth in section 7.1.5 of this Miami 21 Code. The appeal shall be filed with the Hearing Boards Office. Notification of the appeal shall be provided by the City in the same manner as provided for the original application in section 7.1.2.7.e. of this Code. V11.29 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Before appeal of any action to the City Commission, the appellant is required to have exhausted administrative remedies by appearing on the record at the hearing before the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. In addition to requirements of the Hearing Boards Office, the filing of the appeal shall state the pecific reasons for such appeal, together with payment of any requir fee. The eal may be filed only by the applicant or any person who appead record at e Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board hearing on t�ie� being appe ed and who is aggrieved by the action of the PI rip oning and Appea oard. ` g. A project f which the Variance has been obtained s alid for a period of two (2) year during which a Building Permit Cate of Use must be obtained. This cludes a demolition or lands e t. A one time extension, for a period not to xceed an additional yea ma a obtained upon approval by the Planning Direct 7.1.2.8 Amendment to Miami Code �1 a. Successional Zoning. The Xty'sp~ and evolution over time will inevitably require changes to thu ako certain Transect Zones. These changes shall occur successionall h the zoning change may be made only to a lesser Transect Zone; a ransect Zone to a greater or lesser intensity; or to the next hig rans or through a Special Area Plan. All changes shall maint2fte goals thi de to preserve Neighborhoods and to provide transitions i Nellsity, i 'Iding Height and Scale. 1. When a Poed p rty eases to e used for Civic functions, the success n rezonin i etermined by "dentifying the lowest Intensity Aut nsec nd rezoning to th Zone's next higher Intensity Z v a property of nine (9) acres or more, a successi al change shall require Special Area Plan as described in Article 3. For all successional zoningchanges of less than nine 9 cres, refer to the g () table below. TRANSECT ZONE FLR SUCCESSIONAL ZONE FLR T1 -- T1 -- T2 -- N/A -- T3 -- T4, CI -- T4 -- T5, CI -- T5 -- T6-8, CI 6 T6-8 5 T6-12, CI 8 T6-12 8 T6-24, CI 7 V11.30 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009lgTI1 ITEC T6-24 7 T6 -36a, CI 12 T6 -36a 12 T6 -60a, CI 11 T6 -60a 11 T6 -60b, CI 18 T6 -36b 22 T6 -60b, CI 18 T6 -60b 18 N/A, CI -- T6-80 24 N/A, CI -- Abutting Zones CI- 8 T6-24 7 D1 -- T5, CI, D2 -- D2 -- D1, CI -- D3 -- T6 -8L, T6-8 O, CI -- b. The Miami 21 de may be amended by am d ` Miami 21 Atlas or by amending the tex f this Code. 1. Miami 21 Atlas mendments (also re ed as a "rezoning", including Special Area Plan may only be appli f at two times of the year, which times shall be set arly by the i ommission. A rezoning to a CS Transect Zone, and a rezonin ed by the City shall be exempt from the twice yearly schedu . T ning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall make recommendations to Ci Commission for such amendments to the Miami 21 Code. 2. Every two years, the i; ay co comprehensive review of the Miami 21 Atlas to evale dev I irection of the City's neighborhoods and determine�LXdiWonal are appropriate. 3. Amen dm is Vthe e Miam 21 Code (including tables and diagram y be m e upon applic ' n of a city official and may be cons t any u g the year. c. Ap is for re g iami 21 Atlas amendment . �xcept where the proposal for the rezoning of propert involves an extension of an existing Transect boundary, no rezoning of land hall be considered which involves less than forty thousand (40,000) square t of land area or two hundred (200) feet of street Frontage on one (1) street. pplications for rezoning may be made by: (a) The City Commission; (b) The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board; (c) Any other department, board or agency of the City; (d) Any person or entity other than those listed in (a) through (c), ab e, provided that only the owner(s) or their agent(s) may apply for t rezoning of property. 2. Applications for rezoning made pursuant to (d) above shall be made on an application form as provided by the City which shall require, at a minimum, the following information: V11.31 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED (a) Location of the property, including address and legal description (b) Survey of the property prepared by a State of Florida registered land surveyor within six (6) months from the date of the application, including acreage. (c) Affidavit and disclosure of ownership of all ownersan contract purchasers of the property, including recorded warranty d nd tax forms of the most current year. For corporations �a ships, clude articles of incorporation, certificate of good st nd authority o the person signing the application. Non-profit or a ions shall list me bers of the Board of Directors for the past ye (d) Certi i d list of owners of real estate within fiv d (500) feet of the subject operty. (e) Present ing of the property and Fu e Use designation of the property. (f) At least two p tographs that show t ntir property. (g) An analysis of properties wit ' o -half mile radius of the subject property regardin he existing n 'on of the radius properties and the current zoning and ture La designations of the radius properties. The analysis shall in de of Building elevations of both sides of the street extending thr red (300) feet beyond all boundaries of the site. An aerial pJjQt he site and the radius properties shall be included. The xplain why the zoning change is appropriate and w e e ning is inappropriate, in light of the intent of the mi 21 e particularly in relation to effects on adjoining p ti s. d. Review of ap 'cati for c a dments b lanning Director. 1. The g Dirh I review each apple tion for a code amendment a de a c ndation and a statement regard to how each of the n of this is met or not met. In the case f rezonings, the Director 11 additionally review the application in regard t whether the land Use ensities and intensities are compatible with and ther the objectives, policies and land Uses in the Comprehensive Plan, and ther the criteria in 7.1.2.8.f are met. 2. A non -City applicant for rezoning shall obtain a Zoning Referral the Zoning Administrator, and meet with the Planning Director and Zoning A inistrator in a preapplication meeting prior to the applicant's submiss of a preliminary application for rezoning. The Director shall revie each preliminary application for rezoning for completeness. The Planning Di ctor shall certify the preliminary application and his accompan g recommendations to be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards f consideration by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. The applicant shall be responsible for filing the application with the Office of Hearing Boards. Upon filing with the Office of Hearing Boards, the application shall be placed on the agenda of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. V11.32 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED e. Review by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. 1. Notice Formal public notice of hearing by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board of an application for a code amendment shall be issued in the followi manner: Re City shall notify all owners of property within 500 feet o t� y Line he land for which the hearing is required, by certified the time and pl\rolls rezoning hearing by the Planning, Zoning a eals Board at leys in advance of the hearing. In the case ominiums within thion area, only one notice, by certified the condominium asshall be sent. For the purpose t quirement, the names ans of property owners shall b e those appearing on the latlls f the City. The applicant hal ovide the list of owners to the Ciime the initial application. K Additionally, the Cit hall notify all�t ed neighborhood and homeowner associations within the ET offic applicable to applicant property and shall notify the NET offi an icial representatives of such registered associations, by certified We rezoning application. Neighborhood and homeowner associatio ish to receive such notice must register on an annual basis at their I i Notice of text a ments s I provided by Chapter 62 of the City Code and stat The City all c rtify a ti of the h ring that notice as herein required was giv the per n named and th the addresses shown on the c rtifV The A`p`MI_ n shall pay for the c is of the mailings. of the p erty which is the subject of hearing and newspaper ice shall be required as provided in Chapter 62 o e City Code. v e) Review, findings and recommendation. (a) The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall gi\csideration to the Director's recommendations, and shall er an application for a code amendment should be d with modifications or denied. (b) The Board shall conduct a hearing on text amendments and mak its recommendations based on whether the criteria in this section are met. (c) The Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall conduct a quasi-judicial public hearing on rezoning applications, and make its recommendations based on whether the criteria in this section are met. V11.33 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED f. Criteria. The recommendations of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall show that the board has considered and studied the application in regard to the following criteria: For all amendments: ( The relationship of the proposed amendment to the ectives and licies of the Comprehensive Plan, with appropriat c aeration as to w ther the proposed change will further the objectives and poli . s of the Comprehensive Plan; the Mia de; and other city regula i ns. (b) The nee and justification for the propo d e, including changed or changing nditions that make the pas a of the proposed change necessary. 2. For rezonings: A change may be mad on1l next intensity Transect Zone or by a Special Area Plan, and in r which maintains the goals of this Miami 21 Code to preserve i hoods and to provide transitions in intensity and Building Height. 3. For Special Area,�1rezonin Special Areala shall b a o ed by zoning pursuant to the provisions of Section g. City C ion on Planning, ing and Appeals Board recon tions. tice and hearings. Upon receipt of the findings and recommendati s regarding code amendments by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, the City Commission shall hold at least two advertised public arings on the proposed code amendments. Notice shall be given as follows: The City shall notify all owners of property within five hundred ( ) feet of the Property Line of the land for which the hearing is required, by ertified mail, of the time and place of the rezoning hearing by the City Commis ' n at least ten days in advance of the hearing. In the case of condominiums in the notification area, only one notice, by certified mail, to the condomini association shall be sent. For the purpose of this requirement, the names and addresses of property owners shall be deemed those appearing on the latest tax rolls of the City. The applicant shall provide the list of owners to the City at the time of the initial application. V11.34 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Additionally, the City shall notify all registered neighborhood and homeowner associations within the NET office that is applicable to applicant property and shall notify the NET office and the official representatives of such registered associations, by certified mail, of the rezoning application. Neighborhood and homeowner associations who wish to receive such notice must register on an annual basis at their local NET offices. Notice of text amendments shall be as provided by Ce and state law. The ity shall certify at the time of the hearing that n was g en to the persons as named and with the a certifica In. The applicant shall pay for the costs qk� Posting of tP notice shall k state statute. 2. Adoption. property which is th Cequired as provide( Chat Y'e City q� Oi'l"in erein required shown on the gs. end newspaper y Code and by In the case of all pro;XV text or Miami 21 Atlas amendments, if the recommendation ng, Zoning and Appeals Board is adverse to the proposal, suchall not be adopted except by the vote of at least three membersomission. The City Commie may, of not less than three (3) members, approve the r of p Transect Zone of less Intensity than that applied r i situati s w re, in he opinion of the commission and uponthe eco mend i e Plann Director, the specific rezoning applied r uld wor to detriment of t health, safety or welfare of the s rr% Neigeo , whereas a rezone to a Transect Zone of less IntSouldo . o event shall a rezoning be issued prior to thirt 30) days from the time e notice of the application is provided to the NET offi . The decision of the City Commission shall include an explanation of the cod equirements for an co appeal of the decision and shall be provided to the NET o e and posted on the City's website. The City Commission shall include a cit "on to the legal authority for any denial of a rezoning. 3. Failure of City Commission to act. If a recommendation of the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board not legislatively decided within twelve (12) months from first reading by the Xty Commission, the application upon which the report and recommendation a based shall be deemed to have been denied. However, for amendment to the Comprehensive Plan and its corresponding Miami 21 Atlas amendment, the time period will be extended an additional twelve (12) months. In both instances, the provisions of sections 62-54 and 62-55 of the City Code will V11.35 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED not apply unless otherwise required by the City Commission. No day of the month of August shall be counted in the administration of this section. 4. Limitation on further consideration after denial. Whenever the City Commission has denied an application for the property, the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall not therea (b) onsider any further application for the same rezoni kp same property for a period of eighteen months Con er an application for any other kind of the sa e property for a period of twelven action; o (c) Consider property wit within a peril application for rezoning two hundred (200) twelve (12) month 5. Limitation on further coTviderati ng of NM'or all of date of such any part or all of he date of such owner's change Whenever the City Commi iii !)as rezoned property, the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board shall reafter consider any petition for rezoning of all or any part of the ty a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of such actio . 6. Limitation on furtl�r Snsidera voluntary withdrawal of application. Whenev anQlican s ntarily wi drawn an application for rezoning of prope y ring eit f r second rea i g before the City Commission, the , Zo n Appeals Board s I not thereafter consider an for a property for eighteen ) months from the date of swo tion, n o der an application for any k d of rezoning of any part of the sam property for twelve (12) month from the date of such ,pa . qj!tel. Waiver of time limits. 4q�l The time limits set forth in this subsection g. may be waived a vote of at least three (3) members of the City Commission when such actio is deemed necessary to prevent injustice or to facilitate development of the "ty in the context of the adopted Comprehensive Plan, or any portion thereof. 7.1.2.9 Sign Permits a. Application. Except for classes of signs exempted from permit requirements as specified in Article 6, Section 6.5, all signs shall require permits. Applications for such permits shall be made, on forms provided by the city, and in addition shall provide at a minimum the following information: V11.36 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 1. A drawing to scale showing the design of the Sign, including the dimensions, Sign size, method of attachment, source of illumination, and showing the relationship to any Building or Structure to which it is, or is proposed to be, installed or placed, or to which it relates; A fully dimensional Lot plan, drawn to scale, indicating the loca 'on of the Sign relative to Property Line, right-of-way, streets, sidewalk a other uildings or Structures on the premises; 3. ber, size and location of all existing signs upon the ilding, Lot or pre 'ses, if applicable; and 4. Any o er information required, if any, by the Florida Code. b. Permit identi ation required to be on Sign. requiring a permit or permits shall be learly marked with the permit numbers and the name of the person or fi responsible for placem t o e Sign on the premises. c. Approval of sign pe it. A sign per be approved by the Zoning Administrator if the req ' ements and to set forth in this Code have been met; all other necessary rovals, �fY�have been obtained; and all required fees have been paid. d. Transferability of sign pe it. rmits, permit numbers or permit applications and attachments shall n s ra o other sites. They are valid only for a specific Sign Structure at t ecifi ignated location subject to change of copy limitations in Ar 6, Se I t any time a Sign Structure is altered, removed or rel ma r i from the terms of the sign permit, the sign per will b o e void, I s the e provided in this code. 7.1.3 Application evies Gener y, applica i and review process for By ht permits, Warrants and Wai~ xceptions, Variances and rezonings are as illust ed in Article 7, Diagram 7. formal Consultation Prior to submitting any application for a permit under this Code, the rospective applicant may informally consult with the Zoning Administrator and th Planning Director to obtain information and guidance concerning the proposed applic "on, the general application requirements and the plan review process. The pros ctive applicant for plan review under section 7.1.3.2 may request informal consult 'on regarding the proposed plan prior to the required pre -application process. statement made or information exchanged during the informal consultation shall be binding on the city or the applicant. 7.1.3.2 Generally V11.37 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED a. The Zoning Office shall direct an applicant for a permit under this Code to the appropriate office for the review of the permit application by issuing a Zoning Referral. Preapplication package forms for specific permits shall be provided by the city administration to assist the applicant in the review and approval process. ,Eor all applications, the following information shall be required y 1 aures and addresses of the record owners, the applicaQt p :ring the application, and the signatures of each. St or Xrntrol of the property, executed and sworn to by th o one dred percent (100%) of the property describ by ten t or tenants, with owner's written swo n authorize gents, evidenced by a written po drney a member o he Florida Bar. L 2. Evidence of autNi and identification not the record own by the record e applicant's 3. Legal description and a rti The survey shall be per Code, and dated withi n providing such surve The land survey shall e baseline informatj�shall b prior to review Q reap] , -ff%xerson Not ownership or owners of e application, or sent, or by duly if the agent is not for submission of the application, � p to the owner if the applicant is Wsurvey of the proposed site boundaries. )n accordance with Florida Administrative proceeding the filing date of the application, I nt conditions of the subject property. e Department of Public Works and oAdM'by the Department to the applicant kage at the preapplication meeting. 4. Any info tiolwrrequir orVtice of aN pursuan o is Miam 1 e. 5. Pr any n code enforcement r y. Payment of required fees and charges. earing or administrative decision or municipal liens on the Phased project. A phased project is one which, due to its' be developed in stages. Such project shall contain a mini acres of land. Any such project shall establish the maxin capacity for the subject property. At the time of qualificatio finitude, has to m of three (3) entity or subsidiaries of one 1 entity and may occupy contiquoX lands separated only by streets or alleys, and will be considered as one 1 oiect for the purpose of calculating all zoning requirements. A phased promect 7twst request of the property owner. V11.38 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED b. The Zoning Administrator, or the Planning Director, as appropriate, shall make a determination as to the completeness of the preapplication package prior to its further review. c. When any combination of a Warrant, Waiver or Exception is requested for a articular project, one application for the highest ranking permit shall b sufficient f review, and lower ranking approvals need not be applied fo s rately. Alt ugh only one application is required to be filed, the projpc et the criteri for all the approvals requested. Applications shall bd as follows: Waiver Warrants, and Exceptions. Special Area Pla riances, and amendme s to the Miami 21 Code shall always requi ate applications and approv The approval of any administrative pe II be contingent on the approval o all permits requiring public hearin appeal period for any required admini ative approval shall be staye the approval of the last permit requiring p lic hearing. 7.1.3.3 For By Right permits, the licant shall also i a complete set of plans, signed and sealed as required by th Florida Buildi e, which should include: a. Location plan at minimum cal :200, of project within Neighborhood structure as shown in Zoning including plat plan of Neighborhood and Building footprints of N od or superimposition of project on aerial photograph. b. Dimensioned site pla��ncludin 1. Lot Lines and e acks. 2. Location s pe, si Height of e sting and proposed Building cansif�li and I /�o t16n of OfIENet Parking, loading facilities, ste collection areas, and above ground utilities. �v . Location and design of any signage. e) 5. Indication of any site or Building design methods used t\and ergy. 6. Abutting area extending three hundred (300) feet bty Lines including street design from project Building FagadFagade across the street, including sidewalk, swale if any, stre-streetparking pavement. c. Landscape plans including specification of plant material, loe. d. Floor plans and elevations of all Structures, including total gross square foot area of each floor and all dimensions relating to the requirements of this Code. e. Figures indicating the following: V11.39 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 1. Lot area. 2. Amount of green space or Open Space, trees, and pervious and impervious pavement in square feet and percentage required and provided. 3. mount of building coverage at ground level in square feet an entage quired and provided. 4. Tota quare footage of all built areas, categorized by Us ` 5. Parking uired and provided. 6. Total numbe f dwelling units. 7. Other design dat s may be needed to luat the project. 7.1.3.4 Plan Approval Required for rrants, s, Exceptions and Variances a. Requirements. G Plan approval is requir n S ure or premises to be constructed, changed, converted, enlarW. or holly or partly, by Warrant, Waiver, Exception or Varian . he plan II eviewed as part of the preapplication package for the 67, W - r, on, or Variance. If plan approval is required, the pla sh I show h t Stru re or Use, or both, or the affected part thereof, in nfor it e provisio of this Miami 21 Code. b. Prea Ii eeti Aft ving ag eferral and a preapplication ackage from the Zoning for a Warrant, Waiver, Exception, or Varianc under this Code, the ective applicant shall meet in a preapplication meetin to obtain information nd guidance as to matters related to the proposed applic 'on. No statement made or information exchanged during the pre -application eeting shall be binding on the City or the applicant. The Planning Director r the Zoning Administrator in the case of a Waiver) shall ensure that repr entatives of potentially affected City departments or agencies are present at the eting and shall, if deemed necessary, extend invitations to attend and particip in the meeting to potentially affected agencies or officers of Miami -Dade Cou the state or the federal government. The Zoning Administrator shall be respo ible for the preapplication meeting in the case of a Waiver. The preapplica n meeting may be continued for the review of further information that may b necessary to enable the applicant to submit a complete preliminary application. Insofar as possible, the applicant shall be given guidelines at the pre -application meeting in regard to: V11.40 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED c Any referral to other governmental officers or agencies that may be necessary either before or after filing application for permit requested. 2. Any required Comprehensive Plan amendments or zoning changes. C! Any Waivers which may be required for the proposed project. Jiformation regarding the plan process and informatiorq oning A inistrator or Director deem pertinent to the applicatio ` 9$ er matters that are deemed pertinent to the ap A 2F' 6. Estimate\of Upon complere-application mi submit an apreliminary plan a or Zoning Oicable, on forms Department ice as applicab plan applicatimine that the IpLef 5. Any irl 7'c'plicant if required shall ovwite Planning Department avided by the City. The Planning s itiate review of the preliminary nary plan application is complete. d. Materials to be submitted wi thejeption shall include maps, plans, surveys, studies and reports that maably be required to make the necessary determinations called for ' t rticular case, in sufficient copies for referrals and records, including th . Is d in section 7.1.3.3, and may include other materials as deem ece the Planning Director or Zoning Administrator, as ap Ie. I 11W e. A preliminary plarelication h I dee d complete at the time: 1. It is on o approv e city, and all plicable information is provided by th cant r or attachment(s), s necessary, at the time of its � , as been reviewed and signed by the appropriate ficial and; �. All required fees are paid. The Planning Department or Zoning Office shall review the sub 'tted application pursuant to the standards of this Code. If further review is ne ssary by the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board or the City Commission, e Planning Director shall prepare recommendations and certify the applic ion and recommendations to be filed with the Office of Hearing Boards. The ap 'cant is responsible for filing the application for a hearing, along with the PI ning Director's certification, with the Office of Hearing Boards. 7.1.3.5 Modifications to Applications Requiring Public Hearing a. Modifications to applications after processing begins. V11.41 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED An applicant may modify an application filed with the Office of Hearing Boards after processing begins and prior to the public hearing if the modifications are not substantial. Otherwise, a new application must be made and fee paid. Whether a proposed modification is substantial shall be determined by the Zoning Administrator, according to whether the requested modification requires a Variance or Exception. b. Mo%which bsequent to notice of hearing. +ss(nning, 1. has been given of a public hearing before a Zoning Board, or City Commission, as the c be, no change de in the original application which ave the effect of stantial differences between the rpt_ ertised and the matter a hearing is actually held. 2. Upon completi\approv c hearing e Manning, Zoning and Appeals Board, or Cityas the c y be, no proposed amendment shall be recomopted h is substantially different from the proposal for wea s held. c. Modifications to a this Miami 21 Code. Minor modifications may% Exception under the Miam explaining the need ^( adopted fee schO r modifications incl1. Those c ghat manner o ration c 2. Thos es t i 3. o :Kn approved by Warrant, Variance or Cod he applicant's submission of a letter M f the fee established by the the Planning Director. Minor ions and do not change the or 1GI61de, 1961t a'- RG" Changes in the height; or 5. Movement of the footprint of the building not more than te10) feet in any horizontal direction. All applications for minor modifications to an approved plan shall be r iewed in light of their cumulative effect on the original approved plan, taking into ccount building disposition, configuration, function, and other Code standards. The inor modification shall meet the criteria of Table 12. Except for minor modificati s, the plan may be amended only pursuant to the procedures and standar established for its original approval. d. Modifications to special permits and Variances approved under a previous code. V11.42 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 1. An applicant may modify a special permit approved under a previous zoning code, as a minor modification through the Warrant process_--+f--Tthe components being modified w4 -after modification shall be in compliance with this Code, even though the remainder of the approved development plan is not in full compliance with this Code, and shall not increase previously approved overall Development Capacity. 2. especial permit may be amended with modifications.t nning Di ctor determines not to be minor, and variances ariance be modified acc ing to the following procedures: A a. Cla I Special Permits shall be amended pur 5V Chapter 62 of the City de. b. Class II ecial Permits shall be amen d arrant. c. Special E eptions and Major Use ec Permits shall be amended as an Exceptio d. Variances ma e modified as a Va 3. In all Special Permit ca s, the may be vested under le I p changes to a previously construction (other th standards of the preods aoaroved chased Soea'err the standards o s Code, otherwise chances shat a conduc d II recognize any rights to develop that Tof equitable estoppel, and may allow phased Special Permit that has begun demolition or landscape permit), applying the hases. Where those changes to an ogreatest extent possible conform to Ve w shall be conducted by Warrant; and the review of the �n Exc tion. The owner of property which to submilLa Mew applifttiolAr approval pursXant to the Miami 21 code. 4. T ation t any Class II Special P\h2 se Special Permit r riance ap oved under the Zoning11000 in effect ediately prior to the date of adoption of Code may, upon pplication to the Director by the owner, be exits BKiI-expiration date as follows: e) a. Class II Special Permits, Special Excear ces shall be permitted no more than one (1) time exteriod t to exceed twelve (12) months. b. Major Use Special Permits shall be permitted no more than two time extensions for each time extension period not to exceed twenty -fou 24) months. Maior Use Special Permits approved as part of the Downt n Development Authority boundaries shall, in addition, be permitted an additional time extension for a period not to exceed twenty-four (24) months, for a total of three time extensions. VII.43 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 5. Nothing in this Code shall divest a previously approved Development of Regional Impact from any development rights obtained as a result of its approval under a Chapter 380, Florida Statutes. e\Phased project:��ased�est 06Re-Wh;Gh �t8 �1L�it lde mi 1c+ he — At the time of its approval, the entire project � shat a owned b a single entity or its subsidiaries, and shall occupy contig o lands, sep ted only by streets or alleys. Changes in the phasin,,o,� roject may approved as a minor modification if approv �p t e Zoning Adminis tor, building official and Planning Director. ` A f. Complete a ications pending at the effective date of this Code shall be revie d under the provisions of Ordi c 0 as existing at the date of adoption f this Code. 4 of 7.1.3.6 Approvals granted in e r do not aut a iolation of this Code; corrections required. a. An approval issued in erro shgMFj confer any rights to construction or occupancy, and upon a findi a permit has been so issued, it shall be revoked unless construct mmenced on that portion of the construction that was permitted in err b. No approval shall b nstrued a e violation of any provisions of this Code, and such o al s I only to the extent that the work authorized is law I. c. Issuanceof b . ding pe it ed upon a site n shall not prevent the Zoning Admi ist om th quiring correction o rrors in the plan. 7.1.3.7 No Ap Availabl Code Enforcement Violations. val may be issued if the business, enterprise, occupa n, trade, profession, rty or activity is the subject of an ongoing city enforcement ocedure, or is the sect of a notice of violation of a state law or county ordinance w re the business 4Q nterprise is located or is to be located, unless the subject of the a lication would cure the outstanding violation. Failure to comply with conditions an safeguards when attached to a rant of a develo ment order or ermit shall be eemed a violation of this Miami 21 Code. 7.1.3.8 Resubmission and Withdrawal of Applications Requiring Public Hearing. a. Whenever an application has been denied, the city shall not thereafter consideN the same application for any part or all of the same property for a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of the denial. b. Whenever an applicant has voluntarily withdrawn an application after the application has been scheduled for a public hearing, the city shall not thereafter V11.44 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED consider the same application for the same property for eighteen (18) months from the date of the withdrawal. c. The time limits set by paragraphs a. and b. above may be waived by a vote of not less than three (3) members of the decision making body when such action is eemed necessary to prevent injustice or to facilitate development of he city in t context of the adopted Comprehensive Plan, or portion thereof. d. If an plication is on file for more than six (6) months wi ctivity by the applica , it shall be deemed withdrawn. O G VII.45 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 7. . Quasi -Judicial Procedures 7.1.4.1 Intent Th intent of this section is to establish procedures to ensure procedural d e process and aintain citizen access to the local government decision-making pr e for the review f certain applications that require quasi-judicial hearings.,T dures shall be plied and interpreted in a manner recognizing bot islative and judicial as cts of the local government decision-making pro s i quasi-judicial hearings. Fa re to observe the procedures set out her I not provide a separate caus f action to challenge the decision of the d making board. 7.1.4.2 Applicability These procedures shall ply to all applica , which the City Commission or Planning, Zoning and A eals Board c in a quasi-judicial capacity for recommendations or final dec .ons as t tions, Variances, Special Area Plans and rezoning; and to appeals t Commission or Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board on Warrants, Wai ing approvals and Certificates of Use. These procedures do not a i tive decisions made by City staff on Warrants or Waivers, zoning oval rmits or Certificates of Use, except upon the appeal of the!Qnistrativ cto the Plannin\wherethe , Zoning and Appeals Board. O 7.1.4.3 Definitions The follo rds, phrasethis section, shall have the followi� pings a c e to them, eontext clearly indicates a diff eaning: pplicant shall mean the owner of r's age or any person with �f a legal or equitable interest in the h an ap ication or appeal N7thereof has been made and which is subject to quasi-judicial oceedings, and shall mean the staff when the application is initiated by the city. b. Competent substantial evidence shall mean testimony or othe evidence based on personal observation, or fact or opinion evidence offered by expert on a matter that requires specialized knowledge and that is relevant to th ssue to be decided. Competent substantial evidence is evidence a reasonable 'nd could accept as adequate to support a conclusion. c. Decision-making body shall mean the City Commission or the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board, as the case may be, that makes a recommendation or decision on an application or decides the appeal. V11.46 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED d. Intervenor shall mean a person whose interests in the proceeding are adversely affected in a manner greater than those of the general public. Material evidence shall mean evidence that bears a logical relationship to one or more issues raised by the application or the laws and regulations pertaining to e matter requested by the application. f. Pa ipants shall mean members of the general public, otherh licant, inclu g experts and representatives of local government overnmental agencie who offer testimony at a quasi-judicial hearing for pose of being heard on application. g. Party shall m n the Applicant, the city staff, an nIson recognized by the Decision-makin ody as a qualified Intervenor. h. Relevant evidence all mean evidence w ten s to prove or disprove a fact that is material to the termination of the Ii tion. O 7.1.4.4 General procedures a. Each Party shall have t ri o exhibits, to cross-examin v the rules contained herein) to r b. Staff shall have the^Qonsibilit The staff report o a plic ' n the Decision -ma g ody n la r hearing on t pp ation. call and examine witnesses, to introduce r' ses on any relevant matter (subject to ence. nting the case on behalf of the City. made available to the Applicant and ian fi (5) days prior to the quasi-judicial c. Offici I Mritter�C ication received b ecision-making body or staffconcen ap c he staff report on the plication, any petitions or of ission the public, and all other do ments pertaining to the tion upon receipt shall be filed in the official file the application, which be maintained by staff. The Comprehensive Plan, 's Code and the City ode shall be deemed to be part of the official file. The fficial file shall be available for inspection during normal business hours. d. The printed agenda for the meeting at which the quasi-judic I hearing is scheduled to take place shall identify the hearing as quasi-judicial d indicate where copies of the procedures that apply may be obtained. 7.1.4.5 Hearing procedures a. The hearing shall, to the extent possible, be conducted as follows: The Chair or City Attorney shall read a statement at the beginning of the quasi-judicial hearing portion of the agenda, which shall outline the procedure V11.47 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED to be followed. A copy of the procedures shall be made available at the hearing. 2. The members of the Decision-making body shall disclose any ex parte communications regarding the application. \Aantpplicant, staff, and all Participants requesting to spe k all be tively sworn by oath or affirmation. Sm, plicant may waive its right to an evidentiary he►it agrees with a recommendation and no one from the audiees to speak for in the application. The Decision-making b y then vote on the base upon the staff report and any oerials entered by staff he offic file into the record of the here is an evi ntiary hearing, the r o theZ presentation shall be as s, unless th chair agrees a different order, taking proper eration of fairn s and due pr e �1 (a) Staff shall present a riqlOsslafpsis of the application; introduce any appropriate i i a 7 Wfrom the official file that have not already been transmitted t 'sion-making body with the agenda materials, as staff desires; a and make a recommendation on the application. Staffs also a any witnesses that it wishes to provide testi at the h n (b) The Appli all esentation, including offering any document videnc a troduc ny witnesses as it desires. (c) Parti is shall ak eir presentatio in any order as determined by t� O ff may r s -examine any witnesses and spond to any testimony !resented. (e) The Applicant may cross-examine any witnesses d respond to any testimony presented. (f) The chair may choose to allow Participants to respond to a testimony if the chair deems the response to be necessary to ensure fairn s and due process. (g) Members of the Decision-making body, through the Chair, may as any questions of the staff, Applicant and Participants. (h) Final argument may be made by the staff, related solely to the evidence in the record. (i) Final argument may be made by the applicant, related solely to evidence in the record. V11.48 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 7.1.4.6 b. A qualified Intervenor may make a presentation, conduct cross-examination and make final arguments in the order as decided by the chair. The chair shall keep order, and without requiring an objection, may direct a Party conducting the cross-examination to stop a particular line of questioning that Ln erely harasses, intimidates or embarrasses the individual be' g cross - mined; is unduly repetitious or is not relevant; or is beyond the co of the tes ony by the individual being cross-examined. If the Paity� g the cros xamination continuously violates directions from the end a line of questio 'ng deemed irrelevant and merely designed to r intimidate or embarras the individual, the chair may terminate the crow ination. d. After the pre s tations, and at the conclusion of ances, the Decision- making body s II deliberate on the applicatio or al, as the case may be. Once the Decisio aking body begins its Jibe ions, no further presentations or testimony shall permitted except in so discretion of the Decision- making body. The cision-making b cisions must be based upon Competent substantial e 'dence in the r o e. The Decision-making body ay, own motion or at the request of any person, continue the hearing t date, time, and place. The Applicant shall have the right to one co .. u however, all subsequent continuances shall be granted at the sole di a .sion-making body. Rules of evidence a. 7 )o d by the strict rules of evidence, or whi would be admissible in a court of alence or testimony whic which is unduly repetitious �chair, idence. with the advice of the City Attorney, will not Relevant, Material, or efamatory. ne the relevancy of Matters relating to an application's consistency with the Comprensive Plan or Miami 21 Code will be presumed to be Relevant and Material. e. Hearsay evidence may be used for the purpose of supplementing or plaining other evidence, but it shall not be sufficient by itself to support a finding less it would be admissible over objection in a court. Documentary evidence may be presented in the form of a copy of the original available. A copy shall be made available to the Decision-making body and to the staff no later than two business days prior to the hearing on the application. Upon request, the Applicant and staff shall be given an opportunity to compare the copy with the original. Oversized exhibits shall be copied and reduced for convenient record storage. V11.49 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED g. Only the Applicant, qualified Intervenor, staff and the Decision-making body shall be entitled to conduct cross-examination when testimony is given or documents are made a part of the record. he City Attorney shall represent the Decision-making body and adv' a it as to kg procedures to be followed and the propriety, relevancy and ad is , ility of ence presented at the hearing. The D Nsion-making body shall take judicial notice of ordinancN and regulations and may take judicial notice are genera recognized by the courts of the State of U Supplementing'i specifically authc the following con e record after the qL Iced by an affirmative The supplementati^ prior to final action bei �a d local laws, �kYother matters as hibited, unless ng body under occurs after gNsi-judicial hearing is continued but taken or� plication or the appeal. 2. If a question is raised b cision-making body at the hearing which cannot be answered earing, the Party to whom the question is directed may submit st formation in writing to the Decision- making body after the i-jud' ing, with copies to the other Parties, provided the he has b ued or another hearing has been scheduled fort e d final action has been taken by the Decision -mak g ody. T f matio requested will be presented to the Decision- kin od e e of the c tinued hearing. 3. AI P and s shall have the me right with respect to the a infor a s they had for evidence sented at the hearing. v 7.1.4.7 F" cision by the Decision-making body Decision-making body shall reach a decision without unreasonable or nnecessary delay, which it shall adopt in writing. The written decis shall note the date issued and shall indicate the date filed in the City Clerk's office. The Office of Hearing Boards shall provide the Applicant notification of the decisio y certified mail. 7.1.4.8 The record All evidence admitted into the record at the hearing, and the adopted development order of the Decision-making body shall be maintained by the City Clerk in a hearing file for a period of at least forty-five days (45) from issuance of the decision. V11.50 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 7.1X. Appeals Appeals to the appropriate appellate body from the following decisions shall be made s follows: a. ifteen (15) days from the posting on the city website of the deci 'on of the ing Administrator on an application for zoning approval, Certifi t f Use, zon interpretation or Waiver: to the Planning, Zoning and AW b. Fifteen 5) days from the posting on the city website of Zlecision of the Planning irector on a Warrant or planning determin o the Planning, Zoning and peals Board. c. Fifteen (15) day from the decision of the Pla n ing, and Appeals Board on an Exception o Variance: to the City CC mm ion. d. Thirty (30) days from t appellate decisi f Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board on a zoning appr al, Certificat f e, or Waiver: to the circuit court of the eleventh judicial circuit the mar t forth in the rules of the court. e. Fifteen (15) days from the deqX6Q,0F the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board on a zoning interpretatio planning determination appeal or Warrant appeal: to the City Com f. Thirty (30) days from appella a of the City Commission on a zoning interpretation app la nin a \aearrant appeal, Variance appeal or Except n ppeal: t e irculeventh judicial circuit in the manner s forin the u s e cog. Thirty ( ys fr decision ommission on a code amen to th ci i ourt of the ecircuit in the manner set for i rules o ti court. 7.1.6 t f Hearings ice of hearings shall be as set forth in Chapter 62 of the City the Miami 21 Code. V11.51 e or as set forth MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 7.2 \ NONCONFORMITIES: STRUCTURES; USES; LOTS; AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS 7.2.1 \ Generally a\Definition A onconformity as used in this Code is an existing Use, Structur L or site im\nonconfor nt that is in compliance with the zoning reg�a� were apto it when it was established, and for which all r ermits were isst which does not conform in whole or in part tot lations of this CoSu nonconformity is legal and may continue ex c egulated by this sec`�► 1. confor 'ty may also be created w r awful use of eminent or an der of a court of co ete jurisdiction has affected the existing e, Structure, Lot or s' mprovement in a way so that the y does not c ply with this C I this instance, the nonconformity l and may Conti e except as g ted by this section. e 2. A change in tenancy, o\N Structure, Lot or site im nonconformity, provid tN with this Code. [�� b. Intent concerning noriftformiti Wmanagement of a nonconforming Use, nt shall not be construed to create a Ie is otherwise lawful and in compliance It is the intent t Is t t�i o\mities y continue but are not encouraged exp ndore ar , and oe they may not be re- established,x pt unde e s of Secc. The tb a of n f rmity shall not beason to add new Uses, Stre or siterovements that arey the regulations of the 0 pct Zone in which it is located. Foi he temporary or illegal Use of property shall not be s\of to establish the existence of a nonconformity or to create rights inntinuation of a nonconformity until it shall come into compliance withations of this Code. e. If at any time a nonconforming Structure, or any e con ining a nonconforming Use, becomes unsafe or unlawful by dof the ity ofMiami, Miami -Dade County Unsafe Structures Boarder govern entagency having jurisdiction, the Structure shall not thbe restore rrepaired and the Use shall not be reestablished excepformity with th regulations of the Transect Zone in which it is located. V11.52 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 7.2'-2 Structures and Uses in the Event of Disaster Single -Family Residences-apA-.Duplexes and Multi -family Structures the event of a natural disaster, explosion, fire, act of God, or the public enemy, the Zo 'ng Administrator may permit the reconstruction of any nonconform' Single- Fam Residence��duplex or multi -family structures to the same reased nonco rmity as existed immediately prior to the disaster, upon poo tory to the Zoni Administrator of the configuration of the prior Single- esidence duplex o ulti-family structures, and only in compliance with orida Building Code. Anaication for reconstruction of the Single-Fami ence or duplex shall be filed w in twelve (12) months of the event of its on, unless the City Commission aut rizes the Zoning Administrator to t t e twelve (12) month time period city-wi b. All Other Structures 1. Where a nonconforrV fire, act of God, or t Waiver, allow the re, Structure in whole or in and the criteria of pargl, Structure is e oyed by natural disaster, explosion, public the Zoning Administrator may, by em9elowl reconstruction of the nonconforming >anding that the Waiver criteria of this Code a are met. 2. Criteria for approval. Reface construction may be permitted if the following findings made. ✓✓ (a) The caus o estruc n w not a deliberate action of the owner soman. the truct e r agents. (b T ace n r construction is rea nably necessary to allow the co r se of the Structure. The replacement or reconstruction meets the Flo i a Building Code. �. An Application for the reconstruction or repair shall be i d within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of the destructio unless the City Commission authorizes the Zoning Administrator to exten he twelve (12) month time period city-wide. C. Nonconforming Uses The restoration of a nonconforming Use within a Structure that is destro d by natural disaster, explosion, fire, act of God, or the public enemy, ma be approved by Warrant. The Use must be restored in a conforming Structure Structure approved by Waiver, and of equal or lesser size and on the same Lot. The approval shall further find that the criteria of paragraph 2 below are met. V11.53 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2. Criteria for approval. The restoration of the nonconforming Use may be permitted if all of the following are found to be met: (a) The cause of destruction was not the deliberate action of the owner, eGG61paRt of the Structure or his agents; and (b) Nothing contained in the provisions of this Code or the City C de quires termination of such nonconforming Use; and + (c) ere is substantial public advantage in c nce of the n conforming Use; and (d) Repla ment or reconstruction in the r roposed, with related actions posed in conditions and saf ill reduce any previous adverse a cts of the Use on neighb ring operties; and (e) The Use will n be enlarged or in 'fi . 3. The application for re oration s filed within twelve (12) months of destruction and be dilig tly to completion. Unless restoration is so initiated and completed, t nforming Use shall terminate and not be resumed. 7.2.3 Alterations and Expansion!onconf i ructures a. Single -Family Resideand D I e 1. Interior a ions to no nforming Sin( inKerr�j ip such a s or interior rem amily Residence or duplex for na shall be allowed. 2. ons, ads, repairs and maintenance A ily Residence or duplex shall be permitted nlargement of any nonconformity that affects the premises. 3. Where alteration, addition, repair or maintenance affecting the exterior of the Building or premises, permitted by Waiver from the Zoning Administrator. b. All other Structures a nonconforming Single- ks as there is no 'x rior of the Building or enlarges nonconformity the enlarg ent may be Less than fifty percent (50%) of square footage of Structure. Alterations which enlarge the nonconformity of a nonconforming Structure an extent of less than fifty percent (50%) of the total square footage of the nonconforming Structure may be permitted by Exception from the Planning, Zoning and Appeals Board. In addition to satisfying the Exception criteria, the proposed enlargement shall not exceed a Height or length of fifty percent V11.54 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED (50%) of the horizontal or vertical linear footage of the exterior wall(s) of the remaining nonconforming portion of the Structure. 2. Fifty percent (50%) or more of square footage of the Structure. A nonconforming Structure may be altered to enlarge the nonconformity of the Structure by fifty percent (50%) or more of the total square foo ge of the nonconforming Structure only if the Structure thereafter conf r to the ansect Zone in which it is located. c. Computatio of alterations ` The extent of a ration will be calculated to include the s alterations over a period of three co ecutive years. d. Expansion, repairs, modeling and maint nan that do not enlarge the nonconformity of a nonc forming Structure" �Paa All expansions, repairs, re odeling and cfttenance that do not enlarge the nonconformity of the Structu are per consistent with the Florida Building Code. G 7.2.4 Moving a Nonconforming Struc,,y he Same Lot A nonconforming Structure may 4/ mo v Whe same Lot only pursuant to an Exception. ni�T In addition to 07LNiffg th ce tion criteria, the following criteria apply: a. The proposed v ent mu r e the degree nonconformity to the maximum extent re so easil i inate the nonconfor ity; b. The S c shall in Kase be moved in such a manne s to increase the degree of n ormity; and C. e a nonconforming Structure is moved to a location not the same Lot, the cture and all new construction shall thereafter conform to the gulations for the ransect Zone to which it is moved. 7.2. Locally Designated Historic Resources—Nonconformities a. Definition A locally designated historic resource is a Building or Structure listed in the Mia1N Register of Historic Places that has been deemed individually significant for its contribution to Miami's history and sense of place; or is a part of a locally designated historic district where the individual Building or Structure is deemed to add to the historic architectural qualities or historical associations, and the Building or Structure V11.55 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 7.2.6 G has been so designated through the formal public process provided in Chapter 23 of the City Code. Generally conforming locally designated historic resources shall be subject to the reg tions of this section, except as they may be granted certain wai ers or an excep ' n for preservation purposes by the Historic and Environmental re rvation Board p suant to Chapter 23 of the City Code. Nonconformi Uses a. Time Limitation Where, at the effectiv date of adoption or a n t of this Code, a lawful Use exists which would not b permitted unethje, e Use may be continued for twenty (20) years consiste with this sepplication, the City Commission may grant by Exception an tension fce of the Use for an additional term of up to twenty (20)yea Hower parking mss -abutting T3 -R areas that w asitional Uses under prior zoning codes and were legally nonconfor r to the adoption of this Code will not have a continued automatic twent e ) extension as provided in this section, but shall instead seek an Excep e Commission within p�sij ty (690) days of re al of ate of Use. .. b. Legally established o is bev r e stablis ents, having a valid Certificate of Use or certifica of cupa a all other r uired permits, may continue in existence des a bsequ t blishment of church or school within the distance I'm' of Chtitled "Alcoholic Be rages" of the City Code. c. Repla nd Expn of Structures that Contain No onforming Use 1enlargement, extension, replacement, or reconstr �tructure which contains a nonconforming Use shall be change the Use to a conforming Use, except as provided be (a) Interior Arrangement on of an existing krmitted except to A nonconforming Use may be extended throughout any parts ofa tructure which was clearly designed or arranged for the nonconforming Us t the time that the Use became nonconforming. If a portion of a Structureas unoccupied or not manifestly designed for the nonconforming Use, the\e may not be expanded within the Structure. (b) Alterations to the extent of less than fifty percent (50%) of the square footage of a Structure containing a nonconforming Use V11.56 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Where an alteration of a Structure containing a nonconforming Use is less than fifty percent (50%) of the square footage of the Structure at the time of alteration, the nonconforming Use may be permitted to continue pursuant to an Exception. c) Exterior No nonconforming Use which exists outside a Structure s4alfVR'�jlded to Ncupy more area than was occupied at the tim 113`` se became o onforming, except as approved by Exception anmply with the non se regulations of the Transect in which it is I this case, the occup cy of the new location shall be co "�`" as remaining a nonconf ing Use. 2. Extending / Trans ring the Nonconformingse No nonconforming U shall be extende o upy any other Structure on the same Lot or parcel if the ther Structur a of used for the nonconforming Use at the time the Use becam nonconf . 3. Subdivision or structural additi G Structures used for non Ude Structures be added on pr Structures. d. Discontinuance or Ak n nment n co If, for a period being disco subseque the ti i by en 9P� i hall not be subdivided, nor shall any except for conforming Uses and ing Use m e than ( onths, a non nforming Use is documented as or c e of Use for a n conforming Use lapses, any shall o r o the regulations of th Code. Provided, however, shall nclude any time during which th discontinuance is caused ental action which impedes access to the premi s. V11.57 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 7.N Nonconforming Lots a. Nonconforming Lot A nonconforming Lot may continue and may be used as provided by this section. nonconforming Lot is one shown on the latest recorded plat or d cribed by Nd, both as recorded in the public records of Miami -Dade Count ch met tidth, length and area requirements in effect when the Lot�b ecord, and ich Lot would not conform to the requirements of this d� b. Street or ley closure ` When a Lot s become nonconforming due t or alley vacation or closure, the Lo ay be modified pursuant to al by the Director of the Public Works De tment as long as the de ree nonconformity created by the vacation or closure not increased. c. Rules concerning comb ations of conti u s nonconforming Lots in the same ownership and with comm Fronta3 Transects only. 1. Combinations required G (a) If two or more L bi ns of Lots and portions of Lots, with continuous Frontag ' the nership exist at the time of passage or amendme ,r� this Co a II or part of the Lots do not meet the requireme ,,N Lot area, the lands involved shall be considere a "undivi d a el" fo he purposes of this Code. Except as provi be w in gr c.2., no ortion of an undivided parcel shall be a or sol in manner dim hing compliance with general T requfelt or Lot width and a a. e undivi parcel shall be considered o Lot for which only one ingle-Family esidence or duplex may be c structed, regardless of how many nonconforming Lots make up the parce . (c) A unity of title, or covenant in lieu of unity of title, whi complies with all applicable requirements of the City Code shall be equired on all undivided parcels prior to the issuance of any building pe its, including demolition permits. 2. Exceptions to the combination requirement Notwithstanding paragraph c.1, where nonconforming Lots with continuo Frontage in the same ownership exist at the time of passage or amendmen of this Code, such Lots may be developed individually, in accordance with the applicable code requirements and pursuant to a Waiver, if such Lots individually comply with any of the following exceptions. V11.58 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED (a) Duplex Lots restricted to Single -Family Residences The owner of two or more adjoining nonconforming duplex Lots must by covenant (in a form acceptable to the City Attorney) restrict the Use of the Lots to the development of no more than one Single -Family Residence per Lot and must comply with all Miami 21 Code requirements xcept for minimum Lot width. \nniinetyrcent (90%) rule st individually comply with ninety t (90%) of the for Lot width, area, and Princip etback under the e regulations. and (1,000) feet radius`ule The width ors' of such noncon r it Lots must be equal to or larger than the majority f the existin ing sites within the same Transect Zones and either ' hin a m one thousand (1,000) foot radius of the nonconforming t r, or extending no further than the immediate vicinity, whi is less. "Building site" shall mean a Lot, group of Lots or pawe n which a Single -Family Residence or duplex is located. "Imme i mean either an area in which a parcel of land is locate at is i ally, functionally or geographically identifiable al,4941iListinct re I or neighborhood, or an area within a radius of o� 1 M ile f onforming Lot, whichever is smaller. 7.2.8 Nonconform16rmin Si Impro m Where n s i provements exist, suc as Off-street Parking and loadin s, fenc s, a Is, lighting, landscaping, or milar site improvements, suconformities may continue and the site may be ered only as provided bsldld� Ja"f�o change shall be made in any nonconforming site i rovement which increases the nonconformity. Changes may be approved b Waiver, if the changes result in the same or a reduced degree of nonconformity b. Where existing Off-street Parking facilities are nonconformin to the requirements of this Code or any other city standards, the restor 'on or rehabilitation of an existing Building or adaptive Use to any permitted Use the Transect Zone shall not require the provision of additional parking or on- 'te storm water retention or detention except to the extent required by applicab state or federal law. No modifications may be permitted which increase the degree of the existing nonconformity. Modifications to the facilities may be approved by Waiver, and the Waiver may be conditioned on safeguards that reduce the degree of nonconformity to the extent reasonably feasible in the circumstances of the case. V11.59 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 7.2.k Nonconforming signs The following provisions shall apply to nonconforming signs: 7.2.9.1. Rhmoval in residential districts In all sidential districts, legal, nonconforming signs shall be removeday 11, 2003, shall be made to conform; provided, however, thf02. ""Worming nonreside sal Uses in T3, T4 -R, T5 -R and T6 -R shall be po maintain nonconform signs existing as of May 11, 2002 as providedons for the first district in ich such Uses would be conforming as of M L , 7.2.9.2. Removal in other istricts In any district other t n residential, any Sign or door advertising signs which became nonconforming a result of the adop ' of rdinance No. 12213 shall be removed by May 11, 2007. 7.2.9.3. Outdoor advertising signs is freestanding; Continuance of non- conformity a. All outdoor advertisin g c re freestanding and that became nonconforming as a result a a ad Ordinance 11000 in 1990, such that the five (5) year amj� tion p i ed therein has expired, shall not be "" considered eligibl arra below. b. All outdoor erti g si s h are frees ding, were lawfully erected and have beco a onconfo i ign as a result the adoption of Ordinance No. 1221 rem ay 11, 2007, pro ed however that such signs may le to e i standing following the a iration of the amortization pe - cified h e subject to the issuance of a Wa nt as set forth herein. he expressed intent of such Warrant is to improve t visual aesthetics of such signs as a condition for remaining. No such signs all be permitted to remain if they were not legally constructed when such sign ere permissible within the specified zoning district or Transect. 2. Any nonconforming outdoor advertising Sign which is freestan ' g and is eligible for a Warrant to remain standing, must file for such perms no later than one hundred twenty (120) days from the May 11, 2007, the five year amortization period for nonconforming status. c. Criteria. Any outdoor advertising Sign which is freestanding and eligible for'! Warrant to remain must comply with the criteria of this Code and additionally, with the following limitations and restrictions: 1. Sign Structures supported by multiple I -beams shall be replaced with monopole structures. V11.60 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2. All Sign Structures shall be limited to an overall Height of thirty (30) feet as measured to the top of the Sign Structure from the crown of the nearest adjacent roadway, except when located within six hundred and sixty (660) feet from an elevated limited access highway in which case the overall Height shall be forty (40) feet; only embellishments may be taller, but in no case shall embellishments exceed an additional five (5) feet in Height. 3. ign area shall not exceed six hundred and seventy-tw6 e feet, embellishments not to exceed an additional ten p 1 %) of the Sig area. 4. Monop Sign Structures shall be painted, and fined, to a uniform color (to b selected by the Planning Departm ) 5. Sign lighting all be enhanced, whe ap able or deemed appropriate pursuant to the arrant review proce to onsist of decorative lighting fixtures, in an effo to enhance the a r ce of such signs along corridors which abut residenti areas. 6. Any such signs eligible re rsuant to this subsection, shall comply with the following lands quirements for screening the monopole structures to the exte o : One (1) shade tree for the first five hundred (500) square feet of d 1) side shade tree for each additional one thousand (1,000) are portion thereof of site area; the remainder of the area sh I e scaped with equal portions of hedges and/or shrubs ivTng gr n If the remainder of the subject site is already land a to a le el hich omplies with the City's landscape guides s dard e o additi al landscaping, other than that required fo screeni monopole s cture, will be required; such I a d requ. a is will be determine hrough the Warrant process. T enco a s enscaping of sites wit native plants which do not le irrigatin ess sites are landscaped w native xeriscape plants, andscaping shall be provided with irrigation d shall be continuously Maintained; such landscape requirements may be m ified by the Planning Director upon a finding that there is insufficient roo for a reasonable provision of landscaping on the specific site in question, uch modification requests shall be accompanied by a landscape mitiga i n plan which enhances landscaping in the nearby area. Any such signs eligible to remain shall be maintained in accordan withthe requirements of this subsection and the City's appearance code (as ecif ied in Chapter 10 of the City Code). 8. Any such Signs eligible to remain shall pay mitigation fees as specifie Chapter 62, Article X of the City Code, as an additional condition of Warrant. V11.61 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 7.2@.4 7.2.9.5 7.2.9.6 Interstate or federal -aid primary highway system Any lawfully erected outdoor advertising Sign which is located along any portion of the interstate or federal -aid primary highway system and which becomes a nconforming Sign as a result of the adoption of Ordinance No. 12213, is not su 'ect to removal after the expiration of the five (5) year amortization eriod set forth erein. Landsc a modifications ` All outdoor a ertising signs which are freestanding, were la rected and have become a non nforming Sign as a result of the adoptio inance No. 12213, may obtain a mo 'fication of the landscaping require such sites as may be required in this Co subject to the issuance of s set forth herein. The expressed intent of ch Waiver is to improve the ual aesthetics of such signs while allowing flexibilit with respects to lands ing requirements. Such Waivers may allow landscaping t entire site if the i er of the subject site is already landscaped to a level which mplies with t c s landscape guides and standards, other than that required for sc ening th pole structure, which will be required; such modified landscaping re ire ill be determined through the Waiver process. The City encourages xe g of sites with native plants which do not require irrigation. Unless sit ndscaped with native xeriscape plants, site landscaping shall be provid at' nd shall be continuously maintained; such landscape requirements y be i d by the Planning Director upon a finding that there is insu t room fQ nable provision of landscaping on the specific site in quesS ch i 'c request shall be accompanied by a landscape mitigationtaphflch h nc s Ian caping in the nearby area. Rescission o' The Zoni inisto� rescind any permit g nted under this section for failure tain suc� n in appropriate condition an pair. A rescission by the Zon" ministrator may be rendered after a sixty (60) d written notice from the a finding that no corrections to the violations hav been made, and the ion by the Zoning Administrator may be appealed in cordance with the cedures for appealing a Waiver. Historic Signs Historic Signs as designated by the Historic Preservation Board pursuantN Chapter 23 of the City Code shall be permitted to remain and to be repaired,stored, structurally altered, or reconstructed as provided in Chapter 23. V11.62 MIAMI 21 ARTICLE 7. PROCEDURES AND NONCONFORMITIES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. VII.63 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 TABLE CX CONTENTS 8.1 A\ae General Description 8.2 Illhe Thoroughfare Across the Transect 8.3 Pges T'c Frontages Tblic ontages General 8.4 Illidewalks ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES SUBSTITUTED V111.1 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES SUBSTITUTED CGS V111.2 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 8.1 \GENERAL DESCRIPTION ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES SUBSTITUTED: Th article describes the guidelines for development of Thoroughfares throughout the City.ltsupplements the%th standards adopted in the City of Miami Manual of Engineering Standards for Design and Conn, maintained in its most current form at the City of Miami Department of Public Works. Whea guidelines conflict with the Manual, the standards of the Manual shall apply. The urban Ian\refeeersthe e is characterized by a set of interdependent elements that cre a ense of place. Theseincludeughfaretype,Buildingtype, Frontage type, and theformapd is noflandscape and lighting. ghfares provide the City with both the major part of p i en Space as well as moving lanes les, bicycles and transit. A Thoroughfare is associ a ith a particular type of movement, and ed with two attributes: movement type and c r. The movement type of the Thoroughfers the number of vehicles that can move hrough a segment within a given time peis phy ally manifested by the numbero d their width, by the centerline radius, the cuius, and super -elevation of the pave a character of the Thoroughfare refers to its suas a settin or pedestrian activities is ysically manifested by the associated Frontage typeetermined by cation within the Tra e v Thoroughfares can be assigned appro iately to T t ones, with calibrated Right -of -Way widths, movement types, design speed, number f trav� pavement width, curb radius and Verge type. In Zones T3 and T4, D1, D2 and D3, gen,gal walks occur at the edge of the Right -of -Way. In Zones T5 and T6, sidewalks occur at the edg o ht- ay and are given the additional dimensions of the 10 foot setback in the First Layer as Ap ase The following additional assum over ghfares shown here: • To clear sight lin for avers, i bil riangles hall be required as described in Article 3, Section 3.8.4.1 • Pavemen w are me in ide of curb to insi of curb. • Curb an may r�om 1'-6" for City Thor hfares to 2'-0" for some County Thoro s. • Par aces range from T-0" to 9'-0" including pan; they ould be wider on higher speed T fares but may be restricted by existing Right -of -Way i ensions. • turns may be taken from the parking lane. e spacing are 22' on center to match parallel parking or 25' on enter to match Lot Line spacing. • Tree planters have a minimum dimension of 4' x 4', increased where ossible to a 4' x 8' dimension. • Bulb -outs may be added where Thoroughfare widths are wide and design spe high, or where sidewalks are narrow, in order to facilitate pedestrian safety. Thoroughfares must evolve with the needs of the City. As Miami continues to grow, a Th ughfare may change in character reflecting new density, or conversely, a return to an historic dimen n. For instance, a continuous lawn planter may be replaced with individual tree wells for additional si walk space, or a wide neighborhood street may be narrowed to control traffic intrusion. The accommodation of bicycles and transit requires detailed response to the existing Thoroughfare condition and thus is not illustrated specifically here. V111.3 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 THIS PARE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES SUBSTITUTED V111.4 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 8.2 kustration: The Thoroughfare across the Transect )RMALLANDSCAPE SUB -URBAN AREAS B ENDS IN SUB -UR AREAS UNMARKED, NON -METERED PARKING LANE IN RESIDENTIAL AREAS FRONTAGE SETBACKS INCREASE AS MOVE FROM URBAN TO SUBURBAN AREAS I TREE PLANTING STRIPS FOR LESS URBAN CONDITIONS ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES SUBSTITUTED MORE RURAL V111.5 MORE URBAN � r CENTERS E IN URBAN MET ED� IN COM AS O o METERS AND OTHER TI ELEMENTS ALIGN WITHIN VERGE TR S LARGE TO ALLOW WATER PERCOLATION V TIRE WIDTH FOR MIXED USE AREAS ND/ O HIGH PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC AREAS INC ASE RIGHT OF WAY TO ALLOW A MINIMUM PEDESTRIAN AREA OF 10' CLEAR PAINTED CROSS WALK J V111.5 MORE URBAN MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 8.3 Vublic Frontages ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES TABLE A PUBLIC FRONTAGES SUBSTITUTED R U R A L I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IT R AN S E C T I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I U R B AN \cF T ZONE 0 Puage Type HW8& RD RD 8& ST ST 8& DR RS-ST-AV-DRPST-AV-BV ST -AV -BV a. Assembly: prin cipal variables a the type and dimension f curbs, walkways, plant- ers and landscape. b. Curb: The detailing of the edge of the vehicular pavement, incorporating drainage. — Type Open Swale Radius 10-30 feet c. Walkway: The pavement dedicated exclusively to pedestrian activity. Type Path OpSonal IC d. Planter: The layer which accommodates street trees and other landscape. 41 ` r� Path i i —J Rais C. Raised Cmb Raised Curb feet 5-20 feet 5-20 feet Sidewalk Sidewalk Sidewalk 7 Y_/1 7L) a Clustered Clustered Regular Regular Regular Oppodunislio, Regular Multiple Multiple Alternating Single Single Single Continuous Swale Continuous Swale Continuous Planter Continuous Planter Continuous Planter Individual Planter for Civic Zones shall be determined based on context and abutting V111.6 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 8.3 Nublic Frontages (continued) ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES TABLE B PUBLIC FRONTAGES GENERAL SUBSTITUTED PLAN LOT R.O.W. PRIVATE FRONTAGE ► PUBLIC FRONTAGE (HW) For Highways: This Frontage has open swales drained by percolation, bicycle trails and no park - The landscaping consists of the natural condition or multiple species arrayed in naturalistic clusters. I m B ings are buffered by distance or berms. �I b. (RD) For Roads: is Frontage has open swales drained by percolation and a walking path or bi cl trail along one or bo sides and yield parking. The landscaping consists of multiple species I m naturalistic clusters. c. (ST) For Street: This Frontage has r ed curbs drained by inlets and Ide ks separated from the m vehicular lanes by individual or continuou lanters, with parking on sides. The landscaping I m consists of street trees of a single or altern ' g species alignecjjr eg rly spaced allee. I m G m d. (DR) For Drive: This Frontage has raised ed b I a a wide sidewalk or paved path along one side, related to a greenway or waterfr is sep vehicular lanes by individual ! m or continuous planters. Thelandscapl slstsofstree r so or alternating species aligned K ! m in a regularly spaced allee. O m i� e. (AV) For Avenues- tage h ur drained by inlets and wi from the vehic I y a parr w tinu planter with parking on both consists of a species d I egularly spaced allee. Joe — idewalks separated A e The landscapingCF-- ! m I m I I m �j (AV) For Mixed Use Streets or Avenues: This Frontage has raised curbs drained by inlets an CF -- very wide sidewalks along both sides separated from the vehicular lanes by separate tree wells with I m 4q, grates and parking on both sides. The landscaping consists of a single tree species aligned with regular I m spacing where possible. CR j m I ) : g. (BV) For Boulevards: This Frontage has slip roads on both sides. It consists of raised curbs drained by inlets and sidewalks along both sides, separated from the vehicular lanes by planters. The landscaping !m consists of rows of a single tree species aligned in a regularly spaced allee. ! m ICE I I Note: Appropriate types for Civic Zones shall be determined based on context and abutting Transect Zones. vul.7 MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 k 8.4 %lustration: Sidewalks ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES SUBSTITUTED 10' MIN 4' MIN T (+/-) 10' (+-) 3' MIN ' MI PEDESTRIAN VERGE PARKING LANE PED. ERG PARKING AREA O / AREA \ / j 4X4 MIN 2'WIDE TREE TREE AREA CRATE TRAFF SIGN A A" MIN O I LAMP PARKING METER EQ. IR��X` APER BOXES IDEAL CONDITION Sidewalk may be scored concrete. Verge may be permeable pavement. All vertical elements shall be located within verge and neatly aligned. EQ. EQ. LESS THAN IDEAL EXISTING CONDITIN Sidewalk dimensions shall comply with A.D.A. standards. Narrow sidewalks should provide a 5'-0" X 5-0" minimum passing space at reasonable intervals not to exceed 200 feet. See Chapter 11- 4.3 Florida Building Code. All vertical elements to be located within verge and neatly aligned. MIAMI 21 PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 8.4 ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES SUBSTITUTED V111.9 MIAMI 21 BLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ARTICLE 8. THOROUGHFARES SUBSTITUTED VI11.10 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED . CORAL GATE (NCD -1) 1.1 undaries Gen ally described as bounded by Douglas Road to the west, along the rear of properties on the rth side of SW 18th Terrace, along the rear of properties on the west side of Coral Gate Dri , SW 16th Street on the north, SW 32nd Avenue on the east, and alonqke rear of properties the south side of SW 21" Street. More specifically depicted on th i 21 Atlas. 1.2 Intent The Coral Gate neig orhood is a stable single-family neigh o located within the Coral Way Area. Its oximity to the Coral Way co e corridor has left the neighborhood with the th at of inappropriate commerci n that may disrupt the quality of this well -maintain and stable single-famil nei orhood. The purpose of this Neighborhood Conservation i trict is to eliminate us hat ave the potential of bringing commercial intrusion into the eighborhood an to eliminate the possibility of incompatible infill structures that a too tall and c I eteriorate the historic quality of this low-density neighborhood. The int t is that ighborhood be a pure single-family neighborhood. 1.3 Effect of NCD -1 district designati The effect of these NCD -1 regulati shall odify transect regulations included within the NCD boundaries to t,K tent ind' e in. d struct�prohib i s I str ct s are p r fitted generally ing u II of be permitted: s ers ondary schools 1.6 Prohibitions ory uses and structures conditionally in the underlying accessory uses and structures are permitted in conjun es and car shelters. Home occupations shall not be permitted. 1.7 Height with a single Height is limited to a maximum of twenty-five (25) feet from flood level or average sidewalk elevation, whichever is higher. No variances for height shall be allowed. A.1 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 1. Off-street Parking Requirements ellings: Dwellings, minimum two (2) spaces per unit; such spaces may be permitted in a tan m fashion. Plac of worship: For places of worship, a reduction of up to twenty-five (25) percent in require off-street parking shall be permissible by Exception, provided findings are made that clear show such reduction is reasonable based on such factors as facility cximity to mass trans facility visitation policy, possible negative impact on the neighb rh d, and the like. O G M MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED AX VILLAGE WEST ISLAND DISTRICT AND CHARLES AVENUE (NCD -2) 2.1 NBoundaries Ge r, the NTA portion Atlas. 2.2 Intent ly described as bounded by Douglas Road on the west, US 1 and Bird Road on h, McDonald Street and Abitare Way on the east, and Franklin Avenue and a Marler Avenue along the south. More specifically depicted on the Mi i 21 Village West Islan District is of special and substantial public i role of Grand Ave e and Douglas Road as the "Main St Village West Island istrict Community and the uni character and heritage the Village West Island Distri i %4ue to the unique 'br the surrounding pan and Bahamian On Charles Avenue this NCD -2 will help define a uses and designs of uil s and help maintain the scale and character of the exists neighborhood. Bot ills a Island West and Charles Avenue illustrate the incompar le legacy of the a American community to the City of Miami. The intent of NCD -2 i o identify anRsp gnize this historical significance; to promote gateways, gathering pla s and corresponding to its culture and heritage; to compliment the characte f t ' e community and promote the history of the Island District; and to promote its s ul revitalization and restoration. Charles Avenue (originally Evan ee istorically housed some of the original Bahamian settlements within th illag Island District that occupies the neighborhoods around the i;�ection o ou oad and Grand Avenue. This street has been degraded thro e oliti ent and redevelopment and thereby diminishing the historic i eg ty to be a histori istrict; however, it is of special and substantial public i est ue to hi is identity nd remaining historic structures. This designation wi a ourage p iate infill to pre rve the context of historic sites on Charles Ave cludi ariah Brown Hous home of the first Bahamian settler; the Blac C e� ry; the E.F. Stirrup Ho home of the first black doctor; hisdlha7 hurches�d several other historic homes. 2.3 Effe D-2 district designation. ect of these NCD -2 regulations shall be to modify transect re lations included *kW, the NCD boundaries to the extent indicated herein. Nothing in these regulations shall be construed as to prohibit additional s ctures or neighborhoods to become Historic Preservation Overlays. All demolition permits shall require a Waiver and be referred to the Planning Deparent for review under the Tree Preservation Ordinance. All submittals shall contain a N IN survey by a certified arborist. A.3 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Residential All T3, Single -Family Residential zoning regulations shall apply within the Village West land District and Charles Avenue, hereafter referred to as NCD -2, except as modified b w. If any such requirements conflict, the more restrictive requirements shall apply. 2.4.1 Charl Avenue a. All ne construction, major alterations, and additions on Charle4 all be required be reviewed by the process of Waiver. To ensure the tibility of new constructio on Charles Avenue, the design for any new cons shall also be reviewed by e Urban Development Review Board for it tibility of scale, materials, roof pe, general form, massing and ornamen t S. b. Any requests for he demolition of structures that i y (50) years in age along Charles Ave e shall be referred to the Hist c ation Officer for review of historical significan . c. The architectural guide es contained in the Vil W st Island District are intended to produce visual com tibility among th ui ings on Charles Avenue and throughout the District rep senting buildi itions of early South Florida, the Caribbean, and the early Afric -Americ ers. 2.4.2 Single Family Residential District G a. Adjacent lots or lots in the sa a single builder or develope6oall architectural plans. Adja M�building differentiated in masseNNoTprint ier single ownership, or developed by Iloy the same, similar or duplicate uch conditions shall be substantially detailing. b. Front yards All front yarbaburn th NCD -2 al designed in a ay that minimizes the impact of garage fgLnoff-st r ng. Front yards s II provide a more permeable surfOurpose n n scaping and tree canop roughout. c. Builope F of this section, a building site shall be define s one or more lots or ns of lots that are aggregated to form a single family res ential site including ant lots and all permissible accessory uses and structures. Bui ing sites shall not clude any portions of land under a different zoning transect. d. Height Height is limited to a maximum of twenty-five (25) feet measured to th midpoint between the eave and roof top and is measured from flood level or average "dewalk elevation, whichever is higher. In addition to the maximum height of twenty-fi (25) feet measured to the mid -point of the roof top and eave, chimneys, cupolas or er non -habitable architectural features of twenty-five (25) square feet in area or le may reach a maximum height of thirty (30) feet or as required by the fire code. Fo Lots with less than ten thousand (10,000) square feet in area, the height limitation for accessory structures shall be thirteen (13) feet. e. Green Space A.4 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED The minimum green space requirement shall be three -tenths (0.3) times the Lot area. The use of permeable material for surfaces in the required yard may allow a 25% reduction in the required green space. f. Permitted Accessory Uses and Structures cessory uses and structures are as permitted in the underlying transect zone, ex pt that detached garages or car shelters on lots ten thousand (10,0 ) square feet larger may include a second story as long as the allowable floor of do and buildin footprint are not exceeded. Said second story may orgy as an owner o upied accessory structure. Two-story accessory stru all have the same setb k requirements as specified for two-story principal b i g. Additional Limi ions and requirements 1. Lots and buildi sites: Wherever an exi ' g single-family residen a or wful accessory building(s) or structure(s) is locat on one or more platt ots or portions thereof, such lots shall thereafter consti e only one buildi to nd no permit shall be issued for the construction of mo than one sin e- ily residence except by Warrant. Such structures shall incl but not ited to swimming pools, tennis courts, walls, and fences or othera ra ove ground improvements. No building sites in existence prior to Sep 4, 2005 shall be diminished in size except by Warrant, subject to the it pecified in Article 4, Table 12 Design Review Criteria. 2. Garages and Drivew� (a) On new cons nor g ns, no garage shall be located along the same fro s back li t e fron all of a residential structure unless the gara do o s) dos of ce the st t. Garage structures with access openin th face th str shall be set b k a minimum of twenty (20) feet fr m t wal p incipal residential s ucture. (b) G tructs it access openings that a the street on corner lots ave a um depth of less than sixty ( ) feet, may be set back a imum of fifteen (15) feet from the front wall o he principal residential tructure. Notwithstanding the requirements of the Public Works D artment, driveways shall have a maximum width of ten (10) feet within the fir five (5) feet of all street -front required setbacks. (d) Driveways within a single building site shall not be located clos than twenty- five (25) feet to each other. (e) Except as required for the driveway approach, no portion of any dri way in a required yard adjacent to a street shall be within five (5) feet of any operty line other than as may be required to allow for turnaround maneuver, in hich case said driveway shall be constructed of permeable material in its entir (f) Tandem parking shall be allowed. (g) Garage doors which are more than nine (9) feet wide shall not be allowed. 3. Fences: A.5 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED All fences located within any street -front setback area shall be covered from the public right-of-way view by plant material except when said fence is faced or constructed with oolitic limestone. Landscaping: All landscape shall comply with the City's landscape and tree protection rdinances. h. Setbac 1. Princip uilc Setbacks e building fo permitted sub (a) variable to allow for a variety in ; print. Projections of buildings i �Ct to the criteria and requiremen cement of the cks shall be Minimum Fron etbacks: The minimum fro setback shall be thirt 0) f et. The structure may project a maximum of ten 10) feet into the required setback of thirty (30) feet provided said p Rection does t ceed thirty (30) feet in width along the front of the buildin Unenclo rches entries or loggias may project a maximum of fifteen (` (30) feet. On corner lots feet into the minimum ra (b) Minimum Side Setbacks,/ The minimum sid tback sl the minimumVsisletbars ac minimum tots following le: TABLE INSET: X ►O 1 1 n he minimum required setback of thirty Jure may project a maximum of fifteen (15) etback of thirty (30) feet. 4+ls(5) feet, except for corner lots where t the street shall be ten (10) feet. The dist uted shall be as established in the Buildi Size I nterior ots Interior Lots Corn Lots Corner Lots Second in Feet First Story of Second Story First St of Story of Structure of Structure Structu Structure 4,Zs than 7,500 10 feet 15 feet 15 feet 20 feet 7,500--10,000 15 feet 25 feet 15 feet 25 feet More than 10,000 25 feet 35 feet 25 feet feet (c) Minimum Rear Setbacks: The minimum rear setback shall be twenty (20) feet. (d) Accessory Buildings: The minimum side setbacks shall be ten (10) feet. The minimum rear setback shall be ten (10) feet. The maximum width of said connection shall be ten (10) feet. W. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2.X Village West Island Commercial Districts a. Limitation. The square footage of individual retail establishments within Coconut Grove Corridors defined in Appendix A, section 3.5 shall be limited to a maximum size of enty thousand (20,000) square feet in total floor area used for retail and related se ces, except as may be modified below for "large-scale retail estab hments." Reta specialty centers as defined in City Code Sec. 4-2 located ent to Cocon Grove Corridors listed in Appendix A, section 3.5, may�b d by a Warrant. pecial event Class I permits are exempted from tl tions of this section. v b. "Large-scale re 'I establishment" defined. A "large-scale re ' establishment" for the purposes is defined as a retail establishment or mbination of commercial a blishment(s), including membership establis ents with any com erci retail use, of over twenty thousand (20,000) squ a feet in gross floor a. a gross floor area includes building gross floor area nd ancillary OtH r torage or merchandise display areas. For the purposes o his definitiooor area does not include motor vehicle parking or loading are . For the of determining the applicability of the twenty thousand (20,000) u floor area, the aggregate square footage of all adjacent stores or r ants that share common checkout stands or a controlling interest, or st9i,�g as, shall be considered one establishment. c. Exception required for Large $�, Re lishments. A "large-scale retail es Mshment" 'th e Coconut Grove Corridors listed in Appendix A, section a be by Exception. d. Site requireme In addition to II qui ern is he applicable ning district,"large-scale retail establisllm}i �4 us lowing site criteria a limitations: 1. Magi? u size of Z1paximum size of any individual retail establish t within any Coconut e Corridor shall be seventy thousand (70,000) squ feet. No individual 5Ftail establishment within a Large Scale Retail establishme shall be permitted e) which exceeds seventy thousand (70,000) square feet. 4q�l2. Minimum lot dimensions. "Large-scale retail establishments" may be permitted exclusively in I having a minimum net area of two (2) acres. Properties which do not meet the wo-acre size limitation shall be limited to individual establishments of twenty th sand (20,000) square feet or less. 3. Minimum setbacks and build -to lines 'N Large Scale Retail establishments shall have the following minimum setbacks: (a) Any front or side setback abutting a public right-of-way or non -residentially zoned property build -to line is twenty (20) feet. The area from the build -to line to the right-of-way line shall be used for permanent sidewalks with illumination, pedestrian amenities, or landscaping, except in areas as A.7 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED required for emergency access, or where driveway entrances are located. Landscaping in this setback area shall count toward the green space requirements. This area may not be used for parking or loading at any time. (b) Side or rear lot line abutting a residentially zoned property: setback is fifty (50) feet. The setback shall include a 20 -foot heavily landscaped buffer area. If an access alley, parking, loading door, delivery area, or inventory storage area is present along this side of the property, then the setback rea shall also include an eight -foot -high masonry wall inside of the 20-fo I scape uffer. 4. Buildin rientation and facades. (a) Buildi facades and elevations shall be designed imize the visual impacts f the scale of the building. (b) Large-sca retail structures may be orient heir entrances toward arterial or c ector roadways as defined in t mprehensive Plan. (c) Any side with egular public ingress/e ess int(s) is to be considered a front. Regular p Iic ingress/egress to t uildi g shall not be located facing residential uses. ere may be mo one (1) front. Front and side facade design shall i clude the foil i design features to minimize scale impacts and promote tivated st ntages: (1) Building design varia i ns als no greater than fifty (50) feet. (2) Storefront windows, wi r spaces visible and lit from within at night, equal to at least fi ( rcent of the linear length of ground -floor wall on building front s 4efigpd herein. Window spacing should be such that no more twe ercent of the length of the wall may have an unint ted len wi storefront windows. 5. Vehicular access. Primary ingr an egre t ite must provided from the arterial(s) and not from se n ry roads r ctors and sub t to the following: (a) E ce equir ergency access, v icular driveways shall not be al I roa defined in the City Co ehensive Plan. (b) where r ired for emergency access other compelling public ety reasons, ve icular driveways shall not be Io ted within one hundred 00) feet of residentially -zoned land along the sam side of the street, as measured from the nearest point of the driveway. c) Delivery vehicle access/egress shall be clearly defined i he site plan, and shall only be from arterial roadways, and located no less t n one hundred (100) feet from residentially -zoned land along the same side the street, as measured from the nearest point of the driveway. (d) Where large and bulk merchandise sales are expected, custo pick-up access/egress shall be clearly defined in the site plan, and shall onl e from arterial roadways, and located no less than one hundred (100) fee from residentially -zoned land along the same side of the street, as measured m the nearest point of the driveway. 6. Parking and loading requirements. (a) One (1) space per every two hundred (250) square feet of gross floor area shall be required for a "large-scale retail establishment." All required parking must be provided onsite. A.8 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED (b) Along collector roads as defined by the City Comprehensive Plan, setback buffers, building design or other features shall screen parking such that no more than thirty (30) percent of the parking lot or facilities are visible from the roadway. (c) Along local roads as defined by the City Comprehensive Plan, setback buffers, building design or other features shall completely screen parking such that the parking lot or facilities are not visible from the road except for distances as required by driveways or emergency access. (d) II loading and deliveries shall be adjacent to an artega Said 1 ding and delivery areas shall be screened from publi Aid by an eight - foo all. ` 7. Green spa A "large -scat etail establishment" shall impleme aping in an area equal in size to, or gr ter than, fifteen (15) percent t s lot area. Landscaping shall be implem ted generally so as to rov ample shade areas in the parking lot and ab ting sidewalks and t inim ze the visual impact of the structure and parking ace on the street e o this end, a landscape plan for the site shall be submit d to the Plan g epartment for review and approval by the Planning and Zonin Advisory as part of the required Exception. 8. Buffer. G Wherever the property a s ther property with a more restrictive zoning designation, a "large-sci e ab ent" shall provide a twenty -foot wide heavily landscaped buffer. buff clude Florida native trees at no less than fifteen (15) to t (20) fe n t, with a diameter at breast height of no less than four i (5) ed on 15 -foot centers. Also included in this buffer shall b h ging a o d co . This buffer shall be included in the required Ian ape an. 9. Fenc Fenc alts 14a e rected to a minimum he ht of eight (8) feet wherever th r y abuts her property with a more restri 've zoning designation. e. of "large-scale retail establishment." rge-scale retail establishment" shall be located exclusi Iy on a lot having age on one (1) or more arterial roads. Hours of operation. Except for special events requiring Class I permits, a "large cafe retail establishment" shall open no earlier than 7:00 a.m. on weekends and 8: a.m. on weekdays and shall close no later than 11:00 p.m. on weekends and 10:0 m. on weekdays. Deliveries to or from any "large-scale retail establishment" shall be ited to the hours of 10:00 a.m. through 3:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday. g. Variances prohibited. No variances from the provisions set forth in the site requirements or hours of operation are permitted. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 1 Mixed Use Cultural District Boundaries: all properties located on Grand Avenue between Margaret Street on the \district nd the City limits on the west, and Douglas Road between Grand Avenue on the and Day Avenue on the north. i d Use Cultural District is intended to give a distinctive cultural chars r to retail om ercial uses on Grand Avenue and Douglas Road. The intent is to hance corn rs as a tourist destination, encourage heritage retail istoric esses, pport current resident -owned businesses, promot ural facade, e more c turally themed businesses, establish a critical mss it and provide urally them bridge to all other parts of the District by pro he culture of the unity in this s rt corridor and entranceway to the corn Orain street. To this he district is de ated primarily to culturally theme s, gift shops and book , hair salons, ap rel, restaurants and cafes, s, ps and outdoor plazas, markets, cultural ilities, art and upscale ult entertainment that reflect a Caribbean culture. a Q�l Use Regulations The Mixed Use Cultural Distri shall which are permitted in the under 'ng 1. Permanent structures providin apparel, souvenirs, and with a mandatory referr following items for sale: ag and gift shops with al them6 and music and en ent r 2. "Large-scale reta e a lishm n D e following Uses in addition to those etra h Ions, including outdoor hair braiding; at found in the Caribbean. clusi y for the sale of groceries and not zones: w Market with Caribbean crafts, foods, ds attractive to tourists, subject to a Waiver tr� ET Administrator, and limited to the e ds, apparel, souvenirs; bookstores exceeding f th sand 10 square et shall be permitted within the Mixed Use u ral Dist t for properties ith an underlying T5 Transect Zone by ss of n . "Groceries" are fined as food products, dry groce ch a s poultry, seafood, sushi, iry products, frozen foods, fru' etables, iteis, prepared foods, baked oods, health and beauty ts, pharmaceuticals, and alcoholic beverages) r services commonly ded in a grocery store in Miami -Dade County. ther permissible uses along ground floor locations include: ars, saloons, taverns, private clubs, supper clubs, including se with dancing and live entertainment are permitted in such ground floor locatio along primary streets or elsewhere within the district only by Warrant, and o subject to limitations on buffer overlay districts. 4. Sales display and outdoor dining within open or partially open space. 5. Vending in open space as per the City of Miami's Vending in Ope Space Regulations. b. Height In order to ensure appropriate scale of infill development along Grand Avenue and Douglas Road, irrespective of the underlying zoning limitations, new single -Use structures shall be limited to a maximum of fifty (50) feet and mixed-use structures shall be limited to sixty-two (62) feet to be accommodated in no more than five (5) stories. A.10 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED c. Architectural Guidelines ISAll establishments and businesses in the Mixed Use Cultural District shall conform to the Village Island West and Grand Avenue Architectural and Urban Design uidelines and shall maintain a facade that is consistent with Caribbean architectural f des as described and as examples are shown within the guidelines. d. Additi al Regulations 1. Existi businesses established prior to the adoption of e shall be allowed remain in the Mixed Use Cultural District regar their cultural theme wit ut being considered nonconformities. 2. Underground rking shall be permitted in T3 n ones by Warrant for those properties hich abut T5 Transect Zon rand Avenue between SW 37th Avenue a SW 32nd Avenue. Any 3 d ' nated properties which have underground parkin shall be required be developed with Residential Structures for Reside 'al Use on the of the underground parking structure. No replat is re ired if the T r ect Zone properties are tied to the property abutting Grand A nue by nant-in-lieu of Unity of Title. Density limitations shall apply as per a ng Transect Zone without the limitation of one (1) unit per lot of record and two (2) units per lot of record for T3- 0 and the following minim cks shall apply: (a) T3 -R Properties (1) Front: twenty (20) f (2) Side: five (5) f (3) Rear: zero e (b) T3-0 Pro erti s (1) Front n ( feet (2) Side a (0) fee (3 ro (0 (c) Mi requit cks may be reduced thro h the Warrant process. 2.5.2 Mar�istrict 1fdaries: all properties fronting on Grand Avenue between Commod Plaza Street the east and Elizabeth Street to the west. The Market District is intended to foster community markets along a portion f Grand Avenue relating to the sale of fruits, vegetables and other crafts indigenous f the Caribbean Islands. The Caribbean Market allows for a tourism destination simi to those found throughout Caribbean nations and heritage of the surrounding communit . a. Use Regulations. The Market District area shall permit the following uses, in addition to those which are permitted in the underlying transect zone: A.11 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 1. Farmer's markets and Caribbean crafts and food markets that specialize in the sale of crafts and fresh fruits and vegetables are permitted within this district, subject to a Warrant with a mandatory referral to the district NET Administrator. All regulations contained in this code are applicable, and further subject to the following limitations: (a) Any outdoor market must be located on a parcel of no less than fifteen thousand (15,000) square feet of lot area. An outdoor market shall be limited to no more than sixty-five (6 p cent of e area of the subject parcel in display area. (c) A outdoor market may not include any permanent st All display tab and other such material must be removed at the nthe permitted time operation. (d) The ou or market display area shall be locate he Grand Avenue frontage d be set back no less than twenty- e eet from any abutting residentially oned property. (e) No outdoor m ket may be located clo er t one thousand five hundred (1,500) feet fro nother outdoor marke (g) Only handmade c fts, fresh fruits a ables, prepared raw foods and drinks derived from esh fruits an ve tables may be sold in an outdoor market within this distr O b. Additional Regulations G 1. All establishments and busi e Island West and Grand Avenu hite maintain a facade tha consist described and as exa a sh n 2. Existing busines Ss4bI i s h io the remain in the a et Dist t rdless consider d r>�p .,� ormit'i�s\ v A.12 District shall conform to the Village Urban Design Guidelines and shall iribbean architectural facades as guidelines. idopXon of this code shall be allowed to of thk cultural theme without being MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED COCONUT GROVE NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICT NCD -3 3.1 \ Boundaries G erally described as bounded by Douglas Avenue on the west, Franklin Avenue and a p ion of Marler Avenue along the north (Douglas Road — Arbitare Way), Arbitare Way and onald Avenue along the west (Main Hwy — Bird Road), Bird Road o the south (McDon Ave — US 1), US 1 on the north, Rickenbacker Causeway east, Biscayne y along the east and south, Prospect Drive and along the r erties on the south ide of Battersea Road to Douglas Road. More specifi I icted on the Miami 21 Atlas. ` a. Coconut Gro Sub -Districts: 1. North Grov bounded by U.S. 1 on the north, Ricke Causeway on the east, Biscayn Bay on the south and S.W. 27th A e west. 2. Center Grove- unded by U.S. 1 on the nort S th Avenue on the east, Oak Street on the outh, and S.W. 32nd Ave ue the west. 3. South Grove- boun d by Loquat Avenue, mq at Avenue, Franklin Avenue, and Main Highway othe north, along a tern edge of properties located east of Munroe Drive o the east, Bi, n ay, and Prospect Drive, Battersea Road, and Le Jeune Roa n the so Le June Road on the west. 4. Village Center- bounded by ak nd Tigertail Avenue on the north, S.W. 27th Avenue on the east, Bis c y, along the western edge of the Barnacle State Park, Main Highway i are Way and SW 32nd Avenue on the west. 3.2 Intent The intent of the Coco r ve d Conservation District NCD -3 is to establish a protective s ie of le i la v elem is to preserve the historic, heavily landscaped charac o ocon r s reside ial areas; enhance and protect Coconut Grove's n ur feature u s the tree can y and green space; and protect the architect ra i y wit n nique single famil neighborhood that comprises Coconut Gro com Coconut Grove preda s the City of Miami, and is known fo i aracter rived from lush landscapin , and naturally occurring vegetaf d,trees, and its unique property sizes and sha s; bay views; geologic feat oximity to Biscayne Bay; public open space; rec ational opportunities; co ial services; and a special character imparted by its tr 'cal vegetation and h %1 structures. Properties shall not be platted, re -platted or configured in any way t t destroys a median, green space, landscape easement or road configuration that cont utes to the character of the subdivision within the NCD -3 area. 3.3 Effect of district designation The effect of these NCD -3 regulations shall be to modify transect regulations includ within the NCD boundaries to the extent indicated herein. Nothing in these regulations shall be construed as to prohibit additional structures or neighborhoods to become Historic Preservation Overlays. A.13 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED All demolition permits shall require a Waiver and be referred to the Planning Department for review under the Tree Preservation Ordinance. All submittals shall contain a tree �rvey by a certified arborist. 3.4 Addi'lional notice and review a. Add nal notice required for Exception and Variance applications. All Co nut Grove neighborhood or homeowner associations tha eive a courtesy otice of Exception or Variance applications in their all register with their ighborhood Enhancement Team (NET) Office on y basis. Such registration all consist of a letter to the Director of the PI epartment or to the Zoning A inistrator, in which the association shal t such notification and shall specs the name, address and tele umber of the official representative of t association designated to r ei d notice and a list of all the officers of said a ociation. At the time of ' itia plication for an Exception or Variance, the applica shall obtain the list all egistered neighborhood and homeowner associations ertaining to the a a n in question from the Planning Director or the Zoning ministrator d all notify in writing the official representative of all such reg ered as ns in writing, by certified mail, of the application. The applicant shall b e application these certified receipts. If any such association have any is or recommendations, such comments and recommendations shall itted in writing to the Planning Director or Zoning Administrator no lat n days from receipt of such notification. Late or misdelivered commen all n sidered. b. All properties locate .nhe V' g shall be reviewed by the Coordinated Review Committee. 3.5 Coconut Grove C ri rs The sub-distr dem cl dd traversed or connected to their o e chara t tics and considerations. The as folio include the rights of way and the Lots immed way: • h Bayshore Drive igertail Drive S.W. 27th Avenue Bird Avenue • MacDonald Street • Main Highway • Douglas Road • Grand Avenue • Le Jeune Road important corridors subject kut Grove corridors are adjacent to the right of a. Improvements and new development on these corridors shall conform to the following pedestrian safety and comfort standards: 1. Where sidewalks exist, the pedestrian shall be buffered from vehicular traffic with streetscape elements and landscaping. A.14 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 2. Uses to be developed on these corridors shall promote pedestrian activity, such as porches, loggias, windows, entries, plazas, and ground floor retail uses where permissible. 3. The number and dimensions of curb cuts and driveways shall be minimized to \reduce the pedestrian/vehicular conflicts up to the minimum permissible by the controlling jurisdiction. 3.6 Single -F ily Residential District The single fa 'ly residential district is intended to protect the low d sidential and dominant tree nopy characteristics of Coconut Grove and pre e intrusion of additional density, ses, and height. All T3, Single -Family esidential zoning regulations II ly within the Coconut Grove NCD -3 Single -Fa ily Residential District, here er ed to as NCD -3, except as modified below. If any ch requirements confli t, t more restrictive requirements shall apply. a. Adjacent lots or lots in the sa e subdivisio n r single ownership, or developed by a single builder or develope shall n loy the same, similar or duplicate architectural plans. Adjacent bui n such conditions shall be substantially differentiated in massing, footprint, erior detailing. b. Front yards All front yards in the NCD -3 s e de a way that minimizes the impact of garage fronts and off-st parking o rds shall provide a more permeable surface and use abunL6-gXaiTdsc e canopy throughout. c. Building Envelop For the purpos f is sectio , a Iding site shall defined as one or more lots or portions f I are d to form a single ily residential site including vacant lot II per, s I accessory uses and struc res. Building sites shall not includ rtions of under a different zoning transe d.` t is limited to a maximum of twenty-five (25) feet meas d to the midpoint een the eave and roof top and is measured from flood level or verage sidewalk evation, whichever is higher. In addition to the maximum height of enty-five (25) Iq feet measured to the mid -point of the roof top and eave, chimneys, cu las or other non -habitable architectural features of twenty-five (25) square feet in a or less may reach a maximum height of thirty (30) feet or as required by the fire de. For Lots with less than ten thousand (10,000) square feet in area, the height limit "on for accessory structures shall be thirteen (13) feet. e. Green Space \ The minimum green space requirement shall be three -tenths (0.3) times the Lot area. The use of permeable material for surfaces in the required yard may allow a 25% reduction in the required green space. f. Permitted Accessory Uses and Structures A.15 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Accessory uses and structures are as permitted in the underlying transect zone, except that detached garages or car shelters on lots ten thousand (10,000) square feet or larger may include a second story as long as the allowable floor lot ratio and building footprint are not exceeded. Said second story may only be used as an owner occupied accessory structure. Two-story accessory structures shall have the Sqme setback requirements as specified for two-story principal buildings. g. Addi i nal Limitations and requirements. 1. Lots d building sites: Where r an existing single-family residence or lawful acc building(s) or structure is located on one or more platted lots or po ereof, such lots shall there er constitute only one building site and n shall be issued for the construct of more than one single-family s e except by Warrant. Such structures hall include but not be limited ing pools, tennis courts, walls, and fences r other at grade or abov gr d improvements. No building sites in existence p r to September 24, 20 hal be diminished in size except by Warrant, subject t he criteria specifi icle 4, Table 12 Design Review Criteria. 2. Garages and Driveways: O (a) On new construction or g ditions, no garage shall be located along the same front setbac n the front wall of a residential structure unless the garage door(s) d e treet. Garage structures with access openings that face the t sh L back a minimum of twenty (20) feet from the front wal he princi r i ntial structure. (b) Garage structi ac s that face the street on corner lots which have a a imum d t o less t n sixty (60) feet, may be set back a minimum fi en (1 et m the fr t wall of the principal residential structur (c) N tw ing t it ments of the Publi Works Department, driveways sha m i width of ten (10) feet wi in the first five (5) feet of all - ront req i setbacks. veways within a single building site shall not be I ted closer than twenty- ve (25) feet to each other. Except as required for the driveway approach, no portio f any driveway in a required yard adjacent to a street shall be within five(5) t of any property line other than as may be required to allow for turnaround m euver, in which case said driveway shall be constructed of permeable material its entirety. (f) Tandem parking shall be allowed. (g) Garage doors which are more than nine (9) feet wide shall not be a wed. 3. Fences: All fences located within any street -front setback area shall be covered fronXhe public right-of-way view by plant material except when said fence is faced constructed with oolitic limestone. 4. Landscaping: All landscape shall comply with the City's landscape and tree protection ordinances. A.16 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED h. Single Family lots less than 10,000 square feet 1. Setbacks: (a) Principal Building: Setbacks are variable to allow for a variety in architecture and pl ement of the building footprint. Projections of buildings into required setb k hall be ermitted subject to the criteria and requirements specified�h� (1) inimum Front Setbacks: ` T minimum front setback shall be thirty (30) e structure may proj t a maximum of ten (10) feet into the mi equired setback of thirty ) feet provided said projection do ceed thirty (30) feet in width a g the front of the building. n ed porches, entries, or loggias m project a maximum of fifte (15) feet into the minimum required se ck of thirty (30) fee n c mer lots the structure may project a maxi um of fifteen (15) i the minimum required setback of thirty (30) feet. (2) Minimum Side Setba s: O The minimum side se all be five (5) feet, except for corner lots where the minimui tback adjacent to the street shall be ten (10) feet. The minim eacks to be distributed shall be as established in the f ing t TABLE INSET: 1Q,`* �� (3) Minimum Rear Setbacks: The minimum rear setback shall be twenty (20) feet. (4) Accessory Buildings: The minimum side setbacks shall be ten (10) feet. The minimum rear setback shall be ten (10) feet. The maximum width of said connection shall be ten (10; Single Family Large Lot Residential designation 1. Lot size A.17 Int io ots tri Lots C er Lots Corner Lots Building Site Size ry of d Story First tory of Second in Square Feet ctur Structure Stru re Story of Structure 15 feet 20 feet Less than 7.50& 10 feet 15 feet 7,500--115 feet 25 feet 15 feet 25 feet Moret 00 25 feet 35 feet 25 feet 35 feet �� (3) Minimum Rear Setbacks: The minimum rear setback shall be twenty (20) feet. (4) Accessory Buildings: The minimum side setbacks shall be ten (10) feet. The minimum rear setback shall be ten (10) feet. The maximum width of said connection shall be ten (10; Single Family Large Lot Residential designation 1. Lot size A.17 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Minimum lot size is limited to ten thousand (10,000) square feet and the minimum lot width is limited to one hundred (100) feet in order to preserve the large lot suburban character of certain neighborhoods within Coconut Grove. Limitations on yards ,All yards adjacent to South Bayshore Drive shall be a minimum of seventy (70) I\ee j. Single ersized Lot Residential designation. 1. Lot ` Mine shall be twenty thousand (20,000) squar nd minimum lot wido hundred (100) feet. 2. LimyardAll cent to uth Bayshore Drive shal be inimum of seventy (70) feet. k. Single tate Lot Resi ntial designation^ The intent of these regulations is t allow ex state Lots to be developed as single- family estates of a spacious chars er tom8ftO with Botanical Gardens, private non- commercial recreational facilities ompanying structures compatible with residential surroundings. This di " t esigned to protect and preserve the existing character of estates and allow i yF cant land considered appropriate for such development in the future. S .. 1. Lot Size Minimum lot size sh b one (1 c 3,560 uare feet) and a minimum lot width of one hundred 0) t. 2. Limitations s All yards t to u yshore Drive shall be a i imum of seventy (70) feet. Bay w' c and ba es may project a maximum o ree (3) feet into a yard v 3. sory Uses and Structures Accessory structures shall comply in all other aspects of\hous;eho derlying single family residential (T3) district unless stated otherwise.ed accessory buildings shall be used only for occupancy of nonpaying ge owners of the primary residence or bona fide members of the family oh staff, and no kitchen or cooking facilities shall be constructed or urein cept by approval by the Planning Director of a written agreement wity sta g that such accessory structure will be used only by family membousehol taff.The property owner must execute and record in thepublics a Declara i nof Restriction stating that the use of the site will be resera single fame residence. No accessory structure shall be used as or converted to a dwelling unit without the recorded Declaration of Restriction. Further, if any accessory structure and use is subdivided from the principal structure and use to which it is accessory or, alternately, if the principal structure is demolished or removed, the use of such accessory structure shall be terminated until a new principal A.18 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED structure and use is established on the lot on which the accessory structure and use is located. (b) Attached or unattached accessory structures include: private garages, swimming pools, cabanas, bedrooms, household staff cottage. Nothing contained in this section shall prohibit the construction of an enclosed accessory building ntaining bedrooms with bath facilities to be used in connection wit and as a p of the primary residence within the building lines as provided int s ction. (c) Open nings or trellises must meet the setback require applicable open s ce and lot coverage requirements. These str may not be converted permanent additions if such conversion ncrease the lot coverage of e principal structure above the allowed nar ar ge. 4. Height Height is limited to two II stories from grade or ini m FEMA elevation as defined within this code. Height i measured to the b m o the eave. Variations to the Height requirement may b (lowed for skyli t or olar panels not exceeding three (3) feet above the roof. Such tructures sh n cover more than ten (10) percent of the roof structure. O 5. Botanical Gardens G A Botanical Garden is allow ception. A Botanical Garden shall require a minimum of 5 acres and ma u llowing: (a) Educational facilities uding b g eeting and classrooms (b) Scientific researcprlatory (c) Offices to serve e o anical d (d) ResidentialP s g u its forAin in cholars (e) Garden ma to nce are (f) Gift ho oksto utdoor display of rchandise shall be limited to area ible f& . is streets IN 3.6 Resery Coconut Grove NCD -3 (R-2) Two -Family Resid tial District 3.7 Resd for Coconut Grove NCD -3 (R-3) Multifamily Medium- nsity Residential 8 �conut Grove NCD -3 Commercial Districts a. Limitation The square footage of individual retail establishments within Coconut rove Corridors defined in 3.5, and in the Village Center sub -district as defined in 3.1, hall be limited to a maximum size of twenty thousand (20,000) square feet in total f r area used for retail and related services, except as may be modified below for "large scale retail establishments." Retail specialty centers as defined in City Code Sec. 4-2 located adjacent to Coconut Grove Corridors listed in 3.5, may be approved by a Warrant. Special event Class I permits are exempted from the limitations of this section. A.19 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED b. "Large-scale retail establishment" defined A "large-scale retail establishment" is defined for the purposes of NCD -3 as a retail establishment or combination of commercial retail establishment(s), including \e-scale ership establishments with any commercial retail use, of over twenty thousand 0) square feet in gross floor area. The gross floor area includes building gross rea and ancillary outdoor storage or merchandise display areas. For the ses of this definition, the floor area does not include motor vehicle arking or areas. For the purpose of determining the applicability of th twenty (20,000) square feet of floor area, the aggregate sq�ar of all nt ores or retail tenants that share common check out st d� a controlling I or orage areas, shall be considered one establishmen ` C.tion requir for large scale retail establishme e -scale retai stablishment" within the Coc u e Corridors listed in 3.5 e permitted on by Exception. d. "Large scale grocery stor ." Retail establishments excl vely for the thousand (40,000) square fee ocated w' abutting US -1 (Federal Hwy.) m be An? e. food products, dry groceries (su other items typically sold (s frozen foods, fruits, vegetabl i beauty products, pharmaceuti provided in a grocery sto!Z Miami Site requirements `` In addition to a�equ emen� establishments"((�min�t meet ti% fo a 3 s ea 5 groceries and not exceeding forty i%T*e underlying T5 or T6 Transect Zones &Wbd by Warrant. "Groceries" is defined as iusehold products and paper goods), and poultry, seafood, sushi, dairy products, ppli site ared foods, baked goods, health and c beverages) or services commonly ning district, "large-scale retail nd limitations: ThRrum size any individual retail establis ent within any Coconut (2Corridor shall be seventy thousand (70,000) s are feet. No individual 1 establishment within a Large Scale Retail establish nt shall be permitted �0hich exceeds seventy thousand (70,000) square feet. Minimum lot dimensions "large-scale retail establishments" may be permitted exclusively i minimum net area of two (2) acres. Properties which do not meet size limitation shall be limited to individual establishments of twe (20,000) square feet or less. s having a e two -acre kthousand 3. Minimum setbacks and build -to lines \ Large Scale Retail establishments shall have the following minimum setbacks: (a) Any front or side setback abutting a public right-of-way or non -residentially zoned property build -to line is twenty (20) feet. The area from the build -to line to the right-of-way line shall be used for permanent sidewalks with illumination, pedestrian amenities, or landscaping, except in areas as A.20 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED required for emergency access, or where driveway entrances are located. Landscaping in this setback area shall count toward the green space requirements. This area may not be used for parking or loading at any time. (b) Side or rear lot line abutting a residentially zoned property: setback is fifty (50) feet. The setback shall include a 20 -foot heavily landscaped buffer area. If an access alley, parking, loading door, delivery area, or invent storage area is present along this side of the property, then the setba a shall Iso include an eight -foot -high masonry wall inside of the.2 scape b fer. ` 4. Building 'entation and facades (a) Building ades and elevations shall be d r�to minimize the visual impacts of t scale of the building. (b) Large-scale r it structures may be o ient with their entrances toward arterial or collec roadways as defined e ity Comprehensive Plan. (c) Any side with re ar public ingress point(s) is to be considered a front. Regular public i gress/egress t uilding shall not be located facing residential uses. The may be than one (1) front. Front and side facade design shall incl e t ing design features to minimize scale impacts and promote ac iv et frontages. (d) Building design variat'W rvals no greater than fifty (50) feet. (e) Storefront windows, n s s visible and lit from within at night, equal to at least fifty (5 erce linear length of ground -floor wall on building frontele ns as d e ein. Window spacing should be such that no more w ty of the length of the wall may have an uninterru ted n h Mho or ront ' dows. 5. Vehicular a e Prim y and g t the site must be vided from the arterial(s) and not fr ndar o ss r collectors and subject the following: (a) as req it for emergency access, vehic ar driveways shall not be ng local roadways as defined in the City Compre nsive Plan. xcept where required for emergency access or er compelling public safety reasons, vehicular driveways shall not be locate within one hundred e) (100) feet of residentially -zoned land along the same si of the street, as measured from the nearest point of the driveway. (c) Delivery vehicle access/egress shall be clearly defined in the ite plan, and shall only be from arterial roadways, and located no less than e hundred (100) feet from residentially -zoned land along the same side of th treet, as measured from the nearest point of the driveway. (d) Where large and bulk merchandise sales are expected, customer k -up access/egress shall be clearly defined in the site plan, and shall only be m arterial roadways, and located no less than one hundred (100) feet fr residentially -zoned land along the same side of the street, as measured from the nearest point of the driveway. 6. Parking and loading requirements A.21 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 7 (a) One (1) space per every two hundred (250) square feet of gross floor area shall be required for a "large-scale retail establishment." All required parking must be provided onsite. (b) Along collector roads as defined by the City Comprehensive Plan, setback buffers, building design or other features shall screen parking such that no more than thirty (30) percent of the parking lot or facilities are visible from the roadway. ( Along local roads as defined by the City Comprehensive P n, etback ffers, building design or other features shall completelR arking s that the parking lot or facilities are not visible from way, except for tances as required by driveways or emergency ac s (d) All Io ing and deliveries shall be adjacent to an roadway. Said loading d delivery areas shall be screened fro view by an eight - foot wall. � 1 Green space A "large-scale ret\nerally hment" shall im ent andscaping in an area equal in size to, or greafteen (15) per the gross lot area. Landscaping shall be implemerally so a to rovide ample shade areas in the parking lot and aewalks minimize the visual impact of the structure and parkth cape. To this end, a landscape plan for the site shall be sto ning Department for review and approval by the Planning a4 Board as part of the required Exception. 8. Buffer r/ V>� Wherever the prope buts a e perty with a more restrictive zoning designationa "lar - a e ret e t ent" shall provide atwenty-foot wide heavily land,scap fTer. Th' b ff shall clude Florida native trees at no less than fifteen to enfit f in height, ith a diameter at breast height of no less than o (4) to f1 (5 hes spaced o 15 -foot centers. Also included in this b ff e h d ground cover. Thi uffer shall be included in the requir scap 1 9. and walls es and walls shall be erected to a minimum height of ' ht (8) feet wherever �e property abuts another property with a more restrictive z 'ng designation. focation of "large -Scale Retail establishment" A "large-scale retail establishment" shall be located exclusively on lot having frontage on one (1) or more arterial roads. g. Hours of operation Except for special events requiring Class I permits, a "large-scal\a.m. establishment" shall open no earlier than 7:00 a.m. on weekends and 8:00weekdays and shall close no later than 11:00 p.m. on weekends and 10:00 weekdays. Deliveries to or from any "large-scale retail establishment" shall be limited to the hours of 10:00 a.m. through 3:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday. h. Variances prohibited A.22 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED No variances from the provisions set forth in the site requirements or hours of operation are permitted. A.3.8 Deserved. Coconut Grove NCD -3 Sub -District Architectural Guidelines. A.23 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX A: NEIGHBORHOOD CONSERVATION DISTRICTS PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED �VIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. A.24 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED neral Principles PubliXaccess waterfront walkways shall: 1. Feelblic. No one should feel as if he or she is intruding on private property. The public should I welcome and at ease to move along the entire length of the waterfront. Signage should cl ly establish the public's right to use the walkway. 2. Be usable. Yo g and old, handicapped and joggers, lovers, fishermen, bVs men and women, ev one should find the waterfront usable. Potential confli een active and passive users hould be prevented through segregation of waterfro use zones. (See Design Standa s below). 3. Provide visual access. attraction is the water. All landsc iture, lighting, guard rails and planters should b ubordinated to enhance maxi u ility to the water. Simplicity of design is prefer . The views of adjacent riva development should not be obstructed. 4. Enhance visual quality. Parking an ervice areas risllpe completely screened from the walkway. Materials, color and forms s uld comt the natural shoreline environment. 5. Connect to other public areas. Public parit stops, thoroughfares, midblock walkways, shopping areas, and publi a ible plazas should connect to the waterfront. 6. Take advantage of waterfront setting. re pr oating and fishing activities should be incorporated into waterfront ns. Elev d ng areas, historically interpretive markers and signs are desiraN o t ac s water to the land is encouraged. Bulkheads or Seawalls o' 1. Bulkheads and S v con un properties north of the ickenbacker Causeway and along the river or i yne Bay shall be constructed (6) feet above National Geodetic V Datum (NGVD). Bulkheads constructed on prope 'es south of the Rickenb Iauseway and on Biscayne Bay shall be constructed s ven (7) feet above Nationa detic Vertical Datum (NGVD). All other bulkheads located the City of Miami sh Irl he minimum Miami -Dade County Standards. I eads or Seawalls shall be constructed eighteen (18) to twenty-four (24) 1 hes in width t the top and meet all City of Miami departments' requirements. The top of the Ikhead or seawall shall be at a constant elevation for the length of the bay / river walk. 3. Deviations to the bulkhead requirements may be granted by the Director of Public Wo to construct bulkheads at a height above the standard NGVD set by the City due to a justifi le request. Any deviations from the City standard bulkhead elevation where a waterfront walkway is being proposed would require the property owner to construct, on the applicant's property, a connecting transition at a consistent A.D.A. compliant width and grade to the waterfront walkway on adjacent properties. All requests for a deviation to the mandated bulkhead elevation shall be made in writing to the Director of Public Works and shall include all appropriate architectural and engineering or other documentation needed to make a determination. B.1 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED I Shorelines Walkays along a natural shoreline or rip rap shoreline may be set back from the edge of the sh eline and meander within the waterfront setback area. 2. Areas with atural shorelines must transition to adjacent properties in elevation a alignment to este a cohesive baywalk or riverwalk circulation. Design Standards fo ulkheads or Seawalls 1. The top of the bulkheads waterfront. It shall be eig 2. Safety ladders of stainless apart along the face of the tide. seawall shall be at a constant elevatio length of the yen (18) to twenty-four (24) inche t e top. st I or galvanized steel sh I be ced a maximum of 100 feet sea II or bulkhead, to alto cli bing out of the water at low 3. The top of the seawall/bulkhead shall six (6) (8) inches higher than the surface of the adjacent baywalk or riverwalk safety ones► _ 4. The inside edge of the seawall/bulkh be beveled. Design Standards for Waterfront ways Waterfront walkway landscaped re s shoul b la dscap with native plant materials. Shade trees are required within the asst e/Tra i n es and m also be planted along the Safety Buffer Zone, in lieu p ms, to q\LtLo allee of trees. hrubs, low shrubs, and groundcovers (low I ve gs) s oe lanted at the base trees and palms to enhance waterfront walkway cs an�oNl buffer the walkway peri ters. The foll and prc be six ( :ones are listed in order from the landward edg ird towards the private property. NOTE: the top riches above the waterfront walkway elevation. f the bulkhead cap tke bulkhead cap shall WJ f ffer Zone Safety Buffer Zone - A minimum three (3) to four (4) foot wide area adjacent to the b (See Plan Detail- 3' minimum where there is no planting, 4' minimum where planting provided.) ead. 1. Since railings, walls and/or other barriers are not desirable along the water's edge, waterfront users need to be warned when coming close to the water with a minimum three (3) foot wide safety buffer zone consisting of a rough textured surface that discourages walking. 2. Paving within the safety buffer zone shall be a type of cobble stone with "river rock," approximately 3/4 to 1 '/2 inches in diameter, set in concrete leaving a relief of '14 to'/2 inches or similar aggregate pavers with ADA domes. B.2 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 3.nting beds shall be a minimum four (4) feet wide with trees or palms planted at grade pr iding shade to pedestrians and low level plantings provided at the base of the trees or palm Landscape lighting may be provided to accentuate trees or palms in this area. 4. In areas tween the planting beds, a minimum three (3) foot wide uniform exposed aggregate ish such as a river rock textured surface shall be provided to warn p estrians of the water' dge meeting Americans with Disabilities Standards. 5. Bollard lighting w in the textured surface adjacent to the Circulation Zo be installed to provide pedestri / pathway lighting. Circulation Zone Circulation Zone —A minimum fift n (15) to sixteen (16) J�e wi unobstructed linear pedestrian walkway. (See Plan Det - 15' minimum wheren plantings are provided in the Safety Zone, 16' minimum where re are no planti Safety Zone.) 1. The waterfront circulation zone shall c sist of pedestrian walkway or promenade and shall be a minimum fifteen (15) feet 'dem►_ 2. The walkway may meander along walkway shall not exceed six (6 ) however all offsets in the alignment of the 1cipftot less than fifty (50) feet apart. 3. Obstructions to movement (tree (lards, Ii n ) within the circulation zone shall not reduce the clear width of the aT to I n (15) feet at any point. 4. The Circulation Zone sh be nstru e o n -slip pave materials with high aesthetic appearance and struct al alities t su rt emergency v icle access. 5. Variable texture aterir�e used to surface the pro enade. 6. The prome urface shall be at a constant elevation, and shall b accessible to handicagp rsons throughout the entire length of the waterfront. fte P e P ive Zone —A minimum three (3) foot wide area interspersed with shade t\rees,Iovel plan ings, site furniture, lighting and accessories. 1. The area for sitting, accent landscaping and concessions shall be located along the in side of the waterfront, and shall be not less than three (3) feet wide. 2. Short lengths of the passive zone maybe elevated eighteen (18) to twenty-four (24) inches above the level of the promenade for enhanced bay and river views. 3. All benches shall have back rests, and their placement shall emphasize direct views of the water. B.3 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TEC Site furniture may include overhead canopies, concessions, etc. and shall be confined to ois zone. All furniture shall be permanently installed preferably by direct burial in concrete. 6. Acsories include benches, trash receptacles, drinking fountains, pedestrian scale light poles nd landscape lighting. Appropriate additional furniture including overhead canopies or shelt s, drinking fountains, etc., shall be confined to the passive zone. 7. The passive one may be paved in plain concrete or the paver on the main circu ti zone. Transition and Secu Zone ` Transition Zone — A minim three (3) foot wide area, immediately a o the Passive Zone to buffer private devel ent from the waterfront walkway dct stormwater. 1. To buffer private developme from the adjacent water fr nt inimum three (3) foot wide transition zone shall border the aterfront facility. 2. This visual and functional transition om public to va space shall generally be marked by low level shrubbery and overhead ade or otal trees. 3. Security to limit public access to private p nay be provided by fences, grade changes or retaining walls. All screens and w s e landscaped to reduce their visual impact on the walkway. 4. For adjacent developments that JOke the pu I (i. ., estaurants, shops, hotels, entertainment, etc.) provision d , visi pedestrian access to the waterfront shall be assured. 5. In general, landscapin n security ar shall not visu screen the waterfront from adjacent active u e as reiiia rants, or entertain nt. v Standards an elines for Design Elements Landsca i� 1. ay be used along either edge of the waterfront, but Coconut Palms r Sabal Palms e rticularly appropriate for the water's edge. 2. aised planters, if used, shall be confined to the passive zone, and all planter wal shall double as sitting walls, fifteen (15) to thirty (30) inches in height. 3. Plant material shall be primarily native salt -tolerant species. Lighting Lighting at the water's edge shall be confined to eight (8) inch diameter bollards, which shall be twenty-four (24) to thirty (30) inches high and spaced approximately twenty (20) feet on center. M MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Bollards shall be one hundred (100) watt MV with down illumination not extending beyond the bulkhead line. 3. Ov ead lighting shall be confined to the passive zone and consists of down lighting with lamp of over fourteen (14) feet high, 175 watt MV, and spaced approximately fifty (50) feet on centX. 4. Up lighting landscaping is encouraged. 5. Mercury vapor, tal halide lamps or similar "white" light luminaires sha 6. Colored lighting, exc t for private signs, shall not be used. 7. Simple contemporary fix e design shall be used as oppose y stylized, vintage or period designs. Signage 1. All public access waterfront walks sh be mark the standard "Public Shore" sign. 2. All major public access points, including p ways, roadways, dedicated midblock walks and public plazas, shall be mar "Public Shore" signs. 3. Adjacent accessible publicly oriented ' to d nt, such as cafes or shops, shall identify the use with signage in ansition e. ✓✓✓ 4. Uniformly designed historic to ✓ironme to m kers d descriptive plaques shall be placed in the passivePss 5. Signage shall id nti po djacent activities e4:1 B.5 , shops, etc.) for boaters. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED y }SEE ETPJL ON PACaE 2 TRANSITION PABBIVE CIRCULAI ZONE ZONE ZONE TYPICAL RIVERWALKIBAYWALK SECMN SCALE: 118^=1W .I _SII Imo. �0�. ►F�` �awww w J Iww®V / d� Mu � .pmt v swwwwaw�. `, �'-. �._w•wwrrl�wi�rrRwr•rw•+rww— www ; • a � � maawwmww� • r wwr•wwrrwaaw �I_��ar•awra�rw�.r•rwwwwSI`ifE • �� ��t vwwwwww► ��... F. �� �wwlwC J- A, AVAUWALM MMU MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 314".1-112" DIVETER RIVER ROCK SET IN A MORTkR BED, UNIFORMLY GRADED WITH AN' TO 112" EXPOSED AGGRE rE FINISH OR EQUAL SURFACE ME CG A.D A. STANDARDS. Lei•] *J9A41!:10I*11-NilyJa]=1 18" - 24" 40 1 gwo ngz _ V REVISED! 12.04.2W8 A OF MIAMI 21 APPENDIX B: WATERFRONT DESIGN GUIDELINES PUBLIC HEARING -FIRST READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED THV PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. C HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED SD-2\District MIAMI SPECIAL DISTRICT The ois District is to promote neighborhood redevelopment through medium to high densidevelopment. Due to intensity of infill development and redevelopment in the SD-2opulation and the overall level of commercial and retail activity will greatly incre Combined with th\roximity of the SD -27 Districts to downtown and othe r "talizing neighborhoods, coreliable transportation along the Midtown Mi�m istrict can connect the nds, jobs, residences and activity centers and greater revitalization. ` A The character of the district No include a wide range of pedestr Vnted activities that would facilitate a vibrant mixed-\1ife.. munity setting, pe mitt evelopment of flexible live -work spaces as determinerket forces, includ -use loft development. Ground level activities and uses g pedestrian ori tati are mandated to front streets to generate a lively pedestrian st The District is intended for medium scale pN be restricted as to height, setbacks, and will closest to the street. Unified landscaping, pavi building facade guidelines, as well as ince significant historic resources. For the purpose of the SD 27, the follow ects of eiW architectural design. Buildings will quir able uses for portions of the building L urniture, storefront design, signage and hat would allow for the rehabilitation of I apply: Active Uses: The principle comp 0V the t is ground floor active uses which promote pedestrian activity. An se is hat p vides a public entrance from the street with an interior use th s rues th n al public. his may include retail, office, educational facilities, entert me , and\fe Big -Box retail is def ne( $, sing) t re comprised of at leas wenty thousand (20,000) square feet. Build -To Line: ment established a certain distance from the base ilding line to a line along whic ing shall be constructed. Build -to dimensions are estab hed in Sections 627.1.7 an 7.1.8 for each street frontage and require that primary bu ing frontages (exclu i nnades, arcades and awnings) be constructed at the dimension ovided for a M' ' x (x) percent of the lineal building frontage. Pursuant to Sections 7.1.7 and 7 .8, olonnades and arcades may encroach the specified build -to line provided a inimum un structed pedestrian space of five (5) feet is provided. Colonnades and arcades s II not encroach upon the base building line. Furthermore, Build -To lines are subject to comp nce with the City of Miami Vision Clearance requirements of Article 908. Gateway: The SD -27 District promotes the design of buildings as gateway structures by providing greater allowable height at strategic street intersections within the district. The gateway sites shall be as follows: (1) The Southeast corner of the intersection of North Miami Avenue and Northeast 36th Street; (2) The Southwest corner of the intersection of Northeast 36th Street and Northeast 2nd Avenue: and (3) The Southeast corner of the intersection of Northeast 34th Street and Northeast 1st Place. C.1 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Lin Uses: Building uses that serve to conceal uses such as parking garages and service area When liner uses contain ground floor space, such space shall be designed to accom\accsed tail and/or other uses that promote pedestrian traffic and shall have entrances directlye from a public sidewalk or open space. Live -w -work describes residential units that have a commercial an or office composed through an external street entrance. The intent of this use i t rovide efficienith the opportunity for workspace that can contribute 4c,at the grounde ccupations pursuant to the provisions of 906.5.2 shat I� alify as live - work, eadds i nal parking, defined in 906.5.2.f. shall not be requir v Mixed Use: The SD -27 Di rict promotes multiple uses within the sa d on adjoining lots by permitting multiple princip uses within the underlying distric use building or parcel exists when there is more than ne use and must include resi n /or live -work use. When the majority of building area is d icated to uses other tha res ntial and/or live -work uses, at least ten (10) percent of the total R of the building sh e dicated to residential and/or live -work uses in order to be class ifi as a mixed-use i in . For the purposes of calculating mixed uses, live -work uses shall be a wed to count ds residential or commercial uses, but shall not be allowed to count towards ore than e. Open Space: Any parcel of land or water, e public right of way, that is at ground level or open to the sky and designed and int the common use of the residents, tenant and the general public and may include earNrks, plazas, and landscape areas. Additionally, canopy trees and large palm nted L.,w destrian zones of the public right-of- way in accordance with the desigrMndards II ectively each count as four hundred (400) square feet and one hundr my - f' pare feet of open space. Open Space is substantially free of structure of�arvthan r t s tha contribute to the common use of the space. Smart Growth: Pla ninique� d upon and prom ' g any or all of the following principles: (1) Using land s more iently through compact buildin forms, infill development, and mod in street and parking standards in order to less land consumption and prese al resources and promote multi -modal transportation, (2) Sup the location of stores, offices, residences, school, recreate spaces, and other p ilities within walking distance of each other in compact neig orhoods that are s ed to provide alternate opportunities for easier movement and inter tion; Pr iding a variety of housing choices to create a diverse community; (4 Supporting walking, cycling, and transit as attractive alternatives to drivi - providing alternative routes that disperse rather than concentrate traffic congestion; low 'ng traffic speeds in neighborhoods; (5) Connecting infrastructure and development decisions to minimize future costs by c ting neighborhoods where more people use existing services and facilities; by integr 'ng development and land use with transit routes and stations; and (6) Improving the development standards review process and development standards so tha developers are encouraged to apply the principles stated above. Story: A space in a building between the surface of any floor and the surface of the next floor above, or if there is no floor above, then the space between such floor and the ceiling or roof W MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Nove. Portions of buildings constructed below grade shall not count toward an allowable nu er of stories, provided that at least fifty (50) percent of the total floor perimeter is at least five feet below grade. (Ord. No. 2447, § 2, 11-25-03; Ord. No. 12688, § 2, 5-26-05) Editor's not Ord. No. 12688, § 2, adopted May 26, 2005, changed the title of 627 from "SD -27 FEC C idor" to "SD -27 Midtown Miami Special District." The historical of Son has been preserved f reference purposes. Sec. 627.1 SD -27.1 'dtown Miami East Special District. ` The Midtown Miami East ecial District area is bounded by Northea Street on the north and FEC greenway on th east. On the south, the area is by the centerline of Northeast 29th Street betw n the FEC Greenway and i oulevard and by the centerline of Northeast 34th St t between Midtown Bou eva and Buena Vista Avenue. On the west, the area is bounded by t centerline of Buena V' Av nue between Northeast 36th Street and Northeast 34th Street nd by the cent if Midtown Boulevard between Northeast 34th Street and Northeast 2 h Street. 627.1.1 Intent. Owc The Midtown Miami East District regulations nded to provide for a method to allow for planning initiatives that achieve unique o ive development not otherwise provided for in the zoning ordinance. These planning i m clude, but are not limited to, Smart Growth as defined in Section 627. The st rds edures of this district are intended to promote flexibility and diversity in nand i I ned diversification and integration of uses and structures, with limitati regu o erred necessary to be consistent with the City's Comprehensive Plan d protec th p blic h Ith, safety, and general welfare. The SD 27 Design Standards rove e m e ed clarifi tion to this ordinance and are incorporated by reference. This district is of sp l�fd su Nta:Nka ublic interest given its oximity to Downtown Miami and the Omni Ar esign Iiami Beach, the Wynwood eighborhood and to future proposed com ransit facilities within the Florida East Coast Rai ay (FEC) Corridor. The intent of th t is to: (1) promote the efficient use of land reso es through compact building for nfill development, and moderation in street and parking ndards in order to reduce ile traffic and promote multi -modal transportation; (2) promo the creation of a M' i n environment through intensive urban mixed-use development i h a twenty-four ac ity pattern; (3) Enhance the pedestrian environment and connectivity f the existing s unding areas by extending the city street grid through the district; and (4) Pro e intensive new housing opportunities needed to sustain future commercial growth and comm er transit facilities. To this end, the district promotes streetscapes and mixed-use buildings des ned to provide pedestrians with lively, interesting, well -landscaped and highly usable public aces with a maximum interrelationship with ground floor building uses. Concerning building uses and overall buildable area, mixed-use development is encouraged b; providing greater floor area ratios and overall building height than that of single use buildings. Furthermore, additional height is provided for on sites that abut significant open space and/or are designated as strategically located visual gateways as defined in Section 627. Yard and setback areas are minimal and are required to be developed as an integral part of the overall C.3 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Nts trian streetscape. Ground floor build -to lines are provided in order to establish a uous building frontage that enhances and provides spatial definition for the urban Althougho specific requirements are contained, it is further intended that buildings be designed ut ing environmentally sensitive methods, including, but not limited to, passive and active solar to niques\3) green -roofs, the utilization of environmentally sustainable m rials and efficient mechaystems. 627.1.2 Effect 7.1 district designation. The SD -27.1 Miami East Special district shall supplant districts o ns of districts included within b ndaries to the extent indicated herein in the o ning atlas. 627.1.3 Class 1ial Per 627.1.3.1. Wheired. A Class II Spermit shall b required prior to ap al o any permit (except special permits pursuarticle 13) affecti the height,bulk ti or exterior configuration of any existing buildinhe construction o new buildin or the implementation of signage, awnings, fencey other improveme visible frQr41` ublic right-of-way. 627.1.3.2. Considerations in making Class // ermit determinations. The purpose of the Class II Special Per s e to ensure conformity of the application with the expressed intent of this district, wit I iderations listed in section 1305, and with the special considerations contained a SD- gn Standards incorporated herein by reference. Notwithstanding any other provi o this n ance, a Major Use Special Permit is required for non-residential us s a sin le b 'ding t exceed four hundred thousand (400,000) square feet and ide ial un' ngle build that exceed four hundred (400) dwelling units, or any corn 'n use wh eds two thous d five hundred (2,500) parking spaces. Any variances (as d n Arti e ought from the provision of the SD 27.1 regulations shall require suc on to be c si ered within the process for ajor Use Special Permit as defined in 17; i.e. increased development thresholds as forth above shall not apply. 627.1. al uses and structures. Re of ing uses shall be permitted within the district, subject to the provisi s of Section 6 1.7: 1. Neighborhood convenience goods and services, including food stores (grocer , meat, seafood, produce, delicatessen, bakery, confectioneries, ice cream), drugstores, newss ds, dry cleaners, barber and beauty shops, and shoe repair stores. 2. Retail establishments open to the general public as follows: Antique stores, art stores and commercial art galleries; bicycle sales; book and stationery stores; china and crockery stores; drugstores; floor covering; florist, including plant and shrub sales; food carts and vendors; gift shops; hardware stores; hobby shops; home appliance stores; home furnishing stores; interior decoration supply stores; establishments for the sales of boating and fishing supplies (excluding CA MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED \bookstore sales of boats); jewelry stores; leather goods; luggage stores; music stores; nds; office supply stores; optical goods stores; package liquor stores (without drive- tfacilities); paint and wallpaper; pet shops; photographic supply stores; restaurant supply acco shops; toy stores; television, radio, and other electronics stores; videotape sales ta variety and sundry stores; establishments for sale of wearing apparel; Such hme may provide incidental repair, maintenance, adjustment or alteration services as iate, b facilities, operation and storage in relation to such services shall no a visible y street o street related pedestrian open space. Aside from antique stores, rt Ileries, jbookstore and wearing apparel establishments, no such retail e%ta~ shall deal in secondhand riVhandise. X` 3. Service establishmen as follows: Interior decorator, Banks, savi institutions; duplicating ce rincluding letter and photostating agencies; locksmiths; medi\-- rdental offices less than fiveO o4opticians; photographic sebusiness and Drofessional(of�e millinery or drapery fabrication, recreation and sporting equipment. ipoloWan and financial � s; driving school (5,000) square feet; tailoring; dressmaking; pt where products are fo?%ffice premises sale; rental of 4. All Residential uses as per the R-4 5. Hotels. h Density Re i ptial Zoning District. O G 6. Shops for the sale, assembly, custo ' r repair open to the general public as follows: Awnings and Canvas; Carpentry; C n f dels for design purposes; Custom woodworking and furniture; Glass; Signs; Uph 7. Public and private recreation 'li es a 1 8. Production of art and h dicr s (b n t s-produ on the premises. service facilities. items) incidental to sale at retail 9. Restaurants, br estau n arooms and cafes (with\nigh e-through facilities), including those wi ing and I V ntertainment. 10. Bars, c lounges, saloons and taverns, supper clubs anubs, including those with live ennment open to the general public. 1 eries, auditoriums; theaters (including open air theaters) and cin r es nd similar cultural uses. 12. Structures for operating public transportation. 13. Parking lots and garages subject to Sections 627.1.5, 627.1.7 and 627.1.12. 14. Public or private educational facilities. 15. Cellular communications in accordance with the provisions of the C-1 Restricted Commercial Zoning district. The following uses shall be permitted by Class I Special Permit: C.5 museums, MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 1.\Noithstanding photographic stage sets. 2. the provisions of 906.9, up to ten (10) street and open space special events per year within the district. 627.1.5. Accesso Uses. Uses and structur which are customarily accessory and clearly incl to permitted principal uses and s ctures, approved in the same permit proceedi s, d initiated or completed within any ti limits established generally or in relation to cial permit, shall be permitted subject to Ii ations by these or generally applicable re s. Other accessory uses and structures shall re ire a Class II Special Permit. No aboveground off-street pa 'ng or loading area shall be p i tween any front portion of a building and the front line a lot adjoining any stre t; p vided, however that off-street parking for bicycles may be permi d in such areas, subj o Ii itations and requirements as to location, design and number estab hed in connectio ecial permits. 627.1.6. Building Placement and buildab area. O` 1. Minimum lot requirements. No specific o tonal requirements are established in this district, but lots shall be of sufficient wi rea to conform with other requirements and limitations of these and other lawful rea 40%,, 2. Floor Area Limitations. Floor are itations h 27.1 district shall be as follows: a. The floor area ratio shall '%xteed a venty-two hundredths (1.72) times the gross lot area for single a uildin s b. The floor area for al ixe -use b g all not a eed three (3.0) times the gross lot area. Ground floo re it in mi d- buildings sh not be included in floor area calculations. c. Allowable inc floo to five tenths (0.5) will e provided for payment into the FEC r Neighb"r Improvement Trust Fund, a set forth in Chapter 62 of the City . mi Code. 3. Densit sity shall not exceed one hundred fifty (150) residential un /net acre. 4. mitations. ight limitations shall be as provided in Section 627.1.7. It is the intent the District to provide for design variation, therefore height is regulated by an allowab number of stories and an allowable height threshold, whichever is less. Notwithsta ing any provisions of Section 627.1.7, a height increase of ten (10) percent shall be alto d as a non -substantial amendment, subject to the approval of the Director of Planning. b. Parking structures shall not exceed seventy-five (75) feet in height. Notwithstanding ny provisions of this Section, a height increase of up to ten (10) percent shall be allowed a non -substantial amendment, subject to the approval of the Director of Planning. 5. Maximum and Minimum Setback Requirements and Build -To Lines. Setback requirements for the SD 27.1 district are measured perpendicular to and from the base building line. Platted public right of way lines shall be defined as the base building line. When C.6 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED tted right of way lines at street intersections are rounded, setbacks shall be measured from pr cted right of way lines and not from the rounded portions of such lines. The SD -27 Design Stan rds provide further clarification of the requirements provide herein. The maximum and minimu setbacks and build -to requirements shall be as provided in Section 627.1.7 and below as follow a. Ma um Ground Floor Setback for all Streets. For the first twenty-five (25) feet in elevat above the public right-of-way, no building facade shall be set back re than a depth o ten (10) feet, except as otherwise provided in Section 627.1. f -street parking sh I not be allowed within the maximum setback. Building fropt xceed the maximu setback requirement, provided that the resultant set esigned and improved as p Iic open space. ` b. Minimum Setba and Build -To Lines. 1. Minimum setbacks and uild-to requirements shall be asv in Section 627.1.7. In order to allow for building an treetscape design variation, a ative maximum of forty (40) percent of any street or si setback frontage may ave o podium and tower setback requirements as defined in Section 27.1.7. 2. Colonnades may encroach the set ck and build -ti rfµiirements provided that a minimum of five (5) feet of sidewalk must remain Vamotions. In addition, awnings and upper story balconies may encroach the setbackequirements by a distance of seven (7) feet. In no case shall colonnades and upny encroachments be allowed beyond the base building/property line. Awningase building property line by a distance of seven (7) feet into the right-of-way. 3. Building frontages along East seventy-five (175) feet in height sixty (60) percent of the Eas applicable for all building froNpge 6. Gateway Desig As provided in Sec (1) The SW corn (2) The SE cgpV Ofe sixteen (16) stories or one hundred Ik), whichever is less, shall not exceed pr erty frontage. This requirement is of th ase building line. V, gatev%,� shall be as follows: \ inters of NE 36th Street and NE 2n intersection of NE 34th Street and NE 1st height, Build -to, Minimum Setback and Use Req venue; and S 7.1 Maximum height, Build -to, Minimum Setback and Use Requirements Ground Floor PodiumTower Street/Classification Height/Number of Stories Build- Setback** Uses To/Setback Setback** 15' setback 300' and 28 stories "200' above 75' 65% active Midtown for mixed-use on the 0' setback on for 70' setback ground the eastern above 120' Boulevard western side of the street" side buildings elevation floor uses designated required as a gateway C.7 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED C.8 20' Build -To on the western side No setback Liner uses 350' and 33 stories if (maximum requirements on all Primary designated as a gateway allowable for gateway parking 1 encroachment 1 buildings structures for 80' of linear frontage) 35' setback above 30' II D27.1 elevation on uses the western permitted side Buena Vista 60' for com cial single -All SD27.1 Avenue use 0' Build -To N/A uses permitted 15' setback Liner uses Primary 200' for mixed-use on a above 30' on all eastern side of street elevation on parking the east side structures East Coastsetback 300' and 28 stories 15 Liner uses Avenue adjacent to the FEC 5' b k above 75' N/A on parking corridor elevation structures 350' and 33 stories if All SD27.1 Tertiary designated as a gateway uses 1 permitted O se ack 9 Bui o abo 75' 65% active NE 36th Street 350'a ries elevat N/A ground Primary c onnade or east of floor uses O wning Midtown required Boulevard 15' setback above 60' Liner uses e) elevation on all west of parking Midtowntructures q�, Boulevard All SD .1 uses permitted 9' Build -To 30' 65% active NE 29th Street 300' and 28 stories with setback N/A ground colonnade or above 75' floor uses awning elevation required Liner uses Primary on all parking C.8 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED C.9 structures All SD27.1 uses permitted 15' All SD27.1 NE 30th, NE 3 d, 300' and 28 Stories 5' setback setback N/A uses NE 35th Street above 75' elevation p ed ♦ t n Retail Uses are required Secondary \designatesay along 70' at intersection with Midtown Boulevard NE 34th Street N\ 65% active (East of Midtown 300' and 28 stories 0' setback ack N/A ground Boulevard) bove 75' floor uses elevation required Liner uses Primary 350' if designated as a on all gateway 1 parking 00) structures All SD27.1 uses f4� nn,\ permitted NE 34th Street 15 t All SD27.1 (West of Midtown 60' for co rcial single- 0 B ' -To above 0' N/A uses Boulevard) use elevatio permitted o axed -us r Liner uses Primary entertains ie ivic on all qh 00' for mixed-use parking 60 A structures Liner uses NE 31ston 55'above all Street a 4th20' 300' and 28 stories Building- N/A parking Te i To elevation elevation structures tb ks d g fl 350' and 33 stories if 35' setback All S7.1 Tertiary designated as a gateway above 25' uses 1 elevation permitted 55' Liner uses FEC Corridor (No 300' and 28 stories 40' Build -To setback N/A on all Street frontage) above 75' parking elevation structures 350' and 33 stories if All SD27.1 designated as a gateway uses 1 permitted C.9 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED * Podium setbacks\areelevations evations between seventy-five (75) feet and one hundred twenty (120 ** Tower setbacks greater than one hundred twenty (120) feet. 1. Gateway designate s 2. Height limitations as described in section 627.1. shall be as defined in Section 627.1.6. escribed herein shall not prohibit addition ht allowances as 627.1.9 Upper Level Floorplate All building footprints above o\ndred twenty (40) percent of the net lot area. 627.1.10 Street Grid. New streets and avenues in the SD27.1 ' trict north/south spacing between new streets s II centerline of street to centerline of street. T not exceed four hundred (400) feet from e For the purpose of this ordinance stre s II "tertiary" as follows: w 1. Primary Streets: North and Northeast 29thi 2. Secondary Stre s: 35th Street. 3. Tertiary Str rtl Terrace Coac For further 04CI tion, A 627.1.11 Stre LS All exterioras defined in the SD 27.1 Zoning Ordinance shall co orm to the following standar lRbare subject to approval by the Director of the City of Nmi Public Works De a and othe 7rdinance. r reason th (120) feALin a vation shall not exceed forty v �gn with the existing city street grid. The a e �txceed six hundred twenty (620) feet from west spacing between new avenues shall of nue to centerline of avenue. to rized as "primary", "secondary" and ast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard NNheast 32nd Street and Northeast NortheasX33rd Street, Northeast 34th SD 27 Design Standard r authorities having jurisdiction. Denial of these requ\an y such sof public health, safety and welfare shall not constitutce from t Recommendations beyond the requirements provided herein d in thesup l SD 27 Design Standards. 1. All required yards, setbacks, and sidewalk area within the public right-ocent tostreets shall be a continuous pedestrian space. For all sidewalks, an area a m'widemust remain clear of all obstructions to ensure adequate pedestrian circulation2. Street furniture shall be as defined in the SD 27 Design Standards. Streeshal epart of the urban streetscape to encourage pedestrian activity and provide sities a trash receptacles, benches, bollards, pedestrian lighting, bicycle racks, parking meters, street signs, transit shelters, tables, chairs, and water fountains. Trash receptacles and benches shall be provided at a minimum of two hundred (200) foot intervals on both sides of Northeast 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. Bicycle racks shall be provided at six hundred (600) foot C.10 Liner uses icated Open on all Spa reater than 300' and 28 stories 0' Build -To N/A N/A 4,000 are feet parking structures 350' and 33 stories if All SD27.1 designated as gateway 1 uses permitted * Podium setbacks\areelevations evations between seventy-five (75) feet and one hundred twenty (120 ** Tower setbacks greater than one hundred twenty (120) feet. 1. Gateway designate s 2. Height limitations as described in section 627.1. shall be as defined in Section 627.1.6. escribed herein shall not prohibit addition ht allowances as 627.1.9 Upper Level Floorplate All building footprints above o\ndred twenty (40) percent of the net lot area. 627.1.10 Street Grid. New streets and avenues in the SD27.1 ' trict north/south spacing between new streets s II centerline of street to centerline of street. T not exceed four hundred (400) feet from e For the purpose of this ordinance stre s II "tertiary" as follows: w 1. Primary Streets: North and Northeast 29thi 2. Secondary Stre s: 35th Street. 3. Tertiary Str rtl Terrace Coac For further 04CI tion, A 627.1.11 Stre LS All exterioras defined in the SD 27.1 Zoning Ordinance shall co orm to the following standar lRbare subject to approval by the Director of the City of Nmi Public Works De a and othe 7rdinance. r reason th (120) feALin a vation shall not exceed forty v �gn with the existing city street grid. The a e �txceed six hundred twenty (620) feet from west spacing between new avenues shall of nue to centerline of avenue. to rized as "primary", "secondary" and ast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard NNheast 32nd Street and Northeast NortheasX33rd Street, Northeast 34th SD 27 Design Standard r authorities having jurisdiction. Denial of these requ\an y such sof public health, safety and welfare shall not constitutce from t Recommendations beyond the requirements provided herein d in thesup l SD 27 Design Standards. 1. All required yards, setbacks, and sidewalk area within the public right-ocent tostreets shall be a continuous pedestrian space. For all sidewalks, an area a m'widemust remain clear of all obstructions to ensure adequate pedestrian circulation2. Street furniture shall be as defined in the SD 27 Design Standards. Streeshal epart of the urban streetscape to encourage pedestrian activity and provide sities a trash receptacles, benches, bollards, pedestrian lighting, bicycle racks, parking meters, street signs, transit shelters, tables, chairs, and water fountains. Trash receptacles and benches shall be provided at a minimum of two hundred (200) foot intervals on both sides of Northeast 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. Bicycle racks shall be provided at six hundred (600) foot C.10 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED i ervals on both sides of Northeast 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. These may be located N.in pedestrian areas as long as pedestrian flow patterns are continuous. 3. A specified plant material shall be Florida #1 or better. Refer to the Florida Grades and Standa s Manual. All shade trees shall have high wind resistance. Additionally, all trees and shrubs s II be native to Florida or have sub -tropic, drought tolerant characteristics. 4. Palm tr s shall be provided in the sidewalk area at a minimum spacing of twenty-five (25) feet. Large p s shall have a minimum height of sixteen (16) feet and small palms s II have a minimum heigh f eight (8) feet. 5. Shade trees II be provided in the sidewalk area at a minimum spacirjq ) feet on center with an ei t (8) foot continuous canopy spread at planting and a five (25) foot spread at maturity wi a 3" caliper at planting. Such trees shall have um height of fourteen (14) feet at pla 'ng and twenty-five (25) feet at maturity. 6. Only one shade tree s cies may be used for each individual str h species shall be determined by the City of mi Planning and Zoning Departm t gh the Class II Permit process. 7. All requirements for street dians shall adhere to t e re mendations provided in the supplemental SD 27 Design Stan ds. 627.1.12. Buildings. All buildings abutting "primary street ' as defined i t SD 27.1 Zoning Ordinance shall conform with the following standards: 1. A minimum of sixty-five percent (65%) f th frontage of any lot abutting a "primary street" shall contain ground floor space des accommodate retail and other uses that promote pedestrian traffic. The design QLs pace shall meet the standards listed below, except for buildings that are intended pr s' ial use, where ground floor pedestrian oriented uses would be inappropriate or di*,W idential use. a. All ground level space designelfbvedestri o d uses shall have external entrances directly accessible from public a sp t one (1) external entrance shall be located along the frontage of t imary e t on corner intersection of the primary street and any other street. diti ally a . ing use, ch as a retail store with a cafe or restaurant, shall have se t ntrance . A ch entrances all be transparent. b. For the first ten 10 heig v the public sidewal elevation, the exterior building wall shall contain w and/ r ays of transparent gla covering at least fifty (50) percent of the wa ddition I the base of all transparent ope ' gs shall be no more than thirty (30) inch ve the sidewalk. c. Arcades lonnades shall be at least seven (7) feet wide and elve (12) feet high. A minimum o (5) feet of the sidewalk must remain clear of all obstruction to ensure adequate pedest i ulation. 2. aining frontage of thirty-five percent (35%) may be dedicated to e a s m driveways, architectural treatment, or non -pedestrian oriented uses. b ing wall that does not contain transparent glass shall be constructed unarticulated surface for a distance of greater than twelve (12) feet. nces, lobbies, �portion of a ith a flat, 627.1.13. Building Functionality. All exterior space as defined in the SD 27.2 Zoning Ordinance shall conform to the follo 'ng standards, except as provided: 1. Service access and loading areas shall not be permitted to front the following streets o portions thereof; Northeast 36th Street; Midtown Boulevard; Northeast 29th Street; and within side setbacks (mews) as required in Section 627.1.7. 2. Service access and loading areas shall be enclosed within buildings or screened from public view with architectural walls and/or landscaping. CA 1 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 3. All dumpsters shall be concealed on three sides by a solid structure, and on the fourth side by opaque gate. 4. U ty boxes, meters, and HVAC equipment shall be concealed within buildings or screened from pu 'c view. 627.1.14.S ace Parking and Parking Garages. Surface par ki and parking structures shall conform with the following standards: 1. Off-street pa ing is not permitted along frontages of primary streets. 2. Vehicular acc s to parking structures shall not be permitted on the folio ts: NE 36th Street; NE 29th treet; and Midtown Boulevard. Access shall be allow a western edge of Midtown Boul rd north of NE 34th Street. 3. Blank, unarticulated IIs will not be permitted for parking podium f hat are not lined with uses. Such facades all have architectural treatments desig e compatible with neighboring buildings. Ramp stairwells and any other portionAa ge should be buffered with the use of decorative grille and screens, landscaping, an o ried materials. 4. As required in Section 627. liner uses are requir d o all levels of parking garages except when such construction o ses would interfere th ventilation requirements of applicable building codes. Such ven " ation requiremen be met with the least possible disruption to a continuous liner use ogram as re i in Section 627.1.7 and shall be accommodated on secondary and tertiary treet fro . 627.1.15. Open Space. G A minimum of ten (10) percent of the g I a shall be provided as open space as defined in Section 627, except as follows: 1. Since the intent of the district is to ide nt common public open space, the minimum open space requirement be agg�j a mong parcels or lots under common ownership and located in a co m c tion h trict. Such aggregation of open space shall be improved as provided i e tion 62 2. Pursuant to the Distric at, pen s a ted by ea ment within the District shall be allowed to be substituted r require Vprovided herei Such platted open space shall 3. Within the block7b Wed b h ast 36th Street, Midtow Boulevard, Northeast 34th Street and Buena i venue, h1 acre of open space shall be ovided and may be used for open spac gation provided in 627.1.15.1. Such open space hall be contiguous and centrally loc hin the block and shall be in addition to required Stre scape improvements provided in ion 627.1.10. 6 6�f-Street Parking. e irements. Si e it is intended to promote the use of multi -modal transportation and that \ffibe minimized, the off-street parking requirements shall be as follows: 1. For residential uses, one (1) space per dwelling unit 2. For Live/Work uses, one (1) space per one thousand (1,000) square feet of 3. For hotel or motel uses, one (1) space per three (3) lodging units. 4. For theaters, one (1) space per each eight (8) fixed seats. 5. For all other uses, one (1) space per five hundred (500) square feet of net floor area. Valet parking shall be allowed to satisfy off-street parking requirements. B. Off site parking permitted. Notwithstanding the limitations of section 918, offsite parking shall be permitted by Class II Special Permit without limitation on percentage of the required number of spaces or maximum C.12 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED \shall the principal use when located within the SD -27.1 zoning district. Furthermore, tbe no required demonstration or findings of practical difficulty or unnecessary providing required parking on the site, provided that the location of the offsite ithin one thousand (1,000) feet radius of the principal use, or there are permanent ade to transport the offsite parking patrons to and from the principal site at the 's expense. 627.1.17. Off-SttXt Loading. The off-street loadiN requirements shall be as follows: a b 2 a b For residential us Berth minimum t\evee elve (12) by thirty-five (35) feet by One (1) berth forone hundred (100) residential unit: For non-residential use Berth minimum to be tw( For non-residential floor (12) by fifty-five (55) feet by fi of twenty-five thousand (25 9 ) Night; eight; ousand (50,000) square feet, one (1) berth total. o berths are required for ?Vr area less than twenty-five thousand (25,000) square feet; c. For non-residential floor area up one hundred t a (100,000; berths total; square feet, two (2) d. For non-residential floor area up to tw hundre ousand (250,000) square feet, three (3) berths total; e. For non-residential floor area up to five thousand (500,000) berths total. square feet, four (4) 3. Mixed use projects shall comply wit re ents per use as specified above. Since it is intended to promote the most mt d, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 922.1 and 922.4, the ma ering of c ithin the public right of way for the purposes of off-street loading sh564NaTowe Special Permit. Additionally, tandem loading berths shall be allowed Ilk a ass II p i Permi . 627.1.18. Sign Regulations. See Article 10 sign regula on as for - d in addition, SD -27 Design Standards for sign regulations and li (Ord. No. 12448, § -03; 12689, § 2, 5-26-05; O No. 12724, § 2, 7-28-05; Ord. No. 12757, -06) Editor's note: No. 12689, § 2, adopted May 26, 2005, changed e title of § 627.1 from "SD -27.1 B sta Yard" to "SD -27.1 Midtown Miami East Special i trict." The historical notation ha n preserved for reference purposes. S 7�!Midtown Miami West. e r is bounded by Northeast 36th Street on the north and North Miam\Street. the w . On the south, the area is bounded by the centerline of Northeast 34theen Buena Vista Avenue and Midtown Boulevard and by Northeast 29th Streetrth Miami Avenue and Midtown Boulevard. On the east, the area is bounded by of Buena Vista Avenue between Northeast 36th Street and Northeast 34th Stthe centerline of Midtown Boulevard between Northeast 34th Street and Northeast 627.2.1. Intent. The Midtown Miami West district regulations are intended to provide a method to allow for planning initiatives that achieve a unique or innovative development that is not otherwise provided for in the zoning ordinance. These planning initiatives may include, but are not limited to, Smart Growth as defined in Section 627. The standards and procedures of this district are C.13 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED i ended to promote flexible design and permit planned diversification and integration of uses an structures, with limitations and regulations as deemed necessary to be consistent with the City' omprehensive Plan and to protect the public health, safety, and general welfare. Design standa s supplement this ordinance and provide more detailed clarification. This dist t is of special and substantial public interest given its proximity to Downtown Miami and the O Area, the Design District, Miami Beach, the Wynwood Neighborhood and to future proposed co uter transit facilities within the Florida East Coast Railway (FEC) C Aor. The intent of the di ict is to: (1) Promote the creation of a Miami midtown environ n hrough intensive urban r it mixed-use development with a twenty-four hour active n (2) Enhance the pede ian environment and connectivity of the existing s ng areas by extending the city stre grid through the district. To this end, the district pr streetscapes and mixed-use buildin designed to provide pedestrians with h teresting, well - landscaped and highly us le public spaces with a maximum interre p with ground floor building uses. Concerning building uses and verall buildable area, mixed -u ment is encouraged by providing greater floor area rati and overall building hei ht t that of single use buildings. Furthermore, additional height is vided for sites that a igni icant open space and/or are designated as strategically located vi al gateways as d i Section 627. Yard and setback areas are minimal and are required to developed a n tegral part of the overall pedestrian streetscape. Ground floor build -to lines provide er to establish a continuous building frontage that enhances and provides spatia efi the urban streetscape. Although no specific requirements are conta ein, it is further intended that buildings be designed utilizing environmentally sensi ds, including, but not limited to, passive and active solar techniques, green -roofs, th of ronmentally sustainable materials and efficient mechanical systems. 627.2.2. Effect of SD -27.2 distric ation The SD -27.2 Midtown Miami W t s rict sh II u lant tricts or portions of districts included within the SD boundaries to e e nt in c ed the offici oning atlas. 627.2.3. Class 11 Sp ci It. O Section 627.2.3.1. uire A Class II Speci it shall equired prior to approval of y permit (except special permits pursu rticle 13) affecting the height, bulk, location or ex rior configuration of any existing bu%10 he construction of a new building. oSectio 2. Considerations in making Class 11 Special Permit determin ions. of the Class II Special Permit shall be to ensure conformity of th pplication with ssed intent of this district, with the general considerations listedin se n 1305, andpecial considerations contained in the Design Standards. Notwithstanding any other provision of the zoning code, a Major Use Special Permit required for non-residential uses in a single building that exceed 400,000 square feet of floor a and residential units in a single building that exceed 400 dwelling units, or any combined use hich exceeds 2,500 parking spaces in a single building. Any variances (as defined in Article 19) sought from the provisions of the SD 27 regulatio shall require such deviation to be considered within the process for a Major Use Special Permi as defined in Article 17 and the increased development thresholds as set forth above shall not apply. 627.2.4. Principal Uses and Structures. C.14 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Ne following uses shall be permitted within the district, subject to the provisions of Section 62 .7: 1. .ghborhood convenience goods and services, including food stores (grocery, meat, seafoo produce, delicatessen, bakery, confectioneries, ice cream), drugstores, newsstands, dry clean s, barber and beauty shops, and shoe repair stores. 2. Retail tablishments open to the general public as follows: big box retail (retail establishmen greater than 20,000 square feet of floor area), antique stores, art ores and commercial art Ileries; bicycle sales; book and stationery stores; china and cro a stores; drugstores; floor vering; florist, including plant and shrub sales; food cart rs; gift shops; hardware st es; hobby shops; home appliance stores; home furniski ores; interior decoration supply sto ; establishments for the sales of boating and fishin s ies (excluding outdoor sales of boa ; jewelry stores; leather goods; luggage music stores; newsstands; office suppl tores; optical goods stores; package li r s res (without drive- through facilities); paint and allpaper; pet shops; photographic res; restaurant supply stores; tobacco shops; toy sto ; television, radio, and other c stores; videotape sales and rentals; variety and sundry ores; establishments for sal f wearing apparel; wholesale establishments open to the genera ublic; or any other si us customarily found in a major retail shopping center. Such esta 'shments may pr e incidental repair, maintenance, adjustment or alteration services as a ropriate, but f ili s, operation and storage in relation to such services shall not be visible fro any str treet related pedestrian open space. Aside from antique stores, art galle s, bookstores and wearing apparel establishments, no such retail establishments al in secondhand merchandise. 3. Service establishments as follows: I i orator, banks, savings and loan and financial institutions; duplicating centers inclu a hotostating services; driving school agencies; locksmiths; medical or dental es I five thousand (5,000) square feet; opticians; photographic service; b ess aA ro onal offices; tailoring; dressmaking; millinery or drapery fabrication, t her are for office premises sale; rental of recreation and sporting equipm t. 4. All Residential as per th -4 nin i is 5. Hotels. 6. Production Studi s. 7. Shops for the sa mblyu�ization or repair open to a general public as follows: awnings and c carpent�onstruction of models for sign purposes; custom woodworking iture; glass; signs; and upholstery. 8. Public a to recreational facilities and community service facilit 9. Produc f art and handicrafts (but not mass-produced items) inci tat to sale at retail on the S. 1 s ants, brewery restaurants, tearooms and cafes (without drive -t ough facilities), cl in those with dancing and live entertainment. 1 ,Bars, cocktail lounges, saloons and taverns, supper clubs and nightclubs, in ding those with ive entertainment open to the general public. 12. Art galleries, auditoriums; theaters (including open air theatres) and cinemas, m eums, libraries and similar cultural uses. 13. Structures for operating public transportation. 14. Parking lots and garages subject to Sections 627.2.5, 627.2.7 and 627.1.12. 15. Public or private educational facilities. 16. Cellular communications in accordance with the provisions of the C-1 Zoning district. 17. Drive -Through facilities on "secondary" and "tertiary" streets. The following uses shall be permitted by Class I Special Permit: 1. Outdoor photographic stage sets. C.15 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Notwithstanding the provisions of 906.9, up to ten (10) street and open space special events k,alendar year within the district. 627.2. . ccessory Uses. Uses an d structures which are customarily accessory and clearly incidental to permitted principal us and structures, approved in the same permit proceedings, and initiated or completed wit any time limits established generally or in relation to the special p mit, shall be permitted su ' ct to limitations by these or generally applicable regulations. Othessory uses and structure shall require a Class II Special Permit. No aboveground of - reet parking or loading area shall be permitted betty front portion of a building and the nt line of a lot adjoining any street; provided, h that off-street parking for bicycles may e permitted in such areas, subject to limitatio requirements as to location, design and nu er established in connection with special 627.2.6. Building Placement a Buildable Area. 1. Minimum lot requirements. specific dimensional district, but lots shall be of suffici t width and area to limitations of these and other lawful r ulations. 2. Floor Area Limitations. Floor area li Mations of=io $�2 district shall be as follows: a. Except as otherwise provided below, e floor shall not exceed one and seventy- two hundredths (1.72) times the gross lot ar fo use commercial buildings. b. The floor area for all mixed-use building use exceed three (3.0) times the gross lot area. c. Allowable increase in floor area up C:rl Neighborhood Improvement Trust Fund. 3. Density. Density shall not excee a hund case shall exceed a total of one filaLN nt fivej� 4. Maximum Heights. ` a. Maximum heights shall as ovide i SE b. All parking structures al of exce d ,14 �ients are established in this orm with other requirements and will be provided for payment into a ) residential units/net acre and in no 10) units within the entire district. 1 627.2. . five (75) fe in height, except as otherwise provided in Section 27 5. Maximum and Mi Sett) kQVrements and Build -To Li s a. Setback requi shall beasured perpendicular to and m the base building line. Platted public rygyt_ way lines shall be defined as the Base Building L When platted right of way lines at tersections are rounded, setbacks shall be measure om projected right of way lines a t from the rounded portions of such lines. The Design Stan rds provide further 4' - the requirements provided herein. The maximum and mini m setbacks and r irements shall be as provided in Section 627.2.7 and below, as foll s: r e first twenty-five (25) feet in elevation above the public right-of-wa no building shall be set back more than a maximum depth of ten (10) feet, except otherwise provided in Section 627.2.7. Off-street parking shall not be allowed within the aximum setback. Building frontage may exceed the maximum ground floor setback requ ment, provided that the resultant area between the building frontage and the base building e is designed and improved as public open space. c. Colonnades encroach the setback and build -to requirements provided that a minimum of fi (5) feet of sidewalk must remain clear of all obstructions. In addition, awnings and upper story balconies may encroach the setback and build -to requirements by a distance of seven (7) feet. Upper story architectural features may encroach the setback and build -to requirements by a distance of five (5) feet but shall not exceed thirty (30) percent of the building frontage. d. Build -To Lines shall only be applicable for 60% of the street frontage. C.16 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 6. Gateway Designations. As provided in Section 627, the gateway site shall be the Southeast corn of the intersection of Northeast 36th Street and North Miami Avenue. Such designation, for th urposes of height limitations, setback and build -to requirements shall apply for a north/so dimension of one hundred fifty (150') feet and an east/west dimension of four hundred ( 0') feet. 627.2.7. Maxi m Height, Build -To, Minimum Setback and Use Requirements. TABLE INSET: .^ SD 27.2 Maximum heigh , uild-To, Minimum Setback and Use Requirements Street/Classification Heigh Ground Floor Build- Mid-level Upper -le es To Setback* Setbac 20' Build -To Area between the All SD27.2 uses building frontage permitted except 60' for nd base building that Big Box commercial I shall be retail shall not be Midtown Boulevard single -use im ved as open 35' se ac permitted from Primary 120' for spac N/A 31 st Street to residential or Maxim tin 36 th Street. mixed-use Allowable Liner uses on all encroachm t parking build -to) for 8 structures linear fr t r block All SD27.2 uses Buena Vista Avenue 60' for commercial permitted Liner uses on all parking (north of 34 th 15' setback Street) Primary sin gle-u6e1%Build- 120' for- N/A above 60' structures except as otherwise use provided in Section 627.2.12 Buena Vista Ave co mercial 15' setb k (south of 34 th ingle-use 0' Build -To N/A above 60' All SD27.2 uses Street) 904 120' for mixed- elevation permitted Primary use or '00 theaters 60' for All 7.2 uses commercial permit single -use 9' Setback with Liner us on all NE 36 th Street 120' for mixed- colonnade or 15' setback parking Primary use awning N/A above 60' structures ex pt 200' for mixed- Maximum Setback elevation as otherwise use and of 20' provided in gateway 1 Section 627.2.12 requirement 60' for All SD27.2 uses commercial permitted NE 29 th Street single -use N/A N/A N/A Liner uses on all Primary 120' for mixed- parking structures except use as otherwise C.17 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED * Mid-level setbacks are for elevations between twenty (20) feet and sixty (60) feet. ** Upper-level setbacks are for elevations greater than sixty (60) feet. 1. Gateway designations shall be as defined in Section 627.2.6. 627.2.8. Street Grid/Blocks. Northeast 34th Street and Northeast 36th Street shall extend through the SD27.2 Distr\andshall align with the existing city street grid west of North Miami Avenue. Northeast 31st ree shall extend through the SD 27.2 District and shall generally align with the existing street grid west of North Miami Avenue North of Northeast 34th Street, the north/south spacing between C.18 provided in Section 627.2.12 60' for All SD27.2 uses commercial 9' Build -To with permitted single -use colonnade or Liner uses on all North \Aue120' North for mixed- awning 5' Build -to from N/A setback 15'use parking structur cept Primary200' above 60' for mixed- centerline of NE 36 as othel&isi use and ateway 1 th Street south for a distance of 315'C �r9 7.2.12 r uirement ` SD27.2 uses permitted 60' for e) Liner uses on all NE 34 th Street commerci 15' setback parking Primary single -use 0' Build -To above 40' structures except 120' for mixed- elevat' n as otherwise use provided in Section 627.2.12 60' for 30% active NE 32 nd Street commercial 1 setback ground floor uses Secondary single -use 0' Build -To above 20' N/A All uses 120' for mixed- elevation permmittedilted use 60' for 30% active NE 31 st Street Secondary commercial single -use 120' for d -To 9 N/A ground floor uses All SD27.2 uses mixed - permitted use NE 30 th 33 rd 60' for comme ial15' V setbac 30% active 35 th Street and NE 34 th Terrace sin 0 ixed- oiiiiiiiiip above 40' elevation /A ground floor uses All SD27.2 uses Secondary permitted 0' for Dedicated Open commercial All SD27.2 uses Space greater —J single -use 0' Build -To N/A N/A permitted acre 120' for mixed- use 60' for commercial All SD 2 uses In or Side single -use 0' Setback N/A N/A permitte 120' for mixed- use * Mid-level setbacks are for elevations between twenty (20) feet and sixty (60) feet. ** Upper-level setbacks are for elevations greater than sixty (60) feet. 1. Gateway designations shall be as defined in Section 627.2.6. 627.2.8. Street Grid/Blocks. Northeast 34th Street and Northeast 36th Street shall extend through the SD27.2 Distr\andshall align with the existing city street grid west of North Miami Avenue. Northeast 31st ree shall extend through the SD 27.2 District and shall generally align with the existing street grid west of North Miami Avenue North of Northeast 34th Street, the north/south spacing between C.18 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED w streets shall not exceed eight hundred twenty-five (825) feet from centerline of street to ce rline of street. South of Northeast 34th Street, the north/south spacing between new stree shall not exceed seven (700) feet from centerline of street to centerline of street. The east/w t spacing between new avenues shall not exceed seven hundred twenty-five (725) feet from cen line of avenue to centerline of avenue. Open Space, with an area of at least one (1) acre, may substituted in lieu of a new Street or Avenue. For the purpo of this ordinance, streets shall be categorized as "primary" and "secQndary" as follows: 1. Primary Stre North Miami Avenue, Northeast 34th Street, North treet, Midtown Boulevard, ortheast 29th Street, Buena Vista Avenue. 2. Secondary Street Northeast 30th Street, Northeast 31st Street, No 32nd Street; Northeast 33rd Street, rtheast 35th Place and Northeast 35th Stree Refer to the SD 27.2 sign Standards for additional Design s and Guidelines regarding streets. 627.2.9. Streetscape. All exterior space as defined in t SD 27.2 Zoning %rdi&ce all conform to the following standards and are subject to approv by the Director of Miami Department of Public Works and other authorities having jure iction. Denial t e requirements by such authorities for reasons of public health, safety a welfare not constitute a variance from this Ordinance. Refer to the SD 27.2 Design Standards tional Design Standards and Guidelines regarding streetscapes. 1. All required setbacks and sidewalk JpeVublic right-of-way adjacent to streets shall be a continuous pedestrian space. all si an area a minimum of five (5) feet wide must remain clear of all obstru.qt%p,s to ens a ate pedestrian circulation. 2. For all streets, the ground fl b di et back from the property line, where necessary, to provide a minimu s ewalk i ten 0) feet from face of building to curb line. Unless otherwise pro 'ted y set r irements f the SD 27.2 Zoning District, the upper floors of buildings y verhan thi tback. The s ack area shall be improved to meet the adopted es ndar SD 27.2 Zoning 'strict for the adjacent public sidewalk including p t treae I ndscaping, street lightin nd awnings. 3. Street furnitur s e as d ili d in the SD 27 Design Standa . Street furniture shall be part of the urb e�tscape to encourage pedestrian activity and p ide such amenities as: trash recep enches, bollards, pedestrian lighting, bicycle racks, arking meters, street signs, tran Iters, tables and chairs. Trash receptacles and benches all be provided at a minim r �dG o hundred (200) foot intervals on both sides of Northeas 34th Street and M, levard. Bicycle racks shall be provided at six hundred (600) foot tervals on both o ortheast 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. These may be located in a pedestrian ar s as long as pedestrian flow patterns are continuous. Greater spacing may b allowed by Class II Special Permit if such spacing is required: 1) To promote or enhance pedestrian safety, or 2) To maintain compliance with the SD 27 Design Standards. 4. All specified plant material shall be Florida #1 or better. Refer to the Florida Grades nd Standards Manual. All shade trees shall have high wind resistance. Additionally, all trees a shrubs shall be native to Florida or have subtropic, drought tolerant characteristics. 5. Palm trees shall generally be provided in the sidewalk area at a minimum spacing of twenty- five (25) feet, except that greater spacing may be allowed by Class II Special Permit if such spacing is required: 1) to promote or enhance pedestrian safety or 2) to maintain compliance with the SD 27 Design Standards. C.19 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 6. Large palms shall have a minimum height of sixteen (16) feet and small palms shall have a min um height of eight (8) feet. 7. S de trees shall be provided in the sidewalk area at a minimum spacing of forty (40) feet on cent with an eight (8) foot continuous canopy spread at planting and a twenty-five (25) foot spread a aturity with a 3" caliper at planting. Such trees shall have a minimum height of fourteen (1 eet at planting and twenty-five (25) feet at maturity. 8. In order tt rovide for a unified street character, only one shade tree species m be used for each individ I street within the entirety of the SD 27 district. Such species a tion is subject to approva y Class 11 Special Permit. 627.2.10. Buildings. ` All buildings abutting "p i ary streets" as provided in Section 627.2. conform to the following standards: 1. A minimum of sixty-five 5) percent of the linear frontage abutting a "primary" street, and thirty (30) percent any lot abutting a "secondary' t all contain ground floor space designed to accommoda retail and other uses at mote pedestrian traffic. The design of such space shall meet a standards listed w, xcept for buildings that are intended primarily for residential us where ground fl estrian oriented uses would be inappropriate or disruptive to the reside al use. a. All ground level space designed for p estrian d uses shall have external entrances directly accessible from public sidewalk s ce st one (1) external entrance shall be located along the frontage of the primary s on the corner intersection of the primary street and any other street or the frontaaamof c open space. Additionally, each building use, such as a retail store with a cafe o a have separate entrances. All such entrances shall be transparent. b. For the first ten (10) feet of hei bove the, b ewalk elevation, the exterior building wall shall contain windows and/ o way f r ent glass covering at least fifty (50) percent of linear frontage (to be a u ated a h ht ov 30 inches) of each building; plazas and openings into pedestri ent nces s es shall c nt towards the 50% transparency requirement specified in th s tion. A iti Iy, the base 01 transparent openings shall be no more than thirty L3 s ab idewalk. Display wi ows may count towards the transparency requir nd c ach upon specified set ck and build -to lines by a distance no great thirty (aches, provided that a minimum f five (5) feet of sidewalk must remain cl 11 obstructions. c. Arcades Ionnades, where proposed shall be at least nine (9 eet wide and twelve (12) feet hi minimum of five (5) feet of the sidewalk must remain clear f all obstructions to ensure to pedestrian circulation. d. > n of a building wall that does not contain transparent glass sha a constructed t unarticulated surface for a distance of greater than twenty (20) feet. I ddition, any b ing frontage on North Miami Avenue that exceeds three hundred (300 feet shall incorporate a major break of at least thirty (30) feet in width by ten (10) feet in depth t ground level. Such breaks shall be improved as open space and/or provide building access a occur on axis with the existing city street grid. 2. The remaining frontage of thirty-five percent (35%) may be dedicated to entrances, lob b s, customer driveways, architectural treatment, or non -pedestrian oriented uses. No portion of building wall that does not contain transparent glass shall be constructed with a flat, unarticulated surface for a distance of greater than twenty (20) feet. 627.2.11. Building Functionality. C.20 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED A xterior space as defined in the SD 27.2 Zoning Ordinance shall conform to the following stan rds, except as provided: 1. Se ice access and service loading areas shall not be permitted to front the following streets or portio North Miami Avenue south of Northeast 34th Street; Midtown Boulevard; Buena Vista Ave e; and Northeast 29th Street. 2. Service ding areas shall be enclosed within buildings or screened from public view with architectural w s and/or landscaping. 3. All dumpster hall be concealed on three sides by a solid structure, and on th f th side by an opaque gate. 4. Utility boxes, me s, and HVAC equipment shall be concealed within td� or screened from public view. ` v 627.2.12. Surface Parkin\required, arking Garages. Surface parking and parkctures shall conform to then ards: 1. Ground level off-streeis not permitted along frary streets. 2. Blank, unarticulated not be permitted for facades that are not lined with uses. Such faha have architectural trgned to be compatible with adjacent buildings. Rstair IIs and any eing age should be buffered with the use of decorativeand sc ns, landsnd other varied materials. 3. As provided in Secti.7, liner es are required on parking garages that front primary streets. Wired, grou lerelfacilities must be lined with active uses. Upper level parking facilities that do n� than 85' and shall not exceed a height of ' 627.2.13. Open Space. A minimum of ten (10) percent of th �[oss lot in Section 627, except as follows' I�` 1. Since the intent of the dis ct s to pr� minimum open space requ me may e ownership and located in a o on loc io shall be improved as pr in Se� �Iporate liner uses shall be setback no less er requirements provided herein shall apply. provided as open space as defined %ignificaX common public open space, the gated amoNZ parcels or lots under common in the district. uch aggregation of open space 2. Pursuant to the lat, d i e open space platted withi he District shall be allowed to be substitute o requir rets provided herein. Such pia\SD space shall be improved as pr in Section 627. 627.2.14. eet Parking. In recgq of the pedestrian oriented, mixed-use nature of t2 District,it is a t�Mthat visitors to the District will park once and visit more than e destination. e fo the required amount of off-street parking will be lower in the SD 27.2\tricttharn of Districts of the City. A. equirements. The off-street parking requirements shall be as follows: 1. For residential uses, one (1) space per dwelling unit 2. For hotel or motel uses, one (1) space per three (3) lodging units. 3. For theaters, one (1) space per each eight (8) fixed seats. 4. For all other uses, one (1) space per five hundred (500) square feet of gr There shall be no requirement when uses are within a one thousand (1,000) foot radius of a public parking facility with a capacity equal to or greater than the requirements provided herein. B. Off site parking permitted. Notwithstanding the limitations of section 918, off-street parking requirements for all uses within the SD 27.2 District can be provided by parking facilities that are owned by a unit of local government, including a community development district, provided that C.21 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED tXparking facilities: a) are located within the SD 27.2 District and b) have a capacity equal to or gre ter than the requirements provided herein. 627.2.% Off-street Loading. The off -s et loading requirements shall be as follows: 1. For rest ntial uses: a. Berth min um to be twelve (12) by thirty-five (35) feet by fifteen (15) feet in heig b. One (1) ber for every one hundred twenty (120) residential units or fraction the o 2. For non-resid tial uses: a. Berth minimum be twelve (12) by fifty-five (55) feet by fifteen (15) feet t; b. For non-residenti loor area of twenty-five thousand (25,000) up to fi sand (50,000) square feet, one (1) ber total; c. For non-residential flo area up to one hundred thousand (100 uare feet, two (2) berths total; d. For non-residential floor a up to two hundred fifty thou n 000) square feet, three (3) berths total; e. For non-residential floor area to five hundred thou d (00,000) square feet, four (4) berths total. Since it is intended to promote the mo efficient use I notwithstanding the provisions of Section 922.1 and 922.4, the maneuv 'ng of tr ithin the public right of way for the purposes of off-street loading shall be allo d by II Special Permit. 627.2.16. Sign Regulations. Signs within the district shall comply wi ati of the C-2 Liberal Commercial District as provided in Article 10. See Article 10 for sign regulations a mitation (Ord. No. 12480, § 2, 1-22-04; C d. Jo. 125 , 2 -25- ; Ord. No. 12724, § 2, 7-28-05) Editor's note: Ord. No. 1 7 , § 2, a pt July 28, 2005, anged the title of § 627.2 from "Buena Vista Yardeq idto i est." The histori notation has been preserved for reference purpo Minimum setb d build -to requirements shall be as provided in tion 627.1.7 and below as follows: a. Maxim ound Floor Setback for all Streets. For the first twenty-five 5) feet in elevation above is right-of-way, no building facade shall be set back more than depth of ten (10) fe c as otherwise provided in Section 627.1.7. Off-street parking sha not be allowed t . t maximum setback. Building frontage may exceed the maximum setba requirement, pr 'ded that the resultant setback is designed and improved as public open space. b. Minimum Setbacks and Build -To Lines. 1. Minimum setbacks and build -to requirements shall be as provided in Section 6 1.7. In order to allow for building and streetscape design variation, an accumulative maximum forty (40) percent of any street or side setback frontage may have no podium and tower set ck requirements as defined in Section 627.1.7. 2. Colonnades may encroach the setback and build -to requirements provided that a minimum of five (5) feet of sidewalk must remain clear of all obstructions. In addition, awnings and upper story balconies may encroach the setback and build -to requirements by a distance of seven (7) feet. In no case shall colonnades and upper story balcony encroachments be allowed beyond C.22 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED t base building/property line. Awnings may encroach base building property line by a distance of ven (7) feet into the right-of-way. 3. Ming frontages along East Coast Avenue and above sixteen (16) stories or one hundred sevent ive (175) feet in height (above the public sidewalk), whichever is less, shall not exceed sixty (60 percent of the East Coast Avenue net property frontage. This requirement is applicable all building frontages within fifty (50) feet of the base building line. 6. Gateway signations. As provided in ction 627, gateway sites shall be as follows: (1) The SW corn of the intersection of NE 36th Street and NE 2nd Avenue+a4Q (2) The SE corner the intersection of NE 34th Street and NE 1st Place. ` 627.1.7 Maximum heigh Build -to, Minimum Setback and Use Require TABLE INSET: SD 27.1 Maximum height, Build -to, i imum Setback and Use Requireme Ground Floor P &um Street/Classification Height/Number of ries Build- k** Tower Uses To/Setback Setback** 15 0 setback 300' and 28 stories "200' 0 et ck n above 75' 70' setback 65% active Midtown for mixed-use on the th for above 120' ground Boulevard western side of the street" i buildings elevation floor uses designated required a teway 20' Bui - 0 0 t n e No setback Liner uses 350' and tories if ( axi m requirements on all Primary designat a gateway a b for gateway parking 1 O e roachment or 80' of 1 buildings structures linear frontage) 35' setback above 30' All SD27.1 elevation on uses the western permitted ,,e) side na Vista 60' for commercial single- 27.1 Ave e use 0' Build -To N/A \pe ed 15' setback Liner u s Primary 200' for mixed-use on the above 30' on all eastern side of street elevation on parking the east side structures 300' and 28 stories 15 Liner uses East Coastsetback adjacent to the FEC 5' setback N/A on parking Avenue corridor above 75' structures elevation Tertiary 350' and 33 stories if All SD27.1 designated as a gateway uses C.23 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED; C.24 1 permitted 15' setback 9' Build -To above 75' 65% active NE 36th S et 350' and 33 Stories with elevation N/A ground Primary colonnade or east of floor uses awning Midtown required Boulevard 0S 15' setback 6on above 60' Liner uses elevation all west of parking Midtown structures Boulev All SD27.1 uses permitted 9' Build -To V0, 65% active NE 29th Street 300' and 28 stories ith setback N/A ground c n de above 75' floor uses aw elevation required Liner uses Primary on all parking structures All SD27.1 O uses permitted NE 30th, NE 32nd,setback 3 Stori s O setback 15' N/A All SD27.1 uses NE 35th Street above 75' permitted elevation Restaurant or Retail Uses are 350' and 33 stories if required S Afa ` designated as a gateway 1 along at on \uva d NE 34th Street 15' 650/o activ (East of Midtown 300' and 28 stories 0' setback setback N/A ground Boulevard) above 75' floor uses elevation required Liner uses Primary 350' if designated as a on all gateway 1 parking structures All SD27.1 C.24 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 0 ** Tower setbacks are�tions gre e'iann�one hundred twenty (120) feet. 1. Gateway desig s all be as definedTh Section 627.1.6. 2. Height limitati described herein shall not prohibit additional height allo\ased in section 627.1.6. 627.1. r Level F/oorp/ates. n footprints above one hundred twenty (120) feet in elevxceed forty er ent of the net lot area. 627.1.10 Street Grid. New streets and avenues in the SD27.1 District shall align with the existing city street \feetm north/south spacing between new streets shall not exceed six hundred twenty (620) centerline of street to centerline of street. The east/west spacing between new aven not exceed four hundred (400) feet from centerline of avenue to centerline of avenue. For the purpose of this ordinance streets shall be categorized as "primary", "secondary" and "tertiary" as follows: 1. Primary Streets: Northeast 34th Street, Northeast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard and Northeast 29th Street. C.25 uses permitted NE 34t treet 60' for commercial single- 15 feet All SD27.1 (West of town 0' Build -To above 40' N/A uses Boulevard) use elevation permitted 120' for mixed-use or Liner uses Primary theater/entertainment/civic on kX use 200' for mixed-use pAL r ner uses NE 31st NE 33rd 55'above on all Street and NE 34th 3\an8ies 20' Building- 75 N/ parking Terrace (side To elevation structures setbacks) and ground ^ Z floor 350' and 33 sto\gaway 35' setback All SD27.1 Tertiary designated as a above 25' uses 1 elevation permitted Liner uses FEC Corridor (No 300' and 28 stories 40' Build-TOsbove e ack N/A on all Street frontage) 75' parking elevation structures 350' and 33 stories if Zr\ All SD27.1 designated as a gateway uses 1 permitted Dedicated Open Space greater than 300' and 28 stories 111111041 0' Buil()\ /A N/A Liner uses on all parking 4,000 square feet structures 350' and ories if All SD27.1 designat a atewa 1 uses 01 IL X 1k permitted *Podium setbacks are fo ns betAee v ntv-five (75) feet and one hundrAd twentv (120) feet. ** Tower setbacks are�tions gre e'iann�one hundred twenty (120) feet. 1. Gateway desig s all be as definedTh Section 627.1.6. 2. Height limitati described herein shall not prohibit additional height allo\ased in section 627.1.6. 627.1. r Level F/oorp/ates. n footprints above one hundred twenty (120) feet in elevxceed forty er ent of the net lot area. 627.1.10 Street Grid. New streets and avenues in the SD27.1 District shall align with the existing city street \feetm north/south spacing between new streets shall not exceed six hundred twenty (620) centerline of street to centerline of street. The east/west spacing between new aven not exceed four hundred (400) feet from centerline of avenue to centerline of avenue. For the purpose of this ordinance streets shall be categorized as "primary", "secondary" and "tertiary" as follows: 1. Primary Streets: Northeast 34th Street, Northeast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard and Northeast 29th Street. C.25 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TED Secondary Streets: Northeast 30th Street, Northeast 32nd Street and Northeast 35th Str t. 3. tiary Streets: Northeast 31st Street, Northeast 33rd Street, Northeast 34th Terrace and East C st Avenue. For furth clarification, refer to the SD 27 Design Standards. 627.1.11 Stre scape. All exterior spa as defined in the SD 27.1 Zoning Ordinance shall conform to e [lowing standards and a subject to approval by the Director of the City of Mo Works Works Department and of r authorities having jurisdiction. Denial of these re n s by such authorities for reason of public health, safety and welfare shall not consf variance from this Ordinance. Recom ndations beyond the requirements provided h provided in the supplemental SD 27 Desi Standards. 1. All required yards, setb ks, and sidewalk area within the t -of -way adjacent to streets shall be a continuous destrian space. For all sidewa s, a a minimum of 5' wide must remain clear of all obstructs s to ensure adequate pe est circulation. 2. Street furniture shall be as de ed in the SD 27 Desig an ards. Street furniture shall be part of the urban streetscape to en rage pedestrian it and provide such amenities as: trash receptacles, benches, bollards, destrian light' 'cycle racks, parking meters, street signs, transit shelters, tables, chairs, an ater fou Trash receptacles and benches shall be provided at a minimum of two hundred 00) ervals on both sides of Northeast 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. Bicycle ra I be provided at six hundred (600) foot intervals on both sides of Northeast 34th tr nd Midtown Boulevard. These may be located in the pedestrian areas as long as pede atVpmqs are continuous. 3. All specified plant material shall be F a # r. Refer to the Florida Grades and Standards Manual. All shade trees 11 have ' resistance. Additionally, all trees and shrubs shall be native to Florida a sub- 1 ht tolerant characteristics. 4. Palm trees shall be provide in a side 11 a a at inimum spacing of twenty-five (25) feet. Large palms shall hav mi um i t ixteen (1 feet and small palms shall have a minimum height of eight 8 e 5. Shade trees shag I ded i d walk area at a mi um spacing of forty (40) feet on center with an ei oot c ti canopy spread at plant and atwenty-five (25) foot spread at matun a 3" cal 1`at planting. Such trees shall ve a minimum height of fourteen (14) f Ianting and twenty-five (25) feet at maturity. 6. Only on tree species may be used for each individual street. uch species shall be determinede City of Miami Planning and Zoning Department throug the Class 11 Permit proces 7. e rements for street medians shall adhere to the recommendation rovided in the e ntal SD 27 Design Standards. 627.1.12. Buildings. All buildings abutting "primary streets" as defined in the SD 27.1 Zoning Ordina shall conform with the following standards: 1. A minimum of sixty-five percent (65%) of the linear frontage of any lot abutting a "pri ry street" shall contain ground floor space designed to accommodate retail and other uses t t promote pedestrian traffic. The design of such space shall meet the standards listed below, except for buildings that are intended primarily for residential use, where ground floor pedestrian oriented uses would be inappropriate or disruptive to the residential use. a. All ground level space designed for pedestrian oriented uses shall have external entrances directly accessible from public sidewalk space. At least one (1) external entrance shall be C.26 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED I ated along the frontage of the primary street or on the corner intersection of the primary str t and any other street. Additionally, each building use, such as a retail store with a cafe or resta ant, shall have separate entrances. All such entrances shall be transparent. b. For e first ten (10) feet of height above the public sidewalk elevation, the exterior building wall sha ontain windows and/or doorways of transparent glass covering at least fifty (50) percent of wall area. Additionally, the base of all transparent openings shall be no more than thirty (30) inc s above the sidewalk. c. Arcades an colonnades shall be at least seven (7) feet wide and twelve (12) e igh. A minimum of five ( feet of the sidewalk must remain clear of all obstructions tc quate pedestrian circulatio 2. The remaining fro age of thirty-five percent (35%) may be dedicated t nces, lobbies, customer driveways, ar itectural treatment, or non -pedestrian oriente No portion of a building wall that does of contain transparent glass shall be� cted with a flat, unarticulated surface for a di ance of greater than twelve (12) f 627.1.13. Building Functionality. All exterior space as defined in t SD 27.2 Zoning Ordi ce all conform to the following standards, except as provided: 1. Service access and loading area hall not be�ed to front the following streets or portions thereof; Northeast 36th Street; idtown B�Q1\ rd; Northeast 29th Street; and within side setbacks (mews) as required in Sectio 627 2. Service access and loading areas shall b ed within buildings or screened from public view with architectural walls and/or lands i . 3. All dumpsters shall be concealed o s solid structure, and on the fourth side by an opaque gate. 4. Utility boxes, meters, and HVA uipment II ncealed within buildings or screened from public view. 627.1.14. Surface Parking Paing G r e Surface parking and parkin s ctures all form with the lowing standards: 1. Off-street parkin is rmitte ontages of primary treets. 2. Vehicular acces kingu r s shall not be permitte n the following streets: NE 36th Street; NE 2� et; and i wn Boulevard. Access shall b (lowed along the western edge of Midtov evard north of E 34th Street. 3. Blank, u ted walls will not be permitted for parking podium fa des that are not lined with uses. facades shall have architectural treatments designed t be compatible with neighb* ildings. Ramps, stairwells and any other portion of a garage ould be buffered wi of decorative grilles and screens, landscaping, and other varied m rials. quired in Section 627.1.7, liner uses are required on all levels of p ing garages e t when such construction of uses would interfere with the ventilation req ' ements of applicable building codes. Such ventilation requirements shall be met with the lea possible disruption to a continuous liner use program as required in Section 627.1.7 and all be accommodated on secondary and tertiary street frontages. 627.1.15. Open Space. A minimum of ten (10) percent of the gross lot area shall be provided as open space as define in Section 627, except as follows: 1. Since the intent of the district is to provide significant common public open space, the minimum open space requirement may be aggregated among parcels or lots under common C.27 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED o ership and located in a common location within the district. Such aggregation of open space sha be improved as provided in Section 627. 2. P uant to the District plat, open space platted by easement within the District shall be allowe be substituted for the requirements provided herein. Such platted open space shall be improv as provided in Section 627. 3. Within t block bounded by Northeast 36th Street, Midtown Boulevard, Northeast 34th Street and Bu a Vista Avenue, one (1) acre of open space shall be provided and m be used for open space gregation provided in 627.1.15.1. Such open space shall be co ig us and centrally located in the block and shall be in addition to required Streetsca ments provided in Section 7.1.10. ` 627.1.16. Off -Street Par ' 9- A. Requirements. Since it is intended to promo the use of multi -modal transport r�i I hat automobile traffic be minimized, the off-street pa 'ng requirements shall be as f o 1. For residential uses, one (1) ace per dwelling unit 2. For Live/Work uses, one (1) sp e per one thousand (1 0) s uare feet of net floor area. 3. For hotel or motel uses, one (1) s ce per three (3) I nits. 4. For theaters, one (1) space per eac eight (8) fixe e 5. For all other uses, one (1) space per hundr ) square feet of net floor area. Valet parking shall be allowed to satisfy off- ee requirements. B. Off site parking permitted. Notwithstanding the limitations of secti 9 , ffsite parking shall be permitted by Class II Special Permit without limitation on per o h uired number of spaces or maximum distance from the principal use when lo c wit D-27.1 zoning district. Furthermore, there shall be no required demo tion or in f practical difficulty or unnecessary hardship in providing required Ton tkt vided that the location of the offsite parking is within one thousand 0 0 feet 6d s f the 'ncipal use, or there are permanent provisions made to transp the ffsite i atrons to nd from the principal site at the property owner's expense. 627.1.17. Off -Street . The off-street loa uiremen s a be as follows: 1. For reside a. Berth mi to be twelve (12) by thirty-five (35) feet by fifteen (15) et in height; b. One 1 for every one hundred (100) residential units or fraction th eof. 2. For idential uses: a. imum to be twelve (12) by fifty-five (55) feet by fifteen (15) feet in h ght; r n -residential floor area of twenty-five thousand (25,000) up to fifty tho nd (50,000) s re feet, one (1) berth total. No berths are required for floor area less tha wenty-five thousand (25,000) square feet; c. For non-residential floor area up to one hundred thousand (100,000) square feet, o (2) berths total; d. For non-residential floor area up to two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) square feet, t e (3) berths total; e. For non-residential floor area up to five hundred thousand (500,000) square feet, four (4) berths total. 3. Mixed use projects shall comply with loading requirements per use as specified above. Since it is intended to promote the most efficient use of land, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 922.1 and 922.4, the maneuvering of trucks within the public right of way for the C.28 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED p oses of off-street loading shall be allowed by a Class II Special Permit. Additionally, tandem loa berths shall be allowed by a Class II Special Permit. 627.1. . Sign Regulations. See Arti e 10 sign regulations as for SD -8, and in addition, the SD 27 Design Standards for sign regul ions and limitations. (Ord. No. 124 , § 2, 11-25-03; Ord. No. 12689, § 2, 5-26-05; Ord. No. 12724, § 7-28-05; Ord. No. 12757, , 1-26-06) Editor's note: Ord. o. 12689, § 2, adopted May 26, 2005, changed the I 627.1 from "SD -27.1 Buena Vista ard" to "SD -27.1 Midtown Miami East Special Dix The historical notation has been preser d for reference purposes. �V Sec. 627.2. Midtown Miami St. The Area is bounded by North st 36th Street on the north n Miami Avenue on the west. On the south, the area is unded by the centerlin of rtheast 34th Street between Buena Vista Avenue and Midtown oulevard and by N eas 29th Street between North Miami Avenue and Midtown Bouleva On the east, t e is bounded by the centerline of Buena Vista Avenue between Northea 36th Stree n ortheast 34th Street and by the centerline of Midtown Boulevard between rtheastreet and Northeast 29th Street. 627.2.1. Intent. G The Midtown Miami West district regul intended to provide a method to allow for planning initiatives that achieve a uni in v development that is not otherwise provided for in the zoning ordinance. The lann ives may include, but are not limited to, Smart Growth as defined in Se,,627. T to ds and procedures of this district are es' n intended to promote flexible dper iversification and integration of uses and structures, with limitations d egulatio s s eeme ecessary to be consistent with the City's Comprehensive Plan d to rot ec p is health, ety, and general welfare. Design standards supplement this r nce an pr ' e more detaile larification. This district is of sp ci ubst u is interest given its roximity to Downtown Miami and the Omni Area, t ign D' to ami Beach, the Wynwoo eighborhood and to future proposed commu r it facilit it in the Florida East Coast R ay (FEC) Corridor. The intent of the d' s to: (1) Promo e the creation of a Miami midto environment through intensive ur it mixed-use development with a twenty-four hour a 'vity pattern; and (2) Enhance tidestrian environment and connectivity of the existing su ounding areas by extend4o fr city street grid through the district. To this end, the district prom es streetscapes a0k 'x@Wuse buildings designed to provide pedestrians with lively, inresting, well - ca d and highly usable public spaces with a maximum interrelationship wit round floor b ing uses. Concerning building uses and overall buildable area, mixed-use development is e\and/ providing greater floor area ratios and overall building height than that of single u Furthermore, additional height is provided for sites that abut significant open spadesignated as strategically located visual gateways as defined in Section 627. Yardareas are minimal and are required to be developed as an integral part of the over streetscape. Ground floor build -to lines are provided in order to establish a continuous building frontage that enhances and provides spatial definition for the urban streetscape. Although no specific requirements are contained herein, it is further intended that buildings be designed utilizing environmentally sensitive methods, including, but not limited to, passive and C.29 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TED 11 S"ive solar techniques, green -roofs, the utilization of environmentally sustainable materials and effi ent mechanical systems. 627.\.ffect of SD -27.2 district designation. TheMidtown Miami West district shall supplant districts or portions of districts included withboundaries to the extent indicated in the official zoning atlas. 627.2.3. Clas\toA l Permit. Section 627.2required. A Class II Smit shall be required prior to approval of any pe cept special permits pursule 13) affecting the height, bulk, location or exterio uration of any existing building or the c struction of a new building. Section 627.2.3.2. Consider 'ons in making Class 11 Special Per ml.nations. The purpose of the Class II S cial Permit shall be to ensure o y of the application with the expressed intent of this dist t'with the general con era s listed in section 1305, and with the special considerations con ined in the Design St a rds. Notwithstanding any other provision the zoning code a r Use Special Permit is required for non-residential uses in a single bu ing that exce 000 square feet of floor area and residential units in a single building that ceed 40ing units, or any combined use which exceeds 2,500 parking spaces in a single b 'Idin Any variances (as defined in Article 19) so the provisions of the SD 27 regulations shall require such deviation to be consid in the process for a Major Use Special Permit as defined in Article 17 and the increa mlesholds as set forth above shall not apply. .. 627.2.4. Principal Uses and Stru The following uses shall be pe i d withi t e istrict, ubject to the provisions of Section 627.2.7: 1. Neighborhood conven ng ods n rvices, inclu g food stores (grocery, meat, seafood, produce, deli n, ba o fectioneries, ice c m), drugstores, newsstands, dry cleaners, barber auty o shoe repair stores. 2. Retail establ' s openthe general public as follo s: big box retail (retail establishments r than 20,000 square feet of floor area), antiq stores, art stores and commercial teries; bicycle sales; book and stationery stores; chi and crockery stores; drugstores- covering; florist, including plant and shrub sales; food c s and vendors; gift shops; re stores; hobby shops; home appliance stores; home furnis i g stores; interior d io upply stores; establishments for the sales of boating and fishing s lies (excluding t or sales of boats); jewelry stores; leather goods; luggage stores; usic stores; ne stands; office supply stores; optical goods stores; package liquor stores ( i hout drive- through facilities); paint and wallpaper; pet shops; photographic supply stores; restau t supply stores; tobacco shops; toy stores; television, radio, and other electronics stores; videota sales and rentals; variety and sundry stores; establishments for sale of wearing apparel; wh sale establishments open to the general public; or any other similar use customarily found in a or retail shopping center. Such establishments may provide incidental repair, maintenan adjustment or alteration services as appropriate, but facilities, operation and storage in relation to such services shall not be visible from any street or street related pedestrian open space. Aside from antique stores, art galleries, jewelry, bookstores and wearing apparel establishments, no such retail establishments shall deal in secondhand merchandise. C.30 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED; Service establishments as follows: Interior decorator, banks, savings and loan and financial ins i utions; duplicating centers including letter and photostating services; driving school agen 'es; locksmiths; medical or dental offices less than five thousand (5,000) square feet; opticia - photographic service; business and professional offices; tailoring; dressmaking; millinery drapery fabrication, except where products are for office premises sale; rental of recreation d sporting equipment. 4. All Resid tial as per the R-4 Zoning District. 5. Hotels. 6. Production St ios. 7. Shops for the s assembly, customization or repair open to the gene I c as follows: awnings and canva carpentry; construction of models for design ses; custom woodworking and furnit ; glass; signs; and upholstery. 8. Public and private recr tional facilities and community service fa 9. Production of art and h dicrafts (but not mass-produced i i ental to sale at retail on the premises. 10. Restaurants, brewery rest rants, tearooms and ca es hout drive-through facilities), including those with dancing and Ii entertainment. 11. Bars, cocktail lounges, saloons nd taverns, supp and nightclubs, including those with live entertainment open to the gen al public. 12. Art galleries, auditoriums; theaters cluding it theatres) and cinemas, museums, libraries and similar cultural uses. 13. Structures for operating public transport 14. Parking lots and garages subject to c 627.2.5, 627.2.7 and 627.1.12. 15. Public or private educational faciliti 16. Cellular communications in accordan ith t ions of the C-1 Zoning district. 17. Drive -Through facilities on "se ary" and " rti treets. The following uses shall be perm Clas ermit: 1. Outdoor photographic stage et 2. Notwithstanding the pro ' ion f 906 , p en (10) s et and open space special events per calendar year within th di ict. 627.2.5. Accessory O Uses and struct ich are�etomarily accessory and clea incidental to permitted v� principal uses tructures, approved in the same permit proc dings, and initiated or completed y time limits established generally or in relation to special permit, shall be permitte ject to limitations by these or generally applicable regulate s. Other accessory uses a ures shall require a Class II Special Permit. N v and off-street parking or loading area shall be permitted between ny front portion u ing and the front line of a lot adjoining any street; provided, howeve hat off-street pa ng for bicycles may be permitted in such areas, subject to limitations and req ' ements as to location, design and number established in connection with special permits. 627.2.6. Building Placement and Buildable Area. 1. Minimum lot requirements. No specific dimensional requirements are established inistrict, but lots shall be of sufficient width and area to conform with other requirements Na limitations of these and other lawful regulations. 2. Floor Area Limitations. Floor area limitations of the SD 27.2 district shall be as follows: a. Except as otherwise provided below, the floor area ratio shall not exceed one and seventy- two hundredths (1.72) times the gross lot area for single use commercial buildings. C.31 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED b.The floor area for all mixed-use buildings shall not exceed three (3.0) times the gross lot are c. A wable increase in floor area up to five tenths (0.5) will be provided for payment into a Neighb ood Improvement Trust Fund. 3. Densi Density shall not exceed one hundred fifty (150) residential units/net acre and in no case shall a eed a total of one thousand five hundred (1,500) units within the entire district. 4. Maximum eights. a. Maximum h hts shall be as provided in Section 627.2.7. b. All parking str tures shall not exceed seventy-five (75) feet in height, e4c erwise provided in Section 7.2.12. ` 5. Maximum and Mini um Setback Requirements and Build -To Lines a. Setback requiremen shall be measured perpendicular to and fro se building line. Platted public right of way es shall be defined as the Base Building hen platted right of way lines at street intersectio are rounded, setbacks shall be rom projected right of way lines and not from the rou ed portions of such lines. Th e andards provide further clarification of the requirements rovided herein. The m im and minimum setbacks and build -to requirements shall be as pr ided in Section 627.2 nd elow, as follows: b. For the first twenty-five (25) fee in elevation abo public right-of-way, no building facade shall be set back more than a aximum de ten (10) feet, except as otherwise provided in Section 627.2.7. Off-street arking of be allowed within the maximum setback. Building frontage may exceed e m ground floor setback requirement, provided that the resultant area between th ng frontage and the base building line is designed and improved as public open s c. Colonnades encroach the setback a - o e ments provided that a minimum of five (5) feet of sidewalk must remain clear of bstr n addition, awnings and upper story balconies may encroach the setbac d build -t eq ents by a distance of seven (7) feet. Upper story architectural featur y encr back and build -to requirements by a distance of five (5) feet but shall of xceed i ( ) per t of the building frontage. d. Build -To Lines shall on[ e a icabl 6 of the sr t frontage. 6. Gateway Designations. s rovided on 627, the ga way site shall be the Southeast corner of the interse ti orthe treet and North Mi i Avenue. Such designation, for the purposes of limit io etback and build -to re rements shall apply for a north/south dimei one h e fifty (150') feet and an e west dimension of four hundred (400') 627.2.7. MAm Height, Build -To, Minimum Setback and Use Requireme s. TAB LIQ w V .2 aximum height, Build -To, Minimum Setback and Use Requirements Street/Classification Height Ground Floor Build- Mid-level Upper-level Uses To Setback* Setback** 20' Build -To All SD27.2 use Area between the permitted except 60' for building frontage that Big Box commercial and base building35' setback retail shall not be Midtown Boulevard single -use line shall bepermitted above 60' N/A from Primary 120' for improved as open elevation 31 st Street to residential or space. 36 th Street. mixed-use Maximum Liner uses on all Allowable parking encroachment (0' structures C.32 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED C.33 build -to) for 80' of linear frontage per block All SD27.2 uses permitted Buena Vista Av ue 60' for Liner uses on all (north of 34 th Street) commercial single -use 0' Build -To N/A 15' setback 60' parking structur cept 120' for mixed- above as othe is Primary use �r n 27.2.12 ,Nc 60' fo Buena Vista Avenue com\'I(south 15 of 34 th singl 0'Build-To N/A oa All SD27.2 uses Street) 120'f permitted Primary use o theaters 60' for All SD27.2 uses commercial permitted single -use 9' Set ck with Liner uses on all NE 36 th Street 120' for mixed- colonna or 15' setback parking Primary use awning above 60' structures except 200' for mixed- Maximum S k elevation as otherwise use and of 20' provided in gateway 1 Section 627.2.12 requirement All SD27.2 uses permitted 60' for Liner uses on all NE 29 th Street commercial parking Primary single -u 120' for - /A N/A N/A structures except as otherwise use provided in Section 627.2.12 '_Xfor All SD27.2 uses ommercial 9' Build -To with permitted single -use colonnade or Liner uses on all North Mia n 120' for mixed- awning 15' setback Primary use 5' Build -to from N/A above 60' xcept 200' for mixed- centerline of NE 36 e use and th Street south for \Sectio IQ gateway 1 a distance of 315' 7.2.12 requirement All SD27.2\ona permitted 60' for Liner uses NE 34 th Street commercial 15' setback parking Primary single -use 0' Build -To above 40' N/A structures except 120' for mixed- elevation as otherwise use provided in Section 627.2.12 NE 32 nd Street 60' for 0' Build -To 10' setback N/A 30% active Secondary commercial above 20' ground floor uses C.33 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Mid-level setbacks are for elevations between twenty and sixty (6U) teet. ** Upper-level setbacks are for elevations greater 0) feet. 1. Gateway designations shall be as defined in 7. 6. 627.2.8. Street Grid/Blocks. Northeast 34th Street and Nort 3 th S e xtend through the SD27.2 District and shall align with the existing city tr t grid s o orth iami Avenue. Northeast 31st Street shall extend through the S 7. istric a d II genera align with the existing street grid west of North Miami Aven rt h of rth t 34th Street, e north/south spacing between new streets shall nt eight twenty-five (825) t from centerline of street to centerline of street. of Nth s 4th Street, the north uth spacing between new streets shall not c seven ((feet from centerline of street centerline of street. The east/west space f tween new avenues shall not exceed seven hun d twenty-five (725) feet from centerl' venue to centerline of avenue. Open Space, with an ea of at least one (1) acre, ma stituted in lieu of a new Street or Avenue. For the e of this ordinance, streets shall be categorized as "primary" d "secondary" as fo i ry Streets: North Miami Avenue, Northeast 34th Street, Northeas 36th Street, MI wn Boulevard, Northeast 29th Street, Buena Vista Avenue. 2. econdary Streets: Northeast 30th Street, Northeast 31st Street, Northeast 3 Street; Northeast 33rd Street, Northeast 35th Place and Northeast 35th Street. Refer to the SD 27.2 Design Standards for additional Design Standards and Gui lines regarding streets. 627.2.9. Streetscape. All exterior space as defined in the SD 27.2 Zoning Ordinance shall conform to the following standards and are subject to approval by the Director of the City of Miami Department of Public Works and other authorities having jurisdiction. Denial of these requirements by such authorities C.34 single -use elevation All SD27.2 uses 120' for mixed- permitted use 60' for 30% active NE 31 commercial ground floor uses \Set Secondsingle-use single -use 0' Build -To N/A N/A All SD27.2 uses for mixed- 120'use permitted NE 30 th 33 rd , 35N 60' for 30 a ' e th Street and rcial 15' setback floor uses NE 34 th Terrace se 0' Build -To above 40' N/A 7.2 uses Secondary mixed- \use elevation itted 60' for Dedicated Open commerci All SD27.2 uses Space greater than 1 single -use 0' Build -To N/A permitted acre 120' for mixed use 60' for commercial All SD27.2 uses Interior Side single -use 0' Set ck N/A permitted 120' for mixed- use Mid-level setbacks are for elevations between twenty and sixty (6U) teet. ** Upper-level setbacks are for elevations greater 0) feet. 1. Gateway designations shall be as defined in 7. 6. 627.2.8. Street Grid/Blocks. Northeast 34th Street and Nort 3 th S e xtend through the SD27.2 District and shall align with the existing city tr t grid s o orth iami Avenue. Northeast 31st Street shall extend through the S 7. istric a d II genera align with the existing street grid west of North Miami Aven rt h of rth t 34th Street, e north/south spacing between new streets shall nt eight twenty-five (825) t from centerline of street to centerline of street. of Nth s 4th Street, the north uth spacing between new streets shall not c seven ((feet from centerline of street centerline of street. The east/west space f tween new avenues shall not exceed seven hun d twenty-five (725) feet from centerl' venue to centerline of avenue. Open Space, with an ea of at least one (1) acre, ma stituted in lieu of a new Street or Avenue. For the e of this ordinance, streets shall be categorized as "primary" d "secondary" as fo i ry Streets: North Miami Avenue, Northeast 34th Street, Northeas 36th Street, MI wn Boulevard, Northeast 29th Street, Buena Vista Avenue. 2. econdary Streets: Northeast 30th Street, Northeast 31st Street, Northeast 3 Street; Northeast 33rd Street, Northeast 35th Place and Northeast 35th Street. Refer to the SD 27.2 Design Standards for additional Design Standards and Gui lines regarding streets. 627.2.9. Streetscape. All exterior space as defined in the SD 27.2 Zoning Ordinance shall conform to the following standards and are subject to approval by the Director of the City of Miami Department of Public Works and other authorities having jurisdiction. Denial of these requirements by such authorities C.34 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED reasons of public health, safety and welfare shall not constitute a variance from this r-. ance. Refe to the SD 27.2 Design Standards for additional Design Standards and Guidelines regards streetscapes. 1. All re ired setbacks and sidewalk area within the public right-of-way adjacent to streets shall be a ntinuous pedestrian space. For all sidewalks, an area a minimum of five (5) feet wide must re in clear of all obstructions to ensure adequate pedestrian circulation. 2. For all stre , the ground floor of buildings shall be set back from the propert Ii where necessary, to pro 'de a minimum sidewalk width of ten (10) feet from face of o curb line. Unless otherw prohibited by setback requirements of the SD 27. istrict, the upper floors of buildi s may overhang this setback. The setback area improved to meet the adopted desi standards of the SD 27.2 Zoning District adjacent public sidewalk including pavem t treatment, landscaping, street lighting a gs. 3. Street furniture shall be defined in the SD 27 Design Sta reet furniture shall be part of the urban streetscape encourage pedestrian activit a vide such amenities as: trash receptacles, benches, bol ds, pedestrian lighting, kicyc racks, parking meters, street signs, transit shelters, tables and airs. Trash receptacled b nches shall be provided at a minimum of two hundred (200) fo intervals on both_ ee of Northeast 34th Street and Midtown Boulevard. Bicycle racks sha e provided a4sides of Northeast 34th Street and Midto Boulev areas as long as pedestrian flow patterns e c i Class II Special Permit if such spacing is req 1) To promote or enhance pede ty, or 2) To maintain compliance with 4. All specified plant material shall be F a # Standards Manual. All shade trees_A%all have 1pundred (600) foot intervals on both ese may be located in the pedestrian Greater spacing may be allowed by Standards. ler. Refer to the Florida Grades and ,esistance. Additionally, all trees and shrubs shall be native to Florida e'subtr id t tolerant characteristics. 5. Palm trees shall generally b r ided in h sl walk rea at a minimum spacing of twenty- five (25) feet, except that ate spaci a e allow _1 y Class II Special Permit if such spacing is required: 1) to o to or e a pedestrian s\treespe 2) to maintain compliance with the SD 27 Desi n ds. 6. Large palms sha a mi ight of sixteen (16d small palms shall have a minimum height i 8) feet. 7. Shade tree be provided in he sidewalk area at a acing of forty (40) feet on center w' Ight (8) foot continuous canopy spread atan twenty-five (25) foot spread at ity with a 3" caliper at planting. Such treeave minimum height of fourtee et at planting and twenty-five (25) feet at matu 8. r to provide for a unified street character, only ontree spe s may be used c individual street within the entirety of the SD 27 Such specs selection is s ct to approval by Class II Special Permit. 627.2.10. Buildings. All buildings abutting "primary streets" as provided in Section 627.2.8, shall conform the following standards: 1. A minimum of sixty-five (65) percent of the linear frontage of any lot abutting a "prima " street, and thirty (30) percent of any lot abutting a "secondary" street, shall contain ground floo space designed to accommodate retail and other uses that promote pedestrian traffic. The design of such space shall meet the standards listed below, except for buildings that are intended primarily for residential use, where ground floor pedestrian oriented uses would be inappropriate or disruptive to the residential use. C.35 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED a. All ground level space designed for pedestrian oriented uses shall have external entrances dire ly accessible from public sidewalk space. At least one (1) external entrance shall be locat along the frontage of the primary street or on the corner intersection of the primary street a any other street or the frontage of public open space. Additionally, each building use, such as retail store with a cafe or restaurant, shall have separate entrances. All such entrances s II be transparent. b. For the fir ten (10) feet of height above the public sidewalk elevation, the exter' r building wall shall contawindows and/or doorways of transparent glass covering at le st ty (50) percent of linear f tage (to be calculated at a height over 30 inches) of each plazas and openingsinto p estrian entrances and spaces shall count towards t transparency requirement specified this section. Additionally, the base of all transpar nings shall be no more than thirty (30) ' ches above the sidewalk. Display windows unt towards the transparency requirement d may encroach upon specified setba build -to lines by a distance no greater than thir (30) inches, provided that a mini ive (5) feet of sidewalk must remain clear of all obstru "ons. c. Arcades and colonnades, w e proposed shall be a leas ine (9) feet wide and twelve re (12) feet high. A minimum of five ( feet of the sidewalk m main clear of all obstructions to ensure adequate pedestrian circulati d. No portion of a building wall that es not contai tr sparent glass shall be constructed with a flat, unarticulated surface for a dis ce of g han twenty (20) feet. In addition, any building frontage on North Miami Aven t eeds three hundred (300) feet shall incorporate a major break of at least thirty (3 n width by ten (10) feet in depth at ground level. Such breaks shall be improved as ce and/or provide building access and occur on axis with the existing city street grid. 2. The remaining frontage of thirty-five p nt (3 be dedicated to entrances, lobbies, customer driveways, architectural t ent, or n- strian oriented uses. No portion of a building wall that does not c 'ran shall be constructed with a flat, unarticulated surface for a distar 950% reate th n enty 0) feet. 627.2.11. Building Functio li All exterior space a d in th�ry Zoning Ordinance hall conform to the following standards, except as ed: 1. Service acce a ervice I""M' areas shall not be permitted front the following streets or portions: N .ami Avenue south of Northeast 34th Street; Mi wn Boulevard; Buena Vista Avenu lortheast 29th Street. 2. Service ing areas shall be enclosed within buildings or screened m public view with archite alls and/or landscaping. 3. sters shall be concealed on three sides by a solid structure, and o the fourth side o que gate. 4. tility boxes, meters, and HVAC equipment shall be concealed within buildings screened from public view. 627.2.12. Surface Parking and Parking Garages. Surface parking and parking structures shall conform to the following standards: 1. Ground level off-street parking is not permitted along frontages of primary streets. 2. Blank, unarticulated walls shall not be permitted for parking garage facades that are not lined with uses. Such facades shall have architectural treatments designed to be compatible with adjacent buildings. Ramps, stairwells and any other portion of a garage should be buffered with the use of decorative grilles and screens, landscaping, and other varied materials. C.36 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 3. s provided in Section 627.2.7, liner uses are generally required on parking garages that fron rimar yy streets. When required, ground level parking facilities must be lined with active uses. per level parking facilities that do not incorporate liner uses shall be setback no less than 85' d shall not exceed a height of 50'. All other requirements provided herein shall apply. 627.2.13.0 Space. A minimum of n (10) percent of the gross lot area shall be provided as open space s defined in Section 627, eept as follows: 1. Since the inte of the district is to provide significant common publi( e, the minimum open spac requirement may be aggregated among parcels or der common ownership and located a common location within the district. Such aggre f open space shall be improved as pro ed in Section 627. 2. Pursuant to the District at, dedicated open space platted within'ict shall be allowed to be substituted for the re irements provided herein. Suc I open space shall be improved as provided in Sectio 27. 627.2.14. Off-street Parking. In recognition of the pedestrian on ted, mixed-use ur of the SD 27.2 District, it is anticipated that visitors to the District ill park on a visit more than one destination. Therefore the required amount of off-stre parking lower in the SD 27.2 District than in other Districts of the City. A. Requirements. The off-street parking requ s shall be as follows: 1. For residential uses, one (1) sp elling unit 2. For hotel or motel uses, one (1 e 3) lodging units. 3. For theaters, one (1) space per eigh seats. 4. For all other uses, one (1) e per fiv u (500) square feet of gross floor area. There shall be no req a wh r within a one thousand (1,000) foot radius of a public p ki facilit th a cap ity equal to or greater than the requirements prov d h ein. B. Off site parking permit d. otwiths nd the limitations section 918, off-street parking requirements for all s the istrict can be provi by parking facilities that are owned by a unit of I ernm t, c ding a community devel ment district, provided that the parking faciliti e Iocatehin the SD 27.2 District and b) ve a capacity equal to or greater than th rements provided herein. 627.2.15. eet Loading. The off- oading requirements shall be as follows: 1. ential uses: Berth minimum to be twelve (12) by thirty-five (35) feet by fifteen (15) fe in height; b. One (1) berth for every one hundred twenty (120) residential units or frac t thereof. 2. or non-residential uses: a. Berth minimum to be twelve (12) by fifty-five (55) feet by fifteen (15) feet in he t; b. For non-residential floor area of twenty-five thousand (25,000) up to fifty tho nd (50,000) square feet, one (1) berth total; c. For non-residential floor area up to one hundred thousand (100,000) square feet, tw (2) berths total; d. For non-residential floor area up to two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) square feet, three (3) berths total; e. For non-residential floor area up to five hundred thousand (500,000) square feet, four (4) berths total. C.37 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX C: MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICT PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED ce it is intended to promote the most efficient use of land, notwithstanding the provisions of Se on 922.1 and 922.4, the maneuvering of trucks within the public right of way for the purp es of off-street loading shall be allowed by a Class II Special Permit. 627.2.16. ign Regulations. Signs withi he district shall comply with the regulations of the C-2 Liberal Commercial District as provided i rticle 10. See Article 10 for ' n regulations and limitations. (Ord. No. 12480, § 2, 22-04; Ord. No. 12509, § 2, 3-25-04; Ord. No. 1272 7-28-05) Editor's note: Ord. No. 12724, § 2, adopted July 28, 2005, changed of § 627.2 from "Buena Vista Yard West" "Midtown Miami West." The historical n as been preserved for reference purposes. O G C.38 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 16.3 MIAMI WORLDCENTER 16.12.1 The Miami Worldcenter (hereinafter also referred to as the "SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter area") is generally bounded by NE 2nd Avenue on the east, North Miami venue on the west, NE 11th Street on the north, and NE 6th Street on the south, e luding the areas generally described as "The Club District" and the "Network Ac ss Point of the Americas (NAP Center)". The boundaries are more specifically idents din Map 1. MIAMI)kkLDCENTER GOALS The conserva n goals include conser\ emissions throuX improved street coni transit use, increa k g tree canopy, anc 16.12.1.1 The development goalkinclude: a. 03 791 Specific areas that arepact, pec density and intensity of us is encou proposed transit service an peropi occur within walking distancetra Maintaining the future growth of focus for the region's econo , A diversity of uses distribut District that enables a variety con space. Civic and com ial activi District as identified tent West Commercial- si ential t t Civic and publi at ing s c s identity. i dioxide bility, and . Increased rrent and uses should �*n infill redevelopment ensuring Miami's and cultural activities. guMselected specific area of an existing ity, workplace, residences and civic Id be locXted to reinforce community Park e. Buildin s dscapt ute to the physica efinition of Thoroughfares as civic pi f. A sp i ea within existing District that includes a amework of transit and P . n systems that accommodates automobiles whil especting the rian and the special form of public spaces. uring that private development contributes to infrastructur nd embellishes a destrian and transit friendly public and private realm of the hig st quality. .1. The Miami Worldcenter Design Standards ("Design Standards") and th i a mi Worldcenter Regulating Plan ("Regulating Plan") provide more detailed c ification to the SD 16.3 Worldcenter area and are incorporated herein by reference. 16.12.2 EFFECT OF SD -16.3 MIAMI WORLDCENTER AREA DESIGNATION. The SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter Master Plan Design Standards and the regulations herein shall supplant districts or portions of districts included within the SD -16 Special District boundaries to the extent indicated herein. 16.12.3 CLASS II SPECIAL PERMIT D.1 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 16. .3.1 When required A Class II Special Permit shall be required prior to approval of any permit affecting the height, bulk, location or exterior configuration of any existing building or the nstruction of a new building; or for the implementation of signage, awnings, fences o ny other improvement visible from a public right-of-way. 16.12.3.2 Consi erations in making Class II Special Permit determinations The pur se of the Class II Special Permit shall be to ensure conform applicatio ith the expressed intent of Sec. 616. SD -16, 16. 1, 1 theast Overtown-P West Commercial -Residential Districts, with the g considerations 'sted in Section 1305, and with the special co ns contained in the Miami World nter Master Plan Design Standards and I ng Plan incorporated herei y reference. 16.12.3.3 Waiver of Design Sta ards Pursuant to Sec. 1512, u ss otherwise require the SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter area, as amended, Ordinan 11000, as ame Code of the City of Miami, as amended, or the Florida Buil g Code, as a e d, and Miami Worldcenter Master Plan Design Standards, incorpo ted by r e (collectively, "Design Guidelines and Standards"), may be waived th ng Director pursuant to a Class II Special Permit. Waivers by the Pla ector for numerically measured Design Guidelines and Standards may t more than twenty percent (20%) from the numeric standard. 16.12.4 FLEXIBLE ALLOCATJONI DEV F1 CAPACITY When property wi in thhYSD-1 iVWorldce\developt a containing nine or more contiguous acre n r the o ter A or control le entity is submitted as a project ("Pro' a all 1 or area within ct may be allocated by the owner to i I buil t unconstrained bfor any individual site so long as distrib ti oes not result in devn at is out of scale or charith development allowed under the lanop t regulations for the reas, allocates FAR sufficient to build ss to a inimum of two on all parcels within the project except opeand ci space sites, and ,�fides all SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter area reqts, inc11 di open space, !�'Gic space, and parking. Major Use SpecialPermit Notwithstanding any other provisions of the SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter \is Ordinance 11000, when property within the SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter a containing nine or more contiguous acres under the ownership or control entity is submitted as a project, a Major Use Special Permit within the projrequired for: (1) non-residential or lodging uses in a single building that ex 975,000 square feet; (2) more than 800 residential units in a single building; or (3) any combined use which exceeds 2,800 parking spaces in a single building, except that a MUSP shall be required when a conference center, conference center hotel and related office building with a mix of retail and office uses, exceeds two million square feet. D.2 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 16.1,5 DEFINITIONS For the purpose of the SD -16.3 Miami Worldcenter area, the following definitions shall ply: Terms not defined herein shall have the meaning provided in Sec.2502 of the Zo 'ng Ordinance of the City of Miami ("Zoning Ordinance"). Abuttin\cover ouch; to touch at the end or be contiguous with; join at t e rder or boundar. Abutting properties include properties across a qtr y. Arcade:destrian outdoor space along the side of a Buil n the ground level tharee sides and has a minimum 15 foot depth, ay provide access tne (1) or more sides, per the Design St Back of Curb Line: A str ht building reference line es -fat the back of the street curb that does not offset for ojections into the street suc bulb -outs or tree planting areas, as shown in Table 3 an n the Regulating PlaXd D sign Standards. Balcony: An unenclosed habitabl structure caned from or inset within a facade or elevation. O Block: The aggregate of private lots, pa rear lanes and Alleys, the perimeter of h;ih b t Th hf U s oroug -F- VV s a res. Building Configuration: The form Buil ' fed on its massing, relationship to Frontages and lot lines, and h� Building Disposition: Th pl cement f ilding its lot. Building Use: The es ccomm at y a Building an its lot. Building Hei verti I e t of a building measured i Stories. Build -to- line establishe within a given Lot indicating wher the outer edge of a struct be located. C' i ace: An outdoor area provided for public use in perpetuity by fe itle or s ent. Civic Space types are defined by the combination of certain ph ical constants in ding the relationship between their intended use, their size, their landsca 'ng and their enfronting buildings. See Table 2 and Design Standards. Corridor: A lineal geographic system incorporating transportation, walkways, greenways. Courtyard: Open space, partially defined by walls or buildings as regulated by the SD 16.3 Miami Worldcenter area. See Design Standards. Design Speed: The speed at which a Thoroughfare is designed to be driven. Elevation, Floor: Height of floor level. D.3 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Enfront: To place an element along a Frontage, as in "porches enfront the street." nce, principal: The main point of access of pedestrians into a Building. Facade: The exterior wall of a building that is set along a Frontage Floorplat The total indoor and outdoor Floor Area of any given Story of a B di measured t e exterior of the wall or balcony. +`�� Frontage: Lot e abutting a public space, such as a Thoroughfare, P1�r at the front, rear, or side of a to Gallery: A covered pe strian area abutting the side of a d�n the ground floor which may provide acce along one or more sides of a �il Green Space: an Open Spa outdoors, at grade, u fed, andscaped and free of impervious surfaces. A Habitable Space: Building space Nich use f8yk human presence with direct view of the enfronting streets or public or priv e o e, excluding parking garages, self- service storage facilities, warehouses, a ay windows separated from retail activity. Height: See Building Height. Infrastructure and Utilities: ^Cility rela t provision of roads, water and sewer lines, electrical, telephone JTtra , nd all other utilities and communication systems n�e�lry toe systems n e ary tot n ionin f a community. Layer, First: The are b een th f Curb Line a the Build -to Line as shown in the Design Sta d� O Layer, Sec enty fee siteward from the Build -to Lin Layer That portion of the lot that is not within the First and cond Layer. L� range of depth of a lot within which certain elements are perm ed as regulated �l[t D 16.3 Miami Worldcenter area, as provided in the Design Standa s. Iq Liner: A building or part of a building with Habitable Space specifically design to enfront a public space, masking a use that has no capacity to monitor public space, suc as a parking lot, parking garage or storage facility. Open space: Any parcel or area of land or water, located at the ground level floor, essentially unimproved by permanent buildings and set aside, dedicated, designated or reserved for public or private use or enjoyment or for the use and enjoyment of owners and occupants of land adjoining or neighboring such open spaces. Open Space includes the ground floor level of Galleries, Arcades and covered and uncovered paseos. Parking Garage or Parking Structure: A structure containing vehicular parking, W MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED including mechanical parking systems. aseo: A public open space restricted to pedestrian use and limited vehicular access that c nects streets, plazas, alleys, garages and other public use spaces. Paseos must have cam imum width of 20'. PodiumXThat portion of a building up to the eighth Story. Porte Coch'% driveway that A vehicular entrance/drop-off area that includes a canopy. % nd a :ends into the First Layer. � a Public Benefits 8 nus: an advantage that allows a c additional 70% of AR capacity within the district i contribution to specifiprograms that provide benefit, and enjoyment of the dis �ct to the public. Retail Frontage: Lot faces nated where the gro Setback: The distance from a sp d be constructed. .�7 ase FAR by an br the developer's and increased use is available for retail use. the point where a building may Story: A level within a building by whicfiNn-L&4is measured. Street Corridor: The space defin eVw,&Il (building facades) and the ground plane in between the Streetwalls. Streetscape: The urban el t t at ect a major part of the public realm. The streetscape is composed T rough(t vel la s for vehicles, parking lanes for cars, and sidewalks o the or pe s is as well a he amenities of the Frontages (street trees and plan g benche s lights, paving, treet furniture, Building Facades and elevations ya� ces, Streetscre estandir 11 no greater than eight feet hi built along the Frontage Build -to li oplanar with the Facade, often for the purpose o asking a parking lot from t ughfare. S I: Refers to the facades of buildings up to the first eight storie hat face a o ghfare, as provided in the Design Standards. Streetwalls shape th level of visual in rest on each block and create a sense of enclosure for pedestrians. A s etwall height is measured from the average grade of the sidewalk level to the first bu ing Setback from the Build -to Line, as shown in the Design Standards. Thoroughfare: A vehicular way incorporating travel lanes for vehicles, parking lanes cars, and sidewalks or paths for pedestrians as part of an interconnected network for vehicular and pedestrian mobility. Tower: That portion of a building that extends above the Podium. Underground Parking: Parking in which the ceiling or roof of the top level does not rise above any adjoining public sidewalk. D.5 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED View Corridor: An axial view terminating on a natural, historical, or special feature. 16.12.6\ee ND FRONTAGES 16.12.6.1 able sites shall Enfront a vehicular Thoroughfare, or Civic Space withgat least ntage, as depicted in the Design Standards and Regulating Pla 16.12.6.2 rposes of the SD 16.3 Miami Worldcenter area, lots a into wh control development on the lot. 16.12.6.3the pro rty to be developed abuts an existing bude Planning r may app ve, pursuant to a Class II Special r transition so that the d building ation matches or provides an .o the adjacent building . 16.12.7 MEASUREMENT OF HEIGIg 16.12.7.1 Unless otherwise specified her Stories. The height of fences, Height of Building facades fa measured from the Average @It of Buildings shall be measured in edges shall be measured in feet. The �t, fences, walls and hedges shall be 16.12.7.2 A Story is a habitable le ithin a di `Except as otherwise provided in this loor height. The three retail floors shall be counted as 3 Storie and the total inished floor to finished floor height of the Podium shall not exceed 9 feet. 1 . .7.2.2 Single floors in a Podium above ground level used for public functions, s h as ters, ballrooms, meeting rooms, convention halls, classrooms, lecture rooms, th and sports facilities may have a single Story floor to floor height up to a ma um of 60 feet. The total finished floor to finished floor height of the Podium shall n g e 16.12.7.2.1 ordinance, the maxi e ht o o finished floor to finished floor is 14 feet. Below -grade I el are not(o i red S ies for the purposes of determinin Building Height. A ground le it Sto a ceed the 14 foot li up to 25 feet. A retail singl floor lev ding � t r 25 feet at ground level, hall be counted as 2 Stori re the fi stories are retail, their total ma i um combined height sh 9 feet and the first floor shall be a minimum of 14 et. Where the first ories are retail, their total maximum combined height all be 59 feet and round floor and second floor shall be a maximum of 39 fee in combined floor exceed 129 feet. 16.12.7.2.3 Mezzanines are permitted. Mezzanines extending beyond thirty-three percent (33%) of the floor area of the floor plate below shall be counted as an additional floor. 16.12.7.2.4 A Parking Structure concealed by a Liner or architectural element as provided in the M. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Design Standards and Regulating Plan may be equal to the Height of the Podium, without regard for the number of Stories in the Parking Structure. 16.12.7.X Building Heights shall be measured in Stories and shall conform to Table 3 and to he Design Standards. First -floor elevation shall be at average Sidewalk grade. A t level Residential use or Lodging use shall be raised a minimum of two (2) feet an a maximum of three and a half (3.5) feet above average sidewalk gra e, except that trance lobbies and public spaces may be at sidewalk level. 16.12.7.3.1 Except a pecifically provided herein, the Height limitations of 3 Miami Worldcente area shall not apply to (1) any roof Structures for h elevators, stairways, to s, ventilating fans or similar equipment requir erate and maintain the B ing (provided that such Structures shall er more than twenty percent o of area and shall not exceed the Height by 14 feet; (2) water towers, fl a oles, vents, or similar Struct e may be allowed to exceed the maximum eight by Class II Speci Pe it; (3) fire or parapet walls. Roof decks shall be per 'tted up to the maxim ei t. Trellises may extend above the maximum Heig up to fourteen ( 16.12.7.3.2 Except as provided in Subsec n 16.12 ere shall be no height or coverage limits for (1) non-functional deco tiv� ctural elements, and (2) solar or wind energy collectors. 16.12.7.4 No Building or other Structu a in a manner or built to a Height which constitutes a hazard to aviatio crea rds to persons or property by reason of unusual exposure totion haz dition to Height limitations established by the Siam t area, limitations established by the Miami -Dade County ei ht Zoni r ance stated in Article 37 of the Code of Miami -Dade Co ty ( ami I e at al Airport) all apply to Heights of Buildings and Structures A letter >�. ing cl rfrom the Miami -Dade Avi 'on Department or the Feder �on Ad n ration (FAA) may be required b e Zoning Administrator prige�issuance of any Building permit. 16.12. ILDING DISPOSITION .8. Improvements on newly platted lots shall be dimensioned according to able 3 incorporated herein by reference. 16.12.8.2 Lot coverage by any Building shall not exceed that shown in Table 3 incorpo ed herein by reference. 16.12.8.3 Buildings shall be disposed in relation to the boundaries of their lots according to Table 3 incorporated herein by reference and the Regulating Plan. 16.12.8.4 Buildings shall have their principal pedestrian entrances on a Frontage Build -to Line or from a courtyard at the Second Layer. D.7 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED 12.8.5 For the first two stories, Facades shall be along the Frontage a minimum of seventy \ percent (70%) of its length on the Build -to Line as shown in Table 3 and in the Design Standards. 16.12.8. At the first Story, Facades along a Frontage Build-toLine shall have frequent doors nd windows as provided in the Design Standards. Vehicular entries should be imized to the maximum extent possible consistent with the level of use and shall occ at a minimum spacing of sixty (60) feet unless a shorter daeoved ss II pecia ermit. 4 16.12.8.7 Setbacks m the Back of the Curb Line for Buildings shall be dEvn in Table 3 incorporate erein by reference and the Regulating Plan. from the Back of Curb Line be adjusted to conform to an existing a uilding location by Class II Special rmit. Frontage Setbacks from - i Line above the eighth floor for lots havin ne dimension measuring one u 100) feet or less may be a minimum of zer (0) feet by Class II Speci I pe it. The Frontage Setback from the Build -to Line all not be required for ont ge facing a Civic Space or a Street Corridor 90 feet o reater in width, a v' d in the Regulating Plan and Design Standards. 16.12.8.8 Above the eighth floor, minimu buil cing is sixty (60) feet. For lots having one dimension of one hundred (1 or less, side and rear Setbacks from non - Frontage lot lines above the i h r may be reduced to a minimum of twenty (20) feet by Class 11 Special ov e eighth floor in the Second Layer, at a Setback from the Build -to Li f not ten (10) feet, an additional two stories of habitable spa ay exte um sixty percent (60%) of the non - tower length of the s r ntag e eighth floor an additional six feet of non -habitable s ac a a110 a hout ditional Setback from the Build -to Line to accom ate epth s i ng pools, ndscaping, transfer beams, and other structural n mechan al ems and will t count as FAR area. 16.12.9 BUIL NFIG TI N 16.12.9.1 he eighth floor, the maximum Building Floorplate dim sions shall be limited Ilows: tea. 18,000 square feet for Residential Uses. b. 30,000 square feet for Commercial Uses and for parking. c. Vertical mixed-use buildings with at least 33% of the Tower floors in ommercial Uses may use the 30,000 square foot Floorplate average for the entir ower. d. 180 feet maximum length of a side for Residential Uses. e. 225 feet maximum length of a side for Commercial Uses. 16.12.9.2 Projections into the First Layer shall be as follows: Above the first story, up to 1/2 of the Streetwall fagade may project up to 6 feet into the First layer; Entry canopies may project up to one hundred percent (100%) of the depth of the First Layer, except as may be further allowed by Chapter 54 of the City Code; Canopies and cantilevered awnings may project into the First Layer up to 15 feet; Above the first Story, cantilevered balconies and bay windows may project a maximum 6 feet into M MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED the First Layer; Above the Streetwall, balconies and bay windows may project up to 6 feet into the setback from the Streetwall; Roof cantilevers, trellises and crowns may project up to 15 feet into the First Layer and be elevated one story above the roof terrace; and, Facade components promoting energy efficiency such as shading and Screening devices that are non -accessible may project a maximum of 4,feet into the First Layer. 16.12.9.3 G\theurb. Arcades shall be a minimum of 15 feet deep and, notwith an g any prthe contrary in Ordinance 11000, as amended, or the City ofmended may overlap the whole width of the Side I i hin two (2) ferb. The height of an arcade, measured to its lowe shall be no leidth.16.12.9.4 Alora electrical plumbing mechanical munications 16.12.9.5 16.12.9.6 16.12.9.7 16.12.10 16.12.10 equipment and ap rtenant enclosures shall be tokidewalk in the Second or Third Layer and conceale rom view from any Frontage by Liner Buildings, walls, Streetscreens, o paque gates. Loading Docks and service reas shallfeeI to the building served. Vehicular entries to loading docks and rvice arbe as provided in the Design Standards. All ground floor utility infrastr u dcal equipment shall be concealed from public view. At the bui n uipment such as backflow preventers, Siamese connecti and hall be placed within the line of the Facade or behind the S screen. a t r fans and louvers may be allowed on the Facade only abo�teas, st fl in the Design Standards. Rooftop equipment, except sh reene from lateral view. Within the Sec nd Thir a fences, wal height of ei eet. O !D1 G USE & DENS TY hedges shall not exceed a ipal and accessory uses of Buildings shall conform to Zo 0, Sections 616.4 and 616.5, respectively. Ordinance Densities and Intensities shall conform to Table 3 incorporated hereinNy reference. The calculation of the FAR shall not apply to on-site parking, to that portio of the building that is entirely below the elevation of the sidewalk, to balconies ort acE or to same store retail uses that have a ground floor with direct access to the sidewalk and street Frontages. 16.12.11 PARKING STANDARDS 16.12.11.1 The required parking shall be as follows: M MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ubb I I I UTECH USE MINIMUM MAXIMUM Retail and Commercial 1 space / 1000 sf 1 space / 300 sf Office 1 space / 1000 sf 1 space / 600 sf Residential 1 space/ dwelling unit 2 spaces / dwelling unit Hotel 1 space/ 4 guest rooms 1.5 spaces / guest room er 1 space / 1000 sf 1 space / 600 sf The er 1 space / 7 seats 1 space / 3 seats +�` ✓ 16.12.11.1.1 On-stre arking in the SD -16.3 Worldcenter area shall count he minimum parking re irements. 16.12.11.1.2 For residential ses located within 1,000 feet of an exist' omover stop, no off-street parkin ' required. 16.12.11.2 Vehicular parking des standards and loadin hal required as shown in Tablet incorporated he in by reference. 16.12.11.3 Parking is encouraged to be ccessed b y when available and otherwise as provided in the Design Standa s. 16.12.11.4 All parking, including open parkin , covered parking, garages, Loading Docks and service areas shall eith d within the Third Layer or shall be masked from the Frontage by an arc ral s n layer per Sec. 16.12.12.4 below, a Liner Building or Streetscreen, illus he Design Standards. Underground parking may extend int Second Layers only if it is fully underground and does not requir g the f' o e tion of the First and Second Layers above that of thpk, si k. R s dergro d parking shall be within the Second or Tr ers. 16.12.11.5 The veh I trance a ing lot or garage on rontage shall be no wider than 4 d the i distance between vehicu entrances shall be sixty (60) f t. ten percent %) deviation may be approved Class II Special Pe� 16.12. RCHITECTURAL STANDARDS .1 .1 Only permanent structures shall be allowed. Temporary structures su as mobile homes, construction trailers, travel trailers, recreational vehicles and oth temporary structures shall not be allowed except as otherwise provided by ticle 9. 16.12.12.2 The Facades on Retail Frontages shall be detailed as storefronts and glazed w clear glass beginning no more than 30 " above the sidewalk and extending no les than seventy percent (70%) of the length of the sidewalk -level Story as provided in the Design Standards. Display Windows in Retail Frontages must be a minimum of three (3) feet in depth, must include three-dimensional displays, should include visibility into the retail space and must be accessible from the insides stated herein. Display Windows are areas of storefront glazing that are designed to display items for sale within the retail space behind the display. Security screens shall be seventy D.10 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED percent (70%) open. 16.12.V.3 Roof materials should be light-colored, high albedo or planted surface. 16.12.12. The Fagade of a parking garage that is not concealed behind a Habitable Liner shall screened behind a screening layer recessed at least two (2) feet from the ou 'de face of the Fagade to conceal all internal elements such as plum ' g pipes, fans, ucts, ceilings, slab beds and lighting, as illustrated in the Design to ards. The ar itectural expression shall complement and enhance the l;ui ping should b internalized wherever possible. Exposed spandrels s Mei rohibited. 16.12.13 LANDSCAPE ANDARDS 16.12.13.1 The First Layer sha e surfaced and landscaped in the Design Standards. 16.12.13.2 Public open space shall b minimum 10% a tal gross lot area. A minimum of 10% of the public open s ce shall be I d ped, as provided in the Design Standards and Regulating Pla O G 16.12.14 SIGN STANDARDS Notwithstanding any other o code and Zoning Ordinance 11000, signs shall be permitted in the -16.3 st be approved by Class II permit, either for an individual s_j�Mr a Mas S1 ackage. D Vat the Building Fron reater level is approved > shall be of a type illustrated in The Design ures shall not be visible from streets. shall not exceed two (2) Class II Special Permit. Interior garage CIVIC SPACE At least twenty percent (20%) of the required public open space in the Worldcenter area shall be assigned to Civic Space, as described in Tab incorporated herein by reference and the Design Standards. -16.3 16.12.17 ALLOWABLE INCREASES IN FAR FOR PROVIDING PUBLIC BENEFITS 16.12.17.1 The intent of this section is to provide bonus building capacity in the SD -16.3 Worldcenter area in exchange for the developer's contribution to specified programs that provide benefit and enjoyment to the public. A bonus of an additional seventy percent (70%) of FAR capacity shall be permitted if the proposed development contributes to the specified programs below in the amount and manner set forth herein. The percentage increase shall be based on the DA 1 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TED approved square footage for the project, including all bonuses approved pursuant to other provisions of Ordinance 11000, as amended. 16.12. 2 Affordable/Workforce Housing A developer may acquire bonus floor area up to a maximum of 25% of the total AR capacity by contributing to the Affordable Housing Trust Fund, or by providing site Affordable/Workforce housing, as that term is defined by the City. 16.12.17.2.1 Trus and Contributions A deve er may acquire one additional square foot of buildabl or each nonrefun ble contribution of $12.40 (as of the time of approv ubject to applicable .ce adjustments at the time of building permit n) to the Affordable H sing Trust Fund administered by the City i. Future adjustments to e amount of contribution per squarkaqfo buildable space in the SD -16.3 Worldce er area shall be consistent wit quare foot contributions for other properties ithin the Southeast Overt2wn ark West CRA boundary. 16.12.17.2.2 Affordable/workforce using on the sit t development For each square foot of a rdable/workfo using provided on site, the development shall be allow two squ of additional buildable space. 16.12.17.3 Public Open space G For every square foot of pu pace that a project provides onsite in excess of the required amount of p the development shall be allowed 3.29 times the development city d provided. The open space may be a courtyard, plaza,destrian ss hrough a site connecting two streets, as those spaces are,4pftribed i part of the Streetscape, per the Design Standards. 16.12.17.4 Sustainabili Fifteen 15 nt ad i R capacity shall b allowed for buildings certified by the en Bisil ouncil as LEED certified. If the City adopts a sust prograr e 15% bonus for the minimum andard for the SD -16.3 M'orldcenter area shall match the City's minimum s dard for certification. cnal increments of FAR capacity provided under the program for LEED ifications at higher than the minimum standard shall be ad d to the base 15% tablished herein. (For example, if silver certification is adopte y the City as the minimum standard, with a 2% increase in floor area to go from silv to a gold, projects in the SD -16.3 Worldcenter area would receive a 15% incre e for meeting the minimum silver standard and a 17% increase for meeting a gold standard). If at the time the first Certificate of Occupancy is issued for th uilding that received a public benefits bonus for a Green Building, the anticipated ED certification has not been achieved, then the owner shall post a performance and in a form acceptable to the City of Miami. The performance bond shall be determined based on the value of land per square foot of building in the area of t City in which the proposed project is located, which may be adjusted from time to time based on market conditions. The methodology for determining the value of land per square foot of building shall be maintained in the Planning Department. The City will draw down on the bond funds if LEED certification has not been achieved and accepted by the City within one year of the City issuance of the D.12 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Certificate of Occupancy for the building. Funds that become available to the City from the forfeiture of the performance bond shall be placed in the Affordable Housing Trust Fund. 16.12.17. Streetcar Infrastructure developer in the SD 16.3 Miami Worldcenter district may select to contribute and ild the associated infrastructure for a proposed Miami streetcar syste o be pId within the district in exchange for an equivalent bonus into one t other Publ Benefits. + 16.12.18 If any secti part of section, paragraph, clause, phrase or this Ordinance is declared in lid, the remaining provisions of this Ordi all not be affected. 0 G D.13 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TABLE 1 PARKING AND LOADING This table describ the standards for Parking and Loading. Standards shall include6- wing: A Qi ANGLE OF ACC AISLE Will l: PARKING 3 feet from stall, drivevray or access aisle owable slopes,nd drainage di r street parkingies II have ONE WAY ONE WAY TWO WAY •P aon IIbe et. TRAFFIC TRAFFIC TRAFFIC "P SINGLE LOADED DOUBLE. LOAD DOUBLE LOADED •c 90 23 fl. 23 NOTES 60 12.8 ft. 11.8 ft. 1 ft. c1 45 10.8 ft. 9.5 ft. 185 LODGING From 25,000 sf to ,000 sf Berth Size Loading Berths ways shall have a .141".f et owed width for a ane -way ve and 20 feetfora trvo-w far pa mg area providing 10 or more stalls t hall be .11% idestrian ectranZIN 3 feet from stall, drivevray or access aisle owable slopes,nd drainage as per Flare. Building Code r street parkingies II have a minimum vertical clearance of 7 feet. rete so a usedby trucks or loading uses, the min lmum aon IIbe et. RESIDENTIAL` rrem 25,000 sf to 500,400 sf Berth Sizeing earths In icr�cvnVal devices shall be located so as 10 provide a minimum Parallel t0 ft. 10 ft. 20 ft. d 9y o 0 feel in length between the build -to line and dispenser. Standard 51311 Dimension: 8.5 ft. % 18 ft. minimum ' Fn raping requirements of parking lots, refer to Miami -Dade County La cape Ordinance. LOADING BERTH STANDARDS Awl NOTES RESIDENTIAL` rrem 25,000 sf to 500,400 sf Berth Sizeing earths 420 sf 1 per t 100 units each addi 0 240 sf �t; or fraction 1A 1 04 V than 500,400 sf rth Loadt Bart im 00 e *x4al 2 sf per h ditional10D or ction of 100 LODGING From 25,000 sf to ,000 sf Berth Size Loading Berths 420 sf 9 per first 360 Rooms 240 sf 7 per 100 Rooms Greater than 500,800 at Berth Size Loading Berths 660 sf 1 per 300 Rooms 240 sf 1 per 100 Rooms OFFICE From 25,000 sf to 500,600 sf Berth Size Loading Berths Area COMMERCIAL INDUSTRIAL" 420 sf 1 st 25K sf- SOK of 420 sf 2nd 50K sf - 1 OOK sf 420 sf 3rd 100K sf - 250K sf 420 sf 4th 250K sf - 500K at Greater than 500,800 sf Berth Size Loading Berths Area 660 sf 11 5DOK s4 D.14 Residential', 240 at = 12 ft x 20 ft. Commercial, 420 sf = 12 ft x 35 ft. Industrial"": 660 sf = 12 ft x 55 ft. All Berth Types: 15 ft, height clearance ' Residential Loading berths shall be setback distance equal to their length. 1 netrial berth may he substituted by 2 Com lal berths. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TABLE 2 CIVIC SPACE This table descri s the standards for Civic Space. Civic Spaces shall be at ground le aped and/or paved. Civi Spaces shall be open to the public. Civic Spaces may be publi or tely owned. , Square: An open space available for unstruct ed recreation and civic pur ses A square is spatially defined by building front es with streets on at �f frontage. Its landscape shall consist of pavem t, lawns, and tree S res L, — shall be located at the intersection of important t roughfares. 'nimum I 11 size shall be 1/8 acre. \l V ill Plaza: An open space available for civic purposes an rograit' s. A �ioo4 plaza shall be spatially defined by buildi ntages and\P,a street 41 frontages. Its landscape shall consist pri rily f pavemenPlazasshallbe located at the intersection of i streets. siz hall be 1 8 acre. %soo** Courtyard j Garden: An open p spatially ed by ildings and street walls, and visually accessibl o on id e to the s eet. O Playground: Ano spa a designed and equ ped for the recreation of children. A playground a nced and may include open shelter. Playgrounds shall be interspersed i residential areas and may be placed within a block. Playgrou a included within parks and greens. There shall be no minim ximum size. PVc Passage: An open space connecting other public space, that is ted to pedestrian use and limited vehicular access, of a minimum width of. Building walls enfronting a Pedestrian Passage shall have frequent doors it and windows. A Pedestrian Passage may be roofed, D.15 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TABLE 3 - PAGE 1 Riiiin, mr.. nicvncIIT ION This table dNFribes the standards for Building Disposition Buildin Lot Occupa i a. Lot Area b. Lot Width c. Lot Coverage 1-8 stories Above 8th story d. Floor Area Ratio (FAR) e. Frontage along build to Ii f. Ooen Space Reauiremen Building tbaco a. Buildincilf"NaCle �v ZBuildin a. Min. F b. MaxIq. 5,000 s.f. min. 100 ft. min. 80% max. See Regulating PIS 18,000 sq. ft. max. Lodging e OffiW& & Cif m jM%I 4.32 oMfg, of ulacre e eA ating Plan ft. n.; 30 ft. min. min. 2 stories Unlimited D.16 Standards shall include t: f�C� . 'ea1 )or plate for mixed use, & Residential/Office MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TABLE 3 - PAGE 2 BUILDING DISPOSITION This table descr es the standards for Building Disposition. Standards shall include �t g BUILDING PLACEMENT NTS 2 LL PARKING PLACEMEN N.T.S. e) v 4 Z O rr LL FRONTAGE b IIS SID ID BAC T-11 s G I I I IT LINER �Rwnl R �E V FRONTAGE I I I I I IG'LAIalOL1C;QR1i,A I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2P LINER BLDG. MINI I I ----------------- 1 -------- I I I C-01AN SIDE 5ETBACK 9STLAYER 2WLAYER euuo. LINE eACKOF CURB LINE Lecy D.17 3RD LAYER 9 CUI;B IN ' \YANCHITECTII StYiEEHIND LAVE PARKING 15 ALLDWED TO EXTEND INTO THE 2ND LAYERINAREASNOTED IN THE REGULATING PLEA f,.—C VIN SIDE SEI &4C+ i LAT _.NE MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TVS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. D.18 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED MIAMI WORLDCENTER ` DEVELOPM ENT STAN DARD O G AUGUST 22, 2008 D.19 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 ` SUBSTITUTED IVIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. D.20 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED I. Introduction 11. Regulatory Plan 111. Street Design TABLE OF CONTENTS •� a_ Street System 6. Streets L NE IstAvenue ii. N E 2nd Avenue iii. N. Miami Avenue iv. NE 6th Street Y. NE 7th Stree \ V i. NE 8th Str� vii. NE th viii. NE 1 1 St t c. Red Walkway e.—ryEic n f. 17PPral5 Typical A Streetsc )Des i gnJa r �uslMass and Form "Iding Continuity d.rchitectural Scaling Elements e. Building Materials and Finishes f. Building Entries g. Fenestration h. Roofs i. Services and Utilities j. Lighting k_ Awnings and Canopies L Balconies and Terraces m. Signage n. Parking D.21 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diagr s and Illustrations location of t Miami Worldcenter site Arta C—tta, jL fIF ParF �r _qnt-,:_ O i — . • �4i Ameriesn � - €xi�rir� Airli�s I Arena it �1f f Arena 167 SU*U. _ GcvQrnmeno o f 70Dgn� 9uiicrings ' D.22 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED INTRODUCTION OVERVIEW The Miami Worldcenter is a nine block mixed-use development immediatel or of the Central Business District in downtown Miami. Itis defined by NE 2� t east, North Miami Avenue to the west, NE l lth Street to the norti�a` E et to the south. Spanning over twenty five acres, the Miami Worldcenterinclu s n lc mix of retail, residential, office, and institutional uses. It will create a r a kable pedestrian environmentwith aunique senseofplace:amodernde ' s e entdrivenbyMlami's unique physical context, culture, and architectural he INTENT T Miami Worldcenter design standa will es blish appropriate standards for the desi of streets, public spaces, and b i s within the SD -16.3 Special District area. These sign standards expand o e rements identified in Section 627.1 and shall be c sldered minimum r ire n s for all new development. O G CONCEPTUAL RENDERING Artist rendering of projects looking north on lst enueI,,Iq AIIII 5ip D.23 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diag ms and Illustrations re ating plan °°J 11 Block B 4 ' TT �✓ c iL3 C:1 1 87L -flu lld•to LIno 9C L - Back. of Cueb u n e Block H BlockA C Block F ■ -open Space - &rased Parking Gauge Ptrm ilted with i' And,imttw al Strom D.24 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED OVERVIEW TENT REGULATING PLAN The Miami Worldcenter project was guided by the goal of establishing a rn mar e, pedestrian di strict with a strong I ntegrated publ ic realm. This incl udesan- t system of well-defined streets, plazas, and pedestrian spaces t!i s climate. The regulating plan for Miami Worldcenterdefines the si ❑ i ration, and dimension of the public realm within the site area_ This include alor civic spaces, publicly accessible sidewalks, paseos, and a new pede a n t. The regulating plan also defines building setback requirements, loci ❑sed parking garages, and the verall street dimensions for the projec area. O G D.25 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TVS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. D.26 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED STREET DESIGN D.27 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diadkirns and Illustrations street clan i Qt the Miami Worldcenter site 1 - El L Ll -1 YLI �4� 002 71 �� guL }I 6 Dist is ; 1 Q 1 1 s 1 1 1 1 1 1 1j 1 1 Center 1 1 1 ----- - - ---- --� m 1 1 l 1 1 1 American 1 Airlines Arena �tre�l ----1 ---Z ------'1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lei 1 1 47 77ri Covernment Streets •••••••• Pedestrian D.28 Miami Dade — College MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED STREET SYSTEM OVERVIEW A unified street system with a clear hierarchy has been developed at Miami W Idc r. Narrow streets (many with arcades) set the stage for larger, more signif£rli 1 st Avenue. Each Street will have a distinct personality and functiI rea ge of experiences. This will include variation in scale, enclosure, ma 'a I alk width, and retail character. ` \1st Designated as the most prominent street ' center, it will include the greatest streetwall height and street corrido 'd NE 2nd Avenue ajor gateway street defined by the a ted Me movertrain and intense residential de opment along the east side o t treet near Biscayne Boulevard. Major impr ements havebeen propos th etromover to improve the pedestrian experie and to encourage tr sit ership. An alternative design has also been included 2nd Avenue. N. Miami Avenue A major north uth d gateway street providing linkages to the Central Business Distric d t 0 1 Neighborhood. NE 6th Street Arcaded or connection to the Miami Dade College and the Central Business Is N E 5th Street w/ FEC Optional de or 5th 5 n des a relocated FEC train line. This will include a tvt-of-way toff fo a estri an, vehicular, and train access. N E 7th Street P flan -only ee vi%Intense ail and restaurant activity modeled after Lincoln 1111W.0 in Mia ch V NE St St Arcaded it s e ith a strong conned to the American Airlines Arena and the Bisc w erf Street rca re it street with a strong connection to t Biscayne waterfront. E 10th Street 100' wide tree -lined boulevard that provides a major a t -west linkage between the Overtown Neighborhood and Bicentennial Park. NE 11th Street Mixed-use street with a focus on night club/ entertainment uses. PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS These include a diagonal walkway at the southern portion of the site an a series of pedestrian pathways called paseos- The diagonal walkway has been design a major pedestrian corridor between NE 5th Street/ Biscyane Boulevard and the new civ laza. Paseos will generally run north -south and will provide additional pedestrian ess through development blocks. D.29 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diag\Ave-e lustrations N E 1 l I I Non -habitable I I Level 8 I I ______ 10' Req I Setba,lcl Level 7 Level 6 Leve15 Leeel4 Level 3 Leve12 Re­loraher alive use street section (looking north z 'q+�: plan /I I portion o(bu'ild'inga bove meetwi1 may proje¢badc to the ---11 (or up to 2595 tithe buil di ng(ror¢age Podium z 1 29' I I I I 110' Re Setb Streetwall 95' O _ G r 6;0 i 11 � m 11 m Ili SII 1 I I i' Proposed Ba00"u,Llne BC 119' Street!Corridor V D.30 Build -to Line ( BTL) MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED OVERVIEW \10N Street Corridor Streetwall Tower Setback Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes/ ing !SP edian mi Streetcar 5iintersection Design EXAM PLE Iq Allll Champs Elysees, Paris NE 1STAVENUE lst Avenue is considered the most prominent street at Miami Worldcertr. is the primary retail corridor within the project area with connections Central Business District and the Omni Neighborhood. This stmt be s ed to accommodate a variety of transportation modes, including e ed Miami Streetcar. Precedents for 1st Avenue, with regard to it's urban ro e e, and spirit, include Champs Elysees in Paris, North Michigan Avenue in h o rd 5th Avenue in New York City. 59'-6" from center line of street �V \�id&tion ee Regulating Plan) eight shall be 85' (mi�iJJInnlmmm\ 95' (maximum). A 10' setback shall be hetopofthestreetw�� setback requir podium level. The portion ofthe buildingabove a ay projec ac c street wall for up to 25% ofthe overall buildingJ 129' maximum h 'Wr stories max) 20'minin��l�ti a minimum clear zone forADAaccessibility. Street trees shat e pla ed at reg int Is. Street light poles shall be located at regular intervalsand Ibecoo it heplacementofstreettrees.Alightingplan and spion shall be s b itte approved by Class II Special Permit. Fo ion la s o each dire 'on) parking I e all cluded on each ' e of the street. Curb extensions shall be required I st e ' tersections. A rte ter median shall be included. T median may include lighting and rou to rant plant material. Pro ed MiamiStreetcarshallbelocatedononeofthe rthboundtraTclanes. Each transit stop shall be subject to City and State design r uirements. Raised intersections and/orenhanced paving materials may be ized for sidewalk and roadway areas to improve the pedestrian experience. D.31 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diaa%nns and Illustrations N E 2nd Ave e TPwe, Nay. 129 ___ raon-habl3abk___ telel B Leeel 7 1. 1 6 teas ----------------------- Rot""' lands[' k above Metro Mover Level4 (HNght to be&wm, by county) Parking4 — r_______'___'_ Parking 3 I I I Panting 7 I iklinF1'I -,I I _ I I I I I streetsection (looking north) key plan I I I I I I I I I I I otentia BuildToLine Retail Arcade I j (see Regula E#en Sion Play I II wl I m II i I I I I I ❑I I I I I i i I I I I -- I I I I plan I 37' Pro osed BCL i' 60' Centerline to BTL L D.32 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED OVERVIEW \RIPTION Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking Median' Miami MetrAver 6��Jign EXAM PLE 1 i des Arts project in Paris an abandoned viaduct into a ve estrian space with retail at the Iq round level and a linear park above. NE 2ND AVENUE 2nd Avenue is one of the gateway streets at Miami Worldcenter. It is heavily flue d by the presence of the Miami Metromover and a series of existing high t the east side of the street. Precedents for 2nd Avenue include VladRa � ris and the 59th Street Bridge in New York City 60' from center Iine of strut (note: build -to line varies a s' a of street). 107' 6" minimum width, excluding Metrom0 - F Regulating Plan] treetwalI height shall be 90' (minimum_) to 11 aximum). A 5' projection is allowed floors above the deck for bay windo nd ba nies. 129' ximurn height (8 liner star' 12'-0" mi um arcade wid 'ng a 5' minimum clear zone for ADA accessibility. Curb extens s shall be I cat a each driveway or intersection and may include street trees an ther I erial. Street light poles on the west side of the street shall be located hin rb tensions or attached to the building. A lighting plan and specification shal ed and approved by Class I I Special Permit. Three vehCee be i ed. One rking shall b o he west side of the street. Curb extensions shall I e q d at all driv a an ree intersections. Yinn shall lu ossible I ro me o Metromove etween NE 6th Street and NE 11th Street may incl a w Cade, retail space, fa de enhancement, and a green roof. Any imp r is t e Metramover shall be ject to City, County, and State design req re t nc aving materials may be utilized for side k and roadway areas to improve the estrian experience. D.33 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diagl and Illustrations - Optional design for 2nd Avenue N E 2nd Ave e (Alternate) :r k.np x Vahmg 3 miry 1 street section (looking north) 7 I I I � I I I I I I I BTL I I ij� I I I I I o I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I plan I �, 42' Prop sed BCL 60' Centerline to BTL D.34 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED OVERVIEW DES IPTION Build- Line Street Corri Streetwall Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking ed ian Miami Met mo me ction Design EXAMPLE nes d other landscape material can used to im prove the appearance of the Metromover. NE 2ND AVENUE [ALTERNATE 2nd Avenue is one ofthe gateway streets at Miami Worldcenter. It is heavily i flue d by the presence ofthe Miami Metromover and a series of existing hi on the east side ofthe street. This alternate design for 2nd Ave, i I de i ' al changes the existing Metrom over. 60' from centerIIneofstreet (note:build-to line varies�a s' eofstreet). 107' 6" width - varies (see Regulating Plan) vall height shall be 90' (minim top of the streetwall. A 5' pi ,for baywindows and balconie 129' maxum height (8 liner 41 to 11 maximum). A 10' setback is required kon is a wed on floors above the streetwall 12'-0"minim arcadewi in Jrnga 5' minimum clear zone for ADA accessibility. Curb extensions hall at each driveway or intersection and may include street trees and of �nli material. Street light poles on the west side ofthe street shall be located xtensions or attached to the building. A lighting plan and specificatispal itted and approved by Class I I Special Permit. Threeveh7Trar la/es shall On ing lane shall e clu the west side ofthe street. Curb extensions shall beDouir at all drive s intersections. tian s I i lu This alter ive r 2nd Avenue does not clude any major changes to the existing Metr v Im ementsmayincludelandsc ing,lighting,andotherenhancements. Any mp e ents to Metromover shall be subl to City, County, and State design q urn ergs. Enh ed/paving materials may be utilized for sidewalk d roadway areas to improve the pedestrian experience. D.35 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diag ms and Illustrations N. Miami nue 1 I 1 �M..S 1 I NoL�ry RmYle 1 I 1 1 1 1 , Ir. I Fawrc D—kp—t i I I_______________, 1 I ti� 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 street section (looking north) K �L�I key plan plan i i it I m i o � Ii CL D.36 ATL, MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED N. IIIAIAMI AVENUE OVERVIEW North Miami Avenue is one of the gateway streets at Miami Worldeenter. I wil ve a mix of residential, retail and office uses and will include a lower st t that helps transition to the primarily residential neighborhood tis include streets in Barcelona and Madison Avenue in New York CI ` DE RIPTION Bili o Line 50' from center line of street (note build•to line varies e of street. Street Corr r 100' width - varies (see Regulating Plan) Streetwall treet wall height shall be 72' (minimum) to ' (maximum). A 10' setback shall be uired at the top of the streetwall. proj ion is allowed for balconies above str twall height. Tower Setback No ad 'oval setback required$�heium level. The portion ofthe building above theste all may projectet wall for up to 25% of the overall building frontage. Podium 129' maximum h ht lin stories max) Sidewalk 15' mini i r uding a 5' minimum clear zone for ADA accessibility. Street trees sh b e a gul rvals. Street light poles shall be located at regular intervals a sha e coor a d the placement of street trees. A lighting plan and specification I be sub d proved by Class II Special Permit. hicular Lanes Fo':!: eh lar lanes sh b d_ arkingirking la II i ded on e h side of the street. Curb extensions shall be required at ew d street inters ions. d pl d nt ediashall 6e include The dro ht e nt plant maa teria[. s Design ed rsections and/or enhanced paving materi, roa y areas to improve the pedestrian experience. EXAM PLE Barcelona, Spain _ . AO Ve D.37 median may include lighting and maybe utilized for sidewalk and M MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED uiags ana musirauons N E 6th 5tre street section (looking west) W� Qte, m m m I I I sI i n 34' Pro ed BCLyl plan 42'6" Center line to 6TL CE D.38 FEC Easement FEC setback profile (n.t. s.) block sec- tion from 6th to 7th key plan MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED OVERVIEW DESNIPTION Build -toe Street Corridor Streetwal I Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking edian Intersectio as XAMPLE ci i lace, Seattle 49 All NE 6TH STREET NE 6th Street is one ofthe arcaded streets at Miami Worldcenter. This street h a S9 connection to Miami Dade College and the Central Business District. u e office, commercial, residential and educational uses. One of thsdtn is used is Pacific Place in Seattle. ` 42'-6" from center line of street note: build -to line v e sauth side of street . 85' width varies (see Regulating Plan). St t wall height shall be 72' (minimu to 85' aximum). A 15' projection from the buil line shall be required up to t to f the streetwall. A 5' projection from the build -t lne is allowed for balccnle� e etwall height. 129' maxim height (8 15' minimum a dePp. �i ing a 5' minimum clear zone for ADA accessibility. Street light poles o tside ofthe street shall be located within curb extensions or attached to thA lighting plan and specification shall be submitted and app roved��las ermit. Three vehirTar lalcs shall 3%Acl u Part1karking may bltt To g the north side of the street between trees. Curb ex7%�io7Wshall be rFqL%F7W4jJ.Jd%Fways, street intersections, and crosswalk areas. Z EnhanceNuTvintrlals may be utilized sidewalk and roadway areas to improve the Fest n rience. D.39 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED uiag\Str na musirauons N E 6t(FEC Alignment Option) fY street section (looking west) plan dA1 Podum rte, �e off�e�aa�f Pro�,�o� ma,.ss� _ _ _ MM FEC Easement e FEC setback profile (n.t. s.) block sec- tion from 6th to 7th key plan MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 OVERVIEW SCR PTIO N B d•to Line Strad dor Streetwa Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes FEC Track Parking ediar Intersection es KAMPLE Avingud Jag al, Barcelona SUBSTITUTED NE 6TH STREET (FECALIGNMENTOPTION N E 6th Street is one of the arcaded streets at Miami Worldcenter. This optio al d ' n inc ludes arelocated FEC train line within the street corridor. It also incl� o along the north side of the street. 42'-6" from center line of street (note: build -to line variess -i side of street). 85' width -varies [see Regulating Plan). ��(�/� Streetwall height shall be 72' (minimum) tRtoe m). A 15' projection from the uild-to line shall be required up to the totreetwall. A 5' projection from the ild-to line is allowed for balconies ab II height. 129' ximum height [8 linerstor' 15' mini arcade width ' a 5' minimum clear zone for ADA accessibility. Street light es on the no h sJ o the street shall be located within curb extensions or attached to e bull ting plan and specification shall be submitted and approved by Clas I S tial ermit. Two standadllve nes and one local vehicular lane shall be included. One trackTne d0red bvArated 1%dian on the north side. P E nF the warking may do, mit along the north side of the street. Curb extensions ired at all 'v eet intersections, and crosswalk areas. coed' all e vin erials st n rience. ated on th orth side of the proposed FEC track. may be utilize r sidewalk and roadway areas to improve l SIL �a 1 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diag s and Illustrations NE 7th Stre I I -rower I I I I Non -habitable o ml porion of building above stmelwaII may project back to th eetwall forup to 25% ofthe bollding frontage Levore Levo 7 is m Levo s ' i - --Level s --- - ------- Level 4 Lead s j S Leve! 2 � •sN;b ------------------- J Rstail 9r Othl. street section (looking east) ' 0) ca� 2one * 7-O 25% of 4—tage may be red—d to C7C7 � CI -7 I n A n �R+ � n A n. IL 95' St eedCor -do T plan CL D.42 Build -To Lin key plan MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED NE 7TH STREET OVERVIEW NE 7th Street has been designated as a pedestrian-onlystreet. ItwillInc Iude des n - oriented activities such as cafe seating. Precedents include Lincoln Roa a Place Horloge in Avignon, France. 1 RIPTIO N Bui o Line 47'-6" from center line of street Street Cor or 95'width (see Regulating Plan] Streetwall Streetwall height shall be 75' (minimum] to J. However, up to 25%ofthe eetwall frontage may be reduced to 54' In he t. A5' projection is allowed on upper Flo s within the streetwall height for b windo and balconies. A 10' setback shall be r fired at the top of the streetwal n n additional la' setback shall be required betwee he top of the streetwaI ium level (see section). A 5' display case pr ctio perm itted along th ro evel frontage. A 5' projection from the bul Id - to line is all ed for balconi�j streetwall height. Podium 1129' maximum Sidewalk The sidewalk 5' minimu� public art promote a a and annrovO Vehicular Lanes arki ng e In ersesign ' EXAMPLE The de ' n 7t Street was inspired by cafesuch as Lincoln Road In Miami. m ax] nd the full width of the street corridor and shall include a e rAAaccessibility. Fountains, landscaping, outdoor seating, IF de'a ties shall be included within the sidewalk zone to �estriai a. 1 -ting plan and specification shall be submitted 3 1 r Mei a r?P112' clear lane\pavirg�ma ed service. No medi al e' luded. Rai d 1 s tions and/or enhanmaybe utilized for sidewalk and Loa ars to improve the pede D.43 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Dia 'ms and Illustrations N E 8th 5tr Tourer N onhabitabl Level 8 Level 7 -- Level 6 Level S 14 5' min. balconie habitable reside Leve13 spaces Leve12 Retail or Other A ive Jse 15'Req. Project 1 21 a 15' Req. Projeo Su'eetwall rq� I', I I w 43' Pro o I d 6CL So' Street Corridor plan req. projection upto s[reetwa h ei Aht street section (lookingeast) Safety Strip � Planting � Area �TypicalCurb Extension 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 _ key p Ian MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED OVERVIEW \SCRIPTION Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking Median Intersection ign �NO Icony FXAMPLE ArcaP e Rivoli illustrating cellent proportions Paris, France NE STH STREET NF 8th Street is oneofthearcaded streets at Miami Worldcenter. Itwillinclud to 've ground level retail uses and a strong sense ofenclosure. Precedents;�/I� streets in France, Rome, and Bologna. 40' from center line of street 80' width (see Regulating Plan) Street wall height shall be 50' (minimum) t�m}. A15' projection from the uild-to line shall be required up to the top of�estreetwall. A 5' projection from the ild-to line is allowed for balconies ab*1%LstrPet1kll height. 129'%ximum height (8 liner sto 15' minim arcade width i 1�a 5' minimum clear zone for ADA accessibility. A 12"storefro rojectionm bea wed withinthearcade.Street lights shall beattached to the building ocat t rb extensions. A lighting plan and specification shall be subm fitted an p ed Class Special Permit. Twovehic an be included. A parking e s II be In�bsp�tion ch side of the street. Curb extensions shall be equired ata vewaya s. A�tyrip shall be i the center ofstreet. The safety strip shall include ;ai?ed ing m er a shall be sh with the rest ofthestreet. inte ect ns orenhanced p a ' g materials maybe utilized for sidewalk and oadway %e s t lrryrove the pedestrian Hance. AS alc�'a requiredforanyhabitableresidelspace located within the streetwall Corti of e building. D.45 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diags and Illustrations N E 9th 5tre Toyer _____ Non habitable Level 8 -----Level 7 -- Level 6 Um RMIR Sveenva 11 Level 4 5' min. balconies req. habitable residential Leve13 spaces Retail or Other A ive u" 1111111I -7G�1 street section (looking east) I I Fr I I 1 1 I W i1 43' Pro o I d BCL So' Street Corridor plan ll� reqprojection upm street wa I1 h ei Fht Planting Area �TypicaICurt) Extension a __—___________I 1 1 1 1 � 1 1 1 1 key plan MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED OVERVIEW RIPTION 8ui to Line Street Co or Streetwell Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking Median Intersection ign �lcany KEXAMPLE n Florence, Italy. NE 9TH STREET NE 9th Street is one of the arcaded streets at Miami Worldcenter. It will ncl a extensive ground level retail uses and a strong sense of enclosure. Pr e arcaded streets in France, Rome, and Bologna. 40' from center line of street 80' width (see Regulating Plan) Street wall height shall be 59' (minimum) t mj. A 15' projection from the Id -to line shall be required up to the top o c streetwall. A 5' projection from the b -to line is allowed for balconies ab street it height. 129' m "mum height [8 liner star' 15' minimu arcade width i a 'minimum clear zone for ADA accessibility. A 12" storefront ejection m be dwithin the arcade. Street lights shall be attached to the building o ocat I i rb extensions. A lighting plan and specification shall be submitted an rf&ed ly Class it Special Permit. Two A parking'11-ne sLO11 be i required at a %way a 7Msed it roadway IA included. side of the street- Curb extensions shall be tions. W40t a cerrcer of street. The safety strip shall include shall be h with the rest of the street. 5r enhanced pave materials maybe utilized for sidewalk and the pedestrian ex cncc. required for any habitable re D.47 space located within the streetwall MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diag ms and Illustrations N E 10th 5t To er Podium UT I . -- I Non habitable I\ I ` ' poni notbuildng above I ' st wall may projen bad�[o the I Levele nree Il for up to 25% o(the bu'ild'in Dotage I eq. --- Setbadt I Setbadt Level 7 Streetwall ax 95' min. 85' Level 6 L-15 Level 4 Level 3 fi L-12 Retail or other I � � � � Aa'ive IJ se M ■ street section (looking east) I � I II( ni III I I BTL IL plan I 65' Probosed BCL - 100' Street Corridor r--------------1 i 1 i 1 J 1 I 1 1 I 1 I 1 key plan MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED OVERVIEW \d-to Tower Setback Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking e Z�ee5ign EXAMPLE Gt Santana Row, San Jose, CA NE 10TH STREET NE 10th Street has been designed as a green boulevard with astrong con cti to Bicentennial Park and the Overtown Neighborhood. Precedents for 10th u e Park Avenue in New York City and Santana Row in San Jose, CA. ♦ �. 50' from center line ofstreet 100' width (see Regulating Plan) Streetwall height shall be 85' (minimum) 5' um). A 10' setback shall be e'u'red at thevtoptrofthe streetwaII. A 5' proje n from the build -to line is allowed for conies aboe seetw.11 height. No a ition.1 setback required at i level. The portion of the building above the stre wall may project back th treetwall for up to 25% of the overall building frontage a ng N. Miami Aver 129' maximumXeight ^ Wes max) 15' minimum wi lig a 5' minimum clear zone for ADA accessibility. Street trees shall la regular intervals. Street light poles shall be located at regular intervals d o ina ththeplacement ofstreet trees. Alighting plan and specificatio sha e sub t an proved by Class 11 Special Permit. Fo cular lanes s I e in e . r g lane s luded o ach side of the street. Curb extensions shall be ►re ired at allstr t er tions. A plante e`hte an shall be included. e median may include lighting, public art, and g tol t plant material. ais me ections and/or enhanced paving mat Is maybe utilized for sidewalk and wa eas to improve the pedestrian experience. XM MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diag s and Illustrations NE 11th 5t t T- Podium — 129' Non=ha bits bl=--- ` Leve18 Level? lo' Req. Setba Ic -- Streetwall Level6 70' Level 5� q P D.50 key plan MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED OVERVIEW D RIPTI1N BuI to Line Street Cor or Streetwal Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking Median Intersection esign �qMPLE Entert `I tail Street `L�5 Angeles, CA NE 11TH STREET NE 11th Street has been conceived as a lively entertainment street wit a of resldential,offlceand retail uses. It will include space foroutdoorcafes t r t level activities. �` 37'-6" from center line of street (note: build -to line varies s e of street). 75' width varies (see Regulating Plan). Streetwall height shall be 70' (minimum) 0' um). A 10' setback shall be quired at the top ofthestreetwall. AS' proje n from the build -to line is allowed for b ries above streetwall height. IIIIIII 129' mXmum height (81inersto 15' minimu width includl inimum clear zone for ADA accessibility. Street trees shall be nted at re lar e als. Street light poles shall be located at regular inte vals and sh be c �ith the placement of street t ees. Alighting plan and SIP shall seltkd and approved by Class II Special Permit. Two vehicuWlanWh]kbe included. A park! rgT�e s II be 1 required ata et lnte inters is d� nhanced p ya st imp the pedestrian \` D.51 h side of the street. Curb extensions shall be materials may be utilized for sidewalk and !rience. 4 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TED Diag ms and Illustrations Pedestrian agonal Tower I Non habiwble -Level S -- Level 7 -Level6 --- Leve15 10 min. Level 4 Level 3 Level 2 Retail or Other Ad., UJ _ street section (looking northwest) v L J —7 I I I L—JI F 7 I I I I I I L—J F-7 I I I I I L—J r-7 plan CL 1 D.52 IPotential Developmen �I A MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED OVERVIEW SCR IPTION Build- ine Street Corrid Streetwall Podium Sidewalk Vehicular Lanes Parking) !an Interse� XAM PLE S tir Promenade, Monica, CA PEDESTRIAN DIAGONAL The Pedestrian Diagonal is a mid -block pedestrian walkway that provides an po nt linkage between NF 6th Street and the major civic plaza at Miami Woo s Pedestrian walkway also provides a critical visual linkage and P*V vi e proposed iconic toweron Block B. Precedents include Lincoln Ro it i,Xintiandi in Shanghai, and 3rd Street Promenade in Santa Monica, CA. ` 37'-6"' from center line of street 75 width (see Regulating Plan) eetwall height on the west side o e diag al shall be 70' (minimum) to 80' (m imum) and the streetwall height n east side shall be 38' (minimum) to 80' (max um). A 10' setback sh1 b 're t the top ofthe streetwall on both sides. (see se ' n). 129' maxim height (81in r sto es max) The sidewalk zo sha ext d the full width of the street corridor and shall include a 5' minimum clear Aaccessibility. Fountains, landscaping, outdoor seating, public art t strian amenities shall be included within the sidewalk zone to promote e ian lighting plan and specification shall be submitted and appro by ass II c Pe t. IN &` e o median a e ed. Rais to ect an enhancedpavin roa ay to improve the pedestrian ex D.53 Is may be utilized for sidewalk and MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED iagX-ns and Illustrations Paseo Parking Parking Service street section (looking nort plan Em Parking Parking Parking Parking Parking ow 0 30' min. D.54 i_ -------------- I Parki I I I I — 30' min. P ng ! — — — — — — —' 1 I 1 I I 1 oss ible pas eo locations D.54 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED PASEO OVERVIEW Paseos are internal passages that provide mid -block connections for p est s. Paseos will be included for most blocks and will be designed to accomm i g and other pedestrian activities. The width of paseos will lncrea,l! t4�e�o ch block to create small pocket parks or plazas. DESCRIPT N 20' minimum widthbulldin building) ( g tog] 30' minimum height (1-2 stories) exceptwh v bridges span betweenbullding els. A vehicular bridge must havelear of 15' measured from the sidewalk Ex M Cafe seating inside double- v t a Row The wi of each paseo shall beial d Sng street frontages to create usable plaza areas tha can accommodate do seating and other pedestrian activities. The minimum enslons fore shall be 30' wide by 30' deep. No vehicular ac s s e fitted within paseos, except limited loading approved by Class II Special r 't. Lighting s e u within each paseo and shall be designed for an average of 1.0 foot- n i nta a tically, as measured 6'-0" above ground, and shall maintain 4a'?7 itratio to ed 5:1 (note: these numbers are in accordance with the IIIu tion En o tyofNorthAmerica Handbook,NinthEdition) Re us shall be encs r o all paseos. D.55 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diaiz'kms and Illustrations ems; IMM, 2M. ,v C' D.56 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TED ❑VERVI EW DESCRY EXAM PLEA S eatt WA TYPICAL INTERSECTION Each street intersection at Miami Worldcenter will be designed to create a p des n - friendly environment. Curb extensions will be utilized to protect p minimize crossing distances. Enhanced paving materials and 1�is int a ns will be utilized to further improve the pedestrian environment. terials are en co u ra ge d. MiniMize curb radiustomin imize pedestrian crossin d ceand reduce automobile P e speed (approximately 25'radius). Curb extensions at intersections and seeded rNlock crossing zones MNum 15' wide sidewalk dimens n h 10' clear pedestrian zone (see typical side k detail] / O G 1% D.57 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diagr s and Illustrations r� C v 0 L 5 Q�� rr-0 Plzn D.58 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TYPICAL RAISED INTERSECTION OVERVIEW Each street intersection at Miami Worldcerter will be designed to create a des ' n - friendly environment. Curb extensions will be utilized to protect p a minimize crossing distances. Enhanced paving materials and �Als int e ns will be utilized to further improve the pedestrian environment. A teriais are encouraged. DES CRI\PT1 Minimize curb radius to minimizeP edestrian crossin c/nd reduce automobile speed (approximately 25' radius). rb extensions at intersections and selected -block crossing zones. Mini um 15' wide sidewalk dimers n h 10' clear pedestrian zone (see typical sidewa detail) Minimum 5' tree pit ope y include tree grate) G EXAM PLE D.59 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diag'kms and Illustrations - Typical Nan -Arcade 5i Cuff ccs Residential Office/ sidcntial Retail section 'an Ver Parking) Lane Zone 11 r I4` 10" min, I I o I L I I I �l�• I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I plan • MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED OVERVIEW GuI E)l Es Qte, TYPICAL SIDEWALK Sidewalks at Miami Worldcenter will be designed to facilitate ground leveO)g 's that will include shopping, entertainment, and cafe seating. A unified s� materialswill be utilized forthe sidewalks at Miami Worldcenter. Minimum sidewalk dimension shall be 15' from insid o curb to building face. Minimum 10'wide pedestrian zone shall b�gthe building perimeter nlmum 5' verge shall be located be n the pedestrian zone and the inside edge of th urb. This area may include stre ca furniture, newspaper boxes, light fixtures, and er streetscape elements. ♦` Curb mat 'al and design she �or improve City of Miami design standard Sidewalk shall vide n 5' clear zone to meet ADA requirements. Sidewalk handlca all meet ADAslope requirements. Outdoor ear ' ted sidewalks provided that a minimum 5' clear zone is include . w -y s D.61 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED lag Qty s and Illustrations - Typica section 15' min. clear a°e) plan NO min. D.62 Driving Lane lamp fixture on column MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TYPICAL ARCADE OVERV I EW Arcades are an important part of the integrated public realm plan at Miami W I d c r. The design of each arcade will include protection from the elements a wind) with proportions that provide a human scale. GU I DE\IS Minimum clear height of 15' from sidewalk to ceiling e - Minim urn 15' depth with a minimum clear z m inside of column to building Hei to width ratio shall be betwe and 1:1 with a target ratio of 1.5:1 (see diagra below). Lighting sh be provided i h arcade to provide adequate illumination for the ground level a within th arc e. Uplighting is encouraged. Exterior light fixtures shall be attache th the arcade (free standing light poles are discouraged along arcaded stye Floor to c - gl encouraged for retail businesses along arcaded streets. A ARCADE C11; R ON5 and 1 :T ❑G :r. 1.5:1 Ratio D.63 depth 1:1 Ratio ;OO" IL r • MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED OVERVIEW GUIOENNES E Movableseat'i rellas I,, STREET FURNITURE Street furniture will bean important design component for the public realm t nl Worldcenter. Street furniture shall include: benches, bicycle racks, tr� newspaper boxes, bollards, signage, transit shelters, and kiosks. �` Trash receptacles shall be provided at a minimum of rvaIs. P Benches and tables shall be located In hig d i olume areas. Movable tables r dall be preferred over stationary fu ure. shall be provided at int a f no more than 600' on both sides of NE N. Miami Avenue, N t tr , and NE 11th Street. Additional bicycle e located near trans' to s. Greaterspacing shall be allowed by Class II it. All newspaper C��lidated into a unified newspaper receptacle system D.65 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED TVS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. IM MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED DESIGN STANDARDS D.67 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED STITUTED QiagrVs and Illustrations Build -To -Req ' ements (nc8 to scale] FRONTAGE m -- ---- — I I I � , I I I I it - 4 I � I ¢ 1 I J � Build -To -Requirements for Above Grade Parking (not to scale) ,we FR AGE Or_�7i ;1 of yew W4+OIiHFn t.� � rraccuur;oarca 'ANNUISAUDMOTO � L&WEA N u�saot&o nnH-FM uunhn I r I I I I I I � I 29 "Mm � ----------------- IIII d e'Hq soe x i -MI�SgC—BEIMQIC [OTh IVW%T&t VOV*A gaLAM I uen-mtre mm MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED INTENT STAN ARDS EXAM PLE' Lincoln Road, ' mi BUILD -To REQUIREMENTS • Establish streets with a strong sense of enclosure and spatial definition to rea the sense of the street as a "place" or "outdoor roam." • Concentrate and reinforce pedestrian activity. At least 70% of building fa adc should be builtaion dished build -to line see Regulating Plan). arking structures along NE 1st Avenue, NE Street, NE 7th Street, NE 10th Street 11 be located at least 25' from the bu�te line ee regulating plan]. Parki structures along N. Mia �qI 2nd Avenue, NE 8th Street, NE 9th Street, d NE 11th Street may a1140 the build -to line for a portion of the street frontage a Regulating PI act locations] if a 2' architectural screening layer s provided. his layer shal incl a architectural elements that efFectively screen cars, lighting, garag eiling dges. The design ofthe architectural screening layer shall complernen he terallbuilding design while creating a sense of occupied space. Setbacks n rcial and mixed-use areas should be utilized primarily to aceomm at u 'c us�b IS MW MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER n1101 It% LICA InI kit% @Cnf%KJr% InIf AY11\I^ IIAAA D.70 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED INTENT STAN DX STREET PROPORTIONS 1:2 and 1.5:1 Iq Aii BuI LDS NG MASS AND FORM • Encourage human -scaled design. • Provide adequate light a • Provide adequate light and air. The base level building height ht aloeg street front@ s Il'be a minm imuof two stories. e average street corridor proportion on a bl by block basis shall have a minimum he t to width ratio of 1" and a ma um hei t to width ratio of 1.5:1 ]note: the stre all is defined as the total Neigh building face up to the first setback] Buildings ould provide a rela' eiy i orm street wall height (not generally varying more than a or two storie street frontages in order to provide structure and continuity to street. Bay windows and 'I g jections may extend beyond the build -to -line to provide visual interest an a ale to the streetscape. To the gr��r rpn !e eight of buildings should be limited on the south SIC of the ree orthern to each block). This will maximize the amount of solar expose r the sir rr nding buildings. ]e= 1:2 Ratio Minimum D.71 uding fagade step backs, notches, projections, ng m e streetwall h ht and setback at building comers to allow For the first 5 of each street frontage, the height and e adjoining street be used. 1.5:1 Ratio Maximum MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Qty and Illustrations n IFF -�FI T�Ir�Ii r D.72 Ali 1 rr� r• '- ■i �� ��rr rr ■r '' � ��� or FIFI if 35 reet, Cambridge, MA MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED BUILDING CONTINUITY INTENT To establish a high standard of excellence In building design. • To develop a district with a distinct sense of place. • To avoid the development of streets with varying levels of deslu� STAND D5 All sides of structureshe ll becontinuous in desi n. es all beunim roved. All architectural details (including roof lines, cor ' s, P n ets) shall contlnuearound all sides ofa structure. h quality materials shall be used on sides o structure. O G EXAMPLE Peninsula Hotel N. Michigan Ave, Chicago rte. ' a �f lir: lia , LL W W LU f. D.73 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Exa Lumina Building, London D.74 France MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED INTENT STA N DA EXA LE San Di o, Balconies incorporated in M doves(2 � ARCHITECTURAL SCALING ELEMENTS • To avoid large areas of undifferentiated or blank building facades. To create a comfortably scaled and thoughtfully detailedpedestrian e through the use ofwell-designed architectural forms and details! • To create building facades thattakeadvantage ofMiami'ssun c oreinforce changes in plane, material texture, and detail through the int ht and shadow. Architectural scalingelements should be used to Lr k the appearance of large PP g buildingfacades into architectural patterns o p uildingforms. Variation in building scaling may include changes in wa la fight and may relate to primary ilding entries, important corners or other si icant architectural features. Scali elements should be integral t e ilding form and construction, not athinly applie rade. Architectur etail maytela no necessarily mimic traditional building details, such as phast and belt c se to establish a human -scale vocabulary. Balconies and terr e re ongly encouraged for residential uses. These elements shall be incorpor t rtical and horizontal shifts and building massing wherever possible. w D.75 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Exarftles D.76 �y MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED INTENT STAN DDXRDS E Quality building Ve dfor storefron P France 049 Ao BUILDING MATERIALS AND FINISHES • To encourage human scaled buildings through the use of smaller material o S. • To ensure the consistent use of high quality materials appropriate to r environment. • To promotethe use of environmentally responsible building All buildingmaterials to be used should express hel i ' pr erties. For P �P Pexample, heavier more permanent materials (masonry) II rt lighter materials (stucco and glass). ildingmaterialsatthelowerfloorss Id resp dtothecharacterofthepedestrian en onment through such qualities a ca texture, color and detail. Suildin aterialsshouldbeseI P ' theobjectlvesofqualityand durability within an urban ntext. The use of sy etic r much as possibl 5 n etic characteristics. The usere 157ra\ is encoura d. AV D.77 at imitate natural materials should be avoided as lals should be used in ways that reflect their intrinsic energy resource responsible building materials I c 1p,g)v I i � mp MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED INTENT STAN X PLE o uilding oston, MA Iq Ail BUILDING ENTRIES • To enhance the scale, activity, and function of building facades by orientin ui entries to streets and other public spaces. • To reinforce the convenience of pedestrian activity and circulation all th t by creating as many external, street oriented entries as possib ap floor, pedestrian -active uses. ` Entries to round floor uses should be direct and as n s s possible to encourage g Po g active pedestrian use.. ch commercial use with an exterior, street -o ted exposure shall have an individual p is entry from the street. All stre -oriented building entries a ectly connected to the public sidewalk via paved wa stair, or ramp. Primary builds entries sh be asized by recessing the door a minimum of3'-4", changes in wall ne i assing, differentiation in material and/or color and greater level of det Residents c er are allowed along all streets by Class II Special Permit- Hotel port eoc re ed Street, NE 9th Street, NE 10th Street, and NE 11th Street. A ss pedal pe s wired for hates part cocheres on NE 1st Avenue, N. Miami Av NE 2n ]th Street, and NE 6th Street. ';Ne'% limit thtin riXf ground I uare feet are encouraged to utilize upper level C frontage devoted to a single tenant. This will •I. Entries shall be well lighted to announce kd security. D.79 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED LIP ExarI es ir -qw1.. V ` i.JJ 1WU1Ua , rvew rOrWUI �� , mm r r r MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED INTENT STANiVDS FEN ESTRATI ON + To provide a high degree of transparency at the lower levels of building fa des. E To maximize the visibility of pedestrian active uses. + To provide an active, human scaled architectural patternalont. ` To establish a pattern of individual windows and exterior open s building facades that provides a greater variety of scale through mater a n, detail and surface relief. At least 70% of the linearound floor facade as r d -from floor to floor and gr g } any second floor fa4ade containing pe est - iv ,shall be constructed of transparent materials, or otherwise desig t pedestrians to view activities nside the building or displays related o thos ctivities. Additionally, the base of all nsparent openings shall be no mo han th (30) inches above the sidewalk. Ex t limited high security windows 4 inimum sill height and 2 maximum per lease Id. Street lev retail and rest a s are encouraged to use operable windows and doors which n allow the o o n out onto sidewalk areas in good weather. Transparent glas hal ss s a minimum 69% light transmittance factor. No port io2fthehalI be ohighly reflective glass (maximum reflectance factor of .25). i���� No ref ective4Wing shal���e 4e surface of the glass. rag2 the inc��lu��sioo scaled proportions and elements in fenestration lis, architele 'I, surfac elief. texture and materials. -ATfglazin❑ belVssed and su 'ded by systems of framing and mullions to reinforce tile u scaling elements. O N D.81 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Qte, D.82 Roof of RCA Building, NevXork City MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED ROOFS INTENT ' To integrate all building systemswithin a complete architectural form. ' To develop roofforms that will make a positive contribution to thestr to theMiami skyline. ' Encouragerooftopterracesandopenspacesfortheenjoyme f ls. ' Encourage green roofdesignto reduce "heat island" effect. ` STAN QA 5 All rooftop building systems shall be incorporated i �g form in a manner that is consistent with the architecturalchara r dsitionofthebuilding. I mechanical, electrical ondtelecommunicoti systems shall 6e screened from view o rrounding streets, public open spa and s lures. At leas 5�6 of all roof areas no fa echanical equipment shall be planted as "green" r fgardens or pu6lict ace amenity decks]. Remaining roofareas shall use light-colore high -albedo m it' an SRI (solar reflectance index) of 78 for roofs less than 2:1 Arty screening dev s pl ed should be consistent with the architectural character and composition ing. Rooftop rr pe pa�lti��eenoouraged to the maximum extent possible D.83 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED Diaiz'kms and Illustrations Qty Garage Entrance Spacing Service Entrance Drive 6Q' M! N AM u i h7 r�X i M�,H AWAW -.AU,, r rAA7. D.84 NO MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED INTENT STAN DUDS SERVICES AN D UTILITIES + Minimize the visual impact of building services and utilities on the public alm • Provide safe and convenient access for loading, maintenance, and uti " Wading bays and service entrances shall not exceed 4 and are only permitted on the following streets: N E 1 s Avenue (only between N E 6t eet and N E 7th Street) NE 2nd Avenue N. Miami Avenue NE 6th Street (by class Imp " I rmit) NE 11th Street. J( 4Q Parking ga r3kentrances a IL prdl bTted along NE 3 st Avenue and NE 7th Street. The spacing of pargara to s shall not be less than 60' (except by Glass I I Special Permit). ` I Mechanic i nd exposed utilities should be located on building roofs or within th b v pe ver possible to preserve the public realm. These elements ould a rotor r d i the overall building design and should not be visible from ublic ri Ravers and jsi�kng a located above the 2nd Floor and are prohibited pe, acro E 7 st Avenue, NE 7th Street, and N E 1Dth Streetetio luwalls that a not parallel to the street or are set back from tFie build-ton, O D.85 L MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED INTENT STA N EXAMPLE Effective lig�/ng frategles from Paris ��/ and Miami Beach LIGHTING The use of lighting should be integrally designed as part of the built envir me and should reflect a balance for the lighting needs with the contextua light level of the surrounding area. • Lighting intensities should be controlled to assure that light s a late are not directed at adjacent properties, neighboring areas, motor' sky. Bullding lighting should primarily be utilized to hl hl cTal architectural features, building entries, and to illuminate sidewalk a L�of expansive wall planes, towers, and roofs or the use of architecture t results in "hot spots" should 1 avoided. Sid Ik lighting shall be designed f a erage of 1.0 foot-candle horizontally and vertica as measured 6'-0" abov o d d shall maintain a uniformity ratio not to exceed 5: note: these number are accordance with the Illumination Engineering Society of thAmericaH Ninth Edition) Full cut-off fxtu an \e shall be utilized to effectively control glare and light trespass. Building I1#II11g arefully located so as not to shine into residential living space [on or ofthe e o toyWANk rights-of-way. Internally-illu'l Ri'ated aw*4TWQ1Z1'fi?JDermitted Ll ge'dWtures shout\b�ln iate c e ed from ` ❑ lightin int rat to building glazi plan appd b C I I Special Permit. D.87 to the style of architecture or aesthetically II be allowed as part of an overall signage MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED AWNINGS AND CANOPIES \STA • Encouragethe use ofawnings, canopies, and portecocheres to providevi al Interest, protection from the elements, and a sense of enclosure • Encourageawning and canopy deslgns that complement and e #1 n the architectureofthe building which they serve • Encourage sun shading devices for pu bllc spaces, balconies, rraces. Awnings and canopies should be used primarily or a r rotectlon. g P P Y `�'�� I nternally-illuminated awnings are not perm d v eminlmumheight ofawningsand ot group vel canopies shall beg'-0"from the to t point to the sidewalk. Awning nd canopies shall pro' t a imum of3'-0" from the faceofthe building. The placem ofsignageo rap lc on awnings should be minimized. No more than 25%ofanyfac fthe n uld contain signage or graphics. Awnings should t onstructedofinetal,canvas, orotherhighquality materials. No plastl n a ials are permitted. The awnings help s cafe area while creatingan a s eofan r o idle room. II i - 4 H r i MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED INTENT STA N EXAMPLE The cantilevered balconies compliment the overall design of the building and are not visually obtrusive. BALCONIES AND TERRACES • To maintain open sight lines along the public right-of-way. • To provide signs of human habitation. /� BalconiesshallbeencouraS ed for residential uses tofo e 'moor-outdoorconnectlon. Balconies are allowed to project 6' from the o the street corridor above \asg hll height, except that they may n r gond the faceofan arcade. terracesshall belncorpor dintov tical and horizontal shifts lnbuilding rever possible to avoid faces that are dominated by cantilevered ctions. alconiesshoul lgnedtoappearasunobtruslveandtransparentas uldcornpl en h overall architectural design ofthe building. f;C D.91 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED ExanXles �I �.ML,% V D.92 11Q�� Exam r— l it Example MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED INTENT STANDAR SIGNAGE • To create an organized and integrated system of signs, sign structures, lig ing, and graphics that respects and enhances the character ofthe surrou c • To provide high quality signs with creative graphic design and ddr b a 'a appropriate to an urban setting_ • To create signs and graphic elements that respects the arch[ a building which they serve. • To prevent visual clutter. Mixed-use and commercial buildings shall ions on the commercial areas f the building fagade that are spec'fically igned to accommodate changeable ant signage including wall signs, p ting ns, and window signs. Structure, m rials, detailing and power source a designed with consideration of signage nsta tion requirements and sha e a adaptable and reparable as tenant sign needs c n¢e. Sign [humin °on shall not ❑ Frintensity. Locations for illuminated signage shall P, Orientation ofan i d sign or light source shall be directed or shielded to reduce Ilght tresp n Signs sho fit thin th ite al features ofthe facade and complement the building's ar cture. In ct d external h shall be the preferred option where lighting is re i mall -scale ign pro ng from the bw 'ng face, perpendicular to the public right-of- way, are a op t r all pedestrian-orie d streets. Gra is s n for all signs should reflect sistency, simplicity, neatness, and im m Tdingto minimize visual clutter and maximize legibility. Si ors should be limited in number and should b ompatible with the facade. In most circumstances, dark backgrounds for signs are pre ed over light backgrounds. he oriented to ubl` ay and shall avoid facing residential uses D.93 MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 \ �1�T�TIlTEC� T1WS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. I MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED: TED INTENT STANDARDS EXAMPLE Pe incorporated into over building design. Iq Ao PARKING • Minimize thevisualimpactofstructured and surfaceparking. • Locate a majority of parking spaces underground or covered by strut to reduce the urban heat island effect and to preserve open spa*. • Encourage parking garage design that is corn pat iblewith the r ing design and composition. Minimize impacts of parking garage entrances on major is ctivity zones Provide adequate access to parking structures and su f e ing lots Maintain active public uses along the street level. Ifall required parking spaces sha e located in parking structures. or of all parking structu s uld contain active publicorienteduses. tructured parkin ac s ould be lined with residential or commercial izethevisual i fparkingonthe publicright-of-way. Parking structu al0 iii Avenue, NE 2nd Avenue, NE 8th Street, NE 9th Street, and NE 11 5 et ay ex end to the build -to line for a portion of the street frontage (see Re n for exact locations) if a 3' architectural screening layer is provide is er OhGLAocated hitectural elements that effectively screen cars, lighting, ra i s,. The design ofthe architectural screening layer shall corn men he 0vesign while creating a sense ofoccupied space. Of surface park' behind buildings 0r screened from view. O n e than tw gg gbe located 0n a single bl0ckfro ntage. Garage ent inc shVenerally be Ioca� The b ofc cuts should be limitedto r an zetheam0unt0farea available N D.95 on east west streets. ethe continuity ofthe public realm Jestrian activity. MIAMI 21 APPENDIX D: MIAMI WORLD CENTER PUBLIC HEARING -SECOND READING 2009 SUBSTITUTED IVIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. IM